CONTENTS OF VOL. XI.

NUMBER LXVII.

I. Account of a Species of Ichnewmon whose Larva is parasitic on

Spiders. By Joun Brackwatt, Esq., F.L.S, 0... scccscscseccscecscsoncees

II. Notice of Saurian Dermal Plates from the Wealden of the Isle of

Wight. By Joun Epwarp Les, Esq. (With a Plate.) ...ccc.sceeee eee

III. On the Discovery of the Remains of a Mastodontoid Pachyderm

in Australia. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S. (With Woodcuts.) ...secrececeeee

IV. Observationes de quibusdam Plantis Surinamensibus. By Dr.

ME PMERET PIQUER, | os.45.serccsvencasce. Gotindtbcckeaheseca#uusavvstasctenestye

V. Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of Capt. Belcher,

R.N., C.B., &c. By Ricnarp Brinstey Hinps, Esq., Surgeon R.N.

VI. Hints towards a new specific character in the Willows. By W.

A. Leicuton, B.A., F.B.S.E., &c. (With Woodcuts.) ....ceccsccsecores

VII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of Hospitals, Haslar. (Con-

Einued.) — sasscreeee A doth RCURE SRA Og ne a cbt kh tints ALM eel AB El ee

VIII. Observations on the “Sed-Cup.” By Cuarztes W. Peacu,

III EEAEC.) os osc oc ccm cgtneacecsesnccaqeecacceceseccoqen Sdekidaten a

IX. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered near Conception in South

America by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Warxer, Esq., F.L.S. ...

X. On drying Plants for the Herbarium by means of a Deliquescent

Salt. By J.J. Murcort, Esq. ...... epicuiararnscpppdeeresen seepebercnerher eee

XI. On the relative position of the Divisions of Stigma and Parietal

Placentz in the Compound Ovarium of Plants. By Rosrrt Brown,

eg la e-LS. .osccscveses See e ener sp asenee gaat vie’ CAR LR BE RS! GO

XII. On the Structure of the Capsule of Papaveracee; and on the

Nature of the Stigma of Crucifere. By J. W. Howe t, Esq., M.R.C.S.

XIII. Observations on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide. By S.

Moves OC WAtD & Plate.) wscciocvcsosesecee EASE Ee Sere Operate rs & Ope |

XIV. Description of two new species of Reptiles from the Collection

made during the Voyages of H.M.S. Sulphur. By J. E. Gray, Esq.,

Rae waned ary nis eric die deine uo x00 sie eine Side selojasinsed Seslan on'eeia SLE ey ea eee

New Books :—The Grasses of Scotland, by Richard Parnell, M.D.,

F.R.S.E., &c.—Histoire Naturelle des Poissons d’eau douce, par

1,, Agassiz.—Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore, by

T. Young.—Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts —T'i-

gures of Molluscous Animals, by Maria-Emma Gray.—The Natu-

Paw!

FRY

tof?

Page

1Vv CONTENTS.

* Page

ralist’s Library, vol. xxxv :—Mammaalia, vol. xiii. Introduction,

by Lieut.-Col. C. Hamilton Smith.—Nomenclator Zoologicus,

auctore L. Agassiz.—The Birds of Australia, by J. Gould, F.L.S.,

&c. Parts VIII. 1X.—Icones Piscium; or, Plates of Rare Fishes,

by Dr. Richatdson.\2.70,. 048). ede badd abel bo cb eesces eseeee 47—58

Proceedings of the Entomological Society ; Wernerian Natural History

Society ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ; Botanical Society of Edin-

IPF STD wes sens den'scdidpasaingackaecs enueny eoepian eas sey tees eee ieee tae . 58—74

Meeting of the British Association for 1843 ; Epilobium virgatum, Fries;

Habits of Tarsipes Spensere; New British Plant; Note on Ho-

meeocladia anglica, Ag.; Juncus diffusus, Hoppe, and Drosera

obovata, M. and K.; White’s Thrush; Fossil Mammalia ; Curator-

ship of the Geologivél Society ; Meteorological Obedbvationl and

AED Paes ey czncnatasahh Seekers eces ag vahasisle ablnvigais gave Waceieen déepaedee 75—80

NUMBER LXVIII.

XV. The Natural History of the British Entomostraca. By W.

Bairp, M.D. (With two Plates.) (Continued.) .......sseeeee Fedathing . 81

XVI. Observations on the Formation of the Pitted Tissue of Plants,

with one or two remarks on the Analogy between the Blood-discs in

Animals and the Starch Particles in Vegetables. By Joun Wm. Grir-

Fira; MDS) Gi Ses: : CWith a Plates) ys gts wareueae Laka wa icleis ingle anata 95

XVII. The Crustacea of Ireland. By Wma. Tuomrson, Esq., Vice-

Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast. (Continwed.) ...cccccsecsscesscoee Pe

XVIII. Remarks on three species of Marine Zoophytes. By Arruur

Hine ELASSALH, Esq: | vechedvawvendaosv's a'wiigivsta'adidesalPalnasiee sae Sees ges eae eee

XIX. On certain species of Siberian Birds described by Latham, but

which have hitherto been insufficiently determined. By Prof. J. F.

Branot of St. Petersburgh. (Communicated by H. E. Strickland, Esq.,

DR, Phd ane seth vnnaneoh oes tas pebhnkaryttyoanceus Sh ssGanis yrtusovenet sae avenyeen eae a |

XX. Descriptions of Chalcidites found near Lima by C. Darwin,

Esq. By Francis Wanker, Esq., FLLS...,..00:cccsecvecvassepesnssssannuns 115

XXI. Descriptions of some new genera and species of Mammalia in

the British Museum Collection. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Keeper

of the Zoological Collection in the British Museum ........cesseseeeeeee ba age

XXII. History and Observations on the Pearly Nautilus, involving

a new Theory to account for the camerated construction of its Shell by

the aid of the Siphonic Membrane. By Lovriy Reeve, Esq., A.L.S. 119

XXIII. History of a Case in which a Fluid periodically ejected from

the Stomach contained Vegetable Organisms of an undescribed form.

By Joun Goopsir, Esq., Conservator of the Royal College of Surgeons

th Eginbura hs. ii6..e5e CPR Rae 2 SAE WA RAT WES Siilive sc ccehs deem 125

XXIV. On the Parasitic Vegetable Structures found growing in

Living Animals. By J. He Bennett, M.D. .csspenceenerecgentas eveensieee 126

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

New Books :—A History of British Starfishes, by Edward Forbes.—

A General History of Animalcules: Part I., by A. Pritchard. 127—140

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Geological Society; Botanical

Society of London; Microscopical Society of London ; Royal So-

ciety of Edinburgh ............ Sieovedevetatecskes shalt desswcassnes 141—158

Maianthemum bifolium ; Dr. Patrick Neill; Collections of Plants, Birds,

and Minerals; Meteorological Observations and Table ... 158—160

NUMBER LXIX.

XXV. Ona new Genus of Alge belonging to the family of the

Nostochine. By Gro. J. Auuman, A.B., L.R.C.S.1., Secretary to the

Dublin Microscopical Society. (With a Plate.) da deeautte sddbeae teangeoind 161

XXVI. Notice of several Cases of Defective and Redundant Orga-

nization observed among the Araneidea. By Joun Buackwa tt, Esq.,

ahah siinwsanvenebcensiaabsaaraannninn done tide nichlh pulse hte Silat aici 165

XXVII. Description of a new species of Carex found near Hebden

Bridge in Yorkshire. By Cuarues C. Bazineron, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

IR ALE TALC) Fuca. pamnnie ce rpitinsaieanla oyna okehplodsdieckinn shen dal ap soseee 168

XXVIII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

Hicusnpson, M.D., F.R.S., &,... (Continyed,) . .cccciedsneiacenes cocci iateds 169

XXIX. On the eee and Functions of the Pollen Granules.

RG MEAN VU TESON, FSQ5 \ cceoh npr dan oariseedasineows bide itkeonceagtnn encase’ 182

XXX. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in the Isle of Chonos

by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Warker, Esq., F.L.S. .......seeeeees 184

XXXI. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in Coquimbo by

C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Waker, Esq., F.L.S. .........00 delat 185

XXXII. Some Rectification of the Nomenclature of Australian

eee yy CrOrGy Ropinr Gray, (Esqi) vaitiwes adivs ce waddontevevecsee 189

XXXIII. Descriptions of several new Genera and Species of Cri-

noidea. By Tuomas Austin, Esq. and Tuomas Austin, Jun., Civil

PACD alate an ohcpana schema onsnns Rect Ae eaten ae talk Bs te pny b.xpcaid ned eatery sods 195

XXXIV. On two new Species of British Musci. By Tuomas Tay-

Mee UMKOIKON: KONMALE! | vccns ooeenoscicaddaddddedssdeccecengtebese 208

New Books :—Natural History of New York. Zoology, or the New-

York Fauna, by James E. De Kay: Part I. Mammalia.—Icones

Plantarum, by Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. Part IX.—Flora Ita-

Reap uy. Bertoloni, Eq. Aur. M.D. .......acscccesccoscocesens 209—211

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Linnean Society ......... 213—237

On the presence of Theine in the Leaves of Ilex Paraguyensis ; Sula

melanura; Capture of Bottle-nosed Whales; Note on Pagurus Pri-

deauxit ; Mvicacclo gical Observations and Table. ........0.6. 237—240

NUMBER LXX.

XXXV. Observations on the Habits of a Venthredo or Saw-fly. By

Premeeoonnr:) (With a Plates) seeded es Sees a cee. see oat

v1 CONTENTS.

Page

XXXVI. Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects be-

longing to the genus Apocyrtus, collected by Hugh Cuming, Esq., in

the Philippine Islands. By G. R. Wateruouse, Esq., Assistant Se-

cretary and Curator to the Zoological Society. (Continued.)....... a i 4

XXXVII. Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of Captain

Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B. By Ricuarp Brinstey Hinps, Esq.,

Surgeons .N.. \:;(Concamued.) s.cscacav sak wanes vine d <ole as tAgawnilgns «snc aeaenann 255

XXXVIII. On Fumaria micrantha, Lag., and F. calycina, Bab. By

Cuartes C. Basineton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &C..00..secececvaves Kevssny ee

XXXIX. Series of Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

Zoology uniform and permanent, being the Report of a Committee for

the consideration of the subject appointed by the British Association

for the Advancement of Science 2.4.12. dscns endiesseselensbeaneeyaaaeenaame 259

XL. On the History and Habits of the Rook, Corvus frugilegus,

Linn. By the Rev. Davin LANDSBOROUGH .......sccceeesecececscesssesnccs 275

XLI. Note in reply to Dr. Griffith’s Remarks on the Pitted Tissue

of Plants, on Muscle, &c. By Martin Barry, M.D., F.R.SS. L. & E. 278

XLII. On a new British Starfish of the genus Goniaster, By Prof.

Epwarp Forsss, V.P.W.S., F.L.S., F.B.S., &c. (With a Plate.) ... 280

XLIII. Description of a new genus of Carabideous Insects brought

from the Falkland Islands by Charles Darwin, Esq. By G. R. Warer-

nousE, Esq., Assistant Secretary and Curator to the Zoological So-

Clety, GLC. rosccccrscscneevscccsenccsscvessevavessesccasconscnsaneencanes apdeadueate . 281

XLIV. The Birds of Ireland By Wm. Tuompson, Esq., Pres. Nat.

Hist. Society, Belfast. (Continued.)......+.. bike spis bectdaeen can tance oem 283

XLV. Anatomical Researches on the Nervous and Circulating Sy-

stems of the Triton aquaticus, or Aquatic Salamander. By G. Nico-

Lucci of Naples. Communicated by Dr. Grant.........+0 vadevoats escens DOO

New Books :—The Climate of South Devon, &c., by Thomas Shafter,

M.D.—Annales des Sciences Naturelles for September, October,

November and December.—The London Journal of Botany, by

Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c.—Salictum Britannicum Exsiccatum.

Fasc. I., by the Rev. J. E, Leefe, M.A.—TIllustrations of Indian

Ornithology, by 7. ;G. Jerdom x.,04.puvatnwilos tong isstivdnawere we. 295—302

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society ; Bota-

nical Society of Edinburgh; Geological Society ....0....ss000 302—325

On the Pearl Oyster of Ceylon (with a Plate) ; Fossil Remains in

Essex ; Notice of the Discovery of an Electrical Fish on the Ame-

rican coast, by D. Humphreys Storer, M.D.; On a peculiar Sen-

sation caused by some Mollusca, by F. M. Jennings; Meteorolo-

gical’ Observations ‘and Table. oe s.c.:cs0rsmnsasdsrcateoeiatncges 325—328

NUMBER LXXI.

XLVI. Additional Evidence proving the Australian Pachyderm de-

scribed in a former Number of the ‘ Annals’ to be a Dinotherium, with

CONTENTS. vil

; Page

remarks on the Nature and Affinities of that genus. By Prof. Owen,

ss chins onesies dns cwisee nibwuade$ rap veines euesese 8 fe cen ee 329

XLVII. Remarks on a Collection of Australian Drawings of Birds,

the Property of the Earl of Derby. By H. E. Srricxuanp, Esq., M.A. 338

XLVIII. Notes on the Rotany of Sicily. By Joun Bart, B.A,

UME Helis dass cite vai sessccecsscescdtbveneescncdenarndvagequcedsesnevesse rence 338

XLIX. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S. &c. (Continued.) ...c.ccocserees bate nae te 352

L. Observations on the Growth, Reproduction, and Species of the |

Branched Freshwater Conferve. By Artuur Hitt Hassatt, Esq.... 359

LI. On some new Insects from Western Africa. By the Rev. F.

ee ee aig Pla... (Continiied.),soccacencrsveevisccseseeedsonsdasoas 364

LIT. Some remarks on the Soft-bilied Duck of Latham. By Grorer

OS ae UL ee ee ree ie nonas ave ip @eaaite ls bd esbstasbne 369

LIII. Remarks on the species of Desmidium. By Joun Ratrs, Esq.,

PNY 1610 FP IAG, ois nie oan cuapevopudebvacsveurecdpbobvecscccccsers 372

LIV. Note on the Saw-Fly (Lyda inanita) the subject of M. Huber’s

paper in the preceding Number. By J. O. Westwoop, Esq., F.L.S.,

en ncn er eawancnceseredesse video's idaveateditaesssdetats Shodscee vous 376

LV. On the Blood and Fibre. By Joun Wittram Grirritu, M.D.,

F.L.S. @eeeeeeeeeeeeeseen @eerteseeeeseeoseeeeese COnsrerseaereseue @eeeeeseeeesesege @eeevene 377

Proceedings of the Royal Society ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ; Zoo-

logical Society ; Botanical Society of London ; Botanical Society

of Edinburgh............06 Bear es German se sa Semmeneee ns dans sis sees 378—403

On Worms in the Blood of a Dog; On the Cotton called “ Nurma,” by

A. Burn, Esq.; On Diphya sagittaria; Experiments on the Tor-

pedo; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... sipieeteiage 4038—408

NUMBER LXXII.

LVI. Notes on the Salmon. By Joun Buackwatt, Esq., F.L.S.... 409

LVII. Short description of a Bottle-nose Whale stranded upon the

coast of the co. Louth in the autumn of 1840. Communicated to the

Nat. Hist. Society of Dublin, by O. B, Betuincuam, M.D. ............ 414

LVIII. On Substances inclosed in Mocha-stones. By Kart Muet-

LER, Physician at Detmold. Translated and communicated by the

Meme serxELey. (With a Plate.) .s.vasisctius sess vectecdenhes sae 415

LIX. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

fienenoscos, M.D., FoRIS: Ger { Continued.) 6... ie. ccccececvoncssecevcees 422

LX. Descriptions of British Freshwater Confervze, mostly new, with

observations on some of the Genera. By Artuur Hii Hassatt, Esq. 428

LXI, On the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. By Joun Wituram

eer, PLS. BC. ices cccscccsscccceeses SS A ee ROR oy Pox 438

LXII. On the Diatomacee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S. (With

PABLEE:) seinen eens:

CHOKE HT OHS eC eH OKTeeeFFEPHFHGeeTeetHHaoette'OEHHHHHGHee eset eBeosses 447

Vill CONTENTS.

* Page

New Books :—The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under

the Command of Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, R.N. &c. : Mammalia,

by John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S.—A History of the Molluscous

Animals of the counties of Aberdeen, Kincardine and Banff; to

which is appended an Account of the Cirripedal Animals of the

same District, by William Macgillivray, A.M.—Annales des Sci-

ences Naturelles, for Jamuary. < crvcrncreomcside. nds asmanumacktay 457-—460

Proceedings of the Linnean Society ; Entomological Society ; Zoological

Society ; Geological Society..............00e pas ier be bah 3) 461—483

Note on Saxifraga stellaris and S. leucanthemifolia, Lap. ; Geogra-

phical Distribution of some American Birds; Fructification of

Chetophora tuberculosa ; Lecidea Wahlenbergi; Letters from

Ray to Sir Hans pibaue; Meteorological Observations and

Dae ree dias Seceasuutee de cee r genoa: Guaaeases ce cet eee ean 483—488

NUMBER LXXIII. SUPPLEMENT.

LXIII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S. &c., Inspector of Hospitals, Haslar. (Con-

ClUdE.) sevrevscsececesceeves coelvevesueescbascaceanvascenevgsenssaas «ap esnaemmaaE 489

LXIV. On some new Genera of the Class Myriapoda. By G. New-

PORT, Hiss tweed elec. Seeeceeee vdecieesvs'ces eves easedseaees gage ma— 498

Proceedings of the Geological Society; Zoological Society ...... 502—537

TGACX Nan cusecseseasnvessscdeaverésessaevesuaeravsennnestney ie. set iwae OS

PLATES IN VOL. XI.

Priate I. Development of the ‘“ Sea-Cup.”—Metamorphosis of an Anne-

lide.—Saurian Dermal Plates.

rt British Entomostraca.

IV. Pitted Tissue of Plants.

V. Carex Gibsoni.—Trichormus incurvus.

VI. Habits of the Larva of a Tenthredo.

VII. Goniaster abbensis.—Pearl Oyster of Ceylon*.

hii X_ } Desmidia and Diatomacee.

"x Organic Substances inclosed in Mocha-stones.

* In the notice on this subject at p. 325 the number of the plate was not

referred to.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

oe dens anaes . per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, “et circilm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos,o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.’

Por thenté Ecl. 1.

No. 67. JANUARY 1843.

1.—Account of a Species of Ichneumon whose Larva is para-

sitic on Spiders. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S.*

ImMMatuRE spiders of the species Epeira antriada and

Epetra cucurbitina, and adults of the species Linyphia minuta

and Linyphia pusilla, are frequently infested by the larva of a

small Ichneumon, which feeds upon their juices and ultimately

occasions their death. ‘This parasite is always attached to the

upper part of the abdomen, near its union with the cephalo-

thorax, generally in a transverse but occasionally in a longi-

tudinal direction, and, though it proves a source of constant

irritation, is secured by its position from every attempt of the

spider to displace it. Being apodous, it appears to retain its

hold upon its victim solely by the instrumentality of the

mouth and of a viscid secretion emitted from its caudal ex-

tremity. I never saw more than a single larva on the same

individual spider, which, indeed, could not supply sufficient

nourishment for two.

In the earlier stages of its growth this parasite has an ob-

long oviform figure, somewhat depressed on the under side ;

it is whitish with a faint tinge of yellow extending along the

medial line, which seems to be occasioned by the contents of

the viscera. At this period of its existence the external co-

vering presents a smooth uniform surface; but when it has

completed its moultings and attained its full size, the head

becomes visible, the body exhibits thirteen distinct segments,

and the prevailing hue is pale greenish yellow.

* Read at the Manchester Meeting of the British Association.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

2 Mr. J. Blackwall on a Species of Ichneumon

In April 1838, I captured a young female Epeira antriada

with one of these parasites upon it, and placing it in a phial

of transparent glass, I supplied it with flies. Towards the

end of May, having gone through its final moult and increased

considerably in size, this larva became very restless, and on

the 29th quitted the spider, which was found dead and much

shrunk at the bottom of the phial, and attaching itself to the

' extremity of the cork with which the phial was stopped, it

began to spin its envelope. On the 31st it had completed its

cocoon, which was composed of pale yellowish white silk of a

compact texture, and measured one-third of an inch in length

and one-tenth in diameter; it was of an oblong quadrilateral

figure tapering to its extremities, one of which was more

pointed than the other, and was connected with the cork by

numerous fine silken lines.

The perfect insect. came out of the cocoon, at the larger

end, on the 27th of June, and proved to be the female of a

small species of [chnewmon; but whether it is known to en-

tomologists or not I have not yet been able to ascertain*.

The length of this insect from the anterior part of the head

to the extremity of the abdomen, not including the ovipositor,

was one-fourth of an inch; the breadth from tip to tip of the

anterior wings when expanded, 3iths. The antennz were

filiform and had each twenty-four joints. The maxillary palpi

had five joints, and the labial palpi four. The tibize were ter-

minated by two spurs on the under side. The tarsi had five

joints, of which the penultimate was the shortest, and the

claw-joint was provided with two curved claws and a pulvil-

lus. The head, antenne, and several parts of the trunk were

brownish black, with the exception of the organs of mandu-

cation, which were brown. An oblong soot-coloured spot oc-

curred near the exterior margin of each anterior wing, a little

beyond the middle towards the extremity. ‘The legs, and

the maxillary and labial palpi, were of a yellowish brown

colour, the tarsi and the extremities of the tibize of the pos-

terior legs excepted, which were brown. ‘The abdomen con-

sisted of eight segments: the first, which was the longest,

was rather narrow and of a brownish black colour; the others

were dark brown above, but the posterior margins of the se-

cond, third, fourth, and fifth were much the darkest. The

caudal or terminal segment was the shortest, and had a small

hairy process on each side, at the extremity. All the seg-

ments, except the first, were pale brown on the under side of

* Mr. Stevens, to whom we referred the insect in question, kindly in-

forms us that it is the Polysphincta carbonaria of Gravenhorst.—Ep.

whose Larva is parasitic on Spiders. 3

the abdomen. The ovipositor was hairy, very dark brown,

and measured ;},th of an inch in length.

On the 20th of July 1838, I obtained a young female Epeira

antriada, to whose abdomen a full-grown larva of this Ichneu-

mon was attached, and placed it in a phial. On the 23rd the

larva became restless and destroyed the spider, after having

reduced it to a mere corrugated skin; then quitting it, and

taking its station on the extremity of the cork which stopped

the phial, it commenced spinning its cocoon, and completed

it on the 24th.

Out of this cocoon, which exactly resembled the one de-

scribed above in figure and colour, though it was somewhat

less, a male /chneuwmon issued on the 16th of August.

This insect was without ovipositor, and was smaller than

the female bred from the larva found on the female Epeira

antriada captured in April 1838; its antennz also had each

twenty-two joints only ; but these differences may be regarded

as sexual peculiarities merely; the close resemblance of the

two insects in other particulars, and the exact correspondence

in the ceconomy of their larve, leave no doubt about their

specific identity.

On the 26th of October 1841, r caught an adult female

Linyphia minuta with a parasitic larva, which had completed

its moulting, fixed upon its abdomen, and enclosing it in a

phial I fed it with flies. The larva increased in growth till

the Ist of February 1842, when it destroyed the spider, which

was much reduced in size, and having quitted it, attached

itself to the under side of a slight horizontal sheet of web

previously constructed in the phial by the spider. In this

situation it remained till the evening of the same day, when

it commenced spinning its cocoon, and on the evening of the

day following had completed it. This cocoon was composed

of brown silk of a compact texture, and was of an oblong

quadrilateral form tapering to its extremities, one of which

was more pointed than the other.

As this insect did not go through its final metamorphosis,

Iam unable to decide whether it differed specifically from

those already described or not; but it is very probable that

it did not, as the dissimilarity in the colour of the silk com-

posing its cocoon may be reasonably ascribed to the quality

of the food derived from a different species of spider, for it is

a well-known fact that animal secretions are frequently modi-

fied in colour by changes of diet. As for the circumstance

of the cocoon having been connected with the web of the

spider which supplied the larva with sustenance, it may be

considered as accidental; at all events, the spidervs in the two

former cases detailed in this paper did not construct webs,

4 Mr. J. Blackwall on a Species of Ichneumon.

but merely spun a few irregular lines to which they attached

themselves. :

It is a fact deserving of notice, that immature spiders in-

fested with the larva of this Ichneumon do not change their

skins. Were it not for this admirable provision of Providence,

the larva, cast off with the integuments in the act of moult-

ing, would inevitably perish, and the important purpose which

its remarkable ceconomy is so evidently intended to subserve,

namely, the keeping of these deadly enemies of the insect

tribes within due limits, would fail to be accomplished.

Various circumstances concur to render it probable that

this species of Ichneumon deposits its eggs on spiders in the

autumn, attaching one only to the abdomen of each individual.

Messrs. Kirby and Spence, in treating on the diseases of

insects in the fourth volume of their ‘Introduction to Entomo-

logy,’ have given a brief account of observations made by De

Geer on the larva of a small [chneumon discovered on a young

spider, whose ceconomy is similar to that of the parasite which

has engaged my attention*.

Being desirous of ascertaining whether these insects were

of the same species or not, and having no opportunity of con-

sulting De Geer’s celebrated work, I availed myself of the

assistance of Mr. Peter Barrow of Manchester, who obligingly

transcribed all that the Swedish entomologist had published

on the subject, and transmitted it to me in Wales.

On perusing the description of the female [chnewmon bred

from the larva which formed the subject of his investigations ft,

I found that it presented several decided points of difference

in colour from the species observed by me, from which it may

be distinguished at once by the two longitudinal yellowish

lines on its thorax.

It scarcely admits of a doubt, that the whitish oval object

noticed by Baron Walckenaer on a specimen of Linyphia

montanat, which seems to have induced no small degree of

surprise and perplexity in the mind of that accomplished

arachnologist, was the parasitic larva of a small species of

Ichneumon§.

* Letter 44. p. 221.

+ Mémoires pour servir 4 1’Histoire des Insectes, tom. ii. p. 866.

t Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Aptéres, tom. i. p. 176.

[§ In a letter recently received from the author he thus writes: ‘ The

insect is not uncommon in this neighbourhood (Oakland); indeed, the /eh-

neumonide abound throughout the district. ‘Two other species belonging

to this family, which deposit their eggs in those of spiders, have come under

my observation ; one is very small and black; the other is small, though

larger than the former: and the female, which is apterous, is of an orange-

red colour, with a black head, and a zone of the same hue encircling the ab-

domen.”—Ep. ]

Mr. J. E. Lee on Saurian Dermal Plates. 5

I1.—Nolice of Saurian Dermal Plates from the Wealden of

the Isle of Wight. By Joun Enwarp LeE*.

[ With a Plate. ]

Ir is well known that the chief interest of the Wealden for-

_ mation arises from the number of its saurian remains. Few

beds contain so many genera, and at no other geological pe-

riod did there exist reptiles of such enormous magnitude. The

distribution of these fossils is in general extremely local, and

they seldom occur in any other form than as detached bones.

All these circumstances render the determination of any

new remains a matter of difficulty; and this remark applies

very forcibly to three fossils which were found in the Hast-

ings sands of Sandown Bay in the Isle of Wight, and which

evidently appear to be the dermal plates of some of the sau-

rians found in this formation.

The first and most perfect of the three is represented of the

natural size in the annexed plate (Plate I. C.): it 1s of an irre-

gularly oval shape. In the centre of the upper side is a deep

oval depression, within which is a prominence rising gradually

to the summit, which is eccentric. The space around the de-

pressed part is slightly concave and is intersected by deep

furrows, which are so arranged that the whole of this space

might be said to consist of a number of obscurely pentagonal

or hexagonal prominences, the surfaces of which are flattened

and in some cases slightly concave. The lower side of the scale

is convex. A general idea of the proportion may perhaps be

better obtained by the lower figure, which represents a section

from a to 6. The fibrous bony structure 1s very apparent at

the sides of both this scale and that next to be described, and

the whole surface of both of them is covered with small pores,

some of which, particularly on the central prominence, run

together and form minute furrows.

The second scale is more irregular in its form, but the ge-

neral characters are so similar to those of the former, that it

most probably belonged to an animal of the same species.

There is the same central depression, the same prominence

within it, and the outer space is divided in a similar manner

by furrows, but all these characters are far more obscure than

in the other: the form also is not oval, but approaches to a

* The substance of the following paper was forwarded some time ago for

insertion in the ‘ Ann. of Nat. Hist.,’ together with drawings of the two

seales first described. Unfortunately, however, the paper, drawings, and the

two fossils themselves were lost in a hackney-coach on their way to Mr.

Sowerby. A drawing of the most interesting scale has, however, been pre-

served in the hands of Mr. Charlesworth, who kindly returned it for the

sake of illustrating the present notice.

6 Mr. J. E. Lee on Saurian Dermal Plates.

square with one or two of the corners broken off, and both the

upper and under sides are nearly flat and parallel.

The third dermal plate is not sufficiently perfect to admit

of a drawing, but the characters, as far as they can be distin-

guished, are rather different from those of the other two. Like

the first, the figure is oval and the under side convex, but

the upper side is chiefly occupied with three ridges, rising

gradually from the circumference to an eccentric summit.

There is not the same appearance of porosity as on the sur-

faces of the other two, but the structure is decidedly bony.

The general appearance bears some resemblance, on a large

scale, to the plates which ornament the head of the recent

Iguana, and it is only to be regretted that a specimen of this

nature had not been secured before it became water-worn, as

it might have afforded another link to connect the Iguanodon

with the recent Iguana.

With respect to the other two scales, there do not appear to

be any characters to connect them with the Iguanodon by a

comparison with the living Iguana. The common Crocodile

is furnished with large and strong plates, which in some parts

of the body are oval; but, as far as I am aware, neither the

scales of the crocodile nor those of any other recent reptile have

exactly the same characters as the fossil plates.

But little assistance can be derived in their determination

from the associated fossils. In the same locality were found

the teeth of the Crocodile and the Iguanodon, and gigantic

bones which have usually been considered as those of the lat-

ter saurian. One vertebra from Sandown Bay weighs above

14 lbs., and a portion of one of the bones of the leg is 26 inches

in length. In the same formation, at Brixton Bay, the bones

are still more gigantic: the upper part of a femur was obtained

there, which measures 13 inches from the outer side of the

head to the point of the trochanter. Fragments of bones of

these dimensions are not uncommon in the Isle of Wight, so

that it appears singular, if these scales belonged to the Igua-

nodon, that they should not have been before noticed ; besides

which, there is nothing like them in the covering of the recent

Iguana, and they appear almost too small for a saurian of the

size of the Iguanodon. Again, if we consider them as the

scales of the Wealden Crocodile, the analogy with the recent

animal certainly in a measure favours the idea; but still the

question may very naturally be asked,—what has become of

the scales of all the crocodiles from which the innumerable

teeth in the Sussex beds are derived? None but those who

have personally examined these beds can have any idea of the

immense number of teeth and bones which they contain: it

Prof. Owen on a Mastodontoid Pachyderm. 7

cannot be argued that they have perished, for the most deli-

cate bones are preserved, as well as the finest scales of the

Lepisosteus ; so that, to say the least, there certainly appears to

be a difficulty in referring them to the Crocodile.

There are other genera the remains of which are found in

the Wealden formation, but very little is known respecting

them, and it would be little better than conjecture to refer the

scales in question to the Megalosaurus or the Phytosaurus, be-

cause there were difficulties in referring them to the Crocodile

or the Iguanodon. Before long it may be hoped that other

specimens will be found under more favourable circumstances

with respect to their determination.

IlI.—On the Discovery of the Remains of a Mastodontoid

Pachyderm in Australia. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I HAvE lately received a letter, dated April 6, 1842, from

Sir Thomas Livingstone Mitchell, Surveyor-General of Au-

stralia, in which he announces the interesting discovery of

large fossil mammalian remains in that continent. The spe-

cimens from the bone-caves in Wellington Valley, described

in the second volume of Sir Thomas’s work on Australia,

were, it may be remembered, remains of extinct species of

marsupial genera now existing in that continent, and of a

genus very nearly allied to the existing ones ; the largest fos-

sil, which had been supposed to belong to a Hippopotamus

or Dugong, indicating rather an extinct gigantic Phascolome ;

and there was not any conclusive evidence of a genus of pla-

cental mammal in that collection*.

The fossils, which my friend has now transmitted, incon-

testably establish the former existence of a huge proboscidian

Pachyderm in the Australian continent, referable to either the

genus Mastodon or Dinotherium. These fossils consist of a

portion of a molar tooth, and of the shaft of a femur with part

of the spine of a scapula, and some smaller fragments of a long

bone. Sir Thomas states, “ these are not satisfactory speci-

mens such as I hope soon to send you, but being the first

from the locality, I am anxious you should first hear of them.

I can tell you but little of the manner in which they occur;

but such bones are found on the Darling Downs—those ex-

tensive plains which you will see marked to the S.W. of

Moreton Bay on most maps of this country. They are at the

* Mr. Pentland informs me that a bone of alarge quadruped, apparently

a pachyderm, from the Wellington Valley, is, he believes, in the Museum

at Paris.

8 Prof. Owen on the Remains of a

sources of the Darling river and at a great height above the

level of the sea, upwards of 4000 feet. I am informed that

these huge bones, of which I send you but fragments, are

found in some abundance.”

These fragments, when their broken surfaces were re-

adjusted, composed the very considerable part of the right

femur, of which the subjoined cut, fig. 1, gives a view of the

posterior and most entire surface, one-fifth the natural size ;

Fig. 1.

the contour of the circumference at (a) illustrates the principal

characteristic of the bone, viz. its being flattened from before

backwards.

Among the larger quadrupeds the femur presents a simi-

lar antero-posterior compression in the elephant, mastodon,

and rhinoceros, but the latter animal is distinguished by a

Mastodonioid Pachyderm in Australia. 9

second external trochanter, situated below the great trochan-

ter, which is not present in the Australian fossil. In the Me-

gatherium and its congeners the flattening of the femur and

its transverse breadth greatly surpass the proportions exhi-

bited by the fossil under consideration, or those of the fe-

mora of the proboscidian Pachyderms.

The femur of the Mastodon is that which the fossil from

the Darling Range most resembles, n being flatter on the

posterior than on the anterior surface. Compared with the

femur of the Mastodon giganteus, the fossil presents the fol-

lowing differences: it is broader in proportion to its length;

as, for example,

Australian femur. Mastodon.

in. lines. in. lines.

From the lower part of the post-trochan-

terian depression to the prominence

Seevetme outercondyle ..... . 418 0 24 0

Breadth of middle of shaft of femur . . 5 O HAE

Circumference of — do. “10 Rell Pete ic RON deg 2 ae

The surface of the bone below the post-trochanterian de-

pression (J) is more convex in the Australian fossil, and the

prominence above the back part of the outer condyle is more

developed ; the small trochanter is narrower and longer, and is

defined by a groove along its anterior part. The femur in the

Mastodon giganteus thins off almost to an edge at the outside

of the distal half of the shaft: m the Australian fossil the

corresponding part is broad and convex. The anterior part

of the great trochanter rises higher above the level of that part

of the femur in the Australian fossil than in the Mastodon.

The orifice of the medullary artery is conspicuous in the Au-

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

stralian fossil at the back part a little above the middle of the

shaft, and towards the inner side; the canal sloping upwards.

I cannot detect the corresponding orifice in the Mastodon’s

femur compared. The Australian fossil exhibits a large me-

10 Prof. Owen on the Remains of a

dullary cavity along the middle of the shaft, with dense pa-

rietes an inch thick. The total length of the fossil is twenty-

two inches ; its greatest breadth across the upper or proximal

end, where the neck begins to bend inwards, is ten inches.

Traces of the smooth pitted surface at the broken distal end

indicate the place of junction of the articular epiphysis, and

prove that the entire shaft of the femur is here preserved; a

part of the epiphysis is anchylosed to the shaft.

The portion of the molar tooth was obtained from the same

locality as the femur, and if it belong, as is most probable, to

the same animal, proves it to be most nearly allied to those

Pachyderms, as the Dinotherium and Mastodon giganteus,

in which the grinding surface of the teeth is raised into broad

transverse ridges. Parts of two of the anterior ridges, and a

smaller or lower one which runs across the base of the first,

at the anterior part of the crown of the tooth, are here pre-

served ; but the accuracy of the figures (figs. 2. and 3.), which

are of the natural size, precludes the necessity of further de-

scription. The apex of both the higher ridges has been worn

by mastication, but not to such an extent as is usually seen

in the small deciduous molars of the Mastodons: there is less

trace of a division of the summit of the ridge into mammille

than would be presented by a similar sized molar, equally

worn down, of the Mastodon giyanteus, in which the two

mammille would be indicated by a median constriction. The

transverse ridges are still more subdivided in the other known

species, as J. longirostris, M. latidens, M. angustidens, or M.

elephantoides: the Australian tooth more resembles that of the

Dinotherium in the simplicity of the transverse eminences, but

there is a deposit of cement or crusta petrosa at the bottom

of the intervening valleys, which I have not observed in any

molar of Dinotherium. As the bones of the extremities of

this most remarkable genus, the Dinotherium, have not yet

been discovered, the affinities of the Australian Pachyderm

to that genus do not at present derive further elucidation from

the femur above described.

The close relationship of the Mastodon to the Dinotherium

has received additional proof by the discovery of the two tusks

of the lower jaw in the young individuals of the Mastodon,

and by the retention of one of these as a sexual distinction of

the male, in Mastodon giganteus: and the highly interesting

member of the ancient fauna of Australia, revealed by the

remains above described, must be referred, on their evidence,

to the same natural family of gigantic Pachyderms as that

which includes the Mastodons and Dinotheres, and to a spe-

cies distinct from any yet determined. The interests of science

Mastodontoid Pachyderm in Australia. 11

will, perhaps, be best consulted by refraining from the im-

position of any generic or specific name until the requisite

characters are obtained ; and of this most desirable acquisition

reasonable hopes may be entertained, since the zealous and

distinguished officer to whom we are indebted for all the in-

teresting fossils yet met with in Australia promises a con-

tinuance of his valuable aid. At the conclusion of his letter

Sir T. L. Mitchell states, “I am promised part of a rib and

other bones by the gentleman who gave the tooth, and I

have some hopes of obtaining a jaw-bone; when I do, it shall

be sent to you forthwith.”

The fossils above described will be presented, in the name

of Sir T. L. Mitchell, to the Museum of the Royal College

of Surgeons, London. They cannot be contemplated without

suggesting many interesting reflections. They tell us plainly

that the time was when Australia’s arid plains were trodden

by the hoofs of heavy Pachyderms; but could the land then

have been, as now, parched by long-continued droughts,

with dry river-courses containing here and there a pond of

water? All the facts and analogies which throw light on the

habits of the extinct Mastodons and Dinotheres, indicate these

creatures to have been frequenters of marshes, swamps, or

lakes. Other relations of land and sea than now characterize

the southern hemisphere, a different condition of the surface

of the land and of the meteoric influences governing the pro-

portion and distribution of fresh water on that surface, may,

therefore, be conjectured to have prevailed, when huge Mas-

todontoid Pachyderms constituted part of the quadruped-

population of Australia. May not the change from a more

humid climate to the present peculiarly dry one have been the

cause.or chief cause of the extinction of such Pachyderms ?

Was not the ancient terra australis, when so populated, of

greater extent than the present insular continent ?

The mutual dependences between large mammalian quadru-

peds, and other members of the animal kingdom, suggest other

reflections in connexion with the present fossil. If the extinct

species ever so abounded as to require its redundancy to be

suppressed by a carnivorous enemy, then some destructive

species of this kind must have coexisted, of larger dimensions

than the extinct Dasyurus laniarius,—the ancient destroyer of

the now equally extinct gigantic kangaroos, Macropus Titan,

&c., whose remains were discovered in the bone-caves of Wel-

Imgton Valley. Extremely few coprophagous beetles have

hitherto, I believe, been found in Australia, and the scarcity of

such is readily explained by the absence of native species of

large herbivorous mammals; but the dung of the Mastodon-

12 Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam.

toid quadrupeds which formerly existed in Australia must then

have afforded the requisite conditions for a greater abundance

of such Coleoptera. These and other speculations are natu-

rally suggested by the highly interesting fossils here described.

The great importance of such organic remains will be obvious

from the few inferences which have been here briefly noted :

our obligations to the enlightened collector and transmitter

of the Mastodontoid fossils are great, and the arrival of ad-

ditional facts and specimens will be most earnestly welcomed.

I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

RicHarp OweEn.

London, Nov. Ist, 1842.

IV.— Observationes de quibusdam Plantis Surinamensibus.

Scripsit Dr. F. A. G. Mique..

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Rotterdam, Dec. 1, 1842.

I Taxes the liberty to offer you a botanical paper on some

plants of Surinam, and to pray you to give it a place in your

‘Annals and Magazine of Nat. History,’ which journal I have

for several years read with the greatest interest.

Believe me to be, your obedient Servant,

\ F, A. G. Miqauez.

CoMBRETACES.

1. Combretum Guianense. Arborescens, ramis obtuse tetragonis te-

trapteris, foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis oblongis obtuse et bre-

viter acuminatis utrinque lepidotis, spicis terminalibus opposite

vel ternatim paniculatis, floribus unilateralibus confertis ebracteo-

latis, calycibus extus lepidotissimis intus longe pilosis, fructibus

tetragono-tetrapteris lepidotis.

Hab. ‘Surinam prope plantationem Bergendaal, Sept. florens. Flores

pulchre rubri.

Frutex humilis, ut videtur haud scandens; rami tereti-subtetra-

goni, faciebus duabus lateralibus angustioribus et magis planis quam

reliquee convexiores ac majores, sordide fusci, membranis exiguis ri-

gidis nigrescentibus fere tetrapteri, hic illic accessoriis membranulis

plurialati, 5 cent. fere crassi; internodia 8—10 cent. longa, nodis

parumper tumidis, cicatricibus petiolorum fere circularibus. Jolia

opposita decussata; petioli breves 5 cent. paullo superantes, cylin-

dracei, antice canaliculati; /amine elliptice, 14—17 et plura cent.

longe, 7—8 late, basi rotundatz obtusz, apice obtuse breviter et

inequaliter acuminate, margine repande, membranacez, subco-

Tiaceee, nervo medio valido 7—8 costas alternas aut suboppositas

venoso-anastomosantes emittente, et ut ramuli, pagina inferior pal-

Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam. 13

lidior confertius, superior remotius et magis subtiliter lepidota.

‘Flores dense spicati, spicis terminalibus oppositis ternisve, ramos pa-

niculatim terminantibus, singulis e foliorum paullo minorum axillis.

Rhachides spicarum 7—10 cent. longz, subtetragone, sursum atte-

nuatz, rubiginoso-fusce, ruguloso-lepidote. Flores sessiles, conferti,

unilaterales, suberecti vel horizomtales. Sicci flores zeque ac folia facile

cadunt. Flos totus cum genitalibus exsertis fere 4 cent. longus.

Ovarium siccum subtetragono-ellipticum, utrinque attenuatum, lepi-

dotum, 4 mm. longum; ea que in averso spice latere affixa, ob

florem sursum directum, ad basin curvata sunt. Alabastra clavata.

Preefloratio valvata. Filamenta flexuoso-incurva. Calyz floris aperti

infundibuliformi-campanulatus, deciduus, squamulis orbicularibus

rufis quam confertissime obtectus, quadridentatus, dentibus erectis

lanceolato-acutis, 1 cent. fere longus. Petala 4 elliptica acuta inter

dentes calycinos inserta lisque breviora ac angustiora haud lepidota,

trinervia, erecta. Tubus calycinus intus usque ad petala pilis griseis

rigidiusculis inclusis totus vestitus. Stamina 8 longissima (24 cent.)

exserta, biserialia, 4 petalis opposita, paullo altius inserta ac exserta.

Filamenta nitida purpurea, sursum attenuata, paullo flexuosa ; anthere

postice affixee, ovales vel ovali-obovate, rimis duabus longitudinali-

bus dehiscentes. Stylus filamenta zquans lisque colore etiam similis

acutus. Fructus tetragono-subtetrapterus.

CENOTHERES.

2. Jussieua inclinata, Linn., Fil. Suppl. p. 235 ; DeC. Prod. iti. p. 54.

Pedunculorum longitudo varia, nec omnes petiolo paullo lon-

giores uti auctores perhibent. Crescit ad Wanica Martio cum fl.

et caps.

3. Jussieua pilosa, H. B. K., Nov. Gen. vi. p. 101. tab. 5382. fig. a

et b; DeC. Prod. 11. p.53. Cum precedente.

4. Jussieua pterophora. Herbacea, erecta ramosa glabra, caule alato,

ramis compressiusculis alulatis vel apteris, foliis lineari-lanceolatis

elongatis utrinque attenuatis, floribus sessilibus, calycis lobis lan-

ceolatis quinquenerviis, petalis obovatis calycem fere equantibus,

capsula tetragona obpyramidata subalata.

Hab. Surinam variis locis.

Affinis J. decurrenti, DeC., et J. palustri, Meyen, DeC. Prod. iii.

p- 56, sed caule diptero, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, floribus sessilibus,

sepalis petala zequantibus probe distincta.

Planta gracilis, caule levissimo glaberrimo fistuloso anguste bia-

lato, pede altior. Rami alterni erecto-patentes compressiusculi. Fo-

ia caulina longiora, 15 cent. longa, vix 14 lata, versus apicem valde

attenuata, membranacea, flaccida, nervo mediano fuscescente, costis-

que tenuibus; folia ramea multo breviora et angustiora. Flores in

eorum axillis sessiles vel subsessiles, sed ad oppositum latus ver-

gentes. Tubus calycinus 1 cent. longus, subalato-tetragonus. Se-

pala \ineari-lanceolata, viridia, marginata, nervis 5 coloratis, tubum

petalaque flava nervosa obovata fere zquantia.

14 Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam.

PAPILIONACES.

5. Crotalaria Paramariboensis. Ramis tetragonis subtetrapteris, sti-

pulis reflexis majoribus sublunatis uno latere acuminatis, foliis

latis ovato-rhombeis obtusissimis basi paulisper attenuatis utrin-

que puberulis, racemis terminalibus, bracteis exiguis linearibus

ciliatis pedicello multum brevioribus, floribus calycem longe supe-

rantibus.

Hab. prope Paramaribo in hortis, m. Jan. fl.

Fruticulus humilis adspectu glaber, sed sub lente puberulus. Rami

ineequaliter tetragoni, una facie latiore ac convexa, reliquis tribus

planis vel convexiusculis. Anguli tenuissime alati aut tantum acu-

tati. Folia alterna; petioli pubescentes, 5—6 mm. longi, lamine

membranacee, puberule, ovato-subrotunde rhombee, apice obtusis-

simo aliquando subretuso. Sex utrinque coste e nervo medio. Lamine

long. 54, lat. 5; minorum long. 4, lat. 3; maximorum 7 long., 6 late.

Stipule foliaceee, virides, horizontales, reflexee, semiovate, acuminate,

latere prope basin exciso affixee, hinc semilunate, fere 1 cent. longe.

Racemi terminales pauciflori. Bractea pedicellum 5 mm. longum ful-

ciens linearis patula perexigua, ambo pubescentes. Culyx sub lente

puberulus membranaceus; labii 7 mm. jongi dentes lanceolati. Ova-

rium oblongo-lineare antice barbatum. Vewzllum 1 cent. longum sub-

rotundum retusum. Ale oblonge basi attenuate unguiculate paullo

breviores. Carina ad medium libera biunguiculata, e lata basi bre-

viter rostrata. Vagina staminea antice fissa. Legumen (fere maturum)

sordide fuscescens, sparse, sed ad suturam dorsalem conferte pilosum,

stylo coronatum. Semina circiter 10.

6. Zornia Surinamensis. Caulibus diffusis dichotome ramosis su-

perne pubescentibus, foliolis 2 oblongo-lanceolatis superioribus

lanceolatis pubescentibus demum glabratis, bracteis ovali-lanceo-

latis acutis basi ineequaliter semicordatis piloso-hirtis ciliatisque

quinquenerviis non punctatis legumine brevioribus, leguminis ar-

ticulis fere 3 radiato-aculeatis, aculeis retrorsum scabris.

Hab. Surinam, locis elevatioribus. Zornie angustifolie et Z. pu-

bescenti, DeC. Prod. affinis.

7. Phaseolus Surinamensis. Volubilis, ramulis glabriusculis, foliolis

diversis utrinque aspere pubescentibus, lateralibus foliorum infe-

riorum subdimidiato-ovatis acutis, supremorum dimidiatis trape-

zoideo-lanceolatis, margine interno superne concavo, foliolo impari

inferiorum deltoideo-acuminato, supremorum lanceolato, racemis

folia subzequantibus pedunculatis 6—8-floris, bracteolis ovato-lan-

ceolatis, calycis labio superiore lato leviter emarginato, inferioris

laciniis lanceolato-falcatis.

Hab. in vicinitate fl. Commewyne inf.; m. Octobri cum fl. et

legum.

Pulchra species, prope Ph. sylvestrem, H. B. K., et Ph. formosum,

H. B. K. DeC. Prod. ii. p. 392, collocanda.

Petioli 5—6 cent. longi, glabri; pedicelli brevissimi tomentosi ;

foliolum impar longius petiolulatum videtur, sed ejus petiolulus e

glabro petiolo inter foliola continuato consistit quocum verus pedi-

Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam. 15

cellus brevis articulatim connectitur. oliola inferiorum lateralia 8

cent. longa, zmpar paullo longius, superiorum 6 cent. longa. Brac-

teole membranacee oblongo-lanceolatze ciliolate. Calyx membrana-

ceus leviter puberulus, bracteolis longior, $ cent. longus. Corolla 2

cent. longa. Leguwmina immatura plana 9 cent. longa, 8 mm. lata,

leviter falcata, apice corniculata, appresse pubescentia, marginibus

scabra, 12—15-sperma.

8. Cassia Savannensis. Foliolis bijugis glabris, ramulis levibus, fo-

liolis obovato-ellipticis subtus flabellatim nervosis striatis, petiolis

medio glandulosis et piliferis, stipulis membranaceis pallidis stri-

atis ovatis acutis basi cordata fusce maculatis, pedicellis axillaribus

unifloris decies petiolum superantibus, legumine compresso zequali

leviter falcato sparse et appresse piloso. Ex affinitate C. uniflore,

Spr., et C. Persoonii, DeC.

Hab. Surinami, locis arenosis, in Tooden-Savanna, prope fl. Suri-

name Sup. Septemb. fl.

9. Cassia Paramariboensis. Erecta, glabra, petiolis pubescentibus

eglandulosis, foliolis 15—-25-jugis subalternis linearibus obtusius-

culis mucronatis, pedicellis patenti-pubescentibus paucis agegre-

gatis ad apices ramulorum ex axillis foliorum caulinorum egredi-

entibus. Ex affinitate C. Petit eae DeC. /. c. p. 504, et C. OF-

terbeinu, Mey., DeC. 7. c.

Hab. prope Paramaribo.

Planta suffruticosa, alterne ramosa. Cauilis levis striatus, viridis,

fistulosus ; folia alterna, sparsa, majora 6 cent. longa; foliola 8 mm.

Stipule deciduz. lores terni quaterni in apicibus ramulorum ; se-

pala infima pubescentia, oblonga, subacuta. Legumina stipitata, 5

cent. longa, margine inferiore recto, superiore sinuato, apice obtuso,

in quibusdam mucronato, 5 mm. lata, glabra, margine sup. pube-

rula, articulata, ad articulos fragilia, compressa, fusca, verrucoso-

tessellata, 7—-9-sperma.

PAssIFLOREA.

10. Ryania tomentosa. Foliis ellipticis coriaceis supra lucidis glabris

modo in nervo setulosis, infra ramisque junioribus petiolisque fusce

griseo-tomentosis, floribus axillaribus solitariis (majoribus) ali-

quando binis uno rudimentario, extus ochraceo-villosis.

Hab. Surinami prope plantationem Bergendaal, Octob. fl.

Fruticulus, habitu referens Patrisiam parvifloram, DeC. Prod. i.

p- 256; De Less. Icon. Sel. tom. iii. tab. 14, sed floribus multo ma-

joribus, sepalis lanceolatis quam stamina brevioribus, foliorum to-

mento diversissimus*.

Annotatio. Genera Ryania, Vahl, et Patrisia, L. C. Rich., nullo

graviore charactere diversa, in unum genus merito conjungenda sunt.

(Endlich. Gener.) Relique Ryanie species sunt :—

1. R. speciosa, Vahl, Eclog. i. p. 51. tab. 9.

* Plantz omnes hic descripte, in solo natali collectze sunt ab amico di-

lectissimo H. C. Focke.

16 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

2. Ryania Candollei, Vahl, Patrisia bicolor, DeC. Prod. i. p. 255.

3. R. Patrisii, Vahl, Patrisia parviflora, DeC. 1. c.

4. R. dentata, Vahl, Patrisia dentata, H. B. K.

5. R. Kunthii, Vahl, Patrisia afinis, H. B. K.

Roterodami, m. Novemb. 1842.

V.—Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of Captain

Belcher, R.N., C.B., &. By Ricnarp Brinsutey Hinps,

Ksq., Surgeon R.N.

THE genus Triphoris* was established by M. Deshayes in1824.

to receive a small fossil reversed shell, having a near affinity

to Cerithium, and which was characterized as the type of a

group, as an elongated shell, turrited, inflated about the mid-

dle, sinistral, terminated by three rounded openings, the an-

terior being the largest, another at the base tubular, and a

third posterior. Some recent shells were, however, soon con-

veniently placed in the same group, as the Cerithium perversum

of Lamarck, and the old Murex adversus of our own coasts.

The number of recent species amounts to five in Kiener’s ré-

sumé of Cerithium, where they constitute his fourth group. I

have found the species so numerous in the collection of Capt.

Belcher, C.B., that they give a very formidable appearance to

the genus, which seems likely to become extensive. This

accession also makes it necessary to alter the character of the

genus to some extent. Though all the species have diminu-

tive shells, and generally require the assistance of a glass for

their examination, yet they will be found to possess very di-

stinct characters, and are at the same time eminently beautiful

in their form and sculpture. If we except some fluctuation

in colour, which may probably be attributable to locality, they

seem liable to little variation. The only circumstance neces-

sary to guard against in the discrimination of species, accord-

ing to my own experience, is the circumstance, that in the

transverse series of granulations which prevail in many, the

number will be found to fluctuate with age. Thus, in the

Mediterranean shell, Triphoris perversus, the young will be

found to possess only two series of granules; when more ad-

vanced in age, a third, intermediate in position, and smaller,

is added ; and in the full-grown shell the last whorl has four

distinct series. Whilst the shells from Captain Belcher’s col-

lection were under examination, Mr. J. E. Gray and Mr. W.

Metcalfe did me the favour to place their specimens at my

disposal, which has enabled me to add several more species.

* Triphorus of Swainson’s Treatise, and Zriphora of Sowerby’s Manual.

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. IF

TripHoris, Deshayes.

Testa parva, gracilis, plerumque elongata, sinistra ; carine et tuber-

cula transversim disposita, canalis tubularis obliquus; sinus late-

ralis plus minusve coarctatus vel tubiformis.

Geog. As far as our present knowledge acquaints us, the genus

would appear most numerous in the Indian seas, particularly in the

Straits of Malacca. Though much attention was bestowed on small

shells along the western coast of America, yet not a single species

was met with. In crossing the Pacific to the westward, a solitary

species was first seen at Bow Island; apparently Triphoris adversus.

At New Ireland a few more were noticed, though not 7. violaceus

(Cerithium violaceum, Quoy). On the shores of New Guinea they

were still more frequent ; and those from the Straits of Malacca are

particularly interesting shells. They occur in the United States, and

a local species is described, T. nigrocincius (Cerithium nigrocinctum,

Adams). A few from our own shores and the Mediterranean are well

known, and in the West Indies they would seem to be frequent. The

genus is both littoral, and found in deep water.

1. Subgenus Ivo.

Testa cylindracea, elongata, acuminata.

1. T. gigas. ‘Testa valde elongata; anfractibus 25—-28 planulatis,

quadriseriatim granulosis, inferiore paululum maxima ad_ basin

granulorum punctatis. Axis 11 lin.

Geog. New Guinea; dredged from a muddy bottom at 18 fathoms.

This is the largest species with which I am acquainted.

The colour would appear to be brown, but, as the specimens

are dead, this cannot be relied on.

2. T. concors. ‘Testa cylindracea; anfractibus viginti-duo triseria-

tim granulosis; serie media paululum minima; sutura lineata ;

apertura rotundata; sinu laterali tubiformi. Axis 6 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; in 18 fathoms.

3. T. sculptus. Testa pallide rufente ; anfractibus 15—18 biseriatim

granoso-carinatis, medio levigatis carina secundaria ; prope sutu-

ram carinula monilifera; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca ; in 23 fathoms.

4. T. vittatus. Testa levigata, cornea; anfractibus 22—25 trans-

versim leviter sulcatis, medio fusco elegantissime vittatis; aper-

tura subquadrata ; sinu laterali obsoleto. Axis 8 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca ; in 23 fathoms.

5. T. bilix. Testa attenuata pallida; anfractibus quindecim trica-

rinatis; carina inferiore paululum maxima marmorata, media mi-

nima; apertura rotundata ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; dredged from a muddy bottom in 20

fathoms.

6. T. Metcalfe. ‘Testa alba fusco marmorata ; anfractibus nume-

rosis tricarinatis ; carina inferiore maxima fusco maculata, duobus

superioribus parvis, media minima ; sutura carinata. Axis 7 lin,

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. | C

18 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

A fine species with squarish brown spots on a white sur-

face; but I regret that the single specimen in Mr. Metcalfe’s

collection has neither the apex or mouth entire.

7. T. cancellatus. Testa pallide rufente; anfractibus 15—18 bi-

carinatis ; carinis albo maculatis; inter carinas cancellata lineis

albis longitudinalibus intervallis fuscis; sutura sulcata; apertura

subquadrata ; sinu laterali margine contracta. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; in 20 fathoms.

8. T. corrugatus. 'Testa cornea; anfractibus 17—20 bicarinatis, inter

carinas corrugatis, medio carina secondaria; sutura leviter cari-

nata; apertura rotunda ; sinu laterali lineari. Axis 6} lin.

Geog. New Guinea ; dredged from 23 fathoms, among fine gravel.

Straits of Malacca; from 18 to 23 fathoms.

9, T. mazillaris. Testa rosea; anfractibus 16—18, superficie leevi-

gata, bisulcatis ; marginibus sulcorum granulatis ; sutura sulcata,

marginibus granulatis, apertura subquadrata, sinu laterali parvo

patulo. Axis 54 lin.

Geog. Straits of ‘Malacca ; dredged from 18 to 23 fathoms.

This shell is very remarkably characterized. The surface 1s

perfectly smooth, and of an agreeable rose-colour ; but each

whorl is divided into three unequal parts by two furrows.

The margins of each furrow, and also of the depressed line

which marks the course of the suture, are provided with a se-

ries of horizontal granulations, which look towards each other

and do not appear above the surface of the shell, but under a

magnifying glass display an appearance which seems to jus-

tify the specific name.

10. T. micans. Testa gracili attenuata, fusca; anfractibus 20—22,

supra coarctatis, triseriatim granulosis, serie inferiore maxima al-

bida, superiore minima ; apertura subquadrata ; sinu laterali lineari.

Axis 6 lin.

Geog. New Guinea; dredged from mud in from 5 to 18 fathoms.

11. T. asperrimus. Testa gracili attenuata; anfractibus 24 —26, su-

perne valde coarctatis, inferne angulatis, serie duplici granulorum ;

prope suturam granuloso-carinata. Axis 6 lin.

Geog. New Guinea; dredged from a muddy bottom in 8 fathoms.

The only specimen of this species in the collection has an

injured mouth. It is remarkable for its long needle-like shape ;

and the upper portion of each whorl being strangulated, and

the lower angular and with a series of tubercles, the shell has

a very rough and jagged appearance.

12. T. marmoratus. 'Testa cylindracea fusca, albo marmorata; an-

fractibus 16—18 triseriatim granulosis; seriebus equalibus, con-

fertis, inferiore plerumque albida; sutura obsoleta. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. West Indies. Cab. Gray.

13. T. elegans. Testa alba, fusco marmorata; anfractibus 16—18

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. 19

quater carinatis; carinis duobus primariis, inferiore maximo ;

duobus secondariis alternantibus; carinis omnibus maculis albis

et fuscis ornatis. Apertura rotundata, sinu laterali patulo. Axis

42 lin. |

Geog. Straits of Malacca ; from 20 fathoms, mud.

2. Subgenus Sycyar.

Testa elongata, anfractus rotundati, apex mamillaris.

14. T. vitreus. Testa pellucida; anfractibus quindecim levigatis

rotundatis, lineis duabus elevatis cinctis; apice mamillari; aper-

tura subquadrata ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; dredged from 20 fathoms.

One of the elevated lines traverses the whorl about its

centre ; the other, not at first very apparent, will be found on

its lower surface near the suture.

3. Subgenus Masronia.

Testa acuminata; circa mediam tumida.

15. T. vulpinus. Testa nigricante ; anfractibus quatuordecim trica-

rinatis ; carina inferiore albida ; apertura rotundata ; sinu laterali

subnullo. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. New Ireland; found, with other small shells, among fine

gravel about low-water mark.

16. T. monilifer. Testa parva, elegantissime monili; anfractibus

decem biseriatim granulosis; granulis seriei inferioris albis inter-

vallis rubris, supreme albis; apertura subquadrata, sinu laterali

angusto. Axis 22 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; in 18 to 23 fathoms, mud.

The manner in which the lower series of markings is re-

peated in the last whorl is very evident in this species, though

to be met with in nearly the whole. Thus the series of bead-

ing, which is single on the upper whorls, will here be found to

be double on the last.

17. T. Grayiit. Testa ovali; anfractibus decem, superioribus bise-

riatim granulosis moniliferis, duabus inferioribus triseriatim, serie

media minima. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. The Mediterranean Sea. Cab. Gray.

The single specimen of this very pretty shell has the mouth

much injured.

18. T. ruber. Testa rufa; anfractibus undecim biseriatim granu-

losis, seriebus subdistantibus suturam obtegentibus ; apertura ro-

tundata ; sinu laterali margine contracto. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. New Ireland; numerous among fine gravel at low water.

Straits of Malacca; in 20 fathoms.

Its reddish colour and double series of tubercles will readily

distinguish this shell. In some of the specimens a small in-

| C2

20 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

termediate series is about to make its appearance on the one

or two inferior whorls.

19. T. affinis. Testa fusca albo marmorata, precipue serie granulo-

rum inferiore ; anfractibus tridecim triseriatim granulosis; serie-

bus ezqualibus suturam offerentibus ; apertura subquadrata. Axis

34 lin.

Geog. St. Vincent’s, West Indies, Rev. W. J. Guilding. Cab. Gray

et Metcalfe.

Nearly allied to 7. marmoratus.

20. 7. castus. Testa parva; anfractibus duodecim, biseriatim ele-

ganter granosis ; serie inferiore parva fusca, superiore maxima mar-

garitacea ; apertura rotunda ; sinu laterali postico tubiformi. Axis

2 lin.

Geog. St. Vincent’s, West Indies; Rev. W. J. Guilding. Cab.

Gray et Metcalfe.

21. T. celebs. ‘Testa ovali; anfractibus undecim triseriatim granu-

losis ; serie media fusca, alteris albidis; sutura suleata; apertura

subquadrata ; sinu laterali subnullo. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

22. T. emulans. Testa albida; anfractibus duodecim biseriatim gra-

nulosis, medio carina minima granosa fusca; sutura carinulata ;

apertura subquadrata ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 5 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

-23. T. concinnus. ‘Testa ovali elongata; anfractibus novem triseria-

tim granulosis ; serie media minima, inferiore fusca, superiore cor-

nea. Axis 34 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

The manner in which the series of markings of the spire are

repeated in the last whorl is well seen in this species, where

the handsome dark spiral line resulting from the lower series

is again twice repeated ; so that the last whorl has really five

series of granules.

24. T. tristis. Testa ovali elongata, ferruginea; anfractibus tridecim

biseriatim granulosis ; serie superiori paululum maxima et albida ;

anfractu penultimo serie tertia minima. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. ? Cab. Gray.

25. T. clemens. Testa cornea nitenti; anfractibus quindecim trise-

riatim granulosis ; serie media parva ad inferiorem ap;propinquante,

inferiore prominulo-margaritacea ; anfractus ultimi granulis parvis ;

sutura sulcata; apertura rotunda ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; from 20 fathoms, mud.

26. T. Carteretensis. Testa pallida; anfractibus quatuordecim tri-

seriatim granulosis, serie media minima, infra duas superiores sul-

catis ; apertura subquadrata; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. Port Carteret, New Ireland ; among fine gravel at low water.

Mr. W. A. Leighton on a new Character in Willows. 21

The sulcus, which traverses the whorl transversely, will

readily distinguish this species.

27. T. roseus. Testa ovali; anfractibus decem biseriatim granulosis,

seriebus corneis, medio levigato roseo serie tertia parva ; apertura

rotundata. Axis 34 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

28. T. candidus. Testa elongata, pallide czerulente ; anfractibus sex-

decim tricarinatis levigatis, medio subfuscis; carina media minima ;

apertura rotundata; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

29. T. hilaris. Testa elongata; anfractibus quatuordecim tricari-

natis ; carinis duabus inferioribus zqualibus albidis, superiore mar-

morata paululum maxima. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

November 28, 1842.

VI.—Hints towards a new specific character in the Willows.

By W. A. Lereuton, B.A., F.B.S.E., &c.

Cursori zy looking at the willows which fringe the margins

of the river Severn near Shrewsbury, the thought suddenly

occurred to me, that possibly a character might exist in the form

of the leaf-bud, which might prove serviceable in distinguish-

ing those species of this extensive and difficult genus that

were closely allied to each other. On examining the leaf-buds

of trees respectively named by Mr. Borrer Russelliana and

Sragilis, and described on his authority under those names in

my ‘ Flora of Shropshire,’ I found my conjecture strikingly

realized. In Russelliana the leaf-bud was in ferm ovato-lan-

ceolate, with a somewhat acute apex, very much dorsally com-

pressed, the back alone being prominent from the enclosed

contents. These did not by any means fill the entire cavity

of the outer integument, but occupied the central portion

only, and consequently the margins and apex of the leaf-bud

were rendered thin and compressed, though nevertheless not

decidedly acute. On the contrary, in fragilis the cavity of the

outer integument was completely filled, and the leaf-bud as-

sumed in consequence a decided full and plump appearance.

It was of an elongated ovate shape, obtuse or rounded at the

apex, nearly triangular, with the angles rounded. The accom-

panying figures will more clearly illustrate my meaning.

Whether this character prevail in the allied species of other

groups I have had no means of deciding, but would be per-

mitted to throw out the above hints, as the character appears

to me important, and well worthy the attention of those bota-

29 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

nists who may possess opportunities of extensively testing its

validity.

Salix Russelliana. Salix fragilis.

. Leaf-bud of S. Russelliana, viewed from the back.

b. Longitudinal section of ditto. c. Transverse section of ditto.

d. Leaf-bud of S. fragilis, viewed from the back.

e. Longitudinal section of ditto. J. Transverse section of ditto.

Shrewsbury, November 8, 1842.

VII.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By

Joun Ricnuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., dase. of

Hospitals, Haslar*.

[Continued from vol. x. p. 34.]

Fisu of the Scomberoid family are numerous in the Austra-

lian seas, and many came under the observation of Parkinson,

Solander, and the Forsters on Cook’s first two voyages.

Such of them as were sketched by Parkinson and George

Forster are commented on in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ and

Schneider’s quotations from J. R. Forster’s notes are also

occasionally criticized in that work ; but Solander’s ‘ Pisces

Australiz’ contains several descriptions of ‘ Scoméri,’ which

Cuvier has not found it possible to refer with certainty to any

species known to him. Indeed the strong family likeness

which prevails among the Scomberoidee renders the detection

* Coloured figures of some of the rare species described in this commu-

nication are just published by Dr. Richardson in a work intitled ‘ Zeones

Piscium.’ See our Bibliographical Notices.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 23

of precise specific differences proportionably difficult, and, in

fact, it is often impossible to elicit even the generic forms from

the descriptions of the naturalists of the Lmnzan school. The

authors of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ were therefore un-

doubtedly right in abstaining from encumbering their great

work by uncertain references to Solander’s manuscripts ; but

the ichthyologist who shall hereafter revisit the ports explored

by Cook, may wish to know what number of this difficult fa-

mily he has to look for; and with the recent fish before him,

he may find that the subjoined extracts from the ‘ Pisces Au-

stralize’ will enable him to clear up the synonymy in a way

which could scarcely be attempted by the European naturalist

who has access to a few discoloured specimens only.

The Scomber australasicus (Cuv. et Val.) taken by Messrs.

Quoy and Gaimard in King George’s Sound, is said to be

much like the Mediterranean pneumatophorus in general form,

to have the angle of the preoperculum marked with diverging

streaks, and the numbers of the fin-rays as follows :—

D. 9] — 1/12; A. 2/11, &c.

Another species, Scomber loo (Cuy. et Val), which was found

by Messrs. Lesson and Garnot at New Ireland, Waigiou and

New Guinea, represents the common mackerel of Europe

almost exactly in form and in the numbers of its fin-rays,

though it attains a larger size. It is ornamented by a series

of spots and two lines of a brilliant gold-yellow tint. Solander

saw a mackerel in Queen Charlotte’s Sound, which he cons!-

dered to be identical with the European one, and as he says

nothing about yellow spots and lines, it is probable that the

likeness is still more exact than that of the Scomber loo. His

very brief notice of the fish is as follows: “ Scomber scombrus

(Linn. Syst. 492. 1.), habitat (Dec. 1, 1769) in sinu Motuaro.

Nostratibus paulo majores. B.7; D.10|—1|11; A. 111;

C.18; P. 20; V.1|5.” The fin-rays of the European mackerel

are stated by Cuvier to be D. 10, 11 or 12|—1|11; A. 1[11,

with five pinnules above and below.

The Scomber splendens of Solander (‘ Pisces Australie,’ p.37)

and the Scomber dentex of the Forsters, which is the “maga”

of the natives of Queen Charlotte’s Sound, are Thyrsites, and

very probably the same species. George Forster’s figure* of

Scomber dentex (the dentatus of J. R. Forster, as quoted by

* From a reference written with a-pencil under this figure, it appears to

have been considered by some one as the same with the Scomber lanceolatus

of Solander; but this is the Cybiwm Solandri of Cuvier and Valenciennes

(vill. p. 192), which was taken off Thrumcap Island in the Polynesian

Archipelago, and is named in the native language “ tatea.”” The Banksian

library contains a figure of it by Parkinson.

24 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

Schneider) is compared in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ with

the Thyrsites atun of the Cape of Good Hope. The Thyr-

sites altivelis (‘ Zool. Proceed.’ 1839, p. 99) from Port Arthur,

Van Diemen’s Land, differs but slightly from the atun. [Vide

‘Zool. Trans.’ vol. i. p. 118.]

The Scomber macrophthalmus of Solander (‘ Pisces Austr.’

p- 44), of which there is a drawing by Parkinson (91), is the

GEMPYLUS SOLANDRI of the ‘Histoire des Poissons’ (vill.

p- 215). It was obtained on the coast of EKahei no-mauwee, the

northern division of New Zealand. The number of rays is stated

by Solander to be according to our notation, D. 18] — 1|17, II;

A. 1|15, I1, which differs from the quotation in the ‘ Histoire

des Poissons,’ where the two spurious fins above and below

are not supposed to have been included by Solander in his

enumeration of the rays. His words are, “ Pinna dorsalis pos-

terior 20-radiata, radio primo simplici, reliquis muticis duobus

posticis distinctis ideoque spuris.” And “ Pinna analis sub

pinna dorsali posteriori, illique similis 18-radiata ; radio primo

spinoso, reliquis muticis ; duobus posticis reliquis distinctis,

h. e. spuriis.” Parkinson’s figure indicates the number of

spinous rays distinctly, but the articulated rays are not drawn

with sufficient precision to show their exact number.

CHORINEMUS FORSTER], Forster’s Chorinemus.

Scomber maculatus, G. Forster, Icon. No. 228. Mus. Brit., J. R. Forster

apud Schneider.

Scomber Forsterz, Bl. Schn., p. 26.

No. 30. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This fish is common in all parts of the harbour of Port Es-

sington, and is captured daily in great numbers by the natives,

who name it “ milinjidne.” It appears to be the same species

which the Forsters found at New Zealand, and named macu-

latus, and perhaps it is also the same with the aken parah of

Russell (141) and the Chorinemus commersonianus of the ‘ His-

toire des Poissons’; at least the detailed description contained

in this work agrees almost exactly with Mr. Gilbert’s speci-

men, the following exceptions being slight and perhaps only

apparent.

The length of the snout before the eye is more nearly the fifth

part of the length of the head than the fourth; the narrow maxil-

lary dilates and is truncated at its lower extremity; and the scapular

bone has an elongated oval shape and not a rectangular one, its ends

being much rounded. The supra-scapular is shaped as in commer-

sonianus. The upper profile of the head is scarcely curved. ‘There

is only a single row of teeth on the lateral limbs of the jaws. The

couchant interosseous spine is very evident when the part is dis-

sected; there are three interosseous bones without rays before it,

the Ichthyology of Australia. 25

and the first very short dorsal spine stands upon it. The whole of

the branching dorsal and anal rays are connected by a membrane,

which is notched before the more posterior rays. The lateral line is

slightly arched before the dorsal fin. It makes a small obtuse angle

over the mfddle of the pectoral, not more conspicuous than three or

‘four undulations, which follow at a little distance: after passing the

first four jointed rays of the dorsal, the line runs perfectly evenly and

directly to the caudal fin. |

Rays :—D. 7|—1(19; A. 2—1|17;. C. 183; P.17; V.1/5.

Dimensions. inches, lines,

Length from tip of snout to end of caudal fin ........sesseeeees Mince 8

—$___—___—___-—____= base of ditto .......ccccccesesceesens 1p 254

—_—__—_—__~——— beginning of jointed dorsal ...... ga

a SPAMS aviv odasecdcvcarivewe laasdeceet'e Gao

ee first free dorsal spine............0.. TA eee

—_——__-___—__——. edge of gill-cover ..............0085 B16

—-—_ — COOL OL OF DUG 3 Sua ayhndesunsned sani 0 8

Ee ona cc oe au ny cu deeyeceveveatcebetensunmncsnesucenes 2 ORE

MPMUPOE POCLOTAIS | oy. is... ces esecescccssncsonscsasscetevssevarceres 5 Sieh

Beet @OFsal ANG ANAl.. 0... cc.s ssc ecseccescdsceccnutecececevens 2G

SCMIULAL BOEK gc cscvaceniivsoenesass abe snewsene dasa ssdeseasseui 2.09

NMR DOUG Foe isso co cine annie og sinanaes oaeshinsslebes advaccaane a0

The Caranz trachurus, Scad or Horse-mackerel, is an almost

cosmopolitan fish ; or at least, the peculiar characters of the

species which inhabit the various districts of the ocean, if they

be different, are not very obvious. There are -variations of

form in the Trachuri of the European seas, which appear, when

a great number of individuals are examined, to pass into each

other by such insensible gradations, that Cuvier hesitates to

consider them as permanent, and merely divides the species

into three groups of varieties. In the first group, which fur-

nishes the example chosen for description in the ‘ Histoire des.

Poissons,’ the lateral line is armed with seventy shields, and

its oblique bend extends from opposite the beginning of the

second dorsal to beneath the tenth ray. The second group

comprises individuals having from eighty to eighty-eight

shields, of less vertical height, and rather more than half of

the lateral line posterior to the bend, which is also more sud-

den. The third group, which includes individuals possessing

from ninety-four to ninety-nine lateral shields, is, in Cuvier’s

opinion, actually a distinct species, though he does not give

itaname. Its members have a more slender body than the

ordinary species, a narrower lateral line, which bends sud-

denly in the middle, and leaves the posterior part just equal

to the anterior part, including the bend.

Sead differing very slightly from the European ones, and

having from seventy-three to seventy-five lateral shields, are

noticed in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ (ix. p. 19) as having

26 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

been brought from the Cape of Good Hope by Delalande.

Others, taken in Shark Bay by Lesson, and at New Zealand

and Amboyna by Quoy and Gaimard, had from sixty-eight to

seventy-three shields, and their external resemblagce to the

common species of the British Channel was very close, the

bend of the lateral line being the same, and not, as in the

Cape variety, more gradual. But some variations in the

viscera of the New Zealand examples are detailed in the work

above quoted (p. 26).

Mr. Jenyns, in the “Zoology” of the ‘ Voyage of the Beagle’

(p. 68. pl. 14.), has described and figured, under the name of

Caranx declivis, a scad from King George’s Sound which has

eighty-one or eighty-two shields, and the bend commencing

under the fifth ray of the second dorsal and terminating under

the ninth, or almost exactly at the middle of the line. It has

the black spot at the opercular notch more or less distinctly

seen in all the Trachuri, and indeed in most of the horse-

mackerels (Caranz).

Solander, in his ‘ Pisces Australiz,’ gives the following

account of a Caranx. It is not accompanied by a figure, but

from the way in which he describes the lateral line, it is pro-

bably a Trachurus.

‘* Scomber clupeoides. Habitat in oceano australi prope Motuaro.

Piscis 8-unciarum lanceolatus, supra medium e viridi- et czeruleo-opa-

linus, infra ex opalino-argenteus. Macula sublunaris nigra paulo

supra angulum lamine postice opercuiorum. Iris argentea. Pu-

pilla nigra. Linea lateralis late loricata, postice et in cauda acute

alteque carinata, in medio pisce descendens. Linea dorsalis ad ini-

tium pinne dorsi posterioris paulo divaricata. Area postica caudze

lanceolata. Pinna analis in lacuna, e regione ani continuata, recon-

denda. Supra pinnam analem linea obsolete impressa ; forte heec et

linea dorsalis scombri propriz.”

The Australian seas nourish examples of other groups of

Caranz. Of those which have only small scales on the fore-

part of their lateral line, no pinnules, little height, and an

almost straight form of body, Cuvier remarks that the distinct-

ive marks of most of the species are so obscure that they

escape naturalists who have not an opportunity of comparing

one with another, and that the synonymy is consequently in-

volved. The Scomber lutescens of Solander {‘ Pisces Austr?

p- 38) is evidently one of this group, and is perhaps different

from most of the other members of it, in the greater curvature

of the lateral line, though without a figure this is not quite

certain.

“‘ Corpus lanceolatum, supra medium e lutescenti-opalinum, sub-

tus ex argenteo-opalinum. Oculi mediocres: iris argentea: pupilla

the Ichthyology of Australia. 27

nigra. Macula nigra ad angulum superiorem operculorum. Pinnze

dorsales colore dorsi absque nitore. Pinne pectorales pallidiores.

Pinne ventrales albidz. Pinna ani antice albida, postice lutescens.

Pinna caudalis lutescens. Pinnule spuriz nulle. Pectus sub pin-

nis ventralibus late canaliculatum. Pinna dorsalis anterior fossula

-recondenda. Linea dorsalis completa paulo pone pinnam -dorsalem

anteriorem parum descendens. Linea lateralis antice dorso propior,

sub initium pinne dorsalis posterioris admodum descendens et dein

recta ad carinam caudz extensa. Cauda loricata anceps. Rictus

amplus albus. Habitat in oceano Australiam alluente, prope Novam

Zelandiam, Martii 30, 1770.” (Solander.)

The Scomber trachurus, varietas (fig. 223, Banks. Lib.), of

the Forsters, is also most probably another example of this

group: it was taken in Dusky Bay, New Zealand. Brous-

sonnet has added under the drawing a reference to Scomber

dimidiatus of his MSS.; and some one has also considered it,

though incorrectly, as synonymous with the Scomber micans

of Solander. There is a short notice of it in the ‘ Histoire

des Poissons’ (ix. p. 20).

The CaRANX GEORGIANUS (Cuv. and Val., ix. p. 85), pro-

cured by Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard in King George’s Sound,

is one of the species having a more elevated body, but still

with a straight profile. A specimen from the same locality is

described by Mr. Jenyns with more detail in the “ Zoology”

of the ‘ Voyage of the Beagle’ ; and Parkinson’s figure, No. 89,

and Solander’s description of Scomber micans, do not appear

to differ from it.

“Corpus ovato-oblongum, compressum nitens. Caput mediocre,

antice nudum, postice squamosum. Rostrum parum descendens,

obtusiusculum. Maxilla superior paulo longior, in ore clauso. Max-

illa inferior subtus poris punctata. Os parvum. Dentes in maxillis,

lingua, palato et fauce. Dentes maxillares minuti, conici, numerosi

serie irregulari dispositi: dentes linguz et palati acerosi, minuti,

pauci: dentes faucium conici plures. Lingua ovata, obtusa alba,

antice libera. Oculi parvi; iris e fusco-argentea : pupilla nigra. Nares

in medio inter oculos et rostrum, vicine, parve, oblonge : anterior

paulo major. Branchiarum opercula integra, squaamosa. Membrana

branchiostega tecta, 7-radiata. Linea lateralis supra pinnas pecto-

rales late arcuata dorso propior, parum carinata, pone illarum apices

descendens et dein recta per medium piscem in cauda loricata alte

et acute carinata. Przeter lineam lateralem linea dorso toto parallela,

spatio vix semunciali ab illo remota (ideoque nobis dorsalis), punctu-

lata ; alia linea obsoleta, impressiuscula, paulo supra pinnam analem

ducta. Regio ani in medio pisce, oblongo-lanceolata, nuda, ? unc.

longa a pinna anali parum remota. Anus majusculus; apertura va-

gine geniture parva. Cauda brevis, teres, e linea laterali loricata,

subanceps, postice dilatata in aream quadratam ad latera carine linez

lateralis. Pinnz dorsales due, anterior spinosa, 8-radiata, intra

28 Mr. C. W. Peach on the Sea-Cup.

cutem dorsi incrassatum elevatum, recipienda. Pinnz pectorales,

falcatze, paulo pone initium pinne analis extense, 18-radiate, muticee. °

Pinuz ventrales mutice, oblong, acutiuscule, breves, anum non

attingentes, ventri arcte adnate. Pinnez anales due; anterior spi-

nosa, bi-radiata, radiis brevibus ; posterior 25-radiata, uti pinna dor-

salis intra cutem elevatam recipiende ; radius primus simplex, spino-

sus ceteris brevior, reliqui mutici. Pinna caudalis bifurca, 20-

radiata ; lobi lanceolati, acuti, equales. Squamee parvee, adherentes,

tenues, lzves, integre.

“‘ Color :—Piscis supra medium e ceruleo-opalinus, infra ex opa-

lino-argenteus, totus nitens. Caput ante oculos pellucido-virescens.

Macula majuscula atra paulo supra angulum laminz posterioris

branchiarum. Pinna dorsalis, et pinna analis pallide olivaceee. Pinnz

pectorales cinerascentes. Pinne ventrales albide, interdum parum

rubentes. Pinna caudalis cinereo-plumbea. Linea dorsalis cyanea.

Diameter piscis longitudinalis uncias 18, perpendicularis 54, trans-

versalis 21.

“Rapu:—Br. 7; D. 8|—1|28; A. 2—1]24; V. 1/5; P.18; C. 20.

“ Habitat in oceano Australiz prope Motuaro.” (Solander. )

Representatives of the third division of Caranx, ‘Les Ca-

rangues ’(Cuv.), also exist in the seas of Australia. The

Caranx Lessonit (Cuv. and Val. ix. p. 113) was brought from

New Holland by MM. Lesson and Garnot, and is considered

by Cuvier to be the gundi-parah of Russell, p. 144. The

Caranx speciosus (Cuv. and Val. ix. p.130), which mmhabits the

Red Sea, the Indian Ocean, and the Polynesian Archipelago,

was brought by Bougainville (le fils) from New Holland.

The Scoméer platinoides of Solander, of which the only me-

morial is the following brief notice, is probably a member of

this division.

«« Seepe pedalis, totus argenteus, nitidissimus, dorsum parum ce-

rulescens. Iris argentea, pupilla nigra. Macula nigra sublunata

postice in angulo lamine operculi postice. Pinnz parum lutescunt,

precipue pinna analis. Habitat Tolaga.’”’ (Pisces Austr.)

A pencil reference to Sc. hippos, with a mark of doubt, is

appended to the MSS. The Sc. hippos? of Forster, of which

a figure exists in the Banksian Library, and a description in

Schneider (p. 28), was taken at Otaheite, and not in New

Zealand, as stated in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ where it is

named Caranex forsteri.

(To be continued. ]

VIII.— Observations on the “ Sea-Cup.” By CHARLES

W. Peacu, Esq.

[ With a Plate. ]

Havine read in Ellis’s ‘Essay on the Corallines’ that he con-

sidered the “ Sea-Cup” to be “the ovary of the periwinkle

Mr. C. W. Peach on the Sea-Cup. 29

shell-fish,” and having nowhere, in the few books I have ac-

cess to, seen that contradicted, I beg to forward to you some

observations on the subject, and to show that the “ sea-cup ”

does not belong to the periwinkle, but to the Purpureus la-

pillus. Inthe early part of January of the present year I

found that the Purpureus lapillus was very abundant on the

rocks in Little Peraver near my residence, and that they got

together in clusters. I watched their movements, and found

that where they assembled the “ sea-cup” was plentiful in-

deed ; in fact I never before saw them so abundant. On taking

hold of some of the whelks, I found that they covered three

or four of the “‘ cups” with their mantles, and it required a

good pull to remove them. I also noticed that there were in-

dentations in the mantle corresponding with the number of

“‘ cups” which it had enveloped, and that when the shell was

removed a drop of transparent matter stood on the upper end

of each cup. After the whelk has formed and filled them, the

mouth is securely sealed up. The “cup” is then ofa pale

yellowish colour; the internal part soon assumes a granular

appearance which becomes more and more distinct; after

some time, some of them change to a pinkish hue, and the

young fry can be better distinguished; the thickened seal of

the operculum becomes thin, and after about four months

opens, and the young prisoners escape into the surrounding

medium, and take refuge in crevices of the rocks or amongst

mussels, Balani, &c. &c. which are attached to them. The

young leave the “cups” gradually, and sometimes a fortnight

elapses between the exit of the first and the last, and they are

of different sizes ; they have all the peculiar habits of the adult

ones, such as remaining out of the water for long periods: this

I observed in many that I reared in a dish in my house; some

of them also were of a purple colour. Some which I took

out of the “cups ”—nay, all—show the distinguishing canal,

and are at first semitransparent and horn-coloured: the older

before leaving the “cups,” the more white and opake the

are, and show the striz and markings on the pillar, with the

canal, and all the characteristic appearances of the old shell,

clearly evincing that they belong to the Purpureus lapillus,

and not the Turbo littoreus, which latter shell has no canal

or markings on the pillar.

I observe also, that in Little Peraver, where the “ egg-cups”

and Purpureus lapillus are abundant, there is scarcely a peri-

winkle to be found; whilst at Cologna in the same parish,

about half a mile distant, where periwinkles are numerous,

and the Purpureus lapillus very scarce, egg-cups are few and

far between.

30 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Conception.

I have taken as many as thirty-four perfect shells from one

cup, showing that they are prolific. 7

They fix these cups in indentations and crevices and under

overhanging parts of the rocks, and invariably on that side

least exposed to the fury of the waves; and this circumstance

shows that even in this animal the Great Author of all has im-

planted a sense of guarding its young from injury, proving

his superintending care over all his creatures.

The accompanying drawings will illustrate the above state-

ment :—

PuLaTE I. A.

Fig. 1. Nidi taken from under the whelk when in the act of forming it.

— 2. Nidi after the escape of the young.

— 3. Magnified view of the upper part or operculum when left by the

whelk.

1X.—Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered near Conception,

in South America, by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis

WaLkKeER, F.L.S. :

Lamprotatus Alcander, Mas. neo-viridis cupreo et cyaneo varius, an-

tenne fulve, pedes fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, robustum, convexum, zneo-viride, nitens, scitissime squa~

meum, parce hirtum : caput transversum, breve, viride, thorace paullo latius ;

vertex latus, frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-

tantes: antennez fulve, subfiliformes, thorace non longiores ; articulus 1"°

nigro-viridis, longus, gracilis; 2"* longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4"° brevissimi ;

5"° et sequentes usque ad 10"™ breves, approximati, subzequales; clava lon-

giconica, compressa, acuminata, articulo 10° duplo longior: thorax ovatus,

cupreo-eneus: prothorax brevissimus: mesothoracis scutum cyaneo-viride,

longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate, postice approxi-

matz; scutellum subrotundum: paraptera et epimera magna: metathorax

mediocris, obconicus, declivis : petiolus sat longus : abdomen breviovatum,

cupreo-varium, supra planum, basi cyaneo-viride, thorace multo brevius ;

segmentum 1"" magnum, 2"™ et sequentia brevia: pedes fulvi, simplices,

subzequales ; coxe virides ; tarsi apice fusci : ale ample, limpide ; squamule

fuscze ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis

ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long.

lin. 1; alar. lin, 2.)

Gastrancistrus Cephalon, Fem. Cupreus, antenne nigre, pedes lutei,

femora basi nigra, ale limpide.

Corpus cupreum, convexum, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum :

caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,

abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antenne subclavate,

nigre, sat graciles, submoniliformes, thorace non longiores; articulus 1"*lon-

us, sublinearis; 2"° cyathiformis; 3" et 4" minimi; 5"S et sequentes usque

ad 10°™ breves, approximati, subzequales; clava longiconica, acuminata, ar-

ticulo 10° plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, me-

diocris, antice angustus: mesothoracis scutum Jongitudine latius; parapsi-

dum suture bene determinatz, postice approximate ; scutellum subconicum:

metathorax brevis, postice angustus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ova-

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Conception. 31

tum, lzve, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace

paullo brevius : pedes lutei, simpIices, subeequales ; coxe virides ; femora basi

nigra; tarsi apice fusci: alz limpide ; squamule pice ; nervi fulvi; ner-

vus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari paullo brevior, cubitali

multo longior; stigma minutum. ' (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 14.)

Pteromalus Calenus, Mas. 4neo-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne

nigre, pedes fulvi, femora viridia, ale limpide,

Corpus convexum, zeneo-viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum:

caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,

abrupte declivis : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes : antenne nigre, subcla-

vate, thorace paullolongiores ; articulus 1"* longus, gracilis, 2"s longicyathi-

formis; 3% et 4"° minimi; 5" et sequentes ad 10°” subzequales; clava

conica, articulo 10° multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus,

brevissimus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture

vix conspicuze ; scutellum subconicum : paraptera magna ; metathorax brevi-

obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen cupreum, sublineare,

depressum, lve, fere glabrum, thorace multo angustius et paullo brevius :

pedes fulvi, simplices, subeequales ; coxe virides; femora viridia, apice fulva ;

tarsi apice fusci; mesotibise fuscze; metatibize piceo-cincte : ale limpide ;

squamule picez; nervi fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior, radia-

lis ulnari non brevior, cubitali paullo longior ; stigma minutum. (Corp. long.

mo. Ps alar! im. 13.)

Derostenus Alcetas, Mas. Viridis, anienne nigre, pedes flavi, ale fulvo-

tincte.

Corpus breve, convexum, viride, nitens, subtilissime squameum, parce

hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace vix latius: vertex Jatus; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz

graciles, submoniliformes, nigrz, apice acuminate, thorace non longiores ;

articulus 1"° longus, sublinearis; 2"* et sequentes usque ad clavam breves:

thorax ovatus, cupreo-varius: prothorax brevissimus, supra non conspicuus :

mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture bene determi-

natz, postice approximatz : scutellum obconicum : metathorax magnus, de-

clivis, obconicus: petiolus sat longus: abdomen breviovatum, leve, fere

planum, thorace multo brevius: pedes pallide flavi, graciles, subzequales ;

coxe virides; ungues et pulvilli fusci: alee fulvo-tincte, late; squamule

picez ; nervi flavi ; nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis vix ullus,

cubitalis brevissimus. (Corp. long. lin. 2; alar. lin. 14.)

Closterocerus Cercius, Fem. Viridis, abdominis discus purpureus, an-

tenneé nigre, pedes nigri, tarsi flavi, ale fusco-nebulose.

Corpus sublineare, fere planum, lete viride, nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, impressum, thorace non la-

tius; fronsabrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz

nigree, graciles, submoniliformes, apice acuminatz, thorace paullo breviores ;

articulus 1°° longus, sublinearis ; 2"S et sequentes usque ad clavam breves,

subzequales: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra non conspicuus :

mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture non bene deter-

minatez ; scutellum eneo-viride, obconicum : metathorax brevis, postice an-

gustus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ovatum, subtus carinatum, thorace

brevius, non latius; discus purpureus: pedes nigri, simplices, subaequales ;

coxe virides ; genua fulva; tibize apice flave; tarsi flavi, apice fusci: ale

sublimpide, ciliate, fusco obsolete nebulosz ; squamule picee ; nervi fulvi;

nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissi-

mus, in alz discum abrupte declivis; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3;

alar. lin. 14.)

32 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Conception.

Bellerus (N.G.) Anaitis (Haliday MSS.), Mas. Viridis, antenn@ nigra,

pedes virides, tarsi fusci, ale subfusce.

Corpus gracile, sublineare, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, thorace vix latius; vertex

sat latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-

tantes: antennz 12-articulatz ?, graciles, moniliformes, nodose, verticillato-

pilosz, corpore paullo breviores ; articulus 1"° longus, sublinearis; 2°* bre-

vis; 3"5 et sequentesusque ad 9°™ verticillo setarum ornati ; 5"S et sequentium

quisque ad 9"™ gracillimi, lineares, apice ubi setz insident in clavam globo-

sam latescentes; clava triarticulata, fusiformis, acuminata: thorax longi-

ovatus: prothorax transversus, sat magnus, antice angustus: mesothoracis

scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture optime determinate, postice

approximate ; paraptera et epimera magna; scutellum subovatum: meta-

thorax mediocris, obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sub-

lineare, planum, leve, thorace angustius et multo brevius: pedes virides,

simplices, subeequales ; trochanteres picei; genua fusca; tarsi 4-articulati,

fusci ; ungues et pulvilli minuti ; protarsi basi flavi; alze subfusce ; squamulz

picez ; nervi fusci; nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis humerali

paullo brevior, cubitali plus duplo longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long.

lin. 8; alar. Jin. 14.)

Tetrastichus Naucles, Fem. Ater, abdomen nigro-eaneum, antenne picee,

pedes fulvi, femora nigra, metatibie fusco-cincta, ale sublimpide.

Corpus validum, convexum, atrum, nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput

transversum, brevissimum, thoracis latitudine ; vertex sat latus; frons im-

pressa, abrupte declivis : oculirufi, mediocres, non extantes : antenne picez,

subclavate, thorace vix longiores: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus,

supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum magnum, longitudine non latius ;

parapsidum suture bene determinate, remotz, postice approximate; scu-

tellum bisulcatum, semicirculum fingens: metathorax brevis, transversus,

declivis : petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ovatum, nigro-zneum, supra pla-

num, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo longius: pedes

fulvi, simplices, subeequales; coxze nigree; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi

apice fusci; metatibize fusco-cinctz : alz sublimpide, pubescentes; squa-

mulz picez; nervi fusci; nervus ulnaris humerali fere duplo longior, ra-

dialis nullus, cubitalis sat longus; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 1;

alar. lin. 13.)

Tetrastichus Norax, Fem. <Ater, antenne picee, pedes flavi, femora ni-

gra, ale limpide.

Precedente gracilior. Corpus sublineare, convexum, atrum, nitens, lave,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, thoracis latitudine; vertex

sat latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-

tantes: antennz picez, subclavatz, thorace non longiores ; articulus 1" ni-

ger: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesotho-

racis scutum longitudine non latius; parapsidum suture remote, bene

determinatz, postice approximate ; scutellum bisulcatum, semicirculum fin-

gens: metathorax brevis, declivis: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen ovatum,

supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace non longius :

pedes flavi, simplices, subzequales; coxz nigre ; femora nigra, apice flava;

tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ; squamule picez; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris

humerali duplo longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis sat longus; stigma minu-

tum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 14.)

Mr. J. J. Murcott on drying Plants for the Herbarium. 33

X.—On drying Plants for the Herbarium by means of a

Deliquescent Salt. By J. J. Murcort, Esq.*

- Tue plants to be dried are placed between sheets of paper contain-

ing chloride of calcium, contact with the salt being prevented by an

intervening cushion on one side, and a layer of fine calico on the

other. T'wo thin boards support the apparatus, and are held together

by a couple of buckled tapes ; the whole is enveloped in oil cloth to

exclude atmospheric moisture. ‘The packet need not be opened till

the plants are dry enough to be removed, or fresh plants require to

be introduced. The time and trouble of frequently removing drying

plants into fresh papers, as in the ordinary method, are both saved ;

for though the packet be full of plants, it need not be opened even

for several months. Plants in general dry much faster than in blot-

ting-paper, and their colours are much more frequently preserved :

the use of the pad prevents injury to the soft parts of plants, and

hinders their corollas from shrivelling up in drying, without apply-

ing so much pressure as would unfit any part for subsequent exami-

nation.

Brown paper, so thick as to prevent the transmission of light,

with a smooth surface, and not much sized, is better fitted to hold

the salt than blotting-paper, which it greatly surpasses in durability

and tenacity in a damp state. The paper-is impregnated with the

salt by dipping it (a sheet at a time) in a solution formed by dis-

solving 134 0z. of the crystallized chloride of calcium in one (im-

perial) pint of water. Where the chloride is expensive, or difficult

to be procured, it may be prepared by saturating hydrochloric acid

with fragments of marble, or even with common chalk: the acid

may be of commercial strength or slightly diluted with water; but

the vessel containing it should be capable of holding several times

the quantity, on account of ebullition. After saturation the liquid

should be filtered, and diluted with water tillits specific gravity falls

to 1:188; this may be ascertained most readily by a glass bead of

that number. ‘The sheets as they are dipped (a large tea-tray is

very convenient to hold the liquid) should be carefully laid one upon

another, and at length so much liquid pressed out that they will not

drip when held before a fire to dry. I dry them before a fire, but a

friend suggests that much time and trouble would be saved by

drying them in a baker’s oven. A solution of this strength will

communicate as much of the salt as the paper can retain without

showing an exudation on its surface when applied to use and its

complement of moisture absorbed, while the excessive brittleness

occasioned, if the liquid be much more concentrated, soon splits the

back of every sheet ; and the drops of liquid that appear as the paper

grows very damp might deter a beginner from following the method.

In applying the paper to use, I place about three sheets between

every lot of plants: the plants do not touch the paper but lie on a

cushion of cotton wool, and are covered with a piece of ‘ glazed

lining’ calico, or similar material; or they are placed between two

* Read before the Botanical Society of Glasgow, November 1842.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vel. xi.

34 Mr. J. J. Murcott on drying Plants for the Herbarwm.

pieces of flannel ; of course the same surface of the cotton or flannel

should always be applied to the paper, to prevent communication of

the salt to the plants. I have prepared some sheets of paper on one

side only, but have not yet given them atrial. The pads do not

much affect the quick drying, but they preserve soft parts from in-

jury, and render a very slight pressure sufficient. When I wish to

preserve the corolla of a plant in the best possible manner, I place

under and above it a little finely opened cotton wool. When very

watery plants are to be dried, such as Hoftonia palustris, 1 would

place an extra cushion of cotton wool over them. Plants seem to dry

best at a temperature of about 100° F. When the papers have taken

up as much moisture as they can absorb, they may be re-dried before

a fire, if the method suggested by a friend (drying at a baker's oven)

should not be accessible. Orchidacee and Scrophulariacee are bad

driers even with the aid of chloride of calcium ; but I find that Listera

ovata, and probably some others, may have their colour perfectly

preserved if immersed for a few seconds in a nearly boiling but very

weak solution of carbonate of soda, then wiped and placed between

the papers. ‘This remark may perhaps induce some one with more

leisure than myself to experiment on various ways of drying plants

of these natural orders.

The disadvantages of the method are in my opinion inconsider-

able when compared with the saving of time and trouble, and the

much better preservation of the specimens. Brown paper is not ex-

pensive. Crystals of chloride of calcium may be bought of the Li-

verpool Apothecaries’ Company, and perhaps elsewhere, at 5d. per

lb.; or if prepared at home, the expense will be about the same.

The cotton-wool cushions cost 1d. or 13d. each ; flannel is more du-

rable, but more expensive. The cushions render the apparatus bulky,

but this is only an inconvenience in travelling, and then the far

greater inconvenience of drying papers at inns in the summer months

is experienced about once in three weeks instead of once a day, or

every other day. Such at least is the result of my experience; I

have employed the salt in the manner described for two years and

part of a third, for I commenced with it in 1840. The great dryness

and consequent brittleness of the plants unfit them for the immediate

examination of concealed parts, but exposure to a moist air for a

short time would diminish their fragility in a sufficient degree.

Suppose some plants dried, whose colours are lost in the usual

mode of drying, for instance the Campanulas: will they keep their

colours after removal from the drying papers, and exposure con-

tinually to a moister air? I can scarcely answer the question, for my

herbarium is kept artificially dry by means of the salt employed to

dry the plants in the first instance. Some specimens, however, com-

municated to a friend four months after drying, lost their colour in

his possession, while nearly twelve months later, specimens of the

same plant, brought from the same place, at the same time, and dried

in the same manner, were unaltered. The latter were in my her-

barium, and the air within was much drier than the air outside. The

best method I have thought of to keep a cabinet artificially dry, is by

Position of the Stigma and Placente in Plants. 35

having a cavity of about an inch at the back of the shelves (two

cross bars might prevent the plant-holding papers from being pushed

too far back) with a lid at the top, and sliding in one or more

' frames supporting Welsh Plane well dosed with the chloride and

dried ; gun-wadding prepared might perhaps do as well, but I have

not at present tried either material. A servant might occasionally

take out, dry, and replace the slides without having access to the

plants.

One unconnected remark and I have finished: my vasculum is

provided with a canvass lining, which I take care to have well-wetted

in warm weather, to supply much of that moisture that would other-

wise diffuse into the air from the contained plants alone. It is

further provided with a covering of canvass to be used only in hot

_ sunshine when it is wetted to keep the box cool by evaporation from

its surface.

Woodloes, near Warwick, November 1842.

X1.—On the relative position of the Divisions of Stigma and

Parietal Placenta in the Compound Ovarium of Plants. By

Rosert Brown, F.R. & L.S.*

To estimate correctly the importance of the relation between

the divisions of the Stigma and the parietal placentz of the

compound ovarium, namely, whether when agreeing in num-

ber they are placed opposite to or alternate with each other,

' it is necessary to take into consideration the theoretical view

which appears the most probable of the origin or formation of

a simple ovarium, and that of the stigma belonging to it, as

well as the various kinds and degrees of confluence by which

the real nature of both organs, but especially the latter, is so

often obscured.

It is at present, I believe, universally agreed to consider a

polyspermous legumen as that state of the simple ovarium,

which best exemplifies the hypothetical view of the formation

of this organ generally adopted ; namely, that it consists of the

modification of a leaf folded inwards and united by its mar-

gins, which in most cases are the only parts of the organ pro-

ducing ovula; or, at least, where this power of production is

not absolutely confined to the margins, it generally commences

with or includes them.

The exceptions to the structure as here stated are of two

kinds :—

First. Where the whole internal surface of the carpel is

* This article, which is referred to at p. 255 of No. 65, is extracted from

Mr. Brown’s account of Cyrtandrce@, given in the second part of Dr. Hors-

field’s ‘ Plantze Javanice Rariores,’ published in 1840. Separate copies of

this article were distributed in December, 1839.

36 Mr. R. Brown on the relatwe position of

equally ovuliferous, which is the case in a few families of very

small extent, as Butomee, Nympheacee and Lardizabalee.

Secondly. Where the production of ovula is limited to the

external angle of the cell or axis of the leaf supposed to form

the carpel.

A case of this kind is found in a portion of one of those.

families in which the whole surface is generally ovuliferous,

namely, in Hydropeltidee, which I have always regarded as

merely a section of Nympheacee*; and from the nature of

these differences in placentation, which are more apparent

than real, an argument might even be adduced in favour of

that opinion.

A placenta apparently limited to the outer angle of the cell

also occurs in the greater number of species of Mesembry-

anthemum. As this structure, however, is certainly not with-

out exception in that very natural genus, several species,

among which are Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, cordi-

folium, papulosum and nodiflorum, having the placenta con-

fined to the internal angle of the cell or margins of the carpel ;

and as in some of those species in which the outer angle is

placentiferous, the production of ovula is not confined to it,

but extends to the lower half of the inner angle ;—this ap-

parent deviation from ordinary structure may perhaps be ex-

plained by assuming cohesion of the inflected portion of the

carpel with the wall of the cell ;—an hypothesis, in some

degree supported by the fact, that in several species the ter-

mination of the assumed inflected portion is free and not

ovuliferous.

But whatever opinion may be adopted as to the relation of

this seemingly anomalous to the ordinary structure, it cannot,

as M. Fenzl proposest, be employed as the essential cha-

racter of a distinct natural family limited to the Linnzan

genus Mesembryanihemum.

The placenta then of a simple ovarium in its usual state,

according to this view, is necessarily double; though by the

complete suppression of ovula in one of its two component

parts, and their diminished production in the other, the

ovarium is not unfrequently reduced to a single ovulum.

That such is the origin of the single ovulum is at least mani-

fest ina monstrosity of Tropeolum majus, in which the stamina

are converted into pistilla; but the complete action being im-

peded by the presence of the regular trilocular pistillum, and

the two marginal cords of each open ovarium remaining di-

* Gen. Rem. in Flinders’s Voy. vol. ii. Append. p. 598.

+ Annal. des Wien. Mus. vel. i. p. 349.

Stigma and Parietal Placente in Plants. 37

stinct, the origin of the ovulum from one only of these cords

is satisfactorily shown.

An ovarium with two or a greater number of cells, whose

placentz project into the cavities more or less from their

inner angles, is an organ, the-composition of which is suffi-

ciently obvious.

But a compound ovarium may be differently constructed ;

and, first, instead of each simple organ forming a complete

cell by the union of its own margins or adjoining portions of

its surface, the corresponding margins or adjoining portions

of surface of the proximate component parts may unite to-

gether so as to form a parietal placenta, often apparently

simple, but in reality double in all cases. This view of the

composition of a unilocular ovarium having two or more

parietal placentz is also very generally received. But ex-

ceptions, supposed to prevail in whole families, in which the

disc and not the margins are placentiferous, have lately been

assumed by Professor Lindley, Orchidee and Orobanchee

being the examples of this structure to which he more par-

ticularly refers.

The accurate determination of this question appears to me

of great importance to the theoretical botanist, but the subject

will be most advantageously discussed after treating of the

origin and modifications of stigmata.

An oyarium less manifestly compound is that in which the

centre of the cavity is occupied by a placenta entirely uncon-

nected with its sides; the supposed inflected portions of each

component organ, according to the view here adopted, being

removed, or reabsorbed so completely in a very early stage of

its development as to leave no trace of their existence either

on the walls of the cavity or on the surface of the central

placenta, which may either be polyspermous, or produce only

a smaller and definite number of ovula having a relation to its

supposed component parts, or, lastly, in some cases be re-

duced to a single ovulum.

These are the principal modifications of the compound ova-

rium when forming a simple series; but it is necessary to ob-

serve that both surfaces of the inflected and included portions

of the carpels are not unfrequently equally productive of

ovyula, a structure which is manifest in many Cyriandracee,

especially Cyrtandra, although in several other genera of the

same family the production is confined to the inner or upper

surface of the margin. In other cases the polyspermous ovu-

liferous portion or placenta is connected with the inner angle

of the cell by a single point only, which may proceed either

from the apex or base of the cavity. This modification of

38 Mr. R. Brown on the relative position of

structure, though in some families hardly of generic import-

ance, seems to me to assist in explaining the apparently ano-

malous structures of Hydnora, Rafflesia, and Brugmansia.

On the subject of the origin and type of Stigma, my first

observation is, that the style where present can only be re-

garded as a mere attenuation, in many cases very gradual, of

the whole body of the ovarium. Hence the idea naturally

suggests itself, that the inner margins of the carpel, which in

the lower part are generally ovuliferous, in the upper part

perform the different, though in some degree analogous, func-

tion of stigma. As the function, however, of this organ implies

its being external, and as in different families, genera, and even

species, it has to adapt itself to various arrangements of parts

destined to act upon it, corresponding modifications of form

and position become neccessary; hence it is frequently con-

fined to the apex, and very often, especially in the com-

pound ovarium with united styles, appears to be absolutely

terminal.

In such cases, as it must always include and be closely ap-

proximated to the vascular cord of the axis, it has by some

botanists been considered as actually derived from it, which

it is, however, only in the same manner as the marginal pla-

centz are derived from the axis of the carpel. But according

to the notion now advanced, each simple pistillum or carpel

has necessarily two stigmata, which are to be regarded, not as

terminal, but lateral. |

That the stigma is always lateral may be inferred from its

being obviously so in many cases; and in one genus at least,

Tasmannia, it extends nearly the whole length of the ovarium,

so as to be commensurate with and placed exactly opposite

to the internal polyspermous placenta.

That the stigma is always double appears probable from

those cases in which it is either completely developed, as in

the greater part of Graminee where the ovarium is simple ;

in the compound ovarium in Urena; and from those in which

the development, though less complete, is still: sufficiently ob-

vious, as in many HLuphorbiacee and in several Ividee. 'This

degree of development, however, is comparatively rare, con-

fluence between the two stigmata of each carpel being the

more usual structure ; and in the compound pistillum a greater

degree of confluence often takes place in the stigmata than

in the placentze ;—a fact, which in all such cases is obviously

connected with adaptation of surface to the more complete

performance of function.

Another difference frequently occurs between the mode of

confluence of placentz and stigmata, namely, that in the com-

Stigma and Parietal Placente in Plants. 39

pound but unilocular ovarium, while the placentz of the ad-

joining carpels are united, the stigmata of each carpel are

generally confluent. But this rule admits of exceptions, as

in Parnassia, in many Crucifere, and in Papaveracee: in all

these cases the stigmata as well as placentz of the adjoining

carpels are confluent, a structure satisfactorily proved in Cru-

cifere by several cases of monstrosity, in which the stamina

are transformed into pistilla; and in Papaveracee by a series

of modifications of structure as well as by a like transforma-

tion of stamina.

A similar confluence of stigmata in the compound multi-

locular pericarpium is of much rarer occurrence ; it 1s found,

however, in the majority of /ridee, in which the three stig-

mata alternate with the cells, and consequently with the pla-

centz of the trilocular ovarium. That this is the correct

view of the composition of the stigmata in Iridee is at least

probable from their occasional deep division, and more parti-

cularly still from the bifid petal-like styles or stigmata which

are opposite to the cells of the ovarium in other genera of the

same family, as in /ris and Morea. In both these arrange-

ments the adaptation to the performance of function is equally

manifest.

If the correctness of these observations be admitted, it fol-

lows that characters dependent on the various modifications

of stigmata are of less value, both in a systematic point of

view as determining the limits of families, and theoretically in

ascertaining the true composition of organs, than those de-

rived from the analogous differences in the ovaria or placentee.

In those cases in which the nature of the composition of

the ovarium is doubtful, it may, in the first place, be remarked,

that wherever in the compound unilocular pistillum the pla-

centz are double or two-lobed, it is more probable that such

placentz are derived from two adjoining carpels, and are con-

sequently marginal or submarginal, than that they occupy the

disc of one and the same carpel: this being entirely the ap-

pearance in many cases where the marginal origin of placentz

is admitted; while in the greater part of these in which the

disc is known to be ovuliferous, the ovula are never collected

in two distinct masses, being generally scattered equally over

the surface.

But the double placentz are manifest in Orchidee, the prin-

cipal family in which Mr. Lindley considers the ovula as oc-

cupying the disc and not the margins. In this family also

the alternation of stigmata with placentz is that relation which

is most usual in compound unilocular ovaria, where the ap-

parent number of stigmata and placente is equal; and that

40 Mr. R. Brown on the relative position of

in Orchidee each apparent stigma is formed by the conflu-

ence of the two stigmata of one and the same carpel, is proved

by tracing to their origins their vascular cords, which are

found to coalesce with those of the three outer foliola of the

perianthium.

This view of the composition of the ovarium in Orchidee

is confirmed by finding that it agrees with the ordinary ar-

rangement in monocotyledonous plants; namely, the opposi-

tion of the double parietal placentz to the three inner divi-

sions of perianthium *, while in Apostasia the three placentze

of the trilocular ovarium are opposite to the three outer divi-

sions; and it is further strengthened on considering what

takes place in Scitaminee, where the same agreement is found

both in the placentz of the trilocular ovarium, which in this

family is the ordinary structure, and in the unilocular, which

is the exception. :

I am aware that the agreement of Orchidee with the usual

relation of parts in Monocotyledones is not admitted by M.

Achille Richard, nor by Mr. Lindley,.who has adopted his hy-

pothesis respecting the structure of the flower in this family.

According to M. Richard, the outer series of perianthium is ge-

nerally wanting, being found only in one genus, Epistephium :

the three outer divisions actually existing in the whole order,

according to this view, become petals, and the three inner di-

visions sterile petaloid stamina.

I have some years agot stated several objections to this

hypothesis; at present I shall advert to one of those only,

considering it as conclusive; namely, the position of the two

lateral stamina, which are generally rudimentary, but in some

cases perfectly developed, in this family. In several species

of Cypripedium, which is one of these cases of perfect deve-

lopment, I had then ascertained, by means of numerous trans-

verse sections made at various heights in the column and at

its base, that their vascular cords united with those of the two

lateral inner divisions of the flower, while that of the third,

generally the only perfect stamen, is manifestly opposite to

the anterior division of the outer series. The position of sta-

mina, therefore, so far from being regular, as the hypothesis

in question considers it, is absolutely without example, two

of the inner series being opposite to two of the supposed outer

series of stamina.

A very different view respecting the formation of the ova-

rium in Orchidee is that first advanced by Mr. Bauer and

* Denham, Trav. in Afr. Append. p. 243.

+ Linn. Soc. Trans. vol. xvi. p. 698.

Stigma and Parietal Placente in Plants. 41

adopted by Mr. Lindley, namely, that it consists of six car-

pels, of which three, placed opposite to the outer series of pe-

- rianthium or sepals, are sterile ; the remaining three, opposite

to the inner series, or petals, being fertile, and bearing their

placentz on their axes or discs.

The chief argument in support of this view is no doubt de-

rived from the very remarkable dehiscence of the capsule into

six valves. But I have elsewhere pointed out cases where an

analogous dehiscence occurs, in which, however, a similar

composition has never been supposed to exist: and if the pre-

sence of six vascular cords in sections of the ovarium be like-

wise adduced in favour of the opinion, [ may add that I have

in the same place remarked that these vascular bundles be-

long not to the ovarium only, but also to the perianthium and

stamina, and are equally observable in other families with ad-

herent ovarium, as Jridee, in which a similar composition has

never been inferred.

With regard to the second family, in which Mr. Lindley

believes the disc of the carpel to be ovuliferous. namely, Oro-

banchee, I find no other argument advanced in support of this

view than that derived from the bursting of the capsule into

two lateral valves: but an opinion founded on dehiscence only

may be said to be a mere begging of the question; division

through the axis of carpels, especially in the families related

to Orobanchee, being nearly as common as separation of their

margins. In this family also, as in Orchidee, the placente

are double, an argument in favour of their submarginal origin :

and although, whether the carpels be regarded as lateral, or

anterior and posterior, the placente are not strictly marginal,

yet there are other families where a similar position of pla-

centz is found, but in which the structure assumed in this

hypothesis has never been suspected. As to the supposed

affinity of Orobanchee with Gentianee, which might be ad-

duced in support of this view, as far as it is founded on the

assumed agreement of the two orders in the lateral position of

their carpels, the argument, even if correct, would hardly be

conclusive; for in Gentianee there is at least one genus ha-

ving quadrifid and another with quinquefid flowers, in which

the carpels are not lateral, but anterior and posterior, as I be-

lieve them to be in Orobanchee ; nor has it ever been supposed

that in Gentianee the disc or axis is ovuliferous.

In the account now given of the modifications of ovarium

and stigma, I have, in conformity with the ordinary language

of botanists, employed the term confluence, by which, how-

ever, is not to be understood the union or cohesion of parts

originally distinct, for in the great majority of cases the sepa-

42 Mr. J. W. Howell onthe Papaveraceze and Crucifere.

ration or complete development of these parts from the ori-

ginal cellular and pulpy state has never taken place. But with

this explanation the word may still be retained, unless con-

nate should be considered less exceptionable.

I have also assumed that ovula belong to the transformed

leaf or carpel, and are not derived from processes of the axis

united with it, as several eminent botanists have lately sup-

posed. That the placentze and ovula really belong to the car-

pel alone is at least manifest in all cases where stamina are

changed into pistilla. To such monstrosities I have long since

referred in my earliest observations on the type of the female

organ in phenogamous plants*, and since more particularly

in my paper on Raffiestat: the most remarkable instances al-

luded to in illustration of this point being Sempervivum tecto-

rum, Salix oleifolia and Cochlearia armoracia, in all of which

every gradation between the perfect state of the anthera and

its transformation into a complete pistillum, is occasionally

found.

XII.—On the Structure of the Capsule of Papaveracez ;

and on the Nature of the Stigma of Crucifere. By J. W.

Howe u, Ksq., M.R.C.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In reference to your notes appended to my paper “On the

Structure of the Stigma of the Papaveracee,” &c. in your last

Number, wherein it would appear that I had been anticipated

by M. Kunth, ‘Flora Berolinensis,’ published 1838, in the

description of the apparently anomalous relation of the parietal

placentze to the stigmatic rays—permit me to observe, that my

observations on this interesting subject were made in 1832.

In respect to your statement that “those of Mr. Howell’s

observations which relate to the opposition of stigmata to pla-

centz in Papaveracee, and to the composition and cohesion

of stigmata, had already been published by Dr. Brown in his

account of Cyrtandracee in Horsfield’s ‘ Plantz Javanice,’ ”

which work I have not yet seen, but have learned that it was

published in 1840—justice to myself compels me to inform

you, that the paper I sent you was published verbatim in the

‘Bath and Cheltenham Gazette’ in October 1840, and was

sent for republication in the ‘ Annals,’ from a conviction that

the subject was new, and worthy of a more extended circula-

tion than a local paper could ensure.

* In Linn. Soc. Trans., vol. xii. p. 89. + Ibid. vol. xiii. p. 212, note.

M. S. Lovén on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide. 43

On any occasion I should esteem it an honour to find that

my researches received the sanction of Dr. Brown’s prior

- claim; it is to avoid the charge of plagiarism from the ‘ prin-

ceps botanicorum,’ or from M. Kunth, that I trouble you

with this explanation*.

I am, Sir, yours obediently,

Bath, December 21, 1842. Joun WaRREN HOWELL.

XJI1.— Observations on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide.

By 8. Lovent.

[ With a Plate.]

AmonestT the articulated animals the Annelides have without

doubt been the least studied, notwithstanding the excellent

researches which have recently been published by Milne-

Edwards concerning them. Their development in particular

is still almost quite unknown to us. ‘The observation which

I now present, although dismembered and imperfect, appears

however to indicate, that, at least in the higher divisions of

these animals, during their development, a metamorphosis

takes place, which is almost as remarkable as that of insects.

Last August, as | was endeavouring to catch small marine

animals with a fine draw-net, such as Entomostraca, &c., I at

the same time unexpectedly obtained with these a great num-

ber of small lively creatures, which were so strange to me that

I was unable to make out to what class they belonged. Fig. 1.

(Plate I. B.) represents one magnified, in the form in which

it first appeared after capture. The natural size amounted to

about half a millimetre, and its structure seemed very simple.

The most striking thing was a disc or oval ring (a), which

bore upon its margin a row of vibrating cilia, and had a se-

cond smaller one over this; by the unceasing motion of these

cilia the animal moved quickly to and fro, mostly progressing

in an oblique direction.

On the side of this ring, which was usually directed up-

wards, the body rose towards the hinder part to a somewhat

oblique hemisphere (4); the side generally opposed to it was

also inflated (figs. 1, 2, 3, ¢), yet much less, and obliquely in

front. On the upper side the mouth (e) appeared to be situ-

ated anteriorly near to the ring, the lips of which were pro-

vided with cilia. At the apex of this side was the anus (/),

a small opening surrounded by a muscular ring. The whole

was very transparent, and the course of the intestinal canal

* {It was by no means our intention to question the undoubted origina-

lity of Mr. Howell’s valuable observations, but merely to direct the atten-

tion of our readers to what had been done by other botanists on the same

subject.—Eb. }

+ Translated from the German in Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part 3, p.302: 1842.

44 M.S. Lovén on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide.

might be seen in the interior, which appeared still plainer when

the little animal was fed with indigo. I then found that the

intestinal canal was divided into two parts, the stomach (/),

in the form of a sack, which extends posteriorly and some-

what downwards, and the intestine (gy) which is separated

from it by a contraction, and then growing still narrower

ascends directly upwards to the anus. Almost in the middle

of the lower raised surface of the animal was a minute spot (2),

more opake, and placed diagonally, which in some individuals

exhibited two small black points. From this structure it was

easy to guess that the animal was not developed, but it was

more difficult to say what it would change to.

This question was however soon solved. It was evident

that the little animals, one after the other, underwent consi-

derable changes. ‘The upper elevated side (5) projected more

and more, and divided into rings (fig. 2,2). The first of these

formed themselves near to the anus (h), and their number

increased by degrees, so that the last one added lay next to

the disc. Each newly-formed ring consisted of four parts.

Two of these semi-rings, the anterior and hinder, were large,

and covered externally with muscular layers, and the other

two shorter side-pieces united them. Whilst this change

went on upon the disc, one quite as surprising took place

below it. The above-mentioned spot constantly became

more opake and distinct, and between the black points and

in front of them were formed by degrees near the eyes (figs. 2,

3, 4), pointed filaments, which were the tentacula. The ob-

ject of this uninterrupted metamorphosis now became appa-

rent; it was evidently the development of an Annelide. The

form now described and represented in fig. 2. very soon changed

into that which is seen in fig. 5, whilst the number of the rings

rapidly increased, and the former round, arched part (0) be-

came the curled body of aworm. The disc, with its vibrating

cilia, still existed, and the little animals, which had been two

days captured, died one after the other. I was upon the

point of renouncing the hope of pursuing their development

to its end, when at last I found one which had survived

longer, and which I have represented in fig. 6: this had no

longer the ring provided with cilia round about the head (as

fig. 5.), which was stretched freely forwards, and as a remnant

of the ring, appeared on each side an appendage, without any

decided form ; the animal soon after died. On this account

I cannot decide whether this appendage still remained fixed

any time; or soon fell off; I had, however, reason to suppose

the former. Several years ago I had already observed and

sketched a small Annelide, which was swimming on the sur-

face of the sea, resembling the one now described, but more

M. S. Lovén on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide. 45

developed, and apparently belonging to another species. It

is almost the same which Dr. Johnston has described and re-

_ presented in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ i. p. 293.

pl. vi. fig. 2, and which he supposed might be the young of

Linneus’s Nereis pelagica. Both of these animals seen by

him and by me bear upon -each side of the head a kind of

winged appendage richly provided on the under side with vi-

brating cilia; perhaps the tentacula are formed from these.

This question remains unanswered, and also the formation of

the feet.

Had I been able to pursue the development for a longer

time, it would have become much less difficult to determine

the species exactly; that cannot now be done, and an exact

determination of the genus will be difficult to make. In the

first place, however, it is clear, from the nature of the head,

its eyes, and tentacula, that it is an animal of the class of the

free Annelida, Lamarck’s Antennati, and amongst these the

form of the body appears to point to the family of the Nereide

or Hunicee. From the form of the head and the number of

the eyes we might suppose it to be a Phyllodoce, and species

of this genus are not rare upon our western coast [Sweden];

buat without knowing the form of the foot, it is impossible to

decide anything about it.

Short and imperfect as this observation must appear, it

proves that at least certain Annelides undergo a kind of me-

tamorphosis, which is no less remarkable than that of insects,

and some Crustacea. Besides, it shows that the growth in

the Annelides takes place in such a way that the new rings

are added in front of, and not behind, the older ones, and that

the last hindermost ring is the oldest; or, that the increase

takes place furthest from the head, a law which has also been

remarked with respect to the Kntozoa. It appears also, that

every ring originally consists of an upper and an under half-

ring, a tergum and sternum, which are united by two side-

pieces, from which proceed the feet at a later period.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE.

Puate I. B.

Fig. 1. Represents a young one, as it first appeared.

fig. 2. The same, which has increased in size, and in which seven rings

have been developed.

Fig. 3. The same, from the under side, in order to show the head with eyes

and tentacula.

fig. 4. The same, in profile from behind.

Fig. 5. The animal with a greater number of rings, and worm-shaped body.

fig. 6. An individual after transformation of the ring.

_ In these figures, a represents the ring or disc; b, the upper or abdominal

part ; c, the under or head part ; d,the head; e, the mouth; f, the stomach;

g, the intestine; h, the anus; i, the ventral rings.

46 Mr. J. I. Gray on two new species of Reptiles.

XIV.—Description of two new species of Reptiles from the

Collection made during the Voyages of H.M.S. Sulphur. By

J. EK. Gray, F.R.S.

My pear Sir,

Caprain Bevcuer having presented to the British Museum

the reptiles collected during this voyage, I send you the de-

scription of the two following new species for insertion in the

‘Annals;’ they will be figured, with others not yet examined,

in the forthcoming “ Zoology ” of his Voyage.

Yours truly,

R. Taylor, Esq. J. E. Gray.

CHAMELEONIDZ.

Chameleo rhinoceros. Back and belly with a toothed keel; occiput

low, prismatic, with a central keel; nose with a large projecting

trigonal prominence, with a single smooth keel on its lower, and a

toothed keel, separated by a deep groove, on each side of its upper ~

surface. Colour dark, white-spotted (in spirits), with a pale streak

along the middle of each side.

Hab. Madagascar?

IGUANIDZ.

Oplurus torquatus, Cuv. Regne Anim. ii. 46.

Var. with three bands on the back; the one on the back of the

neck narrow, the two others across the shoulders broad.

The young is pale gray, with seven black bands; the one across

the shoulder, which remains in the adult animal, the broadest and

darkest ; limbs white-spotted.

According to Duméril, there is only a single discoloured species

of this genus in the Paris collection.

HypRID&.

Lapemis loreatus.

Scales large; of the back smooth, of the sides with a small, and of

the belly with a large, tubercular keel. Upper labial shields five on

each side, with two smaller hinder ones, the first having a small

additional plate on the margin ; loreal shields large, over the second

labial shield ; the anterior ocular plate largely triangular.

Hab.

This species is nearly allied to Lapemis Hardwickii of my mono-

graph ot Hydride (Zool. Misc. part 2. p. 60); but it is larger than

that species, though having the same number of upper labial shields;

has no loreal plates, and has a smaller, square, anterior ocular shield ;

the keels of the lower scales are much smaller.

CROTALUS P

The young, just hatched, animal of this genus has a short, blunt

tail, rather compressed at the end, with the tip covered by a com-

pressed, cup-shaped, horny appendage, rounded at the end, about as

long as high, near which is evidently the first joint of the future

rattle.

Bibliographical Notices. 47

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Grasses of Scotland. By Richard Parnell, M.D., F.R.S.E., &c.

Illustrated by Figures drawn and engraved by the Author. 8vo.

_ Edinburgh, 1842.

Ir is not an easy thing to determine upon the best mode of bringing

such a work as the present under the notice of our readers; for if

we were to write a dissertation upon the modes that have been

adopted by different authors for the classification of Grasses, however

useful or amusing such a treatise might be, it could not be considered

as a review of Dr. Parnell’s work: on the other hand, if, leaving

such extensive generalizations as must be inseparable from the above

plan, we were to confine ourselves to an examination of the details

of the work before us, we should produce a dry list of annotations,

or kind of commentary on the book, but should be far from convey-

ing any idea of its value to others.

It is necessary, however, that we should adopt some pian, and

therefore we will first state what Dr. Parnell appears to have had in

view, and then entering slightly into detail, endeavour to point out

the mode that he has followed and the extent to which we consider

that it has been attended with success. Our author is well known

to many of our readers as a successful cultivator of the science of

Ichthyology, and, from his being totally unknown as a botanist, we

must confess that the announcement of the present work rather raised

our curiosity than our expectations ; but having now examined very

many parts both of the descriptions and figures in a far more minute

manner than is usual, not to say with reviewers, but even with stu-

dents, we can confidently say that there is no part of British botany

so thoroughly and successfully illustrated as the Scottish (would

that we could say British) Grasses.

The author’s object appears rather to have been the determination

of species than distinction of genera, for that portion of his book

which is occupied with the characters of the latter is greatly circum-

scribed, and the distinctions between them are far from being ex-

plained as is expected in a monograph. On the other hand, the

descriptions of the species are given in fully as much detail as could

be desired, and are so arranged that the same portion of each refers,

in as nearly as possible the same words, to a similar part of the re-

spective plants, thus producing descriptions every clause of which is

admirably contrasted with the corresponding portion of the next.

At the end of each description the points in which the respective

species differ from the other plants contained in the same genus are

placed in so clear a light, that it is almost, if not quite, impossible

for the student to be at a loss in determining to which species his

specimens would be referred by the author. The work is illustrated

by sixty-six plates drawn by the author, in which are contained ac-

curate figures of all the species, and most of the varieties of grasses

that have been found in Scotland. To each of the figures is appended

a dissection of the spikelet, showing the form and structure of the

glumes and pale, upon which many of the characters which distin-

guish the plants depend.

48 | Bibliographical Notices.

We must now enter a little into detail. The author has paid pe-

culiar attention to the elucidation of the species included in the dif-

ficult genera Bromus and Poa. In the former he has successfully

applied some new characters to the distinction of those difficult

species, B. mollis, B. racemosus, B. arvensis (or rather commutatus),

and B. secalinus ; and in the latter he has used throughout the genus

characters, founded upon the webbed flowers, the nerves of the pa-

lez, the sheaths of the leaves, the ligules, and the joints of the stem,

which had not previously been employed in more than a few species.

The result has been that several forms of Poa which appear to have

great claims to specific rank have been detected, and it seems pro-

bable that when all the British plants belonging to this genus have

been examined with equal care, that several other additions will re-

quire to be made to our list. Dr. Parnell distinguishes P. cesia, P.

montana (a new species), and P. Balfouri,* (n.s.) from P. nemoralis,

and P. polynoda (n.s.) from P. compressa. He considers his P. mon-

tana to be the P. nemoralis, var. montana, of Koch’s ‘ Synopsis’; but

for this there do not seem to be sufficient grounds, and the Scottish —

plant is probably a species not before recorded.

Three genera not usually recognized in this country have been

adopted, namely, Amenagrostis, Bucetum, and Trisetum. To the for-

mer, which includes the Agrostis spica-venti alone, we have nothing

to object except its name, which ought to have been Apera. Con-

cerning the other two it will be necessary to speak at greater length.

To Bucetum (a name invented by Dr. Parnell) he refers the Festuca

elatior, F. pratensis, F. loliacea, and F. gigantea of authors. All

these we refer to Festuca, considering the three former as belonging

to one variable species. The only distinctions that we can detect be-

tween Bucetum and Festuca are, that the awned midrib is not at-

tached to the palea quite to its summit in the former, and that the

radical leaves are broader than those of the stem; whilst in Festuca

the awn is (usually) quite terminal, and the stem leaves are broader

than the radical. We do not consider this as a sufficient reason for

constituting a new genus.

In Trisetum, the third genus to which we have referred, our au-

thor places Avena pratensis (including as varieties A. alpina and A.

planiculmis) and A. pubescens in addition to A. flavescens, which, has

been often referred to that genus. As he has not contrasted the

characters of Avena and Trisetum, it is rather difficult to ascertain

upon what he would found their distinctions; indeed the short ge-

neric definitions do not afford any tangible point, except that Avena

is included in the section ‘‘ calyx containing two florets,” and Trise-

tum in that with “ the calyx containing three or more florets.’’ Now

this would exclude from the genus Avena several true Oats, such as

A. sterilis, which often has four florets ; 4. fatua, in which three florets

is as common as two; and A. nuda is often, if not usually, three-flow-

ered. A character may certainly be found in the fewer ribs of the

glumes and palez of Parnell’s Trisetum, but that cannot be a suffi-

* This new grass was figured and described in vol. x. p. 121 of this Journal.

Bibliographical Notices. 49

cient reason for combining plants with “ crested and furrowed fruit”

with the true genus Trisetum, in which that part is ‘‘ neither crested

nor furrowed.” It appears then to us that the genus Trisetum should

be confined (as far as Britain is concerned) to the A. flavescens of

Linnzeus, and that the other species of Parnell ought to be considered

as belonging to Avena.

We must, however, draw these observations to a conclusion, and

in doing so beg to congratulate the author upon the appearance of

so creditable a book, and express a hope that he will not relax in

his pursuit until he has illustrated in a similar manner at least all

- the British Grasses. At the same time we would hint, that a little

more attention to the fine neryes on the calyx and corolla, which we

do not find represented on some of the plates, although they exist in

nature, and also to a representation of the ligule in all cases, would

be highly desirable.

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons d’eau douce de 0 Kurope centrale, par

L. Agassiz. Hmbryologie des Salmones, par C. Vogt. Neuchatel,

1842. 8vo, pp. 326.

Many of our readers will be aware that the first number of this

work appeared some years since as an atlas of lithographic figures,

representing several species of the Salmonide of central Europe in

their various stages; the second number of these plates has now

been received, devoted entirely to embryology, and with it a volume

of letter-press by M. C. Vogt, to which they serve as illustrations.

In the short preface by the author of the text, it is stated, that with

the view of rendering the history of the freshwater fishes of Eu-

rope as complete as possible, M. Agassiz requested his assistance,

and the observations were begun together towards the end of the

year 1839. ‘‘Cependant,” continues M.Vogt. “des travaux plus pres-

sans empéchérent plus tard M. Agassiz d’y consacrer tous ses soins,

et comme ce genre d’étude exigeait des observations non interrom-

pues et trop fréquentes pour que l’un ou l'autre etit pu se dispenser

d’y vouer tout son temps, je fus chargé d’achever seul ce travail.

En me confiant une tache aussi honorable, mon célébre ami n’est’ce-

pendant point resté étranger a mes recherches. Nous avons discuté

ensemble les faits capitaux, 4 mesure que l’observation me les révé-

loit ; scuvent méme nous les avons examinés de nouveau en com-

mun, et lorsque j’eus rédigée mon travail, c’est encore lui qui a bien

voulu le revoir.”” ‘lhe plan pursued in the work has been to take

one species, and to examine the progressive development of the

germ in all its parts; for this purpose a species of Coregonus has

been selected (C. palea, Cuv.), probably on account of being easily

procured, and the ova which have been used have all been impreg-

nated artificially. We could have wished that the observations had

been made upon a typical member of the family, for although the

differences may be comparatively small, the whole habit of the Core-

goni, their spawning and impregnation, are closely similar to those

of the Clupeade; nevertheless tiie volume is an important addition

both to embryology and to the commencement of the structure of the

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Vol. xi. i

50 Bibliographical Notices.

Salmons. It is confined almost to a journal of facts which seem to

have been very carefully observed, M. Vogt having abstained, in a

great measure, from attempts to generalize or to draw a comparison

between the embryology of other classes, either higher or lower,

for which purposes he considers that materials do not exist. ‘‘ Em-

bryologie, envisagée comme science, n’a guére été jusqu’a présent que

Vhistoire du développement de l’ceuf de la poule, et l’on s’est géné-

ralement borné a indiquer les différences qu’on remarquait a l’égard

de certains organes dans d’autres animaux, souvent sans avoir fait

une étude spéciale de ces derniéres ; ce qui a donné lieu plus d’une

fois 4 des rapprochemens inexacts.”’ ‘The work is divided into four-

teen chapters, of whicl. we give the titles.

Chep. I. L’euf avant la fécondation.—A general description of

the ovum im this state is given. The vitellus and vitellary mem-

brane are the parts which increase most rapidly ; but the germina-

ting vescicle and germinating spots increase also, though in less pro-

portion. The growth of the latter has been denied, but it is so evident

in the ova of the C. palea as to be easily perceived. The surface of the -

ova is stated to be smooth and without any of that viscous covering

which assists in attaching those of many otherfishes to plants or stones,

&e. ‘The ova of C. palea, like that of all the Salmons, is delivered

free, and left to the mercy of the waves.” This we have considered

as one of the points of distinction in the economy of the Coregonz

and the Clupeade, compared with the true Salmons: in the first, the

ova are deposited ‘“‘on the waters,” and impregnated at the same

time ; among the latter they are deposited on the ground, and are

never removed from the furrow and gravel where they have been

placed by the parent fish.

Chap. II. Fecondation ; condition de développement ; maladies de I’ wuf ;

méthode d’observation.—The manner in which M. Vogt artificially

impregnated the ova is described, differing little from that. practised

by Mr. shaw of Drumlanrigg; various causes, however, seem to

influence their development, some of which appear curious. ‘ ‘To

bring them successfully to perfection, I believe it is necessary that

they should be kept in the same water in which the fish has been accus-

tomed to spawn. I have had experience of the fact, that the ova of

the salmon trout which spawns in the rivers are destroyed when

placed in the waters of the lake; while those of C. palea which

spawns in the lake itself do not succeed in the water of the rivers. I

have even been unable to bring to their term the ova of the pike of

the marshes, which spawns earlier than that of the lake, though the

fishes do not differ generically.” Sudden violent changes of tem-

perature are fatal, but a gradual cold, even though the ova were en-

closed in ice, only retarded the ;rogress. A disease attacks the ova

in various stages, and is very fatal to the newly-hatched young; it

is the growth of a cryptogamous plant or species of mould, consi-

dered analogous to that which M. Hannover has observed on differ-

ent tritons, and perhaps also somewhat similar to that which has of

late received attention in this country as vegetating upon living

fishes.

Bibliographical Notices. 54

Chap. III. De l’euf fécondé et du germe.—Treating of the milt or

sperm, M. Vogt writes, “‘ On ne sait cependant presque rien du role

que les différentes parties de cette liqueur jouent dans la féconda-

‘tion. Je me suis donné toutes les peines possibles pour savoir com-

mentse comportent, dans la fécondation, ces animalcules spermatiques

de la palea, mais en vain.” ‘The rotatory motion of the vitellus

known in the ova of Mollusca, and observed in those of Mammalia

by Bischoff, has not been noticed in the ova of the C. palea, which

seem on the contrary to remain in the same position, the oily disc

being turned upwards. At certain periods after fecundation furrows

and small regular elevations are discovered on one side of the ova:

M. Vogt observes, ‘‘ I consider that the ova of fishes are distinguished

from those of many other animals, and in particular from those of

the frog, inasmuch as these furrows affect only the germ and never

the vitellus, and cannot in reality be formed in any other man-

ner, since in the egg of the C. palea the vitellus is completely

deprived of cellules.”” And in speaking of the primitive formation

of the germ, he concludes with the following sentence, printed in

italics :—‘‘ Les cellules du germe embryonique se développent des taches

germinatives, que par conséquent les taches germinatives sont en réalité

les véritables cellules embryonaires primitives, et que, dans les powssons,

elles forment a elles seules le premier rudiment de l’embryon.”

Chap. IV. L’embryon jusqu’a la fermeture du sillon dorsal.—

M. Vogt considers that the true embryonic development does not

commence until the divisions of the germ into two parts, the embryo

and vitellary vesicle ; previous to this the embryo is only a simple

enlargement of the cellules. The first appearance of the embryo

takes place under the form of a linear and uniform enlargement of

the cellules which form the embryonic substance ; in short, that this

“« bande primitive,” asit is named by M. Baer, exists in fishes as well

as in the fowl or birds; but he does not think with M. Baer that it is

the commencement or forerunner of the vertebral column, nor the

primitive form of the cerebro-spinal system. The transformation of

the cephalic or anterior part of the furrow into many distinct divi-

sions is the first index of the central nervous system, composed of

the brain and spinal marrow. This transformation is not charac-

terized by a new formation of cellules, nor by the appearance of cel-

lules of a particular structure.

Chap. V. Développement du systeme nerveux central.

Chap. V1. Développement des organes des sens.—Speaking of the

eye, where, in the embryo of the higher classes, it has been ad-

vanced that the two ocular sinuses are at first united, M. Vogt states,

that “in fishes at least I can affirm that the ocular sinuses are

situate from the commencement upon the sides of the head, deeply

separated by the cavity of the mesencephale. Of the ear, the first

traces of the auditory organs show themselves when the formation

of the crystalline sinus begins to appear in the eye. The nose, or

development of smell, appears later than the other organs of the

senses.

K 2

2 Bibliographical Notices.

Chap. VII. Développement du squelette—In summing up a portion

of this chapter, M. Vogt combats the doctrine of the cranium being

composed of and divisible into different vertebrae, and brings the struc-

ture of the embryo to his assistance; he concludes by stating, “‘ that

the cranium of the embryo does not present, like the trunk, verte-

bral divisions ;” and he continues, ‘“‘ Je dis qwil n’existe dans le

crane qu’une seule vertébre, la vertébre occipitale; tous qui est en

avant doit étre envisagé comme un prolongement de cette vertebre,

destinée, comme la vertébre occipitale elle-méme, a servir d’apput

aux organes des sens et particuligrement a Voreille.”

He names the maxillary and bronchial apparatus, with the tongue

and opercular system, ‘‘ piéces viscérales de la téte,’” and considers

them not distinctly separated during the embryonic development.

The ventral fins do not appear until a considerable time after exclu-

sion. ‘There never exists the smallest communication between

these fins and the rest of the skeleton; and for this reason, and

their variable position, he considers the ventrals as locomotive organs

PECULIAR to fishes, and not as the true analogues of the posterior

extremities of the higher Vertebrata.

Chap. VIII. Développement de la peau et des muscles.

Chap. IX. Développement des intestins.—Of the kidneys it is re-

marked, they have evidently other functions among the osseous

fishes than in the higher animals; they do not correspond with the

true kidneys of the last, but rather to their embryonic rudiments,

“les corps de Wolff.” ‘This opinion already advanced is here con-

firmed by the early appearance of these isolated bodies, by the de-

velopment of their secretionary canals, and by their position and

extension along the vertebral column, which reminds one in every

respect of the ‘“‘ corps de Wolff.”

Chap. X. Développement du systéme sanguin.—The formation of

the blood-cellules depends much on external circumstances: when

the embryos were placed in a vessel with a dark or black bottom,

although the general development went successfully on, the circula-

tion was found to be retarded, only rare and isolated blood-cellules

were seen in the vessels, and even the development of the blood-

vessels themselves seemed to be kept back, compared with other

parts of the structure ; on placing again the embryos ina vessel with

a white bottom, all the blood-vessels were filled with the blood-cel-

lules, and in twenty-four hours the circulation appeared admirably

developed. From these facts it is concluded that light has a consi-

derable influence on the formation of the blood, and that the cellu-

lary life of the embryo and the development of the organs depend

little on the circulation ; this only acquires its importance after the

transformation of the cellules into other constituting elements, which

cannot subsist or be continued without a greater or less quantity of

alimentary matter furnished by the blood.

Chap. XI. Conformation extérieure de l’embryon.

Chap. XII. Développement des tissus en général.—All the tissues

are considered to have their origin from cedlules of different kinds, —

Bibliographical Notices. 53

and in regard to the primitive formation of these cellules it is re-

marked,—‘‘ 1°, chaque cellule nait iselement ; 2°, chaque cellule se

forme autour d’un centre donné.”’

Chap. XIII. Systeme générale de la formation embryonique.

Chap. XIV. Apercu historique de la marche du développement.—

This details the appearance and condition of the ovum and embryo

from the time of the expulsion of the former from the fish to the

exclusion ef the embryo, through a period of from forty to sixty days.

As we previously observed, the whole work will be of much import-

ance to embryologists ; and we would only make the suggestion, that

as the ova experimented on, and the young fish after exclusion, (in

which state they could not be kept beyond a month alive,) were often

in a condition rather unhealthy,—could M. Vogt depend on the pro-

gress and development continuing to their greatest extent?

The plates of the atlas are beautifully and minutely lithographed.

Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore, during the years 1839,

1840, 1841. By Thomas Young. 8vo. London, 1842. Smith,

Elder, and Co.

Although this little volume, written by the Deputy-Superintendent

of the British Central American Land Company’s settlements on the

Mosquito Shore, only pretends to being considered as a “sort of

hand-book”’ for settlers in that promising district of the New World,

it appears to us to be highly deserving of the attention of the natu-

ralist. ‘The author is manifestly one of those who never visit any

country without having their ‘‘eyes open” to whatever they may

meet with, and accordingly without being a professed naturalist, or

apparently knowing anything of scientific natural history, he has

filled his book with interesting observations upon the native produc-

tions of the land in which his lot was temporarily cast. His account

of the native tribes cannot fail highly to interest those who study the

natural history of man, and his observations upon the animals and

vegetables are full of facts deserving of the attention of the man of

science. It is certainly most unfortunate that a person so well qua-

lified for scientific observations should not have that acquaintance

with science which would enable him to refer his facts to their re-

spective species, so as to make them available for the use of the home

naturalist. As, however, he has given the native names, a person

on the spot would probably find little difficulty in determining the

species. We have no room for extracts, but one statement has struck

us as so interesting, and so similar in some respects to a disputed

observation of Audubon upon the pigeon of the United States, that

we must make room for it :—

“ The large flights of green parrots and yellow-tails, in the Black

river, will hardly be credited; flight after flight passing over our

heads, and settling just at sunset on some tall spreading trees; in-

deed on one occasion such quantities alighted on a tree at the back

of our encampment that a large branch broke off, and the noise that

ensued was laughable; such callings, scoldings, and screamings, I

never heard before.” —Puge 100.

54 Bibliographical Notices.

Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, comprising the Mollusca,

Crustacea, Annelida, and Radiata. Published agreeably to an order

of the Legislature, by the Commissioners on the Zoological and

Botanical Survey of the State. Cambridge, 1841. 8vo.

Washington, if we remember rightly, on abdicating the Presidency

of the United States, put into his valedictory address a recommenda-

tion of the sciences to the protection and encouragement of the young

Republic ; and we look upon the ‘ Report’ before us as one of many

proofs which the separate ‘‘ States”’ have given of their attention to

their father’s legacy. And naturalists in particular must be grate-

ful to the ‘‘ Legislatures” that so devote a share of the public purse;

for in all new countries—we fear that we may safely add, and in all

old ones too—the scientific study of living beings, that is, studied

independently of their uses or relations to man, and merely as con-

stituent parts of God’s creation, his wisdom, and power, can have few

followers when and where all are busy idolaters of Mammon and his

legion.

‘« Appointed, as I suppose myself to have been,” says Dr. Gould,

“under that section of the Constitution which enjoins it upon the

legislature to encourage the arts and sciences, and to promote, among

other things, ‘a natural history of the country,’ I have ventured to

make my ‘Report’ mainly of a scientific character. It was the only

way in which my labours could prove of much practical value, in-

asmuch as very few of the objects, belonging to the portion of the

animal kingdom to which my attention has been given, are of much

general interest, or of much importance in an ceconomical point of

view. I could not but.suppose that an effort to contribute some-

thing towards that branch of science, which we have hitherto re-

ceived entirely at the hands of other states and other lands, would

be desired and approved; and that Massachusetts, which first set

the example in those investigations of territorial natural resources,

which have since been undertaken by almost every state in the Union,

would not desire to be behind any of the states in this respect. I have,

therefore, undertaken to present something more than a mere array

of names in the form of a catalogue.

‘“« As I could not extend my plan fully to all the objects assigned

me, I have selected the SHELLS, on which to bestow my chief at-

tention. These I have endeavoured to describe and figure in such a

manner that the ‘ Report’ might be used as a school-manual for the

study of the conchology of New England. Such a work is greatly

in demand, and nothing of the kind is in existence.”

The want here indicated, it gives us unfeigned pleasure to say, has

been most ably supplied by Dr. Augustus A. Gould, who has given

a correct description of every mollusc found up to the period of his

publication on the shores of Massachusetts, accompanied with a judi-

cious synonymy, and with critical remarks of much value. The work

has peculiar claims to the attention of the British naturalist, for he

will find here many shells identical with those of his own island, many

that bear a close resemblance to other natives and yet distinct, and

several that are the living representatives of shells that with us have

Bibliographical Notices. 55

passed into a fossil state. The figures that illustrate this well-printed

volume are 213 in number, and are very accurately drawn and en-

graved. The number of species described is 268, of which there are

of Cirripedes 12, Conchifera 92, Brachiopoda 2, Gasteropoda 154. Of

these, 29 belong to the land, 42 to fresh water, and 197 are marine.

Relative to their geographical distribution Dr. Gould remarks :—

** The land and freshwater univalves are all distributed over every part

of the territory, with the exceptions of Helix hortensis, which is as

yet confined to some parts of the sea-coast, and Helix tridentata, hir-

suta, and monodon, which are found only in the interior and western

portions. Of the freshwater mussels we find Unio complanatus, radia-

tus, and probably nasutus, in every region; U. cariosus is only found

in the Connecticut and its tributaries, and in Plymouth ponds; Ano-

don cataracta, and Alasm. arcuata and marginata are found every-

where in the interior, while Anodon implicata is perhaps entirely

limited, in this state, to ponds in Essex and Middlesex, and Anodon

undulata to Blackstone river and its branches.

* The distribution of the marine shells is well worthy of notice as

a geological fact. Cape Cod, the right arm of the Commonwealth,

reaches out into the ocean some fifty or sixty miles. It is nowhere

many miles wide; but this narrow point of land has hitherto proved

a barrier to the migrations of many species of Mollusca. Several

genera and numerous species, which are separated by the interven-

tion of only a few miles of land, are effectually prevented from in-

termingling by the Cape, and do not pass from one side to the other.

No specimen of Cochlodesma, Montacuta, Cumingia, Corbula, Lanthina,

Tornatella, Vermetus, Columbella, Cerithium, Pyrula, or Ranella, has

as yet been found to the north of Cape Cod; while Panopea, Glycy-

meris, Terebratula, Cemoria, Trichotropis, Rosteliaria, Cancellaria,

and probably Cyprina and Cardita, do not seem to have passed to the

south of it. Of the 197 marine species, 83 do not pass to the south

shore, and 50 are not found on the north shore, of the Cape. The

remaining 64 take a wider range, and are found on both sides.

Buzzard’s bay and the south shore have as yet been very little ex-

plored ; and we may yet expect to find many species peculiar to

those localities.

* At least seventy of our species are also found on the trans-

atlantic shores ; and more than twenty of these have been described

by different American conchologists as new species. About twenty

may be regarded as intermediate, being found most frequently by

fishermen about the banks, Newfoundland, and the islands inter-

-vening between Greenland and England.” —Page 315-316.

Dr. Gould has too seldom noticed the animal of the shells he has

so well described; his account of the Mollusca Nudibranchia is

meagre, and the list scanty; of the Cephalopoda, two species only

are catalogued; and his catalogue of the Crustacea, Annelida, and

Radiata is useless, and needs to be worked anew. ‘Phe Doctor is

well aware of the truth of this censure :—‘ The list,” he says,

“serves to show that we have about us an abundance of animals

which have hitherto found few devotees in this country. So few

gleanings have been made in this field, that no other promises a more

56 Bibliographical Notices.

abundant return for labour.”—Page 352. All naturalists would re-

joice could we promise them that Dr. Gould will himself cultivate

this field, for then the harvest would be assuredly rich.

Figures of Molluscous Animals, selected from various Authors ; etched

for the use of Students. By Maria-Emma Gray. Vol. I. London,

1842. 8vo.

The distinguishing characteristic of this volume is its utility. In

this country we have no work which, in this point of view, can be

compared with it. Bowdich attempted something similar in his

‘Elements,’ but on a much more limited scale and in a less perfect

manner; while Sowerby’s ‘Genera,’ being purely conchological, does

not supply the naturalist with a very important desideratum, for which

we are infinitely indebted to the skill and perseverance of Mrs. Gray.

The volume contains eighty-eight plates, most of them occupied

with several figures, copied in general from rare and expensive pub-

lications beyond our reach, and, we presume, beyond the reach of all

that reside in the country. The plates are etched with neatness

and precision, and bring out very clearly the peculiarities of the

animals that distinguish the several genera: and, says Mrs. Gray,

‘‘as the present work has been a labour of love, in order to bring it

within the reach of conchologists of limited means, it is published at

the cost of paper and printing, with only the addition requisite to

cover the retail profit of the bookseller.”

To the student who is anxious to cultivate conchology as a science,

we would recommend this convenient volume as a remembrancer

and guide, for genera which are established solely on the examina-

tion of the shell can have no sure foundation, as many recent ex-

amples have proved. To the amateur, the “‘ Figures” must, in our

Opinion, prove eminently interesting ; for, from a perusal of them, he

will learn a great deal of the structure of the creatures to whom he

owes the cabinet of shells that he has so often looked over with ad-

miration and delight.

In the hope that we may soon see another volume, we take leave

at present of Mrs. Gray, tendering her our most hearty thanks for

this useful contribution to a favourite branch of science.

The Naturalist’s Library, vol. xxxv.:—Mammala, vol. xiii. Intro-

duction. By Lieut.-Col. C. Hamilton Smith, K.H. & K.W., F.R.

& L.S., &c. 12mo. 1842. pp. 313.

The thirteenth and concluding number of that portion of the ‘ Na-

turalist’s Library’ which treats of the Mammalia having just reached

us, we lose no time in introducing it to the favourable regard of our

readers. Whether it were of design that the Introductory volume of

this interesting section of natural history, according to an acknow-

ledged canon of bookmaking, was delayed to the last, we have no

means of knowing; but we may remark, that it at all events affords

a good illustration of the advantages of the plan. After a few pre-

fatory remarks, the distinguished author takes a rapid survey of all

the orders of the class, making a special reference “to the principal

families which have not been described at length in the foregoing

Bibliographical Notices. 57

volumes ;” whilst at the same time he by no means neglects even

these, but almost without exception illustrates them by observations

drawn from his own ample stores of information, as well as by the

' more recent discoveries of other naturalists. Nor does he confine his

attention solely to existing animals, but furnishes likewise a rapid

survey of such as belong to paleontology, tucluding the extinct as well

as the living species; thereby undoubtedly supplying the most com-

prehensive and interesting account which the subject affords. Hence

this volume, in many particulars, throws light upon the preceding

ones of the series; at the same time, alone, it presents a lucid sum-

mary of the whole extensive department to which it is devoted.

Maintaining all due respect for the classified arrangement of the

Baron Cuvier, Col. Hamilton Smith suggests another, in which there

are considerable modifications. Thus, instead of the well-known ar-

rangement of the Baron, upon which we need not dwell, the Colonel

divides the class Mammalia into two subclasses and twelve orders,

as follows: -—I. Subclass Puacrenrauia, including ten Orders,

namely, Bimana, Quadrumana, Chiroptera, Insectivora, Carnivora, Ce-

tacea, Pachydermata, Ruminantia, Edentata and Rodentia; and II. Sub-

class ImpLACENTALIA, including the Marsupialia and the Monotre-

mata. There are various improvements here, as well as in the ar-

rangement of many of the minor groups, which we cannot parti-

cularize ; a general commendation, to which we take leave to append

only one remark, and that regarding the inexpediency of the intro-

duction of the first Order, or Bimana.

Did space permit, we should gladly have indulged ourselves by

supplying some of the interesting information, scientific and popular,

which the author with great industry has collected from almost every

quarter of the globe. We have been most struck with this in the

Order Carnivora, concerning the Felines, the Ermines and other

Mustelide, the Bears and other Urside, the Otters, Seals, and Rumi-

nantia. Nor, as will readily be credited, has the pencil been want-

ing more than the pen, a considerable proportion of the portraits

of the different animals being taken from life ; and these, with all the

others, derived from the best sources, especially the different mu-

seums, domestic and foreign, exhibit in a high degree the taste and

execution of the able author.

We have still to add, that the value of the volume is considerably

enhanced by an original memoir of Dr. Drury, an eminent entomo-

logist of the last century, who died in the year 1763. Ample mate-

rials for the notice, including a correspondence with contemporary

' zoologists, have been kindly supplied by the descendants of the

zealous naturalist, and these have been very judiciously arranged by

the talented author of the biography.

Books received.

Nomenclator Zoologicus, continens nomina systematica generum ani-

malium tam viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum

disposita, adjectis auctoribus, libris in quibus reperiuntur, anno edi-

tionis, etymologia, et familiis ad quas pertinent, in variis classibus,

AuctoreL, Agassiz. Fasciculus II. continens Aves: 4to, 1842, pp. 90.

58 Entomological Society.

A work indispensable to the working ornithologist, carefully ex-

ecuted, and having the advantage of being revised by the Prince of

Canino, Mr. G. R. Gray, and Mr. Strickland. In an undertaking

requiring such extensive consultation of authors, some mistakes, or

errors of the press, might be expected, but so far as we have exa-

mined it, these are remarkably few ; oreophilus, p. 53, is oreopholus,

or rather it should be oreopdlus, from dpos, mons, and rod€éw, frequento.

The Birds of Australia, by J. Gould, F.L.S., &c. Parts VIII. IX.

Oblong folio. 1842. The pictorial character and scientific interest

of these numbers are sustained ; in both we have illustrations of many

new genera, (perhaps too many,) and the author is following a very

useful practice, of devoting a considerable portion of every number

to the illustration of a genus, so that the whole, or a great portion

of it, is at once brought under review. ‘Thus, in No. VIIL. we have

seven species of the old genus Petroica figured; the author, however,

subdividing it, and placing the old P. rhodinogaster under the title

of Erythrodryas. Again, in No. IX. there are plates of six species

of swallows, illustrating five genera.

The Natural History of Selborne, by the late Rev. G. White.

New edition, with Notes by the Rev. Leonard Jenyns. London,

Van Voorst. |

A General History of Animalcules, by A. Pritchard. Part 1.

London, Whittaker.

History of British Birds, by William Yarrell. Part XXXII. 8vo,

August 1, 1842, concludes the history of the Goosanders, and con-

tains those of the Grebes and Divers (Podiceps, Colymbus).

Faune Belge, 1%*r¢ Partie, Indication des Mammiféres, Oiseaux,

Reptiles et Poissons observés jusqu’ici en Belgique, par Edm. De

Selys-Longchamps.

Works preparing for publication.

Mr. Gould has in preparation an illustrated monograph of the

genus Oriyz, or strong-billed American partridges.

Icones Piscium ; or Plates of rare Fishes. By John Richardson, M.D.,

F.R.S., F.L.8., F-RiG-S., &e.

The fasciculi of this work are intended to appear at intervals, ac-

cording tothe encouragement it may receive. The charge not to exceed

the outlay. Fasciculus I. will contain twelve coloured figures, being

exact copies of drawings from the portfolio of J. B. Emery, Esq.,

late first lieutenant of the Beagle surveying vessel, employed on the

western coasts of Australia, accompanied by brief notices. Full de-

scriptions of some of the species by Dr. Richardson have appeared in

our pages.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 7th, 1842.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., &c., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. Boreham exhibited some curious varieties of Hipparchia Janira,

Entomological Society. 59

and Mr. S. Stevens a number of minute Coleoptera, collected from

moss during the preceding winter.

The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a specimen of a new and coarse

kind of white silk, communicated by Mr. Strachan. He also read

some extracts from a letter received by him from Mr. Fortnum, Corr.

Mem. E.&. at Adelaide, in South Australia, containing many ob-

servations on the entomology of that district.

Mr. Westwood exhibited specimens of Uropoda vegetans which had

been found in countless multitudes on the surface of the ground, in

a cucumber frame, and which attached themselves to a beetle intro-

_ duced into the frame.

The following memoirs were read :—

Continuation of a memoir on the Chrysomelide of New Holland

allied to Cryptocephalus. By W.W. Saunders, Esq., President, con-

taining detailed descriptions of the following insects :—

Ocurosorsis, n. g., divided from Anodonta. yes reniform.

Antenne as long as the body, 1l-jointed; 1st joint robust,

clavate ; 2nd small, obconic; 3rd, 4th and 5th of nearly equal

length ; 4th shortest, the remainder gradually decreasing in size.

Thorax rounded in front, transverse, nearly as broad as the elytra.

Elytra half as long again as broad. Legs moderate. Colour pale.

Ochrosopsis vermicularis. Reddish-brown ; thorax and elytra ful-

vous, rugose, with the impressed punctures black, those on the

elytra forming irregular strie ; legs light rufous brown. Length

3% much.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Ochrosopsis australis. Head ochre-yellow ; antenne dusky brown ;

thorax shining reddish brown, with a longitudinal band and two

faint oblique bands of fulvous, with large black impressions ; scu-

tellum dark brown; elytra fulvous, with large irregular impres-

sions ; beneath pale ochre-yellow ; legs dusky fulvous. Length 35

inch.—Hab. Swan River. Mus. Hope.

Ochrosopsis erosa. Head ochre-yellow ; antenne black; thorax

shining fulvous, with coarse black impressions forming two black-

ish patches ; scutellum black ; elytra pale ochre-yellow, with deep

and irregular black punctures, which are occasionally confluent ;

legs light reddish brown. Length 3%, inch.—Hab. Swan River.

Mus. Hope.

Ochrosopsis melanocephala. Head ochre-yellow, with the vertex

and a central line black ; antenne black ; thorax ochre-yellow, with

a small oblong patch near the hinder angles, and a large triangular

patch on each side in front black and punctured; scutellum

black ; elytra shining ochre-yellow, with dark brown punctures ;

legs reddish brown ; tips of femora, tibie and tarsi black. Length

3 Inch.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Aporocera chalybea. Head dark chesinut-brown, mouth ochre ;

antenne black; thorax pitchy black, with ochreous margins

deeply punctured ; scutellum black; elytra shining chalybeate blue,

_ deeply punctured; legs pale ochre-yellow, with the tips of the

tibie and tarsi black. Length 3, inch.—Hab. Port Essington.

Mus. Hope. :

60 Entomological Society.

“Notes upon the genus Hyleus, and on Cryptus bellosus, and

other insects.” By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq., M.E.S.

In this communication (addressed to the Secretary) Mr. Thwaites

states, that he discovered in the preceding summer that Hyleus is not

parasitical, having reared several individuals of two species from

bramble sticks, the holes in which exactly corresponded with the size

of the insects, and were much too small for any other bee likely to

be found in such a situation except Heriades, which does not occur

in the neighbourhood of Bristol. Great care is taken by Mr. Thwaites

in cutting away the wood of bored sticks so as to expose the cocoons,

which are carefully watched, so that the insect escaping from each

is at once detected.

It is desirable, Mr. Thwaites adds, to discover upon what kind of

food the larva of the Hy/leus is fed, and if on pollen, how the parent

insect conveys it to its nest. Both Hyleus and Ceratina emit, when

captured, a considerable quantity of sticky fluid from the mouth ;

but they can scarcely convey pollen to their nidi by means of a ca-

pacious stomach. ‘The cocoons of the Alyleus are arranged regu-

larly end to end, and the upper ones produce males, which come out

first. Mr. Thwaites has also reared a new species of Hyleus allied

to H. dilatatus, K., from bramble sticks.

Mr. Thwaites has reared Cryptus bellosus from a cocoon in a hole

much too small for Epipone levipes, and which he believes to be

that of a new species of Tryporylon which he has discovered near

Bristol.

Upon reading Mr. Dale’s account of the curious mode in which a

Stylops acted when a bee was placed under the glass in which it

was confined, it occurred to Mr. Thwaites that the Stylops may per-

haps lay its eggs on the body of the bee, and that they may be intro-

duced into the nest by being brushed off with the pollen. If the

bees, not infested, come out later than the others, the above idea

cannot be true; but it is possible that he may have been deceived,

and that the bees he cbserved later may not have been the same

species. The Stylopized and other Andrene (mentioned in Mr.

Thwaites’s short article in Trans. Ent. Soc., vol. ili. p. 67), appear

to have been introduced in his garden with some mould brought

there some months previously, as none had appeared since last year.

“‘ Memoir on the genus Hyleus, with descriptions of several new

British species.” By Mr. F. Smith, who also stated that he had

reared Cryptus bellosus from the nests of more than one species of

bee. The following are the new species described in this memoir :—

Hyleus cornutus, Kirby MSS. 2. This species is remarkable for

the two teeth and frontal prominence which arm the clypeus ; an-

tenne fulvous beneath, posterior tibia annulated with yellow.—Cove

Common, Hants. Mus. Ent. Soc. London, and Smith.

Hyleus plantaris, Smith. 6 Black; plante of the intermediate legs

dilated at the base; antenne yellow, short, with the scape consi-

derably dilated in males, with a black streak above; thorax with

a yellow spot on each side of the collar. Length 3 lines.—Cove

Common, Hants. Mus. Smith.

Hyleus pallidens, Kirby MSS. <¢ Black; scape of antenne with

Entomological Society. G1

a yellow line in front ; face white ; mandibles yellow ; anterior

tibie yellow ; fore femora with a yellow line in front ; abdomen

piceous, with a fringe of white hair on each side of the first seqg-

ment. Length 3 lines.

Hyleus punctulatissimus, Smith. 9 Black, with a cream-coloured

‘stripe close to the eyes; antenne black; thorax coarsely punc-

tured, varied with pale yellow ; abdomen with a fringe of white

hair on each side of the first segment. 4 H. annularis, var. y,

Kirby. Taken in company together at Coombe. .

Hyleus hyalinatus, Smith. 9 Head and thorax black, very mi-

nutely punctured with deeper punctures intermixed ; antenne black ;

wings hyaline ; legs biack, posterior annulated with yellow.

Black ; face yellow, scape of antenne black, remaining joints ful-

vous beneath; thorax with a yellow spot on the tequle and tubercles ;

wings hyaline. Length 2 lines.—Received from Mr. Thwaites.

“ Descriptions of some new exotic genera belonging to the family

of the Sacred Beetles.” By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

Retaining Canthon viridis, Klug, as the type of Hpilissus, Dej.

Cat., Mr. Westwood considers Circedlium mitidum, Lap. Hist. nat. ins.

col. ii. p. 66, from Madagascar, as the type of a separate subgenus

under the name of

Aracunopes, W. Mentum basi latius, lateribus convergentibus

apice haud emarginato. Palpi labiales graciles. Prothorax la-

teribus, pone medium valde angulatis et reflexis. Pedes valde

elongati, femoribus longis haud compressis. Tarsi articulo ultimo

subtts ad apicem in spinam parvam producto.

Nanos, W. Antennarum clava, brevis, subrotundata. Mentum in

medio latius, anticé valdé emarginatum. Palpi labiales brevissimi

erassi. Prothorax lateribus fere rotundatis haud reflexis. Pedes

parim elongati, tibiis curvatis.—Type Circellium pygmeum, La-

porte. Madagascar.

Macroperges, W. Corpus feré hemisphericum, clypeus emargina-

tus.. Mentum subtriangulare anticé profundeé fissum. Prothorax

maximus lateribus rotundatis, anticé utrinque obsolete retusus.

Elytra levissime striato-punctata. Tibie postice apice dilatate,

tarsi articulo basali magno compresso triangulari.—Type Ontho-

phagus Greeni, Kirby. Cape of Good Hope.

Uxoxys, W. Corpus oblongum subdepressum, elytris postic® acumi-

natis. Clypeus anticé acute bilobus. Mentum subquadratum, an-

tice parim emarginatum. Palpi labiales articulis longitudine fere

equalibus. Prothorar lateribus in medio angulatis. Pedes an-

tict elongati, tibiis (in uno sexu) depressis intis angulatis. Tarsi

4 postici articulis magnitudine decrescentibus.

Uroxys cuprescens, W. U. cupreo- seu violaceo-nigricans, nitida

levissime punctulata, antennis rufescentibus, elytris striis 8 leviter

punctatis, tarsis piceis.. Long. corp. lin. 42.—Hab. Colombia.

Scatonomus (Erichson) Myrmidon, W. S. subcylindricus, niger,

capite et pronoto viridibus nitidis, clypeo profundé emarginato, in

sinu acute bidentato ; elytris leviter striatis ; prothoracis angulis

posticis prominentibus. Long. corp. lin. 2.—Hab. Cayenne,

62 Entomological Society.

Scatonomus smaragdinus, W._ S. brevis, subcylindricus, smarag-

dinus; capite antice profundé emarginato in sinu obtuse bidentato ;

elytris leviter striatis ; tibiis 4 posticis angustioribus ; prothoracis

angulis anticis in lobum parvum productis.. Long. corp. lin. 24.

—Hab. Brazil. Mus. Gory.

Anomiorus, W. Corpus oblongum subconverum, pedibus latissimis.

Mentum ovale basi truncatum, anticé vix emarginatum. Palpi

labiales breves articulis sensim minoribus. Clypeus bidentatus.

Prothorax lateribus rotundatis. Elytra marginata striisque im-

pressa. Tarsi posticé latissimi.

Anomiopus virescens, W. 4d. eneo-virescens, dentibus duobus

clypet obtusis, capite pronoto et elytris tenuissime et irregulariter

punctulatis ; elytris striato-punctatis ; punctis vie distinctis ; tibiis

4 posticis in medio prominulis ; tibits anticis ad basin externe 4-

serratis. Long. corp. lin. 34.—Hab. Brazil.

Anomiopus nigricans, W. A. @neo-niger, dentibus clypei acutis

parallelis ; fortius punctatus ; punctis duobus parvis inter oculos ;

elytris paulo longioribus cyaneo-nigris, striis profundis ; pedibus

anticis castanets ; tibiis anticis basi externé 7-denticulatis ; tibiis-

que posticis in medio haud prominulis. Long. corp. lin. 25.—

Hab. Brazil.

‘Descriptions of the Coleopterous insects sent to England by Dr.

Cantor from Chusan and Canton, with observations on the Entomo-

logy of China.” By the Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., &c.

The following are the characters of the new species described in

this paper :—

Sp. 1. Lucanus Confucius, Hope. @ Niger nitidus, mandibulis

capite thoraceque feré a@qualibus ; caput depressum, clypeo in

medio producto, flavo-ciliato ; thorace transverse oblongo, angulis

posticis oblique truncatis, granulato. Long. lin. 28, lat. lin. 7.

Sp. 2. Copris Siicus, Hope. @ Niger exscutellatus, thorace pro-

minentid duplict, cornu capitis erecto intis ad basin 2-denticulato.

Long. lin. 10, lat. lin. 54. Allied to C. Sabzeus, Fab.

Sp. 3. Copris Sinensis, Hope. Mas adhuc latet. Niger exscutella-

tus, clypeo emarginato, capite tuberculo lato armato, elytris striato-

punctatis. Long. lin. 9, lat. lin. 44.

Sp. 4. Onthophagus Sinicus, Hope. Niger, antennis luteis, cly-

peo integro, capite cornu tauriformi ; thorace punctulato ; elytris

striato-punctatis, interstitiis disci punctatis. Long. lin. 44, lat.

lin. 24.

Sp. 5. Dipelicus Cantori, Hope. Piceus, capite anticé trigono, pos-

tice cornu elevato triangulari ; thorace convexo, varioloso punc-

tato, marginibus undique elevatis ; elytris lineato-punctatis. Long.

lin. 19, lat. lin. 83.

Sp. 6. Mimela Downsii, Hope. Affinis Mimele glabre Hope, at

minor. Viridis glabra infra aurato-viridis ; antennis atrovires-

centibus, mesosterno abrupte truncato. Long. lin. 6, lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 7. Popillia Maclellandi, Hope. Castanea, capite punctulato,

thorace glabro cupreo, elytris castaneis podice atro, maculis duabus

flavis e pilis brevibus formatis. Long. lin. 7, lat. lin. 34.

Entomological Society. 63

Sp. 8. Popillia castanoptera, Hope. Castanea, clypeo integro punc-

tato pariim reflexo, viridis ; thorace concolori crebrissimé punctu-

lato, fossuld utrinque impressd ; scutello punctato ; elytris pallide

castaneis, striato-punctatis. Long. lin. 5, lat. lin. 2}.

Sp. 9. Holotricha Sinensis, Hope. Picea, clypeo emarginato, tho-

- race convexo pruinoso, fossuld utrinque impressd, marginibusque

extern subserratis ; elytris rubro-piceis punctatissimis, corpore

infra concolori. Long. Jin. 10, lat. lin. 43.

Sp. 10. Holotricha plumbea, Hope. Pruinosa, capitis clypeo fere

integro ; thorace convexo punctulato, lateribus sub lente partim sub-

serratis ; elytris plumbeo-piceis punctatis. Long. lin. 10%, lat.

lin. 44.

Sp. 11. Serica Sinica, Hope. Atro-plumbea, elypeo integro, antic?

- punctulato, postice glabro ; thorace marginibus parim elevatis ;

elytris plumbeis seu atro-pruinosis lineolatis. Long. lin. 4, lat.

lin. 24.

Sp. 12. Agrypnus orientalis, Hope. Affinis A. coenoso, Hope, at

major. Fuscus flavisque capillis aspersis ; clypeo integro auri-

como ; thoracis angulis anticis obtusis, disco in medio 2-tubercu-

lato. Long. lin. 9, lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 13. Ludius crocopus, Hope. fuscus, antennis concoloribus ;

thorace angulis posticis valde acutis, tomentoso ; elytris striatis,

striis sub lente partim punctatis. Long. lin. 7, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 14. Ludius luteipes, Hope. Afinis L. Umbricole, Eschscholtz,

at minor. Niger, antennis flavescentibus ; thorace albo-tomentoso ;

elytris striato-punctatis nigricantibus. Long. lin. 54, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 15. Ludius 4-lineatus, Hope. Castaneus, thorace nigro, elytris

_quatuor lineis nigris insignitis, antennis nigris, capite concolori,

thorace atro capillis flavis asperso. Long. lin. 43, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 16. Colophotia flavida, Hope. Affinis C. przeustze, Eschscholtz.

Flava, capite atro, oculis magnis ; thorace convexo concolori, an-

gulis posticis subacutis, medio disci lined fortiter impressd insig-

nito; elytris flavescentibus apicibus subfuscis. Long. lin. 44,

lat. lin. 13. -

Sp. 17. Lycus Cantori, Hope. Aurantius, antennis fusco-nigris ;

thorace flavido cruce nigricante insignito ; elytris latis aurantits

substriatis. Long. lin. 34, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 18. Nacerdes Chinensis, Hope. Flava, capite nigro, antennis

duobus primis articulis fuscis, reliquis flavescentibus ; thorace cum

elytris concolort nigris. Long. lin. 54, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 19. Lagria nigricollis, Hope. Flava, antennis capite thoraceque

nigris, elytris pallidé castaneis villosis, corpore infra piceo, pedibus

concoloribus. Long. lin. 3, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 20. Hamaticherus Cantori. Affinis Hamatich. Paridi, Wied.

Magnus, fusco-brunneus, sericeus, elytrisque corpore longioribus ;

capite porrecto fronte foveolatd, thorace fortiter rugoso utrinque

armato, lined media longitudinali valde incisd. Long. lin. 26,

lat. lin. 64.

Triracuys, Hope. Genus novum Hamatichero affine. Caput por-

rectum, fronte rugosd. Antenne 11-articulate ; articulo 1™° crasso,

64 Entomological Society.

valde rugoso ; 24 minimo ; 3%, 4 et 5" in mare spinis armatis,

quingue sequentibus gradatim longioribus et inermibus, externo

longissimo ternis pracedentibus haud equali, thorax utrinque

armatus.

Sp. 21. Trirachys orientalis. Magnus brunneus et aurato-sericeus ;

antennis piceis, thorace utrinque armato et rugoso, dorso binis sulcis

longitudinaliter impressis. Long. lin. 21, lat. lin. 64.

Sp. 22. Monohammus alternatus, Hope. Affinis M. Dentatori, Fab.,

at minor. Griseo-brunneus, thorace spinoso, elytris cinereo brunneo

glaucoque nebulosis, corpore infra concolort. Long. lin. 10, lat.

lin. 34.

Sp. 23. Oplophora Horsfieldii. Nigra, antennis albo-cingulatis ;

thorace utrinque spinoso atro, lineis binis flavis longitudinalibus

insignito ; elytra duodecim maculis flavis notata. Long. lin. 20,

lat. lin. 8.

Sp. 24. Cassida piperata, Hope. Flava, antennis concoloribus, qua-

tuor ultimis articulis nigricantibus ; thorace feré hyalino flavo,

maculd minutd nigrd in medio disci positd; elytris flavis disco

nigro-piperato. Long. lin. 24, lat. lin. 12.

Sp. 25. Clythra nigrifrons. Aurantia, capite nigro, thorace flavo

immaculato ; elytris rubro-flavis, humeris atro-maculatis fascidque

nigro-violaced ante apicem positd. Long. lin. 3, lat. lin. 13.

Sp. 26. Coccinella 18-spilota. Flava, binis maculis irregularibus

nigris notata, elytris 18-spilotis, macula scutellari communi. Long.

lin. 34, lat. lin. 24.

Sp. 27. Coccinella succinea. Succineo-flava, thorace pallidiori,

maculis quatuor in medio disci nigris ; elytris immaculatis, cor-

pore infra flavo, pedibus concoloribus. Long. lin. 3, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 28. Coccinella tetraspilota. Flava, thorace antice flavo, posticé

nigro ; elytris pallidé fiavis, suturd nigricanti, macula rotundata

nigra ad humeros positd, secundd formd irregulari feré ad medium

disci locatd. Long. lin. 24, lat. lin. 14.

Descriptions of the new Coleoptera from Canton :—

Sp. 1. Melolontha Chinensis. Affinis Mel. Nepalensi, Hope.

Castanea, thorace colore saturatiori inquinato albisgue capillis

irrorato ; elytris testaceis, lateribus externé sulcatis et atro-mar-

ginatis. Long. lin. 18, lat. lin. 84.

Sp. 2. Anomala controversa, Hope. Castanea, capite piceo, mar-

gine anteriori parum elevato, antennis testaceis ; thorace flavo-

castaneo punctato, maculis magnis binis nigris insignito, alte-

rdgue minori utringue in marginibus locaté; elytris striato-

puncetatis, flavo piceoque colore variegatis. Long. lin. 63, lat.

lin.'3. }

Sp. 3. Galba Chrysocoma, Hope. Flava, capite nigro, antennis

pectinatis atris, thorace anticé rotundato, angulis posticis acutis,

disco 4-tuberculato, tuberculis auratis capillis tectis, elytris aureo-

tomentosis fuscis. Long. lin. 8, lat. lin. 24.

Sp. 4. Harpalus Sinicus. Niger, capite anticé rubro-picco, postice

atro-nitido, antennis rufo-fuscis pilosis ; thorace laieribus rufo-

Entomological Society. 65

marginatis, postice parum punctulato ; elytris striatis. Long.

lin. 7, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 5. Amara orientalis. Mgra, antennis rufis, thorace rufo-mar-

ginato, elytris striato-punctatis pedibusque rufo-testaceis. Vong.

lin. 3, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 6. Harpalus cyanescens, Hope. Niger, capite concolori, an-

tennis duobus articulis primis testaceis, reliquis fusco-nigris ;

thorace atro, margine omni flavo; elytris striato-punctatis,

medio disci cyaneo, sutura flaveold, ternis laterahbus striis flavis.

Long. lin. 44, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 7. Harpalus difficilis, Hope. Atro-eneus, antennis fuscis, tho-

race flavo-marginato, elytris striatis atro-eneis, apicibus testa-

ceis ; corpore infra piceo, pedibus flavescentibus. Long. lin. 3,

lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 8. Harpalus Trechoides, Hope. Lusco-flavus, antennis binis

primis articulis testaceis, reliquis atris; thorace brunneo, mar-

gine omni flavo; scutello concolori ; elytris fusco-brunneis,

suturad marginibusque externis flavescentibus. Long. lin. 23,

lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 9. Coptodera2-cincta, Hope. Flava, capite rufo antennisque

rubris ; thorace nigro; elytris nigris binis fasctisque flavis

insignitis. Long. lin. 2, lat. lin. 4.

Sp. 10. Haliplus Sinensis. /lavus, capite rufo, thorace luteo binis-

que maculis punctis insignito; elytris pallide flavis striato-

punetatis, punctis nigris, maculisque quatuor majoribus in medio

disci positis, suturd nigricante. Long. lin. 14, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 11. Hydrobius neglectus. Fulvus, capite rufo, thorace palt-

. diore ; elytris fusco-flavis striatis ; corpore infra nigro, pedibus

flavo-piceis. Long. lin. 2, lat. lin. 1. :

Sp. 12. Upis Sinensis, Hope. Niger opacus, thorace punctulato

angulis anticis lateribusque parum rotundatis ; elytris varioloso-

punctatis, punctis fortiter insculptis. Long. lin. 8, lat. lin 23.

Sp. 13. Amarygmus carbonarius. Viger, capite fronte foveolaté,

thorace convexo lateribus elevatis ; elytris striato-punctatis ni-

gris. Long. lin. 84, lat. lin. 34.

Sp. 14. Epilampus pulcher. Cupreo-eneus, antennis nigris ; tho-

race atro-eneo cupreoque colore tincto; scutello atro; elytris

striatis aurato-viridibus puniceoque colore inquinatis. Long.

lin. 44, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 15. Epilampus chrysostictus. Nigro-@neus, capite supra

fortiter impresso, thorace atro marginato, macula media aurata,

lateribus aureold falcaté lund utrinque insignitis. Long. lin.

54, lat. lin. 2.

Sp.16. Apate rejecta, Hope. Mgra, thorace convexo, disco utrin-

que minutis dentibus scabro, elytris rugoso-punctatis, ante apicem

2-dentatis ; corpore infra nigro, pedibus atro-piceis. Long. lin.

25, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 17. Apate rufa. Rufa, thorace convexo punctulato ; elytris

fortissimé punctulatis, apicibus rotundatis et integris, pedibus

concoloribus. Long. lin. 14, lat. lin. 3.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. F

66 Entomological Society.

Sp. 18. Promeces Sinensis. Obscuré viridis, capite cyaneo anten-

nisque atris ; thorace utringue armato nigro, ternis lineis viridi-

auratis insignito ; elytris elongatis nigro-viridibus, suturad palti-

diort. Long. lin. 13, lat. lin. 24.

Sp. 19. Eumolpus ignicollis. Violaceus, capite anticé nigro, postice

aurato medioque viridi ; thorace eupreo igneo marginato, sub

lente punctulato ; elytris violaceis lineato-punctatis, marginibus

purpurascentibus. Long. lin. 34, lat lin. 14.

Sp. 20. Galleruca atripennis. Nigra, antennis luteis ; thorace

flavo, elytrisque atris et nitidis, sub lente punctulatis ; corpore

infra luteo, pedibus concoleribus. Long. lin. 34, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 21. Galleruca erosa. Lutea, antennis fuscis, primo articulo

rubro ; thorace utringue lateribus subspinosis ; elytris pallide

luteis erosis, corpore infra eoncolori. Long. lin. 24, lat. lin. 13-

April 4th.— W.. W.. Saunders, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited three new species of Australian Rhipicera,

from the collections of the Entomological Society and the Rev. F. W.

Hope, of which the following are the characters :—

Rhipicera attenuata, W. 2. nigra punctatissima angusta, ely-

tris fusco-luteis, guttis minutis rotundatis albis sparsim notatis.

6 Long. corp. lin. 7—Hab. New Holland.

Rhipicera pumilio, W. A. angusta picea, capite nigro, prothorace

et elyiris guttis vel squamis albidis ornatis. Long. corp. lin. 4.

—Hab. New Holland; Swan River.

Rhipicera brunnea, W. &. brevis crassa, opaca, luteo-setosa ; ely-

tris fasetis nonnuliis irregularibus interruptis, e squamis fulvis

formatis ; antennis brevibus, 18-articulatis. _§ Long. corp. lin.

65—9.—Hab. New. Holland.

He also exhibited specimens of Goliathus Delessertti, G., and Gna-

thocera micans, G., from the collection of M. Guerin Méneville.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘Notice of an Apparatus for Capturing Insects by Lamp-light.”’

By Mr. Stevenson, Corr. M.E.S., consisting of a box about two

feet square and about a foot deep, without a wooden top, its place

being supplied by four pieces of tale or glass, each fixed at an acute

angle on the interior of the mouth, on each side of the square and

opening inwards, a free open space of several inches square being left

in the middle, at the back of which is a lamp, defended by a semi-

circular glass guard, against which the insects will fly, attracted by

the light, and falling to the bottom of the box will be prevented from

crawling out again by the oblique direction of the tale or glass front.

This apparatus may be hung in any locality likely of success.

Continuation of ‘‘ Descriptions of New Holland Chrysomelide allied

to Cryptocephalus.” By W. W. Saunders, Esq.

AnoponTa, Hope MSS. Body short, ovate, compressed or cylin-

drical. Legs rather short. Head. vertical, rotundate. Eyes

reniform. Antenne subclavate, half as long as the body in the

females, nearly as long as the body in the males ; 3rd, 4th and

5th joints rather long, nearly of equal length, slender, the re-

7 -

Entomological Society. 67

mainder sensibly larger and gradually decreasing in length in

the females, nearly of the same length in the males.

Section 1. Body ovate, compressed.

Anodonta Roei, Hope MSS. Head rufous brown, the vertex and

antenne black ; thorax rufous, shining, with a black diamond-

shaped patch in the middle; scutellum black ; elytra rich shi-

ning green, deeply punctured, with a narrow ochreous margin ;

legs black ; base of femora and tibie rufous brown. Length, *21

inch 9; 17 ¢.—Hab. Swan River. Mus. Hope and Westwood.

Var. atripennis. Elytra black, with a purplish iridescence ; 3rd

and Ath joints of antenne brownish.

Anodonta albilinea, Hope MSS. Head black, spotted straw

colour ; antenne black; thorax black, lateral margins white ;

elytra light yellowish brown, with a quadrate black patch on

the disc, which joins the scutellum by a sutural band ; punctate-

striate near the tip ; legs and tarsi shining black. Length °16

inch.—Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Hope and Westwood.

Section 2. Body cylindrical.

Anodonta pulchella, Hope MSS. Head rufous brown ; vertex

black ; antenne black, 3rd and 4th joints dull brown ; thorax

rufous brown, shining ; elytra shining green, with a broad ru-

fous brown lateral marginal band ; legs and tarsi black. Length

-18 inch.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Anodonta cyanipennis, Hope MSS. Head and antenne glossy

black ; thorax rufous brown ; scutellum black ; elytra shining

steel-blue with purplish iridescence, deeply punctured, gemi-

nato-striato-punctate at the tip. Legs and tarsi black. Length

2°16 inch; ¢ ‘13 inch.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope

and Westwood. |

Anodonta flaviventris, Hope MSS. Head jet-black, with a yellow

heart-shaped patch on the face; thorax rufous brown, with a

black line in front ; scutelium black ; elytra shining black, striated

with a subcentral \ -like yellow mark ; body beneath and legs

pale yellow ; tips of tibie and tarsi black. Length +14 inch.

—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Anodonta rugosa, Hope MSS. Head and antenne black ; thorax

black, shining, very gibbose in front, rugose and deeply pune-

tured ; scutellum black ; elyira black, shining ; apex rufous brown,

rugose and deeply punctured; legs black. WLength °18 inch.—

Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

HeLtopimorpHa. Body elongate, ovate, compressed. Head verti-

eal, small. Eyes reniform. Antenne filiform, variable in length ;

Srd, 4th and 5th joints long, somewhat slender ; 5th the longest,

the remainder shorter than the 5th. Scutellum rounded behind.

Helodimorpha atra. Black ; face striate ; thorax shining, finely

punctate ; elytra shining, irregularly striate and punctured.

Length ‘18 inch.—Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Westwood.

Helodimorpha znea. Shining bronze with coppery tiridescence.

antenne black; 3rd, 4th and 5th joints dull rufous ; thorax

, re

68 Entomological Society.

deeply punctured ; elytra irregularly punctured. Length +17

inch.—Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Westwood.

Helodimorpha viridis, Hope MSS. Antenne nearly as long as

the body, brilliant metallic green ; antenne black, 2nd, 3rd and

4th joints dull rufous; thorax coarsely punctured and subca-

rinated behind in the middle; elytra closely and irregularly

punctured ; tips of posterior tibie and tarsi dull brown. Length

"11 inch—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope and Westwood.

“‘ Description of a new British species of Iulus.” By George New-

port, Esq.

Iulus Sandvicensis, Newport. Rather larger and thicker than I.

terrestris ; face very convex and polished ; antenne scarcely longer

than the head, clavate ; 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th joints subequal, 6th

shorter, infundibuliform ; segments of body 52, posterior half of

each polished ; anal valves very large; pre-anal scale short, tri-

gonate. Found near Sandwich in Kent.

‘‘ Note on the occurrence of two species of Hntozoa in the large

veins of the liver of the human subject.” By W. J. Pettigrew, Esq.

‘‘ Description of a new genus of Lamellicorn Beetles allied to Pa-

chypus.” By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

Metasceris, Westw. Corpus apterum. Elytris apice dehiscentibus,

podice detecto. Clypeus os omnino obtegens. Antenne breves, 9-arti-

culate, articulo 4° brevi interné producto, 5 et 6 lamelliformibus,

7, 8, que paullo longioribus. Mazille lobis apicalibus obsoletis.

Prothorax lateribus rotundatis. Pedes 2 postict breviores cras-

Sissimi.

Metascelis flexilis, W. MM. fusca, nitida; capite et podice magis

castaneis, illo punctato ; prothorace et elytris levibus ; infra cum

pedibus lutea, luteoque pilosa. Long. corp. lin. 7.—Hab. ?

Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond.

‘* Notes on the habits of Nyssia zonaria.” By Mr. Gregson.

This newly-discovered moth occurs in the winged state in the first

week in March. The pupe are buried about an inch and a half

deep in the sand, at New Brighton in Cheshire, in a valley among

the sand-hills near the hotel, and have never been noticed at any

other place except about three miles further down the sand-hills, on

the level land adjoining cultivated ground near Leasow Castle, where

Mr. Gregson found them at the end of June and beginning of July

during several successive years. The spring brood are never seen on

the wing; but the summer brood take wing in fine sunshine, darting

about like the gamma moth. The former brood are observed fanning

their wings on the long grass on the sand-hills ; but should the wind

be cold they creep to the warm side of the tufts of grass, and are

very difficult to find.

«« Notes on the parasitic habits of the Nomade, and on the habits

of other insects.” By Mr. F. Smith.

In this paper Mr. Smith details the plans which he has adopted

in order to observe the habits of the long-horned bee, Eucera longi-

cornis, and its parasite, Nomada Schiifferella, (the male of which

Wernerian Natural History Society. 69

latter is the Andrena connexa, K.) which he succeeded in obtaining

early in the spring from the nests of the former. He also mentions

-having found an immense number (thousands) of specimens of the

minute insect considered as the larve of Meloe, upon a flower, in

April, whilst in June he captured a similar insect (but differing in

form and colour) on the underside of the abdomen of Nomada Schaf-

ferella. He likewise mentions that he had reared specimens of the

same species of Cryptus (a genus of Ichneumonidae) from Epipone

levipes and Trichiosoma lucorum.

‘« Note on the parasitic habits of Nomade.”’” By George Newport,

_ Esq., who obtained specimens of Nomada Sheppardana on the 16th

July, 1829, from a bank of dry clay, at Ash near Sandwich, where

he found from six to eight specimens apparently recently disclosed,

but sufficiently active to take flight when disturbed, in a single ni-

dus apparently about the size of that of Colletes.

Mr. Shuckard, in allusion to the last two papers, stated that it

was interesting to find, that the genus Nomada did not confine its

parasitism to one genus of bees, as he obtained Nomada Sheppardana

from the nest of Halictus minutus. He also stated that he had de-

tected a specimen of Macropis labiata (a genus of bees not previously

recorded as natives of this country) in the indigenous cabinet at the

British Museum, with a label inscribed ‘“ Leicester,” from the col-

lection of Dr. Leach.

WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

The Societies in Edinburgh have again commenced their scientific

meetings ; the Wernerian Society on the 26th of Nov. elected as its

office-bearers for the Session 1842-43 the following gentlemen :—

President : Professor Jameson.—Vice-Presidents : Dr. R. Graham,

Sir Wm. Newbigging, Right Hon. Lord Greenock, Sir Ch. G. S.

Menteith, Bart., Dr. R. Paterson, Prof. Edward Forbes.—Counceil :

R. Stevenson, Esq., D. Milne, Esq., J. Stark, Esq., T. Brown, Esq.,

Sir W. Jardine, Bart., Professor T. S. Traill, Dr. R. K. Greville,

J. Goodsir, Esq.—Joint-Secretaries: Dr. Pat. Neill, T. J. ‘Lorrie,

Esq.—Treasurer: A. G. Ellis, Esq.—Joint-Librarians : J. Wilson,

Esq., Dr. R. Hamilton.—Artisis: P. Syme, Esq., and W. H. Towns-

end, Esq.

After which, Saturday the 10th of December was fixed for the first

meeting, when the following communications were read : —

__L. “ Account of the Elaps Jamesoni, a new species of Serpent from

South America ;” by Dr. ‘T'raill. Dr. Traill considered that eventually

this serpent might be removed from Hlaps. It was procured at De-

merara, was four feet in length, and on dissection was found to be

furnished with fangs provided with a gland and fine duct to the hol-

low tooth.

2. “ Account of new tribes of Crustacea from the Firth of Forth ;”

by Mr. Goodsir, jun.

A fine specimen of the Squalus Vulpes or Fox Shark, taken in Largo

Bay, 13 feet in length, was exhibited, and is interesting as being, so

70 Royal Society of Edinburgh.

far as can be traced, the only authentic specimen of the fish on record

as taken in the Scottish seas.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Dec. 19, 1842.—Read, ‘“‘ A Notice of the occurrence in Scotland

of the Tetrao medius ; showing that supposed Species to be a Hybrid.”

By James Wilson, Esq.

Mr. Wilson, after stating the opinions of the ornithologists who

consider the Tetrao medius of authors as a hybrid, and the views of

those who maintain it to be a species, exhibited a specimen shot in

Perthshire during the present winter, being the second which had

been killed. He observed, that previous to the extirpation of the

Capercailzie in the Highlands, a specimen of the 7. medius had been

recorded as a native of Scotland, and that the re-appearance now in

the vicinity of the Breadalbane preserves, immediately after the re-

introduction of the Capercailzie by the exertions of the noble pro-

prietor, was a very convincing proof of the hybridity of the birds,

while dissection had shown that the generative organs were very

imperfect, or as they generally are found in hybrids; in fact, that

now there could be little doubt upon the subject. The bird exhi-

bited was very similar to a continental specimen placed on the table

for comparison.

Note.—Mr. Wilson deserves the acknowledgements of ornitholo-

gists for bringing this subject before them, but we would wish that

it should not yet be considered as closed, particularly at a time when

direct evidence is likely to be obtained. We are sure that the Earl

of Breadalbane will allow every facility in the interesting investiga-

tion; and as the birds breed in captivity, it might be ascertained

either at Taymouth, or it would be a fitting subject of experiment

in the Edinburgh Zoological Gardens.

The facts stated by Mr. Wilson are very strong circumstantial

evidence; at the same time they amount only to the proof that the

T. medius, if a species, was extirpated from Scotland at a similar

period with the Capercailzie ; and we must be perfectly assured that

no specimens of the former were introduced either as eggs, or imma-

ture birds, among those procured by Lord Breadalbane. It is curious

also, that the specimens which reach this country in spring from

the continent, through the poulterers, are all exactly similar in plu-

mage, as much so as any true species; and if proved to be a hybrid,

it will stand as a remarkable fact, that two distinct forms propagate

a cross, having almost an individual specific identity. —Ep.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

This Society held its first annual meeting for the season on Nov.

10th, Professor Graham in the chair.

Mr. Brand read a paper by Mr. Edmonstone, jun., on the Botany

of Shetland, and instituted a comparison between the numbers of

genera and species existing in that region, and those which occur in.

other districts of Scotland*.

* See Mr. Edmonstone’s former remarks on this subject in vol, ix. p.69.—Ep.

Botanical Sociely of Edinburgh. ves:

~« The botany of Shetland,” observes Mr. Edmonstone, “though

not very extensive, is interesting. Many of the less common (chiefly

_ subalpine) plants are abundant in all situations ; and many species,

very commonly distributed, and indeed often marked:as universal,

throughout Great Britain, are very rare, or altogether unknown in

Shetland. Among the last may be mentioned Alchemilla arvensis

and vulgaris, Briza media, Primula veris, Anagallis arvensis, Con-

volvulus arvensis, Teucrium Scorodonia, Geranium rebertianum, Lap-

sana communis, and others of the commonest weeds. Again, Tha-

fictrum alpinum, and other docal plants are everywhere abundant,

growing down to the sea-level; and sylvan plants—those gene-

rally associated with woods or luxuriant pasturage —are almost

entirely wanting. The geology of Shetland is rich in interesting

phenomena. ‘The formation is almost wholly primitive, the most

abundant rocks being gneiss, mica-schist, clay and chlorite-slate,

granite quartz, serpentine limestone, &c., besides which, there are

amygdaloidal porphyritic rocks of different kinds. ‘The difference of

formation between Shetland and Orkney is very striking, that of

the latter being as uninteresting as the former is the reverse. Ork-

ney consists chiefly of an apparent continuation of the north coast

of the mainland, being composed of sandstone, clay-slate, and other

secondary rocks, while the Shetlands may be said to belong to the

oceanic series of islands.. Again, the difference seems as great be-

tween the Shetland and Faroe Isles, for in the latter group the

rocks are all basaltic. Many of the Shetland rocks present a most

remarkable degree of similarity to those of the south of England,

chrome ore, native magnesia, serpentine, crystallized fluor, and

several others, being common to both extremities of Great Britain,

though rarely found in the intermediate space; and it is a singular

fact that some of the plants present a corresponding analogy, as for

instance, Lathyrus maritimus, &c.

*« The prevalence of peat is avery characteristic feature in the

general aspect of Shetland, and proves beyond a doubt the great

abundance of trees in former ages. Judging from the remains, these

seem chiefly to have belonged to Corylacee and Pinaceae, as trunks

and nuts of the hazel, and cones of Abies picea have repeatedly been

dug out of the moors. This evidence of their existing formeriy in

such abundance, leads to the question whether they may still be

grown. I certainly do not think that the experiment has been fairly

tried, nor is it probable that it soon will be on a scale which can set

the matter at rest; indeed, many reasons seem to concur in ren-

dering it unlikely that trees could be reared so as to render them

profitable in an ceconomical point of view. The frosts and cold wea-

ther which often occur early in autumn do not leave the plants time

to form their buds for hybernation before the old leaves are nipped ;

and the heat of summer is by no means sufficient {as in most other

northern latitudes) to compensate for the shortness of its duration.

I do not attach so much importance as has sometimes been done to

the influence of the sea-spray, by which, during heavy gales, Shet-

72 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

land is liable to be swept, for these happen generally after the sap

has descended, and when therefore the plant is dormant.

‘« I may here mention some experiments which have been carried

on by my father for five or six years, in order, if possible, to settle

the question. He obtained from Messrs. Lawson, of Edinburgh, all

the more generally cultivated trees and shrubs,—North British,

North. American, and North Asiatic, and the result has been as

follows. Among the indigenous trees of Scotland, the ash appears

to stand as well as any other, as it puts forth its leaves late, and

loses them early. Of the scarcely indigenous, or naturalized species,

the plane-tree appears to be the hardiest, while the birch and Scotch

fir will scarcely live a year. Again, Pinus montana and A’sculus

Hippocastanum, comparatively tender plants, appear to thrive well ;

and Pyrus Aucuparia, which is indigenous with us, thrives tole-

rably in cultivation. Almost all the willows do well;—Salix Rus-

selliana, fragilis, cinerea, viminalis, and vitellina, among the best.

The alder is rather too early in putting forth its leaves, but some

poplars appear to do well, especially the white Scotch, black Italian,

and Lombardy, and Populus nigra is mndigenous. Oak and beech

will not thrive at all. Generally speaking, evergreens, both trees

and shrubs, appear not to suit. Pinus Cembra, Abies picea, black,

white, and Norway, have all been repeatedly tried, but seldom lan-

guished a year. Even the hardy, shrubby evergreens, which are

met with indigenous, or in every shrubbery on the mainland, as

Liex aquifolium, Rhododendron ponticum and flavum, Viburnum Tinus,

&c., die almost immediately. Among the best-thriving evergreen

shrubs may be mentioned Arbutus mucronata, Cotoneaster Uva-ursi,

Hedera Helix, &c. The latter indeed is native, and in some situations

thrives remarkably well, as it also does in Orkney.

“The climate of Orkney and Shetland are much alike, but sci-

entific observations have only been recorded of the former. ‘ Re-

garding it,’ Mr. Clouston states, ‘the high latitude of Orkney will

no doubt induce many well-informed persons even in Scotland to.

suppose that our winter is much colder than that of any other

country, and it may surprise them when we say that our winter is

as warm as that of Glasgow, and several degrees warmer than that

of Applegarth in Dumfriesshire, on the very southern border. This

is owing to the influence of the surrounding ocean, which elevates

the temperature of winter as much as it lowers that of summer.

Thus, the temperature of Orkney in May, June and July is 7 de-

grees below that of Glasgow during these months; but for the

whole year the mean annual temperature in Orkney is nearly the

same as that in Applegarth, both being about 46°, or 32 below that

of Glasgow.’”’

Mr. Edmonstone goes on to observe, that ‘‘ the uniformity of tem-

perature in Shetland strikes every one; and a remarkable feature in

the climate is the great and almost constant humidity. These causes

no doubt have a great influence on the vegetation, for there is not

a semblance of arctic, and scarcely (except in a very few instances)

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 73

of alpine vegetation throughout the whole islands. This is certainly

rather what might be expected than otherwise ; but there are other

anomalies which cannot be altogether referred to climate ; and the

extreme scantiness of the flora is remarkable, considering the extent

of the islands, and the variety of soil, exposure, and situation which

they present.”

‘The flowering plants (including the grasses) hitherto observed in

Shetland extend to 94 genera and 178 species, while those found

in the district of Moray amount to 333 genera and 692 species ;

and even in a range of 16 miles round Aberdeen, there have been

found 287 genera and 562 species; and ina similar extent round

Edinburgh, the numbers are 389 genera and 908 species, while the

flowering plants of Great Britain extend to 523 genera and 1594

species. ‘The proportion of species to genera is also least in Shet-

land and Aberdeenshire, being only 2 to 1; whereas in the Edinburgh

district it is 24 to 1, and in Britain generally it is 3 to 1.

The statements in Mr. Edinonstone’s paper led to some interest -

ing conversation, in the course of which Professor Graham remarked,

as a phenomenon which has not hitherto received a satisfactory

solution, the entire destruction or absence of wood in many parts of

Scotland where once it evidently abounded, and where the change

cannot apparently have arisen through human instrumentality ; and

he observed, that the investigation of this subject would be attended

with great interest, besides being of importance in a national point

of view.

Dr. Neill said, that in his opinion the peat mosses of Scotland

have generally been formed at an earlier period than is usually sup-

posed, some of them containing trees which do not now exist in the

country; and he suggested that means should be taken to ascertain

the particular species of which the mosses consist, by taking speci-

mens of wood and seeds, or cones, &c., from the successive layers,

and duly noting their relative position, with all such circumstances

as might tend to establish a correct theory respecting our aboriginal

forest-vegetation ; indeed he had once proposed that a prize should

be offered by the Highland Society for the best essay on this sub-

ject, but his proposal had not been carried into effect.

Mr. Brand remarked, that in this country, as in America, the

forests in many places appear to have been destroyed by fire, and he

instanced some oak-trees in Dalkeith Park which appear to have

been burnt down at an early period, and to have thrown out new

trunks from the stumps at a later date.

_ Mr. Goodsir supposed that the increase of the peat might gra-

dually render the soil unfit for the support of trees, and stated, in

reference to a remark made by Professor Graham on the approach

of the alpine plants in Shetland to the sea-edge, that this peculiarity

coincided with the elevation of the deep-sea invertebrate animals to

the high-water mark in the same locality.

This Society met again on the evening of Wednesday, December

7th, Professor Christison in the chair. The election of office-bearers

v4 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

for the season took place,—Dr. Neill, President ; Professors Christi-

son, Graham, Balfour, and D. Stewart, Esq., Vice-Presidents.

Professor Christison then submitted to the Society a highly inter-

esting communication on the Assam Tea Plant, illustrated by spe-

cimens. The author stated that the different kinds of tea were pro-

duced by different modes of preparation, and showed, by a series

of examples of the preserved tea-leaf, that the various forms were

merely varieties of the same plant. A specimen of tea, of a yellow

colour and of a remarkably strong flavour, was exhibited ; also tea,

in the form of small rolls, sent to this country about twenty years

ago, as a present from the Emperor of China to George IV.

Mr. Goodsir then read a paper by Charles C. Babington, Esq.,

F.L.S., F.G.S., entitled ‘‘ Observations upon a few Plants, concern-

ing the claim of which to be considered as natives of Great Britain,

Sir W. J. Hooker expresses doubt in the 5th Ed. of his ‘ British

Flora,’ with a few notes upon other species contained in that work,

with reference to the Edinburgh Catalogue of British Plants.”’ The

object of this paper was to show upon what evidence the authors

(Professor Balfour, Mr. Babington himself, and Dr. Campbell) of

the Botanical Society’s Catalogue of British Plants had included in

it the species concerning which Sir W. J. Hooker expresses doubt.

“I cannot allow this opportunity to pass,” says the author of this

paper, ‘‘ without expressing the great satisfaction which it gives me

to see that so distinguished a botanist as Hooker has considered the

Catalogue deserving of quotation throughout his work, as I must con-

sider it as a proof that the compilers of the Catalogue of British

Plants have not produced a work discreditable either to themselves

or to the Society that entrusted its preparation to them.”

Mr. Brand afterwards read to the Society a ‘‘ Notice of the pre-

sence of Iodine in some Plants growing near the Sea,” by G. Dickie,

M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s College,

Aberdeen. The author found, by chemical examination of specimens

of Statice Armeria from the sea-shore, and of others from the inland

and higher districts of Aberdeenshire, that the former contained

iodine, and that soda was more abundant in them, while potass pre-

vailed in the latter. Iodine was also found in Grimmia maritima ;

and Mr. P. Grant of Aberdeen has found it in Pyrethrum maritimum.

An analysis was made of examples of Statice Armeria, Grimmia ma-

ritima, Lichina confinis, and Ramalina scopulorum, all growing near

the same spot, and occasionally during storms exposed to the sea-

spray; and all these plants, with the exception of the lichen, con-

tained iodine. The specimens having been washed previous to

analysis, the iodine could not have been derived from saline incrus-

tation. All these vegetables were healthy, and the author of the

paper has been led to conclude that marine alge are not the only

plants which possess the power of separating from sea-water the

compounds of iodine and of condensing them in their tissues, and

this without any detriment to their healthy functions.

Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

MEETING OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF

SCIENCE FOR 1848.

Tue inhabitants of Cork and its vicinity have put their shoulders

to the wheel of science in earnest, and we will venture to predict that

the supporters of the Corkites at the Manchester meeting will not be

disappointed in their anticipations of a welcome befitting the As-

sociation and most hearty to themselves. We copy the following

resolutions proposed at a preliminary meeting held at Cork for the

purpose of making necessary arrangements ; they are conceived, and

we are sure would be uttered, in the true spirit of Irish feeling and

hospitality :—

«* Resolved,—That, whether we consider the vast field of science

its inquiries embrace, and which it has so successfully cultivated—

course and co-operation between the learned of every clime which it

produces ; or the great benefits it locally dispenses in its annual visits

through these kingdoms, we cannot but look upon the British Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science as the most important insti- ~

tution in the republic of letters; and the one which, far beyond all

others, best illustrates the spirit, the energy, the intellect, the wealth,

the learning and scientific advancement of the present day.

«« Resolved,—That the periodical visits of the British Association

are of peculiar advantage and importance to Ireland. By means

thereof, men of influence and weight in other lands become ac-

quainted with a country, which to be valued requires only to be

studied and understood, and whose inexhaustible resources can only

be fully developed by that combination of native intellect with ad-

vancing science, which this Association tends so powerfully to pro-

duce.

“‘Resolved,_—-That therefore we hail with pleasure the contem-

plated visit of the Association to this city, and recognizing with gra-

titude the preference given in the choice of locality to Cork, we are

determined to make its reception here worthy of ourselves, our visit-

ors, and our country.

“« Resolved,—That, to give effect to this determination by making

the requisite arrangement for the reception of the Association, and

in conformity with the constitution of that body, the following gen-

tlemen be now chosen a Local Council, subject to the approval of the

General Council in London, and to them shall be entrusted the pre-

' vious preparations and the management of the other details on this

interesting occasion.

“ Resolved,—That a Sub-Committee for each of the seven scien-

tific sections be selected by the Local Council, to consist of members;

namely, one Committee for the Section of Mathematics and Phy-

sical Science, one for Chemistry and Mineralogy, one for Geology

and Geography, one for Zoology and Botany, one for Anatomy and

Medicine, one for Statistics, one for Mechanical Science; and to

these Committees shall be entrusted the duty of framing, as far as

76 Miscellaneous.

may be practicable, collections relating to agricultural, zoological,

and geological subjects, and procuring scientific communications,

uniting local with general interest.

‘“« Resolved,—That we recommend that a Sub-Committee be also

appointed by the Local Council, to whom shall be committed the

care of enlisting, through the medium of the Local and Metropolitan

Press, and by other such means, the national interest in this im-

portant undertaking.

‘“‘Resolved,—That the Local Council be requested to organize

committees of correspondence in London, Dublin, Belfast, Limerick,

Waterford, and with whom communications may be opened connected

with this subject ; and that a Committee for sending invitations to di-

stinguished scientific men, foreigners and others, be also appointed.

«« Resolved,—That the Local Council do request the Agricultural

Association of this county to appoint a Committee from their body

to co-operate with the Local Council in its arrangements for rendering

the visit of the Association permanently and practically useful.

“‘ Resolved,—That it is desirable to hold during the meeting of the

Association an exhibition of the manufactures of Ireland, including

“the tabinets of Dublin, the linens of Belfast, and the lace-fabrics of

Limerick, and that the Local Council be recommended to make the

necessary arrangements to effect so important an object.

‘«* Resolved,—That a request be made to the Committee of the Art-

Union not to open the Exhibition of Pictures next year until the

meeting of the Association, and that it be not confined to the pro-

ductions of resident artists alone, but be open for the exhibition of

works of eminent artists, living and dead, connected with Ireland.”

EPILOBIUM VIRGATUM, FRIES.

In a review of Dr. Deakin’s ‘ Florigraphia Britannica,’ it is stated

(Ann. N. H.ix. 340) that that botanist had found the Epilobium vir-

gatum (Fries) in the neighbourhood of Lincoln, and I have now the

satisfaction of recording, that during the summer of 1842 I gathered

it myself, on the sides and bottoms of deep ditches in peat bogs, in

several spots above the High Force in Teesdale, Durham ; and also

near Caerlaverock (in the Lochar Moss), Dumfries-shire. I likewise

obtained specimens at Ventry, in the county of Kerry, in July 1841.

This plant closely resembles H. tetragonum (Linn.), from which it is

most easily distinguished by its scions, which spring from the lower

joints of the stem, not the root, are very slender, and do not termi-

nate in a rose-shaped cluster of leaves ; those of HL. tetragonum being

short, rather stout, spring directly from the root, and produce a ter-

minal rose-shaped cluster of leaves. It is probable that H. virgatum

is not an uncommon plant in peat mosses. It may be as well to add,

that the same character distinguishes E. alsinifolium from E. alpi-

num.—C. C. B. |

HABITS OF TARSIPES SPENSER.

Some months ago I described a new animal from South Australia

sent me by Governor Grey. Mrs. Grey has sent me the following very

Miscellaneous. ri

interesting account of its habits :—‘‘ We had two of them for some

time in our possession ; the first specimen which is sent home died,

I fear from starvation, for I was told that they feed on roots and nuts;

but this I found was a mistake, for they are carnivorous and feed on

moths and flies, at least the last we had did so; it used to take the

moths, &c. by their two wings, holding them by its fore paws; it ate

the bodies, and the wings it threw away. I never saw it drink. It

generally slept during the day rolled up like a ball, but of a night it

became very lively, and was fond of climbing branches of trees; it

would hang suspended by its tail to a small branch, and suddenly

jump to another. They were both found by men while ploughing,

lying in a nest of grass and fur in a state of stupor. The last lived

for many months, and made its escape from us.’’ Capt. Grey adds,

“it was a great pet.”—J. E. Gray.

NEW BRITISH PLANT.

Mr. Robert Embleton of Embleton, in the county of Northumber-

land, has sent me a specimen of the Majanthemum bifolium (DeC.),

Convallaria bifolia (Linn.), gathered in the woods at Howick in that

county. He states that it also occurs at Kenwood, and that he has

every reason to believe that it is ¢ruly indigenous in both places.

As this plant is found in simuar situations in France, Germany and

Sweden, I can see no reason for doubting its being a native of Bri-

tain.—C. C. B.

NOTE ON HOM@GOCLADIA ANGLICA, AG.*

The following remarks on Homeocladia anglica (Microcoleus ma-

rinus, Harv.) will, I hope, tend to remove the confusion which has

prevailed respecting the name of that plant. When in 1835 I first

found it near Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths and myself thought that it was

a species of Schizonema: one specimen was then forwarded to Dr.

Greville, but probably overlooked, as he made no remarks upon it.

Mr. Harvey, to whom J sent another, named it Oscillatoria chthono-

plastes, a.; but as I subsequently pointed out to him that it had

none of the characters of Oscillatoria, and also differed in almost

every respect from Conf. vaginata, ‘E. Bot.,’ with which it was

united in the ‘ Br. Flora,’ he has in his ‘ Manual’ described it as a

species of Microcoleus, Desm., under the specific name of marinus.

In the meantime, Mrs. Griffiths and Mr. Borrer examined it to-

gether and considered it a Schtzonema, whence Mr. Borrer gave it

the name of S. zylodes. Afterwards suspecting that it might be

Homeocladia anglica, 1 requested Mr. Borrer to compare its structure

with a specimen of H. martiana sent him by Agardh, and I here sub-

join the result of his examination :—‘‘ I have examined, as well as I

could, the ‘Sch. xylodes,’ and Agardh’s specimen of Homeocladia

martiana. ‘The structure is surely the same in both, a tube contain-

ing (possibly composed of) oscillatoria-like threads, which seem more

broken into short bits in Agardh’s plant than in the other, the ‘ frus-

tules,’ I suppose, and the white interstices, represented in Ayardh’s

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

78 Miscellaneous.

fig. e. Ido not find the ‘bimate series’ of frustules, but I cannot

affirm that they do not exist: neither can I make out the ramifica-

tion of either. Agardh’s ‘nec facile definitur structura in specimine

exsiccato’ 1s quite applicable to both. Agardh’s plant is rather more

slender and of a greener brown.”

My supposition now seemed very probable, but a few days since I

was fully assured of its correctness on comparing my plant with a

specimen of H. anglica in my friend Mr. Berkeley’s herbarium, which

he received from M. Crouan of Brest, and which I presume was so

named by Agardh._Joun Ratrs, Penzance.

JUNCUS DIFFUSUS, HOPPE, AND DROSERA OBOVATA, M. AND K.

M. W. Sander, of Hamburgh, has just informed me that he has

received these two plants from Scotland, under other names. The

Juncus was gathered at “ Kincardine’’-shire (?), in wet places; it is

distinguished from J. effusus by the shape of its capsule and the pith

being continuous. (See Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ. 727.) The Drosera

grew at Lochnacross in Dumfries-shire, and was named D. longifolia.

I may add, that all my Scottish specimens of D. anglica would pro-

bably be referred to D. obovata; and that I do not consider it as a

distinct species, but only a variety of that plant.—C. C. B.

WHITE'S THRUSH.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Will you oblige me by noticing in the next number of the ‘Annals’

the occurrence in this island of White’s Thrush, Turdus White: ?

This very rare bird was obtained about ten days since, in the neigh-

bourhood of Bandon, co. Cork, by R. L. Allman, Esq., and is now in

my possession. It agrees in every respect with Yarrell’s description

of the thrush shot by Lord Malmesbury in Hampshire, and is pecu-

liarly interesting when we recollect that the present is the first re-

corded instance of the occurrence of Turdus Whitei in Ireland; and

that unless we suppose the thrush in the collection of Mr. Bigge,

which Yarrell contrasts with the Earl of Malmesbury’s bird, to be

of the same species with the latter, his lordship’s specimen is the

only one which has hitherto been noticed as occurring in any part

of the British Islands.

Very faithfully yours,

Dublin, 6 Grattan Street, Dec. 15, 1842. Gero. Jas. ALLMAN.

FOSSIL MAMMALIA.

Mr. Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in his report

of presents received by the Society, states that he has been so for-

tunate as to discover, among the numerous valuable relics from the

Sivalik ranges, which were presented to the Society by Col. Colvin,

part of the head and bony cores of the horns of a large species of

Ovis, nearly allied to, if not absolutely identical with, the O. Ammon

of Siberia ; and a corresponding portion of a true Jbez, to all appear-

ance identical with the species (Capra Sakeen, nobis,) which still

inhabits the loftiest Himalayan crags. It is unnecessary to dwell

Meteorological Observations. 79

here upon the conclusive proof afforded by the occurrence of these

_ highly interesting remains of the existence of lofty, and even snow-

clad, mountain heights in the immediate vicinity of the region then

tenanted by the Sivatherium and its extinct contemporaries; but I

shall avail myself of the earliest opportunity to draw up a memoir

on the subject, illustrated by figures of the splendid fossils, which

there cannot be the slightest hesitation in identifying (generically)

as aforesaid.

CURATORSHIP OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Our able correspondent Mr. E. Forbes, lately appointed to suc-

ceed our lamented colleague Mr. Don in the Botanical chair in King’s

College London, has also been selected by the council of the Geolo-

gical Society, from a list of nine candidates, (several of whom pre-

ferred very strong scientific claims,) to be the successor of Mr. Lons-

dale, as Curator and Librarian of the Society. We have much satis-

faction in stating that the choice of the Council was confirmed by an

unanimous vote of a Special Meeting of the Society held on the 14th

of December.

——d

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOVEMBER 1842.

Chiswick.—Nov. 1. Cloudless and very fine: foggy at night. 2. Foggy. 3.

Hazy. 4. Cloudy: slight showers. 5. Overcast: sleet. 6. Slight showers :

cloudy. 7,8. Cloudy. 9. Densely overcast: stormy, with rain at night. 10,

11. Rain. 12, Stormy and wet: clear at night. 13, Boisterous, with rain.

14. Overcast: very fine: boisterous, with heavy rain at night. 15. Stormy and

wet: foggy. 16. Rain: drizzly : clear at night. 17,18. Overcast. 19. Heavy

rain, 20, Overcast. 21. Clear. 22. Rain, with some sleet. 23. Lightly

overcast: rain. 24. Fine: lightning, with rain at night. 25. Heavy rain. 26.

Clear and fine. 27. Vine: stormy, with rain at night. 28. Cloudy: rain: fine.

29, 30. Very fine.— Mean temperature of the month 0°18 above the average.

Boston.—Nov. 1. Fine. 2. Foggy. 3. Cloudy. 4. Fine: rain early a.m.:

hail and rainer.m. 45. Fine: rain p.m. 6—8. Fine. 9. Windy: rain p.m,

10. Cloudy: rain p.m. 11. Stormy: rain early a.m.: rain pM. 12. Fine.

13. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 14. Cloudy. 15. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

16. Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Rain. 20, 21.

Fine. 22. Rain: rain early a.m.: snow p.m. 23. Fine: raine.m. 24. Rain:

rainearly am. 25, Fine. 26,27. Fine: rainr.m. 28. Rain: rain early a..:

raine.M. 29. Fine. 30. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1. Drizzle. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: clear:

aurora. 4. Veryclear: aurora. 5,6. Cloudy. 7. Sleet-showers. 8. Damp:

rain. 9, Rain: showers. 10, Sleet-showers: cloudy. 11. Damp: rain. 12.

Rain. 13. Rain: showers. 14. Snow-showers: sleet-showers. 15. Frost

_ and a little snow: clear and frosty. 16, 17. Frost: cloudy and frosty. 18.

Cloudy : drizzle. 19. Drizzle: damp. 20. Drops: clear, 21. Hail-showers :

clear: frost. 22. Cloudy: rain. 23. Cloudy: drops. 24—27. Showers. 28.

Showers: a galeand rain. 29. Clear. 30. Cloudy: clear.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.-—Nov. 1. Fair and fine. 2,3. Fair but dull.

4. Fair butdull: clear. 5. Fair but dull: hoar-frost a.m. 6. Fair but dull:

afew drops. 7. Fair but dull. 8. Slight shower. 9. Heavy rain. 10. Frost

A-M.: raine.M. 11. Heavy rain. 12. Wet a.m.: cleared and fine. 13. Fair:

hoar-frost a.m, 14. Fair and fine: frost p.m. 15. Fair, but raw and cold. 16.

Fair and keen, 17. Fair but cloudy, 18. A few drops of rain. 19. Wet morn-

ing. 20. Fair, but raw and cloudy. 21. Fair: frost a.m. 22. Snow: frost:

raine.M. 23. Fair and fine: slight frost. 24, Rain and wind. 25, 26. Rain.

27. Wet morning: cleared. 28. Storm of wind and rain. 29. Slight showers,

50. Fair and fine.

ge *

» < “ ya

eee ——S a=, .. — _

, ;

a ie 8t0-F *

ae sa. Lh 08.8)ZF.p |uing 16-68 | 1F-0F |-9E | 8-SF| B-ZF | 08-98 60-6F, F-TF | 0.6F | 0-FF [202-6 |669.63 |6F9.62 | £9.62] 62.62 | 269.62 | 924.62 | 812.62 | ue

ae | ee |S ee oe Be

ae oe

ie ae

mt yp pet or. | to. | ego. | ¢s ‘s | umyeo| “Mm | ‘wm |. OF |FIb | 6E [OF | S-EF| 6z | SS | O-FF| ZIG | SOF | 02.62 | OF.6z | 29.62 | FF.62 | zz.6% | G09.62 | $26.62 | 299.62 | “oe

> ~ | GP | 18+ /06-0/ 01. | 10- | 190.| “as | *s | wyea| ‘ms | ‘as | Gh | OF | GE f6F |. IF] GE | SS | Z-FE| EPG | FFF | 93-62 | 60-62 | 22-64 | 80.62 | z0.6z | 619.62 | 279.62 | OFS-62 | *6z

os cp lot 10G. | £0. |zzze| ‘a | cass | ¢s *s ‘as | fer | er | Ze | og | Zr] oF | 9 | 0-€F | 8.69 | £.6F | 88.82 | 81.62 | 8.84 | $4.86 | Go.9z | £68.82 | 99%-6z | FF6.8z | *gz

Ee gs OF | 6%. | a0. [Fz [et] ta | casa | wea] +s “s 88 |fIt \foE |For | ZE| Er | OG | G.OF | 0.6F | Z.2F | 0.6 | GZ.6z | ZT.6% | 60-62 | 96.9z | 690.62 | FFE-6z | 908.62 | *Zz

fees OF el 19. [GOT | *a ‘a | wyeo| -ms | ‘ass | SF | er | 8S | SF] BSE) Gz | OG | SIF | O.ZF | F-8F | O.66 | OT.6z | 06-88| F486] £9.82 | 090-62 | 806.62 | F60-6z | *9z

ar GO. |@I- | 008. | *a ‘9 | wed) *s awa's) GPF | TLh |FOr [fOr | IF] GE | 8h | 8.ZP | Z.BF | G-FF | 01-63 | 40.62 | 89.86 | £9-82| 19.82 | 918.8% | 886-8z | 006-82 | “ce

OF 03- |S. | SOI. | *a ‘a9 | ued; ‘ms | *s | fer | Le | 1g | €F | Sr| oF | OF | 2.88 | SOF | Z.EF | 80.62 | LT.6% | 99.86 | 22.86) I¢.82 | 862.8% | 068.82 | 806-82 | “Fz

— lg cz. | tt. |ZZ1.| ‘a | ‘as | wea] «ms | °s Ze |¢ge | 0& | 66 | OF) Ge | Zr | 9-SE | F.68 | F.8E | 08-62 | 98-62 | 90-62 | 81.62} 01.6z | ZS1-6z | $8.62 | 96F.6z | *ez

Ze ol. |Zt. (pre. | cu *9 “uml” <q ‘as | Foe | ce [fee | g¢ | OF! og | 6 | F-OE | &.9F| £.S¢ | GE-6c | LEGS | $1.62 | €2-62| 11.62 | 892-62 | 60F-6z | OzF.6z | “zz

8 seeree] Zo, [essere | ogy ‘a | wyeo} ‘ou | ‘u | 6G | FE |¥6Z | GE |9-ZE| TE | OF | SOF | 9.6F | 6.0F | 22.66 | $6.62 | 99.62 | 64.6 | FF.6z | 429.62 | 662.62 | 008.6z | *1z

+P SI. [tere “9 ‘ou | wyeo| ‘au “YW se |foe 88 | oF | Sh; te | Gr |8-Ze|8.2¢/ ..9F | 96-62 | 26.62 | 92:66 | $2.62 | 6¢.6z | 212.62 | 822.6z | 882.6z | ‘oz

| IF ze. | 28. “A | fess | “ms | «ms | ¢s ly | IF | #8 | Gh] OF! cp | GS | F8E | E.SF | 8.EF | £6.62 | 06.62 | 19.66 | 12.66 | 9/.62 | ZEZ.6z | 0OT-0¢ | ZEz.08| “61

Ze praceRyesaues *s ‘9 | wyed| *s ‘9 | fOr | oF | Ze | FF |G.8E| Qo | Sh | BOF | 0.SF |°E.1F | 1Z.0€ | OI.08 66-0 | E1.08 | ZIF-0E | ZES-0¢ | Z89.08| *81 O

Ze Esians|tentes ‘au | ‘asa | wyeo| ‘au | ‘ouu | foe |Ste ce | rr | OF] O€ | Se | z-6e | e.oF| Z.0F | e.08 | 86.08 $6.08 | $8.6z | GBI-0€ | [Sh-0¢ | GEZ.08| “ZT

ies ef sel tz. 1 ZO. ‘au | ‘aua | ‘a ‘a | ‘au | SE | GE fe | ZF | Ger} Ze | Sh | g-EF | 0.ZF | 0.FF | 08.08 | ST.08 84.66 | St.6z | £12.62 | 968.62 | coZ.6z| ‘ot

cP sseeceHar Ten Zee “2. | ou |woreo)|) “a ‘3 re | ce £20 | th] FF! FE | OF | ZF | 9.19] €.€F | 90.08 | £6.64 89.68 | €£.6z | FI9 62 | 1€9-6z | 989.6¢ | “ST

Lf gg. | Z9. ‘u jauu | mea} ‘a | *m | og | og (¢se | tr lo.ZF| ep | |¢ | 2.9 | 0.9¢| Z.Zr | 98.62 | £0.62 29.68 | 61.62 | $49.66 | €92-6z | 022.66) “FI

Ly Feenes! Gz, ‘ou | "msm | U[vO | “ms | ‘ass | sé | for lf6e | Ze | BF] GE | FE | 0-8F | S.9¢ | 0.0¢ | FF.6z | 92.62 S1.66 | 26.82 | £86.63 | LoF.6 | 619.66 | “er

8 sel Qo. | OF. "a |-msm | wea | *m ‘m | fp | St | sb | 6F | Zr| ob | Se | ¢.6F | 0.G¢ | 9.19 | F1.62 | $0.66 68.8 | Z9.8z | 090.62 | 919-6z | 21.6% | “ZT

cf rt] 80- | Ze. ufq m! ‘asa | -s *s "Ss | €% |¥ee \fse | Gr] FF] Le | OG | BEF | g.ce | 2.09 | ZI.62 | 26.62 £6.82 | £2.86 | 680.6z | 8F9-6z | 081.6 | “11

Gb | Zt. ear. | 0. on ‘asa | mea | +s ‘sg Or | 6& | OF | St 1G.8F] IF | OS | 0.FF | 8.6% | F.8F | 0G.62 | 62.6% OF-62 | 02.6% | F6F.6z | 199-62 | $89.66| ‘or ©

Le | 9g. [ereresfee e+] 50. ‘MS |*MSM |] “AM | TAS | S| Sh | OS [far |fOS | Fr] pH | GF | 8-IF | Z.oF | ZF | 06.82 | 02.8 61-62 | ZE.6z | FE9.6z | OFZ-6z | 908.62 | *6

} 6£ Ol. eeeveeleeeceslscsece "Mm *MUM wed "MU “MU CPE SP els gr ¢.8& RE OF 9.0F G-8P €.3F GE-6G €8.6% 66-66 CL.66 696.62 QZI1-0¢ GST1.0€ °3

Ga | ras |eeereseo"} TOs ‘mu | ‘au | uv | ‘ou | “Mu | &p |For | Ze [fOr | S| ge | SF | F-8E | 9.EF | ZF | 00.08 | 0€.08 1.0€ | 88.66 | 660.0€ | 18T-0¢ | O€T.08 | *Z

ge |*""""" 0.0] OL- | TO. ‘Mu | ‘u /uvO | ‘au | ‘u | sh {FIb [Fle |¢Zp | 88] os | Zr | L.9€ | 8.9F | €.8E | EF.08 | 6F.08 G6.06 | £8.66 | Z2I-0E | 8FI-0E | G0Z.0E | 9

2S oe RE A (8 ‘uj ‘auu | we | -ou | ‘u | Sh | fOr | FE | OF} IF] ze | OF | F-ZE | F-SF | 6.GF | 19.08 | SS.08 0€-0E | 08.62 | FOT-0€ | £21-0€ | O61-0€ | *s

: | ge peas. +80. ‘as ‘9 | wed | ‘au |*muu| O6 {| sé | sé | Zr | OF] IE | GF | 8-ZE | 0.6F | S.6€ | $9.08 | FF.0E O1-0€ | 29.62 | &20.0€ | 691-0¢ | 090.08 | *F

| SF Be) 86; cr | 86 | GF | SF} FE | OF | 0-BF | 0.Z¢ | E.EF | 8Z.0€ | 0Z.0E 86.62 | 69.6 | £86.62 | €86-6z | 000.08 | *¢

Gp |rtttee cerealeceeee|esseee { TS | 8-8h | 9.2 | €.8F | Z.0€ | FB.0€ 20.08 | £9.62 | $80-0€ | QGI-0E | OFI.08| 2 @

steenelecones g¢ 6-65 | F-£9 | 6.FF | ZZ.0E | O1.08 80-0€ | 09.62 | FIT.O€ | 918-0¢ | FEZ-0€ | *T

ml wa Pee) D S » 2 ek |. Bed trd (cord! | ‘ur Z

» a S QQ) o | Pt | S| Peo | & S] S pum xm jp 2 | we ure | *ur ule : ; ml Ag

os ne. 5 ¢ $5 oo = ee 2g 25 a S =. no | Ber) Be = x [oem 5 | & | Saryeg [3S] $8 $6 6 é& |e | Ba |. Xen =¢ S os

Pe a eleotott ae Oa) gol ae | Sa} Eg | oe | |e Ca, || SAR 2 ee» 2 & apie

Ea lige (ae) = |po =O ot. io) Sa] p36 |. ; ° ° : ~ re) Smo

fo) = U oO 2

—- CD S ee

a “ule y "PUL | "LOJOULOWAIY J, "1a 9ULOIR pape

| scutes

“RANYUGQ ‘asunyy younpuvg Jv ‘uojsno[y ‘CQ ‘Ady 247 Ag pun {aUIHS-salusIWAG

‘asunyy yuunoajddy yo ‘xequaq *A\ ‘sey 947 49 {NOLSog 3” “ea AYN 29 fuopuo'y svau ‘MOIMSIHY) Jv hya120g pounynoysopy ayy fo UapLvy ay] JD

uosdwoyy ayy 29 ‘ uoyaqoy ‘ayy ‘Aumqau005 qunzsissp ay) fig ‘Noanxor] ‘hjqa0g yohoy ay} fo siusupind yy ay] 1p apou suoywasasgy yonSoj0L0a;a 7

x |

CATALOGUE

FOR 1843,

OF A CHOICE COLLECTION

FLORICULTURAL, VEGETABLE,

AND AGRICU LTURAL

SEEDS,

COMPRISING UPWARDS OF

ONE THOUSAND SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF FLOWER SEEDS,

AND AMONG OTHERS,

SOME SPLENDID ASSORTMENTS OF

German Asters, Stocks, Ginnias, Hollyhocks,

&c. &c. (Page 4) ;

BESIDES A NUMEROUS LIST OF OTHER ESTABLISHED

FAVOURITES, AND MANY NEW AND RARE SEEDS,

Well worthy the attention of Florists and Amateurs in general.

~ vw

THE LISTS OF VEGETABLE AND AGRICULTURAL SEEDS

WILL BE FOUND TO CONTAIN ALL THE LEADING

AND MOST APPROVED VARIETIES.

TO BE HAD OF

JAMES CARTER,

SEEDSMAN AND FLORIST,

258, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON.

*,* The German Seeds are from the usual source.

[Entered at Stationers’ Hall. }

2 | ae

THE NECESSARY EXPLANATION

Respecting the Linnean Classes and Orders, the Natural Orders, Duration, Height,

Colour of the Flower, Time of Flowering, and Price, in Eight Columns, are given

below. The exemplification will be found at Page 5.

LLL OO eee

1st and 2nd Columns.—The Linnean Classes and Orders. 3rd.—Natural Orders.

4th Column.—Hardiness and Duration of each plant.

h. hardy; hh. half-hardy; t. tender; ¥. frame ;—G. greenhouse ;—S.

Stove perennial; a. annual (last 1 year); b. biennial (last 2 years) ;

p- perennial (last many years).—Application: ha. hardy annual;

hha. half-hardy annual; ta. tender annual; fa. frame annual;

fgh. frame or greenhouse; ghh. and hgh. green or hothouse; sa. stove

annual; hb. hardy. biennial; hhb. half-hardy biennial, &c. &c.

5th Column.—Colour: bl. blue; b. & w. blue and white, &c.; d. dark; 1. light;

d. r. dark red; div. diverse, &c. &c.; stri. striped, &c.

6th Column.— Usual height of the plant in feet ; trai. trailer.

7th Column.—Usual month of flowering: 6, June; 6-9, June to September, &c. &c.

8th Column.—Price per Packet. 6d. Packets may be had of those marked 3d., &c.

Time oF Sowinc.—Hardy Annuals, February till June, andin Autumn. Hardy

Biennials and Perennials, April till June, andin Autumn. Half-hardy Annuals, &c.

in March, April, or May, on a moderate hot-bed. Many of the Biennials and

Perennials marked hh will stand the winter without protection; they, as well as

the half-hardy Annuals, with few exceptions, may likewise be sown on a warm

border early in May. Thetender Annuals require more than one hot-bed.

The Greenhouse Climbers marked ** may be planted in the borders in May.

* Dwarf Plants proper for the edgings of beds. ** Ornamental Climbers.

+ Biennials, &c. that usually flower the first year; sp. species, var. variety.

The dots | ... | .«. | -«- | «.. | indicate arepetition ; pl. plures, many ; ea. from.

I. The 24 Linnean Classes. (See Miscel. Flower Seeds, 1st Col.)

The Linnzan Classes are founded on the Sexual Organs.

a. Stamens (male organs) equal. c. Stamens united in sets.

No. 1. Monan‘dria 1 stamen | No. 16. Monadelphia, 1 se¢

( 2. Diandria : 2 stamens 17. Diadelphia, 2 se¢s

3. Triandria PIU, 18. Polyadelphia, many sets

4 Tetrandria 4 ” | d. Compound Flowers (Asters, &c.).

5. Pentandria 5 a 19 ‘Sripenssia

6. Hexandria 6 Pe re

7. Heptandria 7 7 e. Stamens on the style.

_ | 8. Octandria Srhurit | 20. Gynandria

Z| 9. Enneandria 9 ” f. Male and female separated.

24 10.Decandria . 10 ,, 21. Monee’cia, on one plant

cs | 11. Dodecandria 12 to 19 8. in the| 22. Dice’cia, on different plants

cu ;

V2. Teossdaste 20ormore S.onthe| 3: Male, female, and hermap hrodite

bane | flowers, on one or different plants.

13. Polyandria, many Stamens 23. Polygamia, many marriages

b. Stamens unequal. h, Flowers wanting, or incomplete.

14. Didynamia, 2 long, 2 short 24, Cryptogamia, hidden marriages

15. Tetradynamia,4 ,, 2 ,, (Ferns, Mosses, Sc.)

a | . 6

Il. The Linnean Orders. (See Miscel. Flower Seeds, 2nd Column.)

The Linnzan Orders are founded on the Sexual Organs, Seeds, or Pods.

a. Orders founded on the Styles, or No. 48. Polyandria many stamens

Jemale organs. c. On the sets of Stamens.

No. 25. Monogynia - Lstyle 49. Monadelphia, 1 sez.

26. Digynia 2 styles d. Styles and stamens united.

27. Di-pentagynia UL inde 50. Gynandria

28. Trigynia “Nl: Pak e. Male and female separate.

29. Tetragynia oe ae wy 51. Monee’cia, on one plant

30. Pentagynia ee 52. Dice’cia, on different plants

31. Hexagynia 25 SB ITT f. On the Polygamy.

32. Heptagynia eet 78 53 dams ee eequalis, or

33. Decagynia » RO ins Equal Polyjyamy

34. Dodecagynia Pot 54 eon superflua

35. Polygynia many * | Superfluous Polygamy

b. On the Stamens (male organs). Polygamia frustranea

5. {

36. Monan’dria . 1 stamen Frustrated Polygamy

37. Diandria . 2 stamens , Leon necessaria

38. Triandria ee Necessary Polygamy

39. Tetrandria mt”; 57 J Polygamia segregata

40. Pentandria a ME! 99 " | Separated Polygamy

41. Hexandria aude ear, g. On the Seeds.

42. Heptandria Jan a 58 (ees

43. Octandria oc an aren Naked seeds

44. Enneandria PS iy5 59. Angiosper’mia, in a capsule

45. Decandria Sate b BREE h. On the Pods.

46. Dodecandria . 12 ,, 60. Siliculosa, a small pod

47. Icosandria , 320-5, 61. Siliquosa, a long pod.

Ill. The Natural Orders. (See Miscel. Flower Seeds, 3rd Column.)

The Natural Orders are founded on Structural Affinities.

62. Acanthacez

63. Amaranthaceze

64. Amaryllidaceze

65. Aquifoliacee

66. Apocynacee

67. Aristolochiacee

68. Asclepiadacee

69. Balsaminacee

70. Berberidacee

71. Bignoniadceze

72. Boraginacee

73. Bruniacee

74, Byttneridcez

75. Cactacee

76. Campanulaceze

77. Capparidaceze

78. Celastracee

79. Cistacee

80. Cobeeaceze

81. Commelinaceez

82. Composite

83, Convolvulaceze

. Crassulacee

. Crucifere

. Cucurbitacez

. Dipsacea

. Ericacez

. Euphorbiacez

. Ficoidez

. Fumariacee

. Graminee

. Gentianacee

. Geraniacee

. Gesneracee

. Grossularidcee

. Hemodoracee

. Hydrophyliacez

. Hypericaceze

. Iridaceze

. Labiata

. Legumindse

. Liliaceze

. Limnanthaceze

105.

Linacee

106.

107,

108.

109.

110.

111,

112.

113.

114.

115.

116.

117.

118.

119.

120.

121.

122.

123.

124.

125.

126.

127.

Loasacez 128,

Lobeliaceze 129.

Lythraceze 130.

Magnoliaceze 131.

Marantacez 132.

Malvaceze 133.

Melastomaceze 134,

Myrsinaceze 135,

Myrtaceze 136.

Nyctagineze 137

Nympheaceze 138.

Onagrarize 139.

Oxalidaceze 140,

Palmze 141,

Papaveraceze 142,

Passifloraceze 143.

Pittospordceze 144,

Polemoniaceze 145,

Polygalaceze 146,

Polygonaceze 147.

Portulaceze 148.

Primulaceze

Proteaceze

Ranunculaceze

Resedaceze

Rosaceze

Rutaceze

Saxifragaceze

Scrophulariacez

Sesameéze

Silenaceze

Solanaceze

Stellatze

Sterculiaceze

Stylidiaceze

Thymelaceze

Tiliaceze

Tropzeolaceze

Umbelliferze

Valerianaceze

Verbenaceze

Violaceze

Zygophyllaceze

The names of the Natural Orders ending in acee are chiefly derived from generic

names, as Campanulacez from Campanula, a plant with bell-shaped flowers, the

type of the order.

Such as end in @ only are not derived from generic names, as

Composite, Palme, &c., the latter of which comprehends the whole of the mag-

nificent tribe of Palms, comprising upwards of forty known genera.

EE Ee) SOS CORI SATE: LARES OOS RE SCRE

No.

1. 32 splendid varieties quilled German Aster ...... 8

2. The same in smaller Packets ............ 5

3. 12 very fine varieties quilled German Aster...... 4

4, The same in smaller Packets. ..... 3. «ou essere Ww

5. 8 fine varieties Pyramidal German Aster ...... 2

6. The same in smaller Packets.............. 1

7. 16 fine varieties Dwarf German Aster .......... 5

8. The same in smaller Packets............ ean oe

9. 60 varieties German Stock.......... 2.20000 17

10. The same in smaller Packets.......... 5.2% 10

11. 25 very fine varieties Dwarf German Stock...... 8

LZ The same in smaller Packets ......:..0::0. shoe

13. 12 finest varieties Dwarf German Stock ........ 5

14, The same in’smaller Packets .... 2.02.09 5°°8

15. 12 finest varieties Branching German Stock. . Me at 3

16, The same in smaller Packets.............. 2

17. 12 fine varieties Wallflower-leaved German Stock. 4

18. The same in smaller Packets........ 020 2

19. 15 very fine varieties Autumnal Nosegay Stock .. 5

20. The same.in}smaller Packets. .-. .4.. ./ «sieve ae

21. 16 fine varieties Winter or Biennial Stock ...... 4

29 The same in smaller Packets ........v004 3

23. 8 very fine varieties Winter or Biennial Stock .. 2

24. The same in smaller Packets ...........- 1

25. 12 finest varieties German Wallflower ..........- 5

26 The same in smaller Packets...........00% 3

27. 12 finest varieties German Dwarf Larkspur...... 3

28. 8 very fine varieties German Tall Larkspur .... 2

29. 20 fine varieties Double; Poppy, ..cmakey aeieeane 4

30. 8 extra fine varieties Scabidsa grandiflora ...-.. 2

31. 16 very fine varieties Cockscomb ........0..-0% i)

32. 16 finest varieties Double Balsam .... 2. 00. 02.. 4

33. 12 finest varieties French and African Marigold .. 2

34. 36 very fine varieties Double Hollyhock ........ Ficctd

35. 24 extra fine varieties Zinnia élegans...... Po eGoede 8

36; 212 ditto ditto!) sbonrisiar, 4) AE ad oa

ASSORTMENTS -

GERMAN FLOWER SEEDS

IN THE ORIGINAL SEALED PACKETS.

** The Smaller Packets are only adapted for Small Gardens.

es == 2 &

SS ORDOSCHOOC SOOO DOD OODBSCOSMSOSOSCOOASCSCAMMSOS:

CATALOGUE.

N.B. The Numbers 1 to 24 represent the 24 Linnean Classes (see Column Ist),

whereas those indicating the Linnezan Orders (2nd Column) and the Natural

Orders (3rd Column) are arbitrary; their signification is given above (see Page

2nd). Example, Adenéphora, 5, 25, 76, belongs to the 5th Linnzan Class, Pen-

tandria, the flower having 5 Stamens; to the Linnean Order Monogynia, from

its having 1 Style (Pistillum); and to the Natural Order Campanulacee, plants with

Bell-shaped Flowers. .

_ . MISCELLANEOUS FLOWER SEEDS.

_, The following Plants, with few exceptions, and these, if necessary, are indicated,

have no popular name ; thus Adenéphora suaveolens is rendered Fragrant Adené-

phora, §ce.—In giving orders it is sufficient to mention the number.

_ A —indicatesa variety. () That the word)

is not literally translated, or is superadded. 2 3 By 4 | o ad

-N Sie Tlie sis om aS

hyp THE ACCENTS. ; 55) eas

d, &, 2, 0, %, ), as in Aca-cia, Gardé-nia, Lupi-nus,| = | = Ss aS Bisiaio2 e

Cti-cumis, H)-acinth. sisi 5 Sig S/H IS 5] &

d, €, t, 6, and ¥, as in Itdl-ica, él-egans, bic-olor,| 3 | 5 c= BO|2&| 2 5 — 38

_ Neméph-ila (% does not occur). Ssizim. iS lmlee | a

Scientific Name.

No.G | feet s.d.

7 Acacia arabica Arabian 23)51,102), S.:;-wh.| 20/}5-7| 6

8 Catechu Catechu as Sul lpp9si| Datel CHB

39 ferruginea Serruginous 2 r. b. eee /( 000

40 lopantha crested a. ofS AO GS yell 6-628 | 16

41 —_— specidsa showy wedleos{ ees | Se | pur. 10) 7-9) 6

42 — stipulata larye-stipuled |...\...) +++ | «0. | wh. | 20] 5-7 | 6

43 ~ sp. ex Huasco (new Chile sp.) |...|...|.+- | G. | pur.|.3 1 6

44 6sp. N. Hollandie |New Holland Te a 4 |5-8)1 6

45 Adendphora Gmelini Gmelin’s 5 125|76 | hptip. bl.) 2 | 6-8! 4

46 - marsupifldra purse-flowered \...3... wells PU P2h 15-71 4

47 - stylosa long-styled hash. | aan sil 4

48 < suavéolens. rarer ragrand VPP \a-haadoes one dtealye {keds b221 68 4

49 Adesmia, sp. ex Coquimbo|(sp. Chile, No. 1.)|16|45}102! hhp| yel. | 5 bg

50 sp. ex Arguéros (sp. Chile, No. 2.)}...|... ry es gk, 16

51 Adlumia cirrhésa** tendrilled (17/41) 91} hp |w&p; 15} 6-9} 4

92 Adonis vernalis vernal 13)35/129; hpt} yel.| 1 |38-5| 4

53 Ageratum mexicanum | Mexican 19/53} 82} ha} bl. | 2 |7-8} 3

\54 odoratum fragrant.o+y .\saslee. ays dliegslell spate denst eiee cy OCR

55 Alonsda grandiflora large-flowered |14\59)134\hhpt) sc. | 14)}6-9| 6

06 Alstroeméria aurantiaca orange 6/25) 64) hpft) or. | 23) 6-8) 6

57 Flos. Martini (three-coloured) }...\... ... |hhp{3-co. 2}... (1 0

158 — —_ pulchella - pretéy ico) adits Woo] rade 178s Gel UG

99 sp.ex Coquimbo _|(Chileansp.,new))...|..4| ++ | «.+| pur.| 2 16

.— (fine mived) — |...1... vee | oe, | div. |div.| div. |1 0

61 Alyssum saxétile rock 15/60; 85 | hpt/ yel.}-1 |} 4-6} 4

62 Amaranthus tricolor’ ||three-coloured |21\40' 63) ta jv.1d.)14)7-9| 4

Amethystea cerilea .®\\\\sky-blue 2|25)101) ha} bl. | 2 | 7-8) 3

54 Amphérephis intermédia intermediate 19)53),82 | hha| pur.| 14 |....-1—4}.

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

A — indicates a variety. ( ) That the word 5 co) 3 [8 43

is not literally translated, or is superadded. \4

No.

65 Amphicome argita**

66 Anagallis carnea

67 indica

68 Monelli

69 — Philipsi

70 Le ea 8

71 Anchusa paniculata

73 Anemone coronaria

74 hortensis

75 Pulsatilla

76 vitifolia

77 Anoda Dilleniana

78 Aquilégia formésa

79 canadensis

80 — elatior

81 glandulosa

82 grandiflora

83 sibirica

84 speciosa

85 stellata

86 viscosa

87 ———

88 Ardisia crenulata

89 Argemone grandiflora

90 mexicana

91 — alba

92 speciosa

93 —

94 Argyréia cuneifolia**

95 Aristoléchia chilensis**

96 Asclépias curassavica

97 gigantea

98 asthmatica**

99 pneumonanthe

100 tuberdsa

101 sp. ex Coquimbo

102 Aster incisus

103 tenellus

104 Aubrétia purpirea

105 Azalea, sp. pulchella

106 Balbisia peduncularis

107 Baptisia australis

108 alba

109 Bartonia aurea

110 Bauhinia purpurea

11 racemosa**

112 —_———

113 Beaumontia grandiflora

114 Bignonia, 4 sp.

| SRR ES SIG TI II OIE SATE

Jinely-cut

Jlesh-coloured

Indian

Monelli’s

Philips’

(finest mixed)

panicled

4 species, mixed |\...|---

garland (Poppy) \\k

garden (Star)

(Pasque-flower)

vine-leaved

Dillenius’ s

beautiful

Canadian

— taller

glandular

large-flowered

Siberian

showy

starry

viscous

( fine mixed)

crenulate

large-flowered

Mexican

— white

showy

(fine mixed)

wedge-leaved

Chile

Curassoa

gigantic

asthmatic

wind-jiower

tuberous

(species Chile)

cut (leaved )

slender

purple

pretty species

long-peduncled

southern

white

golden

purple

cluster-fiowered

6 fine species

large-flowered

(A fine species)

14|59| 71 | hhp 0

5 |25|127| ha "3

@eelaees| eos

weeolere

aveleee| eee

eoeleee| eve

eeeltee| eee

eeeleee] eee

seeleee| eee

re a

eouleeny) ave

oon le val team

5 (25/113 S.

13}..

eeeleee| efe

eos {eee] eee

eoeleee]| coe

oes

i ee

eeoltee] eve

1106 ha vel.

(102) S. pur.

SAARABERSALHHWOAAASHOSOHAWWASCAKLAEEERABREWABDARARRSOOAYW

on:

= = bD

14159! 71 edi: iaeh

oa S hat tet Be

as tltea variety. () That the word |S |S |x

is not literally pransisted, or is superadded. |.4\.4| Z a

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Dus.

Col.

1 Se ee Se 2 ee

No. at st feet 8.

115 Bhebristp. exAndacolla|(sp. Chile, No. 1.)\14/59| 71| G. | pur. 1

116 ~—s sp. ex Coquimbo —_|(splnd. sp. No. 2.)|-- Ks 2

117 Billardiéra, sp. ex N.Hol.| New Holland sp. 5 (25/122) ... 6-8

118 Blumenbachia insignis [beautiful 18/48)106) ha | wh.|t .| 7-9

119 Boerhaavia,sp. exVictina (sp. Chile) 1 |26)115) G. Oe

120 Bomaria acutifolia** —_|sharp-leaved 6 |25| 64 | hhp jr&y.! 6 | ... {1

12] Salsilla** \Saisilla =>, wala esac] wa'g ft Scab Galli ciaw Ll

122 variabilis** variable =—=—Ianaless -o» Higa RROMabdeceses? (l

123 — [bo|3 fine var. edb) ==- div, | .. |

1124 Bowlésia, sp. ex Coquim-|(sp. Chile) 5 |26|144) fp 1

125 Brachycdma iberidifolia |(sky-d/ue) 19/54| 82 | hha} bl. | 2 |7-9{1

126 Browallia elita tall 14/59/1384! gha | pur.| ... | 6-9

1127 — alba — white Behe. a wh, |...

128 Brunsfelsia, sp. insignis | fine species is) os! ee 6

129 Buddlea, sp. ex Chile |(sp. Val. Andes) 4125] «.. hhp 1

180 Cacalia coccinea scarlet 19/53) 82 | hha} se. | 1 | 7-8

131 — aurea (new orange) Sehctvind «= >0)/evoinic alt wan

132 Candollea, sp. ex N. Hol.|(sp. Swan River) 18 48 G. 1

133 Cesalpinia Sappan Sappan 10/25|102) S. | yel.| 12

134 sp. orientalis (Indian sp.) ee ed ee

|135 Calampélis scabra** raugh (podded) |14|59|71/| fgh | or. | 8 | 6-9

{136 longiflora** long-flowered Kiee| == Inara omiabeae dd AweameRn aks

{187 Calandrinia discolor two-coloured 11|25|126| hha | rose} 2 | 7-8

|138 grandiflora large-flowered | .cshee.| -+- | + | PUL. | woe | oes

139 speciosa showy eitea.| «+ sehhiyna oh nae dacavedetonas

4 Calceoliria pinnata winged 2}.../184) ... | yel.| 12d oc.

14] —-—— splendid mixed |},..\... «| fgh | div.| 2 | 6-9/1

142 Calliopsis or Coreopsis |beautiful mixed |19|55| 82 | hha} ... |... | 7-9

143 bicolor two-coloured —_|\...|... = 64h dag 3) |e onets a

144 —atrosanguinea |darkred —s_ uss wae | eee! (@eydb ded

}145 — nigra black poohins | 2) edo) am hees

146 — — fistulosa quilled dark — \asslees| +> sada th ware sew

{147 — grandiflora large-flowered |...|...| ++ one, [We Ralravy

{148 — semipléna semi-double ——\us.|...| mg, Rete sve

149 — — fistuldsa BMRUEE.) osm, vihsikites| »-- se bFi ba aber | OBAIT Sa

150 Drummondii Drummond’s — |se.\ae.| «+ wee (y&D.} 1]...

{151 Atkinsonia Atkinson’ s dswbaie:| «-- | ap, | eke Bod =...

‘192 ee Nos. 142 to 151 |...}...| ... div.|...| ... (8

{153 Callichroa platyglossa [broad (rayed) |...|56)...| hha/ yel.| 1 | ...

154 Campanula carpatica {Carpathian 5 |25| 76 | hpt} bl. | 2 | 6-9

1155 persicifolia peach-leaved —|...)...| «+ hp | «. | 3} 7-9

1156 —alba — white seabed)! --+ ‘ead isha gapoadl

|L97 pulcherrima handsomest —|a4.| 10) + up: 2

ibe pyramidalis pyramidal. jassles.j ue «.. |LbL| 4 | 6-8

‘| 15: ~~ alba e/a rt ie 4 lees apices

160 Medium Canterbury Bell)|...|...| ...| ... | pur.| 24| 6-9

¢ — alba = WRITE vcore bawehwas| +++ Pe Gee

| 162 — flore-pléeno double Savbesel!...| alii baton 4...

}16 Se PANE VOT coos: Whavehens|! 003 vee | CIVap MOY sac

Lorei OIE oie)» kh Ganshebs|\ «+. ha | bl. } 1 | 6-8

AAR AOOLRADBARROWRARERARWWARRWWARARDRHDOHHROOKRHROSCOSCOSCSSSSSO™

8 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS...

A — indicates a variety. () That the word\a\d ° Be i

is not literally translated, or is superadded.

| Pric

Nos. 154 to 164 | 5 |25)| 76

several species | 1)},../110) G.

19|53| 82) ha

10)25)102} S.

19\53) 82 byt

166 Canna, pl. sp.

167 Carthamus tinctorius | Dyers’

168 Cassia, 4 sp. 4 species

169 Catananche cerilea blue

1170 — bicolor

171 lutea

172 Ceanothus capensis

173 asiaticus

174 Celastrus licidus

175 Celsia crética

176 orientalis

177 Centaurea americana

178 atropurpurea

179 chilensis

180 depressa

181 Céreus triangularis

182 Cestrum nocturnum

183 Chamerops Palmetta

184 Chelone barbata

185 élegans

186 Chirodnia frutescens

187 Chorozéma ilicifolia

188 Cineraria, pl. var. ext.

189 Cistus, pl. sp. et var.

190 Cladanthus arabicus

191 Clarkia gauroides

192 élegans

— rosea et pléna

pulchella

— alba

— grandiflora

—

199 Clématis, sp. atba**

200 Cledme pentaphylla

201 speciosa

202 spinosa

203 Clianthus puniceus

204 Clintonia élegans

205 pulchella

206 Clitaria virginiana

207 2 sp.

208 Cristaria, 3 sp. ex Chile

209 Cobcea scandens**

210 Collinsia bicolor

211 grandiflora

212 heterophylla

213 verna

214 Collomia coccinea

two-coloured.

yellow

Cape

Asiatic

shining

Cretan

Oriental

American

dark purple

Chilean -

(dwarf)

triangular

( fragrant)

Palmetta

bearded

elegant

shrubby

Holly-leaved

ext. fine, mixed |)

jine mixed

Arabian

Gaura-like

elegant

rose and double

pretty

— white

— large-flowered ve a ne

Nos. 191 to 196 |...|...) ...

Sine mixed

white species 13 35 2

Jive-leaved (15/61

showy

spiny

crimson

elegant

(most beautiful) |...\...) «+

Virginian

(2 fine species)

3 Chilean species

climbing 5

two-coloured 14/59

large-flowered ;

various-leaved

vernal

scarlet

a eee ee eee ee ee —

‘4

No. i

‘(215 Rthcnsiinn cxlestis

216 Convolvulus, 4 sp.

-|217 Correa virens

‘1218 Corydalis glauca

219°

4 sp.

procumbens

‘(227 Curtisia faginea

‘(228 Cyclamen, 2 sp.

- CARTERS: CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

A. a altadtee a variety. () That the word|D Bi |

lis not literally translated, or is superadded.

sky-blue

(4 small sp.)

reen

sea-green

noble

bipinnate

broad-leaved

most handsome

(4 fine sp.)

Silene-like

procumbent

(Assagay Tree)

(2 sp. mixed)

scarious

(sky-blue)

feathered

horn-stalked

proud

— white

Stramonium

tall

‘229 Cylista scaridsa [tum

|230 Cynoglossum glochida-

231 Cytisus plumosus

1232 Datura ceratocaula

1233: fastudsa

{234 =~ —alba

1235 Stramonium

1236 Decaneuron grande

feat. Delphinium azureum

americanum

amcenum

(240°- chinense

— flore albo

42 — flore pléno

243 ——— |

4244 elatum

245 grandiflorum

‘4246 gratum

4247 laciniatum

1248 lazulinum

‘249 Menziésii

(250° mexicanum ?

(251 palmatifidum

4252 procérum

253° ~~ specidsum

254° ~~ sulcatum

255 triste

1256 urceolatum

257 ae

rer

259 Desmodium gyroides

3260 Asp.

ih Aes Dianthus alpinus

(2 capitatus*

Carthusianorum

chinensis, fl. pl.*

azure( Larkspur)

American

pleasing

Chinese

— white

— double

6 var. sep.

(Bee)

large-flowered

agreeable

cut (leaved)

lazuline

Mr. Menzies’

Mexican

palm-shaped

tall

showy

Surrowed

drooping

pitcher-shaped

‘Nos. 237 to 256 |.

very fine mixed

gyrans-like

(4 fine sp.)

alpine (Pink)

clustered

Carthusians’

(ext. fine Indian) ve:

{Saabs ; . \ |

S [at alee

az mals

feet

3 25/81 |hhp+) bl. | 14

5 |...| 83 | hgh | div. |} —

8 j...|182) G. | gr. | 6

17\41| 91) ha ip&y) 2

weol...| ee | hp L&y.} 1

hha

19/55] 82] ... | pur.} 2

16/45/102) S. | yel.|...

11/25)108| ha | vio. | 14

ewes} s- oon (heaped

4 |25|65| G. |pale

5 |.../127| hhp

17/45/102) S. | yel.

9 |25| 72(hpt} bl. | 3

16|45)102) G.

9 |25|137| hha} stri.| 3

Aa} 2 .. | pur.| 2

pO ae wh. }--.

Pe; ca .. b&w

13/28/129) hpt| bl. | 5

a ww [Lb] 3

var. | 2

Shile . Bh es

badly wh.

SS ee w&b}...

es ALY diVAl ik:

lees... Hal's

ei div. | 2

eae... 2 Bland 23

alii ad. Dols

oo ae bl. | 24

saad. oo SAME Ta

d delle. svite by tpies

» oo ateeeoe

ey. 2

tatees| os «es BUGLE

17\45 102) hgh | pur.| 5

Bie: w+ | div. |div.

10/26/136| hpt| er. |

Se Yio WGbgataeth

beetias « Luzcs: ... | red | 14

Hogs. |... hbt | div. | 1

— a pt SY .

giganteus

guttatus*

hispanicus*

— splendens*

hybridus*

latifolius

monadelphus

plumarius, fl. p.

pulchellus*

fimbriatus

superbus

—_— —— ——

278 Didiscus czrileus

+H Digitalis grandiflora

aurea

gigantea

lutea

purpurea

— alba

— bicornita

287 Diosma, 3 sp.

288 Diplacus puniceus

289 Dodecathéon Meadia

290 Délichos ligndsus**

291

293

specidsus** [nense|showy

292 Dracocéphalum argu-

canariense

Eccremocarpus

294 Echinocactus, 3 sp.

295

296 Echium grandiflorum

297 Elichrysum macranthum|large-flowered

298

299

300

301

302

Ottonis

6 sp. et var.

maritimum

speciosissimum

Stehelina

variegatum

803 Erica, 30 sp.

304 Eriostémon buxifolia

hispanicus

307 Erysimum alpinum*

308

Peroftskianum*

309 Erythrina caffra

312 Erythrolena conspicua

indica

velutina

313 Eschscholzia crdcea

ee ee ed ee) ee ne

mountain

gigantic

spotted

Spanish

— splendid

hybrid

(China Pink)

monadelphous

dou. feathered

pretty

Sringed

SUED PON OMAN 5.) 05,

Nos. 261 to 276 |...)...]'...

bl. (Trachyméne)| 5 \25\144) hhas. bl.

large-jlowered \14|59)134 hpt sul.

golden = >i Wbeteaat 1k

gigantic

yellow

purple

— white

— two-horned }...}...}...

Nos. 279 to 285 |...)...}...

(3 fine sp.)

searlet

Meadia

woody

eerleee| eee

eerleoe| eee

Ck EER EAOWADSEAROLRADAR

Argun

(Balm of Gilead)|...}...| ...

see Calampelis

(3 fine sp.)

Pr. Otto’s

large -flowered

eoelese] eve

...| 72 | hpf lrose | 24

19/54) 82 | hha fl. 2

(6 fine sorts) —|...}.e| ss.

sta. . ONIE

most-showy

Stehelina

variegated

(30 fine sp.)

box-leaved

alpine

Spanish

alpine

Peroffski’s

eeeleee) ove

div. \div.| div. |2

oe 2 {5-8/1

+ 4-6

Ce oe ee

Caffrarian

Indian

velvety

conspicuous

orange

eeeleer| coe

@eoleee| eee

mecuey”

-- - sexwrans CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. ‘ 11

. _ A— indica aa aicaintary. () That the word\S S Bosh | 2 A/S E 2

. is ly translated, or is superadded. |\,4\5\2 SAIS Sit Sea

|No. feet s.d.

1314 Bschscholaia californica | Californian 13/29 120 hpt | yel.| 2 |6-9) 3

-\815 compacta compact =) SNW]s.| os. oid oo UB

(316 Eschynoméne, sp. ( fine species) {17/45)102) S. 6

{317 Eucalyptus Drummondii| Drummond's 12/25/114) hht 1.9

318 Eucaridium concinnum*|neat 8|...|117) ha |pur.| 1 | 7-8} 6

319 Euphorbia, sp. variegita|variegated 1128) 89| G. | var. ar

: 320 Eutodca divaricata divaricate 5 |25| 98) ha 1 3

321 multiflora many-flowered ooo} dUy Puan pial. 3

3 322 viscida viscid ( fine) s+] aa |. .20tpitbolly 3

1/823 Wrangeliana Pr. Wrangel’s \ve.je0e| 00 | See Ti 3

(824 Evolvuius, sp. Arguéros |( fine sp. Chile) |....26) 83) G. 10

| (825 Fedia cornucdpize (Horn of Plenty) : 25/145) ha |} red} 1 |7-8) 3

‘|826 Francoa appendiculata |appendicled 8 29 hpt jpink| 14{ ... | 6

)|3827. Gaillardia bicolor two-coloured |19)55) 82 | 14. | ore | Bp. | 4

113828, Drummondii Drummond’s } dan) ey i teSerait eagle KG

1 \329 —coccinea — scarlet is) | metas LORIE

+ 1330 4 sp. (fine mixed) — \e..)...| «+ ei adinndigs, 1 SE PEG

| 4831 Gardénia latifolia broad-leaved 5 (25 hgh |p. y.| 6 | 1-5 }1 0

& 832 ‘Thunbergiana Thunberg’s ae: Ginpwlag.) |... FRO

Pi 334 2 sp. (2 fine species) hl vow [eit Sr es

9/835 Gentidna acaulis stemless 26/93 hpt} bl. | 4 | 4-7} 6

(336.5 ——— fine mixed SAMs] :.- es 2 |4-8| 6

0 (337 Gesnéra magnifica magnificent 14/59) 95} Ss dose juss] 7+91E 0

((3388-— BS sp. (8 fine sp. agen ».| Sibiel. hodasibsobpit Le ARO

(839 Geum coccineum searlet 235 13] hppisscediolp Wl .UPSS

(0 340 — fldre-pléno — double a.|) *Xeaaioaen: 6

(4b 0 +a bi fine var. msoowiiast.. . [ose fr MQGiCl Spx

3 42 Gilia‘achillizefdlia Milfoil-leaved\|'5 |25,123) ha |oblecha. | 7-8 1°38

_ (3843 splendens splendid Puy}... | ke Bod. [6

(844 tennifolia Jine-leaved soot? Jo. HOSEL 6

1845 tricolor three-coloured [oe | coe (BNODIFOR ] . ORS

0 346 ‘—albo-cerilea [white and blue septs inne byte oh OPS S

: x 347 dete Nos. 842 to 846 jer.fes.) ce [ne | diweh ah] 1b 6

(0 $48 Gladiolus Herbertianus |(20 splendid var.) 8 :..L00) fp. 2 |7-9 2 6

08 349 Gloriosa superba** superb :..103) Ssojroredo6 | otk 6

_ |) 850 Gloxinia candida snow-white “ 59 95 | hgh | wh. | 12 | 6-9/1 0

(851.5. | 12 sp. and var. (12 fines. mixed)\i..)...| -.- | o.0 |) Givalinn] ... |B°6

_ (852 Glycine, 2:sp. (2 fine sp. mixed)|17\45,102) ... 10

_ (853 Godétia (Enothéra) (fine mixed) |8/25117) ha | div.| 1 | 6-8} 3

| oO 304 _—bifrons two-fronted wee | eee [p&ep 017-8] 8

(855 concinna neat oip&r.} Fp] 8

(856 lépida preity \\vwkotwobtts,.| ... outa pay 3

ib 357... Lindleyana Dr. Lindley’ \\\ox)...| ... popwSere 7 i. 3

i (858. purpurea wurple “ve wabdt),.| 2% veeieparspihe | 3

859 quadrivulnera four-spotted \}...)...| ... silspot.j ut. p38

oe 50. ' Romanzovii Romanzow’s ir...) ..- paryar. | 2.08

(861s rdsea | i ee ibe hpt rose}... |5-9| 3

a Be 2 rdseo-alba © rose and white ha |jr&w/)...|7-8/ 3

(186 _ rubicunda | 00) \blushing uu.) di sone iy oe el)

¢ i

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. _

A — indicates a variety. () That the word |B S/S |x. § mC oa

is not literally translated, or is superadded, |\.4\,3|\'7 |tQ . at

No. sod.

364 Godétia tenuifolia fine-leaved 8 25/117) ha vio. | 38

365° viminea twiggy x Swheliges| 2 3

366 vinodsa wine-colowred — \.s\.../ 0. 38h

367 Wildenovii Wildenow’s o> |swhs..| ~%

368 —-—— Nos. 354 to 367 |. 30

369 Gompholdbium, 4 sp. _|(4 fine species) 10). hi ‘102 G. 16

370 Garddguia, sp. ex Cog. |( Chilean species) 14591101) ... |L@

371 Gossipium egyptiacum? |(Egyp. Cotton). \16,48)111) S. 116

372 herbaceum herbaceous A} aoe cholera . (oe

373 — rubro-album — red and white'...),..| ... . lise

374 Grindélia, sp.ex Arguéros|( Chilean species) 19 54| 82 10

375 Grislea tomentosa woolly ( fine) 8 25/108 | 206)

376 Gypsdéphila élegans elegant 10 26/136 3

377 Hedysarum, 4 sp. (4 Indian sp.) |17,45|102 10

378 Helianthemum, pl. var. |(beautiful mixed) 13 25,79 |hpt}. .ibO

379 Helianthus, sp.ex Huasco\( Chilean species) 19.55) 82) h . {b@

380 Helidphila arabioides | Arabis-like 15.61) 85 . 106

381 Heliotropium peruvian. | Peruvian | 25) 72 | G. 6

382 sp. ex Coquimbo — |(Chilean species) ese! chit v=: (GEM 1:0

383 Hibiscus africanus African 16,48 111 38

384 Humboldti Humboldt’s pW | Sue bee Ls

385 Richardsoni Richardson’s \ \..)e..) avs bat v3

386 Trionum (Blader Ketmia)|...\... é 3

387 vesicarius bladder ( flowd.) \...|... ox “28

388 ee Nos. 383 to 887.|...\...| .. an ho

389 palustris marsh (fine). \\se.l... hpt 6

390 Manihot Manihot nbsy =f1.66 i /on€

391 macrophyllus long-leaved lee ; r/1L@

392 mutabilis variable val (1.0

393 rigidus i, Ss er OO Le a 1.0

394 tortudsus twisted \\owna\ deme] oa: . 1.0

395 violaceus violet we DIS| vay bias 1.0

396 —-— Nos. 390 to 395 |...\... ssl 4.0

397 ——— 5 sp. mixed tee «fs Chil a aU

398 Hovea Celsi Cels’s .,45| 102) G.. 0

399 sp. nova, No. l. = |new sp. No. 1. Aa. ia 16

400 sp. nova, No.2. new sp. No. 2... \s.-\...| ... 6

401 5 sp. \(5 fine sp: mired))...|...| ... 6

402 Himea élegans-_ [fdlialelegant 19.53) 82 6

403 Hunnemania fumarie- |Fumaria-leaved |13)\25)120 eb

404 Hymenocallis, sp. (fine sp. frag.) | 6)...| 64] G. 10

405 Ibéris Tenoreana Tenore’s 15 60) 85 | hpt |p&p 6

406 Impatiens tricornis three-horned 5 |25| 69 | hh /yel. 6

407 glanduligera Glandular, © © \\.sJoee| one bet 6

408 Indigdéfera eytisoides | Cytisus-like 17}45|102| G. 6

409 Ipomea bona nox** Good Night! 5 |25) 83 | hgh 6

410 coccinea** scarleke of \iN Meade! G, 6

Al} Learii** Lear’siiir oh Zab ee Riaheo 6

412 polyanthes** manyflowered | ,..\a..| as. S. 0

413 Quamoclit** |Conighe searlet).4as))..] 6 6

‘ CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 13

ea Fidisasoricede ity 0) That the word\S SIS oO: es Pon a si 6 & 8

is not ‘literally translated, or is superadded. \,3\,3)'4 54 co me iste

No. feet s.d.

414 Spothied rbuie-teertnae* (sky-blue) 525/83} G. | bl. | 101729 12 6

415 Sellowii** Sellow’s A] ... eos} oo. (26

416 — 4 sp. occidentalis** (4 fine species) \.0.)...) ... S. div. 2 6

417 Nil** (blue-flowered ) hha, bl. 6

418 -purpireagrandifléra large purple** }...\..,) ... ... | pur 10

419 ——— [picta!Nos. 409 to 418)\...)...| ... rs 125

420 Ipomopsis élegans and lelegant and p. ..|.(123hhpt) se. | 3}... 110

421 Kennédia prostrata** prostrate 17/45)102) G. |... |tra.)6-9) 6

422 rubicunda** blushing Nope, .-. | PedrSur ... | OG

423 sp. cerilea** blue Panes 10

424 sp. coccinea** scarlet PE Pepe anohiic BE

425 Kaulfussia amelloides | Amellus-like 1954/82 | hha] bl. | 1} 7-8) 3

426 Lantana Selloviana Sellow’s 14'59/146 hhpt| pur.| 15 | 6-9} 6

427 Lasthénia, 2 sp. 2 species 19/54| 82) ha | yel. | 2.|7-8| 6

428 Lathyrus aztreus azure 17/45}102) 2... | ble} Bop. 4

429 latifolius** broad-leaved w...[..| hpt|pink} 8 | 6-8) 3

430 — albus** — white 00 PRL ee AE og sd) es

431 ~~~ sphericus spherical ON. Se sod ep Bailly) bag

432 Lavatéra arborea tree 1648111) hp |pur.) 6]... | 3

433 ~ . Salvitellensis Salvitella USNie.| ... | Hal ipinks) e2orids 11) GS

434 Lawsonia alba** (Mignonette tree)| 825108) hgh| wh.}'8 | ... |1°0

435 Leptésiphon densiflorus |thick-flowered | 5/|.../123) ha |pur.) 1]... | 4

436 androsaceus Androsace-like \)).).\.\ ...| ... [b&w |... | 4

437 — albus — white POM. |... | aa. POR... | Th

438 Leucadendron argenteum)(Silver Tree) |22'89)128) -G. | yel.| 12|7-9|° 6

439 ©) plumésum ~~ [pum feathery SONU.) 62. leh woe [WMG

440 Leudospérisiirn conocar-|cone-fruited 4 425/128) ... | -o {OS

441 Limnanthes Douglasii | Douglas’s 10).../104) ha |w&y 7-8). 4

442 Linaria alpina alpine 14/59|134) fpt |} bh) 1s] 7-8 | 4

445 Perézii Perez’ W192.) he eit)... [Oke

444 triphylla three-leaved wee | eon [RSH IG 3

445 —— — (7 pretty sp.) Oo] ce | cae PEMA 16

46 Linum austriacum Austrian 5 (80/105) hpt| ble} 2-| ... [8

‘47 monégynum one-styled HR 2 TG. wae Se, oo. (WEG

448 Lisianthus Russellianus |(D.of Bedford’s)|....25,93) ... | pur.|..)7... (10

449 Loasa tricolor three-coloured '18/48|106) ha |8-co.| 2.}7-9) 8

50 lateritia** (orange) sooo] «+ (hhps] ors} Ge]... [6

51 lucida, nova** shining, new 0 Oe a ed el

452 Herberti** Fion.W. Herbert's). a 6

453 Pentlandica Mr. Pentiand’s iH 1/6

d4 —_-—— Nos. 449°to 458 |...)...) ... 36

£55 Lobelia aztirea zure 5 25|107/hhpi| bly | 1} 5-9}. 4

56° ~—-_s erinoides Erinus-like ONS |... (POP eho G8 Pow

457 gracilis et alba slender, 2 var. ha |b&w) 1-| 7-9} 6

458 propinqua related Sahh.| ..edierevsepieaharhul PG

459 sp. ex Coquimbo _|(sp. Chile, No. 1. jHs ...{... | bhp }pur.| 3 10

4160 sp. nova superba = {(sp. Chile, No.2.)!00.)...| 0. | oes 26

61 = 15" [cens|No. 455 10 460° |2..)...| .. 40

{462 Lophospermum erubes- |4lushing 14'59/134| G.f |'pur. 7-9| 4

. ‘oom nex ummatinall (Rhodochiton) jo] oes | coe ARIE)... PLS

hoe

23:

Sy &

oo eo KR WARSRS

DSHAWOHWRASABSES

iS &

14 CARTER’S CATALOGUE ni SEEDS.

No.

464 Lophospermum seandens|elimbing** 14/59) 184) G. oe bh

465 — spectabile** — (new showy) |.

466 — Hendersonii** |Henderson’s — |.i.|i..| ... a

467 —_—— Nos. 462 to 466) )os.|...| ... ext

468 Lotus jacobzeus St. James’ Island\17|45|102} ...

469 Lupinus bicolor two-coloured LG{4. |, 4 ha

470 Hartwegii Hartweg’s \or0 Naess doy vida

471 mexicanus Mexican vt is

472 mutabilis variable 70) | ae

473 — Cruikshanksii |Cruikshanks ™}.0.)... die

474 nanus dwarf *

475 —-—— Nos. 469 10 474 |essleesl os as

476 arboreus $raen)) oe apentbadd fe hpt | yel

477 élegans elegant =. \Lirbwenlt) a0

478 ornatus ornamented — assess oes

479 ——— 12 fine per. sp. \e0shee.| ...

480 —-—— very fine mixed |...|...

481 Lychnis fulgens shining 10,30,136 bhp) sc;

482 chalceddnica (sderted). 2050.) Sfeealigel ... hpt

483 —albaet rosea |—- white androse|.:.|...| ... ia |

484 coeli-rosa Rose of Heaven }..:\... ha | fih,

485 Malope trifiday. No. 1043) trifid 16/48/11) hha pur.

486 Malva élegans elegant 16}... G.

487 Monroana Monro’s 9 ilatial| -.- pt

488 Moréni Moreni’s 9 lsaihens ax

489 zebrina ? zebra (striped) \)..\...).. ha | stri

490 sp. ex Coquimbo |(sp. Chile) tala. | hh

491 Martynia diandra two-anthered |14\59|135 5} gha sp.

492 fragrans Pragrant§ 0\ bie,

493 proboscidea [rosiproboscis-like — \y..)).,) ...

494 Matthewsia? 2sp.Arguc-|(2 sp. Chile)

495 Mahdnia (Berberis) two fine sp.) 6 |25| 70} hp | yel

496 Maurandya Barclayana |Barclay’s** 14\59 134) G.+ |p&w

497 antirrhiniflora** Snapdragon-flow.|...\...|) 60. | ves

498 semperflorens** ever-flowering |...\... ceveih the

499 — rosea nova**' |— new rose ~~ |y,:})),| ... ol

500 —_-—— Nos. 496 to 499 }..),),)... a

501 Melastoma macrocarpa |long-fruited 10/25 Ss.

502 Mesembrianthemum tricalor, ext. 12\27| 90 | hha |3 co

503 Mimosa, 8 sp. (3 fine sp.) 23|51)102) S.

504 Mimulus moschatus musk 14/59 134 weft vil

505 cardinalis cardinal Py ie

506 —— — 6 fine sp. and var.|.):\..| ...| ...

507 5 Bcd ida jine mixed daiale| Ols/ fed

508 Muraltia Heistéria Heister’s 17/48)124| G. | pur

509 Nelumbium speciosum |showy (aquatic) \13)35 Si

510 — albiflorum —white ,, uo

511 Nemésia floribunda bunch-flowered. \14 59 134 ne —

512 Nemophila aurita ear (leaved) 5 125

513 atomaria

spotted (white)

Pe eleael coe

wih tae

CARTER’S” CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 15.

A—in sates a variety. @) That the word|\S\d|S Sle B|Se g |

is not lit translated, or is superadded. |,3\4) 2 (RAIS S| Sa) &

No. feet s. d.

514 Nem@phila atom. azurea|spotted azure | 5 |25) 98} ha sp.| 1 |7-8| 6

515 insignis. beautiful —-—fuws|e..| Stal} aliebiw d+. |

516 — grandiflora large-flowered — }...|.+5} ... biuiiies --- | a0

517 phacelioides Phacelia-like _|,...|...| ... bade... | me

518 chybrida, nova new Hybrid}... . l » (a

519 a Nos. 512 to 518 |. . 12.6

520 Nolane atriplicifolia Atriplex-leaved |...}... +187 hha} bl. |1 - hone

521 paradoxa paradoxical oe

522 prostrata prostrate > faasfess|... woe | ViOw|irajer- ++ | ed

523 sp. ex Coquimbo Chilean, sp. No.1.|. . {d.bl . |10

524 sp. alba grandiflora |—- — No. 2. | .s.|..-} oe hh ?| wh. . {16

525 sp. ex Huasco —— No.8. j...)e.} on. x of ge

526 sp. ex Andacolla |—— No. 4. 10

527 sp. ex Huasco —— No.5. furites.]... 16

528 sp. ex Villa Victma |— — No.6. —j...}...] ... 16

529 —_— Nos. 520. ¢0 528 |,..)...|... 7 0

530 Nonea rosea rose-coloured —|...\... 72 | hha| rose} 14} 7-8] 6

531 Nympheza cyanea sky-blue(aquatic)13}...|116) S. | bl. jtra.| 6-9 }1 6

582 Lotus (Egypt. Lotus) y,\.00\..-)...| ... |pink} sa] - {1 6

533 scutifolia shield-leaved ,,|...\...| ... lait tbledine+--- [1g@

534 @Puvthera acaulis stemless 8)...{117j|hhpt| wh.| 4} 7-9 | 94

585 © Drummondii Drummond’s —|aseles} oh: a. byel jtra,| 6-9] 4

536 longiflora long-flowered —|rws\erel sn. hbt | aud fvse if 04

587 macrocarpa long-fruited —|rasjewel .. hpt jouieofbip | 6

538 odorata sweet-scented — |ueuliea| ces hbft| ..10] 25-8] 4

539 taraxacifolia Dandelion-leaved|...|...| ... hpt} sa 6-9 | 6}

540 _ specidsa SROWP edie YORND egos] << wap wh. $124 7-9} 06

541 tetraptera four-winged —\\serhess} os. hase} 1} 4-8] 13

542, — a Nos. 534 to 541 }...)...| ... 2.6

543 Ondnis rotundifolia round-leaved |16)45|102) hp, pink}, 2.|5-7| 6

544) Opuntia vulgaris (Cochenille Plant|12\25| 75 | G. | yel. |... | 6-8 1,0

545 Oxalis floribunda bunch-flowered |10)80)118|hhpt} red} 1 | + | 6

546 rosea | [des|rose-colowred pdulibd.| .n2 seivfrosenaad ye id 06

547 Oxyira chrysanthemoi- |Chrysanth-like |19)54) 82| ha jy&w)...|7-9| 4

548 Pzdnia, sp. ( fine mixed) 13|26/129} hp | div.) 2 }6-9| 6

549) Papaver nudicaule naked-stalked _|...|25|120) hpt | yelu| 14] ... | 4

550 alpinum Aine U4 se\oris Hesse]... .» | Sik 64 4

551 palcherrimum most beautiful |...J.0+] ..+ se. Bubngll. i4

552 afi ge 6 fine sp. sep. jeeelev.| ... | sea) div. 16

553 Patersonia, sp. N. Hol. |New Holland sp. |16'38|100) fp. 10

554 Passifldra laurifolia** = lawrel-leaved ,.40}121). S. 10

555 Mayana** May’s | G. | wh. } 20 | 5-9 |1 0}

556. ale, sey fine mixed. |. |». J) Sabin . [LN

557 Sel ppt (Geranium)|( finest mixed) |...|42)94| G. |}... | 3]... |2 6

558 ee te small packet |...h.. vee aa Rishi A®

559. © = coccineum 6 v. |scarlet, 6 finest |eele.-{ 0) cee | ste fied [LO

560: Pentstémon atroribens |dark-red 1459134 hpftid.r.|.2 |6-9} 4

561 _atropurpureum dark-purple\ \.ssjse.| his hideqh} sued ica] 1

562 campanulatum ©') jbell-flowered —— \..4|.4.| «+ pur.|... 4

563 ~~ Chandleéri Chandler’s > Aeavlese| ee | Wars five. 6

rt (moan | | POhs. gene eas

16 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. | .

A — indicates a variety. @) That the word\3 S| SO |8 3 ss Se =F Sig aoe

is not literally translated, or is superadded. \,3\3\\7 (DAIS BS) ZS IES i

No. sd.

564 Penstémon diffusum diffuse 14'59/134| hpt | pur.| 2.|6+9| 4

565 digitalis Digitalis-like slices | eo ORE wo» [ob

566 gentianoides Gentian-like Ors ase 4

567 — coccineum — scarlet SOs) hse 6

568 pulchellum, 3 var. | pretty, 3 var. div. |\s 6

569 roseum rose rose) re}... bE

570 speciosum showy bl. ran on)

571 —— — Nos. 560 to 5701; div. 2 AO

572 a fine mixed a. . 10

573 Petunia phoenicea purple 5 25137 hhpt pur. 6

574 — alba grandiflora {large white fld. |...|...)...| ... | wh. 6

575 — rosea rose rose 6

576 — violacea violet «one vio. “6

577 nyctaginiflora white Sn ae wh. 3

578 —— — 12 var. separate |...|...| ... div. 5 0

579 — extra fine mixed |...|...| ... 24 ae (EO

580 — fine mixed OV WON... su Jee EB

581 Phacélia congesta bunch-flowered 98) ha | bl 7-8| 3

582 conspicua conspicuous ~ ‘|ieste..| ... vee Sr

583 tanacetifdlia Tansy-leaved = \...1...| «.. we PB

584 Physianthus albens white ... 26] 68 ghp wh: 5-9 |10

585 Pimélea decussata decussate 2 |25|141] G. | rose 5-6 | 6

586 — [cumid fine sp. mixed |...|...| ... div. 5+7 |1-6

587 Platystémon californi- |Californian 13}.../120) ha } vel. 6-8 | 6

588 Phlox Drummondii, 20 v.! Drummond’s 5 |...|123} hha | divi 7-9 1-0

589 — coccinea scarlet } oo. (SSeNNAHSliC [ie |

599 pl. sp: perennans | perennial miwxed'...|...| ...| hp | div. | 2 | 6-816 |

591 Podolépis gracilis slender 19/54! §2 | hha |p&w} 1 | 7-8} 3 }

592 Poinciana pulcherrima most beautiful |10:25102) S. |3col.) 10} 6-9 10 |

593 — flore-litea yellow-flowered |...).+.| .. yel. ie EO

594 sp. ex Chile (Algarrobella) |...|...| ... | G.'| pur. 186

595 Potentilla formosa beautiful 12:35/131) hpf |... 6-9 |B

596 atrosanguinea dark-red SU eee ne [SB

597 6 sp. (6 fine species) Newel vce | sbHtMehiINs . (LP 6

598 Portulaca splendens splendid 11,25}126) hha 7-9/1 0

599 Thellusoni Thelluson’s Nhv.| ... | OOS BAG aD

600 Protea, 3 sp. three species 4}.../128] G. 10

601 Psoralea, sp. capensis |Cape species 17/45|102 bl. 7-8| 6

§02 Primula cortusoides Cortusa-like 5 |25)127 hpt red 5-8| 6

603 sinensis fimbriata |Chinese, fringed |...|...| ... G. jr&w a (10

604 Ramonda pyrenaica Pyrenean 137] hp | pur. 5-6| 3

605 Rhodanthe Manglesii |Capt. Mangles’s 19 54) 82 | hha |rose 7-8 | 6

606 — semipléna — semi-double |... .\s.| «. abis Sa he

507 sp. cyanea sky-blue wee dvs al. bh 26

608 Rudbeckia élegans elegant 0/05)... | App hy 7-8) 6

609 Salpiglossisatropurpurea|dark-purple 14'59)137|hhb+ ie s 6-9) 6

610 picta painted 9 Vee] ees ode VERY 6

611 —- splendid mired }...\...| ... 2 pain. .. [PD

612 Saponaria calabrica Calabrian 1026|136| ha ‘|pink 7-9) °° 6

613 ocymoides = |Ocyma-like ij. hpt 16

wise ampeied

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

“W

| pee $a variety. 0) That the word |S ° Bis |e 4 SE 8

A d -|o . oral

|\is not literally translated, or is superadded..\,.3\,5) 7 (maiS s\ risa \e

No. Is feet is.

~ |614 Saltia bicolor 1 1) \two-coloured 2.25 101|hhpt|b&w) 8 | 6-9) 4

615 coccinea scarlet yg ee ch 4

616 limbata bordered ai bor. | 23 4

17 patens » spreading (extra) aes bias}. 10

18 Tenor Tenore’s ait. .| aes Losttli®e 4

19 sat AE din Nos. 614 to 619 |...1...) ... 20

620 Sanvitalia procumbens | procumbent 1954) 82 | hha| yel. |tra.|6-9| 4

621 Scabidsa élegans elegant 4/25/87) hp | bl. | 2 | 7-9!) 6

622 sp. capensis Cape sp RCA Ole |... 6

623 Schizanthus Grahami |Graham’s '14.59)134 hhb+ L&y.| df 46

624 retusus: blunt-leaved das AidaBdh werrneBetpel 2 tr .. PPB

625 — superbus —- superb (new) \o0s)...| ... | soe (sooyil--. |... IEG

26 pinnatus innate .. | hha i p.y| 14 | 7-843

27 — humilis dwarf Aereyeyyle |... PB

628 — porrigens spreading L.p.y.| « - AG

629 — Priestii Priest’s wy - HS

630 — pulchellus pretty w&p . HA

631°. — venustus beautiful iehl.. var. Q fre

632 nivalis, nova snow-white, mew |...\...| ... wh. ... SRO

oe eee eee Nos. 623 to. 632. }..3)...| ... div. «oe 140

Gat 0.6 2 HH fine mixed Vatdss| 000 sie it bag

35 Schizopétalon Walkeri | Valker’s 15/61} 85 | hha| wh. | 1-})7-9 | 6

: 36 Scutellaria alpina alpine 14/58)101| hpt |b&w) $= | 1-8)" 3

| (637 "9 garganica Garganian techie] ~nartobile ie 6

638 Schultésia, sp. ( fine species) 425/93 |G. 6

639 Siléne ornata ornamented 10/28)186) ha | pur.|-1 | 7-8)" 3

640 pendula pendulous soe] J..| casirsirarasel Jay |... Hy

641 ~ sibirica coccinea _ |searlet beseleee| oe. | bPPj see 141649 | 3

642 Solanum, sp: Copiapo. |( Chilean speeies)| 5 \25/137) hh st IPO

643 Sisyrinchium, 2 sp. (two fine species)| 3)\...\100) hp | bl.\-1 . 20

644 Sollya heterophylla** {various-leaved. | 5 |...)122| Go}. | |... 16

1645 0-9 sp. Nove Hollandie|New Holland sp.|:..|...| 00. [oa esto (VD

646 Séphora havanensis Havannah 10}...|102) S.fryele} 3: | 7-946

47 sp. Anguilla Anguilla pee.) 2... |G: ia)... VE)

648 Sphendgyne speciosa {showy (extra) |1955) 82) hha|y&b.) 14}... | 6

649 Stachys coccinea scarlet 1458101/ hpt| se. | 1 | 6-8/1 0

650 speciosa showy | Se Mea ea ator HO®

651 Stenactis speciosa showy 19/54) 82 pur. f° 2 }o.. 3

652 Sutherlandia frutescens |shrudby 17/45/102 hhp+ 800} Beis) SANS

653 Streptocarpus Rexii Rex’s 2 \25| 71) .G. | bl} o] ... 16

654 Stylidium fasciculatum |lundle-flowered |2037140 pink] ... | 7-9/6

655 Tageétes lucida shining 19}54) 82) ccc fyels fob pus ]0%

656 Tecdma stans upright 14:59) 71 | bhp}... | 10 6

1657 radicans** rooting deal Lc drones pas 6

(658 Tephrosia amcena pleasing 17,45 102). S. Dido WG

1659 Thunbergia alata** winged 2 25) 62 | gha | buff} 5 | 6-9) 6

60 — alba** white (eyed) ee . tw&bhaey| 2. 6

‘661. = —aurantiaca** lorange or. otf NG

62: ° — Barkéri** (entirely white), a} wae pow! aleve stg 6

63 Thysandtus, sp. Novee H.|( fine sp. New H.)| 6 § 25.103) G. pur. 6-8 11 0

18" CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. :

A — indicates a variety. RY) That the word\® 5 ro) S &B 5 ie ; 2 |

F (fe not literally translated, or is superadded. }\,3\,3|\7% It AlS S$} ‘a. |

No. s.d.

664 Tigridia pavonia Peacock 16)38|100| hhp jo&r.} 1 6

665 Tithonia tagetiflora Marigold-flowd. |19)55| 82| G. | yel. 6

666 Trachélinm certileum —|dlue 5 |25| 76 |bhpt! bl. 4

667 Trixis senecioides Senecio-like 19/56] 82 | hha| wh. | 14} ... [> 6 !

668 Tropolum brachycéras |short-horned** | 8 |25\143) G. | yel. | 6 | 6-9|1 0} :

669 Jarattii** Mr. Jarratt’s® envoy i. » (Sad core. eee

670 pentaphyllum** =| five-leaved sf... ae ... jo&y.. 6)

671 peregrinum’** (Canary Bird) |...\...|...| ... |yel. |... 6)

672 tricolorum** three-coloured |...\...| ... .» lo&p.} .., 10)

673 —_—— Nos. 668 to 672 |...|...| ... han Bie 40)

674 Tweedia cerilea blue 5 |26) 68 | hhp| bl. 6):

675 Verbascum Lagurus Lagurus » (95/137 dia 6):

676 formosum beautiful Usaha 5 el 3}

677 speciosum showy... NA 3}

678 Verbena Aubletia Aublet’s 14159|146|hhb+ ih 6)

679 pulchella BPEL 00 REN eee oon | ATTY Pats 6) :

680 venodsa veined, © Penh. oy) tose eerie. (ORG

681 sp. ex Coquimbo —|( fine sp. Chile) |...\...| ... wah what joan ETO

682 Si extra fine 10 var.|...|...| .. aa! Re eee. EAS.

683 — Nos. 678 to 681 j...}...]... deo) Vite inet . |b 6) |

684 Vicia Nissolia Nissol’s 17|45|102) ha | pur. “3 ,

685 Vinca rosea et var. alba |rose and white | 5 \25|66)| S. |réw.| 1 OD 3

686 Zinnia élegans elegant 19\54| 82 | hha i: vio. 6)

687 — alba — white aayiiy: wh. |... 6) |

688 —atrococcinea |— dark searict |...|...|...| ... | ds 8)... ‘6

689 —atropurptrea |— dark purple |...|...|...| .. |d. pil... 6)

690 — coccinea — scarlet Jo.) | ieee 6)

691 — purpurea — purple Sethes.| «os | Aden MBRR 6)

692 — litea —- yellow fee. Joo ee 6)

693 —_—— splendid mixed \vesl.e.| 0. | see | Gio |, 1 0}

694 —_-—— Nas. 686,40: 693 4i0s02.|". 4h eed py 4 0)

695 Zinnia aurea golden eh Dut Sa cok howell goin og 3)

696 grandiflora large-flowered — |ss.|e..| ... | see | TEM | see 3)

697 6 sp. 6 sp. mixed esslage| --| | oh nintoa 6)

New and rare Seeds from Chile, &c. Ya a Dh

698 50 species from the North of Chile, comprising many new.........,...2 10 0

699 A fine new Annual from Swan River, blue ..........ecceecsseeeses Per, 2°'6

700s, a ary » Cogttimbo, yellow’ N\)) civil gee 2. 5B

a sesh |, Argneros, purples Sa... dai) Se 2 6

702_—C(«,, if se huey SL) ae a eee 2 6

793 A climbing Perennial from Swan River, blue!"i).......)..\cadheeeeneenaee 1 6

704 A fragrant Perennial from Argucros, white ..............sssce00 say davish big

705 Cruciferz sp. fine No. 1. from Coquimbo Bay ...........c..c.eseee Eeadsl, Lepage

706 Cruciferz: sp. fine No. 2. from Elgui (Chile) .............cseeesseeceeesees 1 0

707 Epacridacee, 3 sp. from Swan River ................cecceeeuedecees reyes ce 2° 6

708 Leguminosz sp. No. 1. from Swan River .............eccceeceeceteceesess PRR

709 Leguminose sp. No. 2. from Coquimbo............esecccseeeceeeseeceeece: | 1 6

710 Leguminose sp. No. 3. from Maitland Island ............ccceseeeeescees 1°6

#11; Fine Shrub, No. 1. 'from Swan: River (..04:4)50.). 2 eA aeeneant 1 6

tte No.2. from: Swan River .....:.cisaeesesmneprnasahnnl eae 1 6

713 Nos. 699 to 749A, 44 Packets oe ccc seene: «ube cea apa ie aguamebenmne vit 0 0

ae * Bo aie

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 19

_ The following Plants are best known by the English Names, but as the Scientific

Name is » to show the genus to which they belong, the latter is also given.

Such Popular Names as White Candytuft have no affinity with the Latin ; they are,

therefore, not to be considered as translations.

r nhs employed to indicate varieties. [Bl5|6 |x doe |, SES

. —-—- indicate sub-varieties. aiaizltaldsia ite a

ee el et ayy aT Ost C7 CONN MEE St Ge Tt Yount ora bees

Xo feet sd.

ae tkdonis, Flos Adonis estivalis 13/35/129; ha | sc. | 1 |7-8| 3

715 autumnal GULUMNALIS —... Jansfaas| one cr. sae: toda

716 Aster, Chinese, m. | Aster sinensis, pl. var. 1954) 82 be div.| 2 |8-10) 3

717 quilled (German)| —jistuldsus _..J.s.| te es ony eka

718, dark blue — atro-ceritleus |...|...| ... d. b. a Lape

719 dark red | —atroribens —|s-....] we d.r. cote sh

720 light blue — lete-ceriileus |...|...| ++ a. Be ive, fat

721 ~—new Globe PE TT A ae (es OP div. ree (ae

722 rose eS ls etalieal ae rose nce (pia

723 striped — striatus —_sasefecel oes str. Jas 4

724 white | SS ne Ho a See wh ith 4

725 Turkey — turcicus TOG i comaty ween fh

726, — new striped — striatus novus rc oe gn gab 4

727, Anemone-flower-| — anemoneflorus Pag abe A Rae

728, pyramidal fed) —pyramidalis |...|...| ... Mea cept ageme he?

729 early dwarf — NANUS Pr@COL | .0e).4.| ae writateok J doh a

730 Auricula, Alpine _ |Primula Auricula 91251127). hp...) 2. | d-gt

721 extra fine ee A ae tlateal a's sescdivic: kieen ee

-|782 Balsam, fine double|Balsamina hortensis_|...|... G9} tah. comtl 249 ee

733 Caneiinalawer dj — Camellieflora _|...|...|... EUS Netecsesein Conia sap 6

784 flesh-coloured — carnea,.___—_ avalos... EDR aR, | 8 | ghee ikon 4

739 = rose ; SE, 60 2 a ate rh rn ee oe AMOS beet eee | ad

736 «=Cviolet =. — violaicea ee a Wiel Chaalee ats sis 4

daé——sScarlet,2 fine var.) — coccinea =| |e} .| 0 tye S@ecdesks ko... HOO

738; new spotted — punctata nova. j+s+\.0.| + one ISDOB apache >= 6

739, — striped — stridta nova. |e] .+ cin iE gt soll acs a Ge

740 white OSS aaa ais a ate faa] Welhes heesaeattcatoen ade

741 new dwarf,4 var.) —ndna nova _ ke... |uvel os Pig 8 8p Pe de al

eel | cA aaah ee :« IpkG

743 Cape Marigold Calendula pluvialis |19/56 82) ha |w&p|} 1 |7-8| 3

744 _ large or hybrid Eo cy ena] Aca aie SO 85:1 Ps cope ee

745 Candytuft, white ([lbéris amara MAUL LOD vast sl ame al anect Ue-ev lm, Go

746 . purple MIMAUGLE i leeolenal: ae elif rian sb DMs bee col cee dad

\747 . Normandy — MAjOr tonelanah os pat = ety Gana wp

748 . new crimson — phenicea 298 0 IE, ROR Ys Png Ree em aNy ite?

749 _ new lilac —lildcina —nealees . 1 a samy ach dle 4

730 | new rocket GORORATIG oe leaalsn slang sinh Weal nea dak ostba WAssian

791. sweet-scented OF en anal dei non Scat cide nae Leech Iie

792. two-coloured BCNIA ao inert rine aaleadl. id Avg FO Eel seenht cae Eh unt

\498 , Nos. 74570752 | ——— aval} ve “fs Has SP 40"

4. mixed Oe ene: (ok ee ae ie 3

5 Capsicum, 12 var. |Capsicum annuum 5/25/1387; ta | fd.) 2 |7-911 0

756 Carnation, mixed |Dianthus Caryophyl- 10|26136) hp | diy.|...|6-8| 3

7. double —— — LTUS! aL emeladic sat | nelestuls ascites 2a Adi

i 8 finest German a EN FR OOS FO Bhp | ge: Herat a> rite i

A — is employed to indicate varieties.

No.

759 Carnation, Picotee

760 finest German

761 Catchfiy, Lobel’s

762 Cockscomb, dwarf

Dianthus Car. var.

Silbne Arméria

763 fine Giant — gigantea

764 white-bordered — albo-cincta

765 yellow — litea

766 fine mixed ———

767 Columbine, fine m.

768 ‘6G fine species

769 Chrysanthemum, tr.

Aquilegia vulgaris

Chrysan. carinatum

770 ~~ new golden — luteum

771 ~~ showy speciosum

772~—«yel. and whitem.| corondrium

773 Now: 7090 vee. | ae

774 Clary, red and pur. |Salvia Horminum

775 Convolvulus, minor|Convolvulus tricolor

776 — white var. — albus

777~—SsSicilian siculus

778 ~=mixed minor ——

779 .-Nos.G 730 778 |...

780 = Major mixed** = |Jpomea purpirea

781 ext.fine; 16 var.**| — — —

782. ~—s dark violet** . — atroviolacea

783 spotted** — punctata

784 — striped** — striata

785 rose** — rosea

786 ~white** — alba

787 -.-Nos. 781 to 786 | —

Primula veris

Centaurea Cyanus

Solanum ovigerum

— leucocarpon

788 Cowslip, fine mixed

789 Cyanus, fine mixed

790 Egg Plant, purple

791 _~—=~white

792 mixed

793 Dahlia, fine double

794 Fraxinelia, red

795 - white

796 FrenchHoneysuckle

797 ~~ white

798 GlobeAmaran thus,

799. 4 var.

800 Gourds,finest mixed| Cucurbita, pl. var.

— flore-albo

Hedysarum coronar.

— album

Gomphrena globisa

801 Bottle and Club | — Lagenaria

802. crange — aurantia

803 striped pear — ovifera, var.

804. Mammoth — Pepo, var.

805 Nos. 800 to 804 | — — —

806 Hawkweed, yellow | Tolpis barbata

807 — silvery — argentea

808 purple

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Celosia cristata, nana 5 25

Dahlia, seu Georgina |\19|54

Dictamnus Fraxinella\10\25

: Créepis riibra eke Ae i oe

.¥ a

—|—— | _ ey a ee

serleee

eeclese

eeelees

weelene

eeohoes

o/h hd div.

a. Wo ly

. |spot.! ...

str’,

rose| ...

eerloee|) sos

Seve res wh. |...

ae Nee oe fk A Ve

ar hee 127| hpt

55| 82 | ha

25|137| ta | vio.) .

WAvattcee wh.|')..

WM oie 2 . \V&w ee.

82 |hhp?| div.

132) hp | red

17/45

eeslowe! cae

woe ade | WRG,

102\hhpt} red

wh. |...

9 |25) 63 ta pur.

21/49) 86 | hha

19153} 82} ha Jo. | 1

eeolese| coe

OS OS OS Cy OS OS OE OS OE OS SOS WO OS OE SS COS UO SUS WOI UW WOSOWRWWAWARDAAAWAAR!

eeeleee|] coe

“ead Ay ead i’ ® :

- CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

% ve — i epoe to indicate varieties. [2|C case a= = 2 : 2

eZ S414 Alo sim Se) a

No. 74553 feet s.d.

809 Hawkweed, new w. | Crepis alba 19)53| 82 ha | wh.| 1] |7-8)| 3

810- Nos. 806 #2 809 | ——— 3 _ afd ee “e dnp. (bad

811 Heartsease, ext. fine) Viola tricolor, var. | 5 |25)147 hpt | div. |... | 6-9 |1 0

812 Hollyhock, fi. Germ.| Althea rosea 20 var. \16\48111) hp |rose| 7 | ... |1 0

813 black MAGE i 0 ROAR eso blk. | ... 3

$14 dark red atroribens ©) \waslece| ees Ge Te weds 3

815 pink erubescens — |asalveclooe pink | ... 3

816 purple purpurea wrsictils pur.|... 3

817 — rose. rosea gfiaahra es rose} ... 3

18 sulphur sulphiirea * ae Na sul.} ... 3

19 . white alba aigas fide wh. | «s 3

20 ‘yellow lutea sean oe yeli:|was 3

821 Antwerp — ficifolia ahvewes« buff |... 3

22 Chinese chinensis me Soe vio. | 3 3

23. new dwarf — pl. var. a pes Sey GIVE acchs.s. EVD

24 Nos.\812 to 823 | —— — Balsiell ove) | (vey biyage ob) BUG

25 Horn Poppy, 3 var.|Glaucium, 3 sp. 13)25)120) ha | ....) 2.|7-8| 3

826 — violet Reméria hybrida Suolecee |---| e@ah tedlex sd DOS

27 Ice Plant Mesembrianthemum c.\12\27| 90 | hha | wh. |tra.| 5-8} 4

328 Jacobea, purple |Senécio élegans 19/54) 82 ... |pur.}14)7-9} 3

29 white =). Aas eee 2 See ae Sa WHE Ns eadlviee HUD

30. double purple — purpiirea plena |...\.0.) 0+ ose) | DUE, | wee 4

831 — red — ribra — eee] TEM} wi. 4

32 — violet — violacea — oot NIHON aids 4

833 —- new brown — fusca nova — oo | Bithbaas 4

854 — white — alba — woe | WHR was 4

835 Nos. 828,to 834 | — — — ies Say 20

836 fine mixed — Mal oceb nd] see, 77 6

837 Larkspur, dwarf, m.|Delphinium Ajaaie 13/28|129| ha | div.| 1 3

838. — per ounce aes vbalzat dointt} ond blips 10

839. dwarf, blue-grey | himile plumbeum lead}... 3)

840. — blue — cerileum bleach 3|

841 — Quaker = CRSIUM o> \>hwadl ental ood QTey iss 33

842 — rose SPOON MIE. 4 ois" Lib L eel eww oe 4 TOSE| -s 3

843. — white ek ae EP ee wh.} os. 3)

1844 tall, fine mixed elatior, m. dla’ div. | 14 3]

845 — blue — cerileum Bl ese bls haa 3

1846 — new brown — fuscum novum |.o.\e0. QLey| «+ 3

847 —rose — roseum phd rose}... 3

848 branching, m Consolida ewe div. | 2 3

849 — blue — cerileum bib ble Aaey 3

50 — rose — riseum duhawohe dei 1¢¢s0| BOSE% abn 3

‘4851 fine m. perennial| pi. sp. perennans_ ...|...| ...| hpt | div.| 3 6

#852 Lavatera, red _|\Lavatéera trimestris. |16/48)111) ha | red |... 3

1853 ~~ ~white — alba pibia| ase ae WS renter} ee. fio

54 Love lies bleeding | Amaranthus caudatus 21|40| 63 red |tra.| 7-8 |. °3

09 buff — fulvus biel Wen} vee |) stv (NAB saaty... GOR

06 Lupines, large blue |Lupinus hirsitus 16|45|102) ... | bl..| 2.) 7-9} 3

7 Dutch blue canaliculatus ..\ses|eee| oo iis we ORS

8 large rose pilosne \ wythesaaeke Lm 3

‘ Te aaa a Sai et Se

22 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. es

B\S|¢ [8 g\¢

A — is employed to inal icate varieties.

ploy i ari ere ee

No.

859 Lupines, small blue Lupinus misinetaininte 0 16\45|102; ha 0

860 white

861 yellow

862 straw

mixed

865 Mallow, 6 sp.

866 Marigold,French,m.

867 dwarf

865 tall double

869 superb striped

870 unique

871 Marigold, African

new dwarf

lemon

orange

Nos. 866 to 874

876 Marvel of Peru

red-striped

yellow

yellow-striped

white

three-coloured

hybrid

long-tubed

new purple

Nos. 876 to 884

mixed

887 Monkshood, 6 sp.

888 Mignonette, oz. 6d.

889 Nasturtions, dwarf

890 common dwarf

tall

new sulphur

893 dark red

894 Shilling’s

895 Nos. 889 to 894

896 Palma Christi

897 Peas, Tangier

898 — striped

899 Lord Anson’s 2 v.

900 winged 2.

901 Crown

902 Nos. 897 to 901

903 Pea Sweet, per lb. 4s.

904 black

painted Lady

purple

scarlet

striped

albus

liteus

— stramineus

— ee

—_—_—

Malva, 6 sp. sep. lABHLL) 22. | eee

19/54) 82 | hha | div. |),

Tagetes patula

— himilis

— grandis

— striata, fi. pl.

— striata simplex

Tagétes erecta

— himilis nova

— citrina

— crocata

—

Mirabilis Jalapa

— striata ribra

— hitea

— striata litea

— alba

— tricolor

— hibrida

longiflora

— purpurea

Aconitum, 6 sp.

Reseda odorata: 11)...{180

Tropeolum minus 8 148/143)...

— dubium

Majus

— sulphireum

=~ po bS

ESOS SWE

13/28|129) hy

. * ° . . .

= oo oo 8 G:

_— to he

— atrosanguineum

— Shillingii

Ricinus major

Léthyrus tingitanus |17\45

— striatus

magellanicus

Tetragondlobus pur.

Pisum umbellatum

Lathyrus odoratus

— niger

— pictus

— purpureus

— coccineus

— striatus

. . .

—a a.

ee we ©

Rewewaanskes

| WOSWewWwMSomweEwowane

——

dark purple

. white

giant white

new Victoria

— alba

— — major

— var.

eeelees| cee

eeoleee! eee

* CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

DR WSWAAW AWA OWWWWWW ADE WO AWWW WO WOWWOHWMWWWWWWHOSWORARWS

3 actly mpleyed to indicate varieties S ° 8g a= Me 6

ass ae haa Peer iorS | el [col es

No. feet

‘/909 Peas, | sweet, white |Zéthyrus odor. albus |17\45)102) ha | wh.} 4 | ...

#910 Nos. 903 to 909 | ——— — jaaalase} eee Rawethiries

{911 Polyanthus, fine m. |Primula elatior 5 (25|127 hpt div.| 1 | 4-6

#912 — extra fine mixed | ——— Jassie} oe. as)

1913 Pink, common Dianthus moschatus |10)|26)136 hp w&r.| ... | 6-8

{914 finest double — flire-plend —asalaee| oes co |) ackcrtenenpeh

}915 Poppy, fine m. 10 v. | Papaver somniferum |13)25 120) ha | div. | 23} 7-9

916 double black Slore-pleno niger | .ssheee| oe o sla sof OM cater bic iy

917 — blush — ribens RMetdh ave Ted f sss

918 — Carnation — caryophylloides |...|...| ... Stites) jesk

)919 — fringed,3var.| — fimbridtum —|.u.)...| ... bor. | ..

\920 — new rose — roseum NOVUM |.s.ee.| ee TOS€} «+ } .,

4921 — scarlet — coccineum — IN aslese| oes See, (Nici hs LA

\922 — white — album —— Iasalecel oes Whe disvedl’...

(923 FrenchorRanun., Rhaas —— |asslass| oe. div.| 13] ...

1924 Chinese, painted; — pictum Wal ooteys dns Peoavetlitiee.

4925 ..Nos. 915 to 924 | ——— [driacus'...|...|... Sr ee eee

1926 Prince’s Feather | Amaranthushypochon 2149) 63 pur.| 3 | 7-8

4927 . new Giant GPECLOSUS Ror WVU ove} 00s veaeh mobibr...

1928 Quaking Grass Briza maxima 3 26) 92| ... | gr. }14) 7-9

4929 Rocket, sweet Hesperis tristis 1561} 85| hp | wh.|...| 5-8

{930 Dames’ — matronalis ities ss ove | PUPbgsdly...

1931 Rose Campion Lychnis Githago 10/30/1386) ha |, cr..| 2} 7-8

_ 4932 Scabions, fine dwarf|Scabidsa nana 4 |\25| 87 | ... | dive}d 17-9

1933 — dark purple atropurpurea Rainy «oe hpt| pur.} 2.}....

934 mixed BAP. go tirivahbatees =4 woe HORVeh vs

935 large-flowered grandiflora —™—|esalewe| oes RM dee

9936 © starry aigiaia === Vat «., bl. {43

4937 _Nos. 9382 to 936} — — — seh bawatyhes isa i

1938 Sensitive Plant Mimésa sensitiva 2351102). G, |pink| 13) 6-9

/939 Snapdragon, fine m.|Antirrhinum Majus |14|59\184) hpt | div.) 2.) ...

4940 Carnation — caryophylivides |...|...| +++ ts WBtholietho..

4941 = new Pink — roseum Hwee! ... wo» (TOSCO Aap...

942 painted — pictum pe ee ee Po

943 — scarlet — coecineum dastieap ss. «oki | BGi4 Badiec,

944 yellow —ditewm + Aesaleusfece woe | WObtiliade...

1945 purple — PUrpuUreum —avalaee| ves ole) pa Ah pete feo

1946 white — album ——— aaslessfeee vee {RST R Ae td

1947 Nos. 939 +0 946} —-—-— sus sfuss}eee woe Ghar bi Peath ot)

)948 Snake Melon Crcumis flexuisus |21/49|} 86) fa | yel. |tra.| 7-9

949 Spanish Broom Spartium junceum |16/45|102; hp | ... | 3 | 6-9

950 Stock, Ten-week |Mathiola annua, 10 v.\15\61) 85 | hha} div.|14) ..,

{951 scarlet — COCCINEA, \\\ > Jassjewe] ses Cs ee ae

1952 giant scarlet — — MAJOF —awlaval oer Wah ah Dew...

953 new scarlet = a NOVAS Wo vpaashed abies aii podety Wet

954 purple — purpurea Ba esti]... PU. dialed),

999 — atropurpirea oat GLA ss

EES SEE Eee aS Le I ee

A — is employed to indicate varieties.

CARTER'S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. —

red

‘Pricey aa

mi | | rr | | es | ee

No. wd.

959 Nos. 950 to 958) —— — 15/61) 85 | hha | div. 0

960 Stock, German, d. |Mathiola annua, d. }...\.44| 0+ wok late 6

961 large packet — densiflora 9 \eva\eee| oo ona | Sapam 0

962 dark blue — atro-c@rtilea —\ses|sos| oo we [db 6

963 light blue — lete-ceriilea | ...\40.) woe | Lees 6

964 carmine — minidta — |eaelecs| eee we. | Car. MG

965 crimson — kermesinad —acalawsl vee adti| 008 «6

966 new yellow — lutea nova ——|aasleve| one wow yee 6

967 peach-blossom | — persiciflora — jss.jecs} ose .. | peh 6

968 rose —— POSED ANN HOM Daa les 1+. [rose 6

969 violet — violacea soe LORE, 6

970 white — alba ->-xieyenestons vo | Wh. 6

971 wallfl.-leaved —cheirifolia —— \asclecs| wee ... | div. 6

972 Autumnal, 12 v.) —autumndlis © |sr.j...| ose Janeane 6

973.... Nos. 960to 972|...—-— ~——i<ié‘“‘C nae ee 56

974 Stock, Queen, p. |Mathiolaincana — jas. \a00| «0 hhb | pur. 3

975 scarlet — COCCINCA —=—avalacef ane wee | SC 3

976 white — alba sé wh. 3

977. 12 fine var.m. | —pl. var. — — [esslaweheee div. 10

978 Brompton, sc. simplicicaulis ——\neslase| ane sc. ig

979 — white Set!) ee Ee Se wh. Nib

980 — purple —— PUrpUreda —=—Javaleas| one pur. eh

981 —carmine, G. | —'minidta ——_acelace| cer car. Ne

982. — crimson — kermesina — | ewslave| ane cr. 6

983. — new copper | — ctiprea nova — | ssu|.as| oe cop. 6

984 — violet —"pigiatéa.., -. parables. . | Vio. 6

985 — violet, dark | — atro-violdcea |..\.0.| «.. . {dvi sh

986 — white, G. —— ie, Ae wh. Mab its

937 . Nos: 981 to 986). — —— ola oh eee . 12.6

988 Imperial, red — imperialis haat EAE red ALG

989 — purple — — purpirea shoul eles ur. '6

990 Sunflower, double | Helianthus annuus |19|55| 82) ha | yel. A} lap

991 Giant — giganteus theevtronedl Me 3

992 5 var. sep. —_——— Rvithyeates ans! wan (eR jL O}

993 Sweet Alyssum |Alyssum maritimum |1560) 85 | hpt | wh. ‘Nig

994 Sweet Sultan Amberbia moschata \19/55) 82 | hha | pur. Mg

995 — white — alba BP Pe et 3

996 yellow — suaveolens bide yel. 2

$97 blush Crocodglium el tit bl. 3

998 Nos. 994 to 997; —— — sila ; 10

999 Sweet William,20v.| Dianthus barbatus |10)/26\186) hp | div 6

1000 fine scarlet — COCCINEUS —awalace| aoe sc. 6

1001 Venus’ Looking- |Prismatocarpus Spé- | 5 \25|76| ha | bl. 3

1002 Svar.sep. [Glass| —-—— [culumi...|...}... uo) PELE PARAS) RAG

1003 Venus’ Navelwort |Cynoglossum linifoli- |...|...|72| ... | wh. 3

1004 Violet, sweet Viola odorata — [um|...|...|147| hp} div. 6

1005 Russian — ple Bare oo faaeheastesan vee [ones tae

1006 Virginian Stock |Maledmia maritima |15|61; 85} ha | li. ANB

1007 = white —— aoa) \oohmienians ... | Wh, Vig

1008 Wallflower, dark |Cheiranthus Cheiri }...|.+.} ... hp } br. 3

-CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 25

> Ae employed to indicate varieties.

Price.

— varidbilis

double dark — flore-pléno

— dwarf — — nanus

— blue — — ceriileus

— violet — — violaceus

. lilac, 1s lildcinus

yellow liteus

Nos.1008t01015| — — —

41017 Winter Cherry |Physalis Alkekengi

}1018 Xeranthemum,pur.| Xeranthem. annuum

{1019 — white — album [tedatum...'...) ...

— yellow Elychrisum brac-

— new white — album nivum

— new straw-c.| — stramineum

| —_——

—

Go .

CWWWWWWOWKkAOOOKS

—

‘ ADDITIONAL SEEDS.

) $d,

1024 Anomathéca cruenta blood-red per packet }0 6

1025 Antirrhinum Majus, pulchellum (Snxapdragon, pretty a 0 6

1026 #$— formdsum — beautiful ai 06

1027 — quadricolor — four-coloured os 06

1028 Aquilégia alpina Columbine, alpine A 04

1029 Arabis alpina Wall-Cress, alpine 0 4

1030 Begonia grandiflora large-flowered m 06

1031 Bosea Yermavora Yermavora s 0 6

1032 Brugmansia bicolor (dark-red var.) 3 0 6

1033 Calendrinia officinalis, 2 var. (two fine varieties) 0 6

1034 Calla zthidpica Ethiopian > 06

1035, Campanula barbata, 2 var. (dlue and white, sep.) os 06

{1036 gemmifera gem-flowered - 0 4

‘|1037 grandis lgrand - 0 6

|1038. Crucianella stylosa long-stiled . 04

1039 Fumaria spicata spiked ( fine) Js 03

1040 Galardia Richardsdni Richardson's 04

1041 aristata awned ee 0 3

1042 Magndlia grandiflora large-flowered % 1 0

|1043 Malope trifida, alba white Hf 03

1044 — grandiflora large-flowered ve 03

045 Malva Nivéeni Niven’s - 06

1046 Pentstémon Scouléri Scouler’s i 06

1047 Petunia phoenicea, var. (fine variety) 9 0 6

1048 Passiflora certlea blue-flowered 4s 06

1049 Potentilla splendens shining % 0 6

1050 Portulaca Gilliésii Gillies’ s 06

1051 Scutellaria splendens splendid is 06

1052 Tigridia, sp. cerulea blue-flowered i 1 0

{1053 Verbascum phoeniceum. purple 9 03

NG 4 Lesa, , ae TMs me ay ae

26 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS, ee ie tie:

BULBOUS ROOTS, +

Sio/ol#@ else s/s el} 8

4l4)2 iid|Ss| aia &

feet s. d,

*Amaryllis aulica courtly each\ 6 |25| 64| S. |g&s.|14|7-8| 2 6

calyptrata veiled (bright green)|...|.+.| ... vee | QT. Peet pest moe

psittacina Pareor ss 0) FOR em ae ... Oesteae 26

sp. braziliensis Brazilian, sp. No. 1 aod Rp KH 96

— — No. 2. Lele cliNg, O. oy tawsieeeneae ane ies Ie ae 2 6).

— nodva ex Chile Chilean, sp. No. 1.|...|..-|...| G. | dr. | 2 40

a — — No.2. ,, |...)... cect iaaee tae ae 40

a — — No. 3. ,, |...|... BPR OP ae gar 40

— — — 16 species [including the above)...|.-. mre heen 50 0

Anembdne coronaria new Dutch per 1b.\13/85|129| hp | ... | 14|5-7|12 0

— 24 in 6 varieties oo] vei] sae |) yee Pao wee aie ae

Anomathéca cruenta blood-red pp. doz.|...|---| ...| oe. |d-r.] 1 |6-9| 2-0

Brodiza sp. ex Chile Chilean sp. _ each| 3 |25|103| fp ...|6-7| 1 0

Clivea nébilis noble » |G]--.|64| S. jr&y.. 12) 7-8) 7 6

Conanthéra, sp. ex Chile |Chilean species ,, |...|---/103) fp 1 16

Crinum variabile variable »y |--- [eee] 64 | hhp 2 |17-9| 20

Gladiolus blandus fair 5 |3|---{100) ... | fi. 3g A pk

formosissimus most beautiful .,, |...|+<+l ve» | ase | Uta ceed Geant anne

ramosus branching 99 hats |*95)) seel'l onmiet dk eee

Victoria Queen Victoria’s,, |...\0°*) scl «ead Bestinae 12 6

— — — 20 species |including the above|...|..-\...| ... | div. |... 40 0

cardinalis Cardinal \ per doz.|...|-««| 0. |. sss eh eee ioe 5 0

oppositiflorus, Herb.| foribundus 9, |seelees} eon | ape) nce 5 0

Habranthus ? 4 sp. 4 sp. Valparaiso ea.| 6|...|64| G. ...|7-8| 26

Griffinia, sp. ex Brazil |Brazilian sp. ,, |...\+«.|... S. | pur.| 1 10 0

Iris susiana Susian 3 |.../100) hhp| str.| 2/ 5 | 10 )

tuberosa tuberous rooted ,. say A etleeendeee we HOC ey | amish dt Whe Ob

Ixia, pl. sp. et var. fine mixed per 100)...|...| ... hhp | div. |1-2) 5-6 /16 0

Lilium longiflorum long-fiowered p.doz.| 6 |...|64| hp | wh.| 2 | 7-9} 4 0

Oxalis Deppei Deppe’s 5, |10/30/118| hhp| red 26

Polyanthes tuberosa, fl. p.| Double Tuberoses ,,| 6 |25| 64 | ... | wh..| 3 | 8-9| 4 0

Ranunculus asiaticus extra fine m. p.100/13'385)129 E div.| 1 |6-7; 7 0

be Se ees 100 in 100 fine var.|...|... ... 120 0

— sanguineus scarlet: Turban ,, |...\es:| cei) lee sc. apbil iat re

— flavus yellow AP Pe eT PPh fs (:) yh ee Pg

100 Tur. in 5 var.|not incl. in the above Pe sR

——— white or spotted —|...)+++| +s. | see | eve [ere] oe | 10

Sparaxis tricolor et var. |20f. v. mix. per 109) 3 |25|100| hhp ..- | 5-6 20 0

Tecophilia, 2 sp. ex Chile two fine new sp. 615.) Gar ene ins 4 0

Trichonéma, 3 sp. 12 in 3 fine sp. 3 |...,100| ... | div.|...|5-6) 5 O

Tropeolum Jarrattii** {Mr. Jarratt’s, each 8 |...\143) G. |s&y.| 6 | 6-9) 3 6

3 |...(100) hhp| var.| 1 | 5-6] 2 6

Vieussieuxia glaucopis |( Peacock Iris) p.doz

** Orders for Amaryllis, Brodiea, Conanthera, Gladiolus, Griffinia, Iris, Ixia,

Lilium, Oxalis, Sparaxis, Tecophilia, Trichoneéma, Tropeolum and Vieussieuxia

are requested before the end of January. * Hippeastrum of Herbert,

ae ie, aie Od ~

‘ TA) ‘

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 27

KITCHEN GARDEN SEEDS.

Warranted Genuine.

Month ; | g Month i g

of Sow) 0% ounce; qt. quart. E lof Sow.| P2 packet; bush. bushel. =

ate per 02.|s.d.

3 and 4/Artichoke, best per oz.

Asparagus, giant

11 to 6|Beans, early Seago p- qt.

dwarf Fan b

new long pod *

sword long pod _s,,

green long pod 9

4 to 6 |Broccoli, very late d. Danish/1

6 best for succession |7

5 to 6 |Brusselssprouts,extrafi.,, {1

3 to 9 |\Cabbage, American, per 0z.|1

Carter’ s new Matchless|2

early dwarf per 02z.|0

early Nonpareil __,,

lto5 largest Windsor __,, — York ts

green Windsor 4 — Battersea i

4 to 6 |Beet, finest red per 02. — East Ham iy

green 2 — Emperor A

silver or Sea kail _,, — heart-shaped ,,

white rg — Paignton 5

4 to 5 |Borecole or Kail, brown ,, — Plaw a

green curled a — Sugar loaf He

purple — Vanack ss

variegated, &c. &e., a> — Wellington, &c.,,

4 to 6 Broccoli, earliest Cape p.,, large Imperial

Improved white Cape — Battersea is

Grange’s white 6 best sorts, 1 oz. each

early cauliflower __,, Red Dutch vs

— Belvidere +} Cabbage, drumhd. Savoy,,

— cream-coloured ,, large green Savoy ,,

— purple is yellow Savoy 9

— white - Braganza

— Malta 2 Pe-tsay or Chinese pa.

— Imperial & Turniprooted ab.g. oz.

— sprouting oy Turniprootedun.g. ,,

— Walcheren ie Chou de Milan 4s

Brimstone te 2 to 8 |Carrot, earliest. Horn __,,

dwarf Russian 4 long Surrey .

Hampton Court _,, — orange 5

Howden’s superb ,, Altringham #

Impregnated white ,, 2 to 8 |Caulifiower, early Eng. ,,

Invisible i late English a

Knight’s protecting ,, early Asiatic F

Portsmouth : late Cyprus ay

Winter Imperial __,, 3 to 6 \Celery, solid white He

White Southampton solid red 3

late white ee giant red. ie

—- Miller’s i giant white ‘5

— purple close-h. ,,

— large white hs

fs large purple ”

— American, ext. ,,

Celeri de Tours __,,

Seymonr’s white ,,

large root. Celeriac,,

Cardoon, Spanish 4)

pS ae a a OS a ST OO ee ee ee oe a ee

SSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSHRSSSSSSSSSSSAERE SALE LOA ALL ABLE

SSPE ESSE EE ES S SSS SSH SSS SSMS SS SSS SSSSSOSM

co hee hE ook wa at ce ts 02 ee SCR EE Soin © on oh .on.on cance ced nee nts 0 oe ces

— green

5 to7 French beans, all sorts per qt.

3 to 5 |Leek, London Flag p. oz.

1to8 Lettuce, Bath Cos* ég

new black-seeded

blood Cos

brown Cos*

black seed g. Cos.

dwarf Siberian

Egyptian Cos

Florence Cos x

green Cos ty

new black-seeded* ,,

Paris Cos

spotted Cos

white Cos

Silesia

3 to 9 |Mustard, white

Water Melons.

lto5 Citron water nage 06

for preserving only

Imperial, fine flavour |0 6

Long Carolina 0 6

Long Island

Long Mountain

sprout, very large

Mixed

} 0 6

p- quart

brown .

3 to 8 |Onion, blood-red

Deptford

Globe

— new white

James’ keeping

Lisbon*

per OZ.

28 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Month i © ||Month a

of Bow, oz. ounce ; qt. quart. F of Sow,| Pa Packet ; biish, bushel. ) Pan |

s.d. s.d.

3 to 6 |Chervil, curled per oz. |0 6/ 1 to 8 |Lettuce, Drumhead cab. oz. |1 0

4 to 6 Oolewart. Haw Green ,, |0 6 . Grand Admiral ca.,, {1 0

5 to 7 \Corn Salad 03 Imperial cabbage ,, {1 0

2 to 9 |Cress, common, per quart 10 Malta cabbage gic

triple, curled ba) BS Marseilles cabbage ,, |1 0

Cress, golden 20 Large Mogul eab. ,, {1 0

Amer. perennial p. ih 03 white-seeded » 31.0

1 to 6 |Cucumber, fine frame p. pa. |0 6 Hammersmith, hardy*|1 0

black spine, 14 inches {0 6 Tennis hall + Pit Bl

fine long prickly ,, |0 6 white cabbage* ,, |0 6

Southgate » 10.6 New Cape cabbage, pa.j1 0

Rochford », |0 64 and 5|Love apple or Tomato p.pa. |0 3

fine Ridge , 3 6 yellow ya Ve

short prick iy 3

green ie hey” 06 Melon Seeds, per Saal:

Cuthill’s black spine {1 0)| 1 to 5|Melon, Beechwood, extra {1 0

Hero of Surrey TS a Duncan’s fine g. fl. 1 0

fine new frame i i Golden Cassabar 10

Manchester prize ,, |0 6 Green-fleshed, fine m. |0 6

improved Manchester {1 0 Hardie’s new Canta- 26

Roman Emperor ,, {1 6 , lupe, the earliest }

Sion House Be = Netted Cantalupe, mix./1 0

Snow’s Horticultural |1 0) ¢& Niel’s extra fine g. f. {1 0

superb white spine ,, |1 0|| 2 Persian Melon 06

Walker’s Rambler.,, {1 6)| & Queen’s Pocket 190

— Traveller Pain ec E Scarlet-flesh, fine m. |0 6

— superba » {1 6 5 Scarlet Rock 06

Weedon’s prize ,, {1 0 ij Suecade Melon, extra |] 0

The last 18 sorts, 12s. RS White Frogmore 0 6

6 to 8 |Endive, greencurled oz. 0 8) ¥ Windsor prize, scarlet |0 6

white curled ys 8} Windsor prize, green |0 6

Batavian, white __,, 8i) x 6 best sorts 6.0

* Best for Autumn sowing.

brown Dutch*

Sala ae oe SS

AQBGAGHGAAaAGSSOSOSN

Portugal, white zi

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

oz. ounce; qt. quart. pa. packet ; bush. bushel. =

.d. s.d.

3 to 8 |Onion, Reading, white, p. oz. 1 to 8 |Radish, early short toptp.qt.|2 0

ete Silver-skinned y long Salmon fax 20

Y eee Spanish, white* __,, white Naples a, [oe Bl

a & — brown ” purple Salad eo ih 6

ce Strasburg 9 red Turnip » |2 0

mis Tripoli* i white Turnip » jo @

* Two-bladed ip yellow we (2 6

yt Welch* 09 olive-shaped per oz. |0 3

7 to 5 |Parsley, curled sy Black Spanish js OS

extra curled 5 Rampion per pa. |0 6

‘Hambro, rooted ,, Rape, Salad per qt. |1 0

2 to 5 |Parsnip, hollow-crowned,, 3 to 5 |Rhubarb, fine mixed per oz. \0 6

9 to 5 |Peas, early Kent p. qt. Giant per pa. |0 6

— Race Horse ys Tobolsk bi eG

— Prince Albert _,, Salsafy per oz. |0 8

— Warwick be Scorzonera » 108

—s. blossom Frame 2 to 5 \Sea Kail per qt. |2 0

—d.blossom do.,, Skirret per oz. |0 8

— nimble ” Sorrel » |0 6

— Charlton “ 2 to 6 |Spinach, round per qt. |1 0

— Bishops dwarf ,, 2 to 10 prickly ie | ae |

— Auvergne £ broad Flanders ea ek

Egg, large ” 3 to 5 New Zealand per oz. |0 6

Marrow, dwarf wh.,, 2 to 5 |Squash, 6 var. per pa. [0 6

— tall white ” 2 to 6 |Turnip, early Dutch per oz. |0 3

— dwarf green ” early Mousetail » 08

— tall green # — six week » 8

— early green a 3 to 9 — stone » 03

— Woodford’s green yel. Altringham ,, (03

— Grotto or oyster,, — Maltese ana Os

— Royal Victoria ,, — stone » 038

Knight’s marrow, d.w. 3 to 5 Teltau, German ,, (0 6

tall white ” yel. Scarisbrick per pa. |0 6

new dwarf green ,, Vegetable Marrow sai, tn 6

Gewie 16 SWEET & POT HERBS.

Matchless Marrow ,, 4 to 6 |Balm per pa. (0 3

Prussian, blue 3 Basil, sweet #1 10 3

Prussian, white = — bush » 70 8

Groom’s superb se, Bugloss vido 8

Imperial, Bedman’s,, Burnet » 303

Scimitar, blue ia Clary » WO Ss

— white ‘a Capsicum and Chilis’ ,, |0 6

Spanish dwarf De Fennel yt 0.3

— new blue a Hyssop » |03

oe white Rounceval, &c.,, Lavender 9 aU

| 4 to 6 |Potato Seed, best pa. Marjoram, sweet » 403

5 and 6|Purslain, green per oz. — pot » (O38

1 to 8|Radish, long frame per qt. Marigold, pot ws

x early scarlet A Rosemary a 10.8

30 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Month :

0z. ounce; qt. quart. rf

of Sow.

el,

4 to 6 Sage per pa.|0 3

Savory, Summer i Old

— Winter » 1038

Thyme » (03

FRUIT SEEDS.

Strawberry, Red Alpine, pa.

— white Ee

— Keen’s seedling ‘,

— Elton Pine, &e. 5

Raspberry, best red by

And Seeds of other Fruits,

oococco

lor eor mor mer mcr)

Vn _ . ~

pa. packet ; bush. bushel. ¥)

ROOTS, PLANTS, &c.

The Prices variable.

Artichokes per peck |s.d.

Asparagus, 1 &2 yrs. per100.|3 0

3 & 4 years gs aD

Grayson’s giant ,, |5 0

Chives a

Garlic per lb. j1 0

Horse Radish per doz.

Mushroom Spawn per bush. |4 0

Potato, early forcing, all sorts

Rhubarb, Tobolsk per doz. |12s

Physical Herbs, &c. Myatt’s Victoria each |2 0

Rocambole per lb.

Shallots ”

Sea Kail per 100.

Strawberries, various __,,

Raspberries, all sorts.

SUNDRY PLANTS.

To prevent his sending duplicates of sorts already possessed, J. C. requests a

list of such as are not to be included; he will then guarantee the selection to

prove in every respect satisfactory.

£ os, .d.

Carnations, extra fine prize flowers, named, per 12 pair ...... Las 0

——___—— 12 single plants............ 0914 0

Picotees, extra fine, white grounds, per 12 pair............see0s =e ne @

- coe 12 single plants............ 012 0

—— yellow grounds, per 12 pair ..........0.00. 140

————____—_—__—__—_—______-—— per 12 single plants ...... 014 0

Chrysanthemums, 12 extra fine sorts, named ......... per doz, 018 0O

—_____—_——_— 12 very fine older sorts ............ bs 010 0

Double Dahlias, pot roots, warranted fine sorts ...... os 1. 0%0

Fuchsias, 12 extra fine Sorts, named...........ssecsseses a Lf}. 0

Gerahiums, 12 extra Gige SOLES. y5'\ i cdevan >see eunee beiniah hasty 3 3 O

12 very fine; SOLts: .\ 4) H Risde.caneccee o debate m! > fae

_ 12 fine sorts 19 | ARTE AE te belnisareauiiiatans “4 0

Heartsease or Pansies, 12 extra fine sorts, named ... 4, je ee

12 very good varieties, named ........0+0s 4) 0 5 6

Verbenas, 12 beautiful sorts, named......... by ip snsmanee 12s.t00 15 0

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Dactylis glomerata

Festuca duriuscula

elatior

liliacea

heterophylla

ovina

pratensis

~-tenuifolia

Holeus lanatus

Lolium perenne

var. sempervirens

italicum

Medicago lupulina

sativa

sp. gigantea

Onobrychis sativa

Phléum pratense

Plantago lanceolata

Poa nemoralis

pratensis

trivialis

Potérium sanguisorba

Trifolium médium

pratense

répens

incarnatum

Vicia sativa, zstivalis

var. hyemalis

— ee

Fine ,, », for permanent pasture ,,

Summer Tares per bush.

Winter Tares 5

Il. Principally cultivated for Cattle.

Brassica oleracea, capitata, var. |Large Drumhead Cabbage per lb.

Large Scotch Cabbage Pr

Cesarean, or Cow Cabbage a

Swedish Turnip, yellow pe

— purple-topped, yellow px

eee

Rapa arvensis

— vulgaris

campestris, Rutabaga

gece ta

Rough Cock’s foot ,,

Hard Fescue a per bush.

Taller ” ” ”

Spiked ,, ” ”

Various-leaved Fescue | -

Sheep’s is ‘4

Meadow oe *

Slender-leaved m4 y

Soft Grass re

Perennial Rye-grass a9

Evergreen ha 9

Ttahan 3 5

Trefoil per lb.

Lucern

Bokhara Clover

Cultivated Sainfoin per bush.

Meadow Cat’s-tail, or Timothy Grass per lb.

kib Grass is

Wood Meadow Grass ¥5

Smooth-stalked Meadow Grass ‘s

Rough-stalked Meadow Grass ¥

Burnet i]

Cow Grass ‘

Red Clover i

White Dutch Clover 55

Scarlet Clover 3

Fine mixed Grass Seed for Lawns, §c. ,,

Thorpland’s and Skirving’s do. ,,

Turnip, white-topped round 9

red-topped round ea

green-topped round ms

white-topped globe M4

red-topped globe *

purple-topped Scotch A

white-topped tankard a

green-topped tankard B

Dale’s hybrid, &c. &e. BN

ri ali AGRICULTURAL SEEDS.

28 LL The following consist principally of Grasses.

Achilléa millefolium Yarrow per lb. |\s.d.

Agrostis alba Marsh Bent Grass or Fiorin per bush

Alopectirus pratensis Meadow Foxtail we

|Anthoxanthum odoratum [Sweet Vernal per lb

Avéna flavescens Yellow Oatgrass per bush

Cynosurus cristatus Crested Dogstail Grass per lb

”

per packet |1 0

el nae A)

eSowewoseroereseeaveseocooecod

32 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS

Béta vulgaris, campestris Mangel Wurzel, red or yellow perlb. |1 6

— — —_ globe do. do. = 16

Cichorium Intybus Succory Al

Daucus Carota, arvensis Carrot, large Altringham * 26

— — — albus _ — white Belgian, true b 5 0

Spartium scoparium Broom 4

Ulex europza Furze, Gorse or Whin 3

III. Principally cultivated for the Seeds.

Avena sativa, Oats, sorts, per bush. Faba vulgaris, Beans, sorts, p. bush.

Hordeum vulgare, Barley __,, Phalaris canariensis, Canary ,,

Triticum sativum, Wheat __,, Polygonum Fagopyrum, Buck Wh.

Secale ceréale, Rye 4; Sinapis alba, w. Mustard, p. bush.

Zea Mais, Indian Corn - Sinapis nigra, Brown Mustard ,,

Shreds, Garden Nails, Knives, &c.

Russia Mats, Garden Utensils, Netting, §c.—Roses, Shrubs, Fruit Trees, &c. &c.

Seeds carefully packed for Exportation.

** A Catalogue of genuine Dutch Bulbs will be published in Autumn.

List of afew important and useful works on Botany, &c., to be had of all Booksellers.

LOUDON’S Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum; or the Hardy Trees and

Shrubs of Britain. 8 vols. 8vo. 4 of letter-press, and 4 of plates. 107.

— Abridged Edition, 1 vol. 8vo, 1200 pages and 2200 engravings, 2/. 10s.

— Encycl. of Cottage, Farm, and Villa Architecture. 1 vol. 2000 Engravings. 3/.

— Supplement to do. 8vo, numerous engravings, 3s.

— Suburban Gardener and Villa Companion. 1 vol. 8vo. 1/.

—— REPTON’S Landscape Gardening, &e. 1 vol. 8vo. numerous Plates, 17. 10s.

plain, 3/. coloured.

— Hortus Lignosus Londinensis. 1 vol. 8vo. 7s.

— The Gardener’s Magazine and Register of Rural and Domestic Improvements.

In 8vo. Numbers, monthly. ls. 6d. each.

— The Suburban Horticulturist, or an Attempt to teach the science of Horti-

culture, and the management of the Fruit, Kitchen, and Forcing Garden, to

persons who have had no previous knowledge or experience in those de-

partments. 1 vol. 8vo. 380 Engravings. 15s. An excellent work.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History; monthly. 2s. 6d. each.

Dr. LINDLEY’S Botanical Register, monthly. 3s. 6d. each.

— Sertum Orchidaceum, splendidly coloured, 10 parts, 25s. each.

PAXTON’S Magazine of Botany, monthly. 2s. 6d. each.

— Pocket Botanical Dictionary. 15s.

Mrs. LOUDON’S Ladies’ Flower Garden, monthly. 2s. 6d. each.

— Companion to ditto. 2nd edition, 1 vol. post 8vo. 6s.

— The Ladies’ Magazine of Gardening. 8vo. monthly. col, Plates. 1s. 6d. each.

DE CANDOLLE’S Vegetable Organography, translated by Boughton Kingdon,

Esq. 2 vols. 8vo. 23 Plates. 1d. 8s.

KOLLAR’S Treatise on Insects injurious to the Gardener, &c. 1 vol. 8vo. 7s.

TAYLOR’S Bee-Keeper’s Manual; or Practical Hints, &c. 12mo. 4s.

Ladies and Gentlemen in giving orders, to prevent mistakes, are requested to

mention the date of the Catalogue, as the numbers are changed every year.

Printed by KR, and J, E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

ren

;: Paar

Shel

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 68. FEBRUARY 1843.

XV.—The Natural History of the British HEntomostraca,

No. VI. By W. Bairp, M.D., late Surgeon of the

H.E.I.C.S. Berwickshire, Member of the Berwickshire

Naturalists’ Club, and Assistant in the Zoological Depart-

ment of the British Museum.

[Continued from Ann, Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 256.]

[ With two Plates. ]

Tue genus Lynceus of Miiller is the second genus of the

group Cladocera of Latreille, vide ‘ Mag. Zool. and Bot.’ vol. ii.

p- 400. According to Milne Edwards’s arrangement it forms

the third genus of the Family Daphnidiens, Order Cladoceres

or Daphnoides. It is composed however of rather heteroge-

neous elements and requires to be completely reformed.

Bibliographical history.—Miuller established the genus in

his ‘ Zoolog. Dan. Prodrom.’ in 1776, and named it Lynceus

from its having, according to his idea, two eyes. At the time

he established it, no author had previously taken notice of

any species belonging to it. In 1781 he confirmed the genus

in his work on the “ Entomostraca,” described nine species,

and gave a few particulars with regard to them. About the

same time Schrank and Eichhorn both mention an insect,

which may perhaps be the same species, and which evidently

belongs to this genus. ‘The first of these two authors in his

‘num. Insect. Austriz,’ 1781, p. 536, no. 1119, describes it

briefly as Monoc. infusorius, testa bivalvi, rostratus, oculis duo-

bus in rostro sitis, and says it is very abundant in stagnant

waters, and is perhaps the smallest of its congeners. Kichhorn

gives a figure of his species, says it is distinguished from that

“Wasserfloh” described by Scheffer (Daphnia) in that it has

a pointed beak which lies close upon the mouth ; that it differs

from it in its motion through the water, not by bounds but

swimming like other insects in the water, and that it is very

common. Vide‘ Beytr. zur Naturgesch.’ p. 37. t. iii. f. D.1781.

These authors give little satisfactory information however

with regard to the genus, and Miiller’s characters are very in-

different, as will be more clearly shown hereafter. His spe-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. G

82 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostrace.

cies, without any original matter, are given by Gmelin in his

‘Syst. Natur. Linn.,’ 1778 ; Manuel in the ‘ Encyc. Méthod.,’

1792; Fabricius in his ‘ Entomol. Syst.,’ 1793 ; Latreille in his

‘ Hist. gén. et part. des Crust. et Ins.,? 1802; and Lamarck in

his ‘Hist. Nat. des Anim. sans Vert.,’ 1818; but no new species

are added. Leach in the ‘ Supplement to the Encyc. Britann.,’

art. Crustacea, 1816, and in ‘ Dict. des Scien. Nat.,’ t. xiv.

p- 541, 1819, appears to have been sensible that the genus was

an ill-formed one, and splits it into two; but with the excep-

tion of this, we have nothing new written upon the genus till

Jurine published his ‘ Hist. des Monoc.,’ &c. in 1820. In this

work he has given us a few particulars with regard to the

question of their having two eyes, their mode of reproduction,

&c. ; he notices several of Miiller’s species, describes three or

four new ones, and hints at the necessity of reforming the ge-

nus altogether. These additional species are given along with

those of Miller which Jurine notices, by Desmarest in his

‘ Consid. gén. sur les Crust.,’ 1825, but we have no new infor-

mation till Milne Edwards published his work on the Crustacea

in 1840*. In this work the author shows the necessity for

breaking up this heterogeneous genus and reforming it, but

does not make the attempt himself, nor do I know of any

further attempt having been made till now.

Habits and Manners.—These insects are found in stagnant

waters and in slow running streams, amongst the Lemne and

Conferve, &c. which collect in these situations. The males,

as far as I know, have not been met with or described, though

Miiller mentions having seen two, three, and even four in-

dividuals fixed to each other and swimming about in that

state. Several species are very abundant throughout the

spring, autumn and summer, and may be met with in almost

every pond and ditch. ‘They are not individually however so

prolific as the Daphnia, as they produce only a few eggs, ge-

nerally two or three only at each laying; with the exception

of the lamellatus +, which has nearly as many as the Daphnia

vetula, and is about the same size.. Their mode of reproduc-

tion is the same as in the Daphnie, the intervention of the

male being not necessary for fecundating the eggs of the fe-

male. In one species, the sphericus{, Jurine obtained by iso-

lating the young successively fifteen generations; and in the

striatus$ he followed up the moultings and generations for

nine successive periods. “On the 7th of June he isolated a

female which had two eggs; 8th of June, two young ones were

* The first volume was published in 1834; but the third, containing the

Entomostraca, was not published till 1840.

t Lurycercus lamellatus, nob. { Chydorus sphericus.

§ Alona quadrangularis, nob.

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 83

born; 9th, it has moulted and got two eggs clear brown co-

_ loured ; 11th, eggs are elongated, eye visible ;. 13th, a second

accouchement ; 14th, has moulted and has two eggs; 17th, a

third accouchement; 19th, has moulted and has three eggs ;

20th, a fourth accouchement ; 21st, moulted and has two eggs ;

22nd, a fifth accouchement ; 23rd, moulted and has two eggs ;

25th a sixth accouchement ; 26th, moulted and has two eggs ;

28th, a seventh accouchement ; July 3rd, moulted and has two

eges; 8th, an eighth accouchement; 9th, moulted, cannot ex-

actly determine whether it has eggs the insect is so yellow;

11th, moulted, cannot see eggs; 14th, ninth accouchement,

young ones dead; 15th, mother herself dead.” (Jurine,pp.155,

156.) The young are born perfect ; and even before they are

ushered into the world, and whilst still in the matrix, we dis-

cern the eye and its accompanying black spot. These in-

sects are said by Jurine to be subject, like the Daphnia, to the

formation of the saddle or ephippium ; and that in each ephip-

pium there is only one egg, which is placed in the middle of

the saddle and makes a projection from it. I have never my-

self met with an individual having the saddle; and in general

I have found those which I have kept very short-lived as com-

pared with the Daphnia. The motion of these insects through

the water is somewhat different from that of the genus Daph-

nia. Instead of swimming by short irregular bounds as these

latter do, they direct themselves by a rapid motion of their

rami and legs straight towards the point to which they wish to

go. This was noticed by Kichhorn as already mentioned, who

seems to be the only person who remarks it till the time of

Jurine, and it appears chiefly perhaps to depend upon the

comparative shortness and position of the rami, as the Daphnia

cornuta, which has also very short rami situated as in the

Lyncei, has the same kind of motion. [Vide Mag. Zool. and

Bot. vol. ii. p. 412.] The food of the Lyncei consists of both

animal and vegetable matter, and whilst they prey upon ani-

malcules smaller than themselves, they in their turn are de-

voured in great numbers by insects larger than they are.

_ According to Pritchard the Lynceus sphericus is the choice

food of a species of freshwater Nais which he calls the Lurco.

* So great is the voracity,” he says, “of this creature, that I

have seen a middle-sized one devour seven Lyncei in half an

_ hour. Five of these were moving about in the first cavity ; at

the end of that time the other two having passed into the se-

cond had become exhausted*.”

Anatomy.—In general formation the animals of this genus

are very much like the preceding, the Daphnia, the most re-

markable point of difference being a small black spot a little

* Vide Pritchard’s Microscopic Cabinet, p. 81.

G 2

84 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

distance from the eye, much smaller than it, which was con-

sidered by Miiller as a second organ of sight, and from which

he has given the name to the genus*, and the shape of the

head and beak. The shell, or covering which incloses the body,

does not consist of two distinct and separate valves, but is

open only on the anterior margin, and for a portion of the

posterior extremity. The part which we may call the head 1s

harder than the other portion of the shell, and is prolonged, in -

most of the species, into a sharp and very distinct beak. Be-

longing to it we find, besides this beak, the eye with its ac-

companying black spot, the two antenne, the rami, brain,

mouth, and part of the digestive canal. The eye, as in the

Daphnia, is a spherical body contained in a somewhat funnel-

shaped tube, having a semirotatory motion, and consisting of

a series of crystalline bodies, in the /amellatus+ being about

twenty in number (Pl. II. f.2.).. The black spot which Miller

considers as a second eye, is situate before and at a little dis-

tance from the real eye, generally near the end of the beak,

almost at the extremity of the body of the animal, and near

the root of the antennz. It is much smaller than the eye, has

no communication with it, and is immoveable. It is not com-

posed of crystallines, and its situation is not exactly the same

in all the species. Jurine says he has only examined it in small

individuals, and that in consequence he has not been able to

discover its use. He does not appear to have met with the

larger species of the genus, the /amellatus, in which I have

examined this spot, but without being able to discover any use

to which it is applied. I quite agree with him however in con-

sidering it not to be an organ of vision. Straus considers the

upper larger spot alone deserving the name of eye, and that

this small black spot is similar to the one which exists m the

Daphnie, adjacent to the brain; the relative situation too of

which is nearly the same as this black spot in the Lyncez{.

As I have said above, we find it in the young before birth ex-

actly as in the adult. The antenne are two in number, and

are placed near the extremity of the beak, projecting from its

under surface. Hach consists of a solid body of a somewhat

conical shape and slightly curved, which terminates in six

short spines, each of which again gives out a fine seta or

bristle (Pl. II. f. 3.).. They are not possessed of much motion.

The rami§ or arms are situate on each side of the base of the

head, rather lower than in the Daphnie, and consist, as in them,

* “Nomen Lyncei in ‘Zool. Dan. Prodrom.’ ex punctis binis ocellaribus,

que organa visus absque dubio sunt, indici.”—Hntomost. p. 67.

+ Eurycercus lamellatus, nob.

+ Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. tom. vi. p.. 153.

§ Antenne of Miiller, &c. |

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 85

of a single joint at the base which divides into two branches,

each having three joints. They are much shorter in all the

species than in the Daphnia. In the lamellatus* the anterior

branch sends off from the last joint three long filaments or

bristles anda short one, and one from the extremity of the se-

cond and first joints, while the posterior branch sends off only

three long ones and a short one from the last joint. The long

sete or filaments are each furnished with a joint near the

centre as in Daphnia pulex, and as in it also, are beautifully

plumose, while the short ones are neither jointed nor plumose.

The use of these organs is the same as in the Daphnie, being

chiefly organs of locomotion. The Grain apparently is the

same in situation and shape as in the Daphnia. The mouth

also is nearly of the same construction. The mandible (Pl. II.

f. 5.) is a strong organ, articulating superiorly with the body

by a sharp and pointed extremity, whilst the inferior extremity

is free and unattached, curved a little inwards and rounded

somewhat at the tip, which is furnished with several strong

teeth. The jaws consist each of a strong large plate articu-

lating with the body by the narrow end, to which are attached

the muscles which move it. About the centre of its length

it takes a sudden curve and descends in the form of a broad

plate, which is slightly lunated at the extremity, the edges

terminating in sharp points. To the lower edge of its supe-

rior extremity is attached a flat squarish plate, which moves

simultaneously with the other part and to which it seems

firmly fixedt. ‘These organs may be seen almost constantly

in motion when the animal is stationary, the motion of the

mandibles being pretty quick and oscillatory, whilst that of

the jaws is slow, upwards and downwards. Part of the di-

gestive canal may be seen also in this upper part of the ani-

mal, commencing as in the Daphnie immediately behind the

mouth in the form of an esophagus and terminating in the

stomach, which is situate in the lower portion or body of the

shell. The stomach differs somewhat from that organ as seen

in the Daphnia, being curved or twisted into one or two com-

plete convolutions near the centre (Pl. II. f.6.). The dody of

the animal is quite free and unattached within the valves of the

‘Shell, except at the superior portion where we see it attached

to the posterior edge of the shell by about three broadish

muscles. It terminates superiorly in a point near the root of

the antenne, and almost upon the extremity of this point is

situate the black spot in front of the eye. A short distance

from this the body has an indentation, in which, or rather on

its edge, is situate the eye, already described. Tt then takes

a round turn, the edge of which is more or less crenated, and

* Eurycercus lamellatus, nob. Vide Pi. 11. fig. 4. 7 PEATE Aig. 12.

86 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

from it the muscles attaching the body to the shell arise. It

now turns inwards for a short distance and then bulges out-

wards again towards the posterior edge, terminating by a joint

in the ¢ail/*. The space left where the body turns inwards,

between it and the shell, is the matrix or place where the ani-

mal deposits its ova and where the young remain till ready to

be extruded, and immediately above this is situate the heart.

The tail in all the species I have examined is connected to the

body by an articulated joint, differing in this very particularly

from the Daphnie (PI.II. fig. 7.). At this joint we see two setze

arise, which in some species, as in the lamellatus+, are beau-

tifully plumose and of considerable length. The tail is then

projected upwards, being always within the shell when the

animal is at rest. It terminates in two or more strong hooked

claws, the use of which seems to be to assist in cleaning the

interior of the shell, as the tail is flexible and can be extended

to a considerable length beyond the shell. In one or two spe-

cies itis remarkably long, asin the macrourus {, and extremely

flexible, and the motion of this organ is evidently of great use

to the animal in assisting and regulating its movements. A

little beyond the joint is placed the anus or termination of the

alimentary canal. The feet are five pairs in number. The

first pair are the largest, and consist each of a fleshy sort of

body, bent a little, strongly ciliated on its upper edge and fur-

nished at its extremity with five long and strong sete, which

in general project a little beyond the edge of the valves (PL. II.

fig. 8.). The other pairs are difficult, from their extreme de-

licacy of structure and transparency, to be made out. ‘They

are very much like those of the Daphnie however in structure,

consisting of branchial plates and finely plumose setze, and

have the same functions and uses.

The characters of the genus Lynceus, as established by

Miuiler, are both vague and erroneous. “ Antennz,” he says§,

“two or four, capillaceous.” ‘These characters are incorrect:

in-none of the species that I have seen are they four in num-

ber, being invariably only two, and in none are they capillary,

being in all branched and articulated. “ Feet eight or more :”

this may mean any number, but in none are they eight; they

do not vary in any of the species, being in all of them five

pairs. “ Kyes two:” this we have given our reasons above

for thinking incorrect also. “Shell bivalve :” this is not cor-

rect, the shell being, as we have mentioned above, not divided

* The body as described above is particularly well seen in the Lynceus

harpe, the Acroperus harpe, nob. Pl. III. fig. 12.

{+ Eurycercus lamellatus, nob. t Camptocercus macrourus, nob.

§ The rami are the antenne of Miiller. ;

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomosiraca. 87

into two separate valves. Leach’s characters of the genus are

_ equally incorrect: “two eyes; four antennz, branched*.”

We have stated above the incorrectness of these characters.

Straus’s characters are equally infelicitous: “ Rami with two

branches, divided into a much greater number of articulations

than in the other genera of this family ; primitive stalk very

short.” He gives as the type of this genus the sphericus of

Miiller, but these characters do not agree with those belong-

ing to that species, as the rami are each possessed of only

three articulations. In the drachyurus of Miiller the rami have

numerous articulations, but from Miiller’s figure they appear

to be four in number instead of two. Milne Edwards is the

last writer who has characterized this genus. His characters

for the different genera belonging to the family Daphnidiens

he adopts from Straus, taking them from the number of

branches and the number of joints to each branch of the

ram. In Lynceus he says, “ at least four joints to each of the

branches} :” this is decidedly incorrect in all the species we

have met with. The subgenus Chydorus of Leach, as esta-

blished by him in ‘ Sup. Encye. Britan.,’ 1816, for the recep-

tion of L. sphericus of Miller, is equally unhappily character-

ized: “ two eyes; antennz two, in shape of threads.” ‘These

characters are decidedly incorrect, the rami (antennz) being

branched and jointed in that species as well as the others.

We propose for the present reforming this genus as fol-

lows :—

Fam. DAPHNID.

Genus Lynceus.

*¢ Rami two, for the most part very short, branched; each

branch 3-jointed. Eye single, accompanied with a black spot

in front of it. Feet, five pairs. Intestine convoluted. ‘ail

jointed.”

Ist Subgenus. Macroturix{. “ Anterior branch of ra-

mus having a very long seta or filament springing from root

of second articulation. Antennz pendulous from extremity

_of beak.”

Ist Sp. Macrothriz laticornis. Pl. II. f. 9, 10.

Syn. Daphnia curvirostris ? Miiller, Ent. t. 13. f. 1, 2.—Monoculus

laticornis, Jurine, t.15.f.6.—Lynceus laticornis, Desmarest, p.376.

—Daphnia laticornis ? M. Hdwards, iii. p. 373.

* The species brachyurus of Miiller is the type of Leach’s genus; but as

this anomalous-looking species is one I have never met with, though Leach

mentions it as common, [ have not been able to ascertain its precise cha-

racters. It must form a new genus.

+ “ Au moins quatre articles 4 chacune des ces branches,” iii. p. 374.

t From pwexeds long, and gig a hair.

88 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

Rami strong and large. Posterior branch having four seta,

three from extremity of last articulation and one from extre-

mity of second. Anterior branch has five sete, four disposed

as in the posterior branch, and one very long one from extre-

mity of first articulation. Antennz pendulous from extremity

of beak, broad, and furnished with three short sete at their

extremities. Kye large, distinctly areolar, and having its ac-

companying black spot near the root of antennze. Shell trans-

parent, colourless, smooth, ciliated on anterior margin. Ha-

ving only met with this species once or twice I have not taken

any note of the intestine, but according to Jurine’s figure, it

is not convoluted as in the other genera. In general appear-

ance this insect resembles very much a Daphnia, and ac-

cordingly it has been transferred to this latter genus by Milne

Edwards*, though he thinks the species laticornis to be the

same as the roseus of Juriney.

Hab. Along with Daphnia cornuta and Cythere inopinata, in

a pond near Hanwell; also in a pond at Highgate, but is rare.

2nd Subgenus. Eurycercus}. “Subquadrangular. Tail

very broad, in form of a flat plate, densely serrated.”

Ist Sp. Hurycercus lamellatus. Pl. Il. f. 1—8.

Syn. Lynceus lamellatus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 3396; Ento-

most. 73. t. 9. f. 4 to 6.—Monoculus lamellatus, Linn. Gmel. 3008.

no. 62; Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733. no. 62. t. 268. f. 21—23 ;

Fabricius, Ent. Syst. u.498.-~Lynceus lamellatus, Latreille, Hist.

des Crust. 208; Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100; M. Kd-

wards, Hist. des Crust. i. 388.

This is the largest of all the known species of the Lyncei,

being in old specimens fully as large as the Daphnia vetula.

Shell of an olive colour, rather square-shaped ; ciliated on an-

terior margin, ventricose in centre, and arched on posterior

edge of shell. Beak rather blunt and short. Rami very short

compared with the size of insect. Anterior branch with three

long sete and a short one springing from extremity of last,

* I have elsewhere mentioned that M. Edwards takes his generic cha-

racters of the fam. Daphnide from the number of branches and articulations

of the rami. The genus Daphnia is restricted by him to those species which

have two branched rami, with four articulations in one branch and three in

the other. Of course, as this insect has only three articulations in each

branch, it cannot enter into the genus Daphnia as thus constituted. The

Moroculus roseus of Jurine we have not met with, but it differs according

to his description from the Jaézcornis in having no areola round the eye, in

colour and in shape of antenne; it is also larger.

+ In Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes’ we have a figure of the roseus at p. 93,

tom. ii. copied from Jurine apparently, where it is mentioned as being the food

of the fish called the Vendace (Coregonus Willughbii) caught in Lochmaben

Loch, Dumfries-shire.

$ From devs broad, and xéexoc a tail.

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 89

and one long one from first and second articulations. These

_setz are finely plumose, like those of Daphnia pulex, and

jointed about the middle of their length. Eye large, contained

In an infundibuliform tube, areolar, areola about twenty in

number. The accompanying black spot is remarkably small,

situated almost directly under the eye instead of in front of

it, and is. somewhat of a’square shape. Intestine convoluted,

having one complete convolution and nearly a half. The

lower part of abdomen or body of animal has a lobe springing

out from its edge like a spur. Seta at joint of tail finely plu-

mose and jointed at about half their length. Tail very broad,

_ lamellar, densely and strongly serrated on lower edge, sinuated

deeply on anterior margin, and terminating in two stout claws

and two small ones. Antenne are stout solid bodies, some-

what conical in shape, slightly curved and terminating in six

short spines, each of which gives out a fine seta or bristle.

They are not possessed of much motion. The mandibles are

strong, rounded towards extremity, which is possessed of

sharp teeth. The first pair of feet consist of a strong fleshy

body strongly ciliated on upper edge, and terminating in five

long and strong filaments, which generally project outside the

shell. The other feet consist of broad plates with the branchial

apparatus attached, and resemble a good deal those of the

Daphne. The motion of this species is peculiar ; it generally

lives at the bottom of the vessel in which it is kept, and when

disturbed it bounds up by rapid short motions in a curved sort

of line, and then returns in the same manner to the place from

where it rose. It is very heavy and slothful compared with

the other genera, and I have frequently turned it over two or

three times before it moved.

Hab. Not uncommon in ponds and ditches near Isleworth ;

“in Yetholm Loch, and in a pond on Beaumont water.”—

Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

3rd Subgenus. Cuyvporus, Leach. “ Nearly spherical in

shape. Beak very long and sharp, curved almost into the

shape of a crescent. Rami very short.”

Ist Sp. Chydorus sphericus. Pl. II. fig. 11—13.

Syn. Lynceus sphericus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2392; Entom.

71. t. 9. f. 7 to 9.—Monoculus infusorius, Schrank, En. Ins. Aust.

586.no.1119; Hichhorn*? Beyt. t. 3.f. D.—Mon. sphericus, Linn.

Gmel. 3008. no. 60; Manuel. Enc. Méth. Hist. Nat. vii. 732. t. 268.

f. 15—17; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 1. 497.—Lynceus spheericus,

* Perhaps this may be a new species. Miiller quotes this figure of Eich-

horn for his Lyn. trigonellus, but it appears to me to be quite distinct. It

resembles the sphericus in shape, except that the inferior extremity of the -

shell is pointed. Should it prove a new species, I should propose to name it

Chydorus Eichhorni.

90 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

Latreille, Hist. des Crust. 207 ; Lamarck, An. sans Vert. v. 128.

no. 3.—Chydorus Miulleri, Leach, Sup. Hnc. Brit. art. Crustacea ;

Dict. des Sc. Nat. xiv. 541.—Monoc. sphericus, Jurine, Hist. des

Mon. t. 16. f. 3.—Lyn. sphericus, Desmarest, Cons. des Crust. 377 ;

Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p.100; M. Edwards, Hist. des Crust.

il. 386; Pritchard, Micros. Cab. t. 8. f.3.*

Shell round, smooth, slightly ciliated on anterior margin;

of an olive colour. Rami very short; anterior branch has

three setze springing from the extremity of last articulation,

and one from extremity of second + ; posterior branch has only

three from last joint. Intestine convoluted, having one com-

plete convolution and about a half. Tail jointed, and having

two stout claws at its extremity ; the intestine passing through

the joint and terminating in the anus near the claws. Hye

areolar, its accompanying black spot pretty large and situated

just above the root of the antennz. Its motion through the

water is more like rolling, as Jurine describes it, than swim-

ming. The mandibles, feet and antenne are very like those

of the preceding subgenus. According to Pritchard, “ the

young play near their parent, and at the approach of danger

swim for protection within the shell of the mother, which she,

conscious of their feebleness, immediately closes { !!”

Hab. Ponds and ditches. Common.

2nd Sp. Chydorus globosus. Pl. ITI. fig. 1—4.

Shell quite globular, a good deal resembling in form the

last species, but more completely rounded and nearly six times

larger; striated circularly on exterior and upper margin, and

dotted with small black spots ; the anterior portion of shell is

reddish coloured, with a large irregular-shaped dark band

running across the centre of shell and occupying about half

its extent. The beak is extremely long, and at times appears

to lie close to the body. Tail elbowed at the joint and hol-

lowed out immediately before it, terminating in two long

claws. Eye large, areolar. Intestine convoluted, having one.

complete turn and about a half. First pair of feet large. An-

tennz large, with seven teeth and seven long setze§. Rami very

short and slender. Anterior branch has four setz, one from

second articulation and three from last. Posterior branch has

three only from last joint. The motion of this species is very

much like that of a Cypris.

Hab. Ditch near Richmond; pond near Isleworth. Rare,

apparently confined to small patches.

* In Koch’s‘ Deutschlands Crustaceen,’ &c. there is a figure of the Lynceus

sphericus, Heft 8. t. 2., but it is certainly not the L. sphericus of Miller.

+ PI. Lucia. ide: ¥ oly es a. OO.

§ Pl. UT aie

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 91

4th Subgenus. Camprocercus*. “ Ovoid-shaped. Tail

long, slender and extremely flexible, serrated.”

Ist Sp. Camptocercus macrourus. PI. III. fig. 5, 6.

Syn. Lynceus macrourus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2397 ; Entom. t. 10.

f. 1 to 3.—Monoculus macrourus, Linn. Gmel, 3008. no. 65;

Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733. no. 65. t. 268. f. 26, 27; Mabricius,

Ent. Syst. ii. 499.—Lynceus macrourus, Latreille, Hist. des Crust.

207 ; M. Edwards, Hist. des Crust. iii.

Of an ovoid shape. Shell pellucid and whitish, finely stri-

ated or ribbed longitudinally; slightly sinuated and ciliated

on anterior margin. Beak rounded and bluntish. Rami short.

Tail very long and slender, with thirteen well-marked serrze

or teeth on lower edge, and several smaller ones, terminating

in two long and slender claws; setz short. This organ and

lower part of body is extremely flexible, and the animal can

twist it completely round in a circle, and then unbending it

thrust it far out beyond the shell. Eye small but areolar;

accompanying black spot nearly as large as the eye. First

pair of feet large. Intestine convoluted once and about a half.

Antenne rather long and slender, the terminating setz long

also. Anterior branch of rami has four long filaments and one

short one; one long from second articulation, and three long

ones and one short from last. Posterior branch has only three

long filaments and one short from last joint.

Hab. Ditch near Richmond, pond top of Brazil Mill-lane

near Isleworth, and at Highgate.

5th Subgenus. AcroperRust. “ Shell somewhat harp-

shaped, terminating inferiorly on anterior margin in a more

or less blunt point projecting forwards. Rami rather long.”

lst Sp. Acroperus harpe. PI. III. fig. 7.

Syn. Lynceus harpe, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100. t. 2. f.17.

Shell rounded posteriorly, sinuated rather deeply and ci-

liated anteriorly, and terminating in an obtuse point projecting

forwards ; strongly striated or rather ribbed longitudinally

and somewhat obliquely, giving the shell, which is quite trans-

parent, a good deal of resemblance to a harp. Beak rounded

and obtuse. Rami slender, and of considerable length, each

branch provided with three long setz from the extremity of last

articulation only. The rami and setz together extend almost

the length of the shell, reaching nearly to the inferior extre-

-mity. Tail slender, not serrated on under edge, but marked

near the edge with a row of indentations, and terminating in

two claws, which are long and slender. Antenne of consi-

derable length, the terminating sete being much longer than

* From xzurrtos flexible, and xégxos a tail.

+ From dxoog pointed, and réeus the extremity.

92 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

in the other genera. First pair of feet large. Eye areolar,

accompanying black spot nearly half the size of the eye,

squarish shaped. Upper part of body very rounded and cre-

nated round the outer edge. Intestine convoluted, having one

turn and nearly half another.

Hab. Pond at Osterly Park; ditch near Richmond opposite

Isleworth church; “pond on Beaumont water, and in Dun-

glass ‘pond.”—Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

2nd Sp. Acroperus nanus. Pl. III. f. 8.

Somewhat resembles the last in shape, but is very small,

not the seventh part the size, is less transparent, less deeply

sinuated on anterior margin and less projecting at lower ex-

tremity. The striz or ribs are not so large, and are disposed

in a waved form, obliquely transverse. Anterior margin of

shell ciliated. Beak rather long, sharper than in preceding

species. Rami slender and rather shorter than in harpe. An-

terior branch has four seta, one springing: from the second,

and three from extremity of last articulation. Posterior branch

has three setz springing from last joint only. Tail has a gib-

bous projection about the middle of the lower margin, and is

serrated at extremity. Intestine convoluted, one turn and

nearly a half. One ovum. In size this species is considerably

less than the Chydorus sphericus, and is about the smallest

of the Lyncei that I have met with.

Hab. Pond at Norwood Green and near Southall, Middle-

sex. Rare.

6th Subgenus. Atona. “ Shell quadrangular-shaped,

striated. Rami short.”

Ast Sp. Alona quadrangularis. Pl. IIT. f 9—11.

Syn. Lynceus quadrangularis, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2393;

Entom. t. 9. f. 1 to 3.—Monoculus quadrangulus, Linn. Gmel.

8008. no. 61; Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733. t. 268. f. 18 to 20—

M. quadrangularis, il

laris, Latreille, Hist. des Crust. 208; Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club,

p-100.—Monoculus striatus, Jurine, Hist. des Monoc. t. 16. f. 1, 2.

—Lynceus quadrangularis ? M. Kdwards, Hist. des Crust. in. 388.

Shell nearly quadrangular, transparent, of a deep brown

colour; strongly ciliated on anterior margin, cilia long ; stri-

ated or ribbed longitudinally, the striz or ribs rather distant.

Rami short, the setz also beg short. Anterior branch with.

four, one from second, and three from last. articulation. Poste-

rior branch has three from last joint only. Beak rather blunt-

ish. Tail rather narrow, sinuated near extremity and serrated

for about half its length on under edge; the serree or teeth at

the extremity being the longest. Terminating claws long. An~-

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 93

tennee conical-shaped. Intestine convoluted once and nearly

-_a half, but not so very distinctly visible as in the other ge-

nera. lye areolar. Body rounded at upper extremity as in

Acroperus harpe. I had some doubts at first as to this being

identical with the striatus of Jurine. In his figure the beak

is blunter and the tail shorter and rounder-shaped than in my

specimens. He gives it the name of striatus with a doubt,

and remarks, “if this species be the truncatus of Miiller,

_ aS we may presume it is, it must be confessed that its specific

name is improper; for the shell is not truncated, it is ob-

liquely striated and strongly ciliated*.”

It is evident that Jurine could never have seen the ¢runca-

tus of Miller, and the quadrangularis seems also to have been

unknown to him, for the difference between his species (the

striatus) and Miiller’s truncatus is so great and evident that

they cannot be mistaken for each other; while the similarity

between it and the quadrangularis is so evident, that notwith-

standing the slight differences mentioned above, I have little

or no hesitation in referring them both to the same species.

Hab. Ditch near Richmond, opposite Isleworth church ;

pond at Osterly Park and near Hounslow; “in the Pease

burn, and in a pool on Beaumont water at Yetholm.”—

Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

2nd Sp. Alona reticulata. Pl. III. f. 12.

In size this is perhaps the smallest of all the species of this

family, being rather smaller than the Acroperus nanus. Shell

of a quadrangular shape, rounded a little posteriorly, and

nearly straight on anterior margin, which appears free from

cilia. The lower margin is obtuse, and the whole shell 1s

closely reticulated. Beak prominent and long, projecting

upwards, rather blunt. Rami rather slender; anterior branch

provided with four setz, one shortish from second articula-

tion, and three long and stout ones from last. Posterior

branch has three from last joint only. ‘Tail rather tapering

towards the extremity, and serrated on inferior margin. Eye

large for the size of the animal, areolar. Intestine convo-

luted, but it is not very easily seen, from reticulated surface of

shell. One ovum.

Hab. Pond near Southall, Middlesex: Sept. 1842.

7th Subgenus. Phevroxusy. “Anterior margin prominent

on the upper portion; the lower part being truncated, or as it

were cut sharp and straight. First pair of feet very large.”

Ist Sp. Plewroxus trigonellus. Pi. III. f. 13.

Syn. Lynceus trigonellus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2395 ; Ent.

F i e..p. 54. + From zaeveoy a side, and ogv¢ sharp.

94 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

t. 10. f.5, 6—Monoculus trigonellus, Linn. Gmel. 3008. no. 68 ;

Manuel, Encyc. Méth. vii. 733. no. 63. t. 268. f. 24, 25.—Fabri-

clus, Ent. Syst. p.498.—Lynceus trigonellus, Latreille, Hist. gén.

et part. des Crust. p. 205; Lamarck, An. sans Vert. 123. no. 2;

Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100; M. Kdwards, Hist. des

Crust. ii. p. 387.

Shell somewhat triangular-shaped and transparent; gib-

bous on upper portion on anterior edge for about a third of

its length, the other two-thirds being truncated, or as it were

cut obliquely with a straight sharp edge, and ciliated. Pos-

terior margin gibbous also, and sinuated near lower extremity,

which terminates in a square point. Beak long, curved and

sharp-pointed. First pair of feet very large; the pediform

organ of Miller being the first pair of feet. Rami short and

slender. The anterior branch has four sete, one from first

articulation, one from second, and two from last. Posterior

branch has three setz, all springing from last joint. Tail

gibbous for latter half, and serrated. Intestine convoluted,

having one turn and nearly a half. Hye areolar.

Hab. Pond near Copenhagen fields ; at Osterly Park, Nor-

wood Green and Southall; “pond at Foulden and at Yet-

holm.”—Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

2nd Sp. Pleuroxus hamatus. Pl. III. f. 14.

Syn. Lynceus hamatus, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100. t. 2.f.18.

“ Shell truncated anteriorly and ciliated; upper part gib-

bous ; tail not serrated, gibbous, terminated by two setz* ;

two upper feet large, and each furnished at extremity with a

strong hook or claw turned upwards ; antennet of three sete

each. Approaches Lync. trigonellus, but differs from it in the

beak being blunted and stronger, in the tail not being serrated,

and in the upper feet having the strong hooks{.

Hab. Yetholm Loch, Roxburghshire.”—Trans. Berw. Nat.

Club.

I first found this species in the autumn of 1835 in Yetholm

Loch, Roxburghshire, and afterwards in a pool near Yetholm

Bridge, but have not since met with it. The intestine is

curved, and the shell extremely transparent.

8th Subgenus. PeRacANTHAS. “ Oval-shaped; the lower

extremity of shell slightly curved backwards, and, as well as

upper extremity of anterior margin, beset with strong hooked

spines.” ’

Ist Sp. Peracantha truncata. PI. III. f. 15.

Syn. Lynceus truncatus, Mill. Entom. 75. t. 11. £. 4 to 6.—Monoc.

* Claws or hooks.

+ Rami. { It is only about half the size of frigonellus.

§ From wees extremity, and &xavoe spine.

Dr. Griffith on the Pitted Tissue of Plants. 95

truncatus. Linn. Gmel. 3008. no. 64; Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733.

t. 268. f. 30—34; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 498.—Lynceus truncatus,

Latreille, Hist. gén. des Crust. 200; Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat.

Club, p.100; M. Edwards, Hist. des Crust. ii. 388.

_ Shell nearly of an oval form; the lower extremity having

a curved projection backwards, and provided with a number

of pretty strong spines, about seventeen in number, the three

last of which are curved backwards. On the upper extremity

of anterior margin there are about an equal number of spines,

the upper ones being curved upwards. These are partly con-

cealed by the cilia which densely cover the anterior margin

of the shell. The shell is striated longitudinally. Beak rounded

and sharp-pointed, rather long. Rami short; anterior branch

furnished with five setz, one from first, one from second, and

three from last articulation. Posterior branch has three sete,

all from last joint. First pair of feet large. Tail rather gib-

bous on lower edge, and on latter half has about eight spines,

and terminates in two stout claws. Intestine convoluted,

having one turn and nearly a half. Antenne conical-shaped.

Kye areolar. Accompanying black spot squarish-shaped.

Two ova.

Hab. Pond at Osterly Park; ditch near Richmond oppo-

site Isleworth church; near Southall; “ pond on Beaumont

water at Yetholm.”—Trans. Berw. Nat. Clud.

XVI.— Observations on the Formation of the Pitted Tissue

of Plants, with one or two remarks on the Analogy between

the Blood-discs in Animals and the Starch Particles in Ve-

getables. By Joun Wo. GrirrFitu, M.D., F.L.S. &c.

[ With a Plate. ]

TueE object of the present remarks is to point out the mode

of formation of the dotted tissue of plants, the cause of the

peculiar arrangement of the dots, &c. I shall also allude to one

or two points of vegetable anatomy in which my observations

differ from those of authors generally. It is well known that

the dotted or pitted tissue varies very much in its characters ;

sometimes the dots are surrounded by arim, in other varieties

the pits or dots are without it. My observations will apply

at present to the latter variety only*; the cause of the rim

surrounding the dot in the former variety is, I think, quite

unexplained. The explanation advanced by Dr. Willshiret,

* The dot, or elliptical thinner portion of the marking of the dotted duct

(i.e. the part generally within the rim), I think is formed in the same man-

ner as the dots on the spiroid tissue, but I know of no explanation of the

origin of the rim.

+ Annals of Natural History, Aug. 1842.

96 Dr. Griffith on the Formation of

who considers them formed by spaces left between filaments

“not only having a spiral direction with respect to the duct

in which they are formed, but bent upon themselves forming

sinuous curves,” I have not been able to verify. The fibres here

spoken of, although I have carefully sought for them, I have

never been able to perceive. Moreover, Dr. Willshire does not

attempt to account for the dot. Dr. Martin Barry* has also

advanced a theory of the formation of what he has termed

dotted ducts, but by reference to his figure it will be perceived

that he alludes to that variety which has no rim, and which,

according to Hugo Mohl’s definition, is not the real dotted

duct. He says, “ the spirals in vegetables are produced in

the same manner as the muscular fibres (of animals). Were

the division of the spiral, or at least the separation, to be com-

plete in some parts and not in others, the appearance would

resemble that denominated the reticulated duct, and the ten-

dency (as it is supposed) of vegetable fibre to anastomosis

might be explainedt.” By acting upon a spiral vessel with

a spirituous solution of corrosive sublimate, Dr. Barry pro-

duces what he terms a double spiral, whose coils appear to

interlace, and by their close contact to produce the appear-

* Trans. of Royal Society of London, 1842, Part I.

+ Through the kindness of Dr. M. Barry I have examined his prepara-

tions exhibiting the interlacement of double spirals; but, although the ap-

pearance presented in one or two of them is exactly similar to that which

would be seen when a fibre formed in the manner described by him, and of

the same size as his, was examined under the microscope, nevertheless

there are one or two points which strongly militate against the idea of their

being really double spirals. In one beautiful preparation made by Professor

Sharpey from the tadpole, the upper portion of one of the fibrillz exhibited

an apparent interlacement most distinctly, so much so, that I am sure no

prejudiced eye even could have viewed this alone without coming to the con-

clusion that it was formed in the manner described by Dr. Barry. But upon

viewing the fibre lower down, the interlacing appearance was replaced by

that of a rope wherein the fibres all took one oblique direction, leaving

spaces between them. When this lower part was carefully brought in and

out of focus, at first the oblique portions of fibre above described were seen,

but afterwards no alteration would bring into focus the posterior portions of

the coil, which satisfactorily convinced me that they were really not spiral

fibres. When we examine spirals, however minute, from vegetables under

the microscope, we can first bring into focus the upper portion of the coils,

and then by depressing the object-glass distinctly perceive the lower; but

in the case of the specimen spoken of this could not be done. I cannot help

believing that in this lower portion the fibre really has separated into dises,

whose edges give the peculiar rope-like appearance; but I cannot explain the

cause of the peculiar appearance of the upper portion, The fact of the fibres

of muscles splitting into discs, is, I think, a proof that they cannot be spirals.

To break up into discs, the Gaile must ce weaker in one portion than an-

other, and I have no doubt this weak part is opposite the dark line on the

Airils: where they are thinnest; but I do not believe the fibrils are beaded,

I think they are merely transversely thinned opposite the dark portions, and

that the beaded appearance is an optical illusion.

the Pitled Tissue of Pianis. 97

ance of transverse and elliptical pores and dots. The apparent

pores or dots he believes to be no other than the spaces be-

’ tween the winds of spirals contained within a tube. This

theory appears to me totally inadequate to anything like a

true explanation of the phenomena. In all dotted vessels,

(excluding the true dotted ducts of Mohl, not alluded to by

Dr. Barry,) traces of spiral formation or spiral fibre in some

forms may always be met with; these vessels usually uncoil

spirally, and when torn across, the dots appear as spaces be-

tween the projecting teeth of the fibres. The fibres, accord-

ing to my observations, never run longitudinally to the axis

of the containing tube, but always spirally. Therefore, if

such be the case, the two interlacing fibres composing the

compound spiral must leave spaces whose axes are nearly

parallel to the axis of the vessel, and therefore the dots ought

to be nearly parallel to the same axis. But that such is not

the case, I need not say. The views of Dr. Barry then are

not consistent with experience, at least on the formation of

dotted tissue. The tissue of which I speak is, I think, gene-

rally acknowledged as a modification of true vascular tissue.

The dots or pits are formed by spaces left between the fibres

but covered by the membrane, so that the wall of the tube

opposite the dots is formed by membrane alone; this may

always be found in the younger tissue, but in the older

tubes the membrane disappears, leaving them porous. These

tubes are very common in Endogenous plants, herbaceous

Exogens, and Ferns ; they are often mixed with spiral vessels

and sometimes annular ducts. In some of the lower plants

(Equiseta, &c.) where these are afterwards found, they appear

preceded by annular ducts only, spiral vessels being compa-

ratively rare ; whilst in others, as Ferns, annular ducts are very

rare, and the remains of the spiral fibre may always be found.

In the higher plants we find them in all the stages of deve-

lopment. They are more abundant in the older than in the

younger plants. The cause of the transformations from spiral

vessels, and the regularity of arrangement of the dots of these

tubes, depend entirely upon the pressure of the surrounding

‘parts. Mohl has shown that this is the case with the true dotted

ducts, and I am convinced that it is the case with the tubes

now under consideration ; but I believe that the arrangement

_of the dots of one tube opposite those of the next is not con-

stant. When a spiral vessel has formed in a young plant,

the rapid growth of the stem induces considerable pressure

of the surrounding parts; the consequence is, that the con-

vexity or parts of the surrounding vessels or cells opposite to

the spiral vessel are pressed firmly against it, whilst opposite

the intercellular and intervascular spaces the pressure is much

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Vol. xi. H

98 Dr. Griffith on the Formation of

less; thus the fibre within the compressed spiral is bent into

as many sides as there are surrounding and pressing vesicles or

vessels. This is illustrated in fig. 14; accordingly, if the spiral

fibre be examined at this period it will be found bent as above

mentioned, and the natural curve of the fibre straightened.

Opposite the intercellular or intervascular spaces, 4. e. at the

bendings of the fibres, the latter become firmly adherent to

the membrane, thickened and united to the fibres above and

below. These thickened portions form the line of space run-

ning between the rows of dots. The dots themselves are

formed by the spaces left between the portions of the fibres

opposite the convexity of the surrounding cells and vessels.

Thus, when we examine the tubes at this stage, we find the

membrane and fibre united so firmly that they are with great

difficulty separated. The vegetable substance which fills up

the intercellular spaces often also becomes firmly adherent to

the membrane and fibre, so that when we dissect out these

tubes from the surrounding parts we often find the remains

of adherent portions which existed opposite the intercellular

spaces; therefore the number and arrangement of the dots

must depend entirely upon the surrounding vessels and cells.

When the compressing and compréssed tubes are equal in

size, the dots extend nearly across the face or opposed side

of the tube; and when several small tubes and vessels com-

press a spiral so as to convert it into a dotted tube, the dots

will be small and numerous. The observation of Schleiden,

that, “in consequence of the deposition of formative substance,

the pore appears the rounder the more the cell is developed,”

is, | think, incorrect—I believe the reverse to be cerrect. The

examination of the young and old stems of any plant con-

taining these vessels will prove this. If the fibre be separated

from the surrounding parts in the early stages, it will be found

bent and thickened at the bendings; and oftentimes we can

find portions of membrane &c. adhering as above mentioned.

These vessels are generally observed in plants whose growth is

rapid, so that in the older stems we cannot expect to find the

arrangement persistent; but in a large number of plants it

can readily be perceived, especially where the formation has

not been completed. We can now readily account for the

impression of a small tube sometimes observed as imprinted

ona larger one; the black lines running between the dots

and separating their rows is also readily explained. In making

careful transverse and oblique sections of stems of the above-

mentioned plants, we can readily perceive the appearances

sketched in PI. IV. fig. 5, where a represents the rows of dots

corresponding to the projecting portion of the cell opposed to

the forming tube. The bent appearance of the fibre within the

the Pitted Tissue of Plants. 99

tube gives the prismatic or angular appearance to many of

these tubes, so readily perceived when two vessels press

against each other. In some few cases a large number of very

small cells appear to act in compressing as a single large one.

When I first noticed the transitions above described I 1ma-

gined they were confined to the Ferns only, but I have since

found them applicable to all the plants above enumerated. A

very common cause of the beaded appearance on the margins

_ of tubes viewed under the microscope is their longitudinal sec-

tion, so that the projecting extremities of the cut fibres pro-

duce the peculiar appearance of beads.

I cannot refrain here from making a few observations on

the remarks made by Dr. Willshire* relative to the function

of some starch particles, or of starch particles existing in the

laticiferous vessels. He says, “ Dr. Barry has demonstrated

the existence of primordial fibre or filament in bodies of ani-

mal organization, and we shall endeavour to draw an analogy

between some of his views with phenomena known to exist

in the vegetable kingdom.” I think, that before any analogy

be attempted to be drawn, the basis of that analogy ought to

be established : this has certainly not been done in the present

instance. The appearances observed by Dr. Barry in the blood,

are, I think, totally misinterpreted ; and I am happy to find

Dr. Willshire comparing the fibre of the blood-disc to a dark

line on a piece of starch, for I am convinced that it is not a

fibre at all. I believe the appearance alluded to is in all cases

produced after the vitality of the blood is destroyed, and is

dependent on physical causes alone for its production. The

blood-discs are sacs containing the colouring matter of the

blood and a liquid, which is most probably the same as the

. liquor sanguinis. Dr. Barry says, “the filaments may be

discerned without any addition whatever, if the coagulation

has begun, provided its appearance be familiar,” &c. I be-

lieve that the sac is generally cracked at the time of the pro-

duction of the fibre, and the contents coagulated, either by

the causes producing the ordinary coagulation of the blood, or

by the imbibition of a portion of corrosive sublimate when that

is used. Moreover, I am at a loss to understand how the

“fibre” is primary or primordial. Dr. Barry says, “in the

mature blood-corpuscle there is often to be seen a flat fila-

ment or band already formed within the corpuscle.” “ This

filament is formed of the discs within the corpuscle.” So

that here we should have the discs performing the part of

cytoblasts to the blood-corpuscle or cell, as in vegetables ;

and the fibre must be secondary, not primary.

I think we are bound to believe that the appearances ob-

* Annals of Nat. History, Joe. cit.

H 2

100 Dr. Griffith on the Formation of

servable in spiral vegetable fibres, mould, &c., simulating

doubly interlacing spirals, are produced by the action of the

corrosives employed, as these are not observable without their

use; moreover, it is difficult to imagine that the walls of the

cells of the lowest vegetable productions in the scale of or-

ganization should be formed of spiral fibres, and a complexity

of arrangement which seems almost exclusively to belong to

the higher plants; nor do I believe that nature in her con-

stant simplicity would ever make use of so truly artificial an

arrangement. A common appearance of double interlacement

in muscular fibre results from the apposition of two fibres

with oblique strize, asin Mr. Bostock’s preparations. As re-

gards the existence of primary fibre in vegetables, I think no

such productions exist. [I am ata loss to conceive how the

arrangement of particles about to form-a fibre can be produced

without their being enclosed within a sac filled with a fluid to

allow of free motion of the particles. Were the spiral fibres

cells, they might possess the power of growth by elongation,

or formation of budding cells, &c. from the extremity of the

old ones ; but this is not the case, they are always solid. More-

over Mr. Quekett* has seen and described their mode of for-

mation, and I am not aware of, neither do I believe in, the ex-

istence of any other mode than that described by him. The

tissue of Stelis, brought by Meyen from Lucon, in which cells

exist apparently formed of fibres only, ought to be referred to

that variety described by Slack+ where the membrane and fibre

have been firmly consolidated. And the fibres on the testa of

Collomia I am convinced are surrounded by a true cylindrical

membrane with as defined an outline as that of any spiral ves-

sel; the only difference between these fibres and their mem-

brane, and those of ordinary spiral vessels is, that in the former

the membrane is never in approximation with the fibre, but

distended with mucus, and their termination is not in a point

as in ordinary spiral vessels; but the fibre breaks up into di-

stinct rings, and I believe they are mere modifications of the

spiral vessels similar to those on the testa of Ruellia and Acan-

thodium, &c.

The regularity of the relation of the fibre to the sheath in

Collomia is much too constant to be regarded as simply mu-

cus. In vegetable cells approaching nearest to those described

by Meyen where the fibre apparently forms the entire cell,

careful examination will nearly always detect evidences of the

existence of both fibre and membrane. I think the great

cause of “ primary vegetable fibre ” being found, is the tissue

being examined in much too advanced a state. I feel author-

* Transactions of Microscopical Society, vol. i. 1842.

+ ‘Transactions of Suc. of Arts, vol, xlix.

the Pitted Tissue of Plants. 101

ized in drawiug trom the above considerations the following

- conclusions :— |

Ist. That the uniform dotted arrangement on the walls of

the vasa spiroidea simply results from the pressure of the sur-

rounding parts alone.

2nd. That the supposition of the starch particles being

analogous in function to the blood-globules is unfounded; and

that the black line seen upon the starch particles cannot, and

does not, perform any such office as has been supposed.

3rd. That the imagined secondary formations from the

blood-corpuscles are really misinterpreted appearances ; not

vital but physical*,

9 St. John’s Square, Dec. 1842.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig.1. Vessel from Typha latifolia, showing the dots extending nearly across

the face of the tube from the pressure of one large similar tube or

cell.

fig. 2. Origin of beaded appearance, 2. ¢. the fibres cut across and project-

ing. (T°. latifolia.)

“7g. 3. Same as 1 and 2. On the tube 6 two smaller tubes have pressed,

whilst opposite a only one has existed. (7. datifolza.)

Fig. 4. Tube from Arundo Phragmites, showing the results of the pressure

of two of different sizes on one tube.

fig. 5. From Aspidium Filix mas, a transverse section showing the dots op-

posite the convexity of the projecting cells.

. Projecting teeth, leaving spaces between them corresponding to the

dot. (7. latifolia.)

. Section of tube of the same, showing the dot to be formed of mem-

brane only.

Fig 8. Ring of an annular duct of drundo Phragmites, which has been pressed

upon by three surrounding cells orvessels, thickened at the bendings.

Fig. 9. Tube from Pteris Aquilina, showing the impression of one tube upon

another, and the dots on that portion corresponding to its breadth.

Fig. 10. From Typha, showing adhering portions of surrounding cells or

vessels.

fig. 11. Section of stem of Typha: cells similar to those at a, pressing upon

and producing large dots; those similar in size to b, b produce

smaller ones, as at c. The interruptions to the regular arrangement,

as at e, are caused by the abrupt terminations of the surrounding

tubes, leaving spaces.

Fig. 12. Tube from Typha, showing the loose fibres bent and thickened at

the joints.

Fig. 13. Diagram showing the spiral fibre pressed upon by surrounding ves-

sels or cells, first stage.

frig. 14. Second stage. a, a, a, a, bendings of fibres corresponding to inter-

cellular or intervascular spaces; b, pressing cells.

Muscular fibre, showing what might be interpreted into an appear-

ance of interlacing fibres when not quite in focus, (Bostock, Barry

in Trans. of Royal Soc.)

ratios.

Fig. 15

* I believe the tissues to be all reproduced by the transudation of the liquor

sanguinis through the walls of the capillaries ; and that no blood- globules can

ever leave the capillaries unless their walls be ruptured, which must always

be the case in hemorrhage by “ simple exudation.”

102. Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Treland.

Fig. 16. Interlacing double spirals, leaving spaces which afterwards become

dots. (After Barry.)

#ig. 17. Same in amore advanced stage. (Id. loc. cit.)

fig. 18. Dotted duct thus perfected. (Barry, loc. cit.)

Fig. 19. Fibres from 7’. latifolia bent and thickened, in an advanced stage.

Fig. 20. Dotted vessel from Arundo Donaz, the black lines formed by ad-

herent portions of vegetable matter which filled up the spaces se-

parating the surrounding cells and vessels.

Fig. 21. Dotted duct from Sambucus nigra.

Lig. 22. Transverse section of dotted tube in Aspidium Filie mas, showing

the rows of dots corresponding to projecting portions of surround-

ing cells.

XVII.—The Crustacea of Ireland. By Wm. Tuomeson, Hed: a

Vice-Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast.

[Continued from vol. x. p.287.]

Order DECAPODA.

2nd Section. Decarpopa ANOMOURA.

Lithodes Maia, Leach, Mal. pl. 34.

L. arctica, Edw. Crust. t.u. p. 186; Desm. Consid. Crust. p. 160.

pl. 25.

Horrid Crab, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 6. pl. 8. f. 14, edition 1812.

Templeton says of this species—‘‘ Found on the coast of the county

Wexford: a specimen thence is in Trinity College Museum [Dublin].

It is called by the people craban.”

I have not seen any Irish example of this crab, but am indebted

to Dr. Wylie of Ballantrae, Ayrshire, for a very fine specimen which

was taken in a herring-net there in the summer of 1838, in water from

twenty to thirty fathoms in depth. It was brought to Dr. Wylie by

the fishermen as a species which they had never before met with.

Pagurus Bernhardus, Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 215 ; Penn. vol. iv. p. 30.

pl. 18; Desm. 'p.-178. pl.°30. 4, 2

P. streblonyx, Leach, Mal. pl. 26. f. 1—4.

Hermit-crabs of this species are very common in univalve shells

around the coast of Ireland. Leach mentions their “ first occupying

the shells of the common periwinkle or trochus”’ (Art. Crustaceology

in Edin. Encyclop.) ; but some examples in my collection are much

smaller than those contained in the species just named. They are

in the Littorina retusa, Turritella terebra, and Nasa macula—univalves

from this size up to that of the largest Buccina are commonly inha-

bited by the P. Bernhardus: a specimen of this crab from the coast

of Down, in my collection, is 64 inches in length. Samouelle speaks

of the shell occupied by the Pagurus being ‘‘ destined to preserve the

body from injury, and to guard them from the attacks of fishes,

which would otherwise devour them.” Entom. Compend. p. 92. In

this latter respect the shells are of little service, as I have remarked

Paguri very commonly in the stomachs of various species of fishes,

but especially in the omnivorous and voracious cod: all the mo-

derate-sized and large hermit-crabs which have thus occurred to me

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 103

must have been dragged from their shells, which, in no instance that

I recollect, were found in the stomach of the fish along with them.

One of these crabs inhabiting a Buccinum undatum was brought

up alive in the dredge from a depth of fifty fathoms off the Mull of

Galloway. See ‘ Annals,’ vol. x. p. 21.

Pagurus Prideaur, Leach, Mal. pl. 26. f. 5 and 6.

P. Prideauxu, Edw. Crust. t. 1. p. 216.

Has been taken by Mr. Hyndman and my self when dredging ; in

Strangford and Belfast loughs, and in the open sea off Dundrum,

county Down, and in every instance occupying the shell invested

by the Adamsia maculata (Actinia maculata, Adams). Leach states

that ‘‘ Mr. Prideaux has observed it in a vast variety of habitations,

even in the tubes of the Dentalia and in the shell of Scaphander lig-

narius { Bullalignaria].” To me this appears singular, for among the

very numerous specimens of Paguriin my collection from all quarters

of the Irish coast, and found inhabiting shells of various species, not a

P. Prideauzii occurs, except in connection with the Actinia already

named. This is a remarkable fact. ‘The connection of the two spe-

cies is surely more than accidental. It may be further stated, that

in the localities whence P. Prideauzii was obtained, P. Bernhardus is

very common ; and in the loughs mentioned, a few individuals of

two or three other species of Paguri have been procured.

‘* Pagurus erinaceus.”

In the collection of Mr. J. V. Thompson is an Irish specimen of

a Pagurus considered as undescribed, and so named by him.

Porcellana platycheles, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 255; Désm. p. 195. pl.

34. f. 1.

Great-clawed crab, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 9. pl. 6. £. 2.

This littoral crab seems to be a local species, but plentiful where

it does occur ; Templeton notices it as found on the ‘‘ Whitehouse

shore by Mr. James Grimshaw, Jun.” On the beach near Carrick-

fergus, a few miles distant from that locality, it was procured in

abundance in June 1835, by the late Mrs. Patterson of Belfast, who

subsequently obtained it near Cultra, on the county Down shore of

the bay. Mr. R. Ball states that this species is very abundant on

the shores of the county Dublin, and especially at Portmarnock :

he remarks that in once turning over a large stone here in cold win-

try weather, the under side was entirely covered with these crabs,

** packed as close to each other as tiles on a roof!” In June 1838,

I found the P. platycheles in numbers beneath large stones at the

island of Lambay, off the Dublin coast—on the Ist of this month,

the females abounded in ova. At Lahinch, county Clare, this species

occurred to Mr. E. Forbes and myself in July 1840, between tide-

marks, and beneath the same stones P. longicornis was met with alive.

Porcellana longicornis, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 257.

Long-horned crab, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 5. pl. 1. f. 3.

This species chiefly inhabits deep water on our coasts, but in

some localities lives on shores exposed at the ebb of every tide. It

has been dredged up in abundance in the loughs of Strangford and

Belfast, and in the open sea off the north-east coast of Ireland in

104. Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

1834, and subsequently by Mr. Hyndman and myself. It is gene-

rally found in connection with large shell-fish brought up from deep

water, such as oysters, horse-mussels (Modiolus vulgaris) or clams

(Pecten maximus), and shelters itself under any extraneous matter or

natural roughness (as between the testaceous layers of an old oyster)

sufficient for the purpose. Mr. R. Ball’s collection contains speci-

mens from Youghal* and Dublin Bay :—on the shore of the island

of Lambay I have taken it alive, as well as at Lahinch on the west-

ern coast.

Specimens of this crab have been sent me from the coast of Wig-

tonshire, Scotland, by Captain Fayrer, R.N.

Order Decapopa.

8rd Section. Decaropa Macroura.

Galathea strigosa, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p.273; Desm. p. 189. pl. 33. f. 1.

G. spinigera, Leach, Mal. pl. 28 B.

Plaited lobster, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 24. pl. 15.

Would appear to be distributed around the coast, but everywhere

in very limited numbers. Templeton notes it as found at ‘‘ Bangor,

co. Down, November 1819, and in the stomach of a cod-fish.”

It is enumerated in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s catalogue, his specimen

being probably from Cork. ‘lwo were captured by Mr. Hyndman

and myself, when dredging in Strangford lough in October 1834 ;

and others have subsequently been added to my cabinet from the

rocky coast of Antrim, as from Island Magee; Glenarm; the vicinity

of the Giant’s Causeway ; one or two only from each place: at the

last-named, a couple of individuals, which were brought to me

alive in the month of June, were captured under stones at low water.

The species may probably resort to the shallows to deposit their ova,

which in these examples were ready for exclusion. The Ordnance

collection contains the G. strigosa from Belfast bay. Mr. R. Ball

has a specimen from Dublin bay :—its length of body is 43 inches;

arm from basal insertion to end of claw 48 inches.

In March 1835, a G. strigosa from Portpatrick was kindly sent to

me by Captain Fayrer, R.N.; and on the beach at Newhaven, near

Edinburgh, I once picked up a very large one, which had probably

been thrown out of some of the fishing- boats. At Ventnor, in the Isle

of Wight, one which had been captured in a crab-pot was brought to

me; it was 54 inches in length from the points of the claws to the

extremity of the tail-plates.

Both the young and adult specimens in my cabinet are highly at-

tractive, from still retaining their fine red and bright blue markings.

Galathea rvgosa, Leach, Mal. pl. 29; Edw. Crust. t. 1. p. 274.

Astacus Bamffius, Long-clawed lobster, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv.

p. 23. pl. 24.

Is noticed as Irish by Mr. J. V. Thompson. The specimens which

I have seen were mostly found in the stomach of the cod-fish. Dr.

* Mr. J.V.Thompson mentions a “species of Porcellana’”’ being in

‘‘ abundance in the deep water of the harbour of Cove.” Ent. Mag. vol. iii.

p. 275. The Irish species contained in his collection (Royal College of

Surgeons, Dublin) is the P. longicornis—it is named P, Linneana.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 105

J. L. Drummond thus obtained two of them from fish brought to

Belfast market. In a cod taken near Carrickfergus, I once found a

fine male G. rugosa; its length of body from base of eyes to extre-

mity of tail-plates, 3 inches; its arm from base to point of claw, 5$

inches. Another individual was found in the mouth of a haddock

captured at Killough, county Down. Mr. R. Ball in one instance pro-

cured three specimens from the stomach of a cod taken at Youghal.

Dr. Leach remarks ‘that the G. rugosa appears to be a very rare

species in Britain,” and so may it likewise be considered on the Irish

coast. It is probably one of those species not to be found in numbers

anywhere.

A G. rugosa has been kindly sent to me from Portpatrick by Cap-

tain Fayrer, R.N. Several small individuals were dredged alive in

water from 110 to 140 fathoms in depth off the Mull of Galloway.

See ‘Annals,’ vol. x. p. 23. None of them exceeded 14 inch in

length of body. |

Among the genera of Crustacea which possess a luminous pro-

perty when living, Galathea is included, and the species particu-

larized is the G.amplectens, Fabricius (McCulloch’s West. Isles,

Scotland, vol. 11. p. 192), observed by Sir Joseph Banks on the coast

of Brazil. It is perhaps not worth remarking, that in a dead speci-

men of G. rugosa I observed the same property. On the evening of

the second day after it had been kept ina warm room, the entire soft

portion of its under surface was highly luminous.

Galathea squamifera, Leach, Mal. pl. 28 A; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 275.

Is marked Irish in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s catalogue. It is our

most common species of Galathea, and is found on all sides of the

island. It is not uncommonly dredged up by us in the loughs of

Strangford and Belfast, the specimens being generally of a small

size. In the Ordnance collection are examples from Portrush,

near the Giant’s Causeway. At Lahinch, county Clare, two of the

G. squamifera were procured by us under stones between tide-marks.

Specimens from Youghal and the western coast are in Mr. R. Ball’s

collection.

Captain Fayrer, R.N., has favoured me with this species from

Portpatrick.

Galathea nexa, Embleton, Proceedings Berwickshire Club, p.71. pl. 1.

*‘ [ have found it in the stomachs of cod-fish brought from the coasts

of Down and Antrim to Belfast market; and in Dr. Drummond’s

collection are specimens which were similarly procured. A compa-

rison of one of these with an original specimen in Dr. Johnston’s

possession, proved (what from its agreement with the description and

figure I had previously little doubt of) the identity of the species.” —

W. T. in ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 255.

Palinurus vulgaris, Leach, Mal. pl. 30; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 292;

Desm. p. 184. pl. 32.

Astacus homarus, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 22. pl. 12.

The spiny lobster is found sparingly on the north, but commonly

on the south coast. Smith in his ‘ History of Kerry’ remarks that one

side of Dingle bay ‘“‘ is noted for having very large cray-fish;” and

106 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

in his ‘ History of Cork’ states that ‘‘ we have of them in great plenty

from one to six or eight pounds weight on the south coast of Ire-

land.” Rutty, in his ‘Natural History of the County of Dublin,’

says of the Palinurus, “‘ this, though common on their tables at

Cork, and a more delicate food than the lobster, is rare in Dublin,

though sometimes brought to our market from Munster, and some-

times from England.” Mr. R. Ball informs me that it is still oc-

casionally brought to Dublin, and that it is at the present time rather

commonly taken at Youghal along with lobsters, and of the size no-

ticed by Leach—from 18 to 20 inches in length of body. It is consi-

dered coarse food at the last-named place. A specimen obtained many

years ago at Magilligan, county Londonderry, is in Mr. Hyndman’s

collection: one or two have subsequently been procured there by

the Ordnance Survey, as well as on the coast of Donegal. A speci-

men captured in a crab-pot at Carrickfergus is preserved in the Bel-

fast museum.

Callianassa subterranea, Leach, Mal. pl. 32 ; Edw. Crust. t.1. p.309;

Desm. p. 205. pl. 36zf. 2.

Cancer Astacus subterraneus, Mont. Linn. Trans. vol. ix. p. 88. pl. 3.

ed Bac 22

« March 25, 1839.—On examining the contents of the stomach of

several individuals of the Platessa Pola, which were taken early this

morning off Newcastle (county Down), two of the larger arms of this

species, so peculiar in form and still retaining their beautiful pink

colour, were detected*.”—-W. T. in ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 256.

Astacus fluviatilis, Edw. Crust. t. u. p. 330.

Craw-fish, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 24. pl. 16. f. 1.

Inhabits the rivers in many parts of Ireland, but is generally stated

to have been introduced to its recorded haunts from other quarters.

Thus, Rutty in his ‘Natural History of Dublin’ remarks, ‘ It

has been sometimes found in this county, chiefly in gentlemen’s

ponds, and lately in the river near Finglass ; but said to have been

brought thither from Munster.”’ In an essay on the parish of Tem-

plepatrick, written in 1824, it was stated, that “ the lady of the late

Arthur Upton introduced a stranger into our river called craw-fish.

It was put into the brook at Templepatrick ; it descended the Six-

mile water, where it found a situation perfectly suited to its na-

ture, deep water and banks of loam, which they excavate as lodgings

for themselves and their young; they have increased to a very great

multitude.” This locality is about ten miles distant from Belfast.

The date of the introduction of the cray-fish unfortunately is not

given, nor are we informed whence they were brought. About thirty

years before the essay was written, as I am informed by a venerable

friend, cray-fish were plentiful some miles farther up the river than

* A species named ‘‘ Thalassina Montagut”’ appears as Irish in Mr. J.

V.Thompson’s catalogue. It may be presumed to have been considered by

that gentleman a new species, although ‘“n.d.’’ is not prefixed to it as in

other cases of non-descripts. Only one species of this genus,—the 7’, scor-

pioides, a native of Chili,—is noticed in M. Edwards’s Hist. des Crustaces

(t. ii. p. 316).

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 107

where they are said to have been introduced. They were obtained

in drains connected with the river near Doagh, and were not sought

for as a marketable commodity, but served up at the table of the

Antrim Hunt, to gratify the special palate of one of the knightly

members of that body. About Florence Court, county Fermanagh,

the cray-fish is abundant, but to this locality also, Lord Beislien

tells me that the species is said to have been introduced many years

ago from Queens-county :—of the correctness of this, as in former

cases, there is no proof. About two years ago, however, I had

‘ocular demonstration’ of the introduction of the cray-fish into a

pond at Lismoyne, the seat of a relative near Belfast. Early in

September 1840, supplies taken in a small river in the county of

Kildare were from time to time forwarded by the coach from Dub-

lin to Belfast, and arrived in tolerable condition on the second day

after capture; sometimes all were alive and apparently in good

health ; at others, perhaps one-fourth would be sickly or dead. At

this period none contained ova, but a supply sent forward in the

middle of November had them well-developed. It may be worth

mentioning that these cray-fish were captured by a man wading up

to his middle in the river, and thrusting his hands into their burrows

in the banks—the water must be low at the time to render the

holes visible. When caught they are generally put in a bag contain-

ing a little hay, and by being kept cool will live a few days out of

the water. They are likewise taken in numbers by baiting with

chickens’ entrails a common creel or basket, which is let down by

a rope to the bottom of the river in the evening, and next morning

is pulled up so quickly, that the contained cray-fish having no time

for escape are all captured.

Templeton says of the Ast. fluviatilis that it ‘inhabits several of

our lakes and rivers; near Antrim, in the Six-mile water; in great

abundance in a lake near Tullahan, county Monaghan.”’ About Bal-

libay and Glaslough in this county it is now said to be met with.

About Kill lake, lough Sheehan, &c. in the neighbouring county of

Cavan it is found*. Mr. R. Ball states that the cray-fish is taken in

the Royal Canal, about twelve miles from Dublin.

Mr. Patrick Doran, a well-known and intelligent collector of ob-

jects of natural history, gives me the following account of cray-

fish as observed by him in Killymoon river, near Cookstown, county

Tyrone, when the water was very low. They ascend from the

* In Mr. Hyndman’s cabinet there is a specimen of a cray-fish consider-~

ably smaller and more delicately proportioned than the 4. fluviatilis, and

apparently a different species. It is believed by him to be Irish, but of this

he is not certain. A very intelligent lady who saw the specimens above

alluded to from Kildare—and which were the ordinary 4. fluviatilis—re-

marked on their being much larger than those she had been accustomed to

see in county Cavan. On Mr. Hyndman’s Astacus being shown, it was

stated that of the quantities which she had seen served up at table, none

were ever larger. They were taken in one of the tributaries to lough Shee-

han, about 13 mile above the lake, and eight miles from the town of Cavan.

I have as yet been unable to obtain cray-fish from this locality. Silence

would perhaps have been more judicious, than the introduction of matter of

this kind without any positive evidence.

108 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

deeper to the shallow parts to spawn. It is the office of the males

to cater for the young. He has seen them catch minute fish and

Gammari, bring them to the female and young, and break the fish

up in pieces for the latter, so as to muddy the water in the process.

On being disturbed, both sexes gather the young under their tails

“as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings,’’ but a singular

difference prevails between the sexes with regard to their manner of

protecting their progeny. The male on being lifted out of the water

retains the young under his tail; but the female on being captured,

wiser than her lord, slaps them from her into their native element

with great force, thus producing an effect which is likened by my

informant to ‘‘a shower of rain upon the surface.”’ He has repeat-

edly witnessed this different procedure of the two sexes.

Mr. R. Ball supplies me with the following note :—‘ Some years

ago I kept a cray-fish for a considerable time in a shallow glass ves-

sel, about 20 inches in diameter, and containing about two inches

depth of water. This animal gradually acquired great viciousness,

and would eagerly attack the fingers of any one who chose to put

them within his range, pursuing the intruding digits round the boun-

daries of his demesne. After he had been thus a year in my posses-

sion, I was one day surprised to see a second cray-fish in the vessel,

but on taking the intruder in my hand (believing it to have been placed

in the vessel by a waggish relative) it proved to be the exuviz of my

old friend so perfect as to present his exact counterpart. Instead of

his usual boldness, he now exhibited the most remarkable timidity,

which continued for three or four days. He was at first quite

soft and appeared considerably larger than usual, but gradually grew

firmer, and on the fifth day felt to the touch as hard as usual, and

advanced with open pincers to the attack of my finger, though evi-

dently not without some little doubtfulness of his powers. Before

the end of the week he was himself again, came on more boldly than

ever and with greater effect, as his weapons were much sharper. He

lived nearly two years with me, and during the whole time received

no food excepting one or two worms. The water was never changed,

but some was occasionally added merely to supply the loss by eva-

poration. I had found by previous experiments that cray-fish placed

in pans with much water died, while those which were merely co-

vered, or in such a manner that they could raise a portion of their

bodies above the surface, lived as long as they were taken care of.”

Homarus vulgaris, Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 334.

Astacus marinus, Desm. p. 211. pl. 41. f. 1.

A. gammarus, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 14. pl. 11.

Lobsters are in plenty around the rocky shores of Ireland. From

the iron-bound north-eastern coast, great quantities of them are now

sent by the regularly plying steamers to Glasgow. About Dublin,

Mr. R. Ball informs me that the flounder (Platessa flesus) is used as

bait for the lobster; and at Youghal, that the best plaice (Platessa

vulgaris), which would bring a good price at market, are cut up for

the same purpose.

The lightest looking and most tasteful lobster-pot that I have seen

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Freland. 109

is that used at the South Islands of Arran (off Galway bay). It is

of the form and about the size of a tenor-drum.. The frame-work

consists simply of a small hoop at each end fastened to three almost

equally light but tough pieces of wood, so as to present the drum

form ; over all a net is stretched, having an opening in the centre of

each end. The bait used is fish.

Nephrops Norvegicus, Leach, Mal. pl. 86; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 336 ;

Desm. p. 213. pl. 37. f. 1.

Norway Lobster, Penn. Brit. Zool. p. 23. pl. 13. f. 1.

Templeton says of this—‘‘a rare species, but sometimes found in

Belfast lough.”” I have heard of its being taken near Portaferry about

the entrance to Strangford lough, and that it has been procured in

numbers off Dundrum on the Down coast, but specimens have not

come under my observation from any of these localities. It is brought

in great quantities to Dublin as an article of food, and is chiefly used

by the poorer people. Mr. R. Ball informs me that the species is

very numerous in Dublin bay, near the Pigeon House, and that

hence the town is supplied: he has taken the Nephrops along with

echini and star-fish from the stomachs of cod bought in Dublin.

Specimens have been obligingly sent to me from the island of

Holyhead (Wales) by Captain Fayrer, R.N.

Crangon vulgaris, Leach, Mal. pl. 37B; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 341;

Wesm. p. 218. pl. 38. f. 1.

Astacus crangon, Penn. Brit. Zool. p. 26. pl. 16. f. 2.

The shrimp, being an article of food, is noticed in several of our

old county histories. It is common on the sandy shores and adjacent

saline marshes from north to south of Ireland. 'The western shore of

Belfast bay was many years ago of a hard sandy nature, so as to

admit of being ridden over by persons on horseback. At that period,

as I am informed, shrimps abounded there, and were regularly sought

for as objects of sale. At present this same part of the shore is

soft and oozy, and the shrimps so very limited in number and small

in size that they are never looked after. Although this species chiefly

frequents sandy shores, I have occasionally seen it brought up in the

dredge from deep water and at a considerable distance from land, in

the loughs of Strangford and Belfast. Mr. R. Ball mentions that

shrimps, though taken in large quantities at Youghal, are held in

little esteem, but that the prawn (Palemon serratus), caught abun-

dantly at spring-tides, is much thought of—this latter is called

“shrimp” there; the former the ‘“ gray shrimp:” this term is also

used in Smith’s ‘History of the County of Cork,’ written nearly a

century since.

' * Pontophilus spinosus,’”’ Leach, Mal. pl. 37.

Crangon cataphractus, Hdw. Crust. t. i. p. 343.

In Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection there is a specimen bearing

the former name, and marked as Irish. It is much to be regretted

that the notice of the Irish Crustacea in this collection (now in the

College of Surgeons, Dublin,) is limited to a single letter, the initial

110 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

‘“‘]” simply indicating them, as ‘‘F”’ does the foreign species. The

native specimens were, I believe, chiefly derived from the harbour of

Cove, whence those were brought upon which that naturalist founded

his highly important and celebrated ‘ Researches into the Metamor-

phoses of the Crustacea.’

“« Processa (vel Nika) canaliculata.”

Irish examples of this species are in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s col-

lection.

Athanas nitescens, Leach, Mal. pl. 44; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 366.

A single specimen was found under a stone between tide-marks

at Lahinch, county Clare, by Mr. E. Forbes and myself in July 1840,

as noticed in the seventh volume of this Journal.

Hippolyta varians, Leach, Mal. pl. 38. f. 6-16; Edw. Crust. t. i.

p. 371

Is an inhabitant of deep water around the coast. Mr. J. V.

Thompson’s collection contains Irish specimens. This species has

been dredged in Belfast and Strangford loughs by Mr. Hyndman

and myself, and was similarly procured by our party in July 1840,

in Clew and Roundstone bays on the western coast. In Dalkey

Sound, Dublin bay, an H. varians ? was taken by us in the dredge.

“* Hippolyte Cranchit”’

Is marked in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection as Irish.

Pandalus annulicornis, Leach, Mal. pl. 40; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 384;

Desm. p. 220. pl. 38. f. 2.

Ts in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. The species has been

taken commonly by Mr. Hyndman and myself in the rock-pools ac-

cessible at low-water throughout the Down coast, and has been

dredged by us in deep water on the north-east coast, and in Killery

bay, Connemara. Mr. R. Ball has specimens from the shores about

Dublin.

Palemon serratus, Leach, Mal. pl. 43. f.1; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 389;

Desm. p. 234. pl. 40. f. 1.

Astacus serratus, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 25. pl. 17. f. 1.

The prawn, an article of human consumption, is noticed in some

of our old county histories, as Harris’s ‘Down,’ Smith’s ‘ Cork and

- Waterford,’ Rutty’s ‘Dublin.’ The last author says, apparently *

with reference to this species, that “‘ it was formerly frequent on our

coast, but the frost in 1740 destroyed many of them”’! vol. i. p. 379.

Templeton speaks of it as “‘once common in Belfast lough; now

rare.” Some years ago J obtained from this locality a very large

specimen, which was taken in a lobster-pot at the entrance of the

bay. Here the species has more lately been obtained by the collectors

attached to the Ordnance Survey, who likewise procured it at Port-

rush near the Giant’s Causeway. Mr. R. Ball states that at Youghal,

* He refers to Rondeletius for the species meant, a work which I have

not at present to consult.

Mr. A. H. Hassall on Marine Zoophytes. ei

prawns are taken only during the first quarter of flood-tide, and

then plentifully : at the South Islands of Arran he captured numbers

of them in the summer of 1835, and out of about fifty, found three

with Bopyri attached.—See ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 256.

Palemon squilla, Leach, Mal. pl. 43. f. 11-13; Edw. Crust. t. ii.

p. 390.

Templeton notices this species as “‘ common on the shore of Belfast

lough.” It is of frequent occurrence in rock-pools throughout the

range of the Down coast, and is likewise occasionally taken in deep

water with the dredge.

I have met with it commonly in rock-pools about Ballantrae, Ayr-

shire.

Palemonvarians, Leach, Mal. pl. 43. f. 14-16; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p.391.

A few examples have been procured in Belfast and Strangford

loughs by Dr. Drummond and myself. Leach remarks that the

Astacus squilla of Pennant may be his P. varians.

’

“¢ Palemon Leachii’

Is the name attached by Mr. J.V. Thompson to an Irish specimen

in his collection.

Pasiphaé Sivado, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. t.v. p. 81, ed. 1826;

Edw. Crust. t. u. p. 426.

“In the British Museum there is a specimen so named, and labelled

‘Ireland.’ From the donor, the Rev. James Bulwer, I learned that

it was taken by him in the vicinity of Dublin.’”’—W. T. in <‘ Annals,’

vol. v. p. 256.

[To be continued. ]

XVIII.—Remarks on three species of Marine Zoophytes.

By Artuur Hixtu Hassa.t, Esq.

Antennularia arborescens. Polypidom arborescent, arising from a

tangled mass of tubular root-like filaments by a single trunk, which

subsequently divides and subdivides into numerous branches; branch-

lets verticillate, long; cells tubular, not separated from each other

by one or more small cup-like processes, as are those of Antennularia

antennina.

In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. vi. p. 168,

pl. 5, I have described and figured an Antennularia which I con-

ceived to be distinct from the common A. antennina, and which I

then conjectured to be identical with the Antennularia ramosa of

Lamarck.

The opinion originally entertained of its specific distinctness has

recently been confirmed by some observations of Mr. J. Macgillivray,

recorded in the ninth vol. of the ‘ Annals,’ by whom many specimens

have been found at Aberdeen, agreeing in all respects with my de-

scription ; but I have since seen reason to discard the notion of its

identity with Lamarck’s Antennularia ramosa, whose description of

112 Mr. A. H. Hassall on Marine Zoophytes.

that species, which is probably nothing more than the common

branched condition, not worthy of being considered as a variety, of

Antennularia antennina, contains no reference to the two chief specific

characters of my species, viz. the circumstance of the polypidom

arising by a single trunk, and the absence of the small tubular pro-

cesses placed between the proper polype-bearing cells present in A.

antennina. I propose, therefore, to designate my species Antennu-

laria arborescens, a term which expresses one of its peculiarities.

Alcyonidium glomeratum. Polypidom massive, of no very defined

outline; colour a deep uniform red, the shade of which approaches

to vermilion.

I have lately been informed by Dr. Johnston that the Alcyontdium

rubrum of Miller is very different from the deep red Alcyonidium

referred to by me in the seventh vol. of the ‘ Annals of Natural His-

tory,’ and which I supposed to be identical with that zoophyte.

Although not the <Alcyonidium rubrum of Miller, I still regard it

as specifically distinct, notwithstanding the observations of Mr.

Macgillivray to the contrary ; or at all events, if it does not claim to

be regarded as a distinct species, it can only be looked upon asa

permanent variety, which is the next thing to a distinct species.

Mr. Macgillivray appears inclined to consider it as a mere acci-

dental variety, and observes that I appear “to regard it as distinct,

apparently on the sole ground of not having been able to detect any

gradations of colour between it and the common kind, as might be

expected were it a mere variety; and says further, ‘“‘ that to be con-

sistent, I ought to separate as so many distinct species those Sertu-

larie which are occasionally found of a bright pink colour, and make

two species out of Laomedea geniculata, of which Dr. Johnston has

often observed coloured and colourless specimens growing upon the

same stone.”

The cases do not appear to me, however, to be at all analogous:

the polypidoms of the Hydroid zoophytes are corneous and extra-

vascular, while those of the Alcyonidia are coriaceous, fleshy, and

continuous with the polypi themselves; the colour in Alcyonidium

glomeratum is, therefore, probably a secretion from glands placed in

it, which cannot be the case with the Sertulurie. Moreover the

colouring matter is uniformly diffused over the surface of the polypi-

dom of A. glomeratum; while in the Hydroid zoophytes it usually

extends only over a portion of the polypidoms, parts of them retain-

ing their normal appearance.

Believing that in doubtful cases the truth is more likely to be eli-

cited by separating species than by uniting them, I have ventured

to assign a distinct specific name to what some would be disposed

perhaps to regard as a mere variety ; an opinion, however, in which

at present I by no means concur.

Farcimia spathulosa. Internodes three or four times as large as

those of Farcimia salicornia; cells spathulate, that is to say, rounded

above and excavated below, for the reception of the head of the ceil

beneath ; apertures semilunar, situated in the upper third of each

cell.

Prof. Brandt on Siberian Birds described by Latham. 113

As Mr. Macgillivray’s observations on some specimens of Farcimia

which occurred to him at Aberdeen would appear to throw some

doubts upon the genuineness of this species, I have been induced to

re-examine carefully my specimens of Farcimia, and the result has

been, that in no case have I found other than rhomboidal cells on

those of Farcimia salicornia, or spathulate, or modified spathulate, on

those of F. sinuosa, or as I have now named it, F’. spathulosa, a term

which expresses a more positive character of the species than the

other. The modified spathulate cells do indeed approach somewhat

toa rhombic form, but are not perfectly so, and these I have only

noticed in three or four of the basal, imperfectly developed internodes

of a single specimen. My opinion, therefore, of the validity of this

species remains unshaken; indeed, the great difference in the size of

the internodes affords a character sufficiently distinctive, when there

are no other differences between the species.

XIX.—On certain species of Siberian Birds described by

Latham, but which have hitherto been insufficiently deter-

mined. By Prof. J. F. Branoprt of St. Petersburg. (Com-

municated by H. E. Strickland, Esq., M.A.)

[Brine very desirous that some light should, if possible,

be thrown on the numerous nominal species of Siberian birds

recorded in the works of Latham, I prepared a list of all the

so-called species from Asiatic Russia, which appeared to be

unknown to the modern ornithologists of Britain. This list

I forwarded to Professor Brandt of St. Petersburg, the learned

author of ‘ Descriptiones et Icones Animalium Rossicorum,’

and of numerous other zoological memoirs, who has obligingly

transmitted to me the letter which is here translated.—H. EK.

STRICKLAND. |

Sir,

You have had the goodness to send me a list of those spe-

cies of birds in the ‘ Index Ornithologicus ’ of Latham which

appear obscure to modern ornithologists. Accept my sincere

thanks, together with a short notice of some of these species

which I have been enabled to decypher, or which have been

already correctly placed by other naturalists.

I have the honour, &c.

J. F. BRANDT.

St. Petersburg, Sept. 7, 1842.

Rapaces.

1. Falco leucoryphos, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 17; Gm. Syst. vol. 1.

p- 259; Pallas, Itin. vol. i. p. 454; Aguila leucorypha, Pall. Zoogr.

Rosso-Asiatica, vol. i. p. 352. = Haliaétos leucorypha. It was in

1836 that I communicated to the Zoological Section of the German

naturalists assembled at Jena a notice on the place which this bird

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

114 Prof. Brandt on Siberian Birds described by Latham.

ought to occupy. Messrs. Keyserling and Blasius, in their excellent

work, ‘ Die Wirbelthiere Europas,’ p. xxx. No. 31, are of the same

opinion. The Haliaétos unicolor of Mr. J. E. Gray (Illustrations of

Indian Zoology) appears to be the same species.

PASSERINE.

1. Corvus dauricus, Pall. Itin. Append. p. 694. = Corvus (Mone-

dula) daurica. 'The Corvus dauricus is a species very nearly allied

to the common jackdaw, and hence some naturalists, Gloger for in-

stance (Das Abaendern der Vogel, Breslau, 1833, 8vo. p. 144),

have taken it for a climatic variety of Corvus monedula. On the di-

stinctions of this species see Keyserling and Blasius, l.c. p. xlv, and

Wagler, ‘ Syst. Avium,’ Corvus.

2. Merops persicus, Pall.=Merops egyptius, Savigny. Le Guepier

Savigny male, Levaill. Prom. et Guep. pl. 6.

3. Emberiza rutila, Pall. Itin. vol. ii. App. p. 698. No. 23;

Pallas, Zoogr. vol. 11. p. 53. No. 217. This is a true bunting, which

is very clearly distinguished from the species which I have called

Emberiza bruniceps (Bulletin de l’Acad. Imp. de Petersb.).

4. Alauda mongolica, Pall. Itin. App. p. 697. No. 19. = Alauda

(Calandra) mongolica. ‘This is a very distinct species belonging to

the subgenus Calandra or Melanocorypha, Boié, together with Alauda

tatarica, A. leucoptera, Pall. and A. bimaculata, Menetries (Catal.

des objets de zoologie du Caucase).

5. Hirundo daurica, Linn. Mant.; Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 576; Hi-

rundo alpestris, Pall. Itin. vol. 1. p. 709; Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. vol. 1.

p. 534. pl. 80. A very distinct species from Eastern Siberia, of

which M. Kittlitz has brought a specimen from Manilla*.

GRALLZ.

1. Charadrius gregarius, Pall. Itin. vol. 1. App. p. 206; Lath. Ind.

Om. p. 745; Tringa fasciata, Gm. Itin. vol. ii. p. 194. pl. 26;

Tringa keptuschka, Lepechin, It. vol. 1. p. 229.= Vanellus gregarwus,

Keys. et Blasius, l. c. p. Ixx. The “ Black-sided Sandpiper,” Gray,

Ind. Zool., seems to belong to this species.

2. Charadrius asiaticus, Pall. It. vol. u. App. p. 715; Lath. Ind.

Orn. p. 746; Charadrius caspius, Pall. Zoogr. vol. 1. p. 136. pl. 58.

= Hudromias caspius, Keys. et Blasius, 1. c. A very distinct species,

and one which, if we are to characterize genera or subgenera by the

position and figure of the tarsal scutella, ought to be regarded as the

type of a separate group.

3. Charadrius tataricus, Pall. It. vol. 11. App. p. 715; Lath. Ind.

Orn. vol. ii. p. 746; and Charadrius sibiricus, Lepechin, It. vol. ii.

pl. 6; Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 747. = Charadrius (Hudromias) morinellus,

Lin. Syst. Nat. vol. 1. p. 254.

NaTATORES.

A. Anatide, seu Lamellirostres.

1. Anas grandis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 837; Pall. Zoogr. vol. ii

* The Hirundo erythropygia described by Col. Sykes in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Zoological Society for 1832,’ p. 83, ele a from the description to

be the same as H/, daurica, Lin.—(H. E. 8.)

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Lima. 115

p. 221. This is a species observed by Steller and Gmelin, which |

have not yet seen, and which, from Pallas’s description, may pro-

bably be a species of Cygnus.

2. Anas beringi, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 843. = Anas spectabilis, Lin.

according to the observations of Pallas, Zoogr. vol. il. p. 236, which

appear to me well-founded.

3. Anas falcaria, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 860; Anas falcata, Pall.

Zoogr. vol. ii. p. 239. A very beautiful species, of which I have

given a very detailed description in my work ‘ Descriptiones et

Icones Animalium Rossicorum,’ Aves, fasc. 1. p. 21. pl. 3.

4. Anas formosa, Georgi, Reise, vol. i. p. 168; Lath. Ind. Orn.

vol. ii. p. 876. = Anas glocitans, Pall. Zoogr. vol. ii. p. 261. I have

also given a full description of this bird in the same work*.

5. Anas peregrina, Gmel. Reise, vol. 11. p. 183. pl. 16; Anas

gmelini, Lath. Ind. Orn. vol. 11. p. 876, appears to me to = Anas

nyroca, juv.

6. Anas kekuschka, Gm. Reise, vol. iii. p. 249. pl. 26; Lath. Ind.

Orn. vol. ii. p. 877. = Anas strepera, according to Pallas, Zoogr.

vol. ii. p. 254, in which opinion I concur.

B. Tubinares.

1. Procellaria equinoctialis, 6. Kuril Petrel, Lath. Ind. Orn.

p- 821; Procellaria equinoctialis, Pall. Zoogr. vol. il. p. 314.=Puffi-

nus curilicus, mibi in Museo Academico.

2. Procellaria furcata, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 825 ; Procellaria orien-

talis, Pall. Zoogr. vol. ii. p. 315. = Thalassidroma furcata, mihi in

Museo Academico. A well-marked species, of which I intend pub-

lishing a full description accompanied by a figure.

C’. Steganopodes.

1. Pelecanus violaceus, Gm. Syst. vol. i. p. 575; Lath. Ind. Orn.

vol. u. p. 888. = Carbo violaceus, mihi, Carbonum Monographia,

MSS. A very distinct species, which will shortly be described and

figured with accuracy by myself.

2. Pelecanus urile, Gm. Syst. Nat. et Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 888;

Phalacrocorax pelagicus et bicristatus, Pall. Zoogr. vol. 11. pp. 301,

303. = Carbo urile, mihi, Carbonum Monogr. MSS.

XX.—Descriptions of Chalcidites found near Lima by C. Dar-

win, Esq. By Francis WALKER, Ksq., F.L.S.

Dicyclus Arduine, Fem. ter, abdomen eneum, antenne nigre, pedes

flavo-fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, convexum, atrum, scite squameum, parum nitens, parce

hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus ; frons

* The above two beautiful species of Teal, Querquedula falcaria and

Querquedula formosa, may now be seen in the Chinese Exhibition at Hyde

Park Corner (Nos. 864 and 884 of the catalogue). M. Brandt appears to

consider Q. formosa to be identical with Anas glocitans, Pall., the “ Bima-

culated Duck’”’ of British authors. The latest authors, home ver, regard them

| Bee

i16 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Lima.

impressa, abrupte declivis: Oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antenna

nigree, submoniliformes, extrorsum crassiores, thorace non longiores; arti-

culus 1"8 longus, gracilis; 2° cyathiformis; 3"s et 4"° minimi; 5"€ et se-

quentes breves, usque ad 10"” paullo curtantes; clava longiconica, acumi-

nata, articulo 10° plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus : prothorax transversus,

brevis: mesothoracis scutum Jongitudine latius; parapsidum suturee nor

bene determinate ; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax sat magnus, ob-

conicus, declivis : petiolus sat longus: abdomen zneum, subrotundum, fere

planum, nitens, leve, glabrum, thorace multo brevius ; segmentum 1°” mag-

num, 2"™ et sequentia brevia ; pedes nigri, simplices, subeequales ; trochan~

teres. picel; femora apice flava ; tibize fulvee, apice basique flave ; tarsi flavi,

apice fusci: alz limpide ; squamule piceze ; nervi flavi; nervus humeralis

ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali multo longior ;.

stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 13.)

Pachylarthrus Cleodoxa, Mas.. Viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne fulve,

pedes flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum:

caput convexum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,

abrupte declivis : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes:. palpi maxillares fulvi,

clavati: antenne fulve, extrorsum crassiores, thorace paullo longiores; ar-

ticulus 1"Slongus, gracilis ; 2"° fuscus, longicyathiformis ; 3"5 et 4"° minimi;

5's et sequentes breves, usque ad 10"™ paulle curtantes et latescentes; clava

fusiformis, pallide fusca, articulo 10° paullo latior et plus duplo longior :

thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris, antice angustus: meso-

thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture non bene determi-

natz; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, declivis, obconicus :

petiolus brevis: abdomen cupreum, breviovatum, leve, depressum, fere gla-

brum, thorace brevius: pedes flavi, simplices, subzequales; coxze virides ;

tarsi apice fusci: alee limpide; squamulz picez; nervi flavi; nervus hu-

meralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali multe

longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. #; alar. lin. 14.)

Pteromalus Archia, Mas. Niger, antenne nigre, pedes rufi, femora ni-

gra, ale fusce.

Corpus sublineare, convexum, nigrum, obscurum, pubescens, scitissime

squameum : caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine; vertex sat latus ;

frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: an-

tenne nigre, subfiliformes, pubescentes, thorace non longiores; articulus

1"s Jongus, gracilis ; 2"5 cyathiformis ; 3" et 4"* minimi; 5"§ et sequentes

usque ad 10°™ breves, subzequales, approximati; clava subconica, articulo

10° multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis, antice

angustus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture non

bene determinate ; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, declivis,

obconicus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare, depressum, nitens,

leeve, fere glabrum, thorace paullo brevius, non latius: pedes obscure rufi,

simplices, subeequales ; coxze nigree; trochanteres picei; femora nigra,

apice rufa; tarsi apice obscuriores: alz fusce ; squamule picez; nervi

picei; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior, radialis ulnari longior, cubita-

ulnari paullo brevior ; stigma sat magnum. (Corp. long. lin. 13; alar.

in: 2.)

as distinct (see Temm. Man. Orn. pt. 4. p. 536, and Yarrell, Brit. Birds,

vol. iii. p. 168), and it appears that European specimens never exhibit the

peculiar plumage of Anas formosa. The subject, however, requires further

mvestigation.—(H. E. 8.)

Mr. Gray on new Genera and Species of Mammalia. 117

Entedon (Horismenus, n.g. Haliday MSS.) Cleodora, Fem. 4neo-ater,

antenne nigre, pedes fulvi, femora nigra, ale limpide,

Corpus angustum, convexum, zneo atrum, nitens, leve, fere glabrum :

caput transversum, brevissimum, thorace non latius; vertex sat Jatus ; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, sat magni, non extantes: antennz

nigre, submoniliformes, extrorsum crassiores, thorace non longiores ; clava

fusiformis, acuminata, articulo preecedente plus duplo longior: thorax longi-

ovatus : prothorax transversus, brevis, antice angustus : mesothoracis scuitum

transversum, latum; parapsidum suturze non bene determinate ; scutellum

subrhombiforme, unisulcatum, postice latun ; paraptera et epimera magna:

metathorax sat magnus, pee obconicus, ‘nigro- viridis : petiolus brevis,

crassus : abdomen ovatum, convexum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum,

thorace paullo brevius; segmentum jem maximum; 2" et sequentia bre-

vissima: pedes fulvi; coxze nigrze ; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi 4-arti-

culati; articulus 1"s brevis ; ungues et pulvilli minuti: ale limpida, hirtz ;

squamule pices ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris humerali duplo longior, ra-

dialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissimus; stigma minimum. (Corp. long. lin.

11; alar. lin. 2.)

{To be continued. |

XX I1.—Descriptions of some new genera and species of Mam-

malia in the British Museum Collection. By J. EK. Gray,

Esq., F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Collection in the

British Museum.

Fam. VESPERTILIONIDS.

Mosia (n. g.) Vespertilionina? Cutting teeth es the upper oblique,

far apart ; wings thin ; head small, hairy ; forehead flattened, rather

concave in front; lips rather thick, lower with a triangular wart in

front; nose rounded ; nostrils apical, roundish, not produced, and

without any groove on its hinder edge ; ears moderate, lateral; tragus

elongate, well-developed ; interfemoral membrane large, truncated ;

heel-bone rather long; tail slender, tip produced on the middle of

the upper surface of the membrane ; hind feet small; wings from the

base of the toes.

This genus has all the external appearance of a Vespertilio, but it

has the tail of an Hmbalanura ; it differs from that genus in the nose

not being produced and truncated, and the nostrils not tubular. It

appears to be the link between the Vespertilionine and the Nostilio-.

nine.

Mosia nigrescens. Fur brown, rather paler below ; wings black-

ish ; tragus elongate, linear, blunt. Length of body, 14 inch.

Hab. South America? Capt. Belcher, R.N.

This may be the Vespertilio canina of Prince Neuwied, Embala-

nura canina of Temm.; but the tragus of that species is described as

very short, broader above and with a constriction at the base, and the

animal as considerably larger.

Kerivoula Brasiliensis. Blackish ; hairs with brownish tips, beneath

rather paler ; ears large, acute, bent back.

Hab. Brazils.

118 Mr. Gray on new Genera and Species of Mammalia.

Fam. Fevipa.

Mustela Horsfieldii. Uniform dark blackish brown, very little

paler beneath ; middle of the front of the chin and the lower lips

white; whiskers black ; tail slender, blacker, half as long as the body

and head. :

Var.? Throat with a large white spot, chin a]l white. Mus. East

India Company.

Hab. Bhotan, India.

This species differs from P. subhemachalanus, Hodgson, in the dor-

sal line not being darker ; from M. Cathia, now M. auriventer, of the

same author, in the much darker colour; and from WM. sibirica, in

the face not being varied with black, and in the general colour being

much darker.

Mustela xanthogenys, Yellow-cheeked Weasel. Bright chestnut,

beneath golden yellow; chin, small spot above the angle of the

mouth, and feet white ; spot under the ear yellowish white; spot be-

hind the angle of the mouth towards the throat chestnut; end of

tail black.

Hab. California, Capt. Belcher, R.N., C.B.

Rather larger than M. erminea; the upper lip and spot on side of

the head chestnut, and spot under the ears whitish.

Mustela Hodgsoni, Hodgson’s Weasel. Fur yellowish brown,

rather paler beneath ; upper part and side of head much darker ;

face, lips, chin and throat varied with white ; tail elongate, rather

bushy, rather more than half as long as the body and head.

Var. Rather darker, white extended to between the eyes.

Hab. India, Himalaya.

This species does not agree with either of those described by Mr.

Hodgson*.

Vulpes flavescens. Pale yellowish, back rather darker; face and

outer side of fore legs and base of tail pale fulvous; spot on side of

face just before the eyes, the chin, the front of fore legs, a round spot

on the upper part of hind foot, and the tips of the hairs of the tail,

blackish ; the ears externally black ; end of tail white.

Hab. Persia.

Lurra.

The species of this genus are said to be extremely difficult to de-

termine, but this appears to arise from sufficient attention not having

been paid to organic characters which are of a permanent description.

They may be thus divided into genera or subgenera :—

A. Hind and front feet similar in size ; tail tapering, acute, dlnaaie

1. Lontra. Muffle hairy; soles of hind feet half naked; claws di-

stinct. L. canadensis, L. brasiliensis.

2. Lutra. Muffle bald, oblong, transverse; claws distinct ; soles

half naked. L. vulgaris, L. indica, L. chinensis.

* Neither of these Indian species are amongst Mr. Hodgson’s collection

of Nepaul animals which he has just presented to the British Museum pre-

paratory to their being published by Mr. F. Howard.

Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus. 119

3. Aonyx. Mufile bald, oblong, transverse; claws rudimentary ;

soles half naked. A. Horsfieldii, A. aurobrunnea, A. indigitata of

India, and 4. Lalandii of South Africa.

4. Latax. Mufile bald, large, oblong, triangular, angular above ;

claws distinct ; soles hairy. L. Lataxina.

B. Hind feet large.

5. Enhydra. Tail short, cylindrical; muffle bald, oblong, trian-

gular ; soles entirely hairy. £. marina.

6. Pteronura. ‘ail elongate, with a fin on each side. P. San-

bachit.

XXII.—History and Observations on the Pearly Nautilus,

involving a new Theory to account for the camerated con-

struction of its Shell by the aid of the Siphonic Membrane.

By Mr. Lovetti Reeve, A.L.S. *

Tue two great conchiferous Cephalopods, Argonauta and

Nautilus, seem to have been equally well known to the father

of natural history; for in Scaliger’s translation of the ‘ Hi-

storia Animalium’ we learn that Aristotle, when speaking of

his Polypi, or Cephalopodous Malakia, makes especial mention

of two of them having shells. They were both regarded by

this venerable philosopher as species of Nautilus; “the one,”

says Aristotle, “has a hollow shell, not naturally adherent to

it; the other has a shell, which hike a snail it never quits.”

Here, however, remained the history of these mollusks for

ages. Pliny, and indeed other writers subsequent to Aristotle,

seem only to have noticed one of the Nautili of their prede-

cessor, for their observations embody little beyond what he

had transmitted to them of his Nautilus primus, the light mo-

nothalamous Argonaut of Linnzus. The Nautilus secundus of

the ancients remained in obscurity until the revival of letters ;

Belon, a French author of 1550, gave a representation of the

shell ; and its animal inhabitant was figured in 1703 by Rum-

phius, a Dutch merchant and naturalist resident at Amboyna.

Although an accurate delineator of character for the age in

which he lived, he was no anatomist, and his drawings are

somewhat inaccurate; having lost his sketches, he is said to

have renewed them from recollection; they have, however,

been valued from necessity, for no other living specimen of

this mollusk was discovered for the lapse of a century and a

quarter.

Cuvier, the first great anatomist who tested the organism

* From Mr. Lovell Reeve’s valuable work on the Mollusca.

120 Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus

of the Cephalopods by minute dissection, looked with earnest

solicitude, no doubt, for the soft and living portion of the

Nautilus ; but the act which made at last so prominent a step

in the history of these animals was reserved for a no less

skilful operator of our own day. A Nautilus was captured in

1829 in the Bay of Marekini, at the Island of Krromango, New

Hebrides ; it was seen floating on the surface of the water, and

was just about to sink, when a sailor caught hold of it witha

boat-hook. The right eye was almost shattered in the strug-

ele to secure it, and the shell being much broken it was inju-

diciously removed. Two years unfortunately elapsed before the

soft parts, which were carefully preserved in spirits, reached

England: they were presented to Mr. Owen for dissection ;

and although a minute portion of shell, adhering to one of the

lateral expansions of the belt, was all that remained of the

original frame-work, he admirably succeeded, by a train of

analogical reasoning, to establish the relation of the whole.

His celebrated ‘ Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus*’ was pub-

lished in London in 1832 by the Royal College of Surgeons,

and to the severe disappointment of the author, the illustrious

Cuvier died but a few days before it issued from the press.

Although the animal of the Nautilus was an important ac-

quisition to conchological science, it would have been far more

acceptable if accompanied with the shell: a doubt immediately

arose amongst naturalists, as to whether the position which

Mr. Owen had assigned to the animal in the shell was the

true one. ‘“ Mais dans quelle position,’ asks De Blainville,

“le Nautile est-al dans sa coquille>” “ And if,’ says Mr. Gray,

“ the relative position of the animal of the Nautilus be correctly

assigned by Mr. Owen with respect to its shell, it must offer

a similar anomaly to the genera Patella and Lottia.”

In 1840 two more specimens of the Nautilus were procured

after a long and arduous search, by a Dutch gentleman at New

Guinea. One was sent to the public museum of Leyden, and

the other to Paris; but as these also were destitute of their

calcareous envelope, an investigation of them could add little

to what had been already advanced by Mr. Owen. M. Va-

lenciennes, however, with a laudable desire, probably, of emu-

lating his predecessor, undertook the dissection, and a skilful

* The very elaborate character of this memoir directly stamped its author

as the first zootomist of the day. The smallest nerve has its immediate office

assigned to it, the simplest organ its peculiar function ; the component sy-

stems are traced with the most rigorous accuracy, and the inferences that

are deduced from a consideration of the whole, exhibit a fertility of imagi-

nation that renders an abstruse subject as pleasing as it is full of scientific

interest.

and on the construction of tts Shell. 12]

memoir was the result, though not containing much of novelty

beyond a difference in his calculation of the tentacles, and the

demonstration of an organ of hearing*. His observations are

conducted with accuracy and plainness, but the memoir is not

so rich in that eloquent analogical reasoning which so vividly

characterizes the writings of his contemporary. The oppor-

tunity that was thus afforded the continental professor of ex-

amining the soft parts of the Nautilus, was highly satisfactory

to Mr. Owen, for he arrived at precisely the same conclusion

as himself in regard to their relation with the shell. “ En

confirmant,” says Valenciennes, “la maniére de voir de M.

Owen, si juste et si conforme a la nature, jai établi Panimal

dans la vraie place occupée par lui dans sa coquille, je ne laisse

plus aucune discussion raisonnable possible sur ce point.” Here,

however, was no direct proof, the testimony of both the learned

professors was alike circumstantial ; indeed, the very necessity

for the introduction of the word raisonnadle in this statement

proclaimed it to be an hypothesis. Mr. Owen was himself

singularly destined to prove the truth of his conjecture, for

only two days since a magnificent specimen of the Nautilus,

with its shell entire, was presented to him by Capt. Belcher,

R.N. The individual in question was captured by that gen-

tleman at Amboyna, not long since ; it was secured alive, and

has been preserved, together with its shell, in spirits without

the slightest injury. When put into Mr. Owen’s hands, he was

extremely gratified to behold that the animal held exactly the

position in its shell that he had ventured to assign to it; and we

doubt not but that M. Valenciennes will be as highly pleased

to find that his expectations have been so soon realizedt.

Having detailed the history of the Nautilus from the time

of Aristotle to the present day, it now remains for us to speak

of its structure and general habits. The soft parts of this

animal form a kind of oblong mass, such as may be supposed

capable of fitting into the porch or aperture of its well-known

shell, and, like the rest of the Cephalopods, consist of two

* Mr. Owen says on this head, ‘‘ With respect to the sense of hearing, I

have not been able to detect a distinct organ for that faculty.”

+ We shall not readily forget the glorious delight of the Hunterian Pro-

fessor, as he hurried past our door only yesterday on his way to the Zoolo-

gical Society; his treasure proudly suspended in an anatomical jar ; himself

loaded with the controversial theories of his contemporaries, that he was

about to level at a breath. Nor can we fail to remember his animated en-

thusiasm at the Meeting, when, holding up the precious truant, fresh as it

were from its native element, without a fracture, and apparently dozing

under its capacious hood, he proved, beyond the possibility of contradiction,

the generalizations he had so admirably worked out as a student ten years

before by an ingenious complication of analogies.

122 Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus

parts. The anterior or outer part incloses a well-developed

head, with a pair of strong, horny mandibles, a mass of some

thirty or forty tentacles, and a number of delicate structures,

including the organs of smelling, hearing, seeing, &c.; and

over all these parts is a capacious fleshy hood, which may be

considered as the analogue of the operculum in the Gastro-

pods. The inner or posterior part of the body contains the

viscera, with a funnel or vent-hole extending from beneath the

tentacles, and the entire abdominal mass, together with the

breathing apparatus, is enveloped by a large sack-like mantle

fitting into the hollow of the shell. The anterior portion of

the mantle, or that which is attached to the back part of the

head, is produced into a considerable fold, which overlaps the

involuted convexity of the shell, and from the lower extremity

of the entire body extends a central membranous tubiform

process, which, by passing the siphonic apertures of the septa,

extends completely through the convolutions of the shell,

from chamber to chamber, until it is fastened to the nucleus

or parietal wall of the central or first-formed chamber. Around

the circumference of this abdominal sack there is a thin layer

of horny matter, called the belt, expanding on each side into

a kind of broad patch, and becoming the medium of muscular

attachment.

The natural position, then, of the Nautilus in its shell, is

with the back of the head and concavity of the hood against

the camerated convexity of the spire, and the funnel resting

on the outer concave wall of the chamber: the tentacles are

consequently protruded over the lateral margins of the aper-

ture, and the body is retained within the shell by the adhesion

of the membrane and the horny girdle.

The following appears to us to be the manner in which the

Nautilus constructs its shell. The animal in its embryo for-

mation deposits a simple hollow shell, out of which it neces-

sarily advances as it increases in bulk; and in order to assist

its specific gravity at the bottom of the ocean, the vacated

portion of the shell is chambered in by the secretion of trans-

verse septa, the animal having first taken the precaution to

secure a strong tubiform membrane to the inner wall, in order

to adjust its position (a consideration of the habits of this pe-

lagic mollusk will show the necessity for this membrane). As

the soft parts increase in bulk, the muscular girdle which

binds them to the shell would naturally be forced from any

adhesion ; but from its being furnished with a certain degree

of elasticity, it advances by a series of periodical slips, the

suddenness of which is undoubtedly counteracte by the at-

tachment of the central membrane. The growth of the shell

and on the construction of its Shell. 123

then proceeds in a circular direction, and serves to buoy up

its inhabitant in the water by having the vacated portion

chambered in to meet its specific gravity. The geometrical

increase of it arises simply thus. The natural position of the

Nautilus, like other Cephalopods, is with its head downwards,

the shell being consequently above; and the periodical slip of

the belt of adhesion most probably takes place when the ani-

mal is in this supine position. It lets itself down, and round

and round, as it were, upon its axis, by the limited extension

of this membranous pulley ; the operation ceases when it ar-

rives at maturity, and the membrane being no longer wanted,

probably decays. Such is the manner in which our observa-

tions lead us to suppose the Nautilus grows; the chambers

have certainly no communication with the surrounding fluid.

The camerated portion of the shell of Nautilus is evidently a

simple, mechanical construction, (though planned by the wisest

intelligence,) to assist the specific gravity of its inhabitant

whilst under the different mutations of pressure that it is liable

to at different periods of growth in its passage through the

element; and it is, moreover, a contrivance that could only

be effected by the aid of this adjusting membrane upon the

simple geometry of motion above described*.

M. Valenciennes regards the periodical introduction of a

partition in the shell of Nautilus as in some measure analogous

to the occasional deposit of a varix in the shell of Murex and

other Gastropods. ‘The septa, like the varices, may undoubt-

edly be secreted by the mantle during a period of rest, but

there the analogy ceases. We would rather compare the ro-

tatory increase of the Nautilus to the horizontal growth of that

singular Gastropod, the Magilus (Conch. Syst. p.231). The one

gravitates round a centre, increasing by a peculiarity of con-

* The principle here advanced, of the geometrical formation of the Nau-

tilus shell round its axis by the aid of an adjusting membrane, and of its ca-

merated construction being accommodated to the specific gravity of the in-

habitant, will, perhaps, receive additional weight by a consideration of the

following passage from the ‘ Memoir’ of Professor Owen :—

“In sections of recent shells, its [the membrane’s] dried remains may

occasionally be seen of ablack colour and pergamenecous texture, continuing

from septum to septum as far as the central or first-formed chamber ; and a

further confirmation that this is the true structure of the parts, is afforded

by the fossil shells of this genus. In some polished sections of these remains,

not only is the continuation of the tube threugh all the chambers evident,

but it is seen to become slightly dilated in them, and in some instances ap-

pears also to have been reflected over the outer part of the testaceous tube

prior to being continued across the chamber to the next partition. There is

no indication, however, of the latter structure in the recent shells where the

membranous tube is preserved.”

124 Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus.

trivance the volume and comparative buoyancy of its shell to

keep pace with the surrounding pressure, which naturally in-

creases in intenseness as the subject increases in bulk; the

other having a different medium to combat with, namely, the

outward increase of the coral in which it is imbedded, leaves

its spiral plan of construction to pursue a straight growth,

and, raising itself forward, fills the vacated portion of the shell

with an extraordinary secretion of solid matter. If the Ma-

gilus had advanced by a deposit of transverse septa, stead of

solidifying its shell, the increase of the madrepore might have

crushed it; and if the Nautilus had advanced by the solidify-

ing of its shell instead of by the deposit of transverse septa,

it would have produced an incumbrance incompatible with its

locomotive faculties.

We are now brought to the consideration of the habits of

the Nautilus. It is evidently, as Mr. Owen expresses it, “a

eround-dwelling animal,” creeping along the bottom of the

sea, with hood and tentacles, at a tolerably quick pace; and

the shell, being above its head, must greatly assist the animal

in its movements, from a tendency to float. It is not impro-

bable but that the Nautilus may use a certain hydrostatic in-

fluence over the branchial cavity to enable it to rise to the

surface. Valenciennes says, “ [1 nage avec facilité dans le sein

des eaux en faisant sortir avec force la grande quantité d’eau

contenue dans sa cavité branchiale.’ And the testimony of

Rumphius in respect to its capacity of floating, cited by Mr.

Owen, is of so much interest, considering the time in which

it was written, that we venture to repeat it.

‘¢ When he thus floats on the water, he puts out his head,

and all his barbs (tentacles), and spreads them upon the water

with the poop (of the shell) above; but at the bottom he creeps

in the reverse position, with his boat above him, and with his

head and barbs upon the ground, making* a tolerably quick

progress. He keeps himself chiefly upon the ground, creep-

ing sometimes also into the nets of the fishermen ; but after a

storm, as the weather becomes calm, they are seen in troops

floating on the water, being driven up by the agitation of the

waves: whence one may infer that they congregate in troops

at the bottom. This sailing, however, is not of long continu-

ance; for having taken in all their tentacles, they upset their

boat, and so return to the bottom.” ‘This account, published

at Amsterdam more than a hundred years ago, is mainly au-

thenticated ; but it may still be a little exaggerated, for the

* By force of gravity probably.

Mr. Goodsir on Vegetable Organisms in the Stomach. 125

Nautili have never since been found floating in troops, nor

exercising the bold familiarity, above-mentioned, of walking

into the fisherman’s nets.

_ The natural history of this mollusk is important to the

zoologist, but far more so to the geologist. The mysterious

nature of those polythalamous tenants of a former world, the

Ammonites and their multifarious congeners, is at length de-

monstrated by the discovery of the Nautilus, a solitary living

remnant, proving that the vast assemblage of those organic

remains so abundant in our secondary formations must have

belonged to animals who once dwelt in full activity and

vigour at the bottom of the ocean, constructing a discoidal

shell by force of gravity, and hermetically sealing the vacated

portion of it as they increased in bulk, to give them buoyancy

under the surrounding pressure *.

XXIII.—History of a Case in which a Fluid periodically

ejected from the Stomach contained Vegetable Organisms of

an undescribed form. By Joun Goopsir, Esq., Conser-

vator of the Royal College of Surgeons in Edinburgh f.

Tue case detailed by Mr. Goodsir is that of a young man, aged 19,

who had laboured for four months under stomach complaint, ac-

companied with the ejection of a peculiar acid fluid from the stomach.

The fluid passed from the stomach every morning without any effort

of vomiting. On examining the ejected fluid with the microscope,

peculiar organisms were detected, in the form of square or slightly

oblong plates. ‘‘ The flat surfaces were divided into four secondary

squares by two rectilinear transparent spaces, which, passing from

side to side, intersected one another in the centre, like two cross

garden-walks. Each of the four secondary squares was again divided

by similarly arranged, but more feebly developed spaces, into four

ternary squares. The sixteen ternary squares thus constituted, when

examined with deeper powers, were seen to consist each of four

cells, which were not separated by transparent spaces, but simply by

dissepiments formed by the conjunction of the walls of contiguous

cells. ‘These sixty-four cells, of which the organism consisted, did

not present in perfect. individuals distinct nuclei.” The whole or-

ganism had the appearance of a wool-pack, or of a soft bundle bound

with cord, crossing it four times at right angles and at equal di-

stances: hence Mr. Goodsir gives it the name of Sarcina. He con-

siders it to be of a vegetable nature, and to be allied to some of the

* “The Nautilus,” says Prof. Owen, “is the living, and perhaps sole

living archetype of a vast tribe of organized beings, whose fossilized remains

testify their existence at a remote period, and in another order of things,”

+ From the Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, No. 151.

126 Dr. Bennett on Parasitic Vegetable Structures..

species of Gonium, more particularly Gonium hyalinum, glaucum, and

tranquillum. ‘The genus Gonium, as at present corist aaa he thinks

consists both of animal and vegetable species.

The following are the generic characters of Sarena :— Plants

coriaceous, transparent, consisting of sixteen, or sixty-four four-

celled square frustules, arranged parallel to one another in a square

transparent matrix.”

The species under consideration is denominated by Mr. Goodsir

Sarcina ventriculi, and is thus defined: “ Frustules sixteen; colour

light brown ; transparent matrix very perceptible between the frus-

tules, less so around the edges ; size 800 to 1000 of an inch.

Hab. The human stomach.”

A perfect individual Sarcina consists then “ of sixty-four ultimate

cells, but as soon as each of these again divides into, or produces

four new cells, the individual becomes composite, and may forthwith

divide into four young ones, each of these again to undergo the same

quaternary division.”” ‘The parts of the individuals are arranged in

the square ; these parts Increase in numbers in a geometrical pro-

gression, and the species propagates according to the same law, four

in the first generation, sixteen in the second, sixty-four in the third,

256 in the fourth, 1024 in the fifth, and so on with a rapidity pe-

culiar to such a series of numbers. The liquid of the stomach in

which the Sarcina was found, was analysed by Dr. George Wilson,

Lecturer on Chemistry in Edinburgh ; he found three acids in it,—

hydrochloric, acetic, and lactic. The first was present in very small

quantity, while the two others (more especially the acetic) were

abundant.

Since the publication of Mr. Goodsir’s paper, similar organisms

have been detected in other cases of stomach complaint by Dr. J. H.

Davidson and Mr. Benjamin Joseph Bell, of Edinburgh.

XXIV.—On the Parasitic Vegetable Structures found growing

in Living Animals. By J. H. Bennerr, M.D.*

Tue objects of this memoir, as stated by the author, are—* Ist,

to confirm and extend the observations and experiments of Gruby

concerning the mycodermatous vegetations found in the crusts of the

disease called Tinea favosa, or Porrigo lupinosa of Bateman; 2nd,

to announce the occasional existence, and describe a plant found

growing on the lining membrane or cheesy matter of tubercular ca-

vities in the lungs of man; 3rd, to describe the structure of a plant

found growing on the skin of the gold-fish ; and 4th, from a review

of all the facts hitherto recorded in connexion with this subject, to

draw certain conclusions respecting the pathological state which

furnishes the conditions necessary for the growth of fungi in living

animals.”

* In the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xv.

Bibliographical Notices. 127

Dr. Bennett has traced the growth of mycodermatous vegetations

in several cases of Tinea, and has given figures to show the appear-

ances they present. He thinks that they spring up originally below,

or in the thickness of the cuticle: they consist of small articulated

filaments containing sporules. The author endeavoured to propagate

the disease by introducing the sporules into his arm and scalp, but

he did not succeed in causing the piants to germinate on parts dif-

ferent from those which originally produced them. A plant of a

similar nature, consisting of jointed filaments and sporules, was de-

tected by Dr. Bennett in the lungs of a man who died of tubercular

consumption. ‘The vegetations were seen on dissection, but were

also detected in the sputa freshly expectorated during life. The

plant is allied to Penicillium glaucum. A similar structure was seen

in the sordes collected on the teeth and gums of persons labouring

under typhus fever.

Dr. Bennett and Mr. Goodsir* have both examined the vegetations

found occasionally growing on the gold-fish (Cyprinus auratus).

These consist of elongated cells presenting the appearance of long

jointed tubes, and of fine filaments arising from the sides of the cel-

lular tubes. Numerous instances are mentioned in different tribes of

animals, as mollusca, insects, fishes, birds, and mammalia, in which

vegetations have been detected during life, and copious references are

given to the works in which the cases are detailed. From all the

facts which the author has been able to collect, he thinks it pro-

bable—“ Ist, that these vegetations always arise in living animals

previously diseased; 2nd, that their presence indicates great de-

pression of the vital powers, and impairment of the nutritive func-

tions of the ceconomy; 3rd, that the peculiar constitution or ca-

chexia favourable to their growth is the tubercular or scrofulous

in the mammalia, birds, and fishes, and most probably in reptiles

and insects; and 4th, that the therapeutic indications are to invi-

gorate the system, and to use locally, if possible, such applications

as tend to destroy vegetable life.”

The paper is one of great interest, and is worthy of an attentive

perusal.

Further observations on the subject of the vegetable nature of

Tinea favosa will be found in the ‘ Edinburgh Medical and Surgical

Journal’ for June 1842.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of British Starfishes, and other Animals of the Class Echi-

nodermata. By Edward Forbes, M.W.S., For. Sec. B.S., &c.

Tuts book is one of that fair sisterhood of natural-history publica-

tions, for which we are indebted to Van Voorst. We had intended,

immediately on the completion of the work, to have introduced it to

* See Annals, vol. ix. p. 333.

128 Bibliographical Notices.

the notice of our readers, and have given them, as best we could, a

knowledge of the kind of information which it contained, and of the

manner in which that information had been communicated. But an

editor, alas! like still greater potentates, is dependent on his allies,

and not until now have we succeeded in obtaining that co-operation

and assistance which the fulfilment of our design required. We shall

therefore endeavour by a careful analysis, and by extracts more copious

than we generally give, to make amends to our readers for our delay in

making them acquainted with a work of such originality and value ;

one which has elicited the encomiums of Professor Agassiz, who,

among living naturalists, is perhaps the one best qualified to appre-

ciate its merits*.

The following passages from the introduction state precisely what

portion of the animal kingdom is treated of under the term Echino-

dermata :—

“The Echinodermata constitute one of the three great classes into which

the Radiata are divided. The Radiate type presents us with animals which

either have their parts arranged in a ray-like manner round a common

centre, or have their bilaterality so modified as to give them a star-like form.

The Zoophytes, the Medusz, and the creatures to which this volume is de-

voted, constitute the type. The Echinodermata are most highly organized,

much more so than the Polypes; they are almost all free animals, creeping

about at the bottom of the sea; and as the greater number of species are

covered with a coriaceous skin, which is commonly strengthened by calca-

reous plates or spines, they have derived their general appellation from that

remarkable character, which at once distinguishes them from the Medusa,

free swimming animals of the most delicate and membranous texture.”

“The system most characteristic of the Radiate type is the Aquiferous,

or apparatus for a water circulation ; indeed, it can scarcely he said to exist

in any of the other types. It is chiefly developed in the Arachnodermata and

Echinodermata, and in the last is intimately connected with the movements

of the animals ; for it is by means of this water circulation that the suckers

or cirrhi are enabled to act as organs of progression. In many species of

the most typical group, that of Echinide, we find a portion of the dermato-

skeleton turned in, as it were, to form arches for the protection of the water-

canals, thus evidencing their great importance in those creatures. Among

the Annelidous Echinodermata, however, the aquiferous system seems alto-

gether to disappear.

“On the modifications of this characteristic system, its presence or ab-

sence, and its combination with the tegumentary system for purposes of mo-

tion, I have founded my arrangement of the Echinodermata. I look upon

the Echinodermata and Arachnodermata as two parallel groups, and hold it

as a law that the divisions of parallel groups should be based on a common

principle.”

In accordance with this view the author proposes the following ar-

rangement :—

Order I. Pinnicrapa. CrinorpeEx—First appearance of cirrhi, spring-

ing from brachial membranes, which, with the true arms, form

the organs of motion.

* See Ann, Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 189.

Bibliographical Notices. 129

Order Ii. Spintcravpa. Ovniurtp®—Disappearance of brachial mem-

branes, cirrhi as before; true arms clothed with spines for

motion.

III. Crrruicrapa. Asteriap#—Arms disappear; body more or

less lobed, and lobes channeled beneath for cirrhi, which act

as suckers, and are the organs of motion.

IV. Crrrur-Spinicrapa. Ecurstpz — Gradual disappearance of

lobes; cirrhiferous canals appearing as avenues where cirrhi

act as in Order III., but are assisted by mobile spines clothing

the integument. .

V. Crrrui-Vermicrapa. Hororuuriap£—Lobes disappear ; mo-

tions affected by avenues of cirrhi, assisted by contraction and

extension of the soft body.

VI. Vermicrapva. Sipuncutip“—Cirrhi become obsolete and dis-

appear ; motion effected by the contraction and extension of

the animal’s body.

** All the Radiata,” it is remarked, “‘ are greatly influenced in the

arrangement of their parts by some definite number. In the Echi-

nodermata the reigning number is five. The name of ‘ five-fingers,’

commonly applied by mariners to the Starfishes, is founded on a po-

pular recognition of the number regnant.”’

“ Every plate of the Sea-Urchin is built up of pentagonal particles. The

skeletons of the digestive, the aquiferous, and the tegumentary systems,

equally present the quinary arrangement; and even the cartilaginous frame-

work of the disk of every sucker is regulated by this mystic number. When

the parts of Echinoderms deviate from it, it is always either in consequence

of the abortion of certain organs, or it is a variation by representation, that

is to say, by the assumption of the regnant number of another class. Thus

do monstrous Starfishes and Urchins often appear quadrate, and have their

parts fourfold, assuming the reigning number of the Actinodermata, con-

sistent with a law in which I put firm trust, that when parallel groups vary

numerically by representation they vary by interchange of their respective

numbers.”

We pass by the excellent tables showing the distribution of spe-

cies, both in regard to the zones of the sea and the coasts of the Bri-

tish Isles, and proceed to the consideration of the several orders into

which the Echinodermata are divided. The first is the Crinoideg, of

which we have now but one living British species. The former

abundance and present scarcity of these singular and interesting

tribes is thus announced in the opening paragraph, in which the

beauty of the diction is surpassed only by the elevation, the gran-

deur and poetic interest of the ideas which it embodies.

“‘ One of the most remarkable phenomena displayed to us by the researches

of the geologist, is the evidence of the existence, in primzeval times, of ani-

mals and plants, the analogies of which are now rare or wanting on our

lands and in our seas. Among those tribes which have become all but ex-

tinct, but which once presented numerous generic modifications of form and

structure, the order of Crinoid Starfishes is most prominent. Now scarcely

a dozen kinds of these beatiful animals live in the seas of our globe, and in-

dividuals of these kinds are comparatively rarely to be met with: formerly

they were among the most numerous of the ocean’s inhabitants,—so nume-

rous that the remains of their skeletons constitute great tracts of the dry

land as it now appears. For miles and miles we may walk over the stony

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. K

130 Bibliographical Notices.

fragments of the Crinoide@; fragments which were once built up in animated

forms, encased in living flesh, and obeying the will of creatures among the

loveliest of the inhabitants of the ocean. Even in their present disjointed

and petrified state, they excite the admiration not only of the naturalist but

of the common gazer ; and the name of Stone-lily popularly applied to them,

indicates a popular appreciation of their beauty. ‘To the philosopher they

have long been subjects of contemplation as well as of admiration. Jn him they

raise up a vision of an early world, a world the potentates of which were not

men but animals—of seas on whose tranquil surfaces myriads of convoluted

Nautili sported, and in whose depths millions of Lily-stars waved wilfully

on their slender stems. Now the Lily-stars and the Nautili are almost gone:

a few lovely stragglers of those once-abounding tribes remain to evidence

the wondrous forms and structures of their comrades. Other beings, not less

wonderful, and scarcely less graceful, have replaced them; while the seas

in which they flourished have become lands, whereon man in his columned

cathedrals and mazy palaces emulates the beauty and symmetry of their

fluted stems and chambered shells.”’

The species figured is the Comatula rosacea, or Rosy Feather-Star,

“a creature which in its youth is fixed and pedunculate, like a zoo-

phyte, in its adult state free and star-like.” This view was first main-

tained hy Mr. J. V. Thompson of Cork, who regarded the Pentacri-

nus Europeus as the young state of the Comatula, an opinion which

has now been fully confirmed.

“‘ When dredging,” says Mr. Forbes, ‘‘in Dublin Bay in August 1840, with

my friends Mr. R. Ball and W. Thompson, we found numbers of the Phy-

tocrinus or Polype state of the Feather-star, more advanced than they had

ever been seen before, so advanced that we saw the creature drop from its

stem and swim about a true Comatula; nor could we find any difference be-

tween it and the perfect animal, when examining it under the microscope.’”

The Starfishes composing the second order are the Oruiuripa,

‘*so named from the long serpent or worm-like arms, which are ap-

pended to their round, depressed, urchin-like bodies ;” they are di-

vided into three genera and thirteen species ; of these, two (O. punc-

tata and O. Goodsiriz) are for the first time described and figured.

The O. Ballii, described a short time before in the ‘ Annals,’ is now

for the first time figured. A figure and description of O. filiformis,

as a British species, appears for the first time, as does also a figure of

the O. brachiata of Montagu. In speaking of the O. filiformis, the

author describes a remarkable peculiarity in the structure of its

spines, exhibiting ‘‘a very beautiful example of the adaptation of or-

ganization to the locality in which the creature is destined to live.”

And in the O. bellis, “‘ one of the prettiest of its tribe,” it is re-

marked,—

“ This intermingled surface of spines and plates gives the disk that like-

ness to a daisy-flower, whence it has been called ‘bellis’? by some; nor is

the flower at all degraded by the comparison, for but few daisies can show

such beauty either of form or colour as is presented by this little Sea-star.”

Persons who have not given attention to these objects, or who

know them only in the dried and rigid aspect which they present in -

our museums, have no idea of the variety and beauty which they

exhibit in the living state. Those who have ever been present when

a dredge half-filled with the commonest of our Brittle-stars, O. rosuda,

Bibliographical Notices. 131

has been emptied, will bear testimony to the fidelity of the following

description :-—

“ Of all our native Brittle-stars this is the most common and the most va-

riable. It is also one of the handsomest, presenting every variety of varie-

gation, and the most splendid displays of vivid hues arranged in beautiful

patterns. Not often do we find two specimens coloured alike. It varies also

in the length of the ray-spines, the spinousness of the disk, and the relative

proportions of rays and disk; and in some places it grows to a much greater

size than in others. It is the most brittle of all Brittle- stars, separating

itself into pieces with wonderful quickness and ease. Touch it, and it flings

away an arm; hold it, and in a moment not an arm remains attached to the

body.”

The notice of this species is most appropriately concluded by a

vignette representing a portion of one of its spines, which, as it is

justly observed, exhibits ‘‘a structure, the lightness and beauty of

which might serve as a model for the spire of a cathedral.”

We next come to the Asrrriap#, or true Starfishes, an order

whose beauty and symmetry seems to have “ attracted the attention

of such observers of nature as dwelt by the sea-side, from a very

early period.”

“ A fanciful analogy between the form of these Radiata and the popular

notion of a star, has originated a name applied to them in most maritime

countries,—a name which has given rise to a fine thought or two. ‘As

there are stars in the sky, so are there stars in the sea,’ is Linck’s first

sentence. ‘Ccelorum spectare sidera decet juvatque Astronomos: Physi-

corum interest stellis marinis visum intendere,’ saith Christian Gabriel

Fischer in his preface to Linck’s volume. Our own poet, James Montgomery,

whose inspiration has revelled gloriously among the wonders of Nature,

beautifully expresses the same anology,

‘ The heavens

Were throng’d with constellations, and the seas

Strown with their images.’ ”

The order Asteriade contains fourteen British species, distributed

into eight genera, two of which, Solaster and Lwuidia, are established

by our author. ‘The Cribella rosea comes forward for'the first time

as a British species; Uraster glacialis is figured for the first time

from a British specimen, and Goniaster Templetoni appeared pre-

viously only in Mr. Forbes’s paper in the ‘ Wernerian Memoirs.’

The following important observation occurs in p. 82 :—

* It is a remarkable fact, one which I have elsewhere pressed on the at-

tention of geologists when considering the Mollusca, that whenever, as in

the Hebrides, the tides fall but a few feet, these animals, usually inhabitants

of deep water, may be found living above low-water mark. This holds good

as wellin regard to Radiata as to Mollusca; and the mixture of species gene-

rally considered inhabitants of the depths of the sea, with truly littoral spe-

cies, should a fossil bed be formed, might lead to false conclusions unless

such fact be borne in mind. Thus a change i in the tides of a line of coast

would materially affect its fauna.”

“The Solasters,”’ we are told, ‘‘ are suns in the systems of Sea-

stars. ‘Their many rays and brilliant hues give them a distinguished

place among the marine constellations.’ The structure of the eye-

lid is described in p. 113; it forms a very perfect protection to the

132 Bibliographical Notices.

eye, and is extremely difficult to be forced open against the will of tie

animal.

The fourth order, that of the Ecutnrp# or Sea-Urchins, is thus

imtroduced to our notice :—

‘‘Of equal importance to zoologist and geologist is the study of the Sea-

Urchins: to the former they present the perfection of radiism, as well as the

first steps towards a symmetrical or bilateral form; to the latter the know-

ledge of their habits and organization is necessary in order to understand

the relations and associations of the numerous species which abound in many

of the earth’s strata. Of all the Radiata they are most perfectly preserved

in a fossil state. Their hard calcareous integument, or shell, as it is popu-

larly but inaccurately termed, the parts of which are jointed together with

wondrous completeness, is especially durable ; consequently we find the hard

parts of the extinct species frequently as perfect as those of the recent ex-

amples preserved in our cabinets.

“The Sea-Urchins are distinguished from all the other Echinoderms by

their form, which is more or less rounded, without arms of any kind, and by

their integument, in which calcareous matter is deposited so as to form se-

ries of regular plates, which plates are studded with tubercles, bearing

jointed on them spines of various forms and sizes according to the genus or

family.”’

“The Echinid@é progress by means of the joint action of their suckers and

spines, using the former in the manner of the Asteriade@, and the latter as

the Ophiurtde do. Many Sea-Urchins, such as live on hard surfaces,

moor themselves also by means of the suckers, and thus adhere very

firmly to the rocks. That such is the mode of progression and rest among

this family I assert, not only from the general belief of naturalists, but also

from personal observation.”

On this point we can fully corroborate what the author has ad-

vanced, having repeatedly seen the common Urchin (Echinus sphera)

moving about or anchoring at pleasure by means of its suckers. ‘The

first time we noticed the fact was under circumstances which we still

very vividly remember. We had cut horizontally into two nearly

equal parts a large Sea-Urchin, for the purpose of examining the in-

testine and ovaries. These being removed, the shell was thrown on

the deck of the little vessel, as being no lounger of any service. It

chanced, however, that we afterwards picked up the parts and placed

them in a shallow vessel of sea-water. To our surprise, the suckers

were soon extended and the animal walked about apparently as un-

concerned as if the loss of intestine and ovaries had been an every-

day occurrence.

Of the order H'chinide there are seven genera and twelve species.

Brissus lyrifer is now for the first time described and figured, and

we have also for the first time figures of the L. Flemingii and lividus.

We have long been aware of the fact that the common Echinus of

the Mediterranean was a species distinct from our own, though both

had been included in the common appellation of E. esculentus. ‘The

distinction is now announced by Mr. Forbes, and he gives the follow-

ing excellent characteristics for the family Echinide :—

“‘ The essential specific characters depend on the arrangement of the tu-

bercles which bear the spines, on the spines themselves, and on the number

and arrangement of the pairs of pores in the avenues of suckers. These pre-

Bibliographical Notices. 133

sent good marks of distinction throughout the genus Echinus. The spines

are especially important, as from the examination of a single spine it is pos-

sible to pronounce on the species to which it belongs. ‘To the geologist this

is evidently of great consequence, as frequently he meets only with a few

scattered spines. But when we leave the family Echinide, we leave this im-

portant character behind us. Among the Heart-Urchins the spines present

one common family structure. A single plate, either ambulacral or inter-

ambulacral, will also, from the arrangement of the spiniferous tubercles

which cover its surface, enable us to pronounce pretty certainly on the ani-

mal of which it formed a part. Thus, in this family of Echinodermata, from

an apparently insignificant fragment we can construct, as it were, a species,

even as the student of the Vertebrata, from a broken bone, can pronounce on

the form and habits of the animal to which it belonged.”

To those—if such there be—who wandering on the beach, and no-

ticing a Sea-Urchin flung there by the retiring tide, view it merely

as part of the rejectamenta of the ocean—a thing to be glanced at

with contempt, and broken into fragments under the foot, we re-

commend the careful perusal of the following extract, and beg they

will treasure up in their “ heart of hearts” the reflection with which

it concludes :—

“ In a moderate-sized Urchin I reckoned sixty-two rows of pores in each

of the ten avenues. Now, as there are thrée pairs of pores in each row,

their number multiplied by six, and again by ten, would give the great num-

ber of 3720 pores; but as each sucker occupies a pair of pores, the number

of suckers would be half that amount, or 1860. The structure in the Egg-

Urchin is not less complicated in other parts. There are above 300 plates

of one kind, and nearly as many of another, all dove-tailing together with

the greatest nicety and regularity, bearing on their surfaces above 4000

spines, each spine perfect in itself, and of a complicated structure, and ha-

_ ving a free movement on its socket. Truly the skill of the Great Architect of

Nature is not less displayed in the construction of a Sea-Urchin than in the

building-up of a world !””

Among the Echinide none are more attractive than the Z. lividus,

a species which at the time Mr. Forbes wrote was believed to be pe-

culiar to Ireland among the British Isles, but which has recently been

discovered on the west coast of Scotland by the Rev. D. Landsbo-

rough. It is remarkable for its singular habit of boring principally

into limestone rocks, and living in the excavation thus formed. In

treating of this species the author gives the following interesting

particulars :—

“ Mr. W. Thompson informs me it is gregarious, and was seen abundantly

in rock pools at low water by himself and Mr. Ball when visiting the South

Isles of Arran in 1834. It is always stationary, the hole in which it is found

being cup-like, yet fitting so as not to impede the spines. [very one lived

in a hole fitted to its own size, the little ones in little holes and the large

ones in large holes; and their purple spines and regular forms presented a

ni beautiful appearance studding the bottoms of the gray limestone rocks’

pools.

We now pass on to the Hotoruuriap2, an order composed of ani-

mals much less known to naturalists in general than those of the pre-

ceding orders. “ A Holothuria may be regarded in one light as a soft

Sea-Urchin, in another as a radiated animal approximating to the

134 Bibliographical Notices.

Annelides.” Besides progressing by means of suckers, ‘‘ the Holo-

thuriade move as Annelides do, by the extension and contraction of

their bodies.” ‘‘ On our shores they are rare and unattractive ani-

mals, not often seen even by the zoologist ; but abroad they are very

abundant, and are in some places used as food.”

“Tt is this animal which the Malays of the Oriental Isles seek so dili-

gently for the supply of the China market, where it obtains a good price

when well-preserved. It is employed by the Chinese in the preparation of

nutritious soups, in common with an esculent sea-weed, sharks’ fins, edible

birds’-nests, and other materials, affording much jelly. Jaeger says the in-

testines are extracted, the animal then boiled in sea-water, and dried in

smoke.”

The order Holothuriade contains six genera, two of which, Psali-

nus and Ocnus are constituted by our author. It contains altogether

fifteen native species, six of which are now for the first time described

and figured; these are Psolinus brevis, Cucumaria communis, C. fust-

Sormis, C. fucicola, Ocnus lacteus and Thyone Portlockii. There are

three others which had been recently described in the ‘ Annals,’ and

are now for the first time figured, viz. C. Drummondii, C. Hyndmanni,

and Ocnus brunneus ; we have also for the first time a figure of Cuc.

hyalina.

‘“« Doubtless there yet remain many undiscovered species of Holothuriade

in the British seas. Of Starfishes we must not expect to find many more

kinds, though Goniaster miliaris, and some few others which have been seen

on the Norwegian shores, may be looked for. Of Sea-Urchins there are

probably still fewer unnoticed ; but of the Sea-Cucumbers many. Their

comparatively unattractive aspect, the difficulty of preserving them (they

must always be kept in spirits), their habitat in the sea, and the little atten-

tion that has hitherto been paid to them by native zoologists, all lead me to

believe that many species have been passed over. We have as yet no repre-

sentative of the typical Holothurte which have twenty tentacula in the Bri-

tish Fauna. Several of these, such as the Holothuria elegans and Holothu-

ria mollis, inhabitants of the Scandinavian shores, will probably ere long

prove to be natives of our own.”

Lastly, we come to the sixth order, Sipuncutipa#. “‘ In their ex-

ternal appearance they are worms,” but internally they afford evi-

dence of belonging to the same great class ‘‘ with the Holothuriade.”

In the Sipunculide there are five British genera and eight species ;

two of these, Syring Harveit and Sipunculus Johnstonii, are now for

the first time described and figured. Of Syrinz papillosus we have

for the first time a figure ; it was described shortly before this work

appeared. Syrinx nudus, Sipunc. Bernhardus, Priapulus caudatus, and

Hichinus vulgaris, are for the first time figured frem British speci-

mens; the last-mentioned had not before been announced as a na-

tive of our seas.

The description given of some of these animals is extremely cu-

rious; one (Priapulus caudatus) ‘is shaped like a dice-box ;” an-

other has a sheath for its tentacula, presenting the form of a marrow-

spoon. When we find the likeness of our household appurtenances

thus dwelling beneath the waters as living animals, it calls to our

mind the well-known quotation, ‘‘ Nothing of them but doth suffer

Bibliographical Notices. 135

a sea change.” Instead, however, of giving a brief notice of three

or four species, we shall content ourselves by taking the following

more copious extract, descriptive of the Sipunculus Bernhardus :—

’ “ The species bury in sand, or in the crevices of rocks, or, as is the cus-

tom of the curious animal before us, adopt the shells of dead univalve tes-

tacea for a house and home, after the manner of the Hermit Crab. The

Sipunculus would appear, however, to be of a less changeable disposition of

mind and body than its crustacean analogue, and when once securely housed

in a shell to make that its permanent habitation. Whether the egg is ori-

ginally deposited in the future habitation of the animal by some wonderful

instinct, or is only developed when lodged by the waters in such a locality,

or whether the parent Sipunculus bequeathes the chosen lodging of its caudal

termination to its eldest born, and so on from generation to generation, a

veritable entailed property, we know not at present; but the inquiry is a

most interesting one, and well worth the attention of the experimental zoo-

logist. The Sipunculus is not, however, content with the habitation built

for it by its molluscan predecessor ; it exercises its own architectural inge-

nuity, and secures the entrance of its shell by a plaster-work of sand,

leaving a round hole in the centre sufficiently large to admit of the protru-

sion of its trunk, which it sends out to a great length, and moves about in

all directions with great facility.”

Throughout the entire work, Mr. Forbes makes the most hearty

acknowledgments, not only to those who have either by specimens

or by communications assisted his present labours, but to those hardy

pioneers in the paths of science who first ‘‘ broke ground”’ in this

department of inquiry. As anexample, we select the following tri-

bute to Col. Montagu :—

“ It is not merely the copiousness of his descriptions which gives them

their peculiar value, though their fulness is a great merit ; nor merely their

perspicuity, though that is a still greater merit; but it is their logical cha-

racter, that instinctive perception of the essential attributes and relations of

each species, which is the most important faculty a naturalist can possess.

Too many of our older naturalists (and can we claim exemption from the

fault yet?) described forms as if there could be no creatures existing with

which those forms might be confounded: they wrote of the animals they

were characterizing, as if the whole book of Nature was already in print.

Montagu was a forward-looking philosopher; he spoke of every creature as

if one exceeding like it, yet different from it, would be washed up by the

waves the next tide. Consequently his descriptions are permanent; and

when he had full opportunities of examining any marine animal, subsequent

observers have but little to add to his words.”

We may remark, that in Mr. Forbes’s own definition of species, he

has evinced in no trivial degree the mental characteristics which he

has ascribed to Montagu, and that the specific characters are remark-

able, not only for the judgment with which they are selected, but

for the precision and perspicuity with which they are expressed.

Yet notwithstanding the pains-taking accuracy with which these

definitions must have been elaborated, the book smells not of the

lamp. ‘The style throughout is peculiarly easv, varied, and unla-

boured. As we turn over the pages, we find we are giving attention

to animals, not dried in a cabinet, or preserved in alcohol, but put-

ting forth in their native haunts, their several aspects, powers, and

136 Bibliographical Notices. .

peculiarities. Our thoughts turn to the sea. We hear in fancy the

rippling of the tide, or the swelling of the surge, and feel upon our

cheek its fresh and invigorating gales. We accompany the author

in his researches on the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland, and

venture with him even into the Shetland seas, where ‘ the king of

the sea-cucumbers”’ holds his court. In by-gone times we remember

learning from a fragment of some old ballad,

‘« The herring loves the merry moonlight,

The mackerel loves the wind,

But the oyster loves the dredging song,

For they come of a gentle kind.”

Mr. Forbes does not tell us if any of the creatures which he has

taken under his patronage partake of the penchant for the dredging

song, which is here attributed to the oyster. We would rather sur-

mise, that all which have escaped his pen and pencil are evincing

their determination not to permit any prying naturalist ‘‘ to draw

their frailties from their dread abode,” for we believe that the re-

searches of succeeding naturalists have not as yet added even one

species of Echinodermata to those which Mr. Forbes has recorded.

In other departments of zoology, traditionary lore and superstitious

feelings have made certain animals be regarded with some degree of

reverence, or avoided with some infusion of awe. It is curious to

find, that even to the Radiate animals, though so low in the scale of

being, something of the same kind of superstitious dread has been

extended, Thus we are told,—

“‘ The Common Brittle-star often congregates in great numbers on the

edges of scallop-banks, and I have seen a large dredge come up completely

filled with them; a most curious sight, for when the dredge was emptied,

these little creatures, writhing with the strangest contortions, crept about in

all directions, often flinging their arms in broken pieces around them, and

their snake-like and threatening attitudes were by no means relished by the

boatmen, who anxiously asked permission to shovel them overboard, super-

stitiously remarking that ‘the things weren’t altogether right.’ ”

The great Sea-Cucumber, we are told, is by the Shetland fisher-

men arranged

‘‘in an,extensive though most unphilosophically constituted class of ma-

rine animals, to which they apply the term ‘ Pushen,’ which being trans-

lated signifies poison. In this Thulean arrangement numbers of the rarest

of British animals are unfortunately included,—I say unfortunately, for all

members of the class Pushen are unceremoniously and speedily thrust over-

board almost as soon as seen in the fishing-boats, being considered unlucky

and dangerous in their nature.” .

The author elsewhere says, in speaking of the common Cross-fish

(Uraster rubens),—

«Dr. J. L. Drummond of Belfast favours me with the following note on

their Irish denomination :—‘ The Starfishes are called at Bangor (county

Down) the Devil’s fingers, and the Devil’s hands, and the children have a

superstitious dread of touching them. When drying some in the little gar-

den behind my lodgings, I heard some of them on the other side of the

hedge put the following queries :—‘ What’s the gentleman doing with the

bad man’s hand? Is he ganging to eat the bad man’s hands, do ye think?’”

Bibliographical Notices. ¥37

We should be glad, did our space permit, to descant on the per-

manence of certain kinds of traditionary legends among the fisher-

men of our coasts. Mingling comparatively little with other classes

of men, pursuing in companionship with each other their laborious

and uncertain calling, they transmit to the succeeding generation

the heritage of legendary superstition which they have acquired from

the past. We lately noticed a plank covered with the barnacle shells

_(Lepas anatifera) in a living state, cast upon the shore, and upon

asking what they were of a hoary fisherman who was expounding

their nature to a circle of attentive listeners, we were told that they

were the shells that gave birth to the bernacle goose, and with a

gracious condescension fitted to our seeming ignorance, he offered

to point out the bill and feathers of the future bird. We must own

we take a great pleasure in listening to these old stories, and in

viewing the simple and industrious race among whom they are cur-

rent. To the humble but hardy companions of his dredging labours,

Mr. Forbes has not been inattentive. While studying the marine

produetions which the dredge brought to light, he has not neglected

the men, by whose exertions they were procured. And this habit

we know has not been suffered to slumber during his recent visit to

the A‘gean, for we have seen a letter to.a friend, in which he says,

“The scenery in many of the islands was very picturesque, the

people in all most interesting ; and the inquisitive, speculative, and

news-knowing spirit of the old Greek is the same now as in the

days when it was caricatured by Aristophanes.”

Our author would seem to be one of those who believe ‘ it is good

to be merry and wise,” for mirth and wisdom seem at times to dis-

pute the possession of his pages, or rather we should say to hold

them as joint and friendly occupants. Matters of high interest in

the history or ceconomy of the animal are served up to us in so hu-

morous a style, that there are pages in the ‘ History of British Star-

fishes’ which we would be half inclined to prescribe as ‘‘ a cure for

the heart-ache.” ‘Thus, under the head of Ophiocoma punctata we

have the following paragraph :—

‘« The stomachs of fishes are often zoological treasuries. The Haddock

is a great conchologist. In his travels through the country of the Mermaids,

he picks up many curiosities in the shell way. Not a few rare species have

been discovered by him; and the ungrateful zoologist too frequently de-

scribes novelties without an allusion to the original discoverer. As Haddocks

are not in the habit of writing pamphlets or papers, the fraud remains un-

discovered, greatly to the detriment of science: for, had the describer stated

to whom he was indebted for his specimen, we could form some idea of its

habitat and history, whether littoral or deep sea,—very important points in

the ceconomy of Mollusca,—important not only to the malacologist, but also

to the geologist. Like the Haddock, the Cod also is a great naturalist ; and

he, too, carries his devotion to our dear science so far as occasionally to die

for its sake with a new species in his stomach, probably with a view to its

being described and figured by some competent authority. The Cod is not

so much devoted to the Mollusca as to the Echinodermata; and doubtless

his knowledge of the Ophiure exceeds that of any biped. He has a great

taste for that tribe. It was a Cod that communicated the pretty little spe-

cies I am about to describe, to my friend Mr. Henry Goodsir, at Anstru-

138 Bibliographical Notices.

ther; and, as far as that gentleman could learn, it would appear the indus-

trious animal had observed and entrapped this new Ophiocoma in the North

Sea near the Dogger Bank.

And as a worthy companion to this picture, we present one of the

Luidia fragilissima :—

“Tt is the wonderful power which the Luidia possesses, not merely of

casting away its arms entire, but of breaking them voluntarily into little

pieces with great rapidity, which approximates it to the Ophiure. This fa-

culty renders the preservation of a perfect specimen a very difficult matter.

The first time I ever took one of these creatures I succeeded in getting it

into the boat entire. Never having seen one before, and quite unconscious

of its suicidal powers, I spread it out on a rowing bench, the better to ad-

mire its form and colours, On attempting to remove it for preservation, to

my horror and disappointment I found only an assemblage of rejected mem-

bers. My conservative endeavours were all neutralized by its destructive

exertions, and it is now badly represented in my cabinet by an armless disk

and a diskless arm. Next time I went to dredge on the same spot, deter-

mined not to be cheated out of a specimen in such a way a second time, I

brought with me a bucket of cold fresh water, to which article Starfishes

have a great antipathy. As I expected, a Luzdia came up in the dredge, a

most gorgeous specimen. As it does not generally break up before it is

raised above the surface of the sea, cautiously and anxiously I sunk my

bucket to a level with the dredge’s mouth, and proceeded in the most gentle

manner to introduce Luidia to the purer element. Whether the cold air

was too much for him, or the sight of the bucket too terrific, I know not, but

in a moment he proceeded to dissolve his corporation, and at every mesh of

the dredge his fragments were seen escaping. In despair I grasped at the

largest, and brought up the extremity of an arm with its terminating eye,

the spinous eyelid of which opened and closed with something exceedingly

like a wink of derision.”

The following extract is of a different character, and needs not

our introduction. Its philosophic spirit will commend itself to our

readers :—

““ The tracing of the connections between species and species, through

minute differences combined with general resemblances, is one of the great-

est pleasures which enliven the studies of the naturalist. Every here and

there in organized nature we find creatures presenting the forms of one spe-

cies, and the structure of another, filling up a supposed blank, or overturn-

ing a supposed barrier. The discovery of such forms frequently annihilates

genera which we had long considered fixed, or brings together species which

we had long looked upon as but doubtfully related to each other. There

are men who affect to look down on the investigator of ‘ mere species,’ who,

with patronizing self-sufficiency, talk of the ‘humble observers of minute

differences of forms,’ and who scarcely rank the recorder of new animals or

plants above the mere collector or virtuoso. Yet such persons affect per-

fectly to understand the great laws of nature; and will write on what they

are pleased to term the philosophy of natural history, often without the

knowledge of a single form or structure save from a picture in a book. The

humility which the knowledge of the abundance of undiscovered things

teaches the practical naturalist, prevents him retorting on such would-be

philosophers ; and knowing how little we yet know, he scarcely ventures to

pronounce any law general. He knows too well that the conclusion he drew

in the morning is often overturned by the discovery he makes in the even-

ing, to pronounce himself the lawgiver of nature; yet also knowing, from

Bibliographical Notices. 139

the perfection of all he sees around him, that the machinery of nature is

perfect, and hoping the laws of that machinery discoverable, he points out

the indications of those laws wherever he perceives a glimpse of their in-

fluence, and works as trustfully towards the development of the truth.”

And although our quotations have extended to great length, we

cannot withstand the gratification of giving to our readers the con-

cluding paragraph. It breathes a spirit which the pious and phi-

losophic naturalist will ever appreciate :—

“ Among the British Echinodermata we have seen some of the most ex-

traordinary forms in the animal kingdom, some of the most wonderful

structures and of the strangest habits. Much yet remains to be done towards

their elucidation, and the investigation of them both structurally and for-

mally presents a wide field of inquiry to the student of Nature, as yet but

imperfectly explored. The great naturalist of Denmark, Miiller, long ago

said that we need not resort to distant regions and foreign climes for rare or

wonderful creatures; that the fields, the woods, the streams, and the seas

of our native lands abounded in wondrous evidences of God’s power and

wisdom. The investigation of our native animals must ever be a chief source

of sound zoological knowledge, for it is there only we can watch, under fa-

vourable circumstances, for the observation of their development, their ha-

bits, and their characters. The naturalist whose acquaintance is confined

to preserved specimens in a cabinet, can form, but a vague idea of the glo-

rious variety of Nature, of the wisdom displayed in the building up of the

atoms of matter to be the houses of life and intellect. And unless we study

the creatures living around us, how can we gain that delightful knowledge ?

The passing note of an animal observed during travel is an addition to science

not to be scorned; the briefly characterizing of a new species from a pre-

served specimen, if done with judgement, is of importance; but the real pro-

gress of natural history must ever depend on the detailed examination of

the beings gathered around us by the laws of geographical distribution, living

and multiplying in their destined homes and habitats.”

Our extracts have extended to such a length, that we are unable

to notice as they deserve the numerous wood-cuts with which the

work is illustrated and embellished. They may be divided into three

classes. First, the representation of each of the sixty-three species

described in the work, with magnified drawings of such parts as serve

to convey a better idea of the specific distinctions or peculiarities of

structure. The author says in the introduction, ‘‘ with three ex-

ceptions the figures of species are from my own drawings, and with

a view to secure correctness were mostly drawn on the wood by

myself.”

“The wood-cutting,” he remarks, “ speaks for itself,—thanks to Mr.

Bastin, who in the most praiseworthy manner made himself acquainted not

merely with the drawings, but with the texture and appearance of the ani-

mals themselves, in order the better to express them.”

Next in order we may mention those which may be regarded as

embellishments, including under this title the poetical or allegorical

designs which appear at the commencement of the several orders, and

those which are technically known as ‘‘ tail-pieces.””’ Some of the

latter are replete with humour, and will be sure to find favour with

every admirer of Bewick. ‘The third division of the illustrations is

of a kind peculiar to the present work, and well fitted to increase the

140 Bibliographical Notices.

interest with which it is read. They consist of a series of views of

many of the localities in these kingdoms where researches among the

Echinodermata have been conducted. Thus we have from the Isle of

Man, Breda Head, the ruins of Peel Castle, and those of St. Ger-

main’s Cathedral. On the English coast we have Scarboro’ and Tyne-

mouth. On the Irish, Belfast Bay. On the Scotch, St. Andrew’s

Castle, the Kyles of Bute, &c. These vignettes in general represent

scenery which is in itself picturesque ; some of them are perfect

gems—as for example, that of the Frith of Forth, with the Bass

Rock and North Berwick Law, and that of Holy Loch, in the Clyde

district, during a squall,—all are deserving of commendation, and

furnish exquisite examples of the perfection which the art of wood-

engraving has now attained. The woodcuts alone are worth, at a

very moderate computation, more than the publication price of the

entire volume.

A General History of Animalcules. By A. Pritchard. Part I.

London, Whittaker.

We have already had occasion to notice this work in a former

Number of this Journal, and we have now much pleasure in inform-

ing our readers that Mr. Pritchard has thought it expedient to publish

the plates of this work, contaming upwards of 3500 beautiful figures

illustrative of each genus of Infusoria, described by Ehrenberg in his

large work in a separate form. In no branch of natural history are

drawings of the subjects more requisite, and there is no doubt, from

microscopes being now in the hands of almost all lovers of natural

history, and Infusoria being generally the first things which attract

the attention of the observer, that this work will meet with great .

approbation, especially as it leaves nothing to be desired with re-

spect to price, the cost of each plate, containing upwards of fifty sub-

jects, not amounting to sixpence. ‘The whole is accompanied by a

general history of Animalcules, with their localities, best mode of

capture, and method of examining them under the microscope, &c.

Books received.

The Naturalists Library :—Ornithology, vo]. xii. The Nectarinide,

or Sun Birds. By Sir W. Jardine.

Thirty-six volumes of the Naturalist’s Library are now published,

V1Z. :—

Of Ornithology, 13 vols.

Of Ichthyology, 3 vols.

Of Entomology (complete), 7 vols.

Of Mammalia (complete), 13 vols.

There will be forty volumes in all. ‘The remaining four will in-

clude British Fishes in 2 vols., and the concluding portions of British

Birds and the Fishes of Guiana. These are confidently expected by

Midsummer.

History of British Birds. By William Yarrell, F.L.S., &c. Part 34.

Dec. 1842. 8vo. Van Voorst.

This Part commences the Laride, and completes the descriptions

Zoological Society. 141

of the Terns, of which ten species are introduced belonging to our

native list. The most interesting species to the British ornithologist

is the Sterna Leucopreia, for species of which, killed in the end of

August at Lyme on the Dorsetshire coast, Mr. Yarrell is indebted

to I’. C. Heythem, Esq. of Carlisle.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. xv. Part 2.

Session 1841-42, Dec. 1842. 4to. Grant and Son.

An unusually thin number, containing only sixty-nine pages ; but

we have among the contents two papers relating to zoology and

botany, both of them illustrated with plates, of the first we have

given an abstract at page 126 of the present Number. The second

paper alluded to, is on the ultimate secreting structure, and on the

laws of its function, by John Goodsir. The conclusions arrived at

by the author are: ‘‘ That all the true secretions are formed by a

vital action of the nucleolated cell, and that they are first contained

in the cavity of that cell; that growth and secretion are identical,—

the same vital process under different circumstances.

Preparing for Publication.

Supplement to Dr. Parnell’s Grasses of Scotland, including the

Cereal Grain, making the British Grasses complete.

We have much satisfaction in learning that the results of Captain

Belcher’s Voyage in H.M.S. Sulphur are to be made available to

science in the most advantageous manner, Government having ad-

vanced a sum of money to provide the requisite illustrations. Richard

Brinsley Hinds, Esq. has been appointed by the Admiralty to edit

and superintend the publication, and the co-operation of Mr. J. E.

Gray, Dr. Richardson, Mr. Gould, &c., has been obtained by that

gentleman, to describe respectively the mammalia, fish, birds, &c.,

the shells being undertaken by himself.

The work is to be published in parts, and at a moderate price.

Part XI. of Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs, just published, contains

Ehrenberg’s important memoir on the Animals of the Chalk Forma-

tion.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 8, 1842.— William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Some notes on the habits of the Horned Screamer (Palamedea

cornuta, Linn.), by William Martin, Esq., Secretary to the Clifton

Zoological Gardens, were read.

These notes were communicated by the President, the Earl of

Derby, and are drawn up from observations made upon a specimen

of the Palamedea living in the Clifton menagerie.

“The Horned Screamer was presented to the Society early in

June 1839, by Capt. Rees of Bristol. On its arrival in this country

it was exceedingly thin and weak. It had been fed during the voy-

142 Zoological Society.

age principally upon Indian corn, but had a little chopped boiled

meat occasionally. ‘The weather being very mild, it was placed in

a turfed aviary, used generally for pheasants, some water-cresses and

other aquatic plants being procured; but it was soon evident that

we had not discovered a proper substitute for its natural food. Think-

ing one day that it manifested a desire to get at some roses which

were trained upon the aviary, I gave it one of the flowers, which it

ate eagerly. It was then thought, that, as it was so domesticated and

familiar, the feathers of one wing should be cut, and the bird turned

loose into the garden and watched, to see what plants it would pre-

fer. The rose-trees were the favourite plants, the flowers, young

shoots and leaves being eagerly eaten. Since this time it has al-

ways been turned out every morning in mild weather to roam about

the garden, and it is very fond of creeping up close to the gardeners,

and watching them at work, although it does not appear to be from

any desire to obtain worms or insects. It seldom wanders very far

from its aviary, and in the afternoon is always found waiting to be

let in. In winter it is allowed its liberty in the parrot aviary, which

is heated by one of the Arnott stoves, and close to which it may

generally be found. Even in moderately sharp weather, if it be dry,

we find it better to let it go out for a short time; but then, instead

of creeping leisurely about, it bustles off to its favourite plants, and

very soon returns; but it will not bear confinement in a cage. At

the present time Jettuce is its principal food, but it has also Indian

corn, hemp-seed, sopped bread, and a little boiled sheep’s head.

Small stones seem also necessary, and it is very fond of swallowing

small pieces of the coal used in the stove, which is anthracite.

Owing to the difficulty and expense of procuring a sufficient quan-

tity of lettuce during the frost of last winter and that of the year

before, the poor bird became very thin and weak, but quickly rallied

upon again getting this food. In the summer, when on the lawns,

it will eat grass, which it chips off with its beak in a very singular

manner. I have tried it several times with a frog, but it has always

been refused. When we first had it the horn upon the head was

about four inches long ; but as it used to stand so close to the stove, it

became burnt down to about an inch, and is now grown again con-

siderably.

“The spurs upon the elbows of the wings are nearly two inches

long, and of amazing strength and hardness; they are truly formi-

dable weapons. We have several varieties of dogs, which are kept in

single kennels, in different parts of the garden, but they always re-

treat upon the approach of the Screamer; and whilst the bird con-

tinues close, nothing will induce them to come out, at least those

that have once felt the spur. I have several times seen it standing

close to a door of a kennel, with its head erect and looking very

proud, making a sound which one could only look upon as a chal-

lenge to the dog to come forth. As the mode of attack is so sly and

unexpected, none are at first prepared for it. Throwing its neck and

head backwards and forwards, and uttering at the same time a low

note, it advances sideways up to the dog, and when close enough

turns half-way round, and quietly raising its wing, delivers such a

Zoological Society. 143

blow that no dog that we have will face it a second time. It is not

meant that a dog could not be made to resent such an attack, but

only that of their own accord they seem unwilling to do so.

“It is, however, exceedingly familiar, and would become attached

to any one that would notice it kindly, and with me will often make

a kind of purring noise when being patted and caressed. Still I have

seen it run after children when they have been teasing it.

** On one or two occasions it has recovered the use of its wing

sooner than expected, but it never flew beyond the garden—alighting

upon the top of its aviary, flying off again, wheeling round in a circle

and returning. In their wild state I should consider these birds good

flyers ; their long wings and light bodies, with a most complete appa-

ratus of external air-cells, would conduce to that result. I hardly

know why it should be called a screamer; no noise that I have ever

heard it make could be called a scream. It has certainly a tolerably

sharp cry, and also a lower note or cry, somewhat resembling the

trumpet-note of a peacock, but not so loud; both appear to be notes

of pleasure and satisfaction, and may generally be called forth in the

following manner. If for instance the bird is on the lawn, and any

of those known to it should pass close by, it will utter one or two

of the lower notes, and if encouraged by the person endeavouring to

imitate the same note, it will utter two or three more, and finish

with one of the shrill notes; it will then often lie down to be patted

and caressed. Its walk is rather ludicrous, partaking both of state-

liness and awkwardness. ‘The head is carried high and well, but as

its toes are so long it is compelled to raise each foot very high, in

order to get it clear of the other, and this produces the appearance

described. In standing, the toes of one foot are crossed a good deal

over those of the other.

“It has evidently more confidence in man, and seems also to have

more intelligence than most birds.”

The reading of Professor Owen’s memoir on the Myology of the

Apteryx was continued.

Mr. Gould then brought before the notice of the Meeting some

additional ornithological novelties from Australia, and character-

ized an Artamus, conspicuous for the white colouring of the rump,

ARTAMUS LEUCOPYGIALIS. Art. capite, guld, et dorso fuliginoso-

cinereis ; pectore, partibus inferioribus, et uropygio aibis ; rostro

pallide ceruleo-cinereo. .

Head, throat and back sooty grey; primaries and tail brownish

black, washed with grey; chest, all the under surface, and rump,

pure white ; irides brown; bill light bluish grey at the base, black at

the tip; legs and feet mealy greenish grey.

Total length, 54 inches; bill, 12; wing, 5}; tail, 24; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Australia.

A new Pitta, being the third species of that form from the Austra-

lian continent, as

Pirra Iris. Pitt. capite, collo, pectore, abdomine, lateribus, et fe-

144 Zoological Society.

moribus nigerrimis ; fascid superoculari, ad occiput ductd ferru-

gined ; corpore supra, alisque ex aureo viridibus, humeris metallice

ceruleis et fascid inferiore lazulind ornatis.

Head, neck, breast, abdomen, flanks and thighs deep velvety black;

over the eye, extending to the occiput, a band of ferruginous brown ;

upper surface and wings golden green; shoulders bright. metallic

cerulean blue, bordered below with lazuline blue; primaries black,

passing into olive-brown at their tips; the third, fourth, fifth and

sixth having a spot of white about the centre of the feather; tail

black at the base, green at the tip, the former colour running on the

inner web nearly to the tip; rump-feathers tinged with czrulean

blue ; lower part of the abdomen and under tail-coverts bright scarlet,

separated from the black of the abdomen by vellowish brown ; irides

dark brown; bill black; feet flesh-colour.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, 13; wing, 4; tail, 12; tarsi, 14.

Hab. Cobourg Peninsula, north coast of Australia.

Mr. Gould then pointed out the generic characters of two new

genera of Finches, the first of which he proposed to designate

Genus EMBLEMA.

Rostrum feré quam caput longum, conicum (ut in genere Ploceus).

Ale mediocres; remige prima parvula, quatuor proximis inter se

eequalibus ; tertiarlis elongatis. Cauda mediocris, et feré quadrata,

vel paululim rotundata. Pedes plantigradi, digitis gracillimis ;

digito intermedio externis longiore, illis inter se equalibus.

EmpiemMa picta. Emb. facie et guld saturate miniaceis ; vertice et

corpore supra fuscis ; pectore et corpore subtis nigris crebré albo-

guttatis, abdomine medio miniaceo adsperso.

Face and throat deep vermilion red; the base of all the feathers

of the throat black, giving that part a mingled appearance of black and

red ; crown of the head, all the upper surface and wings, brown ; rump

deep vermilion-red ; tail dark brown; chest and all the under surface

jet-black, the flanks numerously spotted with white, and the centre

of the abdomen dashed with vermilion-red; feet light red; upper

mandible black, under mandible scarlet, with a triangular patch of

black atthe base.

Total length, 3} inches; bill, =; wing, 24; tail, 13; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The north-west coast of Australia.

From the collection of B. Bynoe, Esq.

And the second,

Genus PofPHILa.

Gen. char.—Rostrum ad basin tumidum, et igitur feré tam latum et

profundum quam longum. Ale mediocres, remige prima parvula,

secunda tertid quarta et quinta inter se feré zqualibus; digitis

gracilibus, medio externis longiore, illis inter se eequalibus; digito

postico, medio valdé breviore. Cauda cuneiformis, rectricibus

duabus intermediis productis.

This form is nearly allied to Erythura and Estrelda.

Type, P. acuticauda (Amadina acuticauda, Gould in Proc. Zool.

Soc., Part VII. p. 143).

Zoological Society. 145

Popuita Ppersonata. Poé. rostro ad basin fascid irregulari ni-

gerrimd circumdato, vertice, dorso, alis, cauddque pallidé cinna-

momino-fuscis.

Base of the bill surrounded by an irregular ring of deep velvety

black ; crown of the head, upper surface and wings, light cinnamon-

brown; lower part of the abdomen banded with deep velvety black ;

lower part of the rump and under tail-coverts white; upper tail-

coverts white, striped longitudinally with black on the outer side;

tail graduated, and of a deep blackish brown; irides red ; bill bright

orange ; legs and feet flesh-red.

Total length, 3} inches; bill, 3; wing, 2}; tail, 2; tarsi, ;%,.

Hab. 'The northern parts of Australia.

Mr. Gould then characterized two new species of the genus Ptili-

nopus, Swainson, as P. Swainsonii and P. Ewingii; the first in

honour of the founder of the genus, and the second in honour of the

Rev. T. J. Ewing, of Van Diemen’s Land.

Prizinopus Swainson. Piil. fronte et vertice splendide coccineis,

héc colore lined angustd flavé nisi apud frontem cincto ; pectore

sordidé viridi, singulis plumis ad apicem bifidis, more furcule,

cujus apices macula triangulari argenteo-cinered notaniur ; abdo-

mine medio aurantiaco ; caudeé apice late flavissimo.

Forehead and crown deep crimson-red, surrounded, except in front,

with a narrow ring of light yellow; back of the neck greyish green ;

all the upper surface bright green tinged with yellow, the green

becoming deep blue towards the extremities of the tertiaries, which

are broadly margined with yellow; primaries slaty grey on their

inner webs, green on the outer, very slightly margined with yellow;

tail deep green, largely tipped with rich yellow ; throat greenish grey,

stained on the chin with yellow in some specimens; in others the

chin is white; breast dull green, each feather forked at the end, and

with a triangular silvery grey spot at either extremity; flanks and

abdomen green, with a large patch of orange-red in the centre of the

latter; under tail-coverts orange-yellow ; thighs green; irides red-

dish orange ; bill greenish black, horn-cclour at the tip; feet olive-

brown.

Total length, 9 inches; bill, 3; wing, 53; tail, 32; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The brushes of the River Clarence and Moreton Bay.

Prininopus Ewineu. P. fronte et vertice roseis, héc colore lined

flava nisi ad frontem cincio ; pectore virescenti-cinereo plumis bi-

fidis, et ad apicem pallide cinereis ; fascia infra pectorali pallide

sulphured ; abdomine medio saturate aurantiaco, cum lunuld cen-

trali helvo-ceruled ; caude rectricibus ad apicem flavis, non sine

tincturad viridi presertim in rectricibus duabus intermediis notandd.

Forehead and crown of the head rose-pink, bordered, except in

front, by a narrow line of yellow; back of the head and neck green-

ish grey; all the upper surface bright green, passing into deep blue

on the tertiaries; primaries, secondaries and tertiaries shightly mar-

gined with yellow ; tail largely tipped with yellow tinged with green,

particularly on the two centre feathers; chin pale yellow; sides of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

146 Zoological Society.

the neck and chest greenish grey, each feather forked at the end and

tipped with grey; below the chest an indistinct band of sulphur-

yellow ; flanks and lower part of the abdomen green; centre of the

abdomen rich orange, in the middle of which is a lunar-shaped mark

of lilac; under tail-coverts orange; thighs and tarsi green; indes

reddish orange ; feet olive.

Total length, 72 inches ; bill, ?; wing, 43; tail, 3; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Port Essington.

Mr. Gould next instituted a new genus among the Columbide,

under the appellation of

Genus GEOPHAPS.

Gen. char.—Rostrum perbreve et robustum. Oculi cute denudata

circumdati. Ale perbreves et rotundate, apicibus latis. Tarsi

mediocres digitis longiores. Digitus internus paululim ceteris

longior.

Of this form a new species was described as

GEOPHAPS PLUMIFERA. Geo. capite cristdé occipitali ornato; hdc

sic et vertice, colli lateribus, pectore et alarum pagind inferiore

pallide ferrugineis ; gula alternatim albo nigroque fasciato ; pectore

lunulis duabus albis inter se junctis cuspidemque mediam efficientt-

bus, ornato.

Lores and orbits naked, and of a yellowish red; head furnished

with a lengthened occipital crest, which, with the crown, sides of the

neck and chest, and under part of the wing, is hght ferruginous ;

chin black ; throat banded alternately with white and black, the latter

colour extending to the ear-coverts; on the chest two semilunar

marks of white, which, meeting, form a point in the centre; middle

of the abdomen light buff; under tail-coverts brown, with lighter

edges; back of the neck, back, rump and upper tail-coverts, rufous

brown; wings light ferruginous, with the basal half of the feathers

silvery grey, the two colours separated by a transverse band of black ;

primaries rufous brown; secondaries rufous brown, with a large

patch of bronzy purple towards their tips; tail black; bill black;

feet reddish brown.

Total length, 7 inches ; bill, 3; wing, 34; tail, 22 ; tarsi, zy

‘Hab. The north-west coast of Australia.

From the collection of B. Bynoe, Esq.

A second genus of this tribe of birds was then characterized as

Genus OcyrHars.

Gen. char.—Caput crista occipitali elongata. Ale paulo breves, re-

mige tertia gradatim ad apicem coarctata. Cauda mediocritér

elongata, et rotundata, Tuarsi et digitus intermedius eadem lon-

gitudine. Digitus internus externo brevior.

Type, Columba Lophotes, 'Temm.

A second example of the genus Pedionomus was described as

Prpronomus microurus. Ped. a P. Torquato diversus, staturd

minore, collo haud torque circumdato, caudd feré carente.

Crown of the head, back and upper surface mottled with black,

Geological Society. 147

brown, and fawn-colour, the latter occupying the external edge of

the feathers, and the black and brown forming alternate circular

- markings on each feather; throat, neck, chest and flanks dull fawn-

colour ; the feathers of the neck and chest blotched with brown;

flanks marked with the same colour, assuming the form of bars ; tail-

feathers, which are almost invisible, marked the same as the back;

centre of the abdomen and the under tail-coverts buffy white, with-

out spots or markings ; irides straw-yellow ; bill yellow, passing into

black at the point ; feet greenish pe

Total length, 45 inches; bill, 11; wing, 32; tarsi, 7

The above are the measurements of an os male.

Hab. Plains of the interior of South Australia.

Differs from P. torqguatus in its smaller size, in the absence of the

collar, and in the almost total absence of tail.

Mr. Gould also brought before the notice of the Meeting a new

species of Megapodius, from the north coast of Australia, which he

characterized as M. Tumulus, and read a very interesting account of

its habits, which tends to confirm the opinion he had previously ex-

pressed, that Megapodius Talegalla and Leipoa form part of one great

family of birds, whose range will be found to extend from the Phi-

lippines to Australia.

Mecapopius tumutus. WM. capite, et cristd saturate cinnamomino-

Juscis ; nuchd, et corpore subtis saturaté cinereis ; dorso, alisque

cinnamomino-fuscis ; tectricibus caude, crissoque saturaté casta-

neis ; pedibus permagnis.

Head and crest very deep cinnamon-brown ; back of the neck and

all the under surface very dark grey; back and wings cinnamon-

brown; upper and under tail-coverts dark chestnut-brown; tail

blackish brown ; irides generally dark brown, but in some specimens

light reddish brown; bill reddish brown, with yellow edges; tarsi

and feet bright orange, the scales on the front of the tarsi, from the

fourth downwards, and the scales of the toes dark reddish brown.

Total length from 15 to 17 inches; bill from 1} to 14; wiug from

95 to 10; tail from 4 to 44; tarsi from 22 tu 31.

Ray: Cobourg Peninsula, on the ape coast Tor Australia.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 23, 1842.—A memoir was read, entitled, ““ Report on the

-Missourium now exhibiting at the Egyptian Hall, with an inquiry

into the claims of the Tetracaulodon to generic distinction,” by

Richard Owen, Esq., F.G.S., &c.

Mr. Owen proceeds to consider the species of animal to which

the skeleton is to be referred. It was, he says, a mammiferous

animal, and while the anterior extremities disprove the existence

of clavicles, they establish that the fossil belonged to the Ungu-

lata. The enormous tusks of the upper jaw further show that

it was a member of the proboscidean group of Pachyderms, and that

the molar teeth prove it to be identical with the Tetracaulodon or

Mastodon giganteum. With respect to the horizontal position of the

1,2

dat

148 Geological Society.

tusks in the skeleton exhibited at the Egyptian Hall, Mr. Owen

states, that it may have arisen from compression, the tusk of the Mas-

todon, like that of the Elephant, being inserted by a nearly straight

cylindrical base in a socket of corresponding form, and can be

rotated in any given direction when the natural attachments are de-

stroyed by decomposition; and he alludes to the skeleton exhibited

in London in 1805, in which the tusks were bent downwards.

Having, by a series of comparisons of the teeth and bones, which

the author does not conceive it necessary to recount, arrived at the

conclusion that the Missourium is either a Tetracaulodon or [a] Ma-

stodon, he next considers the relations in which these supposed di-

stinct genera stood to each other; premising that Mr. Koch’s ske-

leton illustrates the osteology of the gigantic Mastodon far more

completely than has been done by any other collection of North

American fossils brought to Europe. The genus Tetracaulodon was

founded by Dr. Godman on the lower jaw of a young Proboscidean

having two tusks projecting from the symphysial extremities. Mr.

W. Cooper of New York, however, suggested that the Tetracaulo-

don was nothing but the young of the gigantic Mastodon, and that

the tusks were lost as the animal became adult. This opinion has

been also advanced by others, but without being illustrated by any

analogies; and it has been opposed by Dr. Isaac Hays, in an elabo-

rate memoir on additional specimens, which he states present ali

the proofs necessary for refuting the opinion that Dr. Godman had

committed the error of describing as a new animal the young of a

known species; and he observes with respect to Mr. Titian R.

Peale’s suggestion that the lower tusks might be only a sexual di-

stinction, ‘‘ that it is impossible in the existing state of our know-

ledge, and with our present materials, to confirm or positively refute

this suggestion.” The most recent opinion on the subject, Mr. Owen

states, 1s contained in the last edition of the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles,’ in

which M. Laurillard, after alluding to the opinion that the lower jaws

with tusks may be immature Mastodons, proceeds to say, “‘ others

have been led to believe that the lower jaws of every age which have

tusks belong to a different species of large Mastodon: some charac-

ters taken from the form of the jaw would seem to justify that opi-

nion.’’—Oss. Foss. 8vo. vol. ii. p. 373, 1836.

Mr. Koch’s collection of detached bones contains, Mr. Owen

states, a number of lower jaws with the molars of Mastodon gigan-

teum, which prove the important fact, that an animal of the same

size and molar dentition as the Mastodon was characterized in the

adult state by a single tusk projecting from the symphysial extremity

of the right ramus, and that the two inferior tusks are manifested

only by immature animals.

Mr. Owen then details the evidence by which he arrived at the

conclusion that the Tetracaulodon of Dr. Godman is the immature

state of both sexes of the Mastodon giganteum, that in the adult male

only one of the lower tusks is preserved, and that in the adult female

both are wanting.

A table is given in the memoir of the measurements of six lower

Geological Society. 149

jaws of full-grown animals; three which retained the right tusk or

exhibited its socket, and three in which the tusk was wanting, and

the socket more or less obliterated; and Mr. Owen says that the

dimensions prove the close similarity in size and proportions between

the lower jaws of Mastodons with and without the tusks; and

further that no individuals of the same species could resemble each

other more closely in the conformation of the molar teeth. In both,

the inner boundaries of the molar series are parallel, and the inter-

space is of the same breadth: the general form of the ascending

ramus and the symphysis, the place and size of the great foramina

for the dental nerves and vessels, are alike. The only differences

consist in the Tetracaulodon * having larger condyles, and the outer

side of the horizontal ramus being less convex and prominent; the

coronoid process also is higher; and the broad canal, which is im-

pressed upon the upper part of the symphysis, is nearly straight, not

sloping down to the deflected part as in the Mastodon; but the

breadth of the canal is the same in both, though the symphysial part

of the jaw is larger and broader in the Tetracaulodon than Mastodon.

These differences, Mr. Owen observes, may relate to the additional

motions of the lower jaw, connected with the uses to which the in-

cisor may have been put.

The incisor in full-grown Tetracaulodons or male Mastodons is a

comparatively small, cylindrical and straight tusk, projecting forwards

and a little downwards ; its circumference is five inches; the length

of the projecting part of the most entire of three specimens was five

inches, but an unknown portion had been broken off ; the socket was

three inches in depth, uniformly one and a half inch in diameter,

and slightly concave at its termination.

With regard to these incisor teeth and the importance attached to

them as a generic distinction, Prof. Owen says, it must be remem-

bered that in many species, both of Cetacea and Pachyderms, incisors

as well as canines vary in relation to the age and sex of the same

species of animal. In the male Dugong the upper incisors are pro-

truded, scalpriform, and of unlimited growth, while in the female

they are concealed, cuspidate, and solid to their base. In both sexes

the lower jaw is provided at its deflected extremity with six incisors,

which disappear in mature animals, only one or two remnants being

occasionally discoverable in the cancellous sockets. In many of

the Hog tribe, incisors are present in the young animal, but are lost

in the full-grown. The most remarkable case, Mr. Owen says, of

' distinct conditions of incisors, teeth or tusks, relative to age and sex,

is in the Narwhal. In this animal the young of both sexes have

equally developed on each side of the upper jaw a single tusk, one

of which grows rapidly in the male, constituting the well-known

long, spirally twisted tusk, while the other remains stationary ; but

both continue rudimental in the female.

Were the Dugong and the Narwhal extinct, and to be judged of

only by their fossil remains, the skulls of the two sexes of the herbi-

vorous cetacean, viewed irrelatively, would doubtless, Mr. Owen

« The author retains the term Tetracaulodon in his description for the

male Mastodon.

150 Geological Society.

observes, be referred to two distinct species, though the identity in

the molar teeth might impress the more cautious paleontologist with

a strong suspicion of their generic identity ; but the cranium of the

male Narwhal, with its unsymmetrical distortion, increased by an

enormous tusk, would, it can scarcely be doubted, be referred to a

genus of Cetaceans quite distinct from that which the edentulous and

more symmetrical skull of the female would be considered to represent.

In determining the real nature of differences in these extinct

animal remains, Mr. Owen says it is necessary to inquire what other

modifications are associated with those of the tusks ;— are the more

essential parts of the dental system, as the grinding teeth, alike or

different in the jaws with tusks and without tusks? Do the jaws

themselves and the other parts of the skeleton offer the modifications

of form which usually attend distinction of species? Above all, are

the same characters presumed to distinguish the genera, present in

the young as in the adult skulls? are there, for example, young

Mastodons as well as young Tetracaulodons ?

The youngest of five full-grown Tetracaulodons or male Masto-

dons, examined by him, had two molars and half of a third deve-

loped in each ramus; the first or antepenultimate having three trans-

verse ridges, each divided into two tubercles; the second also three

bicusped ridges ; and the third two ridges extricated, and two others

within the alveolar cavity. In the next jaw in the order of develop-

ment, the third ridge of the last molar was extricated; in the third

specimen the antepenultimate grinder had been shed, and the last

molar exhibited the same degree of development ; in the fourth jaw

the ultimate molar was fully extricated, exhibiting four bicuspidate

ridges and a talon ; and the fifth or oldest Tetracaulodon retained

its penultimate, but worn grinders, the two anterior ridges of the last

molars being a little abraded, and the talon being developed into a

pair of small tubercles.

A series of jaws of female Mastodons (Mastodon proper of Dr.

Godman and Dr. Hays) presented the same order of development.

Having already shown that the molar teeth are identical in number

and form in the Mastodon and Tetracaulodon, Mr. Owen proceeds to

‘point out their correspondence in the mode and order of succession.

The lower jaws of both present, moreover, those characters by which

the Mastodon giganteum is distinguished from the genus Elephas,

namely, by the higher coronoid, the less-rounded angle, the straight

inferior margin, the parallel inner alveolar border, and the more pro-

duced symphysial extremity. They present, besides, equally the

minor characteristic of the sharp process on the inner side of the

neck of the condyle, and the ridge continued from the outer side of

the neck. Both have an oblong depression on the outside of the

coronold process, but varying in depth in different Tetracaulodons.

In both the posterior aperture of the dental canal commences in the

same place; and the inner side of the angle of the jaw is concave,

and bounded by an irregular margin, indicating the attachment of

the fascia covering the internal pterygoid muscle, the irregularity

being stronger in the lower jaws of older individuals. The relative

position of the principal anterior outlet of the dental canal is the

Geological Society. 11

same in Tetracaulodon as in Mastodon, varying in both in its relative

position to the teeth as these alter their position in age.

When the striking modifications by which the lower jaw of the

Elephant differs from that of the Mastodon are considered, it cannot

be supposed, observes Mr. Owen, that no corresponding differences

should be present in the lower jaws of the Mastodon and of an-

other genus of Proboscideans characterized by a difference in the

number of the teeth, and he says, he knows of no analogy in the

whole mammalian series that would justify such a belief. Tetra-

caulodons are as numerous in Mr. Koch’s collection as Mastodons,

yet there are not found in it two forms of humeri, ulne, radii,

femora or tibie, only the merest difference of variety being de-

tectable; whilst the femora of the Hlephas primigenius associated

with them are at once recognizable by modifications which might

be expected to accompany true generic differences in the rest

of the organization. With the exception of a few bones of the

Elephas primigenius, all the other remains of proboscidian Pachy-

derms in Mr. Koch’s collection, Mr. Owen is of opinion, belong to

the Mastodon giganteum; and the great skeleton he considers to be

that of a male individual, on account of the size of the tusks and the

strongly marked external characters of the principal bones of the ex-

tremities ; but he points out that the lower jaw belonged to a female,

and he states that the proprietor acknowledged that it was not

discovered with the other portions of the skeleton. The true height

of the animal, taken at the dorsal spines, Mr. Owen estimates at ten

feet, and the length, from the intermaxillary bones to the end of

the sacrum, at sixteen feet, or four more than that of the Asiatic

Elephant in the Hunterian Museum.

The supposed spinal column of a man fourteen feet high, Mr.

Owen refers to the Lophiodon: Mr. Koch’s collection also includes

some interesting remains of the Mylodon Harlani, also portions of

large species of Bos, Cervus, &c.

With respect to the use of the lower incisor, Mr. Owen says, if in-

deed this diminutive inferior tusk were a generic character constantly

associated in both sexes with the enormous upper tusks, no explana-

tion could be given of so apparently useless an appendage ; but if re-

garded as a sexual character, there are in the animal kingdom abun-

dant examples of the functional importance of external distinctions

in the male ; and such he considers to be the explanation of the per-

sistent single or prominent tusk in the male Mastodon. Further,

- with respect to the question why two tusks should be originally de-

veloped, especially in the female, in which neither is to be retained,

Mr. Owen replies that there is an equal difficulty with respect to

the two rudimental tusks in the female Narwhal, and of the single

one in the male; to the abortive incisors in the symphysial part of

the lower jaw of the Dugong; to the rudimental teeth in the lower

jaw of the Foetal Whale-bone Whale; and in the upper jaw of the

Sperm Whale. In these, and many analogous instances, the author

observes, a structure which is merely sketched out, and is function-

less in one species, is perfected and performs important uses in an-

other closely allied. Thus the teeth which are shadowed forth in

152 Geological Society.

the lower jaw of the Foetal Whale are fully developed in the Cachalot.

‘The upper rudimentary maxillary teeth which remain hidden in the

gum of the Sperm Whale are functionally developed in the Grampus;

and in like manner in the gigantic Dinotherium, discovered by Dr.

Kaup, is exhibited the full and functional development of the infe-

rior rudimental tusks of the Mastodon.

‘The molar teeth of the Mastodons offer, Mr. Owen says, a beauti-

ful transitional modification connecting the lamellated structure of

the triturating molar with those having simply a transversely-ridged

grinding surface. The interval between the molar teeth of the

Elephant and those of the Tapir is too great to have allowed their

fundamental resemblance to have been detected in the existing

creation; but a study of the extinct Pachyderms brings to light,

he says, a beautiful series of gradations leading through the ele-

phantoid Mastodon of Ava and the gigantic Mastodon of the

Missouri to the Dinotherium, which it may be remembered was the

gigantic Tapir of Cuvier. Moreover, he adds, the indication of the

singular armatnre of the lower jaw of the Dinothere might be most

closely discernible in that species of Mastodon which makes the

nearest approach to the Dinothere in the form of the grinding teeth.

The report from which the above extracts have been taken had been

completed when Mr. Owen received a copyof the notice* of Dr. Hays’s

description of Mr. Koch’s collection. After-an attentive perusal of

this document, in which the generic distinctness of the Tetracaulo-

don is maintained, Mr. Owen has been only more convinced of the

truth of his own theory ; he, however, in justice to Dr. Hays, gives

the arguments of that esteemed naturalist. Dr. Hays considers the

existence of a single tusk in the lower jaw to be only an accidental

occurrence, referring, as examples of two tusks, to the specimen

described by Dr. Godman, and to that belonging to the Museum of

the University of Virginia. Respecting this statement, Mr. Owen

observes, that the jaw described by Dr. Godman is that of an im-

mature individual, retaming on the left side the first small molar,

and therefore affords no proof of the persistence of the two in-

ferior tusks in the adult animal, or evidence of the accidental na-

ture of the absence of the left tusk in the mature jaw. With regard

to the specimen in the cabinet of the University of Virginia, he

says, that if this belong to a mature animal it would be an unique

specimen, and might be paralleled with cases on record of two

projecting tusks in the male Narwhal, and considered by all na-

turalists to be accidental. Mr. Owen further calls attention to the

figure of the specimen in pl. 27. fig. 2. of the Transactions of the

American Philosophical Society (vol. iv.), where only the right tusk

is represented, the left being merely indicated by a dark spot of cor-

responding size, of the nature of which the text is silent.

Respecting the symphysial portion of the jaw exhibiting the alve-

oli of two tusks, both much smaller than the alveolus of the right

tusk in the presumed male Mastodon’s jaws of corresponding size,

and considered by Dr. Hays to constitute a distinct variety, if not a

new species of Tetracaulodon, Mr. Owen considers it to be the jaw of

* Proceedings, American Phil. Soc. October 1841.

Botanical Society of London. 153

a young female Mastodon in which the obliteration of the tusks had

not been completed. 7

A lower jaw without tusks, considered by Dr. Hays to have been

a young Mastodon, but with ‘‘the chin slightly broken, so that it is

impossible to determine whether it had the foliated termination so

conspicuous in the adult ;’’ Mr. Owen remarks, that notwithstanding

the prominent end of the symphysial part containing the chief por-

tion of the tusk-socket is wanting, yet ‘‘ two foramina are recognized

at the anterior part of the chin,” and these, he observes, must be

either portions of the alveoli of the tusks, or the canals of the nerves

and vessels for the tusks in these alveoli.

- Thus, Mr. Owen says in conclusion, all the examples which seemed

to show that the genus Mastodon at no period of life possessed tusks

in the lower jaw, and that the genus Tetracaulodon was characterized

at all periods of life by two projecting tusks in the lower jaw, become

invalidated on a close inspection, and enter into the series of facts

which support the proposition that the Mastodon giganteum has two

lower tusks originally in both sexes, and retains the right lower tusk

only in the adult male.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

November 18th, 1842.—Adam Gerard, Esq., in the Chair.

A paper was read from George Clarke, Esq., of the Island of Mahé,

on the Lodoicea Sechellarum*. ‘The Lodoicea of Sechelles is an inter-

tropical plant peculiar to the Sechelles Archipelago, where it grows

naturally in two islands only, Praslin and Curiense. Praslin lies north-

east of Mahé, distant twenty-one miles; Curiense to the north of

Praslin, and is much smaller; a deep arm of the sea, from one to two

miles in breadth, separates these two islands. They lie between 4°

15’ and 4° 21'S. lat. and 55° 39’ and 55° 47’ E. long. In the other

islands of this Archipelago there are but few Lodoiceas, which have

all been planted, and only two or three appear to thrive. The trunk

or stem of the Lodoicea is straight, and runs to the height of eighty

or ninety feet, terminated by a splendid crown of winged, palmated

leaves; it is only from twelve to fifteen inches in diameter, and so

flexible that it waves to the slightest breeze. When the wind is

moderately strong the huge leaves of this giant palm are clashed to-

gether with an astonishing noise. ‘The outside of the stem is very

hard and compact, but the interior is soft and fibrous. The leaves,

winged and palmated, open like a fan, and in the early growth are

more than fifteen feet long, without reckoning the foot-stalk, which

is as much more. In the mature trees the leaf-stalk is not more

than eight or ten feet long; and the whole leaf does not exceed

twenty feet in length by ten or twelve in breadth, and is entirely

destitute of thorns.

The nascent leaves are enveloped, till the period of their expan-

sion, by a thick covering of cottony down of a nankeen colour; but

this is occasionally wanting. ‘The unanimous testimony of the in-

ba A very interesting account of this plant by Mr. Clarke, illustrated by

wood-cuts, will be found at p. 408, vol. vi. of this Journal.—Eps. ]

154 Botanical Society of London.

habitants of Praslin proves that each tree produces only one leaf a

year, and “as three leaves occupy about eight inches of the trunk,

and twenty years expire before that appears above the surface, a tree

of eighty feet in height must be about 400 years old.” The flowers,

about twenty in number, succeed each other one at a time, but oc-

casionally two. The nuts are two-lobed, and sometimes two nuts

are enclosed in one husk. Three-lobed nuts are very rare, but some

are met with; and it is said that specimens with five lobes have been

found. The form of the nut is very singular, and cannot be com-

pared to that of any other production. Two highly remarkable cir-

cumstances in the history of the Lodoicea are, the duration of its -

blossoms and the period necessary for maturing its fruits; for the

latter, seven or eight years are required. The Lodoicea grows in

every variety of soil, but delights most in the vegetable mould of the

deep gorges of the WaouHeAINE: It is, nevertheless, found on the bare

mountain-tops, and forms a very conspicuous and remarkable object

in such situations. It is curious that the vegetation of the nut is

prevented by burying it, but if suffered simply to rest on the earth

in a situation not too much exposed to the sun, germination readily

takes place. The fruit in its unripe state is an agreeable and re-

freshing aliment; when ripe it yields oil. Its germ furnishes a very

sweet food.

November 29.—Sixth Anniversary Meeting. J. E. Gray, Esq.,

F.R.S., &c., President, in the Chair.

The Report of the Council was read, from which it appeared that

thirteen new members had been elected since the last Anniversary,

and that the Society consisted of 152 members. The donations to

the library had been very considerable.

Many valuable parcels of British and Foreign plants had been re-

ceived, and the return parcels sent to the members had given the

greatest satisfaction.

Mr. Edwin Lees had forwarded an Herbarium of the Malvern

Hills, accompanied by many very valuable remarks upon the geogra-

phical distribution of the plants of the neighbourhood; and it was

hoped next year to report the receipt of other local herbaria now in

course of formation for the Society.

Amongst the most valuable parcels received during the past sea-

son, may be mentioned a large collection of British plants, from Mr.

Hewett C. Watson, comprising upwards of 5500 specimens ; also

numerous Jersey plants, from Mr. G.H. K. Thwaites; a large col-

lection of Shropshire Rubi, from Mr. H. Bedwell; 300 specimens of

Bupleurum falcatum collected in Essex, from Mr. EK. Doubleday ; and

numerous specimens of Lastrea cristata, collected in Norfolk by Mr.

B. D. Wardale, and presented by that gentleman.

Numerous specimens of Mosses, Lichens, and Algze had been re-

ceived.

Foreign Plants.—These form a valuable part of the Society’s col-

lection, and comprise plants from North and South America, British

Guiana, New South Wales, Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone, China,

and various other parts of the world.

The more interesting plants are 350 species collected by Mr. R.

Microscopical Society. 155

H. Schomburgk in British Guiana; 250 species collected by Dr.

F. Krauss in Natal, South Africa; many thousand specimens col-

lected in North America by Dr. Gavin Watson ; and numerous spe-

cies from South America, presented by Dr. C. F. P. von Martius.

The Museum had been enriched by specimens of sections of wood,

seed-vessels, barks, &c. &c.; many of them purchased at the sale of

the Botanical Museum of the late A. B. Lambert, Esq., and pre-

sented by some of the members.

The Report was unanimously adopted, and a ballot then took

place for the Council for the ensuing year, when the Chairman was

re-elected President, and he nominated J. G. Children, Esq., F.R.S.

and Hewett C. Watson, Esq., F.L.S., Vice-Presidents. Mr. E.

Doubleday, M.E.S., Mr. G. Francis, F.L.S., and Mr. J. G. Mitchell,

M.E.S., were elected new members of the Council in the room of

Dr. Meeson, Mr. G. Cooper and Mr. W. H. White, who retire from

the Council in accordance with the rules of the Society.

Mr. J. Reynolds, Mr. G. E. Dennes, F.L.S., and Mr. T. Sansom

were respectively re-elected Treasurer, Secretary, and Librarian.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

At a meeting of this Society held December 21st, 1842, Professor

Lindley, President, in the Chair, a paper was read from the Rev. J.

B. Reade, entitled ‘‘ Microscopic Chemistry, No. 1, on the Existence

of Ammonia in Gum, Sugar, and other ‘non-azotized bodies.’”” A

second paper was read by H. H. White, Esq. of Clapham, ‘“‘ Ona new

species of Xanthidium found in flint which he had named Xanthidium

tubiferum aculeatum,” and was characterized by having the tentacula,

which were twelve in number, quite pointed and free from any ap-

pendages whatever ; it measured ;45th of an inch from the extre-

mities of the opposite tentacula, and the specimen was afterwards

exhibited to the Society. Arthur Hill Hassall, Esq. then read a

paper entitled ‘‘ Observations on the Production of Decay in Fruit

by means of Fungi” (continued). ‘The author, after stating that in

order to set aside any doubt which might exist of the power of Fungi

in producing decay in fruit, he had inoculated sound fruit whilst on

t e tree, and found that the decay was as rapid as in those speci-

mens which had been previously removed from the tree. He con-

tended that the mere binding of fruit was not sufficient of itself to

cause decay, but that the presence either of fungi or of the sporules

of fungi was necessary before the decay could take place.

Jan. 18, 1843.—J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair. A

paper was read from that gentleman ‘‘ On the Structure of the

Shells of Molluscous and Conchiferous Animals*.”’ The researches

of the author into the structure of the organic tissue of the Corallide,

published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ part 2, 1842, suggested

to him the idea of pursuing a similar course of investigation into the

nature and origin of the testaceous coverings of the Mollusca and

[* A paper on the Chemical Components of Shells by Dr. Carpenter was

read at one of the late meetings of the Royal Society, which we shall notice

in a future Number.— Eps. ]

156 Microscopical Society.

Conchifera. He commenced his researches during the spring of 1842,

and the first subject for examination was the young cartilaginous lips

of the common Garden Snail, Helix aspersa; subsequently he has

directed his attention to the testaceous coverings of numerous spe-

cies of adult univalve and bivalve shells. The general results of the

examination of the lips of the Garden Snail were as follows :—The

newly-formed lip was found to consist of a thin yellow-coloured

horny substance, with a number of minute globular vesicles (incipient

cytoblasts and cells) in various stages of development, with a nucleus

very visible by means of a power of 600 linear in the greater number

of them; these cells were most numerous on the inner side of the

lip, or that part in contact with the shell; the young shells were trans-

parent, but in the neighbourhood of these there may be seen aggre-

gated together smali patches of a deep yellow colour, which appeared

as centres of ossification. Besides these other cytoblasts occur, which

are developed in the form of tessellated cellular structure, which ulti-

mately form a minute vascular tissue which is imbedded in bands cor-

responding in their direction with the lines of growth of the shell ; as

these tissues approached maturity, the periostracum advancing from

the old lip covers them and binds the whole firmly together. The

examination by transmitted light of thin sections of univalve shells,

made by the lapidary, afforded but little information of their true

structure; but fractured surfaces at right angles to the outer and

inner planes of the shell, and either parallel or at right angles to the

lines of growth, when examined by the Lieberkuhn, exhibited three

distinct strata uniform in the nature of their structure but alterna-

ting in the mode of their disposition : each structure is formed of in-

numerable plates composed of elongated prismatic cellular structure,

each plate consisting of a single series of cells parallel to each other.

The structure of bivalve shells is rather more complicated than that

of univalves: the interior surface of some specimens exhibits a thin

stratum of columnar basaltiform cells at right angles to the natural

surfaces of the shell, whilst the upper is dense, uniform, and composed

of numerous thin laminz parallel to the natural planes of the shell;

in other species the inner surface of about half the substance of the

shell is composed of numerous thin calcareous strata, whilst the outer

half presents the appearance of numerous basaltiform columnar cells

having their planes at right angles to the surface of the shell: several

other differences in the arrangement of the cells in other genera

were then given. The author went on to describe a minute vascular

tissue which embraced some of the elongated prismatic cells and

gave them a striated appearance. Minute canals corresponding to

the Haversian canals in bone, only much more minute, were also to

be seen in some specimens; the author then alluded to the fact that

there must be of necessity some vascular connection between the

animal and its shell, although he had at present failed in detecting

any. He concluded by describing the mode of reparation of injured

parts, which was found to be precisely similar to the formation of

the new lip in Helix aspersa, as before described.

Beautiful figures of the principal structures described accompanied

the communication.

Royal Society of Edinburgh. 157

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

January 9, 1843.—The followmg communications were read :-—

1. «On the Growth of the Salmon ;” by Mr. John Young, Suther-

landshire.

Mr. Young has here taken up the subject of the Salmon’s growth

where it was necessarily left off by Mr. Shaw. So far as the earliest

or freshwater state of the fish is concerned, he entirely agrees with

the observer just named. He then states the various opinions which

prevail regarding the more or less rapid growth of smolts and grilse,

and shows by tabular lists (the result of frequently repeated experi-

ments) that the increase in their dimensions is extraordinary so soon

as they descend into the salt water. So far back as the months of

April and May 1837, he marked a number of descending smolts, by

making a peculiar perforation in the caudal in by means of small

nipping-irons constructed for the purpose. He recaptured a consi-

derable number of them ascending the rivers as grilse in the course

of the ensuing months of June and July, and weighing several pounds

each more or less, according to the difference in the length of their

sojcurn in the sea. Again, in April and May 1842 he marked a

number of descending smolts by clipping off the little adipose fin

upon the back. In June and July he caught several of them return-

ing up the river and bearing his peculiar mark, the adipose fin being

absent. Two or three specimens were exhibited to the Society. One

marked in April and recaptured on the 25th of July weighed 7 lbs.,

the other marked in May and recaptured on the 30th of July weighed

34lbs. As the season advances grilse increase in size, those being

the largest which abide the longest in the sea; they spawn in the

rivers after their first ascent, and before they have become adult

salmon.

Mr. Young also described various experiments instituted with the

view of showing the transition of grilse into salmon. He marked

many small grilse after they had spawned in winter and were about

to redescend into the sea. He recaptured them in the course of the

ensuing summer as finely formed salmon, ranging in weight from 9

to 14 lbs., the difference still depending on the length of their so-

journ in the sea. He has tried these experiments for many seasons,

but never twice with the same mark. A specimen marked as a grilse

of 4 lbs. in January 1842, and recaptured as a salmon of 9 lbs. in

July, was exhibited to the Society: it bore a peculiarly twisted

piece of copper wire in the upper lobe of the caudal fin. Those

marked and retaken in 1841 were marked with brass wire in the

dorsal fin. With these and other precautions, Mr. Young debarred

the possibility of any mistake as to the lapse of time. Both grilse

and salmon return uniformly to their native streams; at least it very

rarely happens that a fish bearing a particular mark is found, except

in the river where it was so marked. Salmon in the perfect state as

to form and aspect also increase rapidly in their dimensions on again

reaching the sea. A spawned salmon weighing 12 lbs. was marked

on the 4th of March, and was recaptured on its return from the sea

on the 10th of July, weighing 18 lbs. Mr. Young is of opinion that

158 Miscellaneous.

salmon rather diminish than increase during their sojourn in rivers,

aud he illustrates this and other points of his subject by numerous

experiments and observations.

2. “ On the Geology of Roxburghshire.” Part II. By David Milne,

Esq.,—the conclusion of a very interesting report.

MISCELLANEOUS.

MAIANTHEMUM BIFOLIUM.

Tuis very pretty plant, recorded as British in the ‘ Annals’ for

January, is a rediscovery and not altogether new to the British

flora. It has been already figured and recorded as English, but a

long while ago. In Gerarde’s ‘ Herbal,’ 2nd book, 90th chap. p. 409,

will be found a very characteristic portrait of it under the name of

Monophyllum or One blade. He classes it with his Wintergreenes

(Pyrole), and says ‘it growth in Lancashire in Dingley Wood, six

miles from Preston in Auldirnesse, and in Harwood near Blackburne

likewise.” “‘ It floureth in May, and the fruit is ripe in September.”

Let the Lancashire botanists look out for it next spring. It is strange

that Gerarde’s notice of it should have escaped our older botanists ;

and stranger still, that in the Linnzan Society’s copy it is marked

“ Convallaria bifolia”’ in Sir James E. Smith’s own handwriting,

apparently without his having noticed the localities given for it be-

low. In the south of Norway it is very abundant in pine-woods on

a gneiss soil*, and should be looked for in similar situations im the

north of Britain.—Epwarp Forsss.

DR. PATRICK NEILL.

There are few whose claims to public commendation are stronger

than those of Dr. Neill, who has been one of the most useful, but

least ostentatious, of Edinburgh’s citizens. At a late meeting of the

Caledonian Horticultural Society, Lord Murray proposed that the

members should at their first meeting in their new hall express their

sense of the obligations under which the Society lay to that gentle-

man for his distinguished and laborious services ; which was carried

by acclamation. In addition to this, it is proposed to request Dr. Neill

to sit for a bust, to be executed by John Steell, Esq., R.S.A. This

mark of approbation, however, should not be confined to the mem-

bers: the Doctor’s services as a citizen of Edinburgh, and the in-

terest he has taken in every public and benevolent undertaking, en-

title him to a more general compliment.

TO ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL COLLECTORS.

Mr. William Gardener, Dundee, will prepare during the ensuing

summer ‘‘ Botanical Parcels,” each of which ‘ will contain 500 spe-

cies of Scottish Phzenogamic and Cryptogamic plants, including as

many of the rarer species as possible, carefully selected, dried, named,

and localised ; and the charge, inclusive of printed labels, paper and

* It is also a common plant in the neighbourhood of Berlin, where it

occurs in profusion in the Park on a sandy soil.—W. Francis.

Meteorological Observations. 159

packing, will be 2/7.” Subscribers are requested to give in their

names as early as possible ; and we may add, that the good condition

and drying of former parcels of plants are borne testimony to by

Professor Balfour of Glasgow, J. G. Children, Esq., E. Doubleday,

Esq., &c.

THE COLLECTION OF BIRD-SKINS BELONGING TO THE LATE

DR. WILLIAM HOOKER.

This collection of bird-skins is to be disposed of; it consists of

from between 800 and 1000 specimens from various countries ; but it

is chiefly valuable for the number of Peruvian and Chilian species

which served Mr. Swainson for his descriptions in his “‘ T'wo cente-

naries and a quarter” and other works, and which would be valuable

for consultation in a public museum. Information regarding them

will be given by G. Wails, Esq., Newcastle.

PROFESSOR TRAIL’S MINERALOGICAL COLLECTION.

The Mineralogical and Geological collection of Professor Trail of

Edinburgh is to be disposed of, containing above 5000 specimens.

The mineralogical series contains about 3000 of these. The geo-

logical series is particularly illustrative of Scotland, Spain, Brazil,

Greenland and the Arctic regions, and among the fossil remains are

a set of the fossil fishes of the Orkney Islands, named by Agassiz.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DECEMBER 1842.

Chiswick.— Dec. 1. Slight rain: overcast. 2. Densely clouded : clear and fine.

3. Foggy. 4. Foggy: overcast. 5. Light haze: very fine: foggy. 6—9. Foggy.

10. Overcast. 11. Foggy: clearand fine. 12. Rain: overcast and mild. 13.

Very fine: overcast. 14,15, Exceedingly fine. 16. Very fine: densely over-

cast. 17. Very fine. 18, 19. Foggy: clear and fine. 20,21. Hazy. 22. Very

fine. 22. Rain. 24. Very fine. 25. Clear: overcast and fine : stormy at night.

26. Cloudy and windy. 27. Rain: cloudy and damp: frosty. 28. Frosty:

clear and fine. 29. Densely clouded. 30. Cloudy and very mild. 31. Very

fine-— Mean temperature of the month 4°:12 above the average.

Boston.— Dec. 1—3. Cloudy. 4. Foggy. 5. Cloudy. 6. Foggy. 7. Cloudy.

8,9. Foggy. 10. Foggy: rain early a.m. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain: rain early

AM. 13. Cloudy. 14,15. Fine. 16. Cloudy: rain p.m. 17—19. Fine. 20.

Cloudy. 21,22. Fine. 23. Cloudy. 24. Fine. 25, Fine: rainy. 26,

Windy: rain p.m. 27. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 28. Fine. 29. Windy. 30. Fine.

31. Windy : stormy p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Rain: cloudy. 2. Showers: cloudy.

3. Clear: showers. 4. Cloudy: drizzle. 5,6. Bright: cloudy. 7. Cloudy.

8. Drizzle. 9. Fog. 10. Fog: cloudy. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain: cloudy. 13,

14. Cloudy. 15. Bright: cloudy. 16. Bright. 17, 18. Showers. 19. Showers :

clear. 20. Showers: cloudy. 21, Cloudy: drizzle. 22. Showers. 23. Showers:

snow. 24, Showers. 25. Rain. 26, 27. Hail-showers. 28, 29. Cloudy.

30. Rain: drizzle. 31. Showers: frost.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Dec. 1, 2. Rain and wind. $. Fine and

fair. 4. Rain a.m.: cleared. 5,6. Rainepm. 7. Fair and fine. 8. Fair a.m.:

drizzly p.m. 9, Fair but cloudy. 10. Drizzly. 11. Fair: overcast p.m. 12. Wet

all day. 13. Storm: wind: rain: flood. 14. Rainp.m. 15,16. Storm: wind:

raine.M. 17, Fair. 18—23. Showersr.m. 24, Hoar-frost am. 25. Very

wet allday. 26. Veryweta.m. 27. Slight shower: frost p.m. 28. Frost a.m. :

rain pM. 29. Rain, butmild. 30. Rain and high wind. 31. Rain: cleared p.m.

The high temperature of December is remarkable, being nearly 10° higher

than the mean of the last twenty years, and 7° higher than Dec. 1841.

“UBO

+19-0

PF-F 16.2 | 88-0 92.0}"uNns

——S| ———— | —————_ |

£9.F¥ \LZ.SF |Z-GF | F-0S| LFF | $6-8E/ 08-6F| 6.1F | 2.09 | Sh [299.62 |E19.62 |692.62 | S¢2.62| 69.62 | 8E0-06 | OEI-0E | OZT.O¢ | ‘UROTT

Lg. \rrseesteeeesl zg, | cesses ‘u "MS “M *m |lava‘s| FE Ir 0s | 1g *S| o¢ FS | 9.09 | #.9¢ | €-1¢

6o. 09.0 [rete “m [rea 's| Sop [Scr | tp | $9 | 9.69] op | 9G | Z.ZF] 6.e¢ | 6.09

[T. reteeelttetee|eeseee “ma | “MS | fEh | OF | GE | If | Sr] OF | BF | F.SE] Z.8F | 0-ZF

(1. je abatwsloncces “A *m | 68 | IF |¥oe Sst | Ge] Ze | SP | Z-tE| 0.ZF | 0-G€

6L. "1 ¢9. | 10. ‘m | ‘s | oF | or | 1¢| Zp! sel oz | Ze | 0.4F | 9.09 | L8F

Te. “120. | Oz. ‘ms ['18A ‘S| Th | for | OF | OG | IG] Ip | TE | &.ZE| €.09 | 8.8F

Og, ceetelsertteleesees "MS *s Ze l€le | 1¢ | #8] gt | OS | 0.Ss | F-aF | 2-9€

0G. [tteeefteeeefeeeee| 269. | caw | tan “m | ‘tums | sg or | Se | spl] Ze} cz | OS | 2.98 | £.Zr | 2.98

8I. 9S.0 60. |¢Z0.| ‘s ‘mS | “Mm | “MS *s Zé | S€ | sr] OF] Te | OF | 9-2F | 8.E¢ | F-Lb

Ol. eeeeee eeaeee| seeeee "MS *s “M "mM *S OF CP Bg Lt CF —S 0.6% €.9¢ ZOG

ZO. |r 10. “~ ‘s “M “MS “M St | $F | &¢ I¢| gp | SS | 0.6€ | F.1¢ | §.TS

QO. "0" 10. "ms | *mss| ‘mM | ‘ms | ‘Ss 8h | tr | 6b | Lr| oF | SE | 0.68 | F.9F | 2.Sh

03. seescelesecee 10. “MS "MS “Mm “iM "mM fOr fog LE c.0F cs cr 0.6 0.OF §.6§

Ol. weecec|seereslsceses| soeres “Mm “MS ul[ed “mM "Ss {EP OF LE G.OF cE Lr §.6¢ Q.zS $.6E

Gle |°°"*"*|Q0. |*""°"; 090. | sm | “MS | wea! «mm | “MSS ey | OF | Oc | GF] IE | IG | Z-0S | 9.¢¢9 | $.0¢

sererag.gieetlag, [tet | eg ‘s | uyeo| «ms *s fpr for | og 8t| SF S¢ | Z2F | 9.F9 | 0.0¢

Ze treecelteeneeleecere *g "gs wl “5 "gs FS | 1¢ [$Q¢ cr | g¢ 9G | 8.OF | 0.¢¢ | §.8F

90. eeccce|tecscelccccce "g 3) wee "Ss "Ss SE SF c¢ LF O€ O¢ BOF G.Z¢ 8-6F

7¢. g ‘s |uyeo| -‘s | ‘as 8h | 0S | S¢ | FF] sp | IO | 8-8E| G.99 | 9.19

rites eases] 0, ‘ag *s | ‘ms ‘s ‘as oF | 1» | €¢ | Ze] og | 46 | 8-88] G.19 | $09

Decree! csescelaccece “35 ‘asa | ued | ‘as ore) er (ecg for 8&1 gE &p | §.ZE | 8.0F | 2-8

settee cesses] 50, ‘as | ‘asa | uiyeo| gs "as fer leer | Lp | er] ge | 6c | ¢.Ze | 0.cr | 8.Ze

Steere Meee “a ‘m |ujeo| «ms | “Mm os | cp $6 | Ge] te | Ze | 0.98 | 9.14 | &-ZE

10. *g ‘s |wmyeo| cs | ‘mw 8p er ¢Zr | sor] se | 6E |8.Ze| 8.cF | &.6€

NODES i (ance RS *s |uyjeo| ‘s | ‘ass fir | oF | 1¢ | OF | o¢ | OF | 8.0F | 9.09 | &.1F

Gecreslnccenelscenes mn ‘s | uyeo| ‘ms | ‘mss le | Le | 6F cr| 6€ | Go | O.br | 9.29 | Z.4F

seeeeelooeees *s ‘s) | mayeo:|| ss “M oS | Sb <6F |¢-908| 6 | ZS | FHF] 2.49 | LLP

sesecelecesecleocees| seeves | omy | sms | UUTeO | “MS "S oF | Ze | [Go |S.8F| op 6G | ¢.cF | §.99 | Z.0F

eae esacndliaatea| aqasae |i on e “ms | -¢s | ‘ass os 6b | Fo | SG| cE | Se | 8.6] 0.99 |0.z¢

renews! 10), ‘as._-| ‘ass | uyeo|] ‘°s ‘as tr | 6& | 79 | FF] ZG | FE | SEF] 0.19 | Z.6F

Sees salle. | ¢ OG) Ma le oles eS 2 | 2 |wpl-xw |s 2

BQuel ei E las] Soler] w | -2| oS] se]s2/F |e lesl B | Faye gs

Sole sho = eer 35 aoe ae) ce ray ‘yOIMpuesg | “arrys 38

Ulery put; *19JOULOW IY J,

—_—_ |_|] ——| —_ |.

————— | | —_——

‘Is

‘0g

‘6G

"8S

"16

"cZ

"t ~P

"SZ

ale

AM Histo Nw

66.62 | St.6% | $6.62 | F9.62 | SF.6z | 9F0.0€ | 8Z1.0¢ | FFT.0€

F¥-6G | 88.6% | 92-62 | 02.66 | $9.62 | TOT.0€ | G1Z-0 | Zas-0E

08-6 | F1.6Z | 68-62 | 19.62 | 29.62 | ZI1.0€ | FZT.0E | 2S1.08

£9.6Z | 19.62 | $2.62 | 2.62 | 69.6% | 626.6% | FF1-0€ | 00.0

GE.6G | GI-6Z | SF-6S | T1-6Z | 06.86 | 12.62 | 199.6z | FOE.6%

98-82 | 29.82 | 10-62 | 96.82 | £0.62 | IF 1.6 | 8FS.6z | 99¢.6z

2Q.8G | €8.8 | $1.66 | $8.62 | ZF.6z | 699.62 | S18.6z | SF8.6%

€F-66 | 92.62 | 09.62 | OF.68 | $1.62 | 169.62 | F52.6z | 969.6z

00-62 | 96.82 | 06.62 | 26.6 | 1-62 | 199.62 | F19.6z | 9E9.6z

60.62 | 9€.62 | ZF-62 | 62.62 | 69.6 | $S8.6% | F91-0¢ | F6T.0€

08-62 | 26.62 | 00.0€ | 01.08 | 82.62 | $82.08 | 80z-0E | 8zE.0E

84.6Z | 00.08 | [1-08 | ZI.0¢ | 28.62 | Z1g.0E | Z6E.0¢ | O&F.0¢

68.62 | 60.0€ | GI-0& | 9Z.0§ | 66-62 | 8Ft-0E | S8F-0E | SI¢.08

@6-6z | €2.62 | O1-0€ | 06.62 | ¢Z.6z | 18z-0€ | ZOF-0§ | F1g.0¢

9S.6Z | F€.6% | 08-66 | 69.62 | Z8.6z | 288-62 | 021-08 | 200.0

&¥-62 | 92.62 | 19-62 | 2.62 | 09.62 | GS6.6Z | 860-08 | 060.08

29.6% | 6F.66 | 02-62 | 12.62 | S¢.6z | 160.0€ |'901-0€ | FO1-08

89.62 | FZ.6 | 2.62 | 18.6% | 99.6% | $20.08 | 880-.0E | FFI-0S

89.62 | 8F.62 | 09-66 | 89.62 | FF.6¢ | 666.62 | 210-08 | 9Z0.0€

1f.6Z | ZF-66 | &¢-62 | 8E.6% | FE.6z | 208.62 | ZEG.6z% | 0Z8.6z

08.62 | 86.6% | 19.62 | Z8.6z | 99.6z | 168.62 | Z10-0¢ | 920.0

£0.08 | 81.08 | 00-08 | 20.0 | $8.62 | SOT.0€ | ¢0z.0¢ | 09z.0¢

88.08 | 6€.0E | 22-06 | 0E.0E | 00.08 | Z8z-0 | Z6E.0E | FSF-0E

GE.0E | 11.08 | 8Z-0E | ZZ.0E | 96.62 | 68E.0E-| FOF.0E | GFF-0E

16.62 | $6.6 | T1-0€ | 90.0 | 98.62 | 60¢.08 | E&S.0E | 0S¢E.0E

90.0€ | 81.0 | $0.0 | £0.08 | $Z.6z | 014-0 | EZS-.0E | F9z-0E

ZL-0€ | 06.62 | 10-06 | 86.6% | $8.62 | 1Z.08 | 262.0 | FFE-0€

84.62 | 92.6 | £0-0 | G1-0€ | €0-0€ | LFE.0€ | Q0F.0E | FSF-0E

00.08 | €2.6G | F1-0€ | F6.62 | €9.6Z | 00.08 | z88.0E | 0SZ-0E

79.62 | 0S.6Z | $2.66 | 8S.6z | 8SF.6z | 8Z0.0€ | 620.08 | OTT-0¢

88.62 | 09.62 | 06.6% | 29.62 | 99.62 | 266.62 | Z10.0 | 290-0

‘urd |*ure | ‘urd | ‘we * :

w | a | 6 | 6 [Se] UW | ew oss

= 2 S aa

*yormpues “ays 38 : Bes

dong -salyuinqg | °° PTSD ae

“19,901

AQ:

+ 3

cia

Seen

jo skeq

‘asunyyy ypinoajyddy yo ‘requncy * AA *A9Y ay) &9 SNoLsog yw ‘Iwo A “AIA 49 fuopuory avau ‘MOIMSIHD 7D Aya

"LANWUGO ‘asunpy younpuvgy Jv Suoysno]D Cd *AdY 947 2Q pup AUIHS-saTUIWA

220

i JDLnynIysopy ayy fo UaPLDH ayz JD

uosdwoyy “ayy 49 ‘ uoyeqoy “A ‘Amjasoag qunysisspy ay7 hg ‘NOaNO'T ‘hya100g yohoy ayy fo suampindpy ay} J apo suorpvasasgg Jo2s0j0L09ja/AT

On the Ist and 15th of each Month, Price Sixpence, ( Stamped Sevenpence,)

THE

CHEMICAL GAZETTE;

JOURNAL OF PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY,

IN ALL ITS APPLICATIONS TO

PHARMACY, ARTS AND MANUFACTURES.

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM FRANCIS ann HENRY CROFT,

Late Students in the Universities of Berlin and Giessen.

The object of the Editors in undertaking the present Journal, is to

furnish all who are practically engaged in Chemistry—the Druggist,

the Chemical Assistant, the Manufacturer, indeed, all who may be

occupied in the application of Chemistry to Pharmacy, to the Arts and

Manufactures, and to Agriculture—with a clear and comprehensive

view of all that occurs, on the Continent as well as in this country,

relating to the Chemical part of their pursuits, which they trust they

may be enabled to accomplish, from the opportunities they have had

of studying in the laboratories of Rose, Mitscherlich and Liebig.

The interesting discussions and speculations which attend upon the

progress of philosophical and theoretical Chemistry as a branch of In-

ductive Science, find their appropriate vehicles in the pages of those

able and long-established Journals which are conducted upon a plan

sufficiently extensive to afford space for contributions so essential to

the advancement of knowledge. But whilst their value and import-

ance are fully admitted, there still appears to be required a Journal

suited equally to the wants of the practical as to those of the scientific

man ; and it is hoped that by the present work this deficiency may be

supplied. To a very large class of persons for whom information on

the improvements in Chemical and Pharmaceutical processes may be

desirable, Toe CuemicaL GAZETTE is designed to furnish the earliest

and most correct intelligence; and at the same time it will be the aim

of the Editors to make the work not altogether unacceptable to the

pure Chemist, by reporting on papers of a truly scientific nature.

Particular attention will be paid to any improvements in Analytical,

as well as in Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. New works will

also be reviewed ; and a comparative examination will be given of the

Pharmacopeeias of different countries.

It is presumed, that by the publication of Two Numbers in the

Month, the object of furnishing early intelligence will be satisfactorily

accomplished ; whilst the very moderate cost will make it accessible

to atl classes of purchasers.

Communications and Advertisements should be addressed to the

Editors of * Tur CuemicanL GAzeETTE,”’ to the care of Messrs. R.

and J. KH. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

The Seventh Number is just published, and the Editors have to

acknowledge the great encouragement which the work has already

received.

LONDON :

PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold also by Hieuiey, 32 Fleet Street; Taytor and WAtTon, 28 Upper Gower Street ;

and by all Booksellers and Newsvenders.

THE CHEMIGAL GAGETTA

CONTENTS OF PART I.

INTRODUCTION. Page

Table of the Elementary Bodies, with their

Symbols and Atomic Weights ........sses00s 3, 89

SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY:

On the Testing for Arsenic in cases of Poison-

TEs ecuinsdaia fats SAMAR Se We tek eabie doh Kens 4, 59, 60

On the Conversion of Ligneous Fibre into

Starch, by Prof, Gziebig ici. cencessecases RU ef

Op Diet: Fo iterain on Wb bac a tgeedh'syro Kine Wolds 04 8

On Glucinium and its Compounds..........0.00. 9

Pilrid.of the Spina DYME 6. cid. teteicdens ages 10

Solubility of the Sesquioxide of Iron in Car-

DONATE CEA TAMONIG ".....c00cseeccennsaedecgess 10

Analysis of the Gall-stone of a Sheep......... 11

Action of Sulphuretted Hydrogen on an Acid

Solution of Zinc and Arsenic Acid ......... 11

On the Conversion of Cinnamic Acid into

Peppers Are SEs nh Ly ch tiewe d's deb ohbv ent 29

On Allantoin and Allanturic Acid.........s0s00s 30

Passage of Iron into the Urine...........ce0 as Woe

On Artificial Musk, by M. Elsner..........cse0 32

Calculi from Intestines of Horses ......sesseeees 35

Carbonate of Potassa an Antidote for Arsenic 35

Uric Acid in the Urine of Cattle ...........000- 36

The Vomitif Purgatif of Leroy......scscecsseees 36

MICA Gere MN GEIS whi coun cn cendervevcddcrtaada 36

On Urea, and on the Non-existence of Lactate

Ot Trea WAMBO URC eo csisspsene oagasensdents 57

On fie Oxidesor Omichyle ,......c0rccecncenses 61

Urine during Pregnancy ......ssesscovscseesees 61

On the Red Colouring Principle of Cactus

Opuniic, Wig NEW itistein-...siesnenssscsesess 62

Reduction of Salts of Platina by Zinc ....... « | Ue

Superacetate of Soda in the Wrappings of a

Mummy, by Dr. H. Johnson........... fo meneame

On Lithofellinic Acid, by M. Wohler ......... 85

On a new Compound of Iodine and Oxide of

Léad,' by Me Durand’: ih. Win saddelsiiiies ceae 87

Tests and Antidotes for Bromine ....... eaoqhs eae

Bline Wri fayis a eiokn ts ag adscensedenrares take oka 89

Composition of native Boracic Acidof Tuscany 90

Artificial Ultramarine | 2.id.clii.cdevecesdeaoeaees ~

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY:

Separation of Chloride of Magnesium from the

Chlorides of Potassium and Sodium......... 11

Separation of Zinc from Nickel and Cobalt... 12

Separation of Lead from Bismuth............0++ 13

Tests for Iodine and for Copper .......s.eese0. 13

On the Use of Cyanide of Potassium ...... 36, 65

On the Use of Hyposulphites ...........sceses 40

Solubility of the Sulphates of Lime and Stron-

tia in Chloride of Sodium ..........eese00e rte)

On the Use of Glass of Borax in Analysis ... 91

Pest for Mapnesia | sukeuvts sso saasewenuns cee 93

Test for Frotosalts of Tron... .....cccseasesesesss » 94

Test for certain Vegetable Alkalies ......csss0. 94

PHARMACOLOGY :

Adulteration of Satfrom’......0. J adveesews octonede 14

. On the Barks of Commerce ......... 14, 41, 70, a

GUATRBYING «1.00. ska go eget peb ink tnadae Sane oboe a

On Copaiva Balsam, by M. Vigne.........see00. 73

Test for Alcohol in AEthereal Oils ..........0. 74

On Cralivamenn.. .55.', .s.dcpuciecsaveeakeSaepeaecagee 95

Best time for collecting Roots se deaseems seaneaen 100

CHEMICAL PREPARATIONS:

Preparation of finely divided Calomel.......... 17

of Hyperchloric Acid.....

eesseeeces 17.

Page

Preparation of Pure Sulphuric Acid............ 18

of Chloride Of ZimC.cs.cscscsoovevess Lim

of Pure Potassa and Soda......... 18

Unguentum contra Tineam ....+.. seer saiaipiew == si< 19

Employment of Sulphuret of Iron in Cuta-

neous Diseases. \...cceesneasenenenae ean ees 19

Preparation of Acthers .,.cecctbumaeaeememesse <> 20

Preparation of the Lactate of Iron .........+6. 46

of Oxide and Sulphate of Zinc... 47

Syrupus Olei Jecoris ...csccecseee eases, EO

Tinctura Rhet viadsdysixersuscnecnsteaiaapenssles's os 48

On Basic Iodide of Zinc......:isaa saliaiereen tes. 20

Preservation of Lunar Caustic ........ses.ss000. 48

Verbena officinalis .....scecseees TEAL. ces 48

On the different Methods of PeRE eee Iodide

of Potassinm: \;ycasaceeasaanine vhigtee mE ECnaN ig 50

Finely-divided Tartar Emetic . Seevehentekeceass |

Ferruginous Effervescing Powders ............ 78

Tinctura ferri acetici @therea ssrcccsecscvessese

On the best Methods of preparing the Butter

of Aritimony \ i. .:teseceeteene es Daiwa cetera, LOU

Preparation of Ferrocyanic Acid .......ssse.00+

of Ferrideyanide of Potassium...

CHEMISTRY APPLIED TO ARTS AND MANU-

FACTURES:

Theory of Saponification, by Prof. Liebig...... 19

On the Preparation of Ultramarine ............

On the Manufacture of White Lead............ 49

Purple of Cassius ..... - doenieate TB epee hae oo 2 ae

Preparation of Selenium .......cccsseccsese

On the Preparation of Carbonate of Barytes,

and its Use in the Manufacture of Soda ...

Preparation of Caoutchouc

On the Compounds of Carbon and Iron, Gad

how to determine the Carbon in Cast Iron,

Steel, &c.

Manufacture of Sulphuric ‘Acid from Gypsum

CHEMICAL SociETy or LONDON:

On Heat of Combinations .....csccccsseseeseseees 80

On Pyrogallic Acid ....... Ppa gee aamieti aeaeeas ee ee

On Analyses for Nitrogen .......ssssseceees 81, 111

On Astringent Substances......sccccsscscecceeves 109

On Galvanic Action ......... witht « Bere apegererces, 1 LU

On Acthogen and AXthonides....... A REE : ae

Saline Manures containing Nitrogen .........

REVIEWS:

Elements of Chemical Analysis, by E. A. Par-

Ttell, Eisqe. 5» ¢scsssc Nae dail aeen bi anaeenaseycis 25

Toxicological Chart, by W. Stowe oiiaje sc... 53

Selecia'é Praseriptis yc... vest dddna beds tebe Bd see's 54

English Patents, by A. Pritchard ........ dateccs 54

Easy Introduction to Chemistry, by G. Sparkes 55

Turner’s Elements of Chemistry .......... Seine! Om

The Pocket Formulary,. <..so/ss-k-useact dor... Sal

Gas Meters, their Unfairness demonstrated. . 83

The Literary and Scientific Almanac ......... 84

Is Selenium a true Element? by S. Piesse ...

PATENTS FOR IMPROVEMENTS IN CHEMICAL

PROCESSES:

Improvements in the Manufactory of Sulphu-

RIG WROTO ..', 55. conecet eee Pe PP Sistitass | a

in Tanning ..i:<s.01eddeseeaeeeeeen ss 28

in preparing Oils and Fatty Matters 55

—— in the Argand Lamp. gijes.es.sa0-% 56

— for removing Wool and Hair from

GEUGS oo. 50. codecs don cle sce asinine eee means aeae” ae

Published in Parts, at intervals of 3 or 4 months, price 6s. each Part,

SCIENTIFIC MEMOIRS;

SELECTED FROM THE

TRANSACTIONS OF

FOREIGN ACADEMIES OF SCIENCE AND LEARNED

SOCIETIES, AND FROM FOREIGN JOURNALS.

EDITED BY

RICHARD TAYLOR, F-\S.A., F.L.S., &c.

In addition to the encouragement which this work has received

from various learned bodies, and especially from the Royal Irish Aca-

demy, its objects have now been essentially promoted by the aid of

the Committee appointed by the British Association for the Promo-

tion of Science, for the purpose of procuring the translation of Foreign

Scientific Memoirs, consisting of Col.Sabine, Robert Brown, Esq., Rev.

F. R. Robinson, D.D., Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Prof. Wheatstone, Sir D.

Brewster, Prof. Owen, Prof. T. Graham, Prof. Miller, Sir W. Jardine,

and Prof. R. Graham, Fellows of the Royal Society, under whose direc-

tion several of those now published have been selected and translated.

Part XI., which is just published, contains the following Memoirs :

Dr. C. G, Enrenserce on numerous Animals of the Chalk Formation which are still

to be found in a living state. With Four Plates—M. A. Pe.tiser’s Inquiry into the

Cause of the Electric Phenomena of the Atmosphere, and on the means of collecting

their Manifestations.—M. Meutoni on the Cause of the Differences observed in the

Absorbing Powers of Polished and of Striated Metallic Plates, and on the application

of these Principles to the Improvement of Calorific Reflectors. —Prof. Lupwic Moser

on Vision, and the Action of Light on all Bodies.—Prof. Lupwic Mosrr’s Remarks

on Invisible Light.—Prof. Lupwia Moser on the Power which Light possesses of be-

coming Latent.—Abstract of some of the principal Propositions of Gauss’s Dioptric

Researches.—An Account of the Magnetic Observatory and Instruments at Munich :

extracted from a Memoir entitled ‘Ueber das Magnetische Observatorium der Kénigl.

Sternwarte bei Miinchen, von Dr. J. Lamonr,’ Director of the Observatory.

Published on the last day of every Month, Price 2s. 6d.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE,

AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE;

Being a Continuation of Tilloch’s ‘ Philosophical Magazine, Nicholson’s ‘ Journal,’

and Thomson’s ‘ Annals of Philosophy,’ and the ‘ Edinburgh Journal of Science.’

Conducted by

Sm DAVID BREWSTER, K.H. LL.D. F.R.SS. L. & E. &c.

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A. L.S. G.S. Astr. S. &c.

RICHARD PHILLIPS, F.R.SS. L. & E. F.G.S. &c.

ROBERT KANE, M.D. M.R.LA.

Tue Philosophical Magazine commenced in the year 1798, and has

been carried on uninterruptedly to the present time, in three series,

the second of which, in continuation of the Annals of Philosophy, be-

gan in 1827, and the third, or present series, in 1832, being a continua-

tion also of the Edinburgh Journal of Science. The original articles

it contains are contributed by our most distinguished men of science,

whether natural philosophers, chemists, geologists, astronomers, or

mathematicians, and include many discussions of the most important

questions in all branches of physical inquiry. It also comprehends

notices of the labours of continental philosophers, especially in che-

mistry, both organic and inorganic, electricity, and mineralogy; and

the Proceedings of the Royal, Astronomical, and Geological Societies,

with selections from those of the Royal Irish Academy, and other

societies both British and Foreign; together with the Memoirs and

Proceedings (at large) of the Chemical Society, of whose publications

the Philosophical Magazine is the official medium.

The Second Series, in eleven volumes, with a general Index; and

the Third or present Series, in twenty volumes (with a general Index

to the first twelve), may be had at the office ; also a complete set, from

1798 to 1842, in one hundred volumes.

Published on the last day of every Month, Price 2s. 6d., with Plates,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY AND GEOLOGY ;

(Being a Continuation of The Magazine of Zoology and Botany, of Sir W. J.

Hooker’s Botanical Companion, and of Loudon and Charlesworth’s Magazine.)

CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Bart.—P. J. SELBY, Esa.,

G. JOHNSTON, M.D.

C. C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A.—J. H. BALFOUR, M.D.,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

Ir has been the aim of the Conductors of this work to effect the

establishment of a permanent and comprehensive Journal devoted to

the whole science of Natural History, each branch of which should

be viewed as essentially connected with the others by principles and

facts common to all. The ten volumes which have been already com-

pleted will show how far they have hitherto succeeded, both in making

known in this country the labours and discoveries of foreign Natura-

lists, and in placing before them regularly and expeditiously in return,

the valuable labours of our own countrymen in this department of

science. In what degree this Journal has been efficient for this pur-

pose will appear from the multitude of references to the original com-

munications in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, which

are to be found throughout the pages of the most distinguished foreign

journals, and by the number of those articles which they have adopted

for insertion.

The following notices may be appealed to as showing the estima-

tion in which the work is held in other countries :—

“This Journal occupies, from the value and quantity of its contents, a place among

the principal and best-conducted Journals devoted to Natural History.”—Archiv fur

Naturgeschichte : Berlin, 1841.

“The ‘ Annals of Natural History ’ now incorporates the Magazine successively

conducted by Messrs. Loudon and Charlesworth, and is becoming in England, what

the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ has long been in France, an index of the active

occupations and results of the observations of the zoologists, botanists, and geologists

of the country.” —Calcutta Journal of Natural History, October 1841.

‘There can be no doubt that the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History ’ will

sustain the same high position in the various departments of which it treats as each

of the Journals of which it is composed did previous to their union ; and it would seem

strange if it should not rise above it.”—Stlliman’s American Journal of Science and

Arts, Vol. 35. No. 1.

“The Annals of Natural History, one of the richest journals in original articles: it

moreover contains the proceedings of Scientific Societies, notices and reviews of En-

glish and Foreign works.”—Sundewall’s “‘ Arsherdttelser om Nyare Zoologiska Ar-

beten:” Stockholm, 1841.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 69. MARCH 1843.

XXV.—On a new Genus of Algz belonging to the family of

the Nostochine. By Gero. J. Autman, A.B., L.R.C.S.L,

Secretary to the Dublin Microscopical Society *.

[ With a Plate. ]

In the early part of October 1842, I observed a substance of

a pea-green colour abundant in the water of the Grand Canal

Docks near Dublin. This substance was unequally distri-

buted; being in some places collected in large quantity, while

in others the water was quite free from it. It consisted of

flocculent unattached masses varying much in size and occu-

pying very different depths, some floating upon the surface,

while others were observed suspended in the water, and might

be traced downwards till the depth alone concealed them from

the sight.

The general appearance of these masses, so far as their me-

chanical arrangement was concerned, might remind one of

certain substances in the act of precipitation from their solu-

tions, as camphor when undergoing precipitation from alcohol

by the addition of water, or soap when separated by an acid

from an aqueous or alcoholic solution, or perhaps still more

of the curd of milk when diffused through the uncoagulable

part of the fluid. In some places the green matter had been

left by the retiring water upon the stones of the margin, and,

here drying, had assumed a beautiful bluish green or verdigris

colour without lustre.

On subsequently visiting the Canal Docks at several differ-

ent periods, I observed that the substance under consideration

appeared sometimes in but very small quantity, while on other

occasions it was to be seen much more abundantly. This ap-

pearance and disappearance of the green matter would seem

to be independent of the direct rays of the sun, and is pro-

bably the result of barometrical and other meteorological in-

fluences.

* Read before the Society on the Ist of December 1842.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

162 Mr. G. J. Allman on a new genus of Algze.

Connected with the Dock is a deep shaft partly filled with

water. The shaft is covered over with boards, so that the

light is almost totally excluded. Into this some of the green

substance had made its way, and on bringing up some of it

in a phial, I found that it differed from that in the open dock

in being of a duller green; in other respects I could detect

no difference. I mention this as it illustrates an important

fact in the physiology of the green matter, and would appear

to establish the influence of light in the development of its

colour.

Under the microscope this singular substance is seen to

consist of exceedingly minute, simple, moniliform threads, with

the globules composing them of uniform diameter, and the

threads themselves variously but elegantly curved, and grouped

together without order in a gelatinous matrix.

The green substance of the Dock then is a minute Alga of

the family Nostochine, and evidently comes very near to the

genus Anabaina of Bory Saint Vincent, and still nearer to an

Alga discovered by Mr. Thompson in Ballydrain lake in the

county Antrim, and which he names “ Anabaina? spiralis,”

referring it doubtfully to Bory Saint Vincent’s genus*.

From Anabaina of Bory Saint Vincent, the present Alga, as

well as that of Mr. Thompson, differs in the uniform size of

the articulations, Bory’s genus being characterized by larger

globules occurring at distinct intervals in the series. Were

the size of the filaments to be considered of generic import-

ance, there might perhaps be found in their great minuteness

in the plant now under consideration another distinctive cha-

racter. The mere size however of the filaments is scarcely of

sufficient importance to entitle it to the rank of a generic cha-

racter, yet, when taken in conjunction with others whose im- —

portance must be admitted, it may materially assist us in

forming an opinion as to the real systematic rank of the Alga.

It must be recollected too, that in the minuteness of the fila-

ments the Anabaina impalpabilis is perhaps equally remark-

able, a fact, which, if the plant last named be a real Ana-

baina, would deprive this peculiarity of all value as a generic

distinction.

The absence however of the enlarged articulations in the

Alga of the Canal Dock is.a very obvious character, and upon

the whole I consider myself justified in establishing for it a

distinct genus, in which the Anabaina? spiralis of Thompson

will also find a place. I suspect too that Bory’s A. impalpa-

* See a very interesting paper by Mr. Thompson “ On a minute Alga

which colours the waters of Ballydrain lake near Belfast.”—Ann. Nat. Hist.

vol. v. p. 75.

Mr. G. J. Allman on a new genus of Alge. 163

dilis would be better removed to the new genus, as in the de-

scription of the species no allusion is made to the enlarged

globules, and as in the minuteness of the filaments as well as

in its general habit, it corresponds closely with the subject of

the present paper and with the 4.? spiralis. With respect

however to the right of A. impalpabiilis to occupy the ground

assigned to it by Bory I speak with no certainty, nor would

my present knowledge of the plant at all justify my meddling

with it.

The only plant entirely corresponding with Bory’s genus

which I have had an opportunity of examining in a recent

state is the Anabaina membranacea, specimens of which I ob-

tained in the neighbourhood of Dublin last spring. This spe-

cles possesses very distinctly the dilated globules; and in the

large size of the filaments, and the general character and ha-

bit of the plant, is so completely different from the Alga of the

Canal Dock, that I feel certain that any one who has once

seen the two will not hesitate as to their complete generic

distinction.

To the genus which I propose establishing for the reception

of the present Alga, as well as for that of Mr. Thompson, I

have given the name Trichormus: it may be characterized as

follows :—

TRICHORMUS.

Frond free, of indeterminate figure, consisting of simple, mi-

nute, moniliform, curved threads with articulations of uni-

form size, immersed in a gelatinous matrix. Name from

OpiE hair, and dpyos a necklace.

1. T. spiralis, Thompson. Plant either diffused through the

water or floating on the surface; filaments of a rich green

colour and regularly spiral; when dried on paper of a dull

green without lustre.

Colouring the water of Ballydrain lake near Belfast, Mr.

W. Thompson. July to October.

2. T. incurvus, mihi. Plant either diffused through the

water or collected on the surface; filaments of a pea-green

colour, crowded together confusedly in a gelatinous mass, va-

riously curved but never regularly spiral, assuming when dried

a fine verdigris-green colour without lustre.» Pl. V.

In the Grand Canal Dock, Dublin. October.

The difficulty experienced by naturalists in assigning to

many of the lower Algz their exact rank among organized

beings, renders any investigations into the structure and phy-

siological history of these doubtful organisms of peculiar in-

terest. So impressed was Bory Saint Vincent with a belief

164 Mr. G. J. Allman on a new genus of Alge.

in the animal nature of the beings which constituted his ge-

nus Anabaina, that he hesitated not to remove them from the

vegetable kingdom. The peculiar motion of reptation which

he describes them as possessing, and which he compares to

the crawling of worms, would appear to be the chief grounds

on which he assumes their animality, and he also tells us that

the analysis of Vauquelin and Chaptal is entirely in favour of

the animal nature of the Anabaine. 7

In the Alga which constitutes the subject of the present

paper no such motion could be detected, and the same ap-

pears to have been the case with the spiral Alga of Mr. Thomp-

son. In all the observations which I have had an opportu-

nity of making upon the green matter of the Canal Docks, the

vegetable nature of this substance would appear to be fully

borne out. The probability of its green colour depending on

the influence of light has been already mentioned, and this

fact, though not decisive, would yet go far to abolish any claim

to animality. The phznomena attendant on the spontaneous

decomposition of the Alga are altogether coincident with the

same view. When a large mass is placed in a limited quan-

tity of water, decomposition soon sets in, the green colour be-

comes duller, and finally assumes a dirty ferrugimous hue,

while the microscope can now no longer detect any trace of

the original moniliform structure. A disagreeable odour is at

the same time exhaled; but this odour is altogether different

from that of decomposing animal matter, and possesses a purely

vegetable character.

In the paper already alluded to, Mr. Thompson makes a

similar remark with respect to the Alga of Ballydrain lake, the ©

odour of which, in a state of decomposition, he compares to

that of water in which flax had been steeped (see ‘ Annals,’

vol. v. p. 78).

So far observations are in favour of the vegetability of the

Trichormi; at the same time however it must not be forgotten

that these curious organisms would appear to possess the power

of changing under circumstances their specific gravity, being

sometimes observed collected in large quantities upon the sur-

face, sometimes suspended for a considerable depth through

the fluid, and sometimes the whole mass will be found to have

sunk to the bottom and disappeared, again to rise to the sur-

face when circumstances favourable to its appearance should

occur.

All these phanomena, however, wonderful and unaccount-

able as they are, would hardly justify us in attributing them to

spontaneity; they are in all probability dependent on ex-

ternal causes, possibly of a meteorological character, and are

On Defective Organization among the Araneidea. 165

certainly quite distinct from real animal motion. In an inter-

esting memoir by Morren* on the genus Aphanizomenon, this

botanist ascribes to the agency of electricity motions some-

what similar to those of the Trichormus: Morren’s paper is

ingenious and well worth perusal, but it must also be admitted

that his theory is based on insufficient grounds, and his analo-

gies rather far-fetched and fanciful. :

I have to notice also the occurrence in company with the

Alga just described of the Aphanizomenon incurvum of Mor-

ren, the only record of which as a British plant is that of Mr.

Thompson of Belfast, who discovered it in Ballydrain lake in

July 1838 (see ‘Annals,’ vol. v.). Shortly after this it was also

found in the pond of the Dublin Zoological Gardens by Miss

Ball, who possesses specimens from that locality in her col-

lection.

In investigating the subject of the present paper I have

been enabled to examine dried specimens of Mr. 'Thompson’s

Alga. For the opportunity thus afforded me of comparing

my plant with the authentic A.? spiralis, I am indebted to

the kindness of Miss Ball, whose valuable collection that lady

obligingly allowed me to examine, and by whom I was libe-

rally supplied with any specimens I might require.

XXVI.—WNotice of several Cases of Defective and Redundant

Organization observed among the Araneidea. By Joun

BLACKWALL, Ksq., F.L.S.

Amonce the numerous difficulties with which arachnologists

have to contend in their endeavours to acquire a correct know-

ledge of the Araneidea, the great liability of those animals to

run into varieties, and the close resemblance which some spe-

cies bear to.others, are not the least formidable ; indeed, as cir-

cumstances conducing largely to the introduction of fictitious

species on the one hand, and to the confounding of those which

are distinct on the other, they have proved fertile sources of

error and perplexity. Ample evidence of the accuracy of this

statement may be obtained by a careful comparison of the

writings of those naturalists who hold the highest rank as

authorities in this department of zoology.

A considerable share of attention having been bestowed

upon variations in the colour and size of species, resulting

from differences in age, sex, food, climate, and other condi-

tions of a less obvious character, while those arising from ex-

* Histoire d'un genre nouveau de la tribu des Confervées nommé Aphani-

zoméne; lu a l’Académie Royale de Bruxelles le 2 Décembre 1837.—See

Annals, vol. v. p. 82.

166 Mr. J. Blackwall on Cases of Defective and

traordinary organic modifications, in consequence, perhaps, of

their less frequent occurrence, have been almost entirely over-

looked, the purport of the present communication is to illus-

trate by a few examples the importance which cases of the

latter description possess in relation to physiology and syste-

matic arrangement.

1. In March 1835, I found, under a piece of rock in a wood

near Oakland, Denbighshire, an adult female Theridion filipes,

Blackw., exhibiting an anomaly in organization which I never

witnessed before in this order of animals; it had a supernu-

merary eye situated between the two small ones constituting

the anterior intermediate pair, the total number of eyes pos-

sessed by this individual being nine, and their arrangement

symmetrical.

2. An immature female Thomisus cristatus, captured at

Oakland on the 20th of July 1835, had the two lateral pairs

of eyes only, the four small intermediate eyes being altogether

wanting, not the slightest rudiment of them being perceptible

even with the aid of a powerful magnifier. The size of this

spider was about one-fourth less than that of an adult.

3. In the summer of 1836, I took an adult female Lycosa

campestris in my father’s garden at Hendre House, Denbigh-

shire, which had a short but perfectly-formed supernumerary

tarsus connected with the base of the tarsal joint of the right

posterior leg on its outer side.

4. An adult male Lycosa Cambrica, Blackw., taken in a

marshy piece of land in a wood near Oakland in May 1839,

was quite destitute of the right intermediate eye of the ante-

rior row.

5. I captured an adult female Epeira inclinata at Oakland

on the 29th of August 1842, which was entirely without the

left intermediate eye of the posterior row, and the right inter-

mediate eye of the same row was not half the usual size.

6. An adult female Ciniflo atrox, Blackw. (Clubiona atrox,

Walck.*), taken near Hendre House on the 14th of Septem-

ber 1842, wanted the left intermediate eye of the posterior

row.

7. A collection of spiders made by Mr. Hamlet Clark near

Towcester, Northamptonshire, in the autumn of 1842, and

obligingly submitted to my inspection, contained an adult

female Epeira inclinata, whose right intermediate eye of the

* For the circumstances which have led to the separation of Clubiona

atrox and other species from the Drasside and Theridiide, and to the esta-

blishment with them of the new family Ciniflonide, see the Transactions of

the Linnean Society, vol. xviii. p. 606 et seq.

Redundant Organization among the Araneidea. 167

posterior row was not one-eighth of the natural size, being

merely rudimentary.

The particulars detailed in the foregoing cases, which serve

to establish the fact, that spiders, in common with many other

animals, occasionally exhibit instances of anomalous structure,

derive no small degree of interest from their novelty ; but when

it is borne in mind that all the examples except one have refer-

ence to those important organs the eyes, important, not only

as regards the function they perform, but also on account of

the extensive use made of them in the classification of the

Araneidea, that interest becomes greatly augmented.

Spiders with six and eight eyes have long been known to

arachnologists, and Mr. MacLeay has recently published an

account of one or two species discovered by him having two

eyes only*. That spiders possessing four eyes will be found

at a future period, when this neglected branch of natural sci-

ence shall be more extensively and zealously cultivated than it

has yet been, is highly probable ; it becomes a matter of some

consequence, therefore, to caution observers against mistaking

a mere defect in structure, like that recorded in case 2, for

such a discovery. Had the female Thomisus cristatus, in

which that defect was noticed, been an undescribed species,

and the only individual obtained, not a new genus alone, but a

new family and tribe also would probably have been proposed

for its reception f.

Whether there are spiders provided with an odd number of

eyes or not is a more doubtful conjecture ; should such exist,

symmetry in the arrangement of their visual organs certainly

may be expected to obtain; consequently, cases 4, 5 and 6,

which present instances of an odd number of eyes disposed

irregularly, would be regarded at all times with suspicion.

Against case 1, however, no such objection can be urged; and

as the spider there introduced to notice was undescribed when

captured by me, I should have felt much perplexity in assign-

ing it a place among the Araneidea, had I not been so fortu-

nate as to procure other specimens of it at the same time.

Interesting chiefly in a physiological point of view, cases 3

and 7 show that a liability to irregularity in structure is not

limited to the eyes, and that those organs are subject to pre-

ternatural variations in size as well as number.

I shall not attempt to speculate upon the cause of the or-

ganic modifications which form the subject of this article; to

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. ii. pp. 3, 4.

+ The difference in the number of eyes with which spiders are provided

has been proposed as the basis of their distribution into tribes. ‘Trausactions

of the Linnzan Society, vol. xviii. p. 602.

168 Mr. C. C. Babington on a new species of Carex.

attribute them to accidental circumstances would be, not

merely to acknowledge ignorance of the matter, but to express

that ignorance in most objectionable terms. The obscurity in

which the origin of these remarkable phenomena is involved,

careful investigation, conducted upon sound philosophical prin-

ciples, can alone dispel.

XXVII.—Description of a new species of Carex found near

Hebden Bridge in Yorkshire. By Cuaruzs C. BABING-

ToN, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.*

[With a Plate.]

Ir is now nearly two years since Mr. 8. Gibson of Hebden

Bridge was so kind as to forward to me a Carex, which he

had reason to believe would prove to be an undescribed spe-

cies. At that time he had only ventured to publish it in

Baines’s ‘Flora of Yorkshire,’ as a variety of C. cespitosa

(Gooden.), but in his letters to me he expressed a decided

opinion that it was distinct from that species. Although con-

vinced that it was indeed distinct from C. Goodenovii (C. cz-

spitosa, Gooden.), it is only within the last few days that I

have been enabled to examine its characters with the requi-

site care to qualify myself to publish it as a true species, and

to study the descriptions and figures in the works that treat

of this genus, so as to be enabled to say with confidence that —

it is an undescribed plant. As I have convinced myself of this,

I have now the pleasure of naming it in honour of its disco-

verer, than whom no person can be more deserving of com-

memoration by means of a plant of this genus, to the careful

study of which he has long and successfully applied himself.

Carex GiBSONI.

C. spica mascula solitaria, femineis 2—4 oblongis basi attenuatis,

infima breviter pedunculata, bracteis foliaceis, stigmatibus 2, fruc-

tibus lanceolatis in rostrum breve integrum attenuatis multinerviis

gluma 4 longioribus, acheniis late-obovatis apice rotundatis api-

culatisque. Pl. V.

C. cespitosa, 3. chlorocarpos, Gibs. in Baines’s Fl. of Yorkshire, p.143.

Root creeping. Stems 6—8 inches high, triquetrous with

flat or concave faces, the angles rough towards the top. Leaves

from near the base of the stem, and usually about equalling it

in height, flat, slender, shghtly rough at the edges and mid-

rib beneath, particularly towards the end. Bracts without

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Dr. Richardson on the Ichthyology of Australia. 169

sheaths; lower rather broad, leafy, often overtopping the

spikes ; second long, setaceous ; the rest small, short. Spikes

lax below, scarcely an inch long. Glumes oblong, blunt, pur-

plish brown with a broad green band up the midrib, at least

one-third shorter than the fruit; on the barren spike paler

and obovate-lanceolate. Perigone nearly twice as long as the

nut, gradually narrowing from below the middle to the top,

pale green, with numerous and rather strongly marked ribs,

which do not extend to the apex ; beak very short, truncate,

entire. Nut compressed, rather longer than broad, widening

upwards, rounded above, with a short somewhat conical beak,

from which the style is deciduous, pale brown, opake.

Found at Wood Hey near Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire, in

1840, by Mr. S. Gibson of that place: flowering in June.

In C. Goodenovii (C. cxespitosa, Gooden., Sm.) the fruit is

elliptical and very slightly longer than the glumes, the nut

roundish and rather broader than long, the glumes purple

with a slender pale green keel.

In C. cespitosa (C. stricta, Gooden., Sm.) the fruit is elliptic-

oblong, and the same length as the glumes.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

a. Glume of the female spikes.

b. Fruit, pericarp including the nut. ce. Nut.

XX VIII.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By

_Joun Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of

Hospitals, Haslar.

[Continued from p. 28. ]

SERIOLA CULTRATA, Knife-edge Seriole.

Sciena cultrata, G. Forster, No. 212; J. R. Forster, MS. iv. 9, apud Schn.

Cichla cultrata, Bl. Schn., p. 3438.

‘Scomber clupeoides, Shaw, Brit. Mus. [The Se. clupeoides of Broussonnet

is a Cybium, C. & V. viii. p. 178.]

Tuis fish was taken with a hook off Norfolk Island on

Cook’s second voyage. It differs from the other Seriole de-

scribed in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ in the extremely acute

under surface of the head, in the first dorsal being continuous

with the second, though lower, and in other particulars. We

must refer to Schneider for J. R. Forster’s account of it, but

it is to be regretted that he does not state whether the vomer

and palate-bones are toothed or not. The following particu-

lars are drawn from an inspection of George Forster’s figure.

The pectoral fins are small and somewhat falcate. The ventrals

are also small, and are attached by their internal borders to the belly,

170 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

at the fore-part of a groove, which runs backwards to the anus. The

first dorsal is low, nearly even, and contains eight spines, which are

united to each other and to the second dorsal by a notched mem-

brane that reaches above their middles. The drawing also indicates

a short spine at the base of the first ray of the second dorsal, though

only eight spines in all are enumerated by Forster. ‘The fore-part

of the soft fin is the highest, and forms a rounded peak, rising

abruptly one-fourth above the succeeding rays, which become gra-

dually and evenly shorter. The last ray is not elongated. The anal

spines are stronger, and nearly as long as the dorsal ones, and are in

like manner connected by a notched membrane to the soft part of the

fin. This is similar in form to the opposing dorsal, excepting that

it wants the projecting peak at its beginning. Both it and the se-

cond dorsal stand in a furrow formed by a low fillet of integument on

each side. The caudal is deeply forked. The following is Forster’s

enumeration of the rays:—Br.6; D. 8|24; A. 3/26 ; C. 223 Vieas

P. 15. In the figure 26 rays are marked in the soft dorsal. The

lateral line is moderately curved over the pectoral. The length of

the specimen was 84 inches, and the figure is of the natural size.

The following front view will give some notion of the wedge-shaped

form of the head.

CAPROS AUSTRALIS (Nod.), Australian Boar-fish.

In Polack’s account of New Zealand, John Dories are enu-

merated among the fish which frequent the coasts of that

promising colony, and there is much probability of his having

correctly applied the name, since we find that Dories closely

resembling the common species, if not actually the same,

exist in the seas of Japan and the Cape of Good Hope, in

nearly similar latitudes. Among the drawings which Dr.

Lhotsky caused to be made of the fish of Port Arthur in

Van Diemen’s Land, there is a well-executed figure of a fish

the Ichthyology of Australia. 171

which appears to possess external characters intermediate

between those of Zeus and Capros, but which, from the absence

of spiniferous shields at the bases of the dorsal and anal, and

on the ventral line, must necessarily be placed in the latter

genus. Hitherto only one species of Capros has been de-

scribed ; itis an inhabitant of the Mediterranean Sea; but one

example of it has been taken on the coast of Cornwall. The

Australian species does not seem to have been seen by any of

the naturalists of the English or French scientific expeditions,

probably because it inhabits great depths, like its Mediter-

ranean congener, and is brought to the surface only by

storms.

-'The body, excluding the trunk of the tail and much of the head,

is a regular short oval, whose vertical axis, lying between the first

dorsal and anus, is equal to rather more than two-thirds of the lon-

gitudinal one. The trunk of the tail is longer and more slender than

that of either Zeus faber or Capros aper.

In the general shape and details of its head the resemblance is

greater to the common dory than to the boar-fish, though the snout

is more protractile than in the latter. ‘The figure represents the jaws

thrust out and extended, and, from the transparency of the integu-

ment, the forms of the bony parts are well shown. Their close cor-

respondence with the same parts in Zeus faber gives confidence in the

general correctness of the artist, though he has doubtless omitted

some of the minute details which were not likely to attract the no-

tice of any one except an ichthyologist. ‘The under jaw does not

project beyond the upper one when the mouth is open; the maxil-

lary is wider below and more broadly and obliquely truncated than

in the dory. ‘The scaly cheek has the high subrhomboidal form of

that fish, and the narrow smooth preoperculum makes an angle

nearly as obtuse and approaching to a curve: near its anterior end

a rounded shoulder is shown, looking backwards. The interopercu-

lum, as large and as long as in the dory, is slightly curved on the

edge like an italic S. The eye, smaller than that of the European

boar-fish, though a little larger than that of the dory, is surmounted

by a superciliary crest and cranial ridges, exactly as in the latter,

but the little spine on each side of the occiput does not appear in

the figure. The gill-flap is rounded; none of the opercular pieces

are streaked or furrowed, nor are any spines shown either on the

scapular or humeral bones. There are three small scaly patches

behind the eye, on the site of the supra-scapular plates.

Rays :—Br. 6?; D.7|—18; A. 2/—17; C. 13; V. 15.

The pectorals are small and rounded. The ventrals are also

rounded, and attached farther back than the pectorals, as in Capros :

a groove is shown in the belly of the fish, reaching to the anus, for

their reception when folded back : the spine is very little shorter than

the soft rays, and is not represented asrough. The separation of the

two dorsals is as complete as in the common dory. The first dorsal

is farther back, and occupies less space than in either the dory or

Ig Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

common boar-fish. It stands over the anus and is very tall, though,

as it has been curtailed of its proportions in the figure, owing to the

smallness of the paper, its exact height cannot be stated. The first

ray is the longest, and the others decrease in succession to the last,

which is short: none of them are represented with filamentous tips.

The membrane ends at the base of the very short ray which begins

the second dorsal. ‘The rays of the second fin increase gradually

but slightly as they become more posterior. ‘There appear to be two

anals, as in the dory, of which the first is very small, consisting of

only two spines: the second spine is only half the length of the first,

and no membrane is shown connecting it with the second fin, which

resembles the soft dorsal in form. In drawing the simple tapering

dorsal or anal rays of a dory the articulations are very likely to be

overlooked, as is the case in the figure we are commenting upon.

The caudal fin is very slightly rounded, as in the dory.

The scales are represented as considerably smaller than in the

common boar-fish. ‘The lateral line is more boldly curved, and ap-

proaches nearer the dorsal line anteriorly; posteriorly it descends

very gradually to assume a straight course through the tail.

The general colour is a pale straw-yellow, with much metallic

lustre, without spots. The fins are pale carmine, and there is a

carrine blush on the fore-part of the back, with deeper tints of the

same on the tips of the scales, top of the head, scapulars, and some

parts of the muzzle. The gill-membrane is deep lake-red, and there

are some purplish tints on the gill-flap and humeral bones.

The figure is said to be of the natural size, and measures

Dimensions. :

inches. lines.

From the lips, with the jaws protracted, to the end of caudal.. 10 6

—_— —— — —_ ——_ ——— base of ditto... 9 38

Leneth of trunk of tail ..50....0esesbes consonants nuceaseseneedgeneneee Liss

Bheteht of ith so 5 620s iis Gives Lins eedeesonbebas «ses .f eee 0 7

Cs DOD Y oie evepeatecdccevesesoecacns osnangteeada eee sae

Lensthof head, jaws protruded \.....:..3..s.cccesss ance eeee eee 3°38

Diarneter oF Onbi6 (30a ves 20 cas i ieee besa sale wds phen tense eeeeee 0 8

From lips: to edge,.Of Orbit. ....-ecscvescensin dana} aeuaic Spann stan 2 33

AMPHACANTHUS NOTosTiIcTUS (Nob.), The Loorooga.

No. 17. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This Amphacanthus is named “ Loorooga” by the natives

of the country round Port Essington, and is said by Mr. Gil-

bert to be common to all the shallow parts of the harbour.

In general form it resembles marmoratus, and still more nearly

guttatus, but it is unlike the latter and some of the spotted

species allied to it in the form of the profile of the forehead,

which is not concave above the orbit, but evenly convex.

From dorsalis, which exhibits a similar disposition of spots, it

differs in the spots being black instead of whitish.

The profile, excluding the fins and a small part of the tail, isa

regular oval, whose vertical axis rather exceeds half the longitudinal

the Ichthyology of Australia. L732

one, and is equal to one-third of the total length of the fish. The

regular curve of the forehead corresponds with the part of the back

on which the soft dorsal is set. There is no gibbosity either before

or behind the eye, and the space between the eyes is convex trans-

versely as well as longitudinally, its breadth being increased by the

projection of the edge of the orbit at its anterior angle. The con-

vex scaroid intermaxillary projects a little from the general curve of

the head. .

The length of the head is rather more than one-fifth of the total

length, or exactly one-fourth when the caudal is excluded. ‘There

are about fifteen teeth in each intermaxillary, and one more in each

limb of the lower jaw. ‘The upper teeth are notched at the tip, one

point being larger, lanceolate and denticulated; the other point,

shorter and standing at the shoulder of the other, is concealed by

the integument when in situ. The lower teeth are also notched, but

the points are scarcely so acute, and the larger one does not exceed

the other so much. They are also irregularly denticulated. There

are two frontal ridges, which are visible in the dried specimen, to-

gether with a faint indication of a mesial one, which must be quite

imperceptible in a recent fish. ‘The hind head is marked, over the

posterior angle of the eye, with short winding lines, forming a sort

of rustic-work, and there are also some ridges and pits on the pre-

orbitar and two following bones of the chain. The projecting an-

terior edge of the orbit shows faint crenatures under a lens. The

posterior half of the cheek is minutely scaly. The limbs of the

preoperculum meet at an acute angle, and the upper limb is nearly

twice the length of the lower one; the corner is scarcely rounded,

and lies under the anterior quarter of the orbit. The surface of the

bone is marked by irregular branching streaks and ridges, as is like-

wise the operculum down to its lower third, which, with the inter-

operculum and suboperculum, is smooth. The bones of the humeral

chain are finely and deeply striated. The gill-opening extends for-

wards beyond the angle of the preoperculum.

Pave: —)), 13/10; A. 7/9; C.174; P.15; V. 2/8.

The pectoral has an oblique edge and rounded tip, and measures

about one-fifth of the total length. The dorsal contains thirteen

spines exclusive of the anterior couchant one. The first spine, as in

the other species, touches the base of the second one, and is upwards

of one-third shorter than the rest, which differ little from each other

in height, the eighth, however, being the tallest, and the others de-

creasing very gradually each way. ‘The spines are transversely com-

pressed, with lateral sharp edges and acute tapering points. They

lie alternately to the right and left when recumbent, and the mem-

brane is attached to the alternate edges. Each of them is deeply

impressed by two, or even three, longitudinal furrows. ‘The arti-

culated portion of the fin is rounded, its middle rays being highest

and overtoppmg the spines. The anal is similarly formed. The

caudal fin when fully spread is lunate on the margin, the depth of

the arc being about one-third of the length of the central rays. The

height of the trunk of the tail is one-fifth of that of the body. The

174 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

lateral line curves like the back, but nears it slightly in its progress,

and changes suddenly to a straight course through the tail. It is

formed by a series of simple linear elevations which become conti-

nuous towards the tail; two or three next the shoulder emit ob-

lique folds upwards. All the scales,are small and firmly imbedded

in the integument.

The colours of the specimen are faded, but blackish dots are di-

stinctly seen on the sides. ‘They coalesce into short curved lines

on the back, become,smaller as they descend beyond the lateral

line, and disappear altogether above the level of the pectorals. ‘There

are vestiges of dark shades on the spinous parts of the dorsal and

anal; the rest of the fins appear to have been pale and spotless. A

pale band, of a pearly hue in the dried specimen, runs obliquely for-

wards and downwards from behind the eye, and includes the gill-

cover, preoperculum, and the scaly half of the cheek. ‘Two or three

short bars run back from the preorbitar over the scaly part of the

cheek.

DimeEnstons, inches, lines.

Length from upper lip to extremity of upper caudal lobe ......... 8.2

Sa Se ET under: ditto... 3:21 .$secceeaee (ae

CaSO ie St Rein iraa base of caudal....: cae 6 3

eM net be A) atin 1 Pees So beginning of anal ......... 3 10

a oe ees VETS nies bo cee 2 AS

se ventralis: .\.s..120s ae 2 4

WE PEORO. EUG: | al Late ean tly besa ae dorsal. ..c...4..35 eee pa

——_— —_—__ —________—__——- upper angle of gill-opening 1 8

—____-—_—_——-—— centre of eye ..........eeeee as

Dong diameter of orbit 20.622. ..ccedcdee den decdeondenaoh ence emmamne 0 6

Wertreal atta es jcc colels cad ed eedics Weeds eek eee 0 4

Height,of body before anal :2y...05...5 485 sas ces netaeese gene ane Z 10

trmrk. Of Ci) viociicis. cae ceswh se ds. yuh sneeaaitys een ae

ROME AE ICEO:. < cisls ss pic cass. vins'n.s opines sine ot eaisinae ene st 0 5

CONS AL LUIS o's xs nine te slv''s 0 «0:0 sain cis 0 3.08,010 9 sien de RR 4 8

spinous part of Gitto .......ssesscssssescccedsanve- sseuswens 3 6

Soft part Of AILEG. 02. ..scsconecccesssereset ses te hey eenmnme Ins

Height of eighth dorsal spime . (...0.s0+ sedeicesdaceeee pap eeg ae 011

SOCOM AGO nc 0.45 a aiek scat neeaamivion docles vin: cattle aaa 0 9

a ——— thirteenth 62. idtei ce ceceaccdesien as sil saeeds ence ds Sinem 0 9%

———— middle rays of soft dorsal ...........cecesceceeesceeeeeeees i

———— third anal spine ............cceseeecsneeceeceee cencenceacees 0: 112

Seventi Gitte °0.2....7sccfeses donnee auct evened eeneeeeneanan 0 102

— middle soft rays of ditto .\.:....3.:...:.:00eyecen pean 1. 0

Length of pectorals 3... .c.cce.sssseebs.scsscteessdeuelhoet seen 1 6

exterior. ventral Spine... ....:.0...<teocipdaes sean Le

—— Inibertor ithe 220). {ae a. saplagpekes cic cee 010

—— —— caudal lobes .......cccecccccecceccecceteecseeceneeeveseseuce 1 8

+. Central caudal rays... 2. cause JepenhSahten siecle sdeahenaeen Lao

Depth’ of, caudal motels. iti.0..oise.casWieitan« WEILL 5 ho odm eS cae 0 4

AMPHACANTHUS GYMNOPAREIUS (Nob.), Naked-faced

Amphacanthus. __

No. 14. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This species, the ‘ Nurdoot’ of the aborigines of Port Es-

the Ichthyology of Australia. 175

sington, inhabits the quiet secluded bays of the harbour,

where the water is shallow and the bottom soft and sandy.

It is a more elongated species than the preceding one, has a more

slender tail, and possesses on the whole a neater form, its profile

being very similar to that of Harpurus inermis of Forster, of which

a drawing exists in the Banksian library*. The vertical height of

the body is contained thrice and one-third in the total length. The

vertical fins are lower than in the preceding, the spines are not so

strong nor so acutely furrowed, and the soft parts of the anal and

dorsal are less rounded, being rather highest anteriorly. The caudal

is forked to the depth of one-third of its length; the pectorals are

short and rounded. The profile to the commencement of the dorsal

is very slightly arched, or almost straight, and the forehead is flat-

tened transversely. A central ridge running from the occiput to

between the nostrils is visible in the dry specimen ; it is faintly fea-

thered by minute streaks. The lateral ridges are short and indi-

stinct. The thin, anterior crest of the orbit projects more suddenly

and acutely than in the Amphacanthus notostictus, and it is more di-

stinctly serrated. ‘The cheek is entirely destitute of scales, and there

are very few on the temples. ‘The limbs of the preoperculum meet

at a right angle; the upper one is shorter than in nofostictus, and

the more rounded and minutely serrated corner is consequently

brought farther back, being placed under the posterior third of the

orbit. The occiput may be said to be minutely granulated rather

than furrowed, and the pits and streaks of the suborbitars and oper-

cular bones are delicate and indistinct. The furrows are more evi-

dent on the humeral bones, but even there they are less deeply im-

pressed than in notostictus.

The teeth of the upper jaw are notched with unequal points, the

larger point being denticulated. In the lower jaw the points of the

teeth are still more unequal, one being placed at the base of the

other. .

Rays :—B.5; D.13)10; A. 7A. ee OBR Wee 3 Es V. 2/3.

If any peculiar patterns of colour are exhibited by the recent fish,

they have entirely disappeared in the prepared specimen, the only

colour remaining being an uniform dark reddish brown. The fins are

colourless and spotless. In the absence of any peculiar markings [|

have relied on the nakedness of the cheek as a specific character,

though I have not been hitherto able to verify its importance by an

examination of other species. The fish selected by the authors of

the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ as a type of the genus is described as

having the cheek and temples covered by innumerable little scales,

and nothing is said of any of the other Amphacanthi differing in this

respect. We have seen that the Amph. notostictus has the anterior

half of the cheek naked, and in the present species it is wholly so.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from upper lip torts of eaudal lobe (2. eee

eed base of caudal fin..........ccsseceseceos 6 7%

—_— SUGL ~ . nadard poate Teter one ree eal oa dav ek be. oi &

* Amphacanthus punctatus, Bl. Schn. p. 210; Cuy. et Val. x. p. 146.

176 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

Dimensions (continued). inches, lines.

Length from upper lip to anus’ of 0... ccscssesecenvereesssedquuenaiaat 2 8%

PA VETIEVAIS igs one vee nseresssveceesens samiiime De

a Corsa ee ee eee co 1 got

——_—_—_______—— tip of gill-cover............ccceceeeeeeeee i 2

——-—- centre Of eye s..02.60. SiO ee Hee

Diameter of orbits . yis.s0s--tanpdsbeedepitaebes ceebee eeahingscoe seumeem 0 6

Length of caudal lobe. .; :. 1... ss0<de> sysnameeharevele Spices ; | vOna ara 1 11

central caudal rays... J.) .%cade ages semdine- fbsdun es agaeeal 1 0

Depth of caudal fork ic... capes cecwees dan saepheypasace mamaria saan 0 9

Length of pectoraly. 5.0. ssass see ssemangeasmayeessanter ans Cen tee ae,

WEMUEEIS' ni s'soveds vcurssers scis@sresyedae es cit ay env Raney ae 0 10

Height of eiehth dorsal epine!.. 520. S207 Cee pave ea ee 0 95

first and thirteenth ditto.2...00.00,0. yess ene en 0 53

abterior soft (Vays | sicyweeies .dteieds.0l00s aaa ere 0 8}

third anal spine 22: /...5..5o.eseveswadacs 0 seein See 0 9

seventh and anterior soft rays ........cscsosscansastesiees 0 7%

DOG Y™ sic Sais faegsnnseaslers sinitaals coca daaieg ot dade aati 2,8

PRAM OF PAN 2 oo ie vias 4d. Ses -'vednyin » 0s plane eas a 0 5

Length of trunk of tail ............ vas anevdustases' salad 4s 0h 0 7%

ACANTHURUS GRAMMOPTILUS (Nod.), The Lurgee.

No. 13. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This Acanthurus is named ‘ Lurgee’ by the natives of Port

Essington, and is very abundant in the bays near the head

of the harbour. It appears to have a greater affinity with

the Ac. matoides than with any other species described in

the ‘ Histoire des Poissons; but as matoides is said to have

filiform tips to the ventrals and caudal as well as a pointed

dorsal and anal, I am induced to keep them distinct, though

I am unable to say how far it 1s correct to do so, having seen

neither figure nor specimen of matoides. Ac. nigro-fuscus

(Forsk.), which resembles the Port Essington fish in colour,

has the profile slightly curved in the form of the Italian /.

The Lurgee has the pale ring round the base of the caudal

which exists in Ac. Blochii, and seems to agree with that

species in some other characters; but the caudal spine, though

it is not remarkably large, can scarcely be said to be little.

The profile is fully as convex as that of the mata of Russell (82),

but the body is more elongated, being less high at the pectorals.

The height of the body is equal to half the length of the oval, com-

prised between the tip of the snout and base of the caudal lancet.

The dorsal is less high and more angular behind than that of the

mata ; but the anal and caudal are as represented in Russell’s figure.

When the latter fin is fully spread out in the Lurgee, the tapering

falcate tips project about a fourth part beyond the straight interme-

diate edge; when only partially displayed, the edge of the membrane

is lunate, and the upper tip of the caudal is just perceptibly longer

than the under one. The tapering ventrals are acute, but their points

are not filiform. Each jaw contains eighteen or nineteen teeth, the

upper ones, and the central pair of under ones, being crenated on

their sides and rounded tips; while the lateral ones of the lower jaw

the Ichthyology of Australia. 177

are crenated on their obliquely truncated crowns only. The eye is

more elevated than in the mata, and the descending limb of the pre-

operculum slopes much more forwards to meet the much shorter

horizontal limb at an obtuse angle : the corner of the bone is slightly

rounded, and its surface is marked by six or seven diverging lines.

The opercular, scapular, and humeral (coracoid) bones are conspi-

cuously furrowed, but no streaks or ridges are visible upon the sub-

operculum, very small interoperculum or cranium.

Rays:—D. 9/26; A. 3/24; C.16¢; P.15; V. 1/5.

The first dorsal spine is small, and not easily detected except by

dissection ; it stands on the fore-part of a subglobular interspinous

bone, and Sale as a trigger to the second spine, which is articulated

to the same bone, the mechanism bearing much resemblance to that

of the dorsal spine of a Monacanthus. The other spines lengthen

gradually as they approach the jointed rays, becoming at the same

time more slender. The first anal is small, short, and so much en-

veloped by integument that it is very likely to be overlooked. ‘The

scales on the body are small and strongly ciliated; those on the

head and breast are smoother and still smaller. The lateral line is

parallel to the back until it assumes a straight course through the

tail along the upper lip of the lancet sheath.

Colour of the dried specimen dark yellowish-brown, deepening to

chestnut-brown on the head and about the gill-opening. The pec-

torals are pale, the other fins dusky brown, the anal and posterior

part of the dorsal being deeper. ‘There are five dark longitudinal

streaks on the dorsal, and some lines more faintly traced on the

border of the anal, both these fins being also very narrowly edged

with black. An indistinct pale bar crosses the base of the caudal,

and there are some very faint transverse lines on the distal end of

the fin.

DIMENSIONS. inches, lines,

Length from upper teeth to tips of caudal lobes ..,.......2:s0006

—— ends of central caudal rays......... 6 1]

ae base of caudal lancet ............+8. (eel?

Se beginning of amal,.........scccseveees 3 11

———_—___—_____--__ beginning of dorsal ...........0.0008 Bee

oe WEMCIAP SIME 6059.20 arden baes at a F

—_—$__——_—_—__—--——-. gill-openings........cccesesneeeeeseees geo

————-———— pectorals ...circcccseccscnccecsessenens 2. 8

BM gw intnat <nacpsc merce ana in titan sae Mcp Lik

ei din se do spiigrkiscdnesaass basnassdarvoaparoes 0 5}

Be aso. yh ge esac stdens nice scanesond cones cane exe of 8

MMPPHED GIMME. 25.0, cccsurievercierssesiecececscancvecenies 0 4

TN Sivas, Vins Cava irivvoaees tevces ts sede cstes ae

longest articulated rays darted Wiles hl de kote dics rt

BANAL SPINE .0.3.5..00cee stvecveeess Piboeth ves save bane 0 10

OE eee Badtd SUhtadeisds sthbinnbidn sete doar Beta

MeMMPCCMERAL CANAL TAayGi01....0..s0cssscncsecesccscaecevensaecees 1 4

- projection of upper falcate caudal tip ......s:..sseeene 0 9

Se PFOJECHION Of lower ittO,...ccssecsserescncccsccarsesesesece 0 6

Length MTACOL 0. occ ccscsscnceccesccacsceswers gif dic od shleeohicen 1 i

EN eos cices cave uycdaste oncvshocsecssevoseyup oss t. Lo

ae ALMA ro cerippn | eriaetey oye seneace 1 5

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 3 Ni

178 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

ATHERINA HEPSETOIDES (Nod.), Tasmanian Sauclet.

Several examples ofan Atherine, corresponding very closely

in external form with the Mediterranean Sauclet, were sent

to me from Port Arthur by Mr. Lempriere. Long maceration

in spirits and friction against larger fish during the voyage

home have destroyed the colours of the specimens, but their

forms are tolerably perfect, and a sedulous comparison of the

specimens with the figure and detailed description of the

Sauclet in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ elicited the very few

tangible differences which are comprised in the following

notice.

The body is rather more elevated than that of the Sauciet, its

height forming only the eighth part of the total length ; the nape is

also a little narrower, but the roundish form of the body, the pro-

portional length of the head, the comparative size of the eye, and

- its position removed its own breadth from the tip of the snout, the

great protractility of the intermaxillaries, the minuteness of the teeth,

the total recession of the maxillary beneath the edge of the triangu-

lar preorbitar when the jaws are closed, and the numbers and form

of the dorsal rays, are all exactly as in the Sauclet ; the first dorsal

has likewise the same relative position above the middle of the ven-

trals as in that species, but it commences at a point nearer to the

tip of the snout than to the base of the caudal, instead of exactly in

the middle of the fish. Moreover, the anal fin contains two rays

above the number ascribed to hepsetus in the ‘Histoire des Poissons.’

There are four oval cells on each side of the flat forehead and snout,

‘with a lengthened triangular space between the rows, bisected by a

slightly elevated, acute, mesial ridge.

The rays of the fins are dotted with black; the silvery lateral band,

which retains its colour and form after the scales are removed, is

similar in breadth and situation to that of hepsetus, and the back is

ornamented with black specks ranged round the edges of the scales.

Rays :—D. 9|—1]11 : A. 1/14; C. 152; P. 15; Vi Ua

The interior of the peritoneum and the ovarium are black. In

the specimen examined the ova were numerous and large, occupying

more than two-thirds of the cavity of the abdomen. The spine con-

sists of 48 vertebrae, whose bodies have an exact hour-glass form.

Several of the anterior spinous processes have dilated semi-membra-

nous edges, which are gradually restricted as they recede from the

cranium. At the 20th vertebra the lateral processes are bent down-

wards, and unite to form a canal for the passage of the vessels, and

perhaps for the reception of the point of the air-bladder. At the

twenty-fourth vertebra the change from lateral to inferior spinous

processes is complete. ‘There is a slight membranous expansion of

the intermediate processes, but it is not very evident. In A. pres-

byter the transverse processes, from the 25th to the 30th vertebra,

expand and unite below, to form a funnel, which encloses the end of

the air-bladder. In hepsetus a less conspicuous dilatation of the

processes of four vertebrae commences at the thirty-third,

the Ichthyology of Australia. 179

DimeEnsIoNs. inches. lines,

Length from tip of snout to point of caudal .........seseeeeeeens 4.38

—__ PASC Ol CAUCE coe scccwaessnssece seas ok

————— second dorsal ...cccccccocccose: a eae

0 et aa ORS oe ee ve Me 2 43

—-—— ————_ ANUS cecececescecencecnrsceveccessnces t ae

—_——_——_——— first dorsal ........c.ccssccseceeneeeees | le a

mn ———— VENtTAlS ...c.cceccsseccccccveccceccces bo 64

— ——-_ edge of gill-cover ......sseceecceees Oe °83

Diameter Of eye .....cccececesnsccsecevecccocnsencacecoesssscaoanseace 0 2%

Length of snout before eye .......cseeeeere ee Pee ee ee O.. .2%

BURT DOGY vs ccncnrccnassrcecnecctacnverssecasscscteccsesesqesenenes 0 6

MEIER GLOTSOL — o. 0. c on cavgensqavecesccccesccsecccccences gutesardt Jae 24

ITER Ss Gace a inna et adascenasapdaccdtnends ap adaakencen 0 4

MMI PIRBOEQIS 9). 0c ccc acnoccecnctecsveavencsnsescidbrevscnsnvectes aah ¢

RSE Miia s ctedde saa etek de wesigeuns vbsdionts Saat ton daee One

ATHERINA PRESBYTEROIDES (Nod.), Tasmanian Roseret.

Three examples of an Atherine, strongly resembling the

sandsmelt (A. presbyter) so common on the south coast of

England in physiognomy and general proportions, were sent

to me from Port Arthur by Mr. Lempriere.

The ‘Tasmanian fish is however more elevated, owing to the greater

protuberance of its belly ; the length of its head and the height of its

body are equal to each other, and also to a fifth of the total length

of the fish, caudal included. ‘The portion of the snout lying before

the orbit is one-fourth of the entire length of the head, and the

diameter of the eye is a little greater, being one-third of that length.

The mesial ridge of the snout is not prolonged so far back as in

presbyter, but rises rather higher, forming a short obtuse eminence

between the nostrils. The inequalities of the cranium are more

rounded than in the sandsmelt just named, and there are oblique

pores leading to cells over the orbits, but no open oval pits as in

hepsetoides. 'The intermaxillaries have as little protractility as those

of presbyter ; the teeth appear to be of the same size as in that spe-

cies, and there is an equal correspondence in the depressions of the

preorbitars and shapes of the opercular bones.

Rays :—D. 9|—10 or 11; A. 1|12; C. 154; P.11; V.1)5.

The first dorsal is small in all its dimensions; its rays slender and

flexible: it stands wholly anterior to the anus, commencing just

perceptibly behind the ventrals. I could not satisfy myself whether

the first ray of the second dorsal was spinous or jointed. ‘The anal

spine is short and very flexible. As the pectoral rays are fewer than

in the other Atherines, they were repeatedly counted and found to

correspond exactly in all tne three specimens. All the rays of the

ventrals are equally soft and flexible, and the jointed ones split so

readily to the base when handled that they might easily be reckoned

as exceeding the normal number. ‘The scales are rather large, and

there are only two rows of them above the silvery lateral band, while

in presbyter there are three. ‘The scale on the summit of the back,

immediately before the spinous dorsal, embraces the first ray ina

narrow notch.

N 2

180 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

The specimens having been sent home in brine containing much |

undissolved salt, have suffered injury from the friction, and the ori-

ginal tints of colour cannot be made out, but they appear to have

been much darker on the upper parts than the English Atherine.

The A. pectoralis and endrachtensis, which are New Holland species

of the same subdivision of the genus with presbyteroides and the

lacunosa of Forster, which frequents the coasts of New Caledonia

and New Guinea, and may be expected to be found on the northern

shores of Australia, have only five or six rays in the first dorsal, and

also differences in the other fins, that readily distinguish them from

the Tasmanian Roseret, which moreover shows no traces of the black

tip to the pectoral, so characteristic of pectoralis. 'The vertebree are

forty-six in number, and have the same hour-glass form with those

of hepsetoides.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from tip of snout to points of caudal ......sccscssssereres “Fabie’

—_—_—_- ———— base of ditto sircccccccccevecceceeees 5 eae |

——-——— QMS. | jioien saan oie an noapic aide 18

—_——— -____-__——_._ first dorsal .....cccccscesececoeeseeees Ty tee

A a VENTTAIS §cicccocccccccncccessccce oeeite J ene

————_ edge of gill-cover ......csseeseeeeee Orne

$$ CVE eercreccccccccoceccencscceccseeens 0" .2

Diameter of the eye ..ciacele.ddeeusadeseudavascsees ove levWsieaaeemm 0 3

denvth-ofipectorals iis Jiacubvcdtaasaasedesdak@enbs /sh doa Aa ars w:) ts em

Height OF DOdY .sssseecevesereennees ssigeati Cabienid sesews> «hy tab men aan 0.48

BY ta Ot OOCHIUE iy ones y04 oonmine sean pares tani teeriadstin $ watan shinee 0. 3%

ATHERINA NIGRANS (Nod.), The Yalgurnda.

No. 9. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

My. Gilbert informs us that this little fish is a tolerably

abundant inhabitant of the freshwater streams that flow mto

the harbour of Port Essington, and that it is very easily taken

with a hook baited with flies or fresh meat. Yalgurnda is its

native name. It is a member of that group of Atherines which

is characterized by the peculiar angular form of the mouth.

Five American examples of the group, and one from New

Holland, the A. Jacksoniana, are described in the ‘ Histoire

des Poissons.” The Yalgurnda inhabiting the opposite ex-

tremity of the Australian continent to Jacksoniana is readily

distinguished from it by its higher form, fewer rays in the first

dorsal, and black lateral band, instead of a bright silvery and

green one.

The profile of the Yalgurnda is a pretty regular ellipse, which is

terminated anteriorly by the thin jaws, and posteriorly by the trunk

of the tail, whose height is about one-tenth of the total length of the

fish, while the greatest altitude of the body is one-fourth of that

length. The dorsal and anal curves are similar, and the first dorsal

fin commences on the summit of the arch of the back, and a little

posterior to the anal spine. The first ray of both dorsals, of the

anal and of the ventrals, is moderately strong with a pungent tip,

the Ichthyology of Australia. 181

differing in this respect from the same rays in most Atherines, which

have them equally slender and flexible with the other rays. Ath. Hum-

boldtiana alone, of the species figured in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’

_ Seems to have the anterior ray of these fins stiff and pungent. The

four posterior rays of the first dorsal are very slender and flexible,

and the two nearest to the spine have filamentous tips overtopping

it by half their height. The spine of the second dorsal is slightly

curved, and but little shorter than the jointed ray which immediately

succeeds it. ‘The fin rises somewhat as it runs backwards, and ends

in an acute point, which reaches to the base of the caudal. The

anal is very similar to the second dorsal and is equally pointed, but

its spine is scarcely so long. The naked trunk of the tail, bounded

by the three vertical fins, forms more than a seventh part of the en-

tire length of the fish. The ventrals are attached before the middle

of the pectorals, and their soft rays end in a thread-like tip, which

overlaps the commencement of the anal. The pectoral is acute, its

fourth and fifth rays being the longest: the lower ones are short,

giving a rounded form to that part of the fin. The caudal is forked.

Rays :—D. 1|/4—1|12; A.1]18; C.174; P.138; V. 15.

The head forms a fifth part of the length of the fish; the snout is

flat, and the intermaxillaries are horizontal near the symphysis, but

their limbs bend at a right angle: the lower jaw has a similar but

less acute flexure. The teeth, moderately strong, stiff, and sufficiently

visible to the naked eye, form a narrow villiform stripe on each jaw.

The edges of the vomer and palate-bones are rough to the touch,

but a common eye-glass is insufficient to show their teeth. The

diameter of the small eye is just equal to the portion of the snout

which lies before it. The preoperculum forms an acute angle, as in

the Mullets, and there are three rows of scales on the triangular

cheek enclosed by its limbs, a larger scale covering the corner of

the bone. The scales of the body are large, there being only thirty

on the lateral line, exclusive of several small ones on the base of the

caudal. A vertical row on the most elevated part of the side con-

tains ten scales, of which four are above the lateral line and five

below it. The disposition of the scales is in very regular longitu-

dinal rows, the exposed disc of each forming a vertical ellipse acute

at both ends, and approaching to a hexagon. ‘The lateral line is

marked by a pore in the disc of each of its scales, which are similar

in size and form to the others on the body. An even black stripe, co-

incident with the scales of the lateral line, terminates at the base of

the caudal, and is continued forwards over the gill-cover, upper half

of the eye, and sides of the snout. This black stripe replaces the

usual silvery lateral band, of which there is no other vestige. All

the scales above it have narrow black borders, which produce rows

of meshes. ‘The scales below the band are destitute of dark mark-

ings. ‘There are some blackish tints on the fins, most evident on

the dorsals.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from upper teeth to tip of caudal fin ..........ceeeneeeoes #02

base; oftepudal vccsadasig satsclnddeweas 2458

182 Mr. W. Wilson on the Structure and Functions

Dimensions (continued). inches. lines.

Length from upper teeth to beginning of second dorsal ...... Lind

$$ —$—__—_—_____—___—___—__ ffirst ditto .........005 Lin/it

a anal ieee ccaccccccence OE

—_—_—-————— ventrals .......... ooanavesnesscvboshan 1 113

——__—_. PECUOTAlS ..c.csscver cas ouhbaesthnaee 0

edge of pillseover. 'icliguect-aeneee O 73

Diameter of the eye .ivsis.ctvesscededettpusstbskws sbenvegusseereaeee 02

Lenoth of snout before the eye °i.....064. 2. sdvdinoudessschsabeeeuee 0-2

Bleight of body. ..s...0is.tissevsssecctiecneanstvenbeeteeneeene tne nee 0-9

Length of naked part of tail ...scessessssaceeneoes deceneocsbbbeese » O 4%

[To be continued. |

XXIX.—On the Structure and Functions of the Pollen Gra-

nules. By Wituiam Wixson, Esq.

In the ‘ London Journal of Botany’ for November 1842, the

results of a sedulous inquiry into the true structure and func-

tions of the pollen-collectors of Campanula were presented to

its readers; and in the following month a letter from Arthur

Hill Hassall, Esq. appeared in the same Journal, directing

my attention to his own remarks on the same topic, published

in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for October

last.

In acknowledging Mr. Hassall’s courtesy, I beg to say that

I had not seen his paper, or it would have been discussed

when mine was written.

Mr. Hassall has misunderstood me. I endeavoured to state

that the pollen granules are taken bodily into the interior

of the collecting hairs, and are ultimately lodged in the im-

bedded cavities ; but Mr. Hassall supposes that I allude only

to the pollen tubes. Having met with only one instance of

tubes from a pollen granule thus imbedded, I did not insist

upon it as a fact, but reserved that point for future inquiry. _

I must entirely dissent from Mr. Hassall’s views. In the

first place, I cannot admit the propriety of terming that part

where the collecting hairs are found, a “stigma.” He says

that the papillz of the stigmatic branches “resemble the hairs

in everything save length ;” but if the views of physiologists

are right, as I believe them to be, there must be an essential

difference between these papille (rounded sides of vesicles of

cellular stigmatic tissue, according to Lindley,) and the col-

lecting hairs, concerning the anatomy of which Mr. Hassall

considers Brongniart to have given a satisfactory account; for

the hairs are regarded by the latter as an extension of the cu-

ticle covering the whole surface of the style.

In the second place, I deem it premature and hazardous,

of the Pollen Granules. 183

especially after Brongniart’s statement in reference to the

stigmatic tissue as the proper passage for the pollen tubes, to

advance the opinion that they “ penetrate the interspaces be-

tween the hairs ;” and I would ask, is not the cuticle a barrier

to any such penetration? If the fact be as he supposes, I con-

sider it quite capable of being demonstrated by careful and

minute dissection. The formation of pollen tubes is by no

means conclusive; for Mr. Hassall has elsewhere said (p.103)

that this occurs “on parts of the flower distant from the

stigma.” In one case I observed a cluster of pollen granules

upon the style, with pollen tubes so completely interlaced as

to form an entangled mass of flocculent matter; but none of

these tubes seemed to have any intimate connexion with the

style. I dare not even assert that they were not produced under

the influence of the stigmatic fluid ; for, since the publication of

my paper, I have seen that the stigmatic branches ultimately

become revolute, and their papillose surfaces are thus brought

into contact with the pollen adhering to the style; but this

takes place long after the emission of the pollen, so that it is

difficult to regard the evolution of the stigmatic branches as

marking the precise time of fecundation.

Mr. Hassall’s intended experiment on the flowers of Cam-

panula pyramidalis, interesting as it will be, will not prove

that fecundation is not effected by means of the collecting

hairs. In opposition to Brongniart, I have shown that they

are really the recipients of the pollen granules, and that traces

of a foramen exist at the extremity of each hair which has

performed its function. I cannot suppose that all this singular

mechanism is intended merely to astonish the microscopic

observer, and the conclusion is to my mind irresistible, that

there must be an important relation between this function of

the hairs and the fecundation of the plant; and this even if

the pollen tubes cannot be traced from the base of the hair to

the ovarium. Notwithstanding all that has yet been ad-

vanced on the subject, I confess myself to be somewhat scep-

tical as to the necessity for the introduction of pollen tubes

into the ovarium of any plant.

I have only to add, that subsequent observations on the

flowers of another species, Campanula Rapunculoides, confirm

what I have already published in the ‘ Journal of Botany’ on

this subject.

W. WILSsoN.

January 18, 1843.

184 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Chonos.

XXX.— Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in the Isle of

Chonos by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis WALKER, Hsq.,

Eas

Lamprotatus Numitus, Mas. Niger, abdomen eneum, antenne nigra,

pedes fulvi, femora nigra, ale sublimpide.

Corpus breve, convexum, nigrum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine; vertex latus ;

frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: an-

tenne nigra, graciles, filiformes, thorace non longiores; articulus 1"° longus,

gracilis; 2° longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4"° minimi; 5" et sequentes breves,

usque ad 10"™ paullo curtantes: thorax longi-ovatus : prothorax transversus,

brevis, antice angustus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsi-

dum suture bene determinate, postice approximate ; paraptera et epimera

magna; scutellum subconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angus-

tus: petiolus brevis: abdomen zeneum, brevi-ovatum, nitens, lzve, glabrum,

thorace multo brevius; segmentum 1" magnum; 2"™ et sequentia brevis-

sima: pedes fulvi, simplices, subzequales ; coxze nigree ; femora nigra, apice

fulva ; tarsi apice fusci: alz sublimpidee ; squamulz picez; nervi fusci;

nervus humeralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubi-

tali multo longior; stigma mediocre. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin, 24.)

Ptcromalus? Oxynthes, Fem. ler, antenne nigra, pedes nigri, tarst

Suse, ale subfusce.

Corpus angustum, convexum, atrum, nitens, subtilissime squameum, parce

hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace vix latins; vertex latus; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antenne

nigrze, subclavate, graciles, thorace non longiores; articulus 1° longus,

linearis ; 2" longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4°‘ minimi; 5"S et sequentes breves,

usque ad 10" curtantes; clava longiconica, acuminata, articulo 10° plus

duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus: meso-

thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture non bene determi-

nate ; paraptera et epimera magna; scutellum subconicum: metathorax

brevis, declivis, postice angustus : petiolus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme,

leeve, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace multo

longius; pedes nigri, simplices, subzequales; trochanteres picei; genua

picea; tarsi fusci, apice picei: alze subfuscze; squamule piceze ; nervi fusci ;

nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali

multo longior; stigma parvum. (Corp. long. lin, 1; alar. lin, 13.)

Entedon Ufens, Fem. Viride, abdomen nigro-purpureum, antenne ni-

gre, pedes fulvi fusco-cincti, femora viridia, ale sublimpide.

Corpus sublineare, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce

hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex latus; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennze

nigre: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis: mesothoracis scutum

longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate, postice approxi-

matz ; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, obconicus, declivis:

petiolus brevis: abdomen brevi-ovatum, lave, supra depressum, subtus ca-

rinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace multo brevius; discus nigro-purpureus;

segmentum 1"™ sat magnum ; 2"™ et sequentia breviora, subzequalia: pedes

fulvi, simplices, subzequales ; coxze virides; femora viridia ; tarsi apice fusci ;

mesopedum et metapedum tibiee apice fuscee: alee sublimpide ; squamulz

picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis ulnari brevior,

cubitalis brevissimus; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 4; alar. lin. 14.)

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo. 185

Closterocerus Pelor, Mas. Viridis, abdomen purpureum, antenne ni-

gre, pedes flavo-fulvi, femora nigra, ale sublimpide.

Corpus angustum, sublineare, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squa-

meum, parce hirtum : caput transversum, brevissimum, impressum, thorace

paullo latius ; vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres,

non extantes: antenne nigre, subfiliformes, hirte, graciles, thorace non

longiores ; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo precedente plus duplo lon-

gior: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus : meso-

thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate,

postice approximate; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, decli-

vis, obconicus : petiolus brevissimus : abdomen sublineare, depressum, lave,

purpureum, basi viride, thorace paullo brevius et angustius: pedes fulvi,

graciles, subzequales; coxz nigra; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi flavi,

apice fusci: alze sublimpide ; squamule picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris

humerali duplo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissimus in alz dis-

cum abrupte declivis; stigma minutum. (Corp. long, lin. 3; alar, lin. 1.)

XX XI.—Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in Coquimbo

by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Waker, Esq., F.L.S.

Lamprotatus Tubero, Fem. <Ater, abdomen nigro-purpureum, antenne

fusce, pedes fulvi, femora picea, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, robustum, convexum, atrum, nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace latius ; vertex latus; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antennz

fuscz, extrorsum crassiores, thorace non longiores; articulus 1"° niger,

longus, gracilis; 2“° piceus, longicyathiformis ; 3"* et 4"° minimi; 5° et

sequentes usque ad 10"™ breves, approximati; clava conica, acuminata, ar-

ticulo 10° duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris,

antice angustus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine multo latius ; parapsidum

suturee sat bene determinatz; scutellum subconicum; paraptera et epimera

magna: metathorax magnus, obconicus, declivis: petiolus sat longus: ab-

domen subrhombiforme, lzve, nigro-purpureum, supra planum, subtus ca-

rinatum, thoracis dimidio vix longius: pedes fulvi, simplices, subzequales ;

coxe nigrz ; femora picea, apice basique fulva; tarsi apice fusci: ale lim-

pide; squamule piceze; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo lon-

gior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma minutum.

(Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 23.)

Var. ®. Antennis articulus 1"s viridis: abdomen zneum : femora nigra;

tibize picez.

Lamprotatus? Neevolus, Mas? Viridis, antenne picee, pedes piceo-

virides, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce

hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus ; frons im-

pressa, abrupte declivis: antenne subfiliformes, graciles, piceee, thorace

paullo longiores ; articulus 1"s longus, linearis, nigro-viridis; 2"s longicya-

thiformis ; 3"5 et 4"5 minimi; 5"5 et sequentes usque ad 10"™ breves, ap-

proximati; clava longiconica, acuminata, articulo 10° plus duplo longior :

thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris, antice angustus: meso-

thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate,

postice approximate; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, obco-

nicus, declivis: abdomen ademptum : pedes virides, graciles, subzequales ;

trochanteres picei; genua flava ; tibiz piceo-virides ; tarsi flavi, apice fusci :

alze limpidee ; squamulze picez ; nervi fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari multo

186 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo.

longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior ; stigma minutum.

(Corp. long. lin. 1?; alar. lin. 13.)

Gastrancistrus Polles, Fem. Viridis, abdomen nigro-cupreum, pedes

piceo-virides, tarsi fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, convexum, viride, nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput

transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,

abrupte declivis : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz nigre, cla-

vate, submoniliformes, thorace non longiores, articulus 1"* longus, gracilis ;

2"° longicyathiformis ; 3"* et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes breves, approxi-

mati, usque ad 10"™ latescentes : thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, bre-

vissimus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene

determinate, postice approximate; scutellum subconicum: metathorax

mediocris, obconicus, declivis: peticlus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme,

nigro-cupreum, basi viride, supra depressum, subtus carinatum, apice acu-

minatum, thorace paullo longius et multo angustius: pedes virides, simpli-

ces, subzequales ; trochanteres picei; genua fulva; tibize piceze, apice fulve ;

tarsi fulvi, apice fusci: alze limpide ; squamule picez ; uervi fusci; nervus

humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo

longior; stigma sat magnum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 12.)

Platyterma Nephele, Mas. Viridis, abdomen cupreo-eneum, antenne

flava, pedes flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus sublineare, sat angustum, convexum, lete viride, nitens, scitissime

squameum, parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo Jatius ;

vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes:

antenne subclavatz, flava, thorace paullo longiores ; articulus 1" longus,

gracilis ; 2" longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes breves,

approximati, usque ad 10"™ curtantes; clava ovata, articulo 10° multo latior

et plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus : prothorax transversus, brevissimus :

mesothoracis scutum longitudine paullo latius; parapsidum suture vix con-

spicue ; scutellum subconicum : metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angus-

tus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen depressum, lve, sublineare, cupreo-

zeneum, thorace paullo brevius et angustius: pedes flavi, simplices, sub-

zequales ; coxze virides ; tarsi apice fusci: alee limpide; squamule fulve ;

nervi flavi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior,

cubitali multo longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3-1; alar. lin.

11-13.)

Pteromalus Toxeus, Fem. Cupreus, antenne nigra, pedes fulvi, femora

nigra, ale iimpide. :

Corpus robustum, convexum, cupreum, parum nitens, scitissime squa-

meum, parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex

latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non ex-

tantes : antenne nigre, subclavate, thorace non longiores, articulus 1% lon-

gus, sublinearis; 2" longicyathiformis; 3°° et 4° minimi; 5" et sequentes

usque ad 10°" breves, approximati; clava conica, acuminata, articulo 10°

plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus: mesothoracis

scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture vix conspicue; scutellum

brevi-obconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustus: abdemen

ademptum: pedes fulvi; coxz nigree ; femora nigra, apice fulva ; tarsi apice

fusci: alee limpidz ; squamulz picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari

duplo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma

minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 1$?; alar. lin, 24.)

Pteromalus Sestius, Fem. Niger, abdomen cupreum, antenne nigr@, pedes

Sulvi, femora nigra, ale limpide.

Corpus robustum, convexum, nigrum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum,

, & iw

— =e 4

ce a

wr as

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo. 187

parce hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex la-

tus ; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres, picei, non extantes :

antenne nigra, subclavate, thorace non longiores; articulus 1" longus,

gracilis; 2"° longicyathiformis; 3°° et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes usque

ad 10"™ breves, approximati; clava conica, acuminata, compressa, articulo

10° latior et multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis-

simus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture sat bene

determinate, postice approximatz ; scutellum subconicum : metathorax bre-

vis, declivis, postice angustior : petiolus brevissimus : abdomen Jongi-ovatum,

cupreum, nitens, leve, supra depressum, subtus carinatum, apice acumina-

tum, thorace paullo Jongius et angustius : pedes fulvi, simplices, subzequales;

cox nigrze ; trochanteres picei; femora nigra, apice fulva ; tarsi apice fusci :

ale limpidz ; squamule piceze; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior, ra-

dialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior ; stigma minutum. (Corp.

long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 2.)

Pteromalus Rheebus, Fem. Niger, abdomen nigro-eneum, antenne ni-

gre, pedes fulvi, femora nigra, ale limpide.

Corpus convexum, nigrum, scitissime squameum, parum nitens, parce

hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus ; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antennz

nigre: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus: mesothoracis

scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture: vix conspicue; scutellum

brevi-conicum : metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustior: petiolus bre-

vissimus: abdomen ovatum, nigro-zeneum, nitens, leeve, supra depressum,

subtus carinatum, thorace paullo longius : pedes fulvi, simplices, subeequales ;

coxe nigrz ; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ;

squamule picez ; nervifulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 13.)

Pteromalus Vitula, Mas. Cupreus, abdomen viride, discus purpureus, an-~

tenne picee, pedes nigri, tarsi fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus cupreum, convexum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum, parce

hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus; frons

abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes : antenne pice, sub-

clavate, thorace non longiores ; articulus 1"* longus, gracilis; 2° longicya-

thiformis ; 3"* et 4° minimi; 5"° et sequentes breves, approximati, usque ad

10"™ curtantes et latescentes; clava conica, acuminata, articulo 10° latior

et duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus : meso-

thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture sat bene determi-

nate ; scutellum subconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustus:

petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare, depressum, nitens, lzve, viride,

thorace angustius et paullo brevius; discus obscure purpureus: pedes nigri ;

trochanteres picei; genua fusca ; tibize apice fulvee; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci :

ale limpide; squamulz piceze; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari fere

duplo longior; radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma

minutum. (Corp. long. lin 3; alar. lin. 12.)

Pteromalus Cinoe, Fem. Nigro-eneus, abdomen eneum, antenne nigra,

pedes nigri, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus crassum, convexum, nigro-zneum, nitens, scitissime squameum,

parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, nigrum, thorace paullo latius;

vertex latus ; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non

extantes: antenne nigre, clavate, thorace non lovgiores; articulus 1° lon-

gus, gracilis; 2"° longicyathiformis; 3"S et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes

breves, usque ad 10" curtantes et latescentes; clava ovata, articulo 10°

multo latior et plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus :

mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture vix conspicue ;

188 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo.

scutellum obconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustus : petio-

lus brevissimus : abdomen longi-ovatum, zeneum, leve, supra planum, subtus

profunde carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo longius et angustius ;

segmentum 1"" sat magnum; 2"™ et sequentia brevia: pedes nigri, simpli-

ces, subzequales ; trochanteres picei; genua fulva; tibiee apice flave ; tarsi

flavi, apice fusci; propedum tibize piceze, tarsi fulvi: alee limpidze, medio-

cres; squamule picez ; nervi flavi; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior,

radialis ulnari brevior, cubitali longior ; stigma minutum, (Corp. long, lin.

11; alar. lin. 2.)

Tetrastichus Narczeus, Fem. Niger, antenne nigre, pedes flavi, femora

picea, ale limpide.

Corpus sat latum, convexum, nigrum, nitens, leeve, parce hirtum: caput

transversum, brevissimum, thoracis vix latitudine; vertex sat latus; frons

impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz

nigree, subclavatze, thorace non longiores: thorax ovatus: prothorax trans-

versus, supra non conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius ;

parapsidum suture remote, bene determinate, postice approximate ; scu-

tellum obconicum, bisuleatum: metathorax transversus, brevis, postice an-

gustus : petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longi-ovatum, supra planuin, subtus

carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo angustius et multo longius :

pedes flavi, simplices, subeequales ; coxze nigree; femora picea, apice flava;

tarsi apice fusci: alz late, limpidz ; squamulz piceze; nervi fulvi; nervus

ulnaris humerali duplo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis longus; stigma

minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 13.)

Platygaster Sylea, Fem. Altra, antenne nigre, pedes nigri, tarsi pice,

ale subfusce.

Corpus convexum, atrum, nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput transversum,

breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis, non im-

pressa : oculi picei, parvi, non extantes: antennz nigrz, subfiliformes, gra-

ciles, ad os insertee, thorace multo longiores; articulus 1"° longus, subclava-

tus; 2" longicyathiformis; 3°"° et 4°° longi, subeequales; 5"° et sequentes

usque ad 10" breves, subrotundi: thorax longi-ovatus : prothorax brevissi-

mus, supra Vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine non latius;

parapsidum suturee vix conspicuee ; scutellum subrotundum, non productum :

metathorax mediocris, obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen

subfusiforme, thorace longius et angustius; segmentum 1"™ magnum; 2°™

et sequentia brevia: pedes nigri, simplices, subeequales, femoribus tibiisque

clavatis, trochanteribus genubus tarsisque piceis: alze subfuscee ; squamule

piceze. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 12.) :

Omaloderus intrepidus (Betthylo affine, n. g. Haliday MSS.). Niger,

antenne fusce, pedes fusci, ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, sublineare, nigrum, planum, leve, nitens, fere glabrum:

caput oblongum, thorace paullo latius : oculi picei, laterales, anteriores, sat

magni: ocelli 3 picei, capite postico insidentes, approximati, triangulum

fingentes; medius perparum antepositus: antennee fusce, 14-articulate ?,

graciles, moniliformes, thorace non longiores; articulus 1" validus, 2"° mi- ,

nor; 3"° et sequentes usque ad 14"™ parvi, breves, subeequales: thorax longi-

ovatus: prothorax sat magnus, conicus, postice incurvus: mesothoracis

scutum brevissimum, longitudine plus duplo latius; parapsidum suture

bene determinate, parallelz; scutellum obconicum, parvum: metathorax

magnus, obconicus: petiolus brevis: abdomen longi-ovatum, thorace paullo

brevius; segmenta transversa, subegualia: pedes fusci, simplices, sub-

zequales ; coxze nigrze; tarsis articuli 1° ad 5°™ curtantes : ale anguste, lim-

pide ; squamulz pice; nervi fulvi, proalis areolas cubitales 3 et subcubi-

tales 2 fingentes. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 13.) -

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds. 189

XXXII.—Some Rectification of the Nomenclature of Austra-

lian Birds. By GrorcE Rospert Gray, Esq.

My Dear Sir, British Museum, Dec. 14, 1842.

Tue Earl of Derby having kindly lent me the three volumes

of the drawings of Australian birds which were made by

Mr. White, the author of the ‘ Journal of New South Wales,’

formerly in the library of the late Mr. A. B. Lambert, from

whence Dr. Latham described most of the Australian species

published in the Supplement to the ‘Synopsis of Birds and

Index Ornithologicus,’ my brother has examined for me the

synonyma of these species, and I send you for insertion in the

‘ Annals’ the result of his labours, as they must be of consi-

derable use to those ornithologists who have not the oppor-

tunity of consulting the original drawing.

Mr. Strickland kindly assisted my brother in comparing

some of the figures with the specimens in the collection of

the British Museum.

IT am, my dear Sir,

Yours very truly,

R. Taylor, Esq. J. Kk. Gray.

Names proposed.

Vutrtur audar, Lath. Aquila audazx.

Syn. Aquila fucosa, Cuv.; Aquila albirostris,

Vieill.

Fatco azillaris, Lath. Elanus azillaris.

Circus axillaris, Vieil/.; Elanus melanopterus,

V. & H.; Elanus notatus, Gould.

Fatco nisus, Lath. Astur approximans.

Falco canus, Lath. MS'.; Sparvius cirrocepha-

lus, Viedl.; Astur torquatus, Gould.

Fatco radiatus, Lath. Astur radiatus,

Sparvius radiatus, Vied/,; nec Astur recbats,

V. § H., Gould.

Fatco connivens, Lath. Athene connivens.

Falco glaucopis, Lath. MS.; Buteo connivens,

Vieill.; Athene? fortis, Gould.

Fatco lunulatus, Lath. Falco lunulatus, Lath.

Sparvius lunulatus, Viedl.; Falco frontatus,

Gould; Falco longipennis, Swains.

Lantus torquatus, Lath., Vieill. Cracticus torquatus. °

Vanga destructor, juv., Zemm.

Lanivs robustus, Lath., Vieill. Graucalus f

Lanivs erectus, Lath., Vieill. Falcunculus ?

190 Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds.

| _ Names proposed.

Lantus frontatus, Lath. Falcunculus * frontatus,Vieill.

Lantus flavigaster, Lath., Vieill., very doubt- Tyrannus ? ?

ful if an Australian species ?

Corvus versicolor, Lath., Vieill. ?

Corvus cyanoleucus, Lath. Grallina cyanoleuca.

Cracticus cyanoleucus, Viedll.; Grallina mela-

noleuca, Vieill.; Tanypus australis, Opp. ;

Grallina australis, G. R. Gray.

Corvus melanoleucus, Lath. Cracticus melanoleucus, Vieill.

Corvus olivaceus, Lath. Psophodes crepitans.

Corvus auritus, var. Lath. MS.; Muscicapa cre-

pitans, Lath. Suppl.; Pica olivacea, Vieill.

Coracias sagittata, Lath. Mimeta viridis, ? .

Philemon sagittatus, Viedll.

Coractas pacifica, Lath. Hurystomus pacificus.

Galgulus pacificus, Vieill,; Coracias australis,

Swains.

Gracuta viridis, Lath., Vieill. Mimeta viridis, King.

Cucutus cyanocephalus, Lath., Vieill. Hudynamys orientalis, 2 ?

Cucuuvs phasianus, Lath. Centropus phasianus, V. & H.

Corydonix phasianus, Vieell.

Cucutvus palliolatus, Lath., Vieill. Chrysococcyar ?

Cucuuuvs plagosus, Lath., Vieill. Chrysococcyx plagosus.

Nec C, lucidus, Gm, V. & H.

Sirra chrysoptera, Lath. Sittella chrysoptera, Sw.

Neops chrysoptera, Vell.

Tonvus rubecula, Lath. Myiagra rubecula.

Platyrhynchus rubecula, Vieil.; Platyrhynchus

ruficollis, Vieill.?; Myiagra rubeculoides, V.

& H.

Merrops chrysopterus, Lath. Anthochera mellivora, V. & H.

Philemon chrysopterus, Vzeill.

Meroprs auritus, Lath. —?——?

Philemon auritus, Veil.

Merors cyanops, Lath. Entomyza cyanotis, V. & H.

Philemon cyanops, V7ez/I.

Merors garrulus, Lath. Manorhina garrula.

Philemon garrulus, Viedl.; Myzantha garrula, -

V. & H.

Menroprs ornatus, Lath. Merops ornatus, Lath.

Copied by Lath. Syn.

Philemon ornatus, Viedl.; Merops melanura,

VG Hd,

* Falcunculus gutturalis, V. & H. Oreica cristata.

Turdus cristatus, Lewin; Oreica guttura-

lis, Gould.

Pn»

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds. 191

Names proposed.

Crrtuta melanops, Lath. Glyciphila melanops.

Melithreptes melanops, Vieill.; Certhia melli-

vora, Shaw; Meliphaga albiventris, Steph. ;

Meliphaga melanops, V. & H.

Crrtuia fenuirostris, Lath. Acanthorhynchus tenui-

Copied by Vieill. O. D.t. 60, and by Lath. —rostris, Gould. -

Syn

Melithreptes tenuirostris, Viedl/.; Certhia cu-

cullata, Shaw; Melithreptes cucullatus,

Vieill.; Meliphaga tenuirostris, V. & H.

Crertuia leucophea, Lath. Glyciphila ? leucophea.

Glyciphila subocularis, Gould. (

Crrtuta pipilans, Lath. | Melithreptes atricapillus, juv. ?

Melithreptes pipilans, Viei/l.

Certara mellivora, Lath. Anthochera mellivora,

Copied by Vieill. O. D. t. 88. eo

Creadion mellivora, Viedl.; Certhia goruck,

Shaw,

Certuia atricapilla, Lath. - Melithreptes atricapil-

Certhia lunulata, Shaw; Meliphaga lunulata, Jus, Vieill.

V. & H.; Gymnophrys torquatus, Swazns. ;

nec Meliphaga atricapilla, Jard. & Selby.

Cerruia sanguinolenta, Lath. Myzomela ?

Meliphaga sanguinolenta, Zemm.; Melithre-

ptes sanguinolenta, Vieill.

Cerruia dibapha, Lath. Myzomela dibapha.

Melithreptes dibapha, Viedl.; Le Kugameta,

Vieill. O. D. t. 58; Scarlet Creeper, Lewin.

’ Crrruia canescens, Lath. Meliphaga ——?

Melithreptes canescens, Viedll.

Cerruti pyrrhoptera, Lath. Meliornis Australasiana?

Melithreptes pyrrhopterus, Viedll.

Cerruti agilis, Lath. Glyciphila ?

Melithreptes agilis, Vell.

Crertuia cerulescens, Lath. Zosterops cerulescens.

Copied by Vieill. O. D. t. 83.

Melithreptes czerulescens, Viedll.; Zosterops

tenuirostris, Gould.

Cerruia chrysotis, Lath. Ptilotis chrysotis.

Very similar to Vieill. O. D. t. 84. ,

Philemon chrysotis, Viedl.; Ptilotis fusca,

Gould; nec Meliphaga chrysotis; Lewin; Ptilotis Lewinii, Sw.

Ptilotis chrysotis, Gould.

Turvus inguietus, Lath., Vieill. Seisura inquieta,

Seisura volitans, V, & H.

192 Mr. G.R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds.

Names proposed.

Turpus melanops, Lath., Vieill. Ptilotis melanops.

Meliphaga melanops, Zemm.; Muscicapa my-

stacea, Lath. ; Certhia auriculata, Shaw; Phi-

lemon erythrotis, Vieil/. ; Meliphaga aurico-

mis, V. § H.; nec Muscicapa auricomis, Lath.

Turvus dubius, Lath., Vieill. Seisura inquieta, 3?

Turvvus dilutus, Lath., Vieill. Colluriocincla diluta.

Colluriocinela strigata, Sw., juv.?

Turpus gutturalis, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalagutturalis, V.&H.

Muse. pectoralis, Lath.

Turpus harmonicus, Lath., Vieill. Collurtocincla -——?

Turpvus prasinus, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalus ?

Turvuvs volitans, Lath., Vieill. Seisura volitans.

Nec Seistira volitans, V. & HH.

TurbDvs cyaneus, Lath., Vieill. Entomyza cyanotis, Sw.

Turpus tenebrosus, Lath., Vieill. Artamus f

Turvvs lunulatus, Lath., Vieill. Oreocincla lunulata.

Oreocincla Nove Hollandix, Gould; Meliphaga

lunulata, Z’emm.

Turvus fuliginosus, Lath., Vieill. Turdus ?

Turpvus melanophrys, Lath., Vieill. Manorhina melanophrys.

Manorhina viridis, Vzez//.; Myzantha flaviros-

tre, V. & 77. :

Turpvus muscicola, Lath., Vieill. Seisura inquieta.

Turpus cyanocephalus, Lath., Vieill. Cuculus ?

Turpvus mazillaris, Lath., Vieill. Meliphaga mazillaris, Temm.

Turvvs frivolus, Lath., Vieill. Pomatorhinus >

Turpvus sordidus, Lath. Artamus sordidus,Gould.

Artamus albo-vittatus, Val.; Artamus linea-

tus, Vieill.

Turvus brachypterus, Lath., Vieill. Sphenura brachyptera, Licht.

Malurus brachypterus, Zemm.; Dasyornis au-

stralis, V. & H.

Turpvus mellinus, Lath., Vieill. Meliphaga ?

Lox1a fascinans, Lath. Estrelda ?

Coccothraustes fascinans, Vieill.

Loxia bella, Lath. Amadina ?

Fringilla bella, Viedl.; Coceothraustes bella,

Vieill.

Loxia nitida, Lath. Amadina ?

Copied though altered by Lath.

Coccothraustes nitida, Vieild.

FrINGILLA nitida, Lath., Vieill. ° Amadina ——— ?

Muscicapa coccinogaster, Lath., Vieill. Petroica :

Copied by Lath.

Muscicapa barbata, Lath., Vieill. Rhipidura —-—?

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds. 193

Names proposed.

Muscicapa rhodoptera, Lath., Vieill. Rhipidura

Mouscicapa crepitans, Lath., Vieill. Psophodes crepitans,V.& H.

Muscrcara pectoralis, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalus guttura-

ON Be a =

Musercapa cucullata, Lath., Vieill. Petroica bicolor? Gould.

Muscicara rhodogaster, Lath., Vieill. Petroica ?

Muscrcara flavigastra, Lath., Vieill. Képsaltria australis.

Muscicapa australis, Lath.; Pachycephalus

australis, V. § H.; Todus flavigaster, Lath. ;

Platyrhynchus flavigaster, Vieill.; Sylvia fla-

vigastra, Lath.? Eoépsaltria flavicollis, Sw.

Mouscicapa malachura, Lath. Stipiturus malachurus.

Malurus palustris, Viez//.; Malurus malachu-

rus, Zemm.

Muscicara melanocephala, Lath., Vieill. Malurus melanocepha-

Sylvia dorsalis, Lewin. lus, V.& H.

Moracitta atricapilla, Lath., Vieill. Rhipidura? V. & H.

Moracitia cerulescens, Lath., Vieill. Motacilla ?

Syzvia sagittata, Lath., Vieill. Acanthiza sagittata.

Anthus minimus, V. & H.?

Syzvia inornata, Lath. Melithreptes ? PTY,

Motacilla inornata, Viezll.

Syzvia chrysops, Lath., Vieill. Ptilotis chrysops.

Meliphaga chrysops, V. & H.

Syzvia rufiventris, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalus rufiventris.

Turdus pectoralis, Lewin ; Pachycephalus pec-

toralis, VY. & H.; nec Muscicapa pectoralis,

Lath.

Syzvia flavigastra, Lath., Vieill. Kopsaltria australis.

Syxvia rubricata, Lath., Vieill. Origma rubricata.

Motacilla solitaria, Lewin; Saxicola solitaria,

’ V. & H.; Origma solitaria, Gould.

Syzvzia casta, Lath., Vieill. Poéphila?

Syzvia Jeucophea, Lath., Vieill. Muscicapaor Petroica

-Syuvia rubricollis, Lath., Vieill. Diceum hirundinaceum.

Motacilla hirundinacea, Shaw; Sylvia hirundi-

nacea, Lath.; Pipra gularis, Lewin; Pipra

Desmarestii, Leach; Diczum atrogaster,

Less.; Malurus hirundinaceus, Vieill.; Par-

dalotus gularis, Temm.

Syzvia lateralis, Lath. Zosterops lateralis.

Malurus hirundinaceus, var. Viedll. ; Zosterops

dorsalis, V. & H.

Syzvia versicolor, Lath., Vieill. Chrysococcyz

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

194 Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds.

Prpera superciliosa, Lath.

Prpra cerulescens, Lath.

Pipra cerulea, Vieill.

Hrrunpo caudacuta, Lath., Vieill.

Hrrvunpo pacifica, Lath., Vieill.

Carrimuteus vittatus, Lath., Vieill.

Aigotheles lunulatus, Jard. & Selby.

Caprimu.eus strigoides, Lath., Vieill.

Podargus humeralis, V. & H.

CaprimuLeus megacephalus, Lath., Vieill.

Carrimuteus gracilis, Lath., Vieill.

Podargus humeralis (V. & H.), Gould.

CotumBa melanoleuca, Lath., Vieill.

Cotumsa pallida, Lath., Vieill.

Perpix varius, Lath.

Hemipodius varius, Gould.

Arpea maculata, Lath.

Numentvs rostratus, Lath. MS.

Numenius australasianus, Gould.

Trinea aurita, Lath., Vieill.

RecurvirostTrRa americana, Lath. MS.

Recurvirostra Nove Hollandiz, Vieill.

Scotopax australis, Lath.

Scolopax Hardwicku, J. £. Gray.

CHARADRIUS magnirostris, Lath.

Cuaraprivs grallarius, Lath., Vieill. ?

Cuaraprius frenatus, Lath., Vieill. g

Charadrius longipes, Viell.

Cuaraprivs griseus, Lath., Vieill.

Cuaraprivs fuscus, Lath., Vieill.

Rauuuvs tabuensis, Lath. MS.

Names proposed.

Pardalotus supercilio-

sus, Vieill.

Pardalotus id

Acanthylis caudacuta.

Cypselus ?

Aigotheles Nove Hol-

landie, V. & H.

Podargus strigoides.

Podargus i

Podargus ?

Carpophaga melanoleuca.

Columba ?

Turnia varius, Vieill.

Nycticorax caledonica, juv.

Numenius cyanopus, Vieill.

Tringoides hypoleucus ?

Recurvirostra rubricol-

lis, Temm.

Gallinago australis.

Burhinus magmirosiris, Il.

Cidicnemus grallarius.

Hiaticula —— ?

Hiaticula P

Porzana plumbea.

Nec R. tabuensis, Gm. ; Crex plumbea, J. E.

Gray; Gallinula immaculata, Sw.

Larus pacificus, Lath., Vieill.

Larus pacificus, Lath.

Larus leucomelas, Vied//. ; Larus Georgii, Vig.

Anas melanoleuca, Lath., Vieill.

Anas semipalmata, Lath., Vieill.

Anas rhynchotis, Lath.

Rhynchaspis maculatus, Gould.

Anseranus melanoleucus,

Less.

Spatula rhynchotis.

Messrs. Austin on some new Crinoidea. 195

XXXIII.—Descriptions of several new Genera and Species

of Crinoidea. By Tuomas Austin, Esq., and THomas

Austin, Jun., Civil Engineer.

In deference to the recommendation of the British Association

for the Advancement of Science, we have endeavoured, in esta-

blishing our new genera and species, to adhere as closely as

possible to the rules which have been sanctioned by that

body; and though we have experienced considerable diffi-

culty in extricating some groups from the confusion in which

they were involved, we trust on the whole that our labours

will be found to be in accordance with the liberal and en-

lightened views propounded by the Committee appointed to

report on the means of rescuing the nomenclature of Zoology

from the almost inextricable confusion it has fallen into.

Family PoTeRiocRINID&, Austin,

containing the following genera: Poteriocrinites, Cladocrinites,

and Synbathocrinites.

Genus Poteriocrinites, Miller.

The generic characters defined by its founder.

Sp. P. dudleyensis, Austin, sp.

Definition.—The plates surrounding the body agree in

number and arrangement with the generic character. The

upper series or ray-bearing plates are abruptly truncated on

their superior edges, which are excavated and have central

ridges for the articulation of the rays. These ridges extend

the whole width of the plates. The unique specimen examined

somewhat resembles P. granulosus in figure, but the dorso-

central plates are less dilated; and it differs from that spe-

cies in the absence of granule, all the plates being quite

smooth. Column and rays unknown.

This is the only instance in which the genus Poteriocrinites

has been met with in other strata than the carboniferous lime-

stone. The specimen is in the cabinet of J. Johnson, Esq.

P. isacobus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body accord in number

and arrangement with the generic type. Main rays five, each

composed of a single joint. These are succeeded by others

until the last series amount to forty. Each subdivision, like

the main rays, is composed of a single joint. Column un-

known.

This is an exceedingly minute species, from which circum-

stance we had given it the specific name minimus in our pro-

O 2

196 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

posed list of Crinoidea, which appeared in No. 63 of the ‘ An-

nals and Magazine of Natural History’; but as this term

came within the objection pointed out by the British Asso-

ciation, we have not hesitated in proposing one less objec-

tionable, and perhaps more characteristic.

P. radiatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Dorso-central plates (pelvis) much elongated, with

several highly raised narrow ridges which run across the su-

tures, and uniting with similar ridges on the adjoining plates

form series of triangles around the body. Ray-bearing plates

broad, with nearly circular excavations for the insertion of the

rays. Column and rays unknown.

P. rostratus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates forming the cup of this species are iden-

tical in number and arrangement with the generic type. The

upper portion is elongated into a proboscis or oral tube,

situated centrally, of considerable length, and covered with

plates which are ornamented with reticulating ridges. The

proboscis terminates at its apex with several tooth-hke plates.

Main rays five, once subdivided, making ten. Tentacula

somewhat distant from each other. Column composed of

large and small joints alternately.

P. quinquangularis, Austin, sp.

Def-—Dorso-central plates more conical than im the generic

type. Proboscis elongated, with elevated ridges crossing the

plates transversely. Main rays five, with one or more subdi-

visions. Column quinquangular near its attachment to the

body, but gradually becoming circular as it recedes from that

point.

P. plicatus, Austin, sp.

Def—Form and arrangement of the body-plates coincide

with the generic type. Five broad, elevated, strongly defined

ridges or folds run upwards from the dorso-central plates,

through the first series of perisomic plates: when near the

upper edges of these plates the ridges divide and branch out-

wards at an angle of about 45°, terminating at the base of the

rays, and forming a figure approaching to the letter Y. A

similar ridge then crosses from each horn of the letter, and

terminates also at the base of the rays. Rays unknown, but

their points of attachment are nearly circular, with a central

ridge. Column circular, slightly enlarging at its attachment

to the dorso-central plates.

and Species of Crinoidea. 197

P.? dactyloides, Austin, sp.

PDef.—The perisomic plates appear to coincide with the ge-

neric character of Poteriocrinites. Rays five and undivided.

The ray-joints are long near the body, but go on gradually

diminishing in size to their terminations. The proboscis shows

the reticulated structure peculiar to Potertocrinites. This spe-

cies appears to be small.

Genus Cladocrinites*.

This genus includes the species which Mr. Phillips named

provisionally Jsocrinites, but as Von Meyer had previously

founded a genus of that name, composed of quite a distinct

suite of fossils, we have ventured to remove the so-called Jso-

crinites of Mr. Phillips into our proposed new genus.

Generic definition.—Dorso-central plates five ?, resembling

a tumid supra-columnar joint. First series of perisomic plates

(costals) five; second series or ray-bearing plates five: all

these plates are remarkably short in comparison with the

length and size of the rays. Column generally enlarging at

its junction with the body, and apparently devoid of auxiliary

side-arms.

C. Egertoni, Phill. sp.

The specific definition has already been given by Mr. Phil-

lips ; we however differ in opinion with respect to the portion

of the fossil which is to be considered as the body and which

the rays. We consider all the joints above the second series

of perisomic plates as belonging to the rays, Mr. Phillips, on

the contrary, counts the rays only as commencing at the cu-

neiform joints.

. C. nobilis, Phill. sp.

Mr. Phillips included this beautiful species amongst the

genus Poteriocrinites ?

C. tuberculatus, Mull. sp.

Miller described this Crinite as a Cyathocrinite, to which

genus it does not belong.

C. longidactylus, Austin.

Def—The perisomic plates conform to the generic type.

The five main rays are each composed of two joints only, from

which proceed two secondary rays; these again subdivide, the

inner branches extending a considerable distance before the

last bifurcation takes place ; but the outer branches divide at

about half the distance that the inner rays do. The total

* From hlados, a branch.

198 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

divisions amount to forty. The rays are remarkably long in

proportion to the size of the body. Column circular.

r C. brevidactylus, Austin.

The plates forming the cup agree with the typical character.

The rays are shorter and less numerous than in the preceding

species. Main rays five, divisions amounting to twenty or

more. Column circular, and varying in different stages of

growth.

C. pentagonus, Austin.

Def.—The perisomic plates answer to the typical character.

Main rays five, subdivisions fourteen. Proboscis or oral tube

large and central, and covered with five vertical bands of plates.

Rays fourteen? Column: upper portion pentagonal, gradually

becoming circular and moniliform.

C. macrodactylus, Phill. sp.

Family Encrinip&, Austin,

contains the genera Encrinites, Mill.; Hucalyptocrinites, Cu-

pressocrinites, Goldf., and Euryocrinites, Phill.

Family PENTACRINID&.

P. rotundus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The only portion of this species known is a columnar

fragment, which differs from all other Pentacrinites in being

circular, but it still retains the peculiar generic character, in

the stellated crenulations on the articulating facets of the

columnar joints. These pentapetalous figures are more dilated,

to suit the circular form of the joints, than in others of the

genus.

Family MarsuPIocRINIDZ,

consisting of Marsupiocrinites and Crotalocrinites.

Genus Crotalocrinites*.

Def.—Dorso-central plates five; first series of perisomic —

plates five; second series five. On the latter are a series of

wedge-shaped plates which bear the rays: the exact number

of these plates is unascertained. Column with a pentapetalous

perforation.

C. rugosus, Miller, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body agree with the ge-

neric character. Rays numerous, probably amounting to one

hundred. Column composed of thin joints articulating ito

each other by radiating striz. The columnar canal is penta-

* From krotaion, a bell.

and Species of Crinoidea. 199

petalous. The rays are remarkably small in proportion to the

size of the animal.

Miller has fallen into such important errors respecting this

Crinite, that it is difficult to believe the fossil he describes to

be identical with this which we are now describing ; but ha-

ving access to the specimens he founded the species on, and

comparing them with others, we cannot doubt their identity.

Miller placed it with his genus Cyathocrinites as C. rugosus.

The plates he erroneously described as scapulars with a single

excavation for the articulation of the arm-joints have no ex-

cavation whatever, for there is a regular series of wedge-shaped

plates resting on them, and from which the rays, amounting

to nearly one hundred, proceed.

Family PLATYCRINIDA,

containing the genera Platycrinites, Cyathocrinites, and Caryo-

crinites.

Genus Platycrinites, Miller.

Genus erroneously described by its founder as having a

divided pelvis. On referring to Miller’s own specimens it is

evident the fossils we are about to describe belong to the ge-

nus Platycrinites, which has in reality an undivided dorso-

central plate, though Miller thought otherwise. This can be

demonstrated by numerous well-preserved specimens, both in

our own cabinet and in other collections also.

P. mucronatus, Austin, sp.

Definition given in the first poition of our Monograph now

in course of publication.

P. antheliontes, Austin, sp.

Described in our Monograph now in the press.

P. spinosus, Austin, sp.

Defined in Monograph.

P. trigintidactylus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Perisomic plates agree with the generic character, but

are somewhat broader than in the typical species /evis. Main

rays and subdivisions thirty, closely tentaculated to their ends.

Proboscis or oral tube long, central, and plated to its apex with

rather small, smooth, hexagonal plates. Column circular at

its attachment to the body, but gradually becoming elliptical

as it recedes from it.

; Family ACTINOCRINID&, Austin,

contains the following genera: Actinocrinites, Rhodocrinites,

Melocrinites, and Tetracrinites.

200 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

Genus Actinocrinites, Miller.

Described by its founder.

A. elephantinus, Austin, sp.

The perisomic plates agree with the generic type in number

and arrangement, but the radiating folds or ridges which or-

nament them are less strongly marked and fewer in number.

The plates are also smaller in proportion to the size of the

animal. Proboscis or oral tube much elongated, in some spe-

cimens exceeding two inches in length. Proboscidial plates

hexagonal, with an elevated ridge in the centre of each, and

which is surrounded by a circle of minute tubercles. Main

rays and subdivisions fifty, furnished with numerous tenta-

cula. Column circular, with two small joints intervening be-

tween those of larger size.

A. cataphractus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body agree with the ty-

pical character in number and arrangement. The proboscis

or oral tube of this species presents many interesting points

of structure. It is covered from its base to the apex with a

set of abruptly conical plates arranged spirally. The inter-

mediate spaces are covered with smaller plates slightly ele-

vated in their centres. Both sets, as well as the plates between

the rays and proboscis, are beautifully embossed with minute

mammiform eminences. The perisomic plates radiate in single

ridges. Rays thirty, furnished with long and close-set tenta-

cula. Column: it is impossible to define the structure of the

column, as no certainty exists respecting it in this or other

species, for it is evident that at different seasons considerable

modifications took place.

There is a strongly marked difference between this species

and the ¢riacontadactylus, although each possess the same

number of rays. The ¢riacontadactylus has its proboscis co-

vered with exceedingly minute plates, while those of the cata-

phractus are of striking peculiarity.

A. aculeatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Perisomic plates answer to the generic type in num-

ber and general arrangement. The radiations are less strongly

marked than in some other species. Oral tube elongated and

covered with minute plates, most of which are furnished with

a thorn-like projection in their centres. Rays and subdivisions

forty. Two rows of minute tubercles ornament the outer sides

of each of the rays. Column varying according to the period

of the year in which the animal died.

and Species of Crinoidea. 201

A. crassus, Austin, sp.

The plates surrounding the body agree with the typical cha-

racter in number and arrangement, but they are comparatively

broader and devoid of the radiated markings. Rays numerous,

but their number unknown. Column unascertained.

A. granulatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The perisomic plates agree in number with the ge-

neric type. ‘The first series of plates are larger in proportion

to the size than in the typical species; the upper series are |

also broader. The plates covering the portion above the rays

are finely granulated, excepting the six plates surrounding the

valyate anal pore, which are smooth. Mouth not quite central,

but situated below the large dome-shaped plate which crowns

the centre. ‘Total number of rays unknown, but they were

probably numerous, as indicated by their points of attachment

to the body. Columnar articulation large and circular. Column

unknown.

This is a highly interesting specimen as showing the val-

vate anus, and is supposed to be unique in that respect.

A, levissimus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Body-plates answer to the typical character in num-

ber and arrangement, but they are comparatively larger than

in any other known species. The first and second series are

flat and smooth, the remainder are slightly rounded, and have

faint and partial radiations. Plates covering the viscera fur-

nished with conical projections in their centres. Divisions of

the rays fifty, closely tentaculated. Column as in other spe-

cies, varying at different periods of growth.

A. longispinosus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body agree with the ge-

neric type, but the radiations are less strongly marked. The

coronal plates, or those protecting the upper portion, are elon-

gated into spines of very great length. Oral tube long and

covered with minute plates. Rays forty. Column varying

at different seasons.

Genus Rhodocriniies, Miller.

This is another genus of Miller’s which requires an emended

definition. He describes the dorso-central plates (pelvis) as

composed of three instead of five pieces, and the first series

of plates resting on them as quadrilateral, when, in fact, they

are hexagonal. These mistakes were no doubt owing to the

smallness of the specimens examined by Miller, which ren-

dered them liable to be misunderstood. In consequence of

202 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

these errors Mr. Phillips has repudiated the genus altogether,

and endeavoured to found a new one under the name of Géi-

berisocrinus. We have carefully examined Miller’s specimens

and compared them with the species from the Yorkshire lime-

stone which have been described by Mr. Phillips, and we are

quite convinced that they are generically identical with each

other ; it is therefore evident that either the genus Rhodocri-

nites or the Gilbertsocrinus must be suppressed.

Though Miller was unquestionably wrong in his generic

definition, there can be no possible doubt as to the identity of

the fossils on which he founded his genus; we therefore, on

mature consideration, think it just that the merit of priority

should be conceded to him ; and we trust that Mr. Phillips will

coincide in this opinion.

If this principle is not to be recognised, every trifling error

of an observer may be taken advantage of, like a flaw in an

indictment, and the slightest mistake in his definitions be suf-

ficient to annul a long-established genus. In this manner we

might claim the right to rename the genus Platycrinites on

the plea that the dorso-central plate is undivided instead of

tripartite, as in Miller’s generic character.

Def.—Dorso-central plates five, quadrilateral, with a small

perforation at each of their inner angles, which, when the

plates are united, form the pentapetalous opening into the

column.

First series of plates resting on the dorso-central five, hex-

agonal; second series five, heptagonal ; these latter support

five hexagonal plates, which are succeeded by a like number

of pentagonal ones. On the upper edges of each of these

plates rest two lengthened hexagons, to which the ray-bear-

ing plates are attached. Between these latter are several pen-

tagonal and hexagonal plates.

Mr. Phillips appears to consider the pentagonal plates be-

low the lengthened hexagons as the scapule or ray-bearing

plates; but this we consider erroneous, as all the plates we

have described as perisomic clearly envelope and form part of

the body, above which the rays become distinctly developed,

and were possessed of flexure, which their lower portions

must have been deficient in had they been as described by

Mr. Phillips.

R. costatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Plates surrounding the body agree in number with

the generic type. A strong rib or fold extends from each of

the five angles of the dorso-central plates to about two-thirds

the distance between those points and the rays; they then

and Species of Crinoidea. 203

divide, each branch ending at the base of the rays. All the

perisomic plates are radiated. Abdominal plates small and

mammiform. Mouth lateral. Rays forty. Columnar joints

alternately thicker and thinner.

R. granulatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Perisomic plates agree as to number and arrange-

ment with the generic type, but instead of elevated ribs, as in

the last species, the same end—strength—is attained by the

superior thickness of the plates lying in the line of the rays.

In consequence of this increased solidity, these plates are more

elevated than the adjoining ones, the elevations being greatest

in their centres. All the perisomic plates are minute, elevated,

and finely granulated. Mouth lateral. Rays probably twenty.

Columnar joints alternately larger and smaller.

Genus Tetramerocrinites*, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates four, pentagonal. First series

of perisomic plates eight, four of which are heptagonal, and

the remaining four pentagonal, alternating with each other ;

second series or ray-bearing plates eight, with a double exca-

vation in each for the insertion of the ray-joints ; several in-

tervening plates occur, but the number is unknown.

T. formosus, Austin.

Def.—Little is known of this species beyond the descrip-

tion given in the generic definition. The unique specimen

obtained of this species departs from the usual quinary type

in the arrangement of its rays, which are in four groups of

four each, instead of five, as is more generally observed in the

Crinoidea. The depressions in the quadripartite dorso-central

plates for the attachment of the column are small but deep.

The body piates are all beautifully radiated from their centres.

Column and rays unknown.

Family PeriEcHocrRINITESt, Austin,

comprising the genera Periechocrinites and Sagenocrinites.

Genus Periechocrinites, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three. It is difficult to define

the perisomic plates in this genus in the same manner as in

other genera, because they do not occur in regular series as in

Actinocrinites, but are regular only in the line of plates which

run from the dorso-central plates to those bearing the rays.

These may be considered as the principal plates, as they are

* From teétrameres, consisting of four parts. + From periecho, to surround.

204 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

more equally developed than the intervening ones, and di-

vide the body into compartments. These series are easily

distinguished by their prominence from the intermediate

plates. A series of three traverse the lower portion of the

body ; these are succeeded by two other series of three each,

which branch off at a considerable angle and form the points

of attachment for the rays. Within the forks formed by these

branches are groups consisting of three or more smaller and

less prominent plates than those already described. In each

of the compartments between the ray-bearing series is a

group of several irregularly shaped hexagonal and pentagonal

plates, sometimes amounting to seventeen or eighteen; in other

cases the number is less, for greater irregularity is observable

in this genus than in any other yet described. Rays composed

of double series of joints.

P. articulosus, Austin.

The perisomic plates agree with the generic description,

which has, in fact, been taken from this the typical species.

Rays eighty, composed of double series of joints: the rays

may really exceed the number specified above, but we have

clearly seen their development up to that amount. Column

circular, and subject to the same periodical changes as in

other genera.

P. costatus.

The perisomic plates agree with the generic definition.

Mr. Phillips has in Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System’ erroneously

described this species as Actinocrinites (moniliformis). 'To that

genus it bears no resemblance either in the number or ar-

rangement of the plates forming the calcareous framework.

To bring this species within the generic character of Actino-

crinites, it is necessary to consider the scapulz as situated at

least three series of plates below the true ray-bearing plates.

It is scarcely necessary to remark, that such a method of de-

termining species is quite unsatisfactory in every point of view,

and must lead to important errors if adhered to.

Miller originally admitted it into the genus Actinocrinites,

on the evidence of a columnar fragment ; but as the form of

the column possesses no peculiarity of structure sufficiently

striking to warrant specific distinction, we have altogether re-

named it.

P. globosus.

The number and arrangement of the perisomic plates answer

to the generic type. Rays and column unknown.

and Species of Crinoidea. 205

Genus Sagenocrinites*, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central and perisomic plates unknown, as the

only portions hitherto discovered are the rays and plated in-

tegument, which extends between their lower divisions in the

Same manner as the membranous web is stretched between

the toes of many aquatic birds. The peculiar construction of

these portions clearly proves them to belong to an undefined

‘genus.

S. expansus, Phillips, sp.

Mr. Bi aips has defined this species as far as the existing

knowledge respecting it warranted in Murch. ‘Sil. Syst.’ ; but

he has placed it provisionally with the Actinocrinites, to which

it in no respect appertains.

S. giganteus, Austin.

Body-plates unknown. Rays unequally developed and va-

rying in their diameters ; secondary rays composed of a double

series of thin joints articulating by radiating strize as in various

columns. A plated integument connects the lower portions

of the rays.

Family Mrerocrinip&, Austin,

contains the genera Dimerocrinites and Tetramerocrinites.

Genus Phenicocrinites +.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three ? First series of perisomic

plates, or those in the line of the rays, five ; second series five ;

third series, or ray-bearing plates, five and cuneiform. Between

these, the principal series, are several smaller plates, the num-

ber unascertained.

P. simplex, Phillips ? sp-

Def.—The arrangement of the perisomic plates agrees with

the generic type. Rays ten, composed of single series of joints,

and furnished with plumose tentacula. The column is short

as compared with Actinocrinites. No indication of auxiliary

side-arms has been observed in this species. Base furnished

with several fibres of attachment.

This is supposed to be the Actinocrinites simplex of Phillips,

who states that “ the pelvic, costal, and other plates of the body

agree with Miller’s technical formula of Actinocrinites.”. We

cannot discover this agreement in any of the essential points,

and have therefore removed it into a new genus.

Family AstrRAcRINIDAt,

consisting of the genera Astracrinites and Aporocrinites.

* From sagene, a fishing-net. + From phoiniz, a palm-tree.

+ From astron, a star.

206 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

Genus Astrocrinites, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plate quadrangular, to which four pairs

of elongated plates are attached, imparting a lobed shape to

the fossil. In the retiring angles at the base of the four lobes

are a like number of ambulacra. Mouth central. Anus lateral.

A. tetragonus, Austin.

Def.—The plates of this species agree with the generic de-

finition. Each of the elongated plates has two or three rows

of minute tubercles around its outer margin, apparently for

the attachment of spines. The ambulacra have each a double

row of pores placed centrally, with marginal tubercles. Near

the centre of the dorso-central plate is an oval eminence, ap-

parently analogous to the madreporiform tubercle on the dorsal

surface of the true Starfishes.

Genus Sycocrinites*, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three, forming a pentagon. First

series of perisomic plates five, on which rest other series of

plates, answering, though larger in proportion, to the abdo-

minal (pectoral) plates of those Crinites which possess rays.

Mouth central, anal pore lateral. Column unknown.

S. clausus, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three ; perisomic plates five, on

which rest a second series of five plates which answer to the

interscapular plates of those Crinites possessing rays; a third

series of five plates close in the apex, excepting a minute cen-

tral opening which is considered to be the mouth, and which

was probably valvate. The anus is situated laterally at a point

between the first and second series of plates. Column un-

‘known.

S. Jacksoni, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three, forming a pentagon. Pe-

risomic plates five. Apex closed in by five plates. Mouth

central and valvate, anal pore lateral. Columnar attachment

small, Column unknown.

S. anapeptamenus, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three, forming a pentagon. First

series : perisomic plates five, all hexagons. The second series

of plates arch over the apex, leaving a central opening which

was probably protected by a plated integument. Anal pore

lateral and projecting. Column unknown.

* From sukon, a fig.

and Species of Crinoidea. 207

Genus Echinocrinus, Agassiz.

E. spinosus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Body conico-globose, with five double rows of ambu-

lacral plates, and the like number of interambulacral spaces.

The five pairs of avenues run from the mouth to the columnar

point of attachment. The ovarian plates surround the mouth

instead of the anal opening, as in the recent Echini, but which

organ is as yet undiscovered in these fossil animals. The

whole surface is covered with spines, but these are of two

sorts ; the one kind, though few in number, are long and fur-

rowed longitudinally. The prominences near their bases are

circular, and in their ends are cup-like excavations by which

each one fits on to the tubercle in the centre of each plate.

The second sort of spines are short, and are rather numerously

but irregularly scattered over the plates and around the cen-

tral spine. Column unknown.

E. anceps, Austin, sp.

The only part of this species yet discovered is a beautiful

fragment showing the internal structure of the ambulacra and

a few of the adjoining plates. On showing the specimen to

Professor Agassiz some time since, he pronounced it to be the

internal surface of a portion of the HE. pomum. Though the

Professor’s name ranks deservedly high in science, and how-

ever presumptuous it may appear to dissent from such an

authority, we are compelled in this instance to do so, for the

following reasons :—the ambulacral pores of the specimen in

question are much wider asunder than in the H. pomum, the

plates themselves are much larger, and above all, are beyond

comparison thinner than in the species Prof. Agassiz assigned

them to.

Since Professor Agassiz saw the specimen in question, we

have had many opportunities of examining the internal struc-

ture of the £. pomum, and we can find no resemblance what-

ever between the two species.

It appears to us that the name of our genus Sycocrinites

and that of the Echinocrinus of Professor Agassiz require

amendment, as their terminations imply affinities which do

not exist.

A great majority of the new species defined in the foregoing

paper were discovered and collected from the strata in which

they occur by the authors.

Kingsdown, Bristol, January 18, 1843.

208 Dr. T. Taylor on two new species of British Musci.

XX XIV.—On two new species of British Musci. By Tuomas

Taytor, M.D., Dunkerron, Kenmare. Communicated

by William Gourlie, Jun.*

TRICHOSTOMUM SAXATILE, MSS,

Specific character.—Caule subramoso, abbreviato, erecto, conferto ;

foliis ovato-lanceolatis, concavis, margine reflexis, integerrimis, —

epiliferis, apice obtusiusculis, nervo sub summo apice evanescente;

peristomii dentibus brevibus, laciniis alternatim angustioribus,

operculo suberecto, calyptra hine fissa.

Hab. In locis montosis, saxa majora coronans. Comitatus Kerriensis,

Hiberniz.

Caules $—-1 unciales, aggregati, innovationibus binis. Folia flavo-

virescentia, anni preeteriti fuscescentia, nunquam, uti multis conge-

neribus solenne, in acumen elongatum producta. Capsula oblonga

aut obovata. Peristomium breve, trabeculis dentium lacinias vix

jungentibus. Operculi rostrum inclinatum. Calyptra fissura unica

ceteris altior; unde genus vix firmum.

This plant, in the ‘ Flora Hibernica,’ has been referred to a

variety of Trichostomum fasciculare, Schrader, growing on

stones at Carig Mountain. Subsequent careful examination

of better specimens shows it to be very distinct in the want

of fascicled branches, but especially by the short peristome,

whose teeth are united at their bases by a pale membrane

rising above the mouth of the capsule. The inclined rostrum

of the lid and nearly dimidiate calyptra are unusual in the

genus.

BRYUM RECURVIFOLIUM, MSS.

Spec. char.—Caule erecto, subsimplici, subflexuoso ; foliis oblongo-

ovatis, acutis, laxis, ex amplexante basi recurvantibus, margini-

bus flexuosis, minutissime serrulatis.

Apud montem Knockavohila, prope Dunkerron in Comitatu Kerri-

ensi, Hibernie. Anno 1842.

Habitus Dicrani squarrosi, Schrader, 2—4 uncialis, inter Hypna

aliosve muscos adscendens, vix cespitosa, luteo-viridis. Caules

seepius duos surculos annotinos erigentes, atque ex eodem puncto

radices setaceas, purpureo-nigricantes paucas demittentes. Folia

canaliculata, subdistantia squarrosa, caulis apicem versus conferta

atque majora, dense cellulosa, nervo valido pallidiori in cuspidem

‘ brevem excurrente ; marginibus pallidis minutissime celluloso-ser-

rulatis.

Although the fructification is not known, yet there can be

little hesitation in referring this remarkable species to the

genus Bryum. With the habit of Dicranum squarrosum,

Schrad., it has the structure of Bryum cuspidatum, Schreber.

A very small quantity, and only in one spot, has hitherto

been found.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Bibliographical Notices. 209

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Natural History of New York. Zoology, or the New-York Fauna,

comprising detailed descriptions of all the Animals hitherto observed

within the state of New York, with brief notices of those occasion-

ally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropriate illus-

trations. By James KE. De Kay. Part I. Mammalia. 4to. Albany,

1842.

Tue appearance of the advertisement of a zoological work in

America extending to ten quarto volumes, devoted to the natural

productions of a particular province, induced us, in these days of

cheap publications, to procure a sight of the first part of the under-

taking. It is the result of one of those State-Surveys, several of

which have been previously completed by other districts, and it tells

much for the enterprise of the country that an examination on such

a scale should have been undertaken, and still more so that the

results should be so early commenced to be laid before the public,

thereby repaying to the state value for the employment it had given

to its scientific men; and it might stand as an example to the go-

vernments of older countries, not to store up the results of the ex-

pensive labours of years for the unlikely probability of rendering

them perfect after the generation of their projectors shall have

ceased to exist: ‘‘ go ahead” may sometimes be taken as a useful

motto.

By authority of acts of the Assembly the above-mentioned Survey

was made: ‘‘ William L. Marcy, governor, arranged the plan of the

Survey in the summer of 1836, and assigned its departments as fol-

lows: the Zoological department to James E. De Kay; the Bota-

nical department to John Torrey; the Mineralogical and Chemical

departments to Lewis C. Beck; the Geological department to Wil-

liam W. Mather, Ebenezer Emmons, Timothy A. Conrad, and Lard-

ner Vanuxem. ‘This arrangement was subsequently altered by the

institution of a Paleontological department, under the care of Mr.

Conrad, and by the appointment of James Hall to supply his place

as a geologist. The results of the Survey appear in the following

volumes, and in eight several collections of specimens of the animals,

plants, soils, minerals, rocks and fossils found within the state, one

of which collections constitutes a museum of natural history at the

capital of the state, and the others are distributed among its col-

legiate institutions.” The volume before us, being the first of the

series, is prefaced by an introduction of 188 pages, which will prove

interesting to the general reader ; it gives a rapid sketch of the pre-

sent condition of the arts and sciences, of the progress of agricul-

ture, internal navigation, railroads, horticulture, newspaper-press,

history of the antiquities, and of the Aborigines; in fact, touching

on almost every topic.

The real commencement of the book, or of the Zoological part,

has a short preface devoted to the description of the surface and

boundary of the state, with a tabular view of the mammalia indige-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. P

210 Bibliographical Notices.

nous to it, comprised in forty-five genera, including fossil as well as

recent and introduced animals. New York lies wholly within the

temperate zone, and contains more than 46,000 square miles. Al-

though situate within the same parallels of latitude which include

the greater part of Italy, the south of France, and the northern parts

of Spain, yet, from the well-established facts of the more southerly

position of the isothermal lines on the western shores of the Atlantic,

its mean annual temperature cannot be compared with that of the

above-mentioned countries, but rather with those lying from 15° to

20° farther north. The result of ten years’ observations at New

York gives 165 days, or about five months, as the mean duration of

winter. Few mountains in the state exceed 5000 feet, yet, from the

peculiarity of climate, their summits have a temperature much lower

than mountains of even higher altitude in corresponding parallels in

Europe. The great inland seas, Erie and Ontario, have also their

influence on the climate and the productions, while the long gut of

land known by the name of Long Island, reaching to the Atlantic, is

the extreme southern limit of the migrations of the arctic species,

and the most northern termination of the wanderings of the birds of

the torrid zone.

Through the Zoological part the descriptions appear to be care-

fully made out. The synonyms are chiefly taken from works relating

to the fauna of North America, a more extended list, perhaps, being

not called for in a work of comparatively provincial character; but

the remarks on the habits of the animals, or their ceconomical and

commercial utility, are extremely limited ; these in one view may not

be considered strictly scientific, at the same time they are very im-

portant. In the description of the beaver it is stated, that in the

state of New York this animal is now nearly extirpated, while in

little more than 200 years previously (1635), 14,891 skins were ex-

ported ; such is the passing away of many of formerly abundant spe-

cies. ‘The New York and European beavers are considered identical.

Among several of the North American animals which have been

considered specifically the same with those of Europe by various

authors, it is to be regretted that any doubt should still exist in a

matter so interesting in their geographical distribution, especially

when the communication between the two continents has become

so speedy andregular. The Mustela vulgaris, Rich. Faun. Bor. Am.,

there considered identical with that of Europe, is given as MW. pusilla ;

but of the ermine, M. Hrminea, auct., though given under the spe-

cific designation of ‘‘ Noveboracensis,” there still seems to exist a

doubt. ‘The sable is given as M. Martes and European synonyms

quoted ; and the observation (with which we feel inclined to agree)

is made—‘‘ I am inclined to believe that the American sable is very

distinct from the pine marten of Europe, with which it is usually

arranged,” and to which is added, ‘‘ I have no means of making

the direct comparison.”” ‘The American black rat, Mus Americanus,

is given as a new species different from the M. Rattus introduced,

varying from it in its dentition, relative length of ears and tail; it

is very rare, only one specimen having been obtained. The new

Bibliographical Notices. 212

genus Orisorex is proposed, differing from Sorex in the large and

prominent ears ; it rests on two small species, one northern, another

southern. The characters given are—‘‘ Ears large, prominent, beyond

the fur; nose elongated; eyes distinct ; tail quadrangular; teeth 33 *.”

A short list of the extra-limital species is given at the end of each

genus.

The volume is illustrated with thirty-three engraved and litho-

graphed plates, but they in general do not equal the beautiful title-

page and the style of the other parts of the work. The engraving

workmanship is finely executed, of which the first two plates, the

lower figure on plate 6, and plate 16, are good examples ; but the

drawing of all the large animals particularly, and many of the others,

is bad and stiff. Plates 13 and 18, the latter a lithograph, should

not have been admitted. Notwithstanding these criticisms, we

wish well to this undertaking, and trust that some of our societies,

or public libraries, will import the work, its price excluding it from

the reach of many of our private zoologists.

Icones Plantarum. By Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. Part IX.

Bailliére, London, 1843.

We rejoice to find, by the appearance of this, the first part of the

sixth volume, that Sir W. J. Hooker is determined to continue so

peculiarly valuable a work as that before us. It must be quite un-

necessary for us to enter upon its praises, as no botanist can now

require any further observation than to be informed of its appear-

ance. We will only say that Sir W. Hooker deserves the gratitude

of all botanical students for having boldly commenced it in so cheap,

and although cheap, so excellent a form, and at the same time so

complete in its execution. This part contains, if possible, even a

larger proportion than its predecessors of new and highly interest-

ing plants.

Flora Italica. By A. Bertoloni, Eq. Aur., M.D. Bononie, 1842.

The first part of the fifth volume of this justly celebrated work

has reached us. As we have referred to it on previous occasions,

we wish only to record the commencement of another volume for

the benefit of our botanical readers. It contains the order Dode-

candria and a part of that of Jcosandria (including in the former

the genus Euphorbia), and fully supports the high character acquired

by its predecessors.

Booxs ReEcEIvep.

Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalist’s Club. Vol.ii. Part 1.

8vo. 1842. Privately printed by the Club.

This commences the second volume of the Club’s Transactions,

and contains an excellent address by the late President, Mr. Darling,

detailing the acts, &c. of the past year, together with one or two

papers of local interest ; among them a short notice of the discovery

of Smilacina bifolia in the woods at Howick and Kenwood,

* Delphinus phocena, orca, and Delphis are considered specifically iden-

tical in the North American and British seas.

212 Bibliographical Notices.

Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa. By Dr. Andrew Smith.

Parts 16 & 17. 4to. Smith, Elder and Co., 1843. .

The ornithological part of these numbers is devoted to the genus

Drymoica, of which fifteen species are described and figured, only two

being considered identical with the birds represented by Le Vaillant.

We have also a very interesting series of figures of a species of Naia,

exhibiting its variations and its young state, some of which are so

very dissimilar that we cannot wonder at their being kept distinct

by persons who have only seen specimens in spirits. We consider

the illustrative department improved, and some of the figures very |

well finished.

PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

Mr. Gray and Dr. Richardson are preparing a work on the fishes

of China, to be illustrated with figures taken from the living speci-

mens. It will appear in quarterly parts, in small folio.

A new Dictionary of Natural History has been undertaken in Paris

under the auspices of M. Ch. D’Orbigny, entitled “ Dictionnaire uni-

versel d’ Histoire Naturelle.” The new articles, not in any of the

previous dictionaries, are said to be not less than 20,000. The ety-

mology of scientific terms is to be given. ‘here will be an atlas of

plates, and the whole will be preceded by an introduction containing

a detailed plan of the work, with the ancient history of, the sciences.

Mr. J.C. Bellamy, Author of ‘‘ Natural History of South Devon,”

has announced a work entitled, The Housekeeper’s Guide to the Fish-

Market for each Month of the year ; and an account of the Fishes and

Fisheries of Devon and Cornwall, in respect of Commerce, Giconomy,

Natural History, and Statistics.

Hodgson’s Zoology of Nipal: Mammalia.

The prospectus is as follows :—‘‘ Mr. Brian Houghton Hodgson,

who has for some years past resided in an advantageous situation for

the collection and study of the various quadrupeds and birds of the

hills, proposes to publish by subscription a work, calculated alike to

satisfy the scientific and the sporting communities.

«« The drawings are admirably faithful, and comprise some 850 birds,

and 132 species and varieties of quadrupeds and their allies. The

text will furnish all procurable information as to the habits and in-

stincts of the subjects portrayed by the pencil; and the author will

have the assistance of able co-operation in England*, where the work

will be got up in the best style, under the superintendence of Mr.

Frank Howard, who has produced Capt. W. C. Harris’s ‘ Portraits

of African Animals.’

« The first division of this work will contain 100 lithographic plates,

printed on super royal, folio, carefully coloured from the original

drawings, to appear in parts, each containing twenty plates, every

* As it has been mentioned in the Indian Journals that Sir W. Jardine

would superintend the publication of Mr. Hodgson’s work, it may be proper

to state here that there is no foundation for such a report.—Ep.

Zoological Society. 213

alternate month, which, together with an 8vo volume of letter-press,

will form a complete illustration of the Mammalia of Nipal.”

Mr. James Hamilton Fennell, author of a very entertaining and

instructive History of Quadrupeds, is preparing to publish by sub-

scription a volume on “‘ Shakespeare’s Knowledge of the Works and

Phenomena of Nature.” From among the authorities given in the

Prospectus in favour of such a work, we select the following :—

** All the images of nature were ever present to Shakespeare, and

he drew them not laboriously, but luckily.” —Dryden.

‘* Whatever object of nature, or branch of science, he either

speaks of or describes, it is always with competent, if not extensive

knowledge ; his descriptions are still exact; all his metaphors ap-

propriate, and remarkably drawn from the true nature and inherent

qualities of each subject.”—Pope, in the Prefuce to his edition of

Shakespeare’s Works, 1725 and 1728.

“ Mr. Fennell’s subject is a delightful one, and when finished in

the manner that portion of it is treated which I have seen, cannot

fail to make a very popular volume. It is an appendix tu the text

which many readers of Shakespeare must have felt the want of.” —

William Yarrell, Esq. in a Letter to a Friend, dated Jan. 29, 1838.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 22, 1842.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The reading of the Second Part* of Prof. Owen’s Monograph on

the Apteryx australis, Shaw, including its Myology, was completed.

The following is the descriptive portion of this communication :—

MuscLES OF THE SKIN. >:

No detailed description of the muscles of the skin in Birds has

been given either in the systematic works on comparative anatomy,

or in particular treatises ; these muscles appear indeed in general to

be too irregularly or too feebly developed to have attracted much

attention ; brief notices are recorded of some peculiarly developed

cutaneous muscles, as those which spread the plumes of the peacock,

and erect the hackles of the cock; the compressors of the subcuta-

neous air-cells are noticed in the anatomical account of the Gannett

_ (Sula Bassanat), and a more constant cutaneous muscle, viz. that

which supports the crop in gallinaceous birds, is briefly mentioned

and figured by Hunter {.

In the Apteryz, the subject of the present Myography, the cuta-

neous system of muscles presents a more distinct and extensive

* See Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. il. part 4. p. 25%,

Splanchnology and Osteology.

+ Proceedings of Zoological Society, 1832, p. 91.

t In description of pl. 10, vol. i. of Physiological Catalogue of Hunterian

Collection, by Owen, 4to. 1833-1841.

214 Zoological Society.

development than has hitherto been met with in the class of Birds—

a condition which is evidently connected with the peculiar thickness

of the integument, and probably with the burrowing habits of the

present species, which possesses in this structure the power of

shaking off the loose earth from its plumage, while busy in the act

of excavating its chamber of retreat and nidification.

Constrictor colli.tThe whole of the neck is surrounded by a thin

stratum of muscular fibres, directed for the most part transversely,

and extending from an attachment along the median line of the skin

at the back of the neck, to a parallel raphé on the median line of the

opposite side: this muscle is strongest at its commencement or

anterior part, where the fibres take their origin in a broad fasciculus

from the outer part of the occipital ridge ; these run obliquely down-

wards and forwards on each side of the neck, but are continued

uninterruptedly with those arising from the dorsal line of the skin

above mentioned; the direction of the fibres insensibly changing

from the oblique to the transverse. The outer surface of this

muscle is attached to the integument by a thin and dense layer of

cellular tissue, devoid of fat; the under surface is more loosely con-

nected with the subjacent parts by a more abundant and finer cellu-

lar tissue.

Use.—To brace the cervical integument, raise the neck feathers,

and in combination with the following muscle to shake these parts.

Sterno-cervicalis.—Origin. Fleshy, from the posterior incurved —

process of the sternum, from the ensiform prolongation and middle

line of the outer and posterior surface of the same bone. Insertion.

The fibres pass forward, and diverging in gently curved lines, ascend

upon the sides of the broad base of the neck, and are inserted by a

thin but strong fascia into the median line of the dorsal integument.

This muscle is a line in thickness at its origin, but becomes thinner

as it expands; the antcrior part is covered by the posterior fibres of

the constrictor colli.

Use.—To retract the skin of the neck, and brace that portion

which covers the base of the neck; when these are the fixed points,

it will depress and protract the sternum, and thus aid in inspiration.

Obs.—In its position and the general course of the fibres, this

muscle is analogous to that which supports and assists in emptying

the crop in the common fowl; but the cesophagus presents no par-

tial dilatation in the Apteryx, and the situation of the crop is occu-

pied by a large mass of fat enclosing one or two absorbent glands.

Sterno-mazillaris.—This muscle appears at first view to be the

anterior continuation of the preceding, but is sufficiently distinct to

merit a separate description and name. Origin. Fleshy; from the

anterior part of the middle line of the sternum. Ins. It passes di-

rectly forwards along the under or anterior part of the neck, expand-

ing as it proceeds, and gradually separating into two thin symme-

trical fasciculi, which are insensibly lost in the integument covering

the throat and the angle of the jaw. It adheres pretty closely to

the central surface of the constrictor colli, along which it passes to

its insertion.

Use.—To retract the fore-part of the skin of the neck, and also

Zoological Society. 215

the head. Each lateral portion acting alone would incline the head

to its own side: the whole muscle in action would bend the neck ;

but the movements of the head and neck are more adequately and

immediately provided for by the appropriate deeper-seated muscles,

and the immediate office of the present muscle is obviously connected

with the skin. Nevertheless, in so far as this muscle acts upon the

head, it produces the same movements as the sterno-mastoideus in

Mammalia ; and it is interesting to observe, that in the long-necked

Ruminants (as the Giraffe), the sterno-mastoid muscles arise by a

common origin, and the insertion is by an extended fascia into the

angles of the jaw : I consider, therefore, that the sterno-mastoid is

represented by the sierno-mazillaris in the Apteryz, the only bird in

which this muscle has hitherto been described.

Dermo-transversalis.—The skin covering the dorsal aspect of the

lower two-thirds of the neck, besides being acted upon by the con-

strictor colli, is braced down by a thin stratum of oblique and some-

what scattered fibres, which take their origins by fascize attached to

the inferior transverse processes of the sixth to the twelfth cervical

vertebre inclusive; the fibres pass obliquely upwards and _ back-

wards, and are inserted by a thin fascia into the median line of the

skin, covering the back of the neck.

Platysma myoides.—The representative of this cutaneous muscle

is a thin triangular layer of muscular fibres, taking their origin from

the outer side of the ramus of the jaw, and diverging as they descend

to spread over the throat, and meeting their fellows at a middle

raphé of insertion beneath the upper larynx and beginning of the

trachea, which they thus serve to compress and support.

Dermo-spinalis.—Origin. By a thin fascia from the ends of the

spinous processes of the three anterior dorsal vertebrae. Jns. The

fibres slightly converge to be attached to the integument covering

the scapular region.

Dermo-iliacus.-_Origin. Fleshy, from the anterior margin of the

ilium. Jns. The fibres pass forwards and slightly converge to be in-

serted into the scapular integument.

Dermo-costalis—A muscle resembling the preceding in form.

Origin. Fleshy, from the costal appendages of the seventh and

eighth ribs. Jns. The fibres pass forwards and join those of the

preceding muscle, to be inserted into the scapular integument.

Obs. ‘The three preceding muscles are broad and thin, but well-

defined ; they would appear to influence the movements of the rudi-

mentary spur-armed wing through the medium of the integument,

as powerfully as do the rudimental representatives of the true muscles

of the anterior extremity.

There are also two muscles belonging to the cutaneous series, and

inserted directly into the bones of the wing. One of these, the

dermo-ulnaris, is a small, slender, elongated muscle, which takes its

origin from the fascia beneath the dermo-costalis ; its fibres pass

backwards, and converge to terminate in avery slender tendon which

expands into a fascia, covering the back part of the elbow joint.

Use. To extend the elbow joint and raise the wing.

The dermo-humeralis is also a long and narrow strip, deriving its

216 Zoological Society.

origin from scattered tendinous threads in the subcutaneous cellular

tissue of the abdomen: it passes upwards, outwards and forwards,

and is inserted fleshy into the proximal part of the humerus, which

it seems to depress*.

Muscues oF THE Trunk.

A. On the Dorsal Aspect.

The muscles on the dorsal aspect of the vertebral column in Birds

have only of late years received any attention from Comparative

Anatomists: they have been mentioned rather than described by

Tiedemann and Meckel: Carus has given a side-view of the super-

ficial layer of muscles in the Sparrow-hawk ; their best description

is contained in the second edition of the ‘ Lecons d’Anatomie Com-

parée’ of Cuvier.

The muscles of the back are in general so feebly developed in

birds of flight, that they were affirmed by Cuvier to be wanting

altogether in the first edition of the ‘ Lecons.’ And this is almost

true as respects their carneous portion, for they are chiefly tendinous

in Birds of Flight. In the Struthious birds, and in the Penguin,

in which the dorsal vertebree are unfettered in their movements by

anchylosis, these muscles are more fleshy and conspicuous; but they

attain their greatest relative size and distinctness in the Apteryz.

From the very small size of the muscles which pass from the

spine to the scapula and humerus in the Apteryz, the true muscles of

the back, which correspond to the second layer of the dorsal muscles

in Man, become immediately visible on removing the dorsal integu-

ments and fascie; they consist of the sacro-lumbalis, longissimus

dorsi, and spinalis dorsi. The first two muscles are blended toge-

ther at their posterior origins, but soon assume the disposition cha-

racteristic of each, as they advance forwards.

The sacro-lumbalis is a strong and fleshy muscle, six lines in

breadth, and three or four lines in thickness: it is, as usual, the most

external or lateral of the muscles of the back, and extends from the

anterior border of the ilium to the penultimate cervical vertebra.

Origin. By short tendinous and carneous fibres from the outer half

of the anterior margin of the ilium, and by a succession of long,

strong, and flattened tendons from the angles of the fifth and fourth

ribs, and from the extremities of the transverse processes of the

third, second, and first dorsal vertebrz; also by a shorter tendon

from the transverse process of the last cervical vertebra; these

* In Mammalia the cutaneous muscles form a more continuous stratum

than in the Apteryx and other birds, and hence have been grouped together

under the common term panniculus carnosus; they have also, in geueral,

both their origins and insertions in the integument; but in Birds, in

which the integument supports so extraordinary an abundance of the epi-

dermic material under the form of feathers, the muscles destined to its

especial motions require a more fixed attachment from which to act. The

Rhinoceros, in which the integuments, from the thickness and density of its

corium, is in a similar condition as regards the resistance to be overcome

by the skin-muscles, presents an analogous condition of its panniculus car-

nosus, having it divided into several distinct muscles, most of which take

their origin from bone or fascia attached to bone.

Zoological Society. 217

latter origins represent the musculi accessorii ad sacro-lumbalem ;

they have not hitherto been described in the class of Birds: to bring

them into view, the external margin of the sacro-lumbalis must be

raised. These accessory tendons run obliquely forward, expanding

as they proceed, and are lost in the under surface of the muscle.

Insertion. By a fleshy fasciculus with very short tendinous fibres

into the angle of the sixth rib, and by a series of corresponding fas-

ciculi, which become progressively longer and more tendinous, into

the angles of the fifth, fourth, third and second ribs, and into the

lower transverse processes of the first dorsal and last two cervical

vertebre ; the last insertion is fleshy and strong; the four anterior

of these insertions are concealed by the upper and outer fleshy por-

tion of the sacro-lumbalis, which divides into five elongated fleshy

bundles, inserted successively into the upper transverse processes of

the first three dorsal and last two cervical vertebre. These last in-

sertions seem to represent the continuation of the sacro-lumbalis in

Man, which is termed the cervicalis descendens or ascendens.

Longissimus dorsi.—This muscle is blended posteriorly both with

the sacro-lumbalis and the multifidus spine, and anteriorly with the

outer portion of the spinalis dorsi. It extends as far forward as the

thirteenth cervical vertebra. Origin. From the inner or mesial half

of the anterior margin of the ilium; from a strong aponeurosis at-

tached to the spines of the eighth, seventh and sixth dorsal vertebre ;

and from the transverse processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth and third

dorsal vertebrze. Ins. The carneous fibres continued from the second

origin, or series of origins, incline slightly outwards as they pass for-

ward, and are inserted into the posterior articular processes of the

first three dorsal vertebre, receiving accessory fibres from the spinalis

dorsi. ‘The fasciculi from the transverse processes above mentioned

incline inwards, and are also inserted into the posterior oblique pro-

cesses of the vertebre anterior to them; they soon begin to form a

series of oblique carneous fasciculi, which become more distinct as

they are situated more anteriorly ; they are at first implanted in the

vertebra next in front of that from which they rise, and then into

the vertebra next but one in front ; sothat the most anterior of these

tendons of insertions, to which can be traced any of the fibres of the

main body of the longissimus dorsi, is that which is implanted into

the thirteenth cervical vertebra; it is this fasciculus which is joined

by the first or most posterior of the fasciculi of the longus colli

posticus.

A series of oblique carneous fasciculi, evidently a continuation of,

or part of the same system with those in which the longissimus dorsi

terminates anteriorly, is continued between the upper transverse and

the oblique processes of the vertebre as far forward as the fourth cer-

vical vertebra. This series of muscles seems to represent the trans-

versalis colli*, which is the anterior continuation of the longissimus

dorsi in Mammalia, but it differs in being inserted into the oblique,

instead of the transverse processes. In the direction of their fibres

* It is the ‘ grand transversaire’ of Cuvier, loc. cit. p. 282; but he describes

it as passing from the anterior articular process of one vertebra to the pos-

_ terior articular process of the next in front.

218 Zoological Society.

these fasciculi resemble the semispinalis colli, but are inserted into

the oblique processes instead of the spines of the vertebrae. There

are no other muscles with which they can be compared in the Mam-

malia than these two, with neither of which however do they pre-

cisely correspond ; they seem however clearly to represent the second

series of oblique muscular fasciculi in the trunk of Fishes. Rather

than hazard expressing an incomplete or false analogy, I shall term

these collectively the fasciculi obliqui.

Obliquus colli.__The fasciculi which rise from the first two dorsal

and five lower cervical vertebre are joined near their tendinous ter-

minations by corresponding fasciculi of the longus colli posticus, and

the strong round tendons continued from the points of convergence

of these fascicles are inserted successively into the posterior oblique

processes of the twelfth to the sixth cervical vertebra inclusive ; the

two fasciculi next in succession receive no accessory fibres from the

longus colli posticus; the anterior one derives an extensive origin

from the upper transverse processes of the eighth, seventh, and sixth

cervical vertebre. It must be observed, however, that the whole of

each fasciculus is not expended in the strong round tendinous inser-

tion above described; the portion which arises from the anterior

ridge of the transverse process passes more directly inwards than

the rest, and is attached to the tendon which terminates the fascicu-

lus immediately behind ; at the middle of the neck these accessory

fibres approach to the character of distinct origins. The tendons of

insertion, moreover, severally receive accessory fleshy fibres from

the base of the oblique processes of the two vertebrze next behind ;

and thus they become the medium of muscular forces acting from

not less than five distinct points, the power of which is augmented

by each tendon being braced down by the oblique converging series

of muscles immediately anterior to it. The fasciculus from the

eighth cervical vertebra, besides its insertion by the ordinary tendon,

sends off externally a small pyramidal bundle of muscular fibres,

which soon terminates in a long and slender tendon which is in-

serted into the oblique process of the third cervical vertebra. Cor-

responding portions of muscle are detached from the two anterior

fasciculi, which converge and terminate in a common slender tendon

inserted into the posterior oblique process of the fourth cervical ver-

tebra ; and thus terminates this complex muscle or series of muscles.

Longus colli posticus.—The most internal or mesial of the super-

ficial muscles of the dorsal aspect of the thoracic and cervical regions,

called cervicalis ascendens by Meckel, and compared in part with

the spinalis dorsi by Cuvier, cannot be the representative of either

of these muscles, since they both co-exist separately with it in the

Apteryx. At its posterior part the muscle in question seems to be

rather a continuation of the Jongissimus dorsi; its anterior part offers

a strong analogy with the mesial portion of the complexus and bi-

venter cervicis; it appears to me to be evidently the analogue of the

first, or mesio-dorsal series of oblique fibres of the muscular system

in Fishes, but I shall adopt the name of the longus colli posticus

applied to it by Cuvier*. It commences by long and slender, but

* Lecons d’Anat. Comp., 2nd edit. vol. i. p. 284.

tee pee

Zoological Society. 219

strong, subcompressed tendons from the spines of the sixth, fifth and

fourth dorsal vertebra: these tendons gradually expand as they pro-

_ ceed forwards and downwards, and send off from their under surface

muscular fibres which continue in the same course, and begin to be

grouped into distinct fasciculi at the base of the neck: the first of

these bundles joins the fasciculus of the Jengissimus dorsi, which is

inserted into the posterior articular process of the thirteenth cervical

vertebra; the succeeding fasciculi derive their origins from a broad

and strong aponeurotic sheet attached to the spines of the fourth,

third and second dorsal vertebre : the second to the eighth fasciculi

inclusive are compressed, broad and fleshy, and are inserted in the

strong round tendons described in the preceding muscle, and attached

to the oblique processes of the twelfth to the sixth cervical ver-

tebre inclusive: the ninth fasciculus, which forms the main anterior

continuation of the Jongus colli posticus*, is larger than the rest, and

receives, as it advances, accessory fibres from the spinous processes

of the seventh to the third cervical vertebree inclusive, and is inserted,

partly fleshy, partly by a strong tendon, into the side of the broad

spine of the vertebra dentata. A slender fasciculus is detached from

the mesial and dorsal margin of the longus colli posticus, near the

base of the neck, which soon terminates in a long round tendon:

this tendon is braced down by short aponeurotic fibres to the spines

of the fifth to the second cervical vertebree inclusive, immediately be-

yond which it again becomes fleshy, and expands to be inserted into

the occipital ridge : this portion is the digastrique or biventer capitis

of Cuvier.

Spinalis dorst.—The displacement of the dorsal portion of the pre-

ceding muscle and the Jongissimus dorsi brings into view the spi-

nalis dorsi, which is a well-developed and distinct muscle in the

Apteryx. Origin. By two long, narrow, flattened tendons, from the

spines of the eighth and seventh dorsal vertebre : these pass obliquely

downwards and forwards, expanding as they proceed, and terminate

in two fasciculi of muscular fibres: the posterior one passes forwards

beneath the anterior one, and inclining inwards and upwards divides

into two portions, inserted by long tendons into the spines of the

second and first dorsal vertebre ; it then sends a few fibres forwards

to join the outer and anterior fasciculus, which is partly inserted by

a slender tendon into the spine of the last cervical vertebra: the rest

of the fibres of the second fasciculus join the portion of the longis-

simus dorsi which is implanted into the oblique process of the last

cervical vertebra. ‘The three inserted tendons of the spinalis dorsi

are also the medium of attachment of fibres continued from the

multifidus spine, beneath them.

Multifidus spine.—The series of muscles so called arises by fleshy

fibres from the transverse processes of the five last dorsal vertebre,

which pass upwards, forwards and inwards, to be inserted by four flat

tendons into the spines of the seventh to the third dorsal vertebree

inclusive, and by the tendons of the spinalis dorsi into the two an-

terior dorsal spines.

Obliquo-spinales.—The removal of this muscle brings into view

* ¢ Accessoires du long postérieur du cou,’ Cuvier, loc. cit. p. 284.

220 Zoological Society.

a series of long, narrow, flat tendons, coming off from the spines of

all the dorsal vertebrae, and slightly expanding as they proceed for-

wards and obliquely downwards and outwards ; they become fleshy

half-way from their origin, and are inserted into the posterior

oblique and transverse processes of the six anterior dorsal vertebre,

and into the posterior oblique processes of the three last cervical

vertebree.

Interspinales.—The interspinales muscles do not exist in the

region of the back, unless we regard the preceding oblique fibres as

a modified representation of them. The most posterior fasciculus

of muscular fibres, which is directly extended between the spinous

processes, commences at the interspace of the spines of the two last

cervical vertebree, and the series is continued as far as the vertebra

dentata.

Interarticulares.—The muscles which form the more direct con-

tinuation of the obliquo-spinales are continued from the posterior

oblique or articular processes of one vertebra to the posterior arti-

cular process of the next in front.

Obliquo-transversales.—A third series of deep-seated intervertebral

muscles is situated external to the preceding, and passes obliquely

between the upper transverse process and the posterior articular

process of the vertebra in front. ‘These fasciculi appear to be a

continuation of the multifidus spine in the neck.

Intertransversales.—There are also two series of short carneous

fasciculi passing the one between the upper, and the other between

the lower transverse processes.

Levatores costarum.—The first or most anterior of this series of

muscles seems to represent the scalenus medius ; it arises from both

the upper and lower transverse processes of the Jast cervical verte-

bra, and expands to be inserted into the first rib, and into the upper

and outer part of the second rib. The remaining levatores success-

ively diminish in size as they are placed backwards; they come off

from the transverse processes of the six first dorsal vertebra ; those

from. the first and second expand to be inserted into the rib attached

to the same transverse process and to the one next behind; the rest

have a single insertion: the angle and the part of the rib imme-

diately beneath are the situations of their attachments.

B. In Front of the Neck.

Longus colli.—This muscle is represented by a series of closely

succeeding long, narrow fasciculi, arising from the heemapophyses of

the sixth to the first dorsal and from the ten posterior cervical ver-

tebre ; and sending narrow tendons, which increase in length as they

are given off more anteriorly, obliquely forwards and outwards, to be

inserted into the costal processes of all the cervical vertebrze save the

two first: the highest or foremost tendon is attached to the tubercle

at the under part of the ring of the atlas; but this tendon is also

the medium of insertion of a fasciculus of muscular fibres arising

from the upper transverse processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth, third

and second cervical vertebree.

The Rectus capitis anticus major is continued, or arises by as many

Zoological Society. 221

distinct tendons, from the five superior tendons of insertion of the

preceding muscle ; these origins soon become fleshy, converge, and

coalesce previous to their insertion into the base of the skull.

The Rectus capitis anticus minor is a strong fleshy triangular muscle

arising from the anterior part of the body of the first four cervical

vertebre.

The Rectus capitis lateralis arises from the upper transverse pro-

cesses of the sixth to the second cervical vertebra inclusive.

The Jntertransversales are short, ill-defined muscles, blended with

aponeurotic processes which pass from one transverse process longi-

tudinally to the next in advance.

C. Muscles of the Tail.

Levator caude.—Origin. From the posterior and superior extre-

mity of the ischium. Jus. Into the spines of the caudal vertebree.

Adductor caude superior.—This muscle is smaller than the pre-

ceding, with which it runs parallel; it rises below from the posterior

extremity or tuber of the ischium, and is inserted into the transverse

processes of the caudal vertebree.

Adductor caude inferior.—Origin. From the tuber ischii, and the

ligament connecting this with the posterior extremity of the pubis.

Ins. Into the transverse processes of the caudal vertebre.

Depressor caude.—Origin. From the under part of the middle

line of pelvis. Ins. Into the inferior spines of the caudal vertebre.

D. Muscles of the Abdomen.

Obliquus externus abdominis.—Origin. Fleshy, from the second

and third ribs, and by a strong aponeurosis from the succeeding

ribs near the attachment of the costal processes, and from those pro-

cesses. Ins. The fleshy fibres are continued from this aponeurotic

origin to nearly opposite the ends of the vertebral ribs; they run

almost transversely, very slightly inclined towards the pubis, to within

half an inch of the linea alba, and there terminate, by an almost

straight, parallel line, in their aponeurosis of insertion. ‘The fibres

of this aponeurosis decussate those of the opposite side, and adhere

to the tendinous intersections of the rectus beneath. The aponeu-

rosis from the last rib passes to be inserted into a strong ligament

extending between the free extremities of the ossa pubis, leaving the

abdomen behind the last rib defended only by the internal oblique

and transversalis.

Obliquus internus abdominis.—Origin. From tke whole of the an-

terior and outer surface of the pubis; aponeurotic from the upper

part, fleshy for half an inch from the lower or ventral extremity : the

carneous fibres run longitudinally, and cannot be distinctly defined

from the intercostales on their outer border, or from the rectus ab-

dominis on their inner or mesial border, which forms the medium of

the insertion of the internal oblique.

Rectus abdominis.—I give this name to the mesial continuation of

the preceding muscle, which arises by a strong, flat, triangular ten-

don from the lower or ventral extremity of the pubis and from the

inter-pubic ligament: it soon becomes fleshy ; the carneous portion

is interrupted by three broad, oblique, but distinct aponeurotic inter-

222 Zoological Society.

sections, and is finally inserted into the xiphoid and lateral processes

of the sternum and the intervening fascia.

Transversalis abdominis.—A layer of loose, dark-coloured cellular

tissue divides the internal oblique from the transverse abdominal,

except at its origin from the pubis, and for half an inch anterior to

that part.

The transversalis then proceeds to derive carneous fibres from the

inner surface of the vertebral ribs near their lower third; they pass

obliquely upwards and forwards, and terminate by a regular, slightly

concave line midway between their origins and the extremities of

the ribs; a strong aponeurosis passes thence to the linea alba, but

becomes thin at the pubic region, where a mass of fat is interposed

between it and the peritoneum.

Diaphragm.—This muscle presents more of its normal mammalian

character in this than in any other known bird. It is perforated by

vessels only, in consequence of the non-development of the abdominal

air-cells. The origin corresponding to that of the lesser muscle in

Mammalia is by two strong and distinct, short, tendinous pillars from

the sides of the body of the last costal vertebra; they are united by

a strong tendon or fascia, forming the anterior boundary of the aortic

passage. ‘The tendinous pillars may be traced forward for some way

in the central aponeurosis, expanding without crossing; they are

then lost in that aponeurosis, which is perforated by the gastric arte-

ries and veins; divides anteriorly to give passage to the gullet and

the apex of the heart; the aponeurosis expands over the anterior

part of the thoracic air-cells, and becomes, at its lateral circumfe-

rence, the point of attachment of muscular fibres arising from the

inner surface of the anterior ribs, and forming apparently a continu-

ation of the transversalis abdominis.

Intercostales externi.—Origin. From the posterior edge and ex-

tremity of the costal processes or appendages. Ins. They run down

to be inserted severally into the rib posterior to that to which the

process affording them origin is attached. These processes are sup-

ported by strong triangular aponeuroses continued from their anterior

and upper margins, severally, to the rib anterior to them.

A strong muscle arises from the anterior or costal angle of the

scapula, and passes backwards to be inserted into the extremity of

the third vertebral rib and its corresponding sternal portion. ‘This

muscle is a direct inspirator.

Muscuss oF THE ANTERIOR EXTREMITY.

Serratus magnus anticus.—This muscle consists of three portions ;

the first and anterior portion arises by a short, strong aponeurosis

from the last cervical rib, and is inserted into the lower edge of the

anterior two-thirds of the scapula: the second middle portion arises

from the lower end of the second vertebral rib, near the attachment

of the costal process, and from the anterior margin of the same rib,

and is inserted into the lower edge of the posterior two-thirds of the

scapula: the third, posterior and smallest portion rises from the costal

process of the third rib, and ascends to be inserted into the posterior

extremity of the scapula. ©

Zoological Society. Pais

This muscle is a direct inspirator : by drawing down the scapula

it depresses the sternum through the medium of the strong coracoi-

deum, increases the angle between the vertebral and sternal ribs, and

dilates the thoracic air-cells.

Levator scapule——This seems to be the most anterior portion of

the series of muscles which constitute the serratus magnus. Origin.

Two flat fleshy strips from the inferior transverse and costal processes

of the last and penultimate cervical vertebre. ns. Into the inner

and upper side of the middle third of the scapula. It depresses as

well as draws forwards the scapula, and thus aids the serratus in the

action of inspiration.

Serratus anticus minor.—Origin. From the outer part of the costal

process of the sternum. Jns. Into the posterior part of the base of

the coracoideum.

Trapezius.—This flattened oblong quadrilateral muscle arises from

the fascia, extending upon the back from the spinous processes of

the posterior cervical vertebre, and is inserted into the conjoined

extremities of the scapula and coracoideum.

There is no representative of the rhomboidei.

Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle consists, as usual in Birds, of two

portions, both of which have their origin from a continuation of the

fascia (attached to the dorsal spines) which also gives origin to the

trapezius: the fibres of the smaller and anterior slip converge to

their insertion: the fibres of the posterior and broader strip are

slightly twisted, the posterior edge being folded inwards as they also

converge to join the preceding, and to be inserted with it into the

posterior and inner side of the proximal extremity of the humerus.

Deltoides.—This is a single long and narrow triangular muscle, of

which the base is attached to the conjoined extremities of the scapula

and ceracoid, and to the capsule of the shoulder-joint; the apical

insertion is into the upper and outer third of the humerus, which this

muscle directly raises.

Infraspinatus.—A muscle which may be compared either to the

infraspinatus or teres major comes off from the lower margin of the

anterior two-thirds of the scapula, passes behind the shoulder-joint,

where it is closely attached to the scapula, and is inserted into the

inner and posterior part of the proximal end of the humerus.

Musculi pectorales.—The pectoral muscles, which present their

feeblest condition and lowest development in the Apteryz, are never-

theless similar in number and arrangement to those which in some

birds of flight are known to outweigh all the other muscles of the

body.

The pectoralis major is represented by two very thin triangular

layers of muscular fibres, the anterior of which is three lines broad

at its base, and is attached to the sternum immediately exterior to

the perforation of that bone: the second, posterior, and somewhat

narrower portion, rises immediately behind the preceding, from the

osseous bridge separating the perforation from the notch; the two

portions converge as they extend upwards and outwards to unite

and be inserted into the anterior and internal surface of the proximal

third of the humerus.

224 Zoological Society.

The pectoralis medius seu secundus is a similar, thin, feeble, but

broader triangular layer of carneous fibres; which arise anterior to

the preceding, just below the coracoid socket of the sternum, and

converge as they wind over the shoulder-joint to be inserted into

the upper surface of the proximal extremity of the humerus, of which

they thus become an elevator.

The pectoralis minor seu tertius arises above and between the ori-

gins of the pectoralis secundus and the anterior strip of the pectoralis

major, also partly from coracoid process ; its fibres converge to be in-

serted into the proximal end of the humerus, above and behind th

pectoralis mqor.

Coraco-brachialis.—This is represented by two small strips of mus-

cular fibres which rise from the posterior part of the coracoideum,

and are inserted, one directly below the other, ito the proximal

third of the humerus.

Obs.—The close adherence to the ornithic type of the muscular

system of the anterior extremity in the Apéeryz is very remarkable,

especially as regards the position and course of the pectoralis medius,

since the physiological conditions of the circumstances attending that

muscle are wanting in the Apferyz.

Here we have a true bird, exhibiting a remarkable modification of

the whole ornithic structure, in reference to exclusively terrestrial

life and nocturnal habits ; and we learn, I think, from this adherence

to a typical organization, in a very rare exception, that the teleolo-

gical conclusions respecting that typical construction, as it is mani-

fested in the general rule, are in no ways affected by such an excep-

tion; because the modification of one part necessarily affects that of

many others, perhaps of the whole body. If, for example, the fixa-

tion and structure of the lungs require a broad sternum and con-

comitant modifications of the coracoid and scapula for the mecha-

nical part of the respiratory process, then it may be more convenient

for the levator of the humerus to rise below that bone from the

sternum, and actin the due direction by a modification of its course ;

although the locomotion of the bird may in no way be facilitated by

the aggregation of muscle beneath the centre of gravity, nor the size

of the levator be such as to render its particular position a matter of

any consequence in regard to that centre.

The motions of the rudimental wing and its terminal hook would

seem to be produced as much by the cutaneous muscles which con-

verge to be inserted into the integument connected with it, as by

the feeble representatives of the true wing-muscles above described.

Muscuss oF THE PostTERIOR EXTREMITY.

The most superficial of the muscles on the outer side of the leg is

that broad thin expanded one which combines the functions of the

tensor vagine and rectus femoris, and also, according to some anato-

mists, as Cuvier and Meckel, those of the gluteus maximus; since

however it is exclusively inserted into the leg, I shall describe it with

the other muscles moving that segment of the posterior extremity.

The removal of this muscle, of the sartorius, and the biceps cruris,

is requisite to bring into view the glutei.

Zoological Society. 225

Gluteus externus.—The external gluteus (glutaus medius of Meckel),

as in most Mammalia, is smaller than the middle or internal gluta,

but is relatively larger in the Apteryz than in birds of flight, in which

it is described as the pyriformis by Cuvier. This muscle, however,

besides its origin from the outside of the pelvis, overlaps part of the

gluteus medius, and has its insertion into the femur at some distance

below the great trochanter, all of which are marked characteristics

of the gluteus magnus. Origin. It takes its origin from the superior

margin of the os innominatum, extends along an inch and a quarter

of that margin, directly above the hip-joint, and is chiefly attached

by distinct short tendinous threads, which run down upon the exter-

nal surface of the muscle: it rises also by carneous fibres from the

external surface of the innominatum for three lines below the superior

margin. Insertion. The fibres converge and pass into a tendinous

sheet, beginning on the external surface of the muscle half-way down

its course, which ends in a broad, flat, strong tendon, inserted into a

rising on the outer side of the femur nearly an inch below the great

trochanter. It abducts and raises the femur.

Gluteus medius.—Origin. A large triangular, strong and thick

muscle, has an origin of three inches extent from the rounded an-

terior and superior margin of the ilium, and from the contiguous

outer surface of the bone for an extent varying from an inch to eight

lines. Jns. Its fibres converge to a strong, short, broad and flat ten-

don, implanted in the external depression of the great trochanter,

having a bursa mucosa interposed between the tendon and the bony

elevation anterior to the depression.

Gluteus minimus.—Origin. It rises below the preceding muscle

from the anterior and inferior extremity, and from one inch and

three-fourths of the inferior and outer margin of the ilium, and con-

tiguous external surface, as far as the origin of the gluteus medius ;

also by some fleshy fibres from the outside of the last rib. Jus. These

fibres slightly converge as they pass backwards to terminate in a

broad flat tendon which bends over the outer surface of the femur, to

be inserted into the elevation anterior to the attachment of the gluteus

magnus.

A muscle which may be regarded. either as distinct, or a strip of

the preceding one, arises immediately behind it from half an inch of

the outer and inferior part of the ilium ; its fibres run nearly parallel

with those of the gluteus minimus, and terminate in a thin flat

tendon, which similarly bends round the outer part of the femur, to

be inserted into the outer and under part of the trochanter imme-

diately below the tendon of the gluteus medius. This muscle is

peculiar to the Apteryx, and the preceding portion, or gluteus mini-

mus, is absent in most birds.

Use.—All the preceding muscles combine to draw the femur for-.

wards, and to abduct and rotate it inwards.

Ilacus internus.—This is a somewhat short thick muscle, of a pa-

rallelogrammic form, fleshy throughout; rising from the tuberosity

of the innominatum in front of the acetabulum immediately below the

gluteus minimus, and inserted at a point corresponding to the inner

trochanter, into the inner side of the femur near the head of that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Q

226 Zoological Society.

bone, which it thus adducts and rotates outwards. ‘This muscle is

present both in the Ostrich and Bustard, but Meckel says it is want-

ing in the Cassowary.—Arch. xiii. 261.

Pyramidalis.—The same kind of modification which affects the

thacus internus, viz. the displacement of its origin from the inner

surface of the ilium to a situation nearly external, affects this muscle,

which, from its insertion and triangular form, I regard as the ana-

logue of the pyramidalis. It arises fleshy from the outer surface of

the extended ischium for the extent of an inch, and converges to a

broad flat tendon which is inserted into the trochanter femoris oppo-

_ site, but close to, that of the gluteus minimus, which it opposes, ab-

ducting and rotating the femur outwards.

Adductor brevis femoris.—A small, long and slender muscle arises

from the innominatum immediately behind the acetabulum, passes

over the back part of the great trochanter, becomes-partially tendi-

nous, and is inserted into the back part of the femur in common with

the following muscle.

Adductor longus.—A long broad and thin muscle, separated from

the preceding by the ischiadic nerve and artery. ‘The origin of this

muscle extends one inch and a quarter from near the upper margin

of the innominatum which is behind the acetabulum ; it is joined by

the preceding strip, and is inserted into the whole of the lower two-

thirds of the back part of the femur.

Adductor magnus.—This broad and flat muscle has an extensive

origin (two inches) from the outer edge of the ischium and the

obturator fascia ; its fibres slightly diverge as they pass downwards

to be inserted into the back part of the lower half of the femur, and

into the upper and back part of the tibia.

Obturator internus.—This arises from the inner side of the oppo-

site margins of the pubis and ischium, where they form the posterior

boundary of the obturater foramen, and from the corresponding part

of the obturator fascia; the fleshy fibres converge in a slightly pen-

niform manner to the strong round tendon which glides through the -

notch, separated from the rest of the foramen by a short, strong, trans-

verse, unossified ligament, and is inserted into the posterior part of the

base of the trochanter. In its length and size this muscle resembles

the corresponding one in the Ostrich and other Struthious birds.

Gemellus.—This is represented by a single small fleshy strip

arising from the margin of the obturator foramen, close to the emer-

gence of the tendon of the obturator internus, with which it is s Jomned.

and co-inserted into the femur.

Quadratus.—I consider a broad fleshy muscle which arises from

the pubis, below the obturator foramen, and which increases in breadth

to be inserted into the femur internal and posterior to the obturator

tendon, to be the true analogue of the guadratus femoris.

Muscuzs of THE LEG.

Tensor vagine and Rectus femoris.—The largest and most remark-

able of the muscles which act upon the bones of the leg is that

already alluded to as the most superficial of those on the outer

side of the thigh. It has a broad, thin, triangular form, arises from

Zoological Society. 227

the spines of the sacrum by a strong but short aponeurosis which

soon becomes fleshy; the carneous fibres converge as they descend*,

and pass into a thin aponeurosis at the lower third of the thigh:

this is closely attached to the muscles beneath (vastus externus and

crureus), then spreads over the outer and anterior part of the knee-

joint, is inserted into the patella, and into the anterior process of the

head of the tibia.

Owing to the great antero-posterior extent of the origin of this

muscle, its anterior fibres are calculated to act as a flexor, its pos-

terior ones as an extensor of the femur: all together combine to

abduct the thigh and extend the leg, unless when this is in a state

of extreme flexion, when a few of the posterior fibres glide behind

the centre of motion of the knee-joint.

Sartorius.—The origin of this muscle is proportionally as much

extended as that of the preceding, with which itis posteriorly conti-

nuous: it comes off aponeurotic, from the anterior and superior

margin or labrum of the ilium; the fibres soon become fleshy, and

the muscle diminishes in breadth and increases in thickness as it de-

scends: it is inserted by short and strong tendinous filaments ob-

liquely into the anterior part of the tendon of the broad rectus, and

into the upper and anterior end of the tibia. Its insertion is partly

covered by the internal head of the gastrocnemius.

It bends and adducts the thigh, and extends the leg.

Biceps flexor cruris.—This is a single muscle, corresponding with

the preceding in the characteristic modifications of its extended ori-

gin, in relation to the great antero-posterior development of the pel-

vic bones. It is exposed by the removal of the broad rectus. Orig. By

a broad and thin aponeurotic tendon, which at first is confluent with

that of the rectus, but soon becomes distinct. Jns. The fleshy fibres

converge as they descend along the back and outer part of the thigh,

and finally terminate in a strong round tendon, which glides through

a loop formed here principally by a splitting of the tendinous origin

of the gastrocnemius externus, and is inserted into the process on the

outside of the fibula one inch from its proximal extremity. By

means of the loopt the weight of the hinder parts of the body is

partially transferred, when the leg is bent, to the distal end of the

femur; and the biceps is enabled, by the same beautiful and simple

mechanism, to effect a more rapid and extensive inflection of the leg

than it otherwise could have produced by the simple contraction of

its fibres.

Semimembranosus.— Origin. From the side of the coccygeal ver-

tebree, and from the posterior end of the ischium; it crosses the

* They are not divided into a superficial and deep layer, as in the Ostrich,

but form a simple stratum, as in the Cassowary. Meckel regards the rectus

as entirely wanting in the Cassowary, supposing the present muscle to be

the analogue of the gluteus maximus and tensor vagine united. He says

that Protessor Nitzch observed a like absence of the rectus femoris in the

Emeu. The muscle which these anatomists call the rectus in other birds, is

a strip of the crureus, arising high up from the femur, and which in the

Ostrich takes its origin from the os pubis.

¢ Which in the common fowl is formed chiefly by a ligament extended

from the back of the outer condyle of the femur to the head of the tibia.

228 Zoological Society.

superficial or internal side of the semitendinosus. Ins. Into the fascia

covering the gastrocnemius and the inside of the tibia.

Semitendinosus.—This muscle arises from the posterior and outer

part of the sacrum and ischium: it is a flattened triangular muscle,

which receives the square accessorius muscle from the lower and

posterior part of the femur. It gradually diminishes as it descends,

and having passed the knee-joint, sends off at right angles a broad

and square sheet of aponeurosis, which glides between the two ori-

gins of the gastrocnemius internus, and is inserted into the lower part

of the angular ridge continued from the inside of the head of the

tibia. The terminal tendon, continued from the apex of the muscle,

then runs along the outer or fibular margin of the internal head of

the gastrocnemius, and becomes confluent with the terminal tendon

of that muscle.

Crureus.—This is a simple but strong muscle : it commences at

the upper and anterior part of the thigh by two extremities, of which

the outer and upper one has its origin extended to the base of the

trochanter ; the inner and inferior comes off from the inner side of

the femur, beneath the insertion of the gluteus magnus ; the two por-

tions blend into one muscle much earlier than in the Ostrich.

Gracilis.—On the inner side of the crureus, but more super-

ficially, lies a narrow, compressed, long muscle, which rises by two

heads, one from the anterior and upper part of the femur, the other

from the os pubis ; both soon become blended together and transmit

a broad thin tendon to be inserted into the lower and lateral part of

the patella with the crureus.

Vastus internus.—Two other muscles succeed the preceding, and

rise beneath it from the inner and anterior part of the femur; they

have a similar insertion, and obviously represent the vastus internus.

The fibres converge to a middle aponeurosis, which increases to a

strong short tendon, inserted into the upper and anterior projection

of the tibia.

Popliteus.—This small muscle is brought into view when the super-

ficial muscles of the leg which are inserted into the foot are removed.

Its carneous fibres extend from the fibula inwards and downwards to

the tibia. It is of relatively smaller extent than in the Cassowary.

Gastrocnemius.—This consists, as in other birds, of several distinct

portions, the chief of which correspond with the external and inter-

nal origins of the same muscle in the Mammalia. The gastrocne-

mius externus has two strong, narrow, rather flattened tendinous

origins, which are attached, one about a line below the other, to the

external ridge above the outer condyle of the femur; they are

continued into each other about an inch below their bony attach-

ments, and thus form a loop or pulley (lined by a synovial sheath)

through which the tendon of the biceps glides; a strong ligament

from the outer ridge of the fibula passes backwards to be attached

to the confluence of the two tendons. The carneous fibres of the

external gastrocnemius come off from the outer side of tne inferior of

these tendons, and from the fascia covering the outer surface of the

muscles of the leg: they are continued in a somewhat penniform

arrangement two-thirds down the leg, upon the inner surface of the

Poa» %

Zoological Society. 229

muscle, where they end ina strong subcompressed tendon. This joins

its fellow tendon, from the internal gastrocnemius, behind the ankle-

joint, and both expand into a thick, strong, ligamentous aponeurosis,

which extends over three-fourths of the posterior part of the tarso-

metatarsal joint. ‘The lateral margins of this fascia are bent down

under the flexor tendons behind the joint, and become continuous

with a strong ligamentous layer gliding upon the posterior surface

of the distal condyles of the tibia, and attached to the tendons of the

peroneus and tibialis anticus ; the conjunction of the thickened ten-

dons of the gastrocnemii with this deeper-seated layer of ligamento-

tendinous substance constitutes a trochlear sheath lined by synovial

membrane, through which the flexor tendons of the toes glide. The

synovial membrane of the ankle-joint is continued upwards half

-an inch above the articular surface of the bone, between it and the

cartilaginous pulley. Below the joint the margins are inserted into

the lateral ridges of the tarso-metatarsal bone, becoming gradually

thinner as they descend, and ending below in a thin semilunar edge

directed downwards.

The gastrocnemius internus has two powerful heads, one from the

femur, the other from the tibia; the first arises fleshy from the in-

ternal condyle of the femur, expands as it descends, and receives

additional fibres from the lower edge of the accessorius semitendi-

nosi. About one-fifth down the tibia, this muscular origin, in the

right leg, terminated in a short flattened tendon, which became at-

tached to the inner side of the tibial portion of the gastrocnemius

internus. In the left leg the tendon soon divided; one portion

passed to the soleus, the other went to join the tibial portion of the

gastrocnemius internus. The second head, which is separated from the

preceding by the insertion of the semitendinosus, arises partly from

the internal and anterior part of the strong fascia of the knee-joint by

short tendinous fibres, which almost immediately become fleshy, and

partly from a well-defined triangular surface on the inner and ante-

rior aspect of the head of the tibia: the fleshy fibres converge,

receive the tendinous slip from the femoral portion, and end on the

inner side of the muscle in a strong flattened tendon, about two-

thirds down the leg: this joins the tendon of the gastrocnemius ex-

ternus, and is inserted as described above.

Soleus.—A slender flattened muscle arising from the inner and

posterior side of the tibia, the tendon of which joins that of the gas-

trocnemius internus, behind the tarsal joint.

The flexor perforatus of the inner toe lies immediately anterior

to the external gastrocnemius ; it arises fleshy from the outer condyle

of the femur, below the tendinous origin of that muscle, and terminates

in a slender flat tendon half-way down the leg. Its tendon glides

behind the tarsal joint through the sheath of the gastrocnemius, ex-

pands beneath the metatarsal joint, perforates the flexor of the proxi-

mal phalanx of the third toe, and then bifurcates to be attached to

the sides of the second phalanx, giving passage to the perforans tendon

of the last phalanx.

Flexor perforatus of the middle toe.—This arises by very short

tendons from the proximal end of the fibula, and from the ligament

230 . Zoological Society.

attached to the bicipital pulley: it continues to derive a thin stratum

of fleshy fibres from the fascia covering the anterior surface of the

muscles of the leg: the fleshy fibres terminate half-way down the

leg in a flattened tendon, which pierces the tendon of the first per-

foratus of the middle toe, then runs forward to the outer toe, expands

into a thick ligamentous substance beneath the proximal phalanx,

and sends off two tendinous attachments on each side, one to the

proximal, the other to the second phalanx, and is continued to be

finally inserted into both sides of the third phalanx.

Flexor perforatus digitorum pedis is the strongest of the three;

it arises fleshy from the posterior part of the distal extremity of the

fernur, above the external condyle, and also by a distinct flattened

tendon, one inch in length, from the proximal end of the tibia: this

tendon moreover receives the long slender tendon sent off obliquely

across the front of the knee-joint from the pectineus, by which its

origin is extended to the pelvis. ‘This accessory tendon perforates

the inner fleshy surface of the muscle, and is finally lost about half-

way down the carneous part. Before the flexor digitorum is jomed

by the tendon of the pectineus, it subdivides posteriorly into four

muscular fasciculi: the anterior division receives principally the above

tendon. The muscle becomes wholly tendinous two-thirds down the

leg ; its tendon passes through the posterior part of the pulley of the

gastrocnemius, and expands as it passes along the metatarsus: a thick

ligamentous substance is developed in it, opposite the joint of the

proximal phalanx of the second toe, into the sides of which it is

inserted, dividing for that purpose, and giving passage to the two

other flexor tendons of that toe. The second portion of the present

muscle terminates in a tendon situated behind the preceding, which

passes through a distinct sheath behind the tarsal jomt, expands

into a sesamoid fibro-cartilage beneath the corresponding expansion

of the previous tendon, which it perforates, and then becomes itself

the perforated tendon of the second phalanx of the second toe, in the

sides of which it is inserted. ‘The third portion of this muscle ends

in a somewhat smaller tendon than the preceding. ‘The fourth and

most posterior portion soon becomes a distinct muscle; its fleshy

fibres cease on the inner side, one-fourth down the leg, but on the

outside they are continued three-fourths down the leg: its tendon

passes through the gastrocnemial pulley behind the ankle-joint, and

divides to form a sheath for the first perforatus of the fourth toe ;

it is then joined by a tendon passing through a pulley across the ex-

ternal malleolus, and finally becomes the perforated tendon of the

first metacarpal bone of the middle or third toe.

Pectineus (Rectus anticus femoris of Meckel).—This is a long,

thin, narrow strip of muscle arising from the spine of the pubis, ante-

rior to the acetabulum, and passing straight down the inner side of

the thigh; it degenerates into a small round tendon near the knee,

which tendon traverses a pulley, formed by an oblique perforation in

the strong rotular tendon of the extensors of the leg, and thus pass-

ing across the knee-joint to the outer side of the leg, finally expands,

and is lost in the flexor perforatus digitorum last described. It 1s this

muscle which causes the toes to be bent when the knee is bent.

Zoological Society. 231

Peroneus longus.—Origin: tendinous from the head of the tibia,

and by carneous fibres from the upper half of the anterior margin of

the tibia; these fibres pass obliquely to a marginal tendon, which

becomes stronger and of a rounded form where it leaves the muscle.

The tendon gives off a broad, thin, aponeurotic sheath to be inserted

into the capsule of the tarsal joint ; it is then continued through a

synovial pulley on the side of the outer malleolus, and is finally in-

serted or continued into the perforated tendon of the middle toe.

Tibialis anticus.—This muscle is overlapped and concealed by the

peroneus; it arises partly in common with that muscle, and partly

by separate short tendinous threads from the outer part of the head

of the tibia; it gradually becomes narrower, and finally tendinous

two-thirds of the way down the leg; its strong tendon glides

through the oblique pulley in front of the distal end of the tibia,

expands as it passes over the ankle-joint, and is inserted into the

anterior part of the proximal end of the tarso-metatarsal hone, sending

off a small tendinous slip to the aponeurosis covering the extensor

tendons of the toes, and a strong tendon which joins the fibular side

of the following muscle.

Extensor longus digitorum.—This lies between the tibialis anticus

and the front and outer facet of the tibia, from which it derives an

extensive origin ; its tendon commences half-way down the leg, runs

along the anterior part of the bone, first under the broad ligamentous

band representing the anterior part of the annular ligament, then

through a ligamentous pulley, and inclines to the inner or tibial side

of the anterior surface of the metatarsal bone, where it expands and

divides into three tendons. Of these the innermost is given off first,

and subdivides into two tendons, one of which goes to be inserted into

the base of the last phalanx of the second toe; the other portion is

principally inserted into the middle toe, but also sends off a small

tendon to the inner side of the proximal phalanx of the second toe.

The second tendon is inserted by distinct portions into the second,

third and Jast phalanges of the middle toe. The third tendon supplies

the outer toe.

Extensor brevis digitorum.—A small extensor muscle arises from

the insertion of the tibialis anticus, and sends its tendon to the outer

side of that of the great extensor digitorum.

Extensor pollicis brevis.—An extensor of the small innermost toe

arises from the upper and inner side of the tarso-metatarsal bone.

Flexor perforans digitorum.—This strong penniform muscle arises

fleshy from nearly the whole of the outer surface of the fibula, also

from the posterior part of the tibia and the interosseous space; the

tendon of the biceps perforates its upper part in passing to its in-

sertion. It ends in a strong flat tendon at the lower third of the

leg, which tendon runs through a particular sheath at the back part

of the tarsal pulley, becomes thickened and expanded as it advances

forwards beneath the tarsus, receives a strong accessorial tendon

from the muscle which bends the innermost toe, and finally divides

into three strong perforating tendons, which bend the last joints of

the three long toes.

In the outer, or fourth toe, both the perforans and perforatus ten-

232 Linnean Society.

dons are confined by a double annular ligament; the exterior one

being continued from the adjoining toe, the inner and stronger one

from the sides of the proximal phalanx of the outer toe.

The second and third toes have two perforated tendons; one in-

serted into the sides of first, and the other into sides of second

phalanx.

Mr. Gould then proceeded to characterize a new species of Pei

meles from Port Essington, and a new species of Dasyurus from the

same locality.

PERAMELES MACROURA. Per. corpore supra nigro et flavescenti-

albo penicillato, infra sordidé albo; pilis rigidis obsito; caudd

pilis parvulis parce tectd, longitudine dimidio corporis equante ;

supra nigra, infra fuscescenti-albd ; auribus mediocribus.

une. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 16 3

COUR LONE SEIS Jase Pasd

—. ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 3 4

—— tarsi digitorumague i.) 4.') ee Oe avid

BOTCS NO URES iyo)

Hab. Port Essington.

The P. macroura greatly resembles the P. nasuta, having the same

elongated form of head, character of fur and colouring, but is distin-

guishable by its longer tail.

Dasyurus HALLUcATUS. Das. supra flavescenti-fuscus, nigro-

penicillatus, maculis albis ornatus ; corpore infra albo ; cauda im-

maculatd ad apicem nigra.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basn ... 11 O

CORTE a0. on sigs in eStore 9-0

——— ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 2 6

— tarsi digitorumque . 1 14

FR ET SERN pt

Hab. Port Essington.

This species most nearly resembles the Dasyurus Geoffroii, but is

of a smaller size, and has the thumb of the hind-foot more developed.

Accompanying the specimen from which the above description is

taken was another individual, which differs only in having the

ground-colour of the body nearly black ; hence it would appear that

the present species is subject to the same kind of variation in its

colouring as the Dasyurus Maugei, the black variety of which has

received the name viverrinus.

LINNAZAN SOCIETY.

June 7, 1842.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read ‘‘ An Account of a Fish, nearly allied to the genus Hemi-

ramphus, taken in Cornwall.” By Jonathan Couch, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

Mr. Couch states, that in the month of August 1841, several indi-

viduals of this little fish were found swimming at the surface of a

large pool in the rocks near Polperro, where they had been left by

the reezding tide, having been swept thither by a continued south-

west wind, which had also driven in many individuals of Motella

Linnean Society. 233

glauca and other fishes that do not ordinarily select such a situation.

Their length was half an inch; the head proportionately large, espe-

cially across; the body slender; eye large; snout in front of it

short and abrupt; upper jaw arched; under stout, projecting toa

considerable extent, but in some specimens more than in others, the

point declining, and the sides not appearing to be formed of parallel

rami of the jaw, but rather of a cartilaginous substance; vent placed

posteriorly ; body, which is equal from the head to this point, taper-

ing thence to the tail; lateral line, so far as could be distinguished,

straight; dorsal and anal fins single, posterior, opposite, the latter

beginning close behind the vent, and both reaching nearly to the

tail, their membrane at first broader, but narrowing in its progress ;

pectoral fins and tail round. ‘The colours of different specimens

varied greatly, some being dark with a tint of green, others cream-

coloured but sprinkled with specks; regular and thickly set narrow

stripes passed from the back obliquely forward, breaking into dots at

the sides, in the darker coloured specimens; belly dark.

Mr. Couch was unable to discover ventral fins even with the aid

of alens. He has no doubt of the specimens being in a very early

stage of their existence, but cannot refer them to any known species.

He thinks it indeed doubtful whether they really belong to the genus

by the name of which he has provisionally designated them, or even

to the same family, some parts of their structure seeming to indicate

an affinity with the genus Ammodytes.

The paper was accompanied by magnified figures.

June 21.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read ‘‘ Observations on the Growth and Reproduction of Entero-

morpha intestinalis.’ By Arthur Hill Hassall, Esq.

Mr. Hassall states that, in the earliest stage of their development,

the tapering filaments consist of a single series of cells placed end to

end. Each of these cells afterwards becomes bisected by a longitu-

dinal line, and other lines subsequently appear, so that the original

cells are ultimately divided into several, each of which in its turn

enlarges and is in like manner divided. From the continued growth

and unlimited division of the cells, the filaments increase to an in-

definite size, soon lose their original confervoid character, present a

reticulated appearance, and instead of being attenuated become cy-

lindrical and hollow. :

Mr. Hassall proceeds to state, that in each articulation of the fila-

ments, and often when they are not thicker than a horse-hair, a dark

central nucleus is gradually developed, which is the reproductive

germ. He thinks there can be little doubt that this, as well as the

cell in which it is contained, undergoes repeated division in the same

manner as the reproductive globules of the Ulue. These reproductive

bodies germinate while still inclosed within the cells in which they

were developed, and while the parent filament retains all its fresh-

ness and vigour, giving rise to the jointed and tapering filaments

first described; which in this state, after the rupture of the parent

cell, and while their bases are still fixed within it, bear a strong re-

semblance to a parasitic Conferva. This development, division and

growth of cells and reproductive bodies appears, Mr. Hassall adds,

234 Linnean Society.

to be going on continually and successively, so that most specimens

of the plant present examples of each different stage of its formation.

These observations lead Mr. Hassall tou regard Hnteromorpha in-

testinalis as having a twofold relation, viz. to the Conferve in its

young articulated filaments, and to the Ulve in its reproduction from

globules which undergo repeated division. He objects. to the tauto-

logy of the specific name, and proposes that of Jacustris in its place.

Read also the conclusion of Mr. Clark’s paper ‘‘On the Sea Cocoa-

nut of the Seychelles, Lodoicea Sechellarum, Comm. and Labill.”

[The substance of this paper has been already given in vol. vi.

p- 408, and also in the Proceedings of the Bot. Soc. of Lond., p. 153

of our last Number. ]

November 1.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read ‘‘ A Notice of the African Grain called Fundi or Fundungi.”

By Robert Clarke, Esq., Senior Assistant Surgeon to the Colony of

Sierra Leone. Communicated by Jacob Bell, Esq., F.L.S.

This Lilliputian grain, which is described by Mr. Clarke as being

about the size of mignonette-seed, is stated to be cultivated in the

village of Kissy and in the neighbourhood of Waterloo by indus-

trious individuals of the Sooseo, Foulah, Bassa and Joloff nations,

by whom it is called ‘‘ hungry rice.” The ground is cleared for its

reception by burning down the copse-wood and hoeing between the

roots and stumps. It is sown in the months of May and June, the

ground being slightly opened and again lightly drawn together over

the seed with a hoe. In August, when it shoots up, it is carefully

weeded. It ripens in September, growing to the height of about

eighteen inches, and its stems, which are very slender, are then bent

to the earth by the mere weight of the grain. They are reaped with

hooked knives. ‘The patch of land is then either suffered to lie fal-

low, or planted with yams or cassada in rotation. Manure is said to

be unnecessary or even injurious, the plant delighting in light soils

and being raised even in rocky situations, which are most frequent

in and about Kissy. When cut down it is tied up in small sheaves

and placed in a dry situation within the hut, for if allowed to remain

on the ground or to become wet the grains become agglutinated to

their coverings. The grain is trodden out with the feet, and is then

parched or dried in the sun to allow of the more easy removal of the

chaff in the process of pounding, which is performed in wooden mor-

tars. It is afterwards winnowed with a kind of cane fanner on mats.

In preparing this delicious grain for food, Mr. Clarke states that

it is first thrown into boiling water, in which it is assiduously stirred

for a few minutes. The water is then poured off and the natives add

to it palm oil, butter or milk ; but the Europeans and negroes con-

nected with the colony stew it with fowl, fish or mutton, adding a

small piece of salt pork for the sake of flavour, and the dish thus pre-

pared is stated to resemble kous-kous. The grain is also made into

a pudding with the usual condiments, and eaten either hot or cold

with milk ; the Scotch residents sometimes dressing it as milk-por-

ridge. Mr. Clarke is of opinion that if the fundi grain were raised

for exportation.to Europe, it might prove a valuable addition to the

Linnean Society. 235

list of light farinaceous articles of food in use among the delicate or

convalescent.

Specimens of the grass accompanied Mr. Clarke’s communication,

and were examined by Mr. Kippist, Libr. L.S., who added some ob-

servations on its botanical characters.

It is a slender grass with digitate spikes, which has much of the

habit of Digitaria, but which, on account of the absence of the small

outer glume existing in that genus, must be referred to Paspalum.

Mr. Kippist regards it as an undescribed species, although speci-

mens collected at Sierra Leone by Afzelius are in the collections of

Sir James E. Smith and Sir Joseph Banks, on the former of which

Afzelius has noted that it is much cultivated by the negroes in Sierra

Leone.

Mr. Kippist distinguishes the species by the following characters: —

Paspalum exile, glaberrimum, caule filiformi, racemis subternis digitatis,

axi partiali spiculis singulis angustiore, spiculis parvis sub-biserialibus

pedicellatis, glumis ovatis acutiusculis paleis sequalibus, foliis lineari-

lanceolatis margine serrulatis.

Gramen sub-bipedale, inferné ramosum; racemi tenues, 3—4-pollicares,

subsessiles; axes partiales angustissime, planz, margine minuté den-

ticulatz ; spiculze vix lineales ; glume exterioris respectu racheos, (val-

vulze floris masculi superstitis) nervi 7—9 zequidistantes, interioris 5,

quorum laterales approximati; paleze minutissimé striate ; folia plana ;

vagine longissime ; ligule truncate integree.

Read also a letter from N. B. Ward, Esq., F.L.S., containing a

statement furnished to him by Mrs. Williams, the widow of the late

missionary of that name, respecting the transportation of the Musa

Cavendishii to the Navigators’ Islands, and its culture there. Mr.

Williams left England on the 11th of April 1839, and arrived at

Upolu, one of the Navigators’ Islands, at the end of November. He

carried with him, in one of Mr. Ward’s glazed cases, a young plant

of Musa Cavendishii, which bore the voyage well. It was trans-

planted into a favourable situation, and in May 1840 a cluster of

fine fruit (in number exceeding 300) was produced ; after which the

parent plant died, leaving behind more than thirty suckers, which

were distributed to various parts of the island. In May 1841, when

Mrs. Williams left to return to England, the greater part of these

were in a fructifying state, so that there cannot be a doubt of this

valuable plant quickly becoming abundant, not only in Upolu, but

also in the neighbouring islands. Mrs. Williams further states that

the fruit is highly prized by the natives as being much finer and very

different in flavour from any of the species or varieties previously

growing in these islands.

November 15.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a Note ‘‘ On the permanent varieties of Papaver orientale,

wee. rorster, M.5., F.L.5., &c.

Dr. Forster states, that ever since the introduction of Papaver brac-

teatum, Lindl., into England, he has regarded it as a permanent va-

riety of P. orientale, of which P. bracteatum, as having fertile seeds,

while those of P. orientale are usually sterile, was to be considered

the original plant. He retains, however, the name of orientale for

236 Linnean Society.

the species, both as being the earlier and as being applicable to all

the varieties, four of which he now distinguishes as permanent by the

following characters :—

1. P. orientale bracteatum, characterized by its height, its bractez,

its large and deep red petals, and its uniformly perfect seeds.

2. P. orientale precox, the common “‘ Monkey Poppy” of the old

gardeners, and the most common variety in England, distinguished

by its somewhat depressed capsule and sterile seeds. It flowers along

with the former, generally about the 10th of May, the flowers being

of a fine deep orange inclining to cinnabar.

3. P. orientale serotinum, resembling the last except in that its

petals incline more to what is called salmon-colour, but principally

characterized by its flowering nearly a month later, along with P.

somniferum, L., early in June. Dr. Forster has several times tried in

vain to make it flower with the commoner sort. The seeds are always

imperfect, and the flower and capsule of the same shape as in the last.

4. P. orientale, capsuld et floribus longioribus, which are its prin-

cipal distinguishing characters. It flowers in May a few days after

the old English sort, but is only met with on the Continent: the

petals are of the same colour, but the leaves are rather smaller.

Dr. Forster states it to be common in the gardens of Belgium as

the only variety cultivated, the two last-named varieties being there

unknown. It holds a middle rank between them and P. orientale

bracteatum, being tall and bearing seeds, which are sometimes pro-

lific, and well deserves to be introduced into English gardens.

Dr. Forster adds, that about ten years ago Mr. Curtis showed him

a bed of seedlings of the second year in full flower in May, which

had round capsules and orange flowers like P. orientale, but which

he stated to have been derived from seeds of P. bracteatum. Mr. Cur-

tis attributed the change to the bees having transported the pollen

of that plant, but the uniform appearance of the whole bed led Dr.

Forster to think this explanation doubtful. He further states, that

he has been assured in the South of Europe that the best opium and

in the largest quantity is obtained from P. orientale bracteatum ; and

as this plant suits the English soil and seeds freely, he thinks it

might often be advantageously substituted for P. somniferum.

Read also a Note ‘‘ On Secale cornutum, the Ergot of Rye;’’ and

‘‘On a species of Asplenium, related to A. Trichomanes, L.” By A.

Haro, M.D., of Metz, communicated by the Secretary.

In the latter communication Dr. Haro calls attention to a fern dis-

covered by himself in the well of an old castle. ‘The well in which

it was found is described as being large, four-cornered, and having

at the top on one side a square window, freely admitting air and

light. The opposite wall is lined with the fern, which lies flat upon

the stones, to which the fronds are said to be attached throughout

their length by slender roots, rendering it difficult to remove them

even with a knife. Dr. Haro submitted the plant to a Professor of

the faculty of Nancy, who regarded it as a new species, more distinct

from A. Trichomanes than A. viride or A. Petrarche, and supplied

the following descriptive characters of these four species :—

A. Trichomanes, frondes patule, glabre, impari-pinnate ; stipes nigres-

Miscellaneous. 237

centi-vernicosus, supra membranula crenulata et ab insertione pinnu-

larum utrinque decurrente manifesté appendiculatus ; pinnule medi

ovate inzequilaterales, superiores oblongz et. basi oblique cuneate,

impar crenulata, omnes obtusze obfuséque crenate.

A. Harovit, frondes decumbentes saxoque fibrillis tenuissimis adfixe,

glabre, impari-pinnatz; stipes nigrescenti-vernicosus, supra membra-

nula obsoleta et ab insertione pinnularum utrinque decurrente appen-

diculatus; pinnulze medize hastato-rhomboidee, trilobate, superiores

oblonge basi obliqué attenuate vel cuneate, impar pinnatifida, omnes

obtusze sed acuté dentate.

A, viride, frondes erecto-patule, glabre, impari-pinnate ; stipes viridis,

supra canaliculatus, tnappendiculatus ; pinnule mediz feré omnes ovato-

rhomboidez, inzequilaterales, impar crenulata incisa, omnes obtuse

obtuséque crenulatze.

A. Petrarche, frondes erecto-patule, glanduloso -villose, impari-pinnate ;

stipes obscuré nigrescens, supra applanato-canaliculatus, inappendicu-

latus ; pinnulze mediz oblonge basi obliqué truncate vel cuneate et

inde valdé ineequilaterales, pinnatifide, lobulis obtusis inzequaliter cre-

nulatis, superiores supra rachin decurrentes.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON THE PRESENCE OF THEINE IN THE LEAVES OF ILEX PARAGUYENSIS.

Recent chemical researches have proved that the bitter tonic sub-

stance called Theine, found in the leaves of tea, is identical with Caf-

feine, obtained from the seeds of coffee. On this subject Liebig re-

marks—‘‘ We shall never, certainly, be able to discover how men

were led to the use of the hot infusion of the leaves of a certain shrub

(tea), or of a decoction of certain roasted seeds (coffee). Some cause

there must be, which would explain how the practice has become a

necessary of life to whole nations. But it is surely still more remark-

able that the beneficial effects of both plants on the health must be

ascribed to one and the same substance, the presence of which in

two vegetables, belonging to different natural families and the pro-

duce of different quarters of the globe, could hardly have presented

itself to the boldest imagination.”

It is curious to remark, that a beverage called Guarana, used by the

people on the banks of the Amazon, and in all probability procured

from the leaves of Paullinia sorbilis, should yield a crystalline matter

also identical with Theine, and that Theobromine, or the principle

yielded by chocolate, should be in many respects analogous. Mr. John

Stenhouse of Glasgow has recently detected Theine in the leaves of

the Ilex paraguyensis, Y erba Maté, or Paraguay Tea, which is the com-

mon beverage of a large portion of the inhabitants of South America.

This is a fact of great interest, when taken in connexion with the

previous discoveries above alluded to, as tending to show that the

same principle is found in many of those substances which are em-

ployed by mankind in different parts of the world to furnish a tonic

and refreshing beverage. ‘Theine is procured easily according to

Mr. Stenhouse, by making an infusion of tea, precipitating by acetate

of lead, filtering, evaporating the clear solution to a thickish con-

sistence, and then subliming (?) from a sand-bath. In this way he has

been able to procure 14 per cent. from Assam tea without the use of

238 Miscellaneous.

alcohol or ether. The best test for Theine is ammonia, which, when

added and heated to dryness, gives a beautiful rose-colour precisely

similar to murexide. From the facility with which Theine is ob-

tained and its tonic qualities, it is probable that it may be ere long

used medicinally as a substitute for quinine and other remedial agents

of a similar nature.—J. H. B.

SULA MELANURA.

“In our ornithological memoranda we neglected to state that

during our stay at St. Kilda, a black-tailed Solan Goose was men-

tioned to us as being occasionally seen intermingled with the other

and more common kind. We at first regarded this as an accidental

variety, but we have since recalled to mind that there is a distinct

species described by naturalists under the title of Pelecanus melanurus,

so called from the character in question. We believe that this is

the first ascertained instance of its occurrence in any of the British

Islands.” —J. Wilson, Voy. round West. Isles, vol. i. p. 113, note.

CAPTURE OF BOTTLE-NOSED WHALES.

There has been recently a considerable capture of bottle-nose

whales at the island of Eday, amounting to between sixty and

seventy. They were generally of fair dimensions, about fourteen feet

long on an average ; and on being sold by public roup on the Mon-

day following, brought 146/.—Jnverness Courier.

NOTE ON PAGURUS PRIDEAUXII.

There is an omission in my notice of this species in the last Num-

ber of the ‘ Annals,’ p. 103, which, in consequence of the obscurity

thereby occasioned, is perhaps worth correcting. ‘The comment on

Dr. Leach’s observations should have been, not to the effect that it

was singular that P. Prideauxii inhabits so many different species of

shells, but, that there should be no allusion to its connexion with

Adamsia (Actinia) maculata, with which species I have always found

it associated. I had already mentioned in this Journal (vol. v. p.251)

the occurrence of the Pagurus in Trochi ['T. cinereus, &c.] and Bulla

lignaria :—to these may now be added Buccinum undatum and Natica

Alderi. 'The smaller shells thus resorted to, as the last-named, and

Trochus cinereus, may be said to have merely formed the apex of the

tenement, as “‘ the thin horny expansion attached to the aperture of

the shells, and forming as it were an extension of the body-whorl in

a spiral form *,”’ constituted from one-half to two-thirds of the entire

habitation of the crab.

Dr. Coldstream, in treating of the Actinia maculata obtained by him

at ‘‘ Torbay, and in Rothsay and Kames bays in Bute,” remarks,

that the shell which it covered was ‘‘ always found inhabited by a

variety of the hermit-crab.” The “variety” thus alluded to was

probably P. Prideauxii. By Dr. Coldstream and also by myself, the

Actinia and Pagurus under consideration have always been found as-

sociated. Dr. Leach makes no mention of their connexion; and Mr.

Edw. Forbes states that not a single specimen of the Actinia taken

* Dr. Coldstream in Edin. New Phil. Journ. vol. ix., and copied in John-

ston’s British Zoophytes, p. 219.

Meteorological Observations. 239

in the course of a season by him about the Isle of Man “had either

hermit-crab or horny disk.” (Annals, vol. v. p. 183.) It would thus

appear, that on the British coasts this strange companionship is not

invariably constant. By Dugés the two species have been found as-

sociated on the coast of France.

Dr. Coldstream enters pretty fully into the subject of the ‘“« horny

expansion,” and after speculating upon its formation, thinks that it

is probably ‘‘ produced by the Actinia.”” Opposed to this view how-

ever is the fact, that shells possessing the horny expansion are fre-

quently dredged in localities where the Actinia was never met with

—and where the P. Prideauxii never occurred. I have often found

them tenanted instead by Pagurus Bernhardus.

On examining such shells with horny expansions as are preserved

in my cabinet, I find the expansions to consist simply of a develop-

ment, or continuation of the Alcyonium echinatum (and which it oc-

curred to Dr. Coldstream might be the case) beyond the shell itself

after this is covered, or nearly so, by the zoophyte. May not this

Alcyonium be selected by the Actinia as a base upon which to fix

itself, on account of its papillary eminences thereby enabling it—the

parasite—to retain a firmer hold or “‘ seat” ?>—-W. Tuompson.

Belfast, Feb. 10, 1843. ay eam

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1843.

Chiswick.— January 1. Clear and fine. 2, 3. Frosty: fine. 4. Rain: clear.

5. Clear: rain and sleet. 6. Frosty: overcast. 7,8. Cloudy. 9. Clear and

frosty. 10. Stormy and wet: very boisterous. 11. Clear and frosty: very fine.

12. Hazy: clear: hurricane at night. 13. Stormy and wet: very boisterous :

barometer at noon exceedingly low. 14. Clear and windy: densely overcast :

snow at night. 15. Cloudy: clear and frosty. 16. Cold and dry: fine. 17. Over-

cast. 18. Hazy: dense fog. 19. Dense fog. 20—22. Hazy. 23. Very fine:

overcast : stormy, with rain at night. 24. Overcast. 25. Very fine. 26, 27,

Cloudy. 28. Cloudy: clear and fine. 29. Overcast. 30. Very fine. 31. Uni-

formly overcast: stormy, with rain at night.—Mean temperature of the month

3° above the average. The barometer on the 13th was lower than it kas been

observed in the neighbourhood of London since 1821.

Boston.—Jan. 1—3. Fine. 4. Rain. 5. Cloudy: rain and snow early a.m.

6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 9. Fine. 10. Windy: rain

early A.M.: stormy r.M., with snow. 11. Windy. 12. Cloudy: raine.m. 13.

Stormy: rain early a.m. (barometer 2 p.m. 27°80): rain p.M.: stormy night.

14. Stormy: snow e.m. 15—18. Cloudy. 19. Foggy. 20—23. Cloudy. 24,

Cloudy: rain early am. 25. Fine. 26. Cloudy: rain earlya.m. 27. Cloudy.

28, Windy. 29. Cloudy. 50. Cloudy: stormy p.m. 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Hail-showers, 2. Snow. 3. Cloudy.

4, Showers: large hail—broke windows. 5. Hail-showers. 6. Showers. 7. Hail-

showers—broke windows: thunder and lightning. §&. Snow-showers and hail.

9. Snow-showers: rain. 10. Snow-showers. 11. Snowing at noon: clear at

night. 12. Clear: frostandsnow. 13. Snow: thaw-showers. 14, Frost: thaw-

showers. 15. Showers. 16. Showers: cloudy. 17. Drizzle. 18. Cloudy:

drizzle. 19. Showers: clear. 20—22. Clear. 23. Clear: drops. 24. Cloudy.

25. Cloudy: drizzle. 26. Clear: rain. 27. Rain: showers. 28. Drizzle:

showers. 29—31. Showers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Jan. 1. Frost a.m.: shower: frost p.m.

2, Frost a.m.: froste.m. 3%. Showers. 4, Snowand rain. 5, Frost: high wind.

6. Drizzling rain. 7. Rain and wind. 8. Snow: frost. 9. Snow: rain: wind,

10. Snow: frost. 11. Frost: lunar halo. 12. Hard frost. 13—15. Frost:

drifting snow. 16, Thaw a.m.: frostr.m. 17, 18. Thaw: rain, 19. Thick

fog and thaw. 20. Fair, but cloudy. 21. Fair a.m. : drizzly P.M. 22, Rain

early a.m.: cleared. 23. Rain. 24. Fair, butmisty. 25. Rainr.m. 26. Wet

a.M. 27. Wetr.m. 28. Storm of wind and rain, 29. Wet and stormy. 430,

Heavy showers, 31. Rain.

T10.1

anand c.g 20.8 | P61] 8641 ‘ung 16.66 |s¢.6¢ eg ch 88 e058 cr-Ft| 2.2€ | Loh | OF Sh8.6z |9FS-62 02F.62 | ZOF.6z| 8.6% | 699.62 | 18.64 | 22.62 |‘uRey

| | | Ce | ee, | | | | |

—

eae, SS ee”

tF ae Sy 4, A ah Hea: a Il i a ba *s cp | cr [$66 | 0S | OF] FF | IS | £.3t | 8.6F | &-SF | 68.82 | FZ-6Z | 08.6% | 99.62 | OF-6z | F88.6% | 186.62 | $96.62 | “IE

6y | 6€- TIT |" TAR AMEE Nt “mM ‘m (3zp | cp | cr] oo | 1g] 98 | so | 2.66 | &.9¢ | S19 | BF.6z | $8.82 | 99-62 | 8.62 | 91.62 | $02.62 | $06.62 | 892.62 | “og @

Bb | GE. reefers] creree | oom |u| peo | “mM | ts | Zp | eh [FOF | BF | OF] Br | oS | ELF | L.Zo | FGF | BI.62 | 68.62 | OF.62 | 09.62 | 8E.6z | 928.62 | 116.62 | F96°6% | *6z

GS 3 Brees os a heal “M “A “M ‘s (2p | oF | ch | ZG] Eo] Sh | OF | O.IS | BOG | 8.79] 2.6% | 96.82 | 09.62 | 98.62 | OI.6z | 22.62 | 206.6% | $08.62 | *8z

sr | 1g. seerro | MS | SM | UBD | “MS *s 6+ | sp | erl| eo} og! o¢ | g¢ | 0.8F | 0.%¢ | 2-09 | 90.62 | ZI.6z | 8.62 | 69.62 | FF.6z | 106.62 | 696.62 | 266.6% | °Zz

BE | QT. ret"] 80. [eeeees| crete | oan ‘ms | tM | “MS *s te | Sp | et | St! sr! se | 1g | Z.cr | 9.64 | 2-46 | OF.62 | 82.6 | 22.62 | £2.62 | 0S.6z | 010-0 | 8E0-0€ | 0F0.08 | *9z

[ha2| COPE ees | | Sa "Ms | WW[vd | “ALS ‘a or | or | 1% | Ze | 6E| FF) GF | 8.ZF | 0.8F | 9.ZF | 99.66 | GF.6% | 02.62 | $0.62 | $¢.6z | 666.62 | 660-08 | 940.0 | “Sz

fF Q&- | Z0.| 220-| *s ‘ms | uypeo| “ms | ‘s |fep | cep | sr | Ze | sp] 6& | SF | F.h | 0.Zé | €-SF | 0€.62 | 18.62 | 09.64 | IF.62 | ZF.6z | 268.6% | 698.62 | 968.62 | “Fz

6e veneel og. [teres | og *s | wyeo| °s ‘s er | iF | Ze esp |o-1b| SF | Bb | &IF | OFF | Z.SF | EF-6 | 29.62 | OF.62 | 69.62 | £9.6z | 268.6z | 260-08 | 90.08 | ‘ee D

oe seve] Zo, [eters | ag ‘asa | unyeo | “ms *g cr | IF [gee | Zb | ¢.0F| FE | FF | BFE) 8.1F | 8-0F | 69.62 | 12.62 | $2.62 | 12.62 | #2.6z | £00.08 | 8E0-0E | 090.0€ | *%z

FE mreraiganaes este og. | “O° | ORO > “6 ‘a | 8s | oF | 62 Ze | Le] te | Ih | ZFE| F.0F | 8-88 | IZ.62 | 98.62 | $2.66 | 82.62 | $9.62 | 800.08 | 0€0-0€ | ZE0.0E | *1Z

le sel gg. [eet | mss | ca | wea | a ‘a | 66 | sb | OF | FF 1 G.1F| 62 | 6E | 9-08 | Z.FF | E-8E | 00.0E | T1.0€ | 85.62 | 1.08 | 00.0g | 980.08 | Zez-0E | ZEE-0E | *0%

O€ acsoeneaaeea|: “cere ae SAS "s | wea | °s “MA Pr | O€ |ZIF | SF Iv| FS | FF | 8.0 | F-6F | 8-OE | ST-0€ | OI-0E | 8G.0E | SZ.0€ | 01-0¢ | QEF-0E | ZOS-0E | 8ES-0E | *6I

8e seevesieeereel 7CQ,| “MS “ORAMS| Ujed| “Ms | “Mm |S/p | Zep | 68 OF | Sr] EE | GF | 0.ZE| F.FE | F-EF | ZO.0E | $8.62 | 61.0 | 90.0€ | 96.6% | QzE.0E | FSF-0& | 9OE-0E | “ST

Ze ¢0. |" | "ms | “mu | wea! “ms | ‘mu | Zp | pp | 8a] er] fe! Ze | ZF | 9.98 | Z.1F | 8.0 | 69.62 | £9.6z | 26.62 | 88.62 | $8.62 | ZBI-0E | 861-0€ | F1Z-08 | “ZT

Ze eeeeleceree/ seers) oop | “mu | “ou | ma | “mM | Ze | t6e | 6G | Ih | Qe} OF | IF | OIE | 0.6¢ | €.8E | 06.62 | 29.62 | 98.6 | 8E.6% | 90-62 | OTE-6z | BF6.62 | FS8.66 ‘91 O

as seeneciooesee/ QET. | “MU | “MUU |) WIZ} “A ‘s 6s | Ze \¥oz | #8 | Le) 93 | OF | G.ZE|0.1F | S-FE | F6.8% | ZO-8%S | 06-8 | 9.8% | €9.8Z | QZ8-8z | 020.62 | ZZ6.8z | “ST

1s OGeuWOTen ee Iga | oak “mM ‘ms |zea M| og | Fe [Sts | Se | Ze} 83 | 6E | 4.9E | F.SF | 8-9E | 19.82 | ZS.8z | 69.8% | 69.8 | FS-8% | 002.82 | 080.62 | 9F0.6Z | “FT

S QZ. | #0.|E2G-| ‘9 "MRO! 'S “MS ’s |Stg | $6 | 8/98] O€!] LE | OF | GIS |8.GF | 0-TF | 19.82 | 26-83 | £0.8 | 00.82 | OT-8Z | 181-86 | 649-83 | FSE-8G | “ET

1g “""*1 6G. | 880. | “as ‘a9 | wyeo| ‘u |reAu| cz | ze | oc [gcse | #2! &@ | SF | 0-88 | 9.6E | $-ZE | 28.8% | $8.82 | 62.82 | €2.8% | 99-8z | 902.8% | 0ZI-6% | 862-82 | “SI

&& seeeel gg. [srees | smu | sms | “mM | ‘ms | “A | Fee | Ze | 83] 98 | 6] [€ | OF | BFE | 0.EF | &.FE | 62.86 | 94.82 | F4-8G | 82-86 | 14.8z | 96Z.8z | 80T-66 | FIT-66 | “IL

ke FO. | 90. | SEI. | “Mu | “MU | TM “a ‘mM |ole | oe | 1¢ Sor |¢.9g| OF | Zt | 8.FE | 0.ZF | 8-9E | SF.8z | ZE.8Z | 02-8z | ZF.8% | 6F-8z | 890.6% | 90Z-6z | 68-8 | “OT

Feil Ms | OSL LCL Ws rel a “ms | Wed | “MS | “AL 68 | FS |¥Es \¢EF 1¢| 2& | Lr | 8.cE | f-1F | SFE | VF.8S | 90.6% | 62.8 | 2E.62 | 08.62 | 90z.6z | 659.62 | $89.62 | °6

sg | ZI. 00.1] 20. |t°°°*) GOT. | An *m |uyeo| ‘ms | ‘Ms | ge | Spe | og $86] Os! OF | SF | &.0F | EOF | Z-OF | I-62 | $2.82 | 91-62 | 86.82 | £0.62 | 118-62 | 228.62 | 888.62 | *8 C

Ze | 1h. jtreres|seere*] e717, | OGO. | “ms | “MS | weO | “mM | “MSS | FE | FE | IF | HF OF! OS | OF | 0-ZE | 6.FF | 8-TF | 16.82 | 21.6% | 02.62 | 19.6% | 9.6% | 689.62 | 216.62 | 96.62 | °Z

ZG olny nesses ttsewon ir qpeniisurtes!| SACS) | FA OT BO” | Ak “A 68 | 68 | ZE | OF cg| te | If | 2.78] Gr | 2.98 | €G.Az | 19.62 | 2.62 | 26-62 | $2.62 | 266.62 | 080.06 | FET-08 | *9

FE | OZ. |" "SL. | QO. | SST. | “MU | “MU | WYeD | “mM "a se | og | I¢ | 8& | 98] Ie | IE |9.SE | &-FF | 8.88 | £6.62 | 19.62 | $6.62 | 99.62 | 88.62 | 222.62 | 020.08 | 988.62 | °S

lg Gite \iziferel cece lee A "MS | “AA “MA *s ss | Ze | Ig | 6F If | 16 | SF | G.0E | Z.GF | &-1F | GS-62 | O6.6z | 09.62 | £9.62 | 6F.6z | $88.62 | 226.62 | 888.62 | *F

en ae ST pI ee tl *s |uyeo| ‘ms | ‘mu | ct | cg | 12} se |¢.Zz| Za | SF | 8.62 | £.8€ | Z.0€ | 69.62 | €8-6z | #Z-62 | 00.08 | 28.62 | ZOT-0€ | 20Z-0E | 96Z.0E | *S

cg | Ul. sosseiasance| ecsse OMT |e °AN =| UTED) COANE |} AR te | ce | og | ge | ze} 6t | gE |9-EE | 8.6 | 0.98 | I1-0 | 60-0¢ | 10.0¢ | Z6.6z | 29.62 | 210-0 | 980-0E | 090-0¢ | °z

sé | 90. seoveeleeeees) C10, | “MU | “mM |UWed| ‘a | "Mu | EE | FE [$Zo | 6 |S-EE!| Ss | Ih | o-8E| 2-9 | S.8E | 10.0 | 00-08 pao Oe | Eee 68.62 | IL-0 | 292.0 | 864-0 | *T

Sry X) mM es) es) og es v te zis m= 2 |-u l-xpy eo Zl curd |-ure | urd | ure : : mi]

Meals oe oF ed all retest oie Coa | Tell lea es nt iN Pp : 00 ur xe ae ue

. - sles] ct = as.) > t 7 Se | eee Ie kit Sa ae as: ae ae, area ae, Se eS r

—$—=oj/0 F) Sie [eo] =o | os. S] B= | 2° |yormpueg| ‘ays | 3g |. en *yoLmpues *ar1ys = ths 5 a eS

Co eee ee ° =

—e . So

a 4 “ule y ‘pul *I9JIULOUIIY J, *19JIULOIV | = ey

"LANWUGO ‘asunpy younpungy yo SuoysnoyjyD *— ‘Ady 247 AQ pun SaUlHs-saluaWag

‘ssunyy yzuvsajddy yw ‘requng *A\ ‘Ady 247 Ag {NoLsog 7” ‘yea A AI 49 fuopuoT nau ‘MOIMSINY) 2D Ajar20g pounqynay4oF] ay? JO UapLVE) ay] 4D

uosdwoy 7 “yy 49 { uojaqoy ‘ay ‘Aumjzauoag qunjsissp ayz hg ‘NoaNnoryq ‘hyo100g yohoy ay7 fo siuampindyy ay] yo apou suoYwasasgy) JVNTo;0L0aja VT

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 70. APRIL 1843.

XXXV.— Observations on the Habits of a Tenthredo or

Sawfly. By Pirrre Huser*.

[ With a Plate. ]

THE insect which is the subject of this memoir is, I conclude,

somewhat rare in our country [Geneva], as I have not yet ob-

served it except in the larva state; and these larvee are so un-

common, that in looking diligently for them, I have scarcely

found more than one or two every year. My design is to make

known the first period of its history, looking for the time when

more favourable circumstances may enable me to complete it.

I especially regret my inability to give the description of the

perfect insect; but, as we know with respect to a great num-

ber of insects, all the philosophic interest attaches to the hi-

story of the larve. Itis these indeed which most frequently

exhibit to our sight that industry which so justly excites our

admiration.

This insect belongs to that division of the Saw-flies (Tenthre-

dinide), the larvee of which, not furnished with membranous feet

(prolegs), have only six coriaceous feet belonging to the thorax,

and whose hind part or abdomen is armed laterally with two

hard and horny processes which diverge from one another

nearly in a straight line. These very prominent processes, I

believe, are attached to the last ring but one. The last ring

did not appear to have organs like the anal prolegs of cater-

pillars ; it is, on the contrary, of a coriaceous and solid sub-

stance, variegated with a brown colour above; it terminates in

an oval margin, and opens upwards in order to serve as a

passage for the rejectamenta of the insect; but in some cases

it also performs the office of a foot. The head is wholly coria-

ceous, its eyes are very distinct and prominent; it is furnished

with strong and rather short jaws, with two antenne placed

near the eyes, and with two or three pairs of palpi, the length

of which exceeds that of the jaws, and which serve the purpose

* From the Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle

de Genéve, tom. ix. part 2, 1842.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xi. R

242 M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly.

of a hand for holding the leaf upon which the insect is feed-

ing or working. The length of this larva varies from six to

eight lines, it is half a line thick; its ordinary colour is bluish

ereen, the head is yellowish, and the feet are black; there

is a small black spot on the first ring. In its first stage this

insect lives upon the hazel-tree.

Most larvee of Tine@ and other insects expert in forming for

themselves cases (fourreaua) carry them about with them, but

(during the early period of its life at least) the larva in question

is obliged to leave its case fixed to the leaf out of which it has

been formed; it therefore preserves all the verdure of the

leaf itself; at last, however, comes the time when this larva

separates the case from the leaf and carries it from place to

place. The case in which it envelopes itself is of a very sin-

gular form; it is a very much lengthened hollow cone, very

narrow at the end with a rather wide mouth; it is made of a

strip or band of a hazel-leaf rolled in a spiral form and com-

posed of a number of variable whorls; this strip, very nar-

row at the lower extremity, at first produces only very nar-

row whorls and of small diameter, for at first the larva wants

but a very narrow case. When complete it is from twelve to

fourteen lines in length, and two lines in diameter at its ori-

fice ; it is composed of more than ten turns, the exterior part

of the case presenting the upper surface of the leaf, the ser-

rated edge of which is preserved entire, turned towards the

point of the cone. This dwelling is very spacious for our larva,

and it can turn itself about in it with the greatest ease.

It forms this cone by cutting along the edge of the leaf a

narrow strip, which it then winds spirally around itself by a

method which I shall presently describe. When this portion

has taken the desired form or position, it goes on cutting the

band a little further up, and always nearly parallel with the

edge of the leaf. By little and little it rolls around itself a

fresh portion, and so on during all the time of its growth ; so

that the cone, which was at first very short, lengthens every

time that the larva works at it. But it is not content with

clothing itself; it feeds as it goes on, it even eats prodigiously ;

only, while eating, it takes good care to attend to the arrange-

ment of the strip or band necessary for its clothing; it eats

according to method, and with the double object of providing

itself at once with board and lodging ; I say lodging, for this

case, being too roomy to be justly considered as a mere gar-

ment, serves it rather as an asylum than as a defence against

the inclemency of the weather.

Another part of the skill of this insect consists in knowing

how to roll this bandage round itself, which unsupported would

M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly. 243

fall by its own weight like a shred of the leaf. It will be sup-

posed that it is by means of its silk, skilfully employed, that

it succeeds in giving it the requisite position and fixing it in

its place. 7

I shall give a full description of the method which it prac-

tises, a process in some degree analogous to that of the roll-

ing caterpillars, which consists in carrying threads from the

surface of the rolled portion to that part of the leaf which

they wish to join to their work. The weight of their body,

resting on the first threads, brings the leaf near to the centre

of the roll, and fresh threads tend to keep it in this position.

But the manner in which our larva works every time that a

fresh portion of leaf is to be added to his case deserves greater

detail.

There are generally three skeins cr wefts* stretched from

the mouth of its case to the leaf. The first weft or skein is

situated on the body of the case; this is the shortest, and

reaches the leaf by the shortest course ; the second proceeds

from the middle of the last whorl and also goes to the leaf; and

the third is fastened on still higher up, that is to say, at the

point where the rolling of the band begins. These wefts are

composed of threads parallel to each other, and nearly perpen-

dicular to the orifice. After the larva has bitten the leaf so far

as to separate enough for rolling up, it comes half out of its

case, mounts on the first weft and produces a fresh one which

I shall call No. 1 dis, similar, except that the threads are fixed

higher on the roll and on the leaf. After this operation it re-

enters its funnel, and comes out again at the space which lies

between the second and the third older wefts ; it mounts upon

the second, makes it bend with its weight, or perhaps by the

contraction of its body, and establishes a weft No. 2 dis, com-

posed of a score of silk threads ; lastly it places itself on the

third, and from thence makes a new weft No. 3 dis. By this

means the work of rolling up goes on in succession, and the

whole portion cut off -is rolled up at once, the spiral cone ac-

quiring a quarter of a whorl at each time; it gains each day

acomplete whorl. In fact, it is the cone which is rolled suc-

cessively on the bandage. Now the three wefts dis become

fundamental, and serve as types for three new wefts, which in

their turn will be succeeded by others. Such is the tenor of

this process so far as I have been able to ascertain. The roll

turns during the operation of fixing the threads, and not at

all while the larva cuts out the bandage. We should mention

* A row of parallel threads is obviously intended. The word trame of

the original has been rendered weft, with some doubt however of its being

the proper term.—R. T,

R 2

244 M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly.

that the rolling caterpillars make cylinders with leaves, whereas

in the present case the rolling up must be oblique in order to

produce a spiral, and this, probably, is what renders necessary

the complex process which the larva of the Saw-fly of the

hazel employs.

The axis of the cone or case of our larva is frequently placed

at right angles to the tangent which might be drawn at the

edge of the leaf; yet the orifice is not parallel to this edge ;

on the contrary, this opening is very oblique, and such as it

should be in order that the band of which it is formed in roll-

ing up may only cover over the last spiral by its edge, so as

to form a prolongation of the case, and not a simple coating.

It sometimes happens that this larva, whether by chance

or by design, detaches its case from the leaf: this especially

occurs when the leaf withers ; for then it is obliged to seek for

a fresher one, a thing which frequently happened to those

which I had under my observation at home. I have often

amused myself by cutting the little bands and suspending the

case underneath the leaf, by means of some one of the scattered

silks which remained at the mouth, as the larva itself does

when its case is wholly finished. But I operated before the

time, and it had still several whorls to add to its cone: had I

left but a single thread, it would have been sufficient to bring

back its case towards the leaf, for this larva, of a slender form,

is gifted with an unequalled agility and suppleness. Coming

more than three-fourths out of its cone, it bent itself ina

thousand ways, and by its skill succeeded in reaching the leaf,

to which it fastened some imperceptible threads of silk; it

clung to these threads, then drawing its body forwards, it

made the case approach the leaf by help of the side legs and

the two processes near its hinder extremity ; then bound it

with new and shorter threads of silk, so that it nearly touched

the lower surface of the leaf.

The cone had now to be made to travel in this situation.

The process which it employs is most ingenious: it leans for-

ward out of its case on the side to which it intends to direct

it, and, as far as it can reach, stretches threads of silk from

the leaf to the case. This latter, held back by former threads,

does not as yet move at all; but the caterpillar, with its accus-

tomed ingenuity, cuts the former threads with its jaws ; if they

resist too much, it stretches its body so as to force away the

cone, when the last attachments break: in this way the cone

is suspended only by the new threads, its centre of gravity is

now displaced and is carried forward. A fresh similar man-

ceuvre effects a new step; thus travels this heavy load, sus-

tained by threads of silk which are substituted for each other

M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly. 2A5

in succession. Our traveller at last arrives at the end of its

journey, that is to say, at the end of the leaf. It then brings

its case near its under surface, and adjusts it or places it in

such a way as to be situated in the plane of the leaf; but on

the outside he sets it up as sailors raise a mast on its base,

only so as to be placed horizontally in the air, and that instead

of drawing the cords on the side where it wishes to make it fast,

it finds the means of establishing shorter and shorter thr eads

of silk, and bursts the old threads that kept it in a vertical

position. It has, in short, the art to lead the spiral tube to the

suitable place and into the position requisite for again begin-

ning its rolling up. It cuts off the inequalities and adjusts it

so neatly to the edge of the leaf, which is also prepared before-

hand for this purpose, that the junction of the two pieces

shall be imperceptible. The leaf fits exactly at the edge of the

case ; threads of silk, carefully stretched within, sew together

(if we may so speak) the two parts, and the caterpillar then

setting itself to gnaw the leaf, eats it parallel to its edge, so

as to give it the dimensions of the bandage of the case.

I shall conclude this notice with the last experiment that I

made on one of these larve, and the result of which presents

some very curious particulars. It was still young, it had com-

posed its case of twelve whorls, and I saw that it had added

one or two turns of new ribbon. It was working at it when

I took it out in order to lay it bare; I then perceived that the

portion of the case newly added being looser than it ought,

and consequently the whorl being too wide at this part, the

insect had obviated this inconvenience by spinning around

itself such a number of threads that they formed a narrow

sheath at the orifice of the case.

The larva being exposed, was gently laid upon a fresh and

tender hazel-leaf, the underside of the leaf being turned up-

wards. At first it appeared embarrassed ; it tried to turn upon

its back, and it was only after many trials and efforts that it

succeeded in effecting this ; from this time it regained courage,

and sought to carry its head from right to left of its body in

order to reach the leaf in this position ; but the want of a point

d’appui for a long time hindered it from accomplishing this.

However, by dint of twisting itself about, it at last succeeded,

placing its spinneret upon the leaf on its right side; by a cir-

cular movement of the head, it led a thread from thence to its

left side passing above its body; from that time it no longer

apjeared embarrassed ; the movements became quicker and

quicyer; it had soon made a lace-work of silk above itself,

fitting well enough to hold it closely against the leaf, yet

without cramping it. By help of these threads it became

246 M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly.

easier and easier to raise up the anterior part of its body, and

to stretch longer or more oblique threads, at its choice; in

order to do this, it bent its body in the form of an arch above

the leaf, so as to make supports of all the threads which it

had stretched above it. The play and muscular strength of

its rings made of all these threads so many ladders, which

helped its body to advance on the cordage which it had spread ;

and the plaited nature of the rings of its belly, and especially

the large size of the last rig but one, greatly contributed to

the success of its efforts : the motion begins at the tail, it ad-

vances, the rings swell and contract successively, they quit

the threads to which they correspond in order to rest on other

more advanced threads, and the whole body travels two lines

in advance. The caterpillar then spreads fresh threads above

itself, and by the same process gains a little ground every

time ; in short, it attains the object of its efforts, “being always

turned on its back ; when it has reached the edge of the leaf

it stops. Such is its way of proceeding when naked.

I was very curious to know how it would repair the loss of

its covering at an age when the size of its body differs from

what it was at first, and when a turn of ribbon two lines in

width is not sufficient for it. I had the satisfaction of seeing

this work done, which was worthy of some skilful tailor in a

desert island who might be obliged to make his own garment.

T will explain it in two words: the caterpillar had the tact to

make itself a complete covering out of a single fold, which it

cut to its measure, after having rolled it around itself. For

that purpose, after having made a deep fold in the leaf around

itself, it made a hole in the middle of the leaf, enlarged it by

degrees, and rolled this wide shred about itself, just as we

should draw a covering over us. The covering folded upon

itself forms a double envelope, which the insect converts to its

use in this position, by sewing it with numerous threads at

the two ends.

Nature, as we see, is rich in ingenious expedients: so much

originality in the means, so much variety in the processes, so

much skill and depth in her views, what do these declare?

what do they proclaim,—if not the indisputable, the infinite

wisdom of the Creator of all things ?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. The caterpillar, natural size.

Fig. 2. The same, magnified.

Fig. 3, 4. Different appearances of the rolling-up of the case before the

caterpillar forms its threads.

Fig. 5, 6, 7. Various positions of the caterpillars in forming the case by

means of their threads.

Fig. 8. The closed case.

Mr, G. R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera. 247

XXXVI.— Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects

belonging to the Genus Apocyrtus, collected by Hugh Cu-

ming, Esq., im the Philippine Islands. By G. R. WaterR-

HOUSE, Esq., Assistant Secretary and Curator to the Zoo-

logical Society. |

[Continued from vol. ix. p. 311.]

Order COLEOPTERA.

Sect. CURCULIONIDES.

Div. Pacuyruyncuipes, Schonh.

Genus Arocyrtus, Erichson.

In the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for June 1842, seventeen new

species of Apocyrtus are characterized ; descriptions of others I had

prepared, but as they extended the paper to too great a length for a

monthly journal, I was not sorry to lay aside the latter half of my

work for revision, especially as I found several of the species ex-

ceedingly difficult to determine. Those already described, for the

most part, present well-marked characters ; there are some, however,

which upon re-examination I think are doubtful. The Ap. metallicus

and Ap. levicollis, notwithstanding the differences in their markings,

I am now inclined to regard as varieties.

Apocyrtus gibbirostris and A. subfasciatus—The insect described

under the former of these names I am now convinced is a female,

the abdomen is somewhat convex beneath, and the terminal segment

is conical; the apex of the elytra is slightly produced, and there is

a small depression immediately in front of the prominent point.

The male has the abdomen slightly concave, the terminal segment

semicircular and coarsely punctured (in the female it is less di-

stinctly punctured) ; the apex of the elytra is rounded, and the ex-

treme point does not form a kind of tubercle as in the female; the

thorax is rather larger in proportion to the elytra, and the rostrum

is destitute of the hump; it is thickly punctured, and has a broadish

longitudinal groove extending from the base and terminating about

half-way towards the apex ; on each side immediately in front of the

eye is an oblong fovea joining the transverse groove which separates

the rostrum from the head. ‘This is the insect, I feel little doubt,

described by M. Chevrolat under the name Apocyrtus Hrichsoni*,

a name which has priority over mine. The specimens upon which

I founded the Ap. subfasciatus are all males, and possibly are va-

rieties of the Ap. gibbirostris (or rather EHrichsoni) ; they, however,

differ from those, which are certainly the males of gibbirostris, in

having the thorax tuberculated instead of being punctured, and also

in the markings, as pointed out in the published description.

Ap. geniculatus.x—The rostrum in this species is shorter and

broader than others of the genus; it is rather longer than broad, and

the sides are parallel; the transverse groove at the base is rather more

strongly marked in the female than in the male, where it is in the

* See * Revue Zoologique,’ No. 7. 1841, p. 226.

248 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera

form of a sharply indented line ; the surface is convex, punctured and

glossy, and has a longitudinal line on the basal half ; in front of the

eye isan oblong fovea, broad near the eye and pointed in front; this

fovea is bounded above and below by a ridge, the lower ridge forming

the upper boundary of the groove for the antenna. The male Ap.

geniculatus has the terminal segment of the abdomen semicircular and

punctured, and this is preceded by two very short transverse seg-

ments as usual; but in the female the hindermost of these two trans-

verse segments undergoes a singular modification in form, being

produced posteriorly so as completely to hide the terminal segment,

and having a deep emargination, and terminating in two spines be-

hind ; the last segment is smooth and very glossy. In one other spe-

cies of Apocyrtus (Ap. inflatus), I have found the same sexual pecu-

liarities in the abdominal segments.

Apocyrtus rufipes.

Ap. niger, nitidus; pedibus splendide rufis, genibus tarsisque nigris; capite

punctato; rostro crebre punctato; thorace globoso, antice posticeque

truncato, tuberculis rotundatis crebre obsito: elytris rugoso-punctatis.

Long. corp. 51—44 lin.

Mas: thorace valde globoso; elytris thorace angustioribus, postice rotunda-

tis; rostro supra concavo.

Femina: elytris thorace latioribus, subovatis, ad apicem spinis duabus ar-

matis ; rostro supra convexiusculo.

The male of this species is remarkable for the large size and nearly

spherical form of its thorax. The head has some scattered punc-

tures, and a distinct longitudinal groove between the eyes; the ros-

trum is thickly punctured, and its upper surface presents a large,

but somewhat shallow concavity; this occupies the whole width of

the rostrum in front, between the antenne, but becomes gradually

narrower towards the transverse depression at the base; on each

side, in front of the eyes, are two fovez, one above the other; the

upper one is the largest, and joins the transverse groove at the base

of the rostrum. The legs are of a very bright red colour; the tip of

the femora, the cox, apex of the tibiz, and the tarsi are black. The

thorax is thickly covered with glossy, rounded tubercles, and has a

slight longitudinal channel. The elytra are scarcely dilated in the

middle, convex, and distinctly punctured ; the punctures are con-

fluent, and have a tendency to arrange themselves in striz. The

terminal segment of the abdomen is semicircular and coarsely punc-

tured.

An insect agreeing with the above in all essential characters, and

which I feel no doubt is the female, is remarkable for the possession

of two spines at the apex of the elytra,—a character which I have

found in a female of another species of the present genus. It differs,

moreover, in having the thorax proportionately smaller, and the ely-

tra rather broader than the thorax, being more dilated in the mid-

dle. They have a small subapical hump on the suture, out of which

springs a brush of hairs, as in the female Ap. geniculatus and some

others of the genus, and the terminal segment of the abdomen is

conical and presents numerous irregular ruge. ‘The rostrum, instead

belonging to the genus Apocyrtus. 249

of being concave above, as in the male, is slightly convex, more

densely punctured, and is slightly humped behind: in the middle is

a shallow longitudinal groove. The elytra are more thickly punc-

tured—this is also the case in the females of some other species.

Apocyrtus Germar?.

Ap. niger, femoribus, ad basin, antennisque piceo-rubris ; capite inter oculos

et rostro rugosis ; thorace antice posticeque truncato, lateribus rotundato,

tuberculis minutis, nitidis, crebre obsito; marginibus anticis lateralibusque

squamis viridibus ornato, fascia postice eodem colore: elytris globoso-

ovatis, thorace conspicue latioribus, rugosis, fasciis tribus subinterruptis,

lineisque duabus Jongitudinalibus ad apicem viridibus. Long. corp. 4

lin. ; lat. 14 lin.

This species departs somewhat from the rest of the genus in its

proportions, which nearly resemble those of Otiorhynchus gemmatus,

but the thorax is rather broader; the antenne are rather shorter

than in other Apocyrti. The size is equal to that of Otiorhynchus

scabrosus.

The rostrum is separated from the head by a transverse groove in

front of the eyes, and is very nearly equal to the head in length;

the upper surface is rugose, and has two irregular ridges which con-

verge behind, but do not meet. ‘The head is rugose between the

eyes, where there is a distinct longitudinal impression. The eyes

are round and but little prominent. ‘The thorax is subglobose, and

truncated before and behind ; it is thickly covered above with glossy

tubercles, has a green band in the anterior margin, and a second

transverse band towards the posterior margin; these bands, which

are formed of scales, are joined on the sides of the thorax by a lon-

gitudinal series of scales. ‘The elytra are of a short, oval form, or

subglobose, but acuminated at the apex ; the surface is rugose and

subtuberculated: they have a narrowish transverse band near the

base, a second in the middle, and a third towards the apex, besides

two oblong marks on the apical portion; these bands are formed of

green scales, and are somewhat interrupted in parts: the antennx

ana legs are pitchy ; the thighs are reddish, excepting at the apex,

where they are nearly black.

Apocyrtus inflatus.

Ap. inflatus, Erichson, Act. Acad. Ces. Leop. &c. vol. xvi. Suppl. p. 378.

pl. 48. f. 8; Sehonh, v. pt. 2. p. 824.

This species is readily distinguished from others described in this

paper by the great size of its almost spherical body as compared

with the head and thorax, and by its more prominent eyes. The

head, thorax, abdomen beneath, base of the thighs, and tarsi are

black, and the elytra are red or pitchy red, but broadly margined

with black. Between the eyes are some green scales, and there is

a small patch of these scales on each side of the thorax, and some-

times they form an interrupted line on the middle above ; near the

outer margin of each elytron are three spots, one at the base, another

near the middle, and the third towards the apex, also formed of

green scales; the sides of the meso- and metathorax are likewise

250 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera

adorned with scales. The legs are bright red. The rostrum is finely

punctured above, and has a short central impressed line at the base,

and a large fovea on each side at the base. The head is separated

from the thorax by a deep transverse impression, and has a longitu-

dinally impressed line and some punctures between the eyes, which

are round and prominent. ‘The thorax is subglobose, but contracted

and somewhat produced before and behind; the surface is covered

with largish, rounded, glossy tubercles, and there is an indistinct

dorsal channel. ‘The elytra are twice as broad as the thorax, very

convex and nearly spherical, but they are produced into a kind of

neck in front to meet the thorax, and near the apex they are sud-

denly contracted ; at the apex they are pointed. The upper surface is

coarsely sculptured, rugose and subtuberculated, and the impressions,

though irregular, have a tendency to be arranged in lines. Length,

5 to 63 lines; width 24 to 3 lines.

The specimens before me are females. ‘They have the antepe-

nultimate segment of the abdomen extremely narrow in the antero-

posterior direction, and the penultimate segment is large, produced

over the last segment and deeply emarginated, and terminating in

two spines or pointed processes behind.

Apocyrtus impius.

Ap. impius, Lrichson, l.c. p.380. pl. 48. f. 9.

Ap. niger, opacus, squamulis virescentibus adspersis; elytris ovatis, con-

vexis, rugulosis, punctatis. Long. corp. 4 lin. Erichs.

The above description, from Erichson, is applicable to the female

sex of a species which Mr. Cuming found in great abundance in

the Philippine Islands. It is very closely allied to the Ap. profa-

nus, but differs in form and in sculpturing. It is of a dullish black

colour and sprinkled with blue-green scales; the thorax is globose,

and thickly studded with glossy rounded tubercles; the elytra are

thickly, but not very coarsely punctured. In the male, the rostrum

is rugosely punctured, somewhat concave at the base, and has a mo-

derately broad and deep longitudinal furrow in the centre, and a

_ deepish oblong fovea on each side in front of the eye—the trans-

verse furrow at the base of the rostrum runs into this. ‘The head is

punctured and has an impressed line between the eyes, which are

but little prominent. The thorax is as broad or broader than the

elytra—these are nearly cylindrical, or but indistinctly swollen in

the middle, from whence they become gradually narrower, and are

rounded at the extremity. The abdomen is punctured beneath, and

is tolerably well-clothed with minute ash-coloured hairs; the ter-

minal segment is semicircular and rather coarsely punctured. ‘The

female has the rostrum convex above, more thickly punctured than

the male, and with the longitudinal impression indistinct ; the trans-

verse impression at the base is very deep, and suddenly curves in

front of each eye to join the lateral fovea, which is deep. The sides

of the thorax are boldly rounded, but this segment is narrower than

the elytra—these are distinctly dilated in the middle and acuminated

behind; the apex is somewhat produced. ‘The abdomen is convex

beneath, and the terminal segment is smooth, glossy, and slightly

belonging to the genus Apocyrtus. 251

concave. This sex is more densely clothed with scales than the

other ; the males, indeed, are often almost destitute of scales.

Apocyrtus profanus.

Ap. profanus, Erichs. 1.c. p. 379; Schonh, v. pt. 2. p. 852.

Spherogaster profanus, Eschsch.

Oblongus, fuscus, parum nitidus, thoracis pectorisque lateribus parce viridi-

squamosis ; fronte canaliculata, thorace granulis nitidis crebre adsperso ;

elytris subovatis, subconvexis, thorace parum latioribus, crebre granu-

latis, margine basali dense viridi-squamosis, femoribus ferrugineis.

Var. @. Elytris tibiisque etiam ferrugineis.

The above description, which is from Schoenherr, very well cha-

racterizes an insect brought home in tolerable abundance by Mr.

Cuming. I have before me specimens exhibiting three distinct va-

rieties: the first is black, and well-clothed with green scales; the

second is pitchy, has the femora reddish at the base, and is less densely

clothed with scales, and the third is of a pitchy red colour, almost

destitute of scales; these being chiefly confined to a narrow band

across the base of the elytra. I may add, of the first variety there

are both sexes, of the second variety there are but females, and of

the red variety* there are no females.

This species greatly resembles the Ap. zmpius, butis usually rather

smaller, and the elytra differ in having minute glossy tubercles.

The rostrum is rugose above, has a broad and shallow longitudi-

nal impression in the middle, and another on each side of this, which

is broad at its commencement, near the transverse line at the base

of the rostrum, and becomes gradually narrower to its point of ter-

mination, which is in a line with the point of insertion of the an-

tennz: on the side of the rostrum is a deep longitudinal groove

which runs into the groove for the antenne. The thorax is globose

and covered with minute glossy tubercles: in the male it is very

nearly equal in width with the elytra; in the female the sides are

less boldly rounded, and it is decidedly narrower than the elytra—

these are covered with ruge and minute tubercles. In the male the

elytra are rounded at the extremity, and the terminal segment of

the abdomen is semicircular and rugose. In the female the elytra

are ovate, and attenuated and pointed behind; they have a subapical

prominence on the suture. ‘The terminal segment of the abdomen

is conical, glossy, and has a large shallow fovea. Length from 33

to 5 lines.

Apocyrtus Chevrolatiz.

Ap. niger, femoribus rubris, antennis, tibiis, genibusque piceis : capite inter

oculos punctato et linea longitudinali impressa; rostro rugoso, basi ca-

naliculato; thorace subgloboso, tuberculis crebris obsito, dense viridi-

squamoso, linea transversa in mediam denudata ; elytris convexis, ovatis,

rugosis et tuberculis minutis obsitis, squamis viridibus ornatis, fasciis

duabus, et plaga utrinque subapicali, denudatis. Long. corp. 4—5 lin.

This species is about equal in size to the Ap. profanus, which it

very nearly resembles also inform; it is readily distinguished by the

* The difference of colour certainly does not arise from immaturity.

252 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera

beautiful bands of golden green, or blue scales with which it is

adorned. The thorax is nearly covered with scales, the only denuded

_ parts being a band across the centre and a small space follow-

ing the posterior margin. On the elytra is a coloured band at the

base, and a second in the middle, and the apical third of the elytra

is covered with scales, with the exception of an oblong space on

each side between the suture and outer margin. ‘The antenne are

pitchy, and sometimes reddish at the base; the legs are also pitchy,

but the femora are red at the base; sometimes the red extends almost

to the joint, and in some specimens the apical half of the femora is

dusky. The rostrum is rugose above, and has two iregular ridges

at the base; these nearly meet near the transverse impression which

separates the head from the rostrum, but diverge in front; on the

side of the rostrum is a deep longitudinal groove, which commences

at the anterior angle of the eye and runs into the groove for the an-

tenna. In the male the thorax is scarcely narrower than the elytra,

and the terminal segment of the abdomen is semicircular, coarsely

punctured, and has a fovea in the middle. In the female the elytra

are more ovate, decidedly broader than the thorax, and pointed at

the apex; the terminal segment of the abdomen is conical, has a

few punctures and some irregular little grooves near, and running

for the most part parallel with, the margin.

Apocyrius acutipennis.

Ap. niger, parum nitidus ; rostro rugoso, linea longitudinali ad basin im-

pressa; capite inter oculos squamis viridibus ornato; thorace convexo,

lateribus rotundatis, tuberculis nitidis crebre obsito, fascia antica, lateribus,

maculisque duabus, squamis viridibus vestito; elytris ovatis, tuberculis

minutis subacutis crebre obsito, fasciis duabus, maculisque tribus sub-

apicalibus viridibus. Long. corp. 44—5 lin.

Fem.: elytris ad apicem divergentibus, et acutis.

Mas: elytris ad apicem subrotundatis.

This species is very closely allied to the Ap. Chevrolatii, but is at

once distinguished by the black colour of its legs and antenne, by its

having a spot on the suture towards the apex of the elytra, the space

between the eyes is broader, &c. The rostrum is very rugose, has a

longitudinal depression in the middle and another on each side of

this : on the side in front of the eye is a longitudinal groove, which

posteriorly joins that which separates the rostrum from the head, and

anteriorly it partially runs into the antennal groove’; not so distinctly

joining that groove as in Ap. Chevrolatii. ‘The thorax is globose in

the male and but little narrower than the elytra, which are slightly

dilated in the middle and somewhat rounded at the apex. In the

female the thorax is less globose, proportionately smaller, and the

elytra larger, more ovate, and at the apex they slightly diverge,

are curved downwards and acutely pointed : here the terminal seg-

ment of the abdomen is impunctate and remarkable for a deep and

largish fovea at the apex, a character which the female Ap. Chevrolatii

does not exhibit, neither has the corresponding sex of that species

the acute apex to the elytra. In the male of the present species the

terminal segment of the abdomen is semicircular and rugose. As re-

belonging to the genus Apocyrtus. 253

gards the markings, which are formed of bluish green scales, they

consist of a narrow line on the front and sides of the thorax and two

spots, one on each side of the centre: on the elytra are two bands,

one at the base and the other in the middle, a spot on the suture

between this last band and the apex of the elytra, and a subapical

patch on each side, which sends out a branch to join the central

fascia at the outer margin of the elytron, which has an almost unin-

terrupted band of scales. In the female insect I have further to no-

tice that the elytra have a hump on the suture situated rather behind

the apical third.

Apocyrius concinnus.

Ap. niger, parum nitidus ; rostro rugoso; therace subgloboso, crebre tuber-

culato, pone medium linea transversa, marginibus anticis lateralibusque

aureo-viridibus ; elytris ovatis, crebre tuberculatis, ad apicem fasciisque

duabus, aureo-viridibus. Long. corp. 4 lin.

This species very closely resembles the Ap. acutipennis (like that,

differing from Ap. Chevrolatii in having black legs), but differs in

having the markings of a golden-green colour, a narrow band on the

thorax rather behind the middle, and the whole apex of the elytra

covered with scales; these, though somewhat scattered, do not arrange

themselves into spots as in acutipennis. In form and sculpturing there

are moreover some points of distinction. The rostrum is very rugose,

and does not exhibit any longitudinal channel; the elytra in the

female are not produced into an acute angle at the apex as in acuti-

pennis, and the terminal segment of the abdomen in this sex is de-

stitute of the large fovea, and is rather coarsely punctured. The elytra

are more thickly tuberculated. ‘The space between the eyes is con-

siderably broader and more distinctly punctured than in Ap. Chevro-

latii.

Apocyrtus bispinosus.

Ap. niger, squamis viridibus adspersis; thorace valde globoso, tuberculis

erebre obsito; elytris rugosis, subseriatim tuberculatis, ad apicem bispi-

nosis ; femoribus rufescentibus. Long. corp. 34 lin.

This species is less than the Ap. impius of Erichson, and has the

elytra more constricted at the base. The rostrum is thickly punc-

tured, and has a broadish but shallow longitudinal impression ; it is

separated from the head by a transverse groove, which runs on each

side into a large fovea situated immediately in front of the eye; these

lateral pits contract the hinder part of the rostrum, which is some-

what humped and raised above the plane of the head. The head is

distinctly punctured between the eyes, where there is a longitudinal

groove; the eyes are large and but little convex. The thorax is

truncated before and behind, but nearly of a spherical form; above

it is thickly studded with glossy, rounded tubercles, and rather

sparingly sprinkled with bright green scales. ‘The elytra are very

convex and of a short ovate form; the apex of each elytron is pro-

duced into a spine, which is evident to the naked eye, and there is a

small hump at the suture at a short distance from the apex; the

surface of the elytra is very rough, being broken up into ruge and

tubercles—the latter form longitudinal striz. Bright green scales are

254 Mr. G.R,. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera.

as it were sprinkled on the elytra. The antenne have a slight

pitchy hue, and so have the tibie; the femora are red, but blackish

at the extremity.

The specimen from which this description is taken is a female, and

has the terminal segment of the abdomen conical and covered with

rugz. The insect, which I suspect to be the male, differs in having

the elytra narrower and rounded at the extremity, the rostrum rather

coarsely punctured, and has three oblong furrows at the base.

Apocyrtus adspersus.

Ap: ater; squamis viridibus adspersis; tibiis antennisque piceo-nigris, fe-

moribus rufescentibus ; rostro rugoso, ad basin distincte transversim im-

presso, foveis tribus oblongis impresso ; capite inter oculos punctato atque

linea longitudinali impresso ; thorace subgloboso, antice posticeque trun-

cato, tuberculis nitidis crebre obsito. LElytris thorace paulo latioribus,

rugosis et tuberculis minutis crebris. Long. corp. 3 lin.

The form of this insect is very nearly the same as in Apocyrius pro-

Sanus, Eschsch., but the elytra are rather shorter in proportion. The

rostrum is rugose, punctured, has a very distinct transverse impression

at the base, a broadish and shallow longitudinal groove in the mid-

dle, extending from the base and terminating nearly im a line with

the antenne, and on each side of this is a similar groove. The head,

between the eyes, is distinctly punctured, and has a longitudinally im-

pressed line; the eyes are round and but little convex. The thorax

is nearly globose, but truncated before and behind; its surface is

thickly studded with glossy tubercles. ‘The elytra are about half as

long again as the thorax; they are truncated in front, increase in

width in the middle, where they attain a diameter very slightly ex-

ceeding that of the thorax, and at the apex they are somewhat acu-

minated, but rounded at the point ; their surface is subsulcated, very

rough, having coarse confluent punctures and small pointed tubercles.

Numerous round bright green scales are scattered on the thorax and

elytra, and there are a few on the head between the eyes. The tibize

and antennee are pitchy, and the thighs are of an obscure red colour,

excepting at the apex, where they are dusky.

This is a small species about equal in size to Phyllobius argentatus,

and less than the dp. bispinosus; the female is readily distinguished

from the corresponding sex of the insect last mentioned by the want

of the spines at the apex of the elytra; the thorax is smaller in pro-

portion. The male differs from the supposed male of Ap. bispinosus in

having the rostrum more coarsely sculptured, and in the longitudinal

groove in front of the eye being distinctly joined with the antennal

groove ; this groove is represented in ¢ bispinosus by an oblong fovea

which does not run into the antennal groove ; the thorax is smaller

in proportion to the elytra.

Apocyrius pulverulentus.

Ap. niger, squamis viridibus minutissimis dense pulverulentis; pedibus

rufo-testaceis, vel piceo-testaceis, pilis minutis albis vestitis; antennis

piceis ; rostro rugoso, canaliculato; thorace subgloboso, tuberculis nitidis

SC —

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. 255

erebris; elytris ovatis, thorace paulo latioribus, tuberculis minutis crebris

obsitis. Long. corp. 28—3+ lin.

This species is a trifle less than the last, from which it may be

distinguished by the very, minute size of the scales with which it is

covered, or as it were powdered, for they do not completely cover the

body; the minute tubercles on the thorax and elytra are free from

scales; the abdomen beneath is rather sparingly furnished with

whitish hairs. The legs are shorter, and the femora are less clavate

than in Ap. adspersus.

XXXVII.—Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of

Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B. By Ricnarp

BrinsLey Hinps, Esq., Surgeon R.N.

{Continued from p. 21.]

Mitra Beicheri. Testa fusiformi, turrita, elongata, solida; anfracti-

bus levigatis, transversim inequaliter sulcatis vel exaratis, divi-

sionibus duabus superioribus majoribus ; epidermide nigro induta

sed infra lactea; columella quadriplicata; labio externo tenui.

Axis 48 lin.

Geog. Gulfs of Nicoya and Papagayo, Central America; dredged

from a muddy floor in 17 fathoms.

This fine shell approaches in size the largest species of the

genus, and is surpassed by none insymmetry and outline. In

shape it is fusiform and turreted, the spire rather produced,

and the last whorl not occupying more than half the entire

length. ‘The shell itself is milky white, but is everywhere

covered by asmooth black epidermis. The whorls are ploughed

with deep channels or sulci at unequal distances, of which

the two superior divisions have the greatest breadth, but the

inferior of the two is the broadest; and they overlap each

other more than is usual in the genus. The columella is fur-

nished with four plaits, the upper being somewhat distant,

and the lower not very distinct. The outer lip is thin and

uneven, by reason of the sulci which terminate on its margin;

the inner is slightly developed.

The shell is named after the Commander of the expedition,

and, handsome as it is, commemorates but feebly his devotion

to conchology. ‘I'wo specimens, an adult and a young shell,

are in the collection ; a third is in my own collection, and I

know of the existence of no others.

Ranella Californica. 'Testa ovata, ventricosa, fusca ; anfractibus uni-

seriatim tuberculatis, transversim granoso-striatis, tuberculis co-

nicis subdistantibus ; varicibus magnis cavernosis ; anfractu ultimo

mmultiseriatim obsolete tuberculato, fasciis duabus angustis pur-

256 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

pureis indistinctis cincto; apertura alba; labio externo crenato

et dentato, interno transversim striato. Axis 52 lin.

Geog. San Diego, California.

There is some chance that this shell may be confounded

with R. ventricosa, as the more prominent features of both

have only a comparative value. This, however, is a much

larger shell, is without any disposition to tuberculation near

the suture, the varices are much bolder and cavernous, the

tubercles on the spire fewer and larger, and the pillar lip is

set with many small transverse ridges.

1. Conus marchionaius. Testa oblonga, turbinata, alba, fusco angu-

late reticulata; spira depressa, ecoronata, mucronata, spiraliter

striata; anfractibus sulcatis; apertura inferne paululum effusa,

ad basin striata; epidermide diaphano levi induta. Axis 16 lin.

Geog. Port Anna Maria, Nuhuhiva, Marquesas; dredged from a

sandy floor in 7 to 10 fathoms.

A difference of opinion seems to exist as to what is the

base colour of this and similar species. My own opinions

were open to proof, till a specimen with a repaired fracture

appears to me to decide it. After repairing the injury, the

animal for a time has discontinued the reticulation, and a

portion of a pure white has been produced. After awhile

the meshes are again continued. A variety of this shell oc-

curs in which the reticulation is of a pale yellow colour.

2. C. patricius. Testa pyriformi, tumida; spira acuminata, minute

tuberculata vel coronata; anfractu ultimo striato, superne plicifero,

inferne valde contractato; apertura lineari; labio externo tenui,

acuto ; epidermide fulvo levi induta. Axis 13 lin. |

Geog. Gulf of Nicoya, Central America; dredged from sandy mud

in 7 fathoms.

Shell much contracted in the lower portion of the last

whorl, somewhat tumid below the shoulder ; spire moderately

produced, minutely coronated, at the angle of the last whorl

thrown into small folds; aperture narrow and linear; the

outer lip very thin. Epidermis of a clear fulvous colour,

beneath which the shell is of a uniform fawn-colour.

3. C. celebs. ‘Testa pyriformi, alba; spira retusa, conica, ecoronata ;

anfractu ultimo lineis elevatis equidistantibus transversim dispo-

sitis ; apertura lineari, inferne paululum effusa, alba ; columelle basi

et spire apice violaceo ; epidermide olivacea, fragili. Axis 12 lin.

Geog. Ambow, Feejee Islands. A single specimen was captured

on the coral reefs.

CyrTuLus*, n. g.

Testa fusiformis ; anfractus ultimus et penultimus turbinatus ; spira

per saltum ascendens ; apertura linearis in canali brevi effuso de-

* xveros incurvus, orvaros columna.

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. 257

sinens ; columella valde arcuata, superne callosa; labium exter-

num acutum; umbilicus parvus. Epidermis levis.

C. serotinus.

Geog. Port Anna Maria, Nuhuhiva, Marquesas.

Shell somewhat fusiform, the last two whorls turbinate,

whence a spire, less than half the length of the body-whorl,

suddenly ascends; everywhere smooth, except the spire, which

is nodulose and transversely ridged, and covered with the re-

mains of a brown epidermis. The last whorl much lengthened,

squarish, flattened, and not at all ventricose; the aperture

terminating in a short effuse canal, and towards the centre

expanded, from the conformation of the columella. Outer lip

thin and sharp; inner not at all produced. Columella with

a large callosity above, arcuate in the centre, corresponding

to a contraction which occupies the circumference of the last

whorl. A smaller callosity below assists to cover the umbi-

licus. Axis 39 lines.

I am disposed to place this new genus among the Pyru-

lide, in which group it holds an analogous situation to Swain-

son’s genus of fossil shells, Clavalithes, among the Turbinel-

lide. ‘The structure of the spire, formation of the canal, and

peculiar convolution of the lower whorls seem to display its

affinities here. But as the plaits on the columella are variable

in Clavalithes, and Cyrtulus may still be confounded with it,

the points of difference will be found in the short expanded

canal, deeply incurved columella, and in the absence of the

papillary spire,—a character on which Mr. Swainson dwells,

as being indispensable to the existence of his genus.

1. Phos Veraguensis. Testa ovata, elongata, costulata; costulis nu-

merosis cequalibus, lineis elevatis decussatis et cancellatis ; anfrac-

tibus subplanulatis, superne fuscis, inferne albidis; ultimo albo

fasciato. Axis 15 lin.

Geog. Pueblo Nueva, coast of Veragua; dredged in some num-

bers from 26 fathoms, mud.

This may be regarded as the American analogue of the

Asiatic shell, Phos senticosus.

2. P. crassus. Testa ovata, elongata, solida, costata ; costis rudibus

subdistantibus, lineis impressis decussatis ; labio externo grandi-

dentato, interno prorsum producto.

Geog. Panama and Gulf of Fonseca; dredged as solitary shells in

from 3 to 14 fathoms, mud.

The characters of this shell are all prominent. It is solid,

the ribs large and coarse, crossed by prominent lines; teeth

on the outer lip large, internal ridges strongly marked ; inner

lip considerably produced forwards. The colour is a lightish

brown, somewhat deeper on the ribs.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. S

258 Mr. C. C. Babington on Fumaria micrantha.

XXX VIII.—On Fumaria micrantha, Lag., and F. calycina,

Bab. By Cuartes C, Bazsrnerton, M.A.,, F.L.S., F.G.S.,

&c.*

Tue difference of opinion which has for some time existed

between Dr. Arnott and myself concerning the identity of the

Fumaria micrantha (Lag.) and the F. calycina (Bab.) having

been now set at rest, I feel myself bound to communicate the

fact to the public at the earliest opportunity. In the original

paper upon these plants by Dr.Walker Arnott (published by the

Bot. Soc.) he expressly states that he had not seen and did not

know of an authentic specimen of F. micrantha, and there ap-

pearing to me to be many weighty reasons for not considering

the F. calycina as identical with it, I have, up to the present

time, resisted the application of La Gasca’s name to my plant.

The reasons referred to have been already communicated to

the Botanical Society, but will not now be published, as they

are quite superseded by information which I have recently

obtained.

Learning accidentally that, in a small but valuable work,

entitled ‘ Introduction 4 une Flore analytique de Paris, a Fu-

maria was noticed under the name of F. micrantha (Lag.), I

applied to Dr. A. Weddell, one of its authors, for information

concerning that plant, sending at the same time a specimen

of the Edinburgh F. calycina. In reply he informs me that

Prof. Parlatore, Curator of the Grand-ducal Herbarium at Flo-

rence, who, it is well known, has long been employed upon a

monograph of the Fumariacee, compared the French plant

“ with authentic samples” of that of La Gasca, and thus with

certainty determined their identity. Dr. Weddell has now

carefully examined my specimen from Edinburgh of F, caly-

cina, and sent to me a portion of one of his own specimens of

the French F. micrantha, at the same time giving his opinion

that the Parisian and Scottish specimens belong to the same

species. In this opinion I fully concur ; and as it is clear, from

what has been already stated, that they agree with the plant of

La Gasca, the Scottish plant must be denominated F. mz-

crantha, and the name which I applied to it will sink into a

synonym. I may add, that Dr. Weddell refers F. prehensilis

(Kitaib.) to this species (on the authority of authentic speci-

mens), not to /. capreolata, as was done by Dr, Arnott.

In the course of the summer of 1842 my valued friend

Mr. Borrer observed that the F. mzcrantha was plentiful near

Guildford in Surrey, and it is probable that it will prove to be

far from a rare plant in Britain.

* Read before the Botanical Society at Edinburgh.

Propositions relative to the Nomenclature of Zoology. 259

XXXIX.—Series of Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

Zoology uniform and permanent, being the Report of a Committee

Jor the consideration of the subject appointed by the British Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science*.

ALL persons who are conversant with the present state of Zoology must be

aware of the great detriment which the science sustains from the vagueness

and uncertainty of its nomenclature. We do not here refer to those diver-

sities of language which arise from the various methods of classification

adopted by different authors, and which are unavoidable in the present state

of our knowledge. So Ieng as naturalists differ in the views which they are

disposed to take of the yatural affinities of animals there will always be di-

versities of classificatio., and the only way to arrive at the true system of

nature is to allow perfect liberty to systematists in this respect. But the evil

complained of is of a different character, It consists in this, that when

naturalists ave agreed as to the characters and limits of an individual group

or species, they still disagree in the appellations by which they distinguish it.

A genus is often designated by three or four, and a species by twice that

number of precisely equivalent synonyms; and in the absence of any rule on

the subject, the naturalist is wholly at a loss what nomenclature to adopt.

The consequence is, that the so-called commonwealth of science is becoming

daily divided into independent states, kept asunder by diversities of language

as well as by geographical limits. If an English zoologist, for example, visits

the museums and converses with the professors of France, he finds that their

scientific language is almost as foreign to him as their vernacular. Almost

every specimen which he examines is labeled by a title which is unknown

to him, and he feels that nothing short of a continued residence in that

country can make him conversant with her science. If he proceeds thence

to Germany or Russia, he is again at a loss: bewildered everywhere amidst

the confusion of nomenclature, he returns in despair to his own country and

to the museums and books to which he is accustomed.

If these diversities of scientific language were as deeply rooted as the ver-

nacular tongue of each country, it would of course be hopeless to think of

remedying them ; but happily this is not the case. The language of science is

in the mouths of comparatively few, and these few, though scattered over di-

stant lands, are in habits of frequent and friendly intercourse with each other.

All that is wanted then is, that some plain and simple regulations, founded

on justice and sound reason, should be drawn up by a competent body of

persons, and then be extensively distributed throughout the zoological world.

The undivided attention of chemists, of astronomers, of anatomists, of

mineralogists, has been of late years devoted to fixing their respective lan-

* From the Report of the Association for 1842, p.105. The Committee appointed

by the Council, Feb. 11, 1842, consisted of the following members :—Mr. Darwin,

Prof. Henslow, Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. Ogilby, Mr. J. Phillips, Dr. Richardson, Mr.

H. E. Strickland (reporter), and Mr. Westwood: to whom were subsequently added

Messrs. Broderip, Prof. Owen, Shuckard, Waterhouse and Yarrell. The Report states

that an outline of the proposed rules having been drawn up, copies were sent to emi-

nent zoologists at home and abroad, with a request that they would favour the Com-

mittee with their comments; and that many valuable suggestions had already been thus

obtained.— Ed.

S 2

260 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

guages on a sound basis. Why, then, do zoologists hesitate in performing

the same duty ? at a time, too, when all acknowledge the evils of the present

anarchical state of their science.

It is needless to inquire far into the causes of the present confusion of

zoological nomenclature. It isin great measure the result of the same branch

of science having been followed in distant countries by persons who were

either unavoidably ignorant of each other’s labours, or who neglected to in-

form themselves sufficiently of the state of the science in other regions. And

when we remark the great obstacles which now exist to the circulation of

books beyond the conventional limits of the states in which they happen to

he published, it must be admitted that this ignorance of the writings of others,

however unfortunate, is yet in great measure pardonable. But there is another

source for this evil, which is far less excusable,—the practice of gratifying

individual vanity by attempting on the most frivolous pretexts to cancel the

terms established by original discoverers, and to substitute a new and un-

authorized nomenclature in their place. One author lays down as a rule,

that no specific names should be derived from geographical sources, and un-

hesitatingly proceeds to insert words of his own in all such cases; another

declares war against names of exotic origin, foreign to the Greek and Latin ;

a third excommunicates all words which exceed a certain number of. sylla-

bles ; a fourth cancels all names which are complimentary of individuals, and

so on, till universality and permanence, the two great essentials of scientific

language, are utterly destroyed.

It is surely, then, an object well worthy the attention of the Zoological

Section of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, to devise

some means which may lessen the extent of this evil, if not wholly put an

end to it. The best method of making the attempt seems to be, to entrust

to a carefully selected committee the preparation of a series of rules, the

adoption of which must be left to the sound sense of naturalists in general.

By emanating from the British Association, it is hoped that the proposed

rules will be invested with an authority which no individual zoologist, how-

ever eminent, could confer on them. The world of science is no longer a

monarchy, obedient to the ordinances, however just, of an Aristotle or a Lin-

nus. She has now assumed the form of a republic, and although this revo-

lution may have increased the vigour and zeal of her followers, yet it has de-

stroyed much of her former order and regularity of government. The latter

can only be restored by framing such laws as shall be based in reason and

sanctioned by the approval of men of science ; and it is to the preparation of

these laws that the Zoological Section of the Association have been invited

to give their aid.

In venturing to propose these rules for the guidance of all classes of zoolo-

gists in all countries, we disclaim any intention of dictating to men of science

the course which they may see fit to pursue. It must of course be always at

the option of authors to adhere to or depart from these principles, but we

offer them to the candid consideration of zoologists, in the hope that they

may lead to sufficient uniformity of method in future to rescue the science

from becoming a mere chaos of words.

We now proceed to develope the details of our plan; and in order to make

the reasons by which we are guided apparent to naturalists at large, it will be

requisite to append to each proposition a short explanation of the circum-

stances which call for it.

Zoology uniform and permanent. 261

Among the numerous rules for nomenclature which have been proposed by

naturalists, there are many which, though excellent in themselves, it is not

now desirable to enforce*. The cases in which those rules have been over-

looked or departed from, are so numerous and of such long standing, that to

carry these regulations into effect would undermine the edifice of zoological

nomenclature. But while we do not adopt these propositions as authoritative

laws, they may still be consulted with advantage in making such additions to

the language of zoology as are required by the progress of the science. By

adhering to sound principles of philology, we may avoid errors in future,

even when it is too late to remedy the past, and the language of science will

thus eventually assume an aspect of more classic purity than it now presents.

Our subject hence divides itself into two parts; the first consisting of Rules

for the rectification of the present zoological nomenclature, and the second of

Recommendations for the improvement of zoological nomenclature in future.

: PART I.

RULES FOR RECTIFYING THE PRESENT NOMENCLATURE

[Limitation of the Plan to Systematic Nomenclature. |

In proposing a measure for the establishment of a permanent and universal

zoological nomenclature, it must be premised that we refer solely to the Latin

or systematic language of zoology. We have nothing to do with vernacular

appellations. One great cause of the neglect and corruption which prevails

in the scientific nomenclature of zoology, has been the frequent and often

exclusive use of vernacular names in lieu of the Latin binomial designations,

which form the only legitimate language of systematic zoology. Let us then

endeavour to render perfect the Latin or Linnzan method of nomenclature,

which, being far removed from the scope of national vanities and modern

antipathies, holds out the only hope of introducing into zoology that grand

desideratum, an universal language.

[Law of Priority the only effectual and just one. ]

It being admitted on all hands that words are only the conventional signs

of ideas, it is evident that language can only attain its end effectually by

being permanently established and generally recognized. This consideration

ought, it would seem, to have checked those who are continually attempting

to subvert the established language of zoology by substituting terms of their

own coinage. But, forgetting the true nature of language, they persist in

confounding the name of a species or group with its definition ; and because

the former often falls short of the fullness of expression found in the latter,

they cancel it without hesitation, and introduce some new term which ap-

pears to them more characteristic, but which is utterly unknown to the science,

and is therefore devoid of all authority+. If these persons were to object to

such names of men as Long, Little, Armstrong, Golightly, &c., in cases where

they fail to apply to the individuals who bear them, or should complain of

the names Gough, Lawrence, or Harvey, that they were devoid of meaning,

and should hence propose to change them for more characteristic appella-

* See especially the admirable code proposed in the ‘ Philosophia Botanica’ of Linnzns. If

zoologists had paid more attention to the principles of that code, the present attempt at

reform would perhaps have been unnecessary.

+ Linneus says on this subject, ‘‘ Abstinendum ab hac innovatione que nunquam cessa-

ret, quin indies aptiora detegerentur ad infinitum.”

262 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

tions, they would not act more unphilosophically or inconsiderately than they

do in the case before us; for, in truth, it matters not in the least by what

conventional sound we agree to designate an individual object, provided the

sign to be employed be stamped with such an authority as will suffice to

make it pass current. Now in zoology no one person can subsequently claim

an authority equal to that possessed by the person who is the first to define a

new genus or describe a new species; and hence it is that the name origin-

ally given, even though it may be inferior in point of elegance or express-

iveness to those subsequently proposed, ought as a general principle to be

permanently retained. To this consideration we ought to add the injustice

of erasing the name originally selected by the person to whose labours we

owe our first knowledge of the object; and we should reflect how much the

permission of such a practice opens a door to obscure pretenders for dragging

themselves into notice at the expense of original observers. Neither can an

author be permitted to alter a name which he himself has once published,

except in accordance with fixed and equitable laws. It is well observed by _

Decandolle, *‘ L’auteur méme qui a le premier établi un nom n’a pas plus

qu'un autre le droit de le changer pour simple cause d’impropriété. La, pri-

orité en effet est un terme fixe, positif, qui n’admet rien, ni d’arbitraire, ni

de partial.”

For these reasons, we have no hesitation in adopting as our fundamental

maxim, the “ law of priority,” viz.

§ 1. The name originally given by the founder of a group or the

describer of a species should be permanently retained, to the exclu-

sion of all subsequent synonyms (with the exceptions about to be

noticed).

Having laid down this principle, we must next inquire into the limitations

which are found necessary in carrying it into practice.

[ Not to extend to authors older than Linneus. |

As our subject matter is strictly confined to the binomial system of nomen-

clature, or that which indicates species by means of two Latin words, the one

generic, the other specific, and as this invaluable method originated solely

with Linnzeus, it is clear that, as far as species are concerned, we ought not

to attempt to carry back the principle of priority beyond the date of the

12th edition of the ‘Systema Nature.’ Previous to that period, naturalists

were wont to indicate species not by a mame comprised in one word, but

by a definition which occupied a sentence, the extreme verbosity of which

method was productive of great inconvenience. Jt is true that one word

sometimes sufficed for the definition of a species, but these rare cases were

only binomial by accident and not by principle, and ought not therefore in

any instance to supersede the binomial designations imposed by Linnzeus.

The same reasons apply also to generic names. Linnzeus was the first to

attach a definite value to genera, and to give them a systematic character by

means of exact definitions; and therefore although the names used by pre-

vious authors may often be applied with propriety to modern genera, yet in

such cases they acquire a new meaning, and should be quoted on the author-

ity of the first person who used them in this secondary sense. It is true,

that several of the old authors made occasional approaches to the Linnean

exactness of generic definition, but still these were but partial attempts ; and

it is certain that if in our rectification of the binomial nomenclature we once

Zoology uniform and permanent. 263

trace back our authorities into the obscurity which preceded the epoch of

its foundation, we shall find no resting-place or fixed boundary for our re-

searches. The nomenclature of Ray is chiefly derived from that of Gesner

and Aldrovandus, and from these authors we might proceed backward to

fElian, Pliny, and Aristotle, till our acnlpgical: stinelives would be frittered

away amid the refinements of classical learning*.

We therefore recommend the adoption of the following proposition :—

§ 2. The binomial nomenclature having originated with Linnzeus,

the law of priority, in respect of that nomenclature, is not to extend to

the writings of antecedent authors.

[It should be here explained, that Brisson, who was a contemporary of

Linneus and acquainted with the ‘ Systema Naturee,’ defined and published

certain genera of birds which are additional to those in the 12th edition of

Linneus’s work, and which are therefore of perfectly good authority. But

Brisson still adhered to the old mode of designating species by a sentence

instead of a word, and therefore while we retain his defined genera, we do

not extend the same indulgence to the titles of his species, even when the

latter are accidentally binomial in form. For instance, the Perdix rubra of

Brisson is the Zetrao rufus of Linneeus ; therefore as we in this case retain the

generic name of Brisson and the specific name of Linnzus, the correct title

of the species would be Perdix rufa. ] ;

[ Generic names not to be cancelled in subsequent subdivisions. |

As the number of known species which form the groundwork of zoological

science is always increasing, and our knowledge of their structure becomes

more complete, fresh generalizations continually occur to the naturalist, and

the number of genera and other groups requiring appellations is ever be-

coming more extensive. It thus becomes necessary to subdivide the contents

of old groups and to make their definitions continually more restricted. In

carrying out this process, it is an act of justice to the original author, that

his generic name should never be lost sight of; and it is no less essential to

the welfare of the science, that all which is sound in its nomenclature should

remain unaltered amid the additions which are continually being made to it.

On this ground we recommend the adoption of the following rule :—

§ 3. A generic name when once established should never be can-

celled in any subsequent subdivision of the group, but retained in a

restricted sense for one of the constituent portions.

[ Generic names to be retained for the typical portion of the old genus. |

When a genus is subdivided into other genera, the original name should

be retained for that portion of it which exhibits in the greatest degree its

essential characters as at first defined. Authors frequently indicate this by

selecting some one species as a fixed point of reference, which they term the

“type of the genus.’ When they omit doing so, it may still in many cases

be correctly inferred that the first species mentioned on their list, if found

accurately to agree with their definition, was regarded by them as the type.

A specific name or its synonyms will also often serve to point out the parti-

cular species which by implication must be regarded as the original type of a

genus. In such cases we are justified in restoring the name of the old genus

* “ Quis longo eyo recepta vocabula commutaret hodie cum patrum ?”—Linneus.

264 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

to its typical signification, even when later authors have done otherwise. We

submit therefore that

§ 4. The generic name should always be retained for that portion

of the original genus which was considered typical by the author.

Example.—The genus Picumnus was established by Temminck, and in-

cluded two groups, one with four toes, the other with three, the former of which

was regarded by the author as typical. Swainson, however, in raising these

groups at a later period to the rank of genera, gave a new name, Asthenurus,

to the former group, and retained Picumnus for the latter. In this case we

have no choice but to restore the name Picumnus, Tem., to its correct sense,

cancelling the name Asthenurus, Sw., and imposing a new name on the 3-toed

group which Swainson had called Picwmnus.

[ When no type is indicated, then the original name is to be kept for that sub-

sequent subdivision which first received it.]

Our next proposition seems to require no explanation :—

§ 5. When the evidence as to the original type of a genus is not ~

perfectly clear and indisputable, then the person who first subdivides

the genus may affix the original name to any portion of it at his dis-

cretion, and no later author has a right to transfer that name to any

other part of the original genus.

[A later name of the same extent as an earlier to be wholly cancelled. |

When an author infringes the law of priority by giving a new name to a

genus which has been properly defined and named already, the only penalty

which can be attached to this act of negligence or injustice, is to expel the

name so introduced from the pale of the science. It is not right then in

such cases to restrict the meaning of the later name so that it may stand side

by side with the earlier one, as has sometimes been done. For instance, the

genus Monaulus, Vieill. 1816, is a precise equivalent to Lophophorus, Tem.

1813, both authors having adopted the same species as their type, and there-

fore when the latter genus came in the course of time to be divided into two,

it was incorrect to give the condemned name Monaulus to one of the por-

tions. ‘To state this succinctly,

§ 6. When two authors define and name the same genus, both

making it exactly of the same extent, the later name should be can-

celled in foto, and not retained in a odd sense*,

This rule admits of the following exception :—

§ 7. Provided however, that if these authors select their respective

types from different sections of the genus, and these sections be after-

wards raised into genera, then both these names may be retained in

a restricted sense for the new genera respectively.

E‘xample.—The names Gidemia and Melanetia were originally co-exten-

sive synonyms, but their respective types were taken from different sections

which are now raised into genera, distinguished by the above titles.

[No special rule is required for the cases in which the later of two generic

* These discarded names may however be folerated, if they have been afterwards pro-

posed in a totally new sense, though we trust that in future no one will 4nowingly apply an

old name, whether now adopted or not, to a new genus. (See proposition g, infra.)

Zoology uniform and permanent. 265

names is so defined as to be less extensive in signification than the earlier, for

if the later includes the type of the earlier genus, it would be cancelled by

the operation of § 4; and if it does not include that type, it is in fact a distinct

genus. |

But when the later name is more extensive than the earlier, tine following

rule comes into operation :—

[A later name equivalent to several earlier ones is to be cancelled. |

The same principle which is involved in § 6, will apply to § 8.

§ 8. If the later name be so defined as to be equal in extent to two

or more previously published genera, it must be cancelled in foto.

Example.—Psarocolius, Wagl. 1827, is equivalent to five or six genera

previously published under other names, therefore Psarocolius should be

cancelled.

If these previously published genera be separately adopted (as is the case

with the equivalents of Psarocolius), their original names will of course pre-

vail; but if we follow the later author in combining them into one, the fol-

lowing rule is necessary :-—

[A genus compounded of two or more previously proposed genera whose cha-

racters are now deemed insufficient, should retain the name of one of them. ]

It sometimes happens that the progress of science requires two or more

genera, founded on insufficient or erroneous characters, to be combined to-

gether into one. In such cases the law of priority forbids us to cancel all

the original names and impose a new one on this compound genus. We must

therefore select some one species as a type or example, and give the generic

name which it formerly bore to the whole group now formed. If these ori-

ginal generic names differ in date, the oldest one should be the one adopted.

§ 9. In compounding a genus out of several smaller ones, the earli-

est of them, if otherwise unobjectionable, should be selected, and its

former generic name be extended over the new genus so compounded.

Example.—The genera Accentor and Prunefla of Vieillot not being con-

sidered sufficiently distinct in character, are now united under the general

name of Accentor, that being the earliest. So also Cerithium and Potamides,

which were long considered distinct, are now united, and the latter name

merges into the former.

We now proceed to point out those few cases which form exceptions to

the law of priority, and in which it becomes both justifiable and necessary to

alter the names originally imposed by authors.

[A name should be changed when previously applied to another group which

still retains tt. |

It being essential to the binomial method to indicate objects in natural

history by means of two words only, without the aid of any further designa-

tion, it follows that a generic name should only have one meaning, in other

words, that two genera should never bear the same name. For a similar

reason, no two species in the same genus should bear the same name. “When

these cases occur, the later of the two duplicate names should be cancelled,

and a new term, or the earliest synonym, if there be any, substituted. When

it is necessary to form new words for this purpose, it is desirable to make

them bear some analogy to those which they are destined to supersede, as

where the genus of birds, Plectorhynchus, being preoccupied in Ichthyology,

266 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

is changed to Plectorhamphus. It is, we conceive, the bounden duty of an

author when naming a new genus, to ascertain by careful search that the

name which he proposes to employ has not been previously adopted in other

departments of natural history*. By neglecting this precaution he is liable

to have the name altered and his authority superseded by the first subsequent

author who may detect the oversight, and for this result, however unfortu-

nate, we fear there is no remedy, though such cases would be less frequent

if the detectors of these errors would, as an act of courtesy, point them out

to the author himself, if living, and leave it to him to correct his own inad-

vertencies. This occasional hardship appears to us to be a less evil than to

permit the practice of giving the same generic name ad libitum to a multi-

plicity of genera. We submit therefore, that |

§ 10. A name should be changed which has before been proposed

for some other genus in zoology or botany, or for some other species

in the same genus, when still retained for such genus or species.

[A name whose meaning is glaringly false may be changed. |

Our next proposition has no other claim for adoption than that of being a —

concession to human infirmity. If such proper names of places as Covent

Garden, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, Newcastle, Bridgewater, &c., no longer sug-

gest the ideas of gardens, fields, castles, or bridges, but refer the mind with the

quickness of thought to the particular localities which they respectively de-

signate, there seems no reason why the proper names used in natural history

should not equally perform the office of correct indication even when their

etymological meaning may be wholly inapplicable to the object which they

typify. But we must remember that the language of science has but a limit-

ed currency, and hence the words which compose it do not circulate with

the same freedom and rapidity as those which belong to every-day life. The

attention is consequently liable in scientific studies to be diverted from the

contemplation of the thing signified to the etymological meaning of the sign,

and hence it is necessary to provide that the latter shall not be such as to

propagate actual error. Instances of this kind are indeed very rare, and in

some cases, such as that of Monodon, Caprimulgus, Paradisea apoda and

Monoculus, they have acquired sufficient currency no longer to cause error,

and are therefore retained without change. But when we find a Batrachian

reptile named in violation of its true affinities, Wastodonsaurus, a Mexican

species termed (through erroneous information of its habitat) Picus eafer, or

an olive-coloured one Muscicapa atra, or when a name is derived from an

accidental monstrosity, as in Picus semirostris of Linnzus, and Helix dis-

juncta of Turton, we feel justified in cancelling these names, and adopting that

synonym which stands next in point of date. At the same time we think it

right to remark that this privilege is very liable to abuse, and ought there-

fore to be applied only to extreme cases and with great caution. With these

limitations we may concede that

11. A name may be changed when it implies a false proposition

which is likely to propagate important errors.

[ Names not clearly defined may be changed. ]

Unless a species or group is intelligibly defined when the name is given, it

cannot be recognized by others, and the signification of the name is conse-

* This laborious and difficult research will in future be greatly facilitated by the very useful

work of M. Agassiz, entitled “ Nomenclator Zoologicus.”

Zooloyy uniform and permanent. 267

- quently lost. Two things are necessary before a zoological term can acquire

any authority, viz. definition and publication. Definition properly implies a

distinct exposition of essential characters, and in all cases we conceive this to

be indispensable, although some authors maintain that a mere enumeration of

the component species, or even of a single type, is sufficient to authenticate

a genus. To constitute publication, nothing short of the insertion of the

above particulars in a printed book can be held sufficient. Many birds, for

instance, in the Paris and other continental museums, shells in the British

Museum (in Dr. Leach’s time), and fossils in the Scarborough and other

public collections, have received MS.names which will be of no authority until

they are published*. Nor can any unpublished descriptions, however exact

(such as those of Forster, which are still shut up in a MS. at Berlin), claim

any right of priority till published, and then only from the date of their pub-

lication. The same rule applies to cases where groups or species are pup-

lished, but not defined, as in some museum catalogues, and in Lesson’s ‘ Traité

d’Ornithologie,’ where many species are enumerated by name, without any

description or reference by which they can be identified. Therefore

§ 12. A name which has never been clearly detined in some pub-

lished work should be changed for the earliest name by which the

object shall have been so defined.

[ Specific names, when adopted as generic, must be changed. |

The necessity for the following rule will be best illustrated by an example.

The Corvus pyrrhocorax, Linn., was afterwards advanced to a genus under

the name of Pyrrhocorax. Temminck adopts this generic name, and also

retains the old specific one, so that he terms the species Pyrrhocorax pyr-

rhocorax. The inelegance of this method is so great as to demand a change

of the specific name, and the species now stands as Pyrrhocorax alpinus,

Vieill. We propose therefore that

§ 13. Anew specific name must be given to a species when its old

name has been adopted for a genus which includes that species.

N.B. It will be seen, however, below, that we strongly object to the

further continuance of this practice of elevating specific names into generic.

[| Latin orthography to be adhered to. |

On the subject of orthography it is necessary to lay down one proposition,—

§ 14. In writing zoological names the rules of Latin orthography

must be adhered to.

In Latinizing Greek words there are certain rules of orthography known

to classical scholars which must never be departed from. For instance, the

names which modern authors have written Aipunemia, Zenophasia, poioce-

phala, must, according to the laws of etymology, be spelt A’pycnemia, Xeno-

phasia and poocephala. In Latinizing modern words the rules of classic

usage do not apply, and all that we can do is to give to such terms as clas-

sical an appearance as we can, consistently with the preservation of their

etymology. In the case of European words whose orthography is fixed, it is

best to retain the original form, even though it may include letters and com-

binations unknown in Latin. Such words, for instance, as Woodwardi,

* These MS. names are in all cases liable to create confusion, and it is therefore much to

be desired that the practice of using them should be avoided in future.

268 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

Knight, Bullocki, Eschscholizi, would be quite unintelligible if they were

Latinized into Vudvardi, Cnichti, Bullocci, Essolzi, &c. But words of bar-

barous origin, having no fixed orthography, are more pliable, and hence,

when adopted into the Latin, they should be rendered as classical in appear-

ance as is consistent with the preservation of their original sound. Thus the

words Tockus, awsuree, argoondah, kundoo, &c. should, when Latinized, have

been written Toccus, ausure, argunda, cundu, &c. Such words ought, in all

practicable cases, to have a Latin termination given them, especially if they

are used generically.

In Latinizing proper names, the simplest rule appears to be to use the ter-

mination -us, genitive -2, when the name ends with a consonant, as in the above

examples ; and -zus, gen. -¢?, when it ends with a vowel, as Latreille, Latreillii,

&e.

In converting Greek words into Latin the following rules must be attended

to :—

Greek. Latin. Greek. Latin.

ac becomes 2. €@ becomes th.

os terminal, us. x x ch.

OV 99 um. K 95 Cc.

ov becomes u. yx 55 nch.

ot 2 ce. YY »” ng:

e i.

uv Pr] jy: be) ile

When a name has been erroneously written and its orthography has been

afterwards amended, we conceive that the authority of the original author

should still be retained for the name, and not that of the person who makes

the correction.

PARS 1,

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVING THE NOMENCLATURE IN FUTURE.

The above propositions are all which in the present state of the science it

appears practicable to invest with the character of laws. We have endeayour-

ed to make them as few and simple as possible, in the hope that they may be

the more easily comprehended and adopted by naturalists in general. We are

aware that a large number of other regulations, some of which are hereafter

enumerated, have been proposed and acted upon by various authors who have

undertaken the difficult task of legislating on this subject ; but as the enforce-

ment of such rules would in many cases undermine the invaluable principle

of priority, we do not feel justified in adopting them. At the same time we

fully admit that the rules in question are, for the most part, founded on just

criticism, and therefore, though we do not allow them to operate retrospec-

tively, we are willing to retain them for future guidance. Although it is of

the first importance that the principle of pricrity should be held paramount

to all others, yet we are not blind to the desirableness of rendering our sci-

entific language palatable to the scholar and the man of taste. Many zoolo-

gical terms, which are now marked with the stamp of perpetual currency, are -

yet so far defective in construction, that our inability to remove them without -

infringing the law of priority may be a subject of regret. With these terms

we cannot interfere, if we adhere to the principles above laid down; nor is

there even any remedy, if authors insist on infringing the rules of good taste

by introducing into the science words of the same inelegant or unclassical

character in future. But that which cannot be enforced by law may, in some

Zoology uniform and permanent. 269

measure, be effected by persuasion ; and with this view we submit the follow-

ing propositions to naturalists, under the title of Aecommendations for the

improvement of Zoological Nomenclature in future.

[ The best names are Latin or Greek characteristic words. |

The classical languages being selected for zoology, and words being more

easily remembered in proportion as they are expressive, it is self-evident that

§ A. The dest zoological names are those which are derived from

the Latin or Greek, and express some distinguishing characteristic of

the object to which they, are applied.

[ Classes of objectionable names. |

It follows from hence that the following classes of words are more or less

objectionable in point of taste, though, in the case of genera, it is often neces-

sary to use them, from the impossibility of finding characteristic words which

have not before been employed for other genera. We will commence with

those which appear the least open to objection, such as

a. Geographical names.— These words being for the most part adjectives

can rarely be used for genera. As designations of species they have been so

strongly objected to, that some authors (Wagler, for instance) have gone the

length of substituting fresh names wherever they occur ; others (e.g. Swain-

son) will only tolerate them where they apply exclusivel) ly, as Lepus hiberni-

cus, Troglodytes europeus, kc. We are by no means disposed to go to this

length. It is not the less true that the Hirundo javanica is a Javanese bird,

even though it may occur in other countries also, and though other species of

Hirundo may occur in Java. The utmost that can be urged against such

words is, that they do not tell the whole truth. However, as so many authors

object to this class of names, it is better to avoid giving them, except where

there is reason to believe that the species is chiefly confined to the country

whose name it bears.

6. Barbarous names.—Some authors protest strongly against the introduc-

tion of exotic words into our Latin nomenclature, others defend the practice

with equal warmth. We may remark, first, that the practice is not contrary

to classical usage, for the Greeks and Romans did occasionally, though with

reluctance, introduce barbarous words in a modified form into their respective

languages. Secondly, the preservation of the trivial names which animals

bear in their native countries is often of great use to the traveller in aiding

him to discover and identify species. We do not therefore consider, if such

words have a Latin termination given to them, that the occasional and judi-

cious use of them as scientific terms can be justly objected to.

e. Technical names.—All words expressive of trades and professions have

been by some writers excluded from zoology, but without sufficient reason.

Words of this class, when carefully chosen, often express the peculiar charac-

ters and habits of animals in a metaphorical manner, which is highly elegant.

We may cite the generic terms Arvicola, Lanius, Pastor, Tyrannus, Regulus,

Mimus, Ploceus, &c., as favourable examples of this class of names.

d. Mythological or historical names.—When these have no perceptible re-

ference or allusion to the characters of the object on which they are conferred,

they may be properly regarded as unmeaning and in bad taste. Thus the

generic names Lesbia, Leilus, Remus, Corydon, Pasiphae, have been applied

to a Humming bird, a Butterfly, a Beetle, a Parrot, and a Crab respectively,

270 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

without any perceptible association of ideas. But mythological names may

sometimes be used as generic with the same propriety as technical ones, in

cases where a direct allusion can be traced between the narrated actions of a

personage and the observed habits or structure of an animal. Thus when the

name Progne is given to a Swallow, Clotho to a Spider, Hydra to a Polyp,

Athene to an Owl, Nestor to a grey-headed Parrot, &c., a pleasing and bene-

ficial connexion is established between classical literature and physical science.

e. Comparative names.—The objections which have been raised to words

of this class are not without foundation. The names, no less than the defini-

tions of objects, should, where practicable, be drawn from positive and self-

evident characters, and not from a comparison with other objects, which may

be less known to the reader than the one before him. Specific names expres-

sive of comparative size are also to be avoided, as they may be rendered in-

accurate by the after-discovery of additional species. The names Picoides,

Eimberizoides, Pseudoluscinia, rubeculoides, maximus, minor, minimus, &G. are

examples of this objectionable practice.

Jf. Generic names compounded from other genera.—These are in some de-

gree open to the same imputation as comparative words; but as they often

serve to express the position of a genus as intermediate to, or allied with, two

other genera, they may occasionally be used with advantage. Care must be

taken not to adopt such compound words as are of too great length, and not

to corrupt them in trying to render them shorter. The names Gallopavo, Te-

traogallus, G'ypaetos, are examples of the appropriate use of compound words.

g. Specific names derived from persons.-—So long as these complimentary

designations are used with moderation, and are restricted to persons of emi-

nence as scientific zoologists, they may be employed with propriety in cases

where expressive or characteristic words are not to be found. But we fully

concur with those who censure the practice of naming species after persons

of no scientific reputation, as curiosity dealers (e. g. Caniveti, Boissoneautz),

Peruvian priestesses (Cora, Amazilia), or Hottentots (Klass?).

_h. Generic names derived from persons.—Words of this class have been

very extensively used in botany, and therefore it would have been well to

have excluded them wholly from zoology, for the sake of obtaining a memo-

ria technica by which the name of a genus would at once tell us to which of

the kingdoms of nature it belonged. Some few personal generic names have

however crept into zoology, as Cuvieria, Mulleria, Rossia, Lessonia, &c., but

they are very rare in comparison with those of botany, and it is perhaps de-

sirable not to add to their number.

t. Names of harsh and inelegant pronunciation.— These words are grating

to the ear, either from inelegance of form, as Huhua, Yuhina, Craxirex, Esch-

scholtzi, or from too great length, as chirostrongylostinus, Opetiorhynchus,

brachypodioides, Thecodontosaurus, not to mention the Lnaliolimnosaurus

crocodilocephaloides of a German naturalist. It is needless to enlarge on the

advantage of consulting euphony in the construction of our language. Asa

general rule it may be recommended to avoid introducing words of more than

five syllables.

k. Ancient names of animals applied in a wrong sense.—It has been cus-

tomary, in numerous cases, to apply the names of animals found in classic

authors at random to exotic genera or species which were wholly unknown

to the ancients. The names Cebus, Callithrix, Spiza, Kitta, Struthus, are

examples. ‘This practice ought by no means to be encouraged. The usual

Zoology uniform and permanent. 271

defence for it is, that it is impossible now to identify the species to which the

name was anciently applied. But it is certain that if any traveller will take

the trouble to collect the vernacular names used by the modern Greeks and

Italians for the Vertebrata and Mollusca of southern Europe, the meaning of

the ancient names may in most cases be determined with the greatest preci-

sion. It has been well remarked that a Cretan fisher-boy is a far better com-

meéntator on Aristotle’s ‘ History of Animals’ than a British or German scho-

lar. The use however of ancient names, when correctly applied, is most de-

sirable, for “in framing scientific terms, the appropriation of old words is

preferable to the formation of new ones*.”

l. Adjective generic names.—The names of genera are, in all cases, essen-

tially substantive, and hence adjective terms cannot be employed for them

without doing violence to grammar. The generic names Mians, Criniger,

Cursorius, Nitidula, &c. are examples of this incorrect usage.

m. Hybrid names.—Compound words, whose component parts are taken

from two different languages, are great deformities in nomenclature, and na-

turalists should be especially guarded not to introduce any more such terms

into zoology, which furnishes too many examples of them already. We have

them compounded of Greek and Latin, as Dendrofaleo, Gymnocorvus, Mo-

noculus, Arborophila, flavigaster ; Greek and French, as Jacamaralcyon, Ja-

camerops ; and Greek and English, as Bullockoides, Gilbertsocrinites.

n. Names closely resembling other names already used—By Rule 10 it was

laid down, that when a name is introduced which is zdentical with one pre-

viously used, the later one should be changed. Some authors have extended

the same principle to cases where the later name, when correctly written, only

approaches in form, without wholly coinciding with the earlier. We do not,

however, think it advisable to make this law imperative, first, because of the

vast extent of our nomenclature, which renders it highly difficult to find a

name which shall not bear more or less resemblance in sound to some other ;

and, secondly, because of the impossibility of fixing a limit to the degree of

approximation beyond which such a law should cease to operate. We con-

tent ourselves, therefore, with putting forth this proposition merely as a re-

commendation to naturalists, in selecting generic names, to avoid such as too

closely approximate words already adopted. So with respect to species, the

judicious naturalist will aim at variety of designation, and will not, for ex-

ample, call a species vivens or virescens in a genus which already possesses a

viridis.

0. Corrupted words.—In the construction of compound Latin words, there

are certain grammatical rules which have been known and acted on for two

thousand years, and which a naturalist is bound to acquaint himself with be-

fore he tries his skill in coining zoological terms. One of the chief of these

rules is, that in compounding words all the radical or essential parts of the

constituent members must be retained, and no change made except in the

variable terminations. But several generic names have been lately introduced

which run counter to this rule, and form most unsightly objects to all who are

conversant with the spirit of the Latin language. A name made up of the

first half of one word and the last half of another, is as deformed a monster

in nomenclature as a Mermaid or a Centaur would be in zoology; yet we find

examples in the names Corcorax (from Corvus and Pyrrhocorax), Cypsnagra

* Whewell, Phil. Ind. Sc. y.i. p. lxvii.

272 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

(from Cypselus and Tanagra), Merulaxis (Merula and Synallaxis), Loxigilla

(Loxia and Fringilla), &c. In other cases, where the commencement of both

the simple words is retained in the compound, a fault is still committed by

cutting off too much of the radical and vital portions, as is the case in Bu-

corvus (from Buceros and Corvus), Ninox (Nisus and Noctua), &e.

p- Nonsense names.— Some authors having found difficulty in selecting ge-

neric names which have not been used before, have adopted the plan of coining

words at random without any derivation or meaning whatever. The following

are examples: Viralva, Xema, Azeca, Assiminia, Quedius, Spisula. To the

same class we may refer anagrams of other generic names, as Dacelo and Ce-

dola of Alcedo, Zapornia of Porzana, &c. Such verbal trifling as this is in

very bad taste, and is especially calculated to bring the science into contempt.

It finds no precedent in the Augustan age of Latin, but can be compared only

to the puerile quibblings of the middle ages. It is contrary to the genius of

all languages, which appear never to produce new words by spontaneous ge-

neration, but always to derive them from some other source, however distant

or obscure. And it is peculiarly annoying to the etymologist, who after seek-

ing in vain through the vast storehouses of human language for the parentage

of such words, discovers at last that he has been pursuing an zgnis fatuus.

q. Names previously cancelled by the operation of § 6.—Some authors con-

sider that when a name has been reduced to a synonym by the operations of

the laws of priority, they are then at liberty to apply it at pleasure to any new

group which may be in want of a name. We consider, however, that when a

word has once been proposed in a given sense, and has afterwards sunk into

a synonym, it is far better to lay it aside for ever than to run the risk of ma-

king confusion by re-issuing it with a new meaning attached.

r. Specific names raised into generic.—It has sometimes been the practice

in subdividing an old genus to give to the lesser genera so formed, the names

of their respective typical species. Our Rule 13 authorizes the forming a

new specific name in such cases ; but we further wish to state our objections

to the practice altogether. Considering as we do that the original specific

names should as far as possible be held sacred, both on the grounds of justice

to their authors and of practical convenience to naturalists, we would strongly

dissuade from the further continuance of a practice which is gratuitous in itself,

and which involves the necessity of altering long-established specific names.

We have now pointed out the principal rocks and shoals which lie in the

path of the nomenclator; and it will be seen that the navigation through

them is by no means easy. The task of constructing a language which shall

supply the demands of scientific accuracy on the one hand, and of literary

elegance on the other, is not to be inconsiderately undertaken by unqualified

persons. Our nomenclature presents but too many flaws and inelegancies

already, and as the stern law of priority forbids their removal, it follows that

they must remain as monuments of the bad taste or bad scholarship of their

authors to the latest ages in which zoology shall be studied.

[ Families to end in ide, and Subfamiles in ine. ]

The practice suggested in the following proposition has been adopted by

many recent authors, and its simplicity and convenience is so great that we

strongly recommend its universal use.

§ B. It is recommended that the assemblages of genera termed fa-

milies should be uniformly named by adding the termination ideé to

Zoology uniform and permanent. 273

the name of the earliest known, or most typically characterized genus

in them; and that their subdivisions, termed subfamilies, should be

‘similarly constructed, with the termination ine.

These words are formed by changing the last syllable of the genitive case

into ide or ine, as Strix, Strigis, Strigide, Buceros, Bucerotis, Bucerotide,

not Strixide, Buceride.

[ Specific names to be written with a small initial. ]

A convenient memoria technica may be effected by adopting our next pro-

position. It has been usual, when the titles of species are derived from pro-

per names, to write them with a capital letter, and hence when the specific

name is used alone it is liable to be occasionally mistaken for the title of a

genus. But if the titles of species were invariably written with a small ini-

tial, and those of genera with a capital, the eye would at once distinguish the

rank of the group referred to, and a. possible source of error would be avoided.

It should be further remembered that all species are egua/, and should there-

fore be written all alike. We suggest, then, that

§ C. Specific names should always be written with a small initial

letter, even when derived from persons or places, and generic names

should be always written with a capital.

| The authority for a species, exclusive of the genus, to be followed by a di-

stinctive expression. |

The systematic names of zoology being still far from that state of fixity

which is the ultimate aim of the science, it is frequently necessary for correct

indication to append to them the name of the person on whose authority they

have been proposed: When the same person is authority both for the specific

and generic name, the case is very simple ; but when the specific name of one

author is annexed to the generic name of another, some difficulty occurs.

For example, the Muscicapa crinita of Linneus belongs to the modern genus

Tyrannus of Vieillot; but Swainson was the first to apply the specific name

of Linnzeus to the generic one of Vieillot. The question now arises, Whose

authority is to be quoted for the name Tyrannus crinitus? The expression

Tyrannus crinitus, Lin., would imply what is untrue, for Linneus did not use

the term Tyrannus ; and Tyrannus crinitus, Vieill., is equally incorrect, for

Vieillot did not adopt the name crinitus. If we call it Tyrannus crinitus,

Sw., it would imply that Swainson was the first to describe the species, and

Linnzus would be robbed of his due credit. If we term it Tyrannus, Vieill.,

_erinitus, Lin., we use a form which, though expressing the facts correctly, and

therefore not without advantage in particular cases where great exactness is

required, is yet too lengthy and inconvenient to be used with ease and rapi-

dity. Of the three persons concerned with the construction of a binomial

title in the case before us, we conceive that the author who jirs¢ describes

and names a species which forms the groundwork of later generalizations,

possesses a higher claim to have his name recorded than he who afterwards

defines a genus which is found to embrace that species, or who may be the

mere accidental means of bringing the generic and specific names into con-

tact. By giving the authority for the specific name in preference to all others,

the inquirer is referred directly to the original description, habitat, &c. of the

species, and is at the same time reminded of the date of its discovery ; while

genera, being less numerous than species, may be carried in the memory, or

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. T

5 ye gene

274 On the Nomenclature of Zoology.

referred to in systematic works without the necessity of perpetually quoting

their authorities. The most simple mode then for ordinary use seems to be

to append to the original authority for the species, when not applying to the

genus also, some distinctive mark, such as (sp. ) implying an exclusive refer-

ence to the specific name, as Tyrannus erinitus, Lin. (sp.), and to omit this

expression when the same authority attaches to both genus and species, as

Ostrea edulis, Lin.* Therefore,

§ D. It is recommended that the authority for a specific name, when

not applying to the generic name also, should be followed by the di-

stinctive expression (sp.).

[New genera and species to be defined amply and publicly. ]

“A large proportion of the complicated mass of synonyms which has now

become the opprobrium of zoology, has originated either from the slovenly

and imperfect manner in which species and groups have been originally de-

fined, or from their definitions having been inserted in obscure local publica-

tions which have never obtained an extensive circulation. Therefore, although

under § 12, we have conceded that mere insertion in a printed book is suffi-

cient for publication, yet we would strongly advise the authors of new groups

always to give in the first instance a full and accurate definition of their cha-

racters, and to insert the same in such periodical or other works as are likely

to obtain an immediate and extensive circulation. ‘To state this briefly,

§ KE. It is recommended that new genera or species be amply de-

fined, and extensively circulated in the first mstance.

[ The names to be given to subdivisions of genera to agree in gender with the

original genus. |

In order to preserve specific names as far as possible in an unaltered form,

whatever may be the changes which the genera to which they are referred

may undergo, it is desirable, when it can be done with propriety, to make

the new subdivisions of genera agree in gender with the old groups from which

they are formed. This recommendation does not however authorize the

changing the gender or termination of a genus already established. In brief,

§ F. It is recommended that in subdividing an old genus in future,

the names given to the subdivisions should agree in gender with that

of the original group.

[ Eiymologies and types of new genera to be stated. |

It is obvious that the names of genera would in general be far more care-

fully constructed, and their definitions would be rendered more exact, if

authors would adopt the following suggestion :—

§ G. It is recommended that in definmg new genera the etymo-

logy of the name should be always stated, and that one species should

be invariably selected as a type or standard of reference.

In concluding this outline of a scheme for the rectification of zoological

nomenclature, we have only to remark, that almost the whole of the proposi-

tions contained in it may be applied with equal correctness to the sister sci-

ence of botany. We have preferred, however, in this essay to limit our views

* The expression Tyrannus erinitus (Lin.) would perhaps be preferable from its greater

brevity.

Rey. D. Landsborough on the Rook. 275

to zoology, both for the sake of rendering the question less complex,

and because we conceive that the botanical nomenclature of the

present day stands in much less need of distinct enactment than the

_ zoological. The admirable rules laid down by Linneus, Smith,

Decandolle, and other botanists (to which, no less than to the works

of Fabricius, Illiger, Vigors, Swainson, and other zoologists, we

have been much indebted in preparing the present document), have

always exercised a beneficial influence over their disciples. Hence

_ the language of botany has attained a more perfect and stable con-

dition than that of zoology; and if this attempt at reformation may

have the effect of advancing zoological nomenclature beyond its

present backward and abnormal state, the wishes of its promoters

will be fully attained.

(Signed ) H. E. StrRickLAND. J. S. Henstow.

June 27, 1842. Joun PHILLIPS. W. E. SHuckKArD.

Joun RICHARDSON. G. R. WATERHOUSE.

RicHARD OWEN. W. YARRELL.

LEONARD JENYNS. C. Darwin.

W. J. BRopeErIp. J. O. WEsTWoop.

XL.—On the History and Habits of the Rook, Corvus fru-

gilegus, Linn. By the Rev. Davin LANDsBoRoUGH.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Tuoveu birds were my early favourites, I have never made

much progress in ornithology. In some future communica-

tion, however, I may attempt to give a list of the birds found

in the south-west of Scotland. Before doing so I shall ven-

ture to give you some notices of a few of them, though they will

be unworthy of appearing even as short addenda to the highly

interesting ornithological articles, furnished from time to time

by that accurate observer of the works of nature—Mr. W.

Thompson of Belfast. I have little leisure for such pursuits,

and I shall merely subjoin a brief sketch of a pet Rook with

which I have the pleasure of being acquainted.

I visited him a few days ago at Ardrossan, and was glad to

find, that though a dozen winters have passed over his head,

he has all the vivacity of early life. He is a crow of aristocratic

extraction; at all events he is of high descent, having been

reared on one of the highest trees at Shieldhall, where his an-

cestors, it is believed, had their favourite residence for many

generations. When he was well fledged he was brought down

to the abodes of men by one of the aspiring youths of Shield-

hall (George Oswald, Esq., now in India) as a present to his

aunt Miss Oswald, and by her the pet crow, prized for his

T 2 3

276 | Rey. D. Landsborough on the

own good qualities, and loved for the donor’s sake, was brought

down to her sweet villa at Ardrossan. Her villa was conti-

guous to that of Miss Hamilton of Holmhead, and as our

rook had then the free use of his wings, and was of a social

disposition, he paid frequent visits to his neighbours, and soon —

formed acquaintance with the occupants of Miss Hamilton’s

poultry-yard, consisting of a cock and two hens. ‘The inti-

macy increased ; the visits became longer and longer, till at

last the crow became domiciled along with them; and when ~

Miss Oswald left Ardrossan, being unwilling to break asunder

the ties of affectionate friendship, she left the’ crow in its

adopted dwelling-place. The longer they were acquainted the

stronger did the friendship become, though it was evidently

most ardent on the part of the crow. He was exceedingly

attentive to his chosen friends the hens, and would often ar-

range their feathers and dress them to his own taste, so that

his officious services were sometimes rejected as troublesome.

The cock was still a greater favourite, and he roosted every

night beside him, nestling under his wing.

After this platonic friendship had subsisted for several

years, one of the hens became sick and died. During her ill-

ness he was unremitting in his attentions, waiting on her most

affectionately ; but he could not ward off the stroke of death.

A. still greater calamity awaited him, for the favourite cock

also died. He was unceasing in his attention to him during

his trouble, and when he died he was so disconsolate that he

would not taste food for several days.

At last old age, W hich indeed had carried off the others,

crept on the remaining hen. When she became feeble and

helpless he scarcely ever left her for a moment, striving to

cheer her by innumerable little acts of kindness. There were

two steps up from the poultry-yard to the house in which they

roosted, and when she became too weak to mount the steps,

as he could not himself lift her up he always came to the

kitchen-window, and kept up an incessant clamour till some of

the servants came out and lifted her up.

For two days before her death she could not leave the roost-

ing-house, and he remained along with her bringing her food,

laying it down before her, and coaxing her to eat it.

Notwithstanding his unwearied assiduity and. affectionate

attentions the poor hen died, and it was thought that he would

not long have survived her. He was quite disconsolate. Life

had lost its charm. He scarcely tasted food and became al-

together changed; so that from being lively and cheerful and

active, he dr ooped and became timid and spiritless.

Some young poultry were purchased in the hope that they

Lpateereess

na ees t-

Bese Ce

History and Habits of the Rook. 277

might cheer him, but he seemed quite afraid of them and

avoided their company.

After months had passed away he gradually recovered his

spirits, and he is now as brisk and lively a bird as you can

look upon. He is no longer afraid of the inmates of the

poultry-yard; but though he associates with them, they have

not succeeded in gaining his affections. He knows all the in-

mates of the house, and takes with pleasure a bit of bread or

of cold meat from their hands. Unfortunately he is so much

__ of an epicure as to be particularly fond of a new-laid egg, and

_ when the exulting cackle of a hen proclaims that she has de-

_ posited a treasure, there is generally a race between the ser-

vant and the rook, each being eager to seize the prize.

Fora long time he was allowed the free use of his wings, but

“complaints were lodged against him by the proprietors of the

neighbouring villas that he was in the habit of perching on the

roofs of their houses, and of picking the lime from the skews,

casting it up into the air. This frolic was an overt act of mis-

chief; but his accusers did not take into account that it was

c njoined with another act of utility, for it was only the

loosened pieces of lime that he removed, and chiefly, we doubt

not, that he might get at the vermin concealed underneath.

As no person would become bound for his more sober de-

meanour when he got into his altitudes, the poor fellow was

condemned to have one of his wings clipped, that as a degraded

biped, he might, like his accusers, walk on the face of the

earth. It is vexing to see him, when he attempts to fly with

the remaining wing, falling down to the ground after being

provokingly twirled round.

The only way in which he can now taste some of the de-

parted joys of exalted station is by mounting an old apple-tree

| in the garden, the lowest branches being within his reach, and

when he has reached the highest he shows how delighted he

is by proud cawings and cacklings.

__ He is a very cleanly bird, as his glossy plumage shows.

When a pail of water is placed within his reach, he immediately

enters it and splashes it about with great delight. He is still

more delighted when there is a fall of snow, for he rolls in it,

flaps and flutters amongst it, taking it up in his bill and throw-

ing it about with the ereatest glee and merriment.

ix @ live this kind-hearted rook ! and as we have reason

and revelation to guide, may we remember that we are bound

bad surpass him in his amiable qualities.

I am, dear Sirs, yours &c.,

Manse of Steverston, Ayrshire, Davip LANDSBOROUGH.

Feb. 13, 1848. .

278 Dr. M. Barry on the Pitted Tissue of

XLI.—Note in reply to Dr. Griffith’s Remarks on the Pitted

Tissue of Plants, on Muscle, &c.* . By Martin Barry,

M.D., F.R.SS. L. & E.

IT HAVE to acknowledge the courtesy shown in the remarks of

Dr. Griffith, and regret that his opinions differ so widely from

my own; but am compelled to say, I find nothing in his com-

munication that alters in any particular my views, or that re-

quires more than general notice at my hands.

“The appearances observed by Dr. Barry in the blood,”

which Dr. Griffith thinks were “ misinterpreted,’ I cannot

suppose that Dr. Griffith ever saw ; if I may judge from the

description he has given. That they are however visible, is

proved by the following description given by another, who did

see the appearances in question. Whether they have been

“ misinterpreted,” the future may determine.

“ Bristol, August 19, 1842.

*« Dr. Barry has pointed out to me, among the corpuscles of newt’s

blood, preserved in their own serum, without any reagent having

been applied to them, many which had the form of a flask with a

projecting neck, or which might be still better compared to the body

of a pair of bellows with its projecting nozzle. The projecting por-

tion appeared to be a filament, having a much higher refracting

power than the general substance of the corpuscle. He also showed

me, in a portion of blood to which corrosive sublimate had been

added, a corpuscle which was evidently destitute of the ordinary nu-

cleus; and which contained what appeared to be a filament which

presented transverse markings that resembled those of muscular

fibrillee, the interspaces being oblique. ‘The appearance resembled

that of Dr. Barry’s fig. 9 3. [Phil. Trans. 1842, plate 5.], except that

there was no trace of nucleus.

(Signed) «W. B. Carpenter.”

My preparations of muscle have been seen by many, to

whom I could refer for their opinions regarding them. Among

our own countrymen may be mentioned Robert Brown, D.C.L.,

and Professors Owen and Sharpey, besides the gentlemen from

whom I have received the testimonials at foot. To the kind-

ness of Professor Sharpey I am indebted for the beautiful

preparation of muscle from the tail of the tadpole mentioned

by Dr. Griffith. The following note was sent me by one who

had closely examined that preparation.

“6 Holles Street, Cavendish Square, Oct. 13, 1842.

* My pEar Srr,—On returning home today after seeing your ex-

quisite preparations of muscular tissue, I was anxious to express my

thanks for your kindness and patience in exhibiting the series to me.

I went to your house by no means prepared to admit the existence of

* Annals of Natural History, No. 68, for Feb. 1843, p. 95.

Plants, and on Muscle. 279

the spiral fibre ; on the contrary, somewhat prepossessed against such

a theory; for while I had already made up my mind as to the non-

existence of the discs advocated in Mr. Bowman’s very ingenious

paper in the ‘ Philos. Trans.,’ I had not been able to bring my belief

to the idea of substituting a spiral thread or fibre to account for the

peculiar markings on the muscular fasciculi. You have, however,

conyinced me, for in several instances I was enabled to follow the spiral

thread round its axis, and to see the continuity of both sides of the

chain. In one or two instances I observed it drawn out or separated

so far as not to leave a doubt of its reality.. In the same way I di-

stinctly recognised the double spiral (especially in one preparation

where the two spirals had not an equal obliquity), and I can conceive

that the longitudinal lines or fibrillated appearance of the larger fas-

ciculi depends upon the even juxtaposition of many minute spirals.

*-« The reason, probably, I had failed in previously making out

this structure, resulted from my expectation of seeing this appear-

ance throughout the whole length of a filament; but I now observe

how minute is the care necessary to separate parts, and how small

often is the portion favourably situated or sufficiently isolated to ad-

mit of a distinct view of this curious structure.

‘« There are also many circumstances connected with the different

refrangibility of objects of great importance in explaining why a

spiral fibre should be so much more easily seen in one tissue than

another; and thus it is that reagents are often most usefully ap-

_ plied where different parts of the same object refract the light nearly

equally. I think, through your help, I have at last settled my belief

as to the true character of the markings of muscle, and for which I

beg you to accept the thanks of

* Yours faithfully,

(Signed) “ Joun DaLRYMPLE.”

** To Martin Barry, M.D.”

The following, connected with the same subject, was re-

ceived from Dr. Carpenter, bearing the same date as his tes-

timonial above given.

_ “TJ have this day had the opportunity, through Dr. Barry’s kind-

ness, of examining several of his preparations of muscular fibre,

especially those from the heart of the turtle and from the shrimp.

I have distinctly seen single spiral threads continuous with fasciculi ;

in one or two instances so little elongated as to resemble a cork-

screw ; in others drawn out more or less straightly. In several

fibrille, which had been isolated without disturbance of their struc-

ture, I have seen appearances closely corresponding with those repre-

sented by Dr. Barry in figs. 52 and 56 of his last paper [Phil. Trans.

1842]. I may add, that I have seen these appearances even more

distinctly under my own microscope, which is furnished with one of

Powell’s latest 1-16th objectives, than under Dr. Barry’s instrument,

in which lower powers were used.

(Signed) “ Witiiam B. Carpenter.”

The microscope I use is one of Schiek’s achromatics, si-

280 Prof. KE. Forbes on a new British Starfish.

milar to those employed by Professors Ehrenberg, Schwanns

and R. Wagner. On this subject I cannot refer to a higher

authority than that of Joseph Jackson Lister, who, after a

close examination, describes my deeper object-glasses as “very

finely corrected every way.”

XLII.—On a new British Starfish of the genus Goniaster.

By Prof. Epwarp Forsss, V.P.W.S., F.L.S., F.B.S. &c.

[ With a Plate.]

Tue very splendid addition to the catalogue of British Star-

fishes, the only one found since the publication of my work on

those animals, which I am about to describe, was discovered by

an active naturalist, Mr. Robert Maclaurin of Coldingham,

who exhibited it to the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club at their

meeting held December 21, 1842, where he pointed it out as

distinct from any recorded British species. It was found be-

tween St. Abb’s Head and the Isle of May, and was brought

up on the lines of the fishermen from a depth of about 30

fathoms.

It belongs to the same group of Goniasters with the G.

eqguestris, to which species it is nearly allied, but differs re-

markably in form from any species of the genus. The ar-

rangement and form of the granulations, tubercles, marginal

plates, and those remarkable bodies to which I have in the

description applied the name of stomata, further distinguish

it from its immediate ally. .

Sp. Ch. Goniaster abbensis. . G. corpore planiusculo, orbiculari, an-

gulis in brachiis productis, infra et supra tuberculis, granulis sto- .

matibusque vestito.

Description.— Upper surface.—Disc round, interrupted by.

the bases of five short arms, each of which is as long as a third

of the breadth of the disc. Surface plane, thickly covered by

granules, among which are irregularly interspersed numerous

mammilliform tubercles (transformed spines), and at intervals

spinules in pairs forming stomata (transformed pedicellarie ?)

of an ovate form. No appearance of an anal pore. Madre-

poriform tubercle nearer the margin than centre, large, ru-

gose. Upper surface of arms (w hich are prolongations of the

angles of disc) similarly covered with the centre.

Margin bordered by a double series of irregularly quadeats

plates, somewhat arched at their free borders, and each edged

by a single row of minute square granules. The upper series

bear from one to four mammiform tubercles: when more than

Mr. Waterhouse on a new genus of Carabideous Insects. 281

one, two are usually larger than the rest. On the lower series

the tubercles are usually more numerous than on the upper.

Under surface.—The triangular spaces between the avenues

are granulated; among the granulations numerous large sto-

mata, in form linear and compressed, each placed in a smooth

space surrounded by a close border of flattened mammiform

tubercles, those forming the lateral borders largest. The

avenues are linear, contracting towards the arms. Suckers

biserial. Border of avenues formed by transverse plates, each

bearing four or five elongated tubercles, two of which face the

avenue. These plates are each bordered by a series of gra~

nules.

Eye-cover formed of one large transversely-ovate tubercle

terminating the ray, and three or four smaller ones on each

side, with a circle of minute granules immediately surround-

ing the (red) eye.

Dimensions.—Breadth across the apt 54 inches ; length of

arm 13 inch; breadth of arm at base ; 2 inch.

Colour-—When fresh Mr. Maclaurin states it was of an

orange-yellow, which with crimson-red, are the usual hues of

the Cushion-stars. Dried, it is of a pale yellow.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

fig. 1. The starfish, seen from above. frig. 4. Marginal plates.

fig. 2. Portion of upper surface. fig. 5. Border of avenue.

fig. 3. Ditto of under surface. frig. 6. Eye-cover.

XLIII.—Description of a new genus of Carabideous Insects

brought from the Falkland Islands by Charles Darwin, Esq.

By G. R. Wareruovse, Esq., Assistant Secretary and

Curator to the Zoological Society, &c.

‘Section GEODEPHAGA.

Fam. FERONIID/E.

Lissoprenus*, nov. gen.

Corpus depressum, elongatum ; lateribus elytrorum subparallelis.

Labrum transversum, antice emarginatum.

Labium profunde emarginatum, dente in medio paulo producto, ad

apicem truncato.

Palpi filiformes, articulo ultimo ad apicem truncato.

Mandibule mediocres, edentule, acutz.

Antenne mediocres, articulis subeequalibus.

Pedes mediocres ; tibie anteriores in maribus incrassate, et tarsi ar-

ticulis quatuor dilatati.

This genus is founded upon an insect discovered by Mr. Dar-

* Aicoos smooth, and xregcv, in allusion to the almost total absence of

sculpturing on the elytra. _

Woe eae

282 Mr. Waterhouse on a new genus of Carabideous Insects.

win in the Falkland Islands. Some of the specimens were found

in the month of March under a dead bird on the sea-coast in

K. Falkland Island. Both by myself and Mr. Darwin this

insect was upon a cursory inspection supposed to be a species

of Sphodrus, but upon examination it was found to exhibit

characters which separate it from that and other published

genera. ‘lhe more conspicuous are, the swollen anterior tibiee

of the male; the femora are also stouter in this sex, and the

Jour basal joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated, and (with the

exception of the basal joint, which is triangular,) they are

broader than long. The antennz do not exhibit the short

second and long third joint as in Sphodrus, but have the joints

all nearly equal in length, the second joint being scarcely

shorter than the third, which is not longer than the following

joints. In size the present insect is about equal to the Oma-

seus melanurus, and an idea of its proportions may perhaps

be best conveyed by comparing the two: the body is more

depressed than in O. melanurus, the head is a trifle broader,

and the antenne are more slender ; the thorax presents nearly

the same outline, but the sides are not rounded quite to the

base as in that insect. The elytra also present nearly the

some outline, but besides being less convex, they have the re-

flected margin much broader and more distinct; the legs are

nearly of the same proportions ; the dilated tarsi of the male

are broader, the tibize stouter, and the internal emargination

much less distinct, and situated nearer to the apex of the tibie.

The principal specific characters may be thus expressed :—

Lissopterus quadrinotatus. Liss. niger subnitidus; antennis pedi-

busque piceis, vel rufo-piceis; thorace supra paulo convexo, sub-

quadrato postice angustiore, lateribus indistincte rotundatis, foveis

duabus oblongis impresso, medio canaliculato; elytris elongato-

ovatis, lateribus subparallelis postice rotundatis, supra subde-

pressis, leevibus, indistinctissime striatis, notis quatuor rufis ornatis.

Long. corp. 64—8 lin. ; lat. 22——3 lin.

Var. 3. Elytris immaculatis, pedibus nigris.

Colour black; head and thorax glossy, elytra dull; head

rather broad and subdepressed, with a slight transverse groove

in front marking the posterior boundary of the clypeus, which

is transverse and slightly emarginated in front, where it is of

a pitchy hue; two shallow fovez situated partly on the cly-

peus and partly on the head ; eyes rather small, rounded and

convex; labrum and mandibles pitchy ; antenne and palpi

pitchy-red. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; in

front but little narrower than the elytra, and behind about

one-fifth narrower than in front; the sides slightly rounded,

but becoming nearly straight and parallel towards the posterior

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 283

angles, which are nearly right angles; the upper surface is

but little convex, the reflected lateral margins are rather

broad, the dorsal channel moderately distinct, but obliterated

near the anterior and posterior margins of the thorax ; on each

side, behind. are two oblique, long, smooth foveze, between

which is a transverse impression situated at about one-fourth

of the distance from the base towards the apex of the thorax—

this transverse impression is not strongly marked. LElytra

elongate-ovate, above subdepressed, the lateral reflected mar-

gins broad and distinct, the surface nearly smooth but ex-

hibiting indistinct strize, and these are most faintly punc-

tured; two smallish red spots are observable on each elytron

near the outer margin, one towards the base of the elytron,

and the other on the apical fourth; the legs are pitchy or

pitchy-red. ‘Sometimes the red spots on the elytra are obli-

terated, the legs are nearly black, and the antennz and palpi

are pitchy.

Obs.—As regards one of the characters upon which I found

the present genus, I allude to the male sex having four of the

joints of the anterior tarsi distinctly dilated, I may call at-

tention to the remark by Dejean in his observations on the

Feronie, viz. that this group is distinguished from the Har-

pali by the structure of the intermediate tarsi (i.e. they are

not dilated), and by the fourth jomt of the anterior tarsus,

which is never dilated in the male sex. The genus Lissopterus

therefore affords a remarkable exception to a general rule.

XLIV.—The Birds of Ireland By Wn. Tuompson, Esq.,

Pres. Nat. Hist. Society, Belfast.

[Continued from vol. x. p. 179.]

Tue Rine-Dove *—Columba Palumbus, Linn.—is common

throughout the wooded districts of the island.

Mr. Waterton is rather disposed to believe that in his part of York-

shire there is an annual increase by migration to the numbers of na-

tive birds. Mr. Selby states, in general terms, that there is not any

such increase. ‘Ihe great numbers that congregate in autumn, and

remain together during winter in Ireland, I have always considered

as our indigenous birds only, collected together in their choicest

haunts, however widely separated they may have been in the breed-

ing-season.

Belvoir Park near Belfast, with its fine and extensive woods, is

quite a preserve for these birds, and throughout the autumn and

winter they may be daily seen there in the afternoon, in multitudi-

* Commonly called Wood Quest and Wood Pigeon in the north of Ire-

land.

284 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

nous numbers, occasionally not less than five hundred appearing in

one flock. Mr. Selby remarks that the ring-dove prefers fir and

ash-trees to roost in, but in this park, the beech apparently is pre-

ferred above all other species. Not only is a wood consisting of

these trees their chief resort, but in mixed plantations their tops

may be seen dotted with these birds, when none appear on other

equally lofty deciduous trees, pines, or firs. It was a very pleasing

sight on one occasion here to see a number of these birds descend

from the highest trees to drink at the river Lagan—which bounds

the demesne at one side—before retiring to roost. On November 30,

1838, which was a very dark day, several hundreds were settled on

the trees apparently for the night, so early as half-past two o'clock

in the afternoon. The immense flocks here, rising en masse from

their roosting-places with thundering noise, remind us of the vast

flights of the passenger pigeon in North America, of which we are so

fully informed in the graphic narrations of Wilson and Audubon.

The earliest date im my journal, with reference to large flocks

roosting in Belvoir Park, is Sept. 16, 1840, and in the spring of the

preceding year, they are noted as seen in very large flocks so late as

the 25th of March.

But they breed here fully as early as in the north of England,

occasionally even earlier than the latter end of February—the time

mentioned by Mr. Selby; lofty trees are generally selected for the

nest, but in a locality where the species was protected I have in

more than one instance known the nest to be placed not more than

seven feet from the ground, in young fir-trees. ‘Their cooing, with

which the woods resound in the early spring, and their singular flight

at this season, rising and falling suddenly in the air, render the ring-

dove highly attractive. Although this bird will, where protected,

display little fear of man, particularly in the breeding-season, it is

generally very wary, and when assembled in flocks, extremely so : its

sense of hearing must be remarkably acute, as the slightest noise,

even at a distance, will alarm a flock, and cause the temporary de-

sertion of its intended roosting-place.

The large flocks alluded to divide into foraging parties in the

morning, though some few may be seen about their roosting-places

at all times of the day. In severe frosts they are driven to the tur-

nip-fields, to feed upon the green tops of the plant. I have seen large

flocks regaling on beech-mast ; and they are partial to ploughed fields,

on account of the seeds and other vegetable matter turned up. Useful

in consuming the seeds and roots of weeds injurious to the crops, yet

Mr. Waterton, who looks upon all the feathered race in the most fa-

vourable light that trath will warrant, does not consider the ring-dove

of any service to man. A friend, whose country-seat is in the valley

of the Lagan, and near to Belvoir Park, where the species is so nume-

rous, reports, that he has often seen ring-doves pluck gooseberries

and currants from the bushes in his garden, but never knew them to

attack his cherries. They are very destructive to young plants of

the cabbage tribe, which are preferred to the tender tops of turnips.

Quantities of all kinds of his grain, when ripe, are stated to be de-

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 985

stroyed by these birds, which are accused of flying against the

standing stalks, and prostrating them, to feed upon the pickles, and

alighting with the same evil intent on the masses prostrated by

storm or rain, as well as on the “‘ stooks.”” Wheat is their favourite

—and it is said that for it ‘‘ they will fly a mile farther” than for

any other grain.

Though the ring-dove is prized in the north of Ireland, the young

are not regularly sought after for the table, as they are stated by

Mr. Waterton to be in Yorkshire. This gentleman in his ‘ Essays

on Natural History,’ and Mr. Macgillivray in his ‘ British Birds,’ give

full and interesting accounts of the species. In France and Switzer-

land I have, in summer and autumn, observed the ring-dove to be

equally common as in the British Islands*.

Rocx-Dove, Columba Livia, Brisson+.—About the rock-

bound and caverned coasts on all sides of Ireland, and the

adjacent islands, this species has occurred to me. It is like-

wise to be found at inland caves and grottos, such as in lime-

stone districts especially are not unfrequent. Some authors

speak of the sea-coast only as frequented by the rock-dove,

but from personal observation it can be stated, that caverns,

be they inland or marine, are its natural abiding-places ; and

whether situated in the inland solitude, close by the din of

the water-fall, or the “roar of ocean’s waves,” are equally

resorted to.

* The Stock-Dove, C. @nas, is unknown both to Ireland and Scotland.

In England it is said to frequent only the midland and eastern counties.

| This bird is the parent of the common tame pigeon. When the dove-

cot is not far distant from the nestling-places of the wild birds in the rocks,

the tame ones often resort thither and pair with them, and the mottled pro-

duce seen frequenting wild localities often puzzle the tyro ornithologist.

It may be mentioned, on account of the period of time that elapsed on the

occasion, that a tame pigeon taken from Belfast to the Falls, two miles

distant, and shut up in a room for twelve months, immediately on being

liberated flew back to its old quarters.

The following paragraph on carrier pigeons appeared in the Leinster Ex-

press newspaper in Dec. 1842 :—“‘ One of these pigeons was let loose from

Palmerston-house, near Chapelizod, the seat of the Earl of Donoughmore,

when it accomplished the journey to Castle Bernard, which is upwards of

sixty-two miles, in two hours ; yet the flight was much impeded, as the day

was both dark and hazy, accompanied with a strong head wind at the time.

At the late fair of Ballinasloe, Thomas Bernard, Esq. took with him one of

these birds, which he let go in the town at eleven o’clock a.m. with a note

appended, directing dinner to be ready at Castle Bernard at the given time,

as he purposed being home that day, when the bird took its flight, and

the message was delivered in eleven minutes after, having travelled twenty-

three miles Irish in that wonderful short space of time, or, in other words,

at the rate of 1255 miles an hour. These pigeons, of which Mr. Bernard

has a large flock, are so domesticated, that he can handle them as he pleases,

and so very tractable are they, that whenever he calls, they attend the call

promptly.”

An interesting note on the attachment shown by a tame pigeon to her

mate, which had been shot and gibbeted in a pea-field, is related by Mr,

Jesse, in his ‘ Gleanings of Natural History,’ p. 112, 1st series,

286 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

On examining the crop of some of these birds shot in the month

of June 1832, at the wild peninsula of the Horn (co. Donegal), where

they are very common, they were found to be filled with the seeds

of rushes. When visiting the island of Achil, on the 29th of June

1834, in company with Mr. R. Ball, we saw several rock-doves feed-

ing on the low sandy tract near Keil, and approached them within

about twenty-five paces. On remarking to Lieut. Reynolds, R.N.

of the Coast Guard service, then stationed there, how near they

permitted the approach of our party, he stated that on the preceding

day he killed twenty-one of them about the same place, and that he

had killed as many as fifty and fifty-two in one day there, although

more than two were never procured at one shot. In this wild di-

strict they are seldom molested, and consequently exhibit little fear

of man. In the level tract alluded to there is no ambush to con-

ceal the sportsman, who must walk up directly within sight of the

birds until within shooting distance. It is only at a particular sea-

son that they are seen here, when, according to my informant, they

are attracted to the locality by a ‘‘small pea” which is abundant,

and is always found in the crops of those killed. We requested to

be shown the plant, and found it to be the common bird’s-foot tre-

foil (Lotus corniculatus). When walking along the top of the fine

marine cliffs about Portpatrick, in Wigtonshire, in Aug. 1838, in

company with Capt. Fayrer, R.N., he remarked, on some rock-doves

being sprung, that he had shot many of them there as they came to

feed on the ‘‘ wild liquorice,” a favourite kind of food—this also I

found to be the Lotus corniculatus. About the marine cliffs near

Ballantrae, in the adjoining county of Ayr, I have remarked these

birds to be common, and have seen flocks of them alight in the fields

of green or unripe corn, near the coast*.

In August 1826, when visiting the celebrated cascade at Tivoli,

near Rome, rock-doves presented a singular and beautiful appear-

ance, as numbers of them kept flying in and out of the gloomy re-

cesses of the rock, close to where the mass of waters was precipi-

tated: viewed from the heights above, they looked so remarkably

small, that at first sight I was deceived as to their species.

At the end of April 1841, I observed rock-doves to be numerous

about the precipitous and caverned cliffs of the island of Sphacteria,

forming part of the western boundary of the noble bay of Navarino.

When there on the 29th and 30th of that month, the officers of

H.M.S. Beacon set out in a boat for the purpose of entering the

caves to shoot them, and returned on each day with several brace.

They remarked, that of the great numbers seen, all were on the

western or sea side of the island, although as fine caverns are on the

eastern or bay side. Again, when becalmed in the A‘gean Sea on the

10th of June in H.M.S. Magpie, a likely place for these birds pre-

senting itself in a rocky islet, N.E. of Port Nousa, in the island of

Paros, a boat was lowered for the commander and myself to go in

pursuit of them. A few were seen about its caves and cliffs, anda

young bird of the year which was shot on wing was in full plu-

* Mr, Macgillivray gives a full and excellent account of this species

from personal observation in Scotland.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 287

mage, but still retained some fragments of down about the head.

On this occasion I could not but think how very different was the

scene and climate from that in which I first became initiated in rock-

dove shooting, by thus visiting marine caves for the purpose. This

was in the snow-white range of caverned cliffs extending for some

distance westward of Dunluce Castle, near the Giant’s Causeway.

The rock-dove was equally common in both localities.

Tue TurtLe-Dove—Columba Turtur, Linn.—is an occa-

sional visitant to Ireland, and has been obtained in the coun-

ties ranging farthest to the south-west and north-west. It

has appeared in spring, summer and autumn, and probably

visited the island in some instances to increase its species,

although no instance of its breeding here is known to me*,

In four or five successive years it has occurred.

Mr. Templeton records the turtle-dove as ‘‘ seen at Cranmore

and Shanes-Castle ;” the former his own residence near Belfast, the

latter that of Earl O’Neil, situated on the borders of Lough Neagh.

About the year 1820, one of these birds was seen by a friend at

Fisherwick Lodge ; which, with the two localities just named, is in

the county of Antrim. The collection of J. V. Stewart, Esq. of

Rockhill, Letterkenny, contains a specimen shot in the north-west

of the county of Donegal. About Youghal, the species has two or

three times been met with by R. Ball, Esq. I have been informed

by Dr. Harvey of Cork, that ‘“‘ Mr. Fennell of Ballibrado, near Cahir,

county of ‘Tipperary, shot a turtle-dove there in the spring of 1830,

when several of them were seen during a few weeks about his place;

in the following year, likewise, he saw three or four of these birds

in the same locality.” In March 1834, a turtle-dove shown me by

Mr. Glennon, bird-preserver, Dublin, was said to have been shot at

Carton, the seat of the Duke of Leinster; and at the same time it

was mentioned that the species had for two or three summers visited

Simpson’s nursery-grounds, near the metropolis. By the late T. F.

Neligan, Esq. of Tralee, one of these birds was obtained near that

town on September 20, 1834: its crop was filled with wheat. To

T. W. Warren, Esq. of Dublin, I am indebted for notes to the effect,

that in the year 1834 he saw a recent example of this species, which

was shot in the county of Wexford; that two specimens in his col-

lection were shot near Malahide, county of Dublin, in the summers

of 1835 and 1836—two or three years before this time, he more

than once met with a bird of this species feeding in a field of vetches,

in the locality whence the specimens were procured, but it was too

wary to admit of his approach within gun-shot. H.H. Dombrain,

Esq. states, that one was shot in the summer of 1886, in Lord

Roden’s demesne, Dundalk. On the 10th of July 1837, I saw a

* Since the above was written, I have been credibly informed that a pair

of turtle-doves bred in a plantation near Downpatrick in the summer of

1842. They remained to a late period in the locality, one of them having

‘been killed on the 12th of November. Dr. Burkitt of Waterford mentions

two specimens obtained near that town—in 1834 and 1836,

288 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

turtle-dove in the shop of Mr. Glennon, who assured me that it had

been killed about three weeks previously near Donnybrook, a few

miles from Dublin. George Selby, Esq. of Alnwick, Northumber-

land, (brother to the distinguished naturalist, and imbued with simi-

lar tastes,) on visiting Belfast in October 1837, informed me that

one of these birds, which admitted of a close approach, was seen by

him on the road-side between Armagh and Aughnacloy in the first

week of that month.

When on a tour in Holland and Switzerland in the summer of

1826, the turtle-dove was met with, and in the former country was

very tame. When proceeding in H.M.S. Beacon from Malta to the

Morea in the spring of 1841, a few of these birds appeared on the

24th, 25th, 26th, and 27th of April, coming from the south on their

way from Africa to Europe. ‘They generally came singly, and:not

more than two were seen in company*. On the 29th of Apmil I

saw one near Navarino; and again on the 6th of May in the island

of Syra:—at the end of this month, numbers were observed in the

spacious gardens of the old seraglio at Constantinople.

Tue Puorasant—Phasianus Colchicus, Linn.—is a species, which,

having unquestionably been introduced to Ireland, has only claims to

be considered in a supplementary note. The period of its introduc-

tion is unknown to met. Smith would seem to have imagined that

it was indigenous to the island, as in his ‘ History of Cork’ it is ob-

served—‘‘ They are now [about 1749] indeed very rare, most of our

woods being cut down.” This splendid bird has for a long time past

been common in many parts of the country, where it is carefully

preserved and protected. In Down and Antrim the ring-necked ya-

riety is not uncommon; and I have seen a few examples (shot in a

wild state) of the female in the assumed plumage of the male, but,

although his colours were there, they were always dull in hue com-

pared with the gloss and splendour of the adult plumage of the

veritable cock—on the dissection of one of these, the eggs were ob-

served to be not larger than clover-seed.

I have often remarked the aversion of the pheasant to take wing

when near its home, and have seen it, even when cantered directly

up to, or charged on horseback, run across a considerable stretch of

field to the preserve, rather than take wing. Attention hasbeen |

called by some writers to the effect of thunder in prompting the

pheasant to crow, and on this subject the following note appears in

my journal :—“ April 7, 1833. When walking along the banks, of

the Lagan today between four and five o’clock, there were a few

peals of thunder, at the immediate commencement of each of which,

the pheasants in Belvoir Park crowed, although their ‘ most sweet

voices!’ were not to be heard at any other time.” Mr. Waterton

does not believe in the capture of pheasants by means of the fumes

of sulphur, but though never present at any such poaching atiina, I

* In Annals, vol. viii. p. 128, are further particulars.

tT In the year 1589 it was noticed as common. See note on 1 Quail.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 289

have no doubt from what has been related to me that they are so

taken, and that the vile practice is resorted to on the western, as

well as the eastern side of the Irish Sea. An observant friend has

often remarked that during the absence of the pheasant from its nest

the eggs (sometimes thirteen in number) were covered with hay,

which he believed to have been always placed there by the bird

itself.

Upon looking to notes on the food observed in opening nine phea-

sants, killed at various times and places during five months—from

December to Apri] inclusive—I find that the stones of haws or fruit

of the white-thorn were contained in seven of them; in addition to

these were grain, small seeds, and peas: one exhibited a few roots

of plants and twigs of trees: another was nearly filled ‘with grass :

one only contained any insects—all presented numerous fragments

of stone. A pheasant which frequented our own garden daily for some

time in summer was accused of feeding on black currants; the tops

of turnips are sometimes eaten; and a fine cock bird was in the

habit of visiting a stable-yard in the vicinity of Belfast very early in

the morning for the purpose of feeding there.

The Bishop of Norwich, in his ‘ Familiar History of Birds,’ men-

tions an ungallant and furious assault of a cock-pheasant upon a

young lady when quietly walking on the highway, but who, never-

theless, seized her assailant and carried him home. Though, per-

haps, not a rare instance in the case of the barn-door fowl, it may

be worth noticing, that a fine cock of this species kept in our own

yard, on more than one occasion assaulted an old cook who nowise

meddled with him, though she did sometimes lay hold of some of

the members of his seraglio. She was once indisposed for a few

days after his attack, on which occasion he, according to her own

version, had struck her ‘‘ severely with his spurs between the ribs.”

In April 1842 the following paragraph appeared in a Dublin news-

paper :—“‘On Sunday se’nnight, a child named MarthaCollins, living

at Harold’s-cross, was sent by her mother to a livery-stable yard

in the neighbourhood, kept by a Mr. Smith. On entering the yard,

a cock flew at the child and struck her three or four times in the face

and other parts of the head, cutting her with each blow. A woman,

also named Collins, resident in the yard, hearing the screams of the

little sufferer, ran to her assistance and rescued her. On the Tuesday

following, it was considered necessary to have medical aid, and the

child was shown to Dr. Monks, who at once pronounced the case

fatal. ‘The child expired the next day. An inquest was held on the

body, and a verdict according to the above-mentioned circumstance

returned.”

In the work last mentioned, a mousing hen is alluded to (vol. ii.

p-97. 3rd ed.), which reminds me that in my young days there was

a hen of our own stock which took an especial delight in mouse-

hunting, and often have I seen her carrying her victims about as if

in triumph.

Goup Pueasanr (P. pictus), Sitver Pugasant (P. nyctheme-

ris). As itis interesting to know the age which these birds will

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. U

290 M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus.

attain in captivity, one or two notes on the subject may here be in-

troduced. A fine male silver pheasant has been known to me to

live twenty-one or twenty-two years. Such gold pheasants as I

happened to learn the age of did not exceed half that period, though

which species can really be termed the longer lived, I am unable to

state. Such of the latter as came under my knowledge died almost

instantaneously, and when in the highest condition as to flesh and

plumage. Some years ago I saw at Glenarm Park a brood partly of

the common, and partly of the silver pheasant, which had thriven

very well together under the maternity of a ‘‘ barn-door”’ hen—the

young of both species made their first appearance on the same day.

It may here be mentioned that a pair of Pea-Fowu (Pavo eristatus)

which we had for some time, paid due respect to the hall-door, as

there they would eat only of bread or biscuit (moistened), although

at the back door, or in the yard, they would feed freely on potatoes.

George Matthews, Esq. informs me that many years ago at

Springvale, county of Down, where nearly fifty Guinza-Fowt (Nu-

mida Meleagris) were kept, they flew about in company every eyen-

ing before roosting, and then settled for the night on the highest

trees about the place, which were ash. On a field of barley being

reaped there, a nest of these birds was discovered, containing be-

tween two and three hundred eggs.

[To be continued. }

XLV.—Anatomical Researches on the Nervous and Circu-

lating Systems of the 'Triton aquaticus, or Aquatic Sala-

mander. By G. Nicoxvucci of Naples. Communicated

by Dr. Grant, Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoo-

logy in University College, London.

Tue object of the brief investigations which we now detail is

merely a summary indication of the nervous and circulating

systems of the Aquatic Salamander, in preparing a complete

monograph of which we have been for some time engaged.

1. Nervous System.

The encephalic mass of the Salamander occupies a great

part of the cavity of the cranium, and is formed by two oblong

hemispheres, having a median furrow on their upper and

under surface. The pineal gland, sufficiently developed, fills

the space that the hemispheres present on the under side by

diverging a little from each other, and closes the large cala-

mus scriptorius between the two enlargements of the medulla ~

oblongata, which, extended as far as the tail, presents a lon-

gitudinal median furrow. It is around the brain itself, and

most especially externally along the furrow that separates

the lobes of the medulla oblongata, that the chalky follicles of

M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus. 291

Comparetti are visible, which appear to penetrate as far as the

auditory organ, and which are again met with under the skin,

of the use of which we are ignorant. Certainly they cannot

be confounded with the dermal follicles which secrete the

mucus with which the surface of the Salamander is covered,

as they are considerably larger than these and quite different

in colour.

The spinal marrow has not any enlargement corresponding

with the nervous plexuses, which are directed to the anterior

and posterior extremities; but the nervous filaments which

spring from it have only a double root, which appears evi-

dently in all the costal nerves, resembling what Delle Chiaje

has observed in the Proteus. The brachial plexus is formed

by three cervical nerves, which send off, before they unite,

filaments both for the skin and the surrounding muscles, and,

again united, divide into two branches, of which the shorter

radial does not go so far as the fore-arm, dividing itself

into infinite ramusculi; and the cubital, having furnished

branches to the muscles of the arm, parts into four digital

branches, each directed to its own finger. The plexus ischia-

ticus also consists of three lumbar nerves, of which the

median sends branches to the genital organs and to the

kidneys, the posterior sends small filaments to the neigh-

bouring muscles, and the superior join to form two trunks,

the anterior and posterior sciatic; the first the shorter, which

does not reach so far as the thigh; the second, which extends

to the foot, parting into two branches, one which supplies the

two digital nerves to the first two fingers, and the other those

of the remaining three.

The great sympathic nerve appears to have its origin from

the third cervical nerve, from which a filament is seen to be

given off, which, passing across the other cervical nerves that

form the brachial plexus, gives origin to the exceedingly mi-

nute ganglions on the spinal nerves precisely where their double

roots join, and terminates in the first of the lumbar nerves,

which unites with the others in forming the plexus ischia-

ticus.

The cerebral nerves of the Salamander are reduced to the

first, second, fifth, eighth and ninth pairs. The first of these

or the olfactory, springing from the anterior part of the cere-

bral hemispheres, immediately distributes itself in the nasal

cavity ; the second or the optic, springing from the rudimental

optic thalami? (lobes), turns towards the eye, the bulb of which

it penetrates entire ; and the fifth or the trigeminus, taking its

rise immediately in the upper part of the medulla oblongata,

trifurcates after having given origin to a ganglion, the first

292 M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus.

branch directing itself in a great measure to the skin of the

muzzle and to the internal parts of the eye, the second to the

maxillary angle, and the third partly to the skin of the head

and partly to the inside of the mouth. The eighth pair or

the acoustic, rising immediately from the brain, and m con-

tact with the calcareous granules, enters into the auditory ca-

vity ; and the ninth or the pneumo-gastric, having a common

origin with the fifth, at first enlarges into a ganglion, then

resolves itself into three branches; the outer directed to the

skin, the inner to the heart and the aorta, and the median

further parts into two branches, one for the stomach and the

other for the lungs.

2. Circulating System.

A. Arterial System.—From the conical ventricle of the

heart, placed above a single (? double) auricle, rises the bulb of

the aorta, which sends out three great trunks from both sides :

the upper of which may take the name of carotid, since it en-

tirely distributes itself in the head, and at first sends a super-

ficial branch into the interior of the mouth, then another which

soon divides into two; the internal, which supplies a branch

to the eye and enters the cranium, passing over the brain and

anastomosing with the opposite branch; and the external,

wholly directed to the ear. ‘The last most conspicuous branch

is the maxillary, which supplies also a small branch to the

muscles of the neck. The third or lower trunk, having anasto-

mosed, by means of a transverse branch, with the median, is

directed entirely to the lungs, where it forms a very delicate

network joined by its extremities with the ramifications of the

pulmonary vein.. The median trunk is that which makes a

curve and then descends to form the aorta ; but before it bends,

a little after its quitting the bulb, it sends out a branch which

turns directly towards the nasal fosse, supplying besides a

ramuscule to the eyeball. The aorta, which runs through the

whole body to the extremity of the tail, furnishes from its

commencement in cpposite directions the subclavian arteries,

which branch off in their turn into the brachial, ulnar and

radial, terminating in the four digitals for the upper limbs,

before they enter which they furnish a large branch (arteria

manmaria) anastomosing with the ischiatic arteries, and from

which separate so many ramusculi for the abdominal muscles

and skin. ‘Thence from the aorta there rises lower down the

celiac artery, from which originate all the arterial vessels of

the abdominal cavity. Because there arises from this the cysto-

hepatic artery directed towards the gall-bladder and to the

liver, where it is dispersed in a multiplicity of branches ; the

M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus. 293

pancreo-duodeno-gastro-splenic divided into the pancreo-duo-

denal and the gastric, which previous to its being divided

upon the stomach sends two pretty large branches to the

spleen. Two other small trunks which spring from the cceliac

are all directed to the small intestine (arterie mesenterice

superiores) ; whilst another branch (a. mesenterica inferior)

goes off direct from the aorta to disperse itself on the large

intestine.. Betwixt the cceliac and the last-described artery, the

aorta always sends off branches to the testicles and the vasa

deferentia in the males, to the ovaries and oviducts in the fe-

males ; to the adipose bodies ; to the kidneys in 10—12 ramus-

culi. Along the course of the aorta there pass off from it at

right angles and in opposite directions the intercostal arteries,

and from the last the vesical and the ischiadic, which, having

‘given a superficial branch to the surrounding muscles, and

anastomosing with the mammary, turn towards the hinder

Tegs, soon divided into the femoral, tibial and fibular, extend-

ing to the fingers, divided into the five digitals. ‘The aorta

being prolonged into the tail, first gives small branches to the

cloaca, and moreover lateral branches as far as to the extre-

mity of the tail.

B. Venous System.—¥rom the union of the digital veins

arise the femoral and tibial of the hinder limbs, which are

united, in the interior of the pelvis, to the caudal vein, from

‘which then arise the renal afferent vein, which receives the

vesical and is dispersed through the whole kidney by the aid

of considerable lateral branching trunks; the wméiiical, which

runs isolated along the ventral side of the body so as to reach

‘the liver and there lose itself; the vena porte, which ascending

- suecessively collects many intestinal branches, the splenic vein,

‘the pancreatic, the gastric, and divides thus enlarged in the

‘liver ; whilst the renal efferent vein, arising by the side of the

kidneys from the many trunks which seem to be anastomosed

with the renal efferent veins in the same manner as the pul-

monary artery and veins are upon the respiratory sac, turns to

- the vena porte *.

- »* Jacobson was really the first person who made mention of this peculiar

.,eireuit of the blood in the kidneys which occurs in fishes and reptiles, but

__ not in birds, as Nicolai has demonstrated (Oken’s ‘ Isis,’ 1806, p. 404) ; but

the description given of it by Jacobson was altogether donbtful and confused,

‘so that many anatomists either paid little regard to it, or considered it as a

thing not at)all demonstrated (Duvernoy in ‘ Cuvier, Lecons d’Anat. Comp.’

2nd-edit.,| Paris, 1839, tom. vi. pp. 254, 255). Meyer (Analekten fiir ver-

_gicich. Anat., Bonn, 1835) pointed out traces of it, in the ana pipa, some-

what more distinctly than the Danish anatomist ; and Wagner in Jike man-

er made it the subject of his investigation (Lehrbuch dev vergl. Anat.,

iy: 2 r ;

294 M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus.

The vena cava posterior collects the branches of the dorsal

skin, the spinal branches of the ovary and the oviducts in the

females, of the testicles and deferential canals in the males,

and of the adipose bodies, and running by side of the liver

receives there the hepatic véin ; thence discharges itself into

the single auricle of the heart. The cava superior is formed

of the jugular veins which carry back all the blood of the

head, from the subclavian which bring back the nutritive

liquid from the upper limbs, and from the pulmonary veins.

Leipsig, 1834, pp. 172, 178). But none of these has unfolded this question

with so much accuracy as Delle Chiaje.

We shall not now repeat what the above-mentioned anatomists have said

upon the venous system of Jacobson,—a discussion on which we shall enter

in our Monograph,—but shall state that the observations of Delle Chiaje have

already been recorded in his ‘ Notomia Comparata’ (Naples, 1836, ii. 104

—114. pl. 53. f. 1. Qq K B, in the Rana esculenta, 3 H 45 v 8 for the

Coluber natrix), in the ‘ Ricerche anatomico-fisiologiche sul Proteo serpen-

tino (Naples, 1840, inserted in the ‘ Antologia di Sc. Nat. di Piria e Scacchi’

for March 1841), and more particularly in the ‘ Monografia del Sistema cir-

colatorio sanguigno degli animali rettili,’ presented with 16 plates imperial

4to to the R. Acad. of Sciences, and mentioned in the Annual Discourse,

1838, of the Secretary Cav. Monticelli, and in our translation of Tiedemann’s

‘General and Comparative Anatomy ’ (Nap. 1840, p. 142). We ought lastly

to notice that Delle Chiaje two years ago undertook for us the injection of

the entire Jacobonisan system (which he appropriately denominates the uro-

entero-hepatic) in an eft, and that the description of it traced by us in the

salamander was taken from an injection, which at our request he was so

good as to make for us, thus enabling ourselves to repeat it, as we often

have done, with every kind of facility.

With regard to the office of the kidneys in reptiles and fishes, the opinions

of Jacobson appear probable enough that they assist in the function of the

hzmatosis, although Bojanus (Oken’s ‘ Isis,’ 1 bd. 7 hft. p. 873) and Carus

(Lehrb. d. vergleich. Zoost. ii. Leipsig, 1834, p. 700) maintain that all the

blood must be carried directly into the liver. This function of the kidneys

was expressed by Jacobson (De peculiari systemate venoso, &c. Hafnize, 1821)

in the following terms: “ This venous system is charged with carrying into

the kidneys, or into the kidneys and liver, the venous blood coming from

the hinder and middle part of the body, making it subserve the functions of

the secretions of those organs.” And this for a double reason, both because ,

the lungs, or at least the branchie, in reptiles and fishes, do not present to the

air so ample a surface as in the higher animals, to the vascular ramifications

which carry the blood there into contact with the aérial fluid; and also be-

cause the venous blood, mixing in the heart with the arterial blood returned

from the pulmonary veins, this is conveyed there in a state the most fitted

for the wants of nutrition ; and this clearly takes place partly in the kidneys

and partly in the liver, and partly also, it may be said, in the skin, where the

blood undergoes a modification in its proper elements, and from being venous

and useless for nutrition becomes arterial and nutritive.

It appears, then, that subsequent to Delle Chiaje, who was the first to give

its topographical description and delineation, nothing new has been added

to the anatomical knowledge of the Jacobsonian system ; nor, since Jacob-

son, any new idea respecting its physiological interpretation.

Bibliographical Notices. 295

[The zootomical labours of Delle Chiaje have now been

familiar to the anatomists of Europe for nearly a quarter of a

century, and they reflect great honour on him and on his

country. It must therefore be gratifying to all foreigners to

observe the zeal and candour of his fellow-labourers at Naples,

in thus reclaiming for their distinguished countryman the

merit of originality to which he is so justly entitled.—~

R. E. G.]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Climate of the South of Devon and its influence upon Health ; with

short accounts of Exeter, Torquay, Babbacombe, Teignmouth, Daw-

lish, Exmouth, Budleigh-Salterton, Sidmouth, &c. By Thomas

Shafter, M.D., Physician to the Exeter Dispensary, Lying-in-

Charity, &e. Pp. 258. 12mo. Churchill: London, 1842.

In this work, although chiefly embracing statistics and medical topo-

graphy, there are many interesting observations relative to natural

history, and on that account it may with propriety be noticed in

this Journal.

The work was written ‘‘ in accordance with the suggestion of Sir

James Clark, that in order to determine the true character of the

climate of the south-western part of England, observations should be

made in some of its principal localities.”

This has been already done in regard to Bristol and Clifton by

Drs. Carrick and Symonds, and in regard to the Land’s End by Dr.

Forbes. Dr. Shafter’s publication is a continuation of the subject.

The work is divided into two parts; the first treating of the cli-

mate and diseases of South Devon, and the second of its geology,

natural productions, ceconomical history and statistics.

The climate of Devon generally is warm and moist: this depends

partly on its latitude and partly on its position as regards the ocean,

nearly half of its circumference being sea-coast. ‘The mean annual

temp. of South Devon is 51°29’, or nearly 1° higher than that of

London ; one of its most striking characteristics is equability of tem-

perature. ‘The indications of the barometer, although not very dis-

similar from those of London, yet show that the atmosphere of the

district is both less dense and less liable to changes in its density

than is the case in the metropolis. It is charged with moisture, and

a slight depression of temperature causes deposition of dew or a fall

of rai. In general language it may be stated, that from March to

September the climate is dry, and during the remainder of the year

humid. The mean annual fall of rain amounts very nearly to 32

inches, being about 7 inches more than fall in London. The average

number of wet days (i. e. days in which a fall of rain, however slight,

takes place) amounts to rather more than 162, while in London it

amounts to 178.

Frost is not unfrequent during winter and spring, but is rarely of

long continuance, Snow rarely falls in any great quantity, or re-

296 Bibliographical Notices.

mains on the ground above two or three days, except on the high

lands. Thunder and lightning are comparatively unfrequent, and

very rarely indeed are the storms attended by serious or awful con-

sequences. ‘lhe prevailing winds are west and north-west. “‘ During

the winter season the south-west wind is often accompanied by a

warm thick mist, which is peculiarly relaxing, and from its frequency

not unaptly styled Devonshire weather.”

“The chief characteristic then of the climate of this district is that

of being warm, soft, mild, equably calm and free from storms : though

subject to a large share of rain, yet it seldom occurs that a whole

day is so unceasingly wet, as not to afford some hours, whether early

or late, sufficiently fine for outdoor exercise.” The general mildness

of the climate is indicated by many tender and delicate exotics

flourishing in the open air and not being destroyed during the winter.

Among them we may notice Hrythrina laurifolia, Laurus Camphora,

Camellia japonica, Thea viridis and Bohea, Magnolia fuscata, Arundo

Donax, Agave americana, Passiflora brasiliensis, Hydrangea hortensis,

Mimulus cardinalis, Myrtus communis, Punica Granatum, Citrus medica,

Limonum, and aurantium, Olea europea, Gladiolus cardinalis and psitta-

cinus, various species of Alstremeria, Callistemon salignum, Cheiranthus

tristis, Salvia angustifolia, Ceanothus azureus.

In illustrating the effects of climate upon the constitutions of the

inhabitants, a description is given of the diseases incidental to the

district. The results are deduced from the cases admitted to the

Exeter Dispensary during ten years, and embrace 11,258 patients,

of whom 4535 were males and 6723 females. September appears to

be the healthiest month in the year. A diagram is given showing

the relative number per cent. of sick persons in each month, and full

tables are given illustrating the prevalence of particular diseases.

This being more immediately connected with medicine, we do not

enter upon it. We would recommend to all medical men this part

of the work, as well as the notice of those diseases in which the cli-

mate of Devonshire proves beneficial.

In treating of the geology of the district Dr. Shafter remarks,’ that

the rocks which occur present a very extensive series, ‘‘ ranging from

the granite to the lower cretaceous group; the series however is by

no means complete, many of the intervening rocks being wanting.

‘Those which present themselves for investigation are granite, grau-

wacke slates, carbonaceous rocks, schists, limestone, new red sand-

stone (including Exeter conglomerate), greensand, granitic green-

stone and trap rocks.”

The indigenous Phanerogamous plants of Devonshire are said to

amount to about 800, and the following is given as the number of

species in the different natural Orders :—

MonocoryLEDONESs.

(STAINED | er uls often coe 75 Aroidew 200"), UU a IONS

CY pelaCede octet it's ruses eaters 43° Asphodelete 20), 2 Egor, 5

PUbGIUCE was eet alae ong 16 And referable to eight other

UTCINGACGee TC ce fe ce e9os ae natural Orders. 2. .5)°.. Oth S

PLUVIGLES. Cat Fes Pace 10 asthe

Bibliographical Notices. 297

> AF 10 3 DicoTyLEDONES.

eemmpertes 2 2! OV sis 0 72° UChenopodee ys e024 ,. 15

Sealer a Soi A 44° Borapines 20 13

Leguminose ..........., 39 PrimulaceeeandLentibularie 13

| alate ai SRC 38 (Geraniaceze and Oxalidee., 14

Rosacez and Pomacee .... 86 Rubriacer.............. il

re 35 Hypericinee ...... RMB S 9

Scrophularine and Oroban- Bathpervives.”.15219 Paty oi, 9

eee Os SIT) Di 31 Solanez ...... g POY SSG 18

Caryophyllacee and Linee,. 31 Euphorbiacee .......... 8

Corylacez and Salicineee .. 28 Papaveracez............ 7

Beene lace Oo ee. oS 20 And referable to thirty-nine

PUMNMOUEE ccc secs thf 18 other Ordérs:! VY 6 113

..The Grasses form nearly two-thirds of the Monocotyledons, and

together with the Composite one-fourth of all the Phanerogamous

plants ; while Crucifere, Leguminosae, Umbellifere, Rosacee and La-

biate form together one-fourth more. Amongst the plants peculiar to

the county are noticed Linosyris vulgaris and Lobelia ureus : Primula

veris and Campanula rotundifolia, of common occurrence in the ad-

joining counties, are but rarely met with. Hrica vagans is chiefly re-

stricted to the serpentine formation ; Iris fetidissima and the Elm are

frequent in the red sand; the Cistacee, Clematis vitalba and Inula

Conyza on the limestone, and the Oak on the schist formation.

We trust that the example which has been set by Dr. Shafter will

be followed by others, and that ultimately we may expect to have

full accounts of the climate and natural productions of the various

counties of England.

The tables of statistics of life and disease have been made with

great care and are well worthy of attention.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles :— Zoologie, M. Milne Edwards.

Botanique, MM. Ad. Brongniart et-Guillemin. Paris: Fortin,

Masson and. Co,

Sept. 1842.—Zoology.—M. F. Dujardin on the Anatomy of Gor-

dius and Mermis. The author gives the details of structure in the

Gordius aquaticus and Gordius tolosanus. He confirms the account

given by M. Siebold of the extraordinary structure of the animals of

this genus. ‘‘ They are,” says M. Dujardin, “ without mouth, without

anus, without intestine, without veritable nerves or vessels. ‘They

have internally a fleshy muscular tube with thick walls. They have

_ only a single aperture situated at the posterior extremity and serving

doubtless the function of generation.” Wanting all the organs ne-

cessary to the preservation of the individual, M. Dujardin is led to

suppose that the Gordius may be the last stage of development of a

worm, in which those organs have been atrophied in consequence of

the excessive growth of the tegumentary system and of the organs

destined for the continuation of the species. His genus Mermis differs

from Gordius in the structure of its integument, in the presence of a

minute terminal mouth, and in the mode of development of the ova.

298 Bibliographical Notices.

There is something so anomalous in the structure of these worms,

that we cannot admit the accounts of it to influence our generali-

zations until we have further observations, and above all a careful ex-

amination of animals of different ages. There is no difficulty in pro-

curing material to work upon ; will no British observer take up the

subject >—M. E. Robert on the Habits of Ants. —M. Bouchard-Chan-

tereaux on the genus Productus, in which he proves that the dorsal

valves of these shells is not imperforate as is generally supposed, but

the contrary, and attached by a ligament like its allies —Compara-

tive history of the Metamorphosis and Anatomy of Cetonia aurata

and Doreus parallelipipedus, by M. Leon Dufour : an elaborate paper

beautifully illustrated.—A translation of Mr. H. Goodsir’s import-

ant paper on the Development of the Eggs and Metamorphoses of

Caligus, from the ‘ Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal’ for July

1842.—M. Lucas on new Insects from Algeria.—M.H. Mittre on four

new Shells, viz. 1. Helix Minorciensis (allied to H. serpentina) from

Port Mahon ; 2. Helix Telonensis (allied to H. glabella) from 'Toulon ;

3. Helix Nyeli from Port Mahon, and 4. Cardium aquilinum from

Toulon Roads. This paper wants figures.

Botany.—On the genera Polysaccum and Geaster, by MM. L. R.

and ©. Tulasne. Their observations on the first are at variance with

those of M. Corda: figures excellent.—On the dry Gangrene of Po-

tatoes, as observed for some years in Germany, by M. de Martius

(from the ‘Comptes Rendus’): a paper highly interesting to the

vegetable pathologist, in which it is shown that the disease depends

on the presence of a parasitic fungus.~-On two plants new to the

French Flora, by M. Delastre: these are Cirsium spurium and Li-

naria pretermissa (new ; very near L. minor).—On the Nectaries of

Plants, by M. L. Bravais.—On new Plants of Madagascar, &c., by

M. Bojer.

Oct. 1842.—Zoology.—On the Embryo of Syngnathus Ophidion,

Linn., by M. de Quatrefages : an elaborate memoir on the early hi-

story of these curious marsupial fish, illustrated by beautiful figures.

—Researches on the composition of the Blood in some domestic ani-

mals, by MM. Andral, Gavarret and Delafond.—Researches on Di-

gestion, by MM. Bouchardet and Sandras.— Memoir on Belemnites,

by M. Alcide d’Orbigny. Commencement: an excellent paper.

Botany.—On the Distribution of the Arborescent Vegetables on

the coast of Scandinavia, and on the north side of the Grimsel in

Switzerland, by M. Ch. Martens. ‘‘ If we except the oak and the

beech, the succession of trees is the same on the Grimsel and in the

North.”—On the genus Xiéphophora, and on the question whether we

find in the Fucacee the two modes of propagation observed in the

Floridee ? by Dr. Montagne.—On two genera confounded with

plants of the family of Myrsinacee, by M. Alph. DeCandolle: these

are, Parastemon, founded on the Embelia urophylia of Wallich, and

Kellana, on the Myrsine Kellan of Hochstetter.—On the Flora of

Southern Brazil, by MM. Aug. de St. Hilaire and Ch. Naudin.

Third part. The plants enumerated belong to the family Malvaceae.

—M. Gay on the Flowers and Fruit of Fumaria offcinalis.—M. OC.

0 ee eS te ee ee eee

Bibliographical Notices. 299

Dareste on a Monstrosity of Delphinium Ajacis.—M. Bunge on the

genus Braya.— Count Jaubert and M. E. Spach, a Monograph of the

genus Cicer: eight species enumerated.—_Monograph of the genus

Halimodendron, by the same botanists: three species described.—

Third Century (5—8 decades) of new Exotic Cellular Plants, by

Dr. Montagne.

Noy. 1842.—Zoology.—Continuation of M. d’Orbigny’s memoir on

the Belemnites ; the author arranges them under five groups: Ist, the

Acuari; 2nd, Canaliculati; 3rd, Hastati ; 4th, Clavati; and 5th, Dilatati.

These divisions not only present good zoological characters, but are

respectively concentrated in different geological formations.—M. de

Quatrefages on Hleutheria dichotoma, a new genus of Radiata allied to

Hydra. Several highly original papers by this naturalist have lately

appeared in the ‘ Annales,’ founded on researches among the Inver-

tebrata of the coasts of France. Most of the animals he has described

may be looked for in our own seas. The new zoophyte here fully

investigated is microscopic, and appears to us to be rather an ally of

Lucernaria than of Hydra, very possibly the young state of some

known species. The author has a tendency to see too much, and

to put too great faith in the description of Hydra by M. Corda.

His generic character, ‘‘ Ocular points at the bases of the arms: no

feet,” is insufficient and unphilosophical.—M. 8. Lovén on the Me-

tamorphosis of an Annelide, see ‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’ vol. xi. p. 43.—

M. 8. Loyén on Myxostoma cirrhiferum: an excellent paper on the

curious parasite which infests the arms of Comatula.—M. Brullé on

the Classification of Animals in parallel series, concluded.—M. Flou-

rens on the Development of Bone.

Botany.—M. Montagne on Exotic Cellulares, continued.—Count

Jaubert and M. Spach, Monograph of Chesneya.—Prof. Bernhardi on

the characters of Tulipacee and allied families (a translation from the

‘Flora’ for 1840).—M. Desvaux on anew Fig and some plants fur-

nishing Milk.—M. Goeppert on the Anatomical Structure of some

Magnoliacee (from the ‘ Linnza’). The researches of the author lead

him to deny the analogy asserted to exist between Tasmannia and

Drimys on the one hand, and the Conifere on the other. The re-

sult is important, as removing an uncertainty from the study of fossil

botany.

Dec. 1842.—Zoology.—Observations on the structure and func-

tions of some Zoophyta, Mollusca and Crustacea of the coasts of

France, by M. H. Milne Edwards. Every communication from the

pen of M. Milne Edwards is of great value. In this paper he gives

some most interesting notices: 1. On the Hermaphrodism of Pectens

(in describing the testicle there is no mention of Spermatozoa),

2. On the Organization of Carinaria Mediterranea: the distinction of

sexes in the animals of this species is first made out. In describing

the respiratory system no mention is made of the presence or absence

of cilia on the branchiz, the structure of which is.compared to that

of the branchie of the Pleurobranchus. [We have sought for cilia

on the branchie of Firola in vain, but with better glasses and under

more favourable circumstances they may perhaps be detected.] ‘The

}

‘a

300 Bibliographical Notices.

nervous system is well made out. 3. On the existence of a Gastro-

vascular apparatus in the Calliope of Risso, a Mollusk of the family

of Holidee. {'The phenomenon herein described may be well seen

in the Montagua viridis, Forb. of our own seas.] 4. On the Sper-

matophores of the Cephalopoda. All these notices are illustrated by

beautiful figures.—On the Neutral Nitrogenous Substances occur-

ring in Organization, by MM. Dumas and Cahours.—-Remarks rela-

ting to Insects found in the neighbourhood of Paris, by M. E. Ro-

bert.—Note on the existence of the Urea in the Normal Blood, by

M. Simon (from Miiller’s ‘ Archiv’ ).

Botany.—Observations on the structure of Dotted Vessels, by Prof.

Mohl (from the ‘ Linnza’).—Observations on the Flower and Ovary

of Ginothera suaveolens, by Dr. Duchartre: an elaborate paper with

beautiful illustrations.—Note upon the Mineral Bases occurring in

the Walls of Cells, by M. Payen.—Review of some observations on

the Development of the Appendages of the Vegetable Axis, by M.

Ch. Naudin.—Prof. Bernhardi on the Sesamee (from the ‘ Linnza’).

—Prof. Koch on the Strawberries of Germany and France (from the

‘Flora’).—M. Meyer on the species of Ayrimonia (notes on sixteen

species, results of examination of nine), from the Bulletin of the

Imperial Academy of Petersburg.—Fischer, Meyer and Schrenk on

Schrenkia and Cryptodiscus, new genera of Umbellifere: extracted

from a Russian work on the plants of Longaria.

The London Journal of Botany. By Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H. &c. &c.

No. 11, Nov. 1842, to No. 15, March 1843.

Contents :—Botanical Excursions in South Africa; by C. J. F.

Bunbury, Esq. (Nos. 11, 13.).—On a new species of Thuja, and on

Podocarpus Totarra of New Zealand ; by Sir W. J. Hooker (No. I1.

t. 18, 19.).— Memoir to determine the use of Pollen in Natural Clas-

sification ; by Dr. Aldridge (No. 11. t. 20.).—-On the Hair-collectors

of Campanula; by W. Wilson, Esq. (No. 11. t. 20.).—Figures and

descriptions of three species of Podocarpus; by Sir W. J. Hooker

(No. 12, t. 21, 22, 23.).—Genera of Ferns; by J. Smith, A.L.S.

(No. 12.).—On the Vegetation of the Feejee Islands, Tauna, New

Ireland and New Guinea; by R. B. Hinds, Esq. (No. 12.) Notes

of a Botanical Tour in the Azores; by H. C. Watson, Esq. (No.18,

15.).—Descriptions of four new-genera of Plants from the Organ

Mountains [Boromania, Leucopholis, in Composite; Hockinia, in

Gentianee ; Napeanthus, in Cyrtandacee.] (No. 13.).—Contributions

towards a Flora of South America: Mr. Schomburgk’s Plants from

Guiana; by G. Bentham, Esq. (No. 13.).—Contributions towards a

Flora of South Africa; by Dr. Meisner (No. 13, 14.).—Biographi-

cal Sketch of F. Bauer; by Dr. Lhotsky (No. 14.).—Notes on a

Botanical Excursion in South Carolina; by Dr. A. Gray (No. Td:).

—Notes on the Distribution of Plants in Aberdeenshire ; by Dr.

Dickie (No. 15.).—Some data towards the Botanical Geography of

New Holland; by Dr. Lhotsky (No. 15.).—Brief descriptions of Ju-

niperus Bermudiana and Dacrydium elatum; by Sir W.J. Hooker

Bibliographical Notices. 301

(No. 15. t. 1,.2.).—Botanical Information ; Botanical Letters from

Dr. Hortmann in Surinam (No. 11.); also from Mr, Drummond in

New Holland (No. 12.), and extracts from M. Boissier’s Spanish

Botany (No. 12.) ; Notice of Le Conte Jaubert and M. Spach’s Illus-

trationes Plantarum Orientalium ; Mr. H. C. Watson’s geographical

distribution of British Plants, third edition; and of the Rev. J. E.

Leefe’s ‘ Salictum Britannicum Exsiccatum’ (No. 15.).—Botanical

Collections noticed: China, South Africa, Caucasus, Swan River

(No..15.).

Salictum Britannicum Exrsiccatum. Fase. I.

By the Rev. J. E. Leefe, M.A.

Ina former number of the ‘Annals’ we announced that a work

under the above title was in preparation, and we have now the plea-

sure of informing our readers that the first fasciculus has reached us.

We beg to recommend the collection most strongly; the specimens

are ample, in good preservation, and very complete; and the notes

appended to them are usually of considerable value. Great addi-

tional interest is given to these specimens by their having been in-

spected, and the nomenclature authenticated, by Mr. Borrer, whose

acquaintance with willows generally, and particularly those of Bri-

tain, is probably unequalled. We hear that the great labour and

amount of time which the preparation of this fasciculus has required

causes Mr. Leefe to have considerable doubt of being able to con-

tinue the publication, but we earnestly hope and expect that this

part will be so well received by botanists as to cause him to come to

a different determination. Owing to some accident the author has

not appended his name to the collection, nor named any publisher, we

therefore think it right to add his name and address, viz. ‘‘ Rev. J.

K. Leefe, Sigston, North Allerton, Yorkshire.”’ We believe that

the collection may be procured from Messrs. Whittaker and Co., Lon-

don, and recommend an early application, as very few copies were

prepared. ‘The price is extremely moderate.

PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

Mr. Hassall informs us that he has long been collecting materials

for a History of the British Freshwater Algze.. Mr. Hassall states,

that should any botanists be desirous of investigating those species

which occur in their own neighbourhoods, he will have much plea-

sure in assisting them in the determination of those species, which

plan he hopes may conduce much to the completeness of the work.

The simplest mode of transmission, he states, is to place a frag-

ment of each species in a piece of moistened linen, and to enclose a

number of such packages in an envelope of tin-foil.

Illustrations of Indian Ornithology ; a series of fifty coloured Litho-

graphic Drawings of Indian Birds, accompanied by descriptive Letter-

press. By T. C. Jerdon, Assistant-Surgeon, Madras Medical

Establishment.

The origmal drawings have been executed by native artists, from

pencil sketches by the author, and under his immediate superintend-

302 Zoological Society.

ence. Several of them were exhibited at a meeting of the Literary

Society of Madras some time ago, and were much admired for their

beauty and accuracy.

The subjects for the present publication will be selected so as to

present an agreeable variety, and most of them will be figured here

for the first time.

The drawings will be lithographed both on quarto and royal octavo

paper. The colouring will be finished under the author’s own super-

intendence. : |

The letter-press will contain a full description of the species figured.

The work is proposed to be published by subscription. Subscri-

bers’ names received by Mr. Lizars, Engraver, Edinburgh.

We have, at the same time, received a specimen of one of the il-

lustrations, which is well executed and carefully coloured.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 22, 1842.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following ‘“‘ Monograph of Crassatella, a genus of Acephalous

Mollusks (Family Mactracea),” by Mr. Lovell Reeve, was read.

The genus Crassatella was instituted by Lamarck for the purpose

of associating certain bivalve mollusks that had been hitherto dis-

tributed amongst the Mactre and the Veneres. Their shells exhibit an

interesting peculiarity of character, differing from the former in being

thick and solid, and for the most part covered with a strong brown

epidermis ; and from the latter in the position of the ligament. The

genus, however, as introduced by Lamarck, was yet imperfect; it

included five species that could not easily be distinguished from his

Amphidesmata, and was therefore susceptible of farther division,

With the view of uniting the intermediate species of these genera, a

new genus was proposed by Deshayes, under the title of Mesodesma,

and I have found great convenience in adopting it in my ‘ Systematic

Conchology.’ Thus out of eleven species described by Lamarck as

Crassatelle, six only can be allowed toremain. Since his time, how-

ever, several new and important species have been discovered; two

have been described by Sowerby in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society,

one by the same author in his ‘ Appendix to the Tankerville Cata-

logue,’ and I have now the pleasure of exhibiting tex more, which

I believe to be entirely new to science.

To make this a complete monograph, I mention all the species, di-

stinguishing the new ones by the addition of the specific characters.

1. CrassaATELLA CASTANEA. Crass. testd ovato-trigond, gibbosd,

umbonibus plané erosis, epidermide castaned, quasi politd nitente,

indutd ; intus subfuscd ; latere antico rotundato ; postico angulifero,

abrupto. Reeve, Conch. Icon.* Crassatella, pl. 1. f.3. |

* Having made accurate drawings of the Crassatelle, with a view to

publication at some future period, I venture to refer to a pictorial and de-

scriptive repertory of species now in course of preparation, to be entitled

** ConcnoLoaia Iconica,”

Zoolagical Society. 303

Long. 34; alt. 3 poll. Mus. Stainforth, Saul, Walton.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

The Crassatella castanea is the largest and perhaps the best defined

species of the genus; its shell is covered with a shining horny epi-

dermis, and both valves are singularly eroded at the umbones. I

know of three specimens of this fine shell, and each of them fully

exhibit this last-mentioned peculiarity.

2. CrassaATELLA Kineicota. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.

p. 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 1. f. 5.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandie. Mus. Stainforth.

A specimen of this species, in the possession of the Rev. Mr.

Stainforth, is the only one that I have seen.

3. CRASSATELLA DECIPIENS. Crass. testd ovatd, subgibbd, epider-

mide fusca indutd, vividé radiatd, radiis ab umbonibus ad margines

sepe extensis ; latere antico subangulato, strus brevibus ornato ;

postico subquadrato, pariim productiore. Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Crassatella, pl. 1. f. 4.

Long. 23; alt. 24 poll.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandie.

Crassatella Kingicola, Nobis (falso), Conch. Syst., vol. i. pl. 44. f. 3.

This species, which has lately arrived from New Holland in great

abundance, has been received by most collectors as the Crassatella

Kingicola of Lamarck; I moreover regret that it has been errone-

ously figured under that title in my ‘ Conchologia Systematica.’ This

error was kindly pointed out to me by Mr. Sowerby, and I am now

satisfied that the shell of Lamarck’s Crassatella Kingicola, which is

accurately figured in the ‘ Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,’ is

one of extreme rarity. Mr. Cuming possesses a gibbous variety of

the C. decipiens, but it is not sufficiently distinct to demand especial

notice. Mr. Owen is we believe engaged upon the anatomy of this

species.

4, CRASSATELLA PULCHRA. Crass. testd ovato-trigond, depressd,

obsolete radiata, epidermide crassa, fibrosd, molliusculd, indutd ;

transversim sulcaid, sulcis profundis, regularibus ; latere antico

rotundato ; postico subangulato. Reeve, Conch. Icon, Crassatella,

pl. 3. f. 16.

Long. 22; alt. 2 poll. Mus. Cuming, Stainforth.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

De Blainville appears to have figured this shell in his ‘ Manuel

de Malacologie’ as the Crassatella sulcata of Lamarck; but it is of a

totally different form, nor does it agree with the Mactra sulcata of

Bruguiére, to which he refers in the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’; I

therefore now propose to distinguish it by the above new title. ‘The

shell of the Crassatella sulcata approaches rather in form to that of

the Crassatella rostrata, the anterior side of which is specially cha-

racterized as being productiore ; the grooves too in that species run

irregularly across the valves, and are not parallel with the lines

that mark the increase of growth. The shell of the Crassatella pul-

chra, on the contrary, is of a plain triangular form; the posterior

304 Zoological Society.

side is but slightly produced, the grooves are very deep, and they

run parallel with the lines of growth.

5. CrassaTELLA LAPIDEA. Crass. testd ovato-orbiculatd, epider-

mide fibrosd indutd, umbonibus parvis, striatis ; intis subfused ;

latere antico rotundato, abrupto, striis nonnullis brevibus ornato ;

postico subangulato. Weeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 7.

Long. 13; alt. 14 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad insulam Negros, Philippinarum.

Mr. Cuming met with one true pair only and a few odd valves of

this species at the Island of Negros in coarse sand in seven fathoms

water. The shell somewhat resembles that of the Crassatella donacina,

but may however be readily distinguished.

G. CrassATELLA DONACINA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.

p- 481. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 19.

This shell, figured in Delessert’s ‘ Recueil de Coquilles,’ pl. 4. f. 1,

a, b, is extremely rare. The only specimens I have seen are in the

collections of Miss Saul and the Rev. Mr. Stainforth.

7. CRASSATELLA UNDULATA. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832,

p. 56; Reeve, Conch, Icon. Crassatella, pl. 1. f. 2. a. and 6.

8. CrASSATELLA ANTILLARUM. Crass. testd trigono-ovaid, vix

gibbosd, crassa, epidermide fibrosd indutd ; intis brunned, prope

ad marginem albicante ; umbonibus subdepressis, leviter undulatis ;

latere antico rotundato, postico subangulato. Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 8.

Long. 33; alt. 21 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad insulam Margaritta, Antillarum.

Mr. Cuming informs me that this beautiful species was dredged

up in the pearl-fisheries at the island of Margaritta in the West

Indies. It is erroneously figured in Delessert’s ‘Recueil de Co-

quilles’ as the Crassatella rostrata of Lamarck. ‘The rich chocolate

colour of the interior of this shell is very remarkable, approaching

somewhat in that respect to that of the preceding species.

9. CRASSATELLA JUBAR. Crass. testd subovatd, valde inequilaterali,

gibbosd, extis vivide radiata, radius ferruginosis, ab umbonibus,

jubarum similitudine, divergentibus ; ad utrumque latus irregulari-

ter multistriata ; epidermide fusca, subquassd, sparsim indutd ; in-

tus alba, ad extremitatem posticam brunned ; umbonibus plicatis,

compressis ; latere antico inclinato, rotundato, postico arcuato,

elongato, acuminato. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 11.

Long. 23; alt. 13 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad oras occidentales Nove Hollandie.

A single specimen of this fine shell was procured by Mr. Cuming

in Hamburgh; it had been received from that prolific portion of the

globe above noted, and has made a valuable addition to the genus.

It has the general form of the C. gibbosa; the sides are profusely

striated, and the entire surface is richly illumined with brownish rays,

diverging like solar beams from the umbones to the margin.

Ren AFC)

Zoological Society. 305

10. CraAssATELLA suLcATA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.

p- 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 6. a. and 6.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

This is another very rare species; I know of two or three odd

valves, but only one true pair, which is in Mr. Cuming’s collection.

11. CrassaTELLA rosTRATA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.

p: 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 10.

Hab. ad insulam Ceylon.

The figures which have been just published by M. Chenu in De-

lessert’s ‘ Recueil de Coquilles’ as the Crassatella rostrata of Lamarck,

are certainly not that species, nor do they at all correspond with his

description of it, particularly in that part which says intiis margine

crenulato; I have moreover every reason to believe that they are

drawn from specimens of the new species from the island of Marga-

ritta, which we have called Crassatella Antillarum. The Crassatella

rostrata is a well-known species from Ceylon, and the only large

one of the genus that is distinctly crenulated at the margin.

12. CrassaTELLA GisBosa. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832,

p- 56; Reeve, Conch. Syst., pl. 44. fig. 2; and Conch. Icon. Cras-

satella, pl. 1. f. 1. a. and 0.

13. CrassaATELLA CoRBULOIDES. Crass. testd suborbiculatd, valde

gibbosd, umbones versis profunde sulcatd, epidermide fuscd in-

dutd ; latere antico rotundato, postico producto, subitd rostrato.

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 9.

Long. 13; alt. 1 poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. P

The title of corbuloides is selected for this new and very character-

istic species, on account of its short gibbous form; the anterior side

is suddenly beaked, like some of the Corbule, and cannot well be

confounded with the Crassatella gibbosa, to which it is nearly allied.

14. CrassaTELLA RADIATA. Sowerby, App. Tank. Cat.; Reeve,

Conch. Syst., pl. 44. fig. 1; and Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 12.

Hab. ad insulam Singapore.

This species, originally described by Sowerby from a specimen

belonging to the late Earl of Tankerville, was found by Mr. Cuming

at the island of Singapore, in coarse sand at seven fathoms’ water.

15. CrRASSATELLA SUBRADIATA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.

p. 482; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 15. a. and 6.

I have little doubt but that the shell now before me, from the col-

lection of the Rev. Mr. Stainforth, is the Crassatella subradiata of

Lamarck. Unfortunately there does not exist any drawing of it, nor

does it appear in Delessert’s ‘ Recueil de Coquilles,’ in which M. Chenu

professes to illustrate all the species described by Lamarck that have

not yet been figured.

16. CrassaTELLA conTrARIA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.

p- 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f.18. Mus. Stain-

forth, Saul.

Venus contraria, Gmelin.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Xx

306 Zoological Society.

Venus divaricata, Chemnitz.

Crassatella divaricata, D’Orbigny.

Hab. ad insulam Lancerotte, Canariarum.

I have only seen three specimens of this very interesting shell.

The above locality is quoted from D’Orbigny’s ‘ Mollusques des Iles

Canaries ;’ it is the only species of Crassatella he found in that di-

strict.

17. CrassaTELua ziczac. Crass. testd subtrigond, depressd, lute-

old, epidermide tenui indutd ; radiis binis interruptis ab umbonibus

ad margines divergentibus, lineis roseis, fleruosis, ubique pietd ;

intis subrosaced ; latere antico breviculo, rotundato; postico sub-

angulato ; lunuld utrinque radiis roseis vivide virgatd. Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 13.

Long. 14; alt. 1 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad insulam Corrigidor, Philippinarum.

This species was found by Mr. Cuming at the island of Corrigidor,

in coarse sand at six fathoms water; he possesses it in several stages

of growth, all of which are covered with fine rose-coloured zigzag

lines.

18. CrassaTELLA TRIQUETRA. Crass. testd trigond, solidd, rosa-

ced, epidermide tenui indutd, transversim striata; maculis rosets

irregularibus vivide pictad ; ints rosaced, verstis marginem albi-

cante ; margine tenuiter crenulato ; lateribus subrectis, vix rotun-

datis ; lunuld utrinque magnd, radiis roseis vivide virgatd. Reeve,

Cench. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 14.

Long. $; alt. 8 poll. Mus. Stainforth, Cuming, &c.

Hab.

I am unfortunately ignorant of the locality of this pretty little

species ; it is of a warm rose-colour, radiately spotted with deep pink,

and is of a solid triangulax form.

19. CRASSATELLA ORNATA. Crass. testa trigond, subdepressd, pal-

lidd, lineis spadiceis brevibus, longitudinalibus, varie pictd, trans-

versim striatd ; intuis albdque brunned, margine tenuiter crenulato,

latere antico rotundato, postico fleruoso, angulato. Reeye, Conch.

Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 17.

Mesodesma ornata ? Gray.

Long. 13; alt. Z poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab.

A specimen of this shell, in the collection of Miss Saul, is the only

one we have seen at present. The above title has been decided upon

because there is an inaccurate figure of it in Griffith’s ‘ Cuvier’s

Animal Kingdom’ with the name of Mesodesma ornata; it is not ac-

companied with any description, but we believe it to be intended for

this shell.

March 8.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair,

Mr. Waterhouse called the attention of the Members to two new

species of Marsupial animals from South Australia, and forming part

of a collection presented to the Society by J. B. Harvey, Esq.; one

a 4

| oe ia age aia

eke ,

Zoological Society. 307

belonging to the genus Phascogale ; and the other, of which only an

imperfect skin had been procured, Mr. Waterhouse observed, was

evidently a new species of Perameles, nearly allied to the P. Lagotis

of Mr. Reid, but differed from that animal in having much smaller

ears, a less hairy tail, and in being of a brown colour above, pen-

cilled with white. ‘The fur is dense and very soft; on the upper

part of the body it is of a slate-grey colour next the skin ; each hair

of the ordinary fur is brownish white towards the apex, and shaded

into deep brown at the point. ‘The longer and less soft hairs are

very broadly annulated with white near the point, and black at the

the point. The fur on the under parts of the body is white—rather

impure; and next the skin it is tinted with palish grey. On the

side of the body and head a yellowish hue is observable. The ears

are of moderate size, rather broad, and well clothed with hairs; on

the inner side these are of a dirty white colour, slightly tinted with

yellowish, and so are those on the outer side, excepting towards the

margin, where they are of a brownish black hue. The tail is im-

perfect ; it must have been, however, longer than in any known

Perameles (excepting the P. Lagotis), the part attached to the skin

measuring eight and a half inches. It is well clothed with hairs,

which completely hide the skin, though they are rather short: on

the upper part they are of a rich brown colour, excepting towards

the apex, where they are longer and entirely white; on the under

side they are dirty white. The feet are unfortunately wanting. The

length of the head and body is about sixteen inches, and the ear

measures about one inch in length.

Mr. Waterhouse gave to this animal the name of its discoverer, a

Corresponding Member of the Society, and one to whom the Society

is mdebted for very many valuable collections. Its principal cha-

racters may be thus expressed :—

PerAMELES Harveyr. Per. pilis mollibus ; corpore supra fusco

alboque irrorato, infra albo; caudd longa, supra fusca, infra et

ad apicem sordide albd.

Hab. Port Adelaide,

The Phascogale presents the following characters :—

PHascoGaLe auBires. Phasc. pilis brevibus et permollibus ; corpore

supra nigro et flavescenti-irrorato, infra albo; pedibus albis ;

cauda longa supra fuscescente, infra fusco-albd.

une. lin

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 9

ad basin auris .... O 104

—— MARIE obi, Weed Vee a Monte Gd otha » O97

— a os me wate tele» vs 3. 2

tarsi digitorumque.......... Senay OL SH

Hab. Port Adelaide. :

The fur in this little animal is shorter than in other species of

Phascogale hitherto described, and extremely soft; it is of a deep

slate-grey colour next the skin, but externally, on the upper parts of

the body, the colour is brownish, a tint produced by the admixture

of black and yellow, the hairs being annulated with the latter colour

X 2

308 Zoological Society.

near the point, and black at the point. The under parts of the body

are greyish white, each hair being deep grey and tipped with white.

The feet are white. The tail is furnished throughout with very

minute hairs. It approaches most nearly to the P. murina, but differs

in being rather larger, in general colouring, and especially in having

the tail of a dark colour, and not white, as in that species.

March 22.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following paper, by Mr. Lovell Reeve, entitled ‘‘ Descriptions

of new species of Shells, principally from the collection of Hugh

Cuming, Esq.,” was read.

Buximus smaracpinus. Bul. testd oblongo-ovatd, nitidd, viridt,

apicem versus subpurpured ; fascia albd per anfractuum suturas

decurrente ; apertura rotundato-ovali, peristomate albo, reflero.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 173. fig. 6.

Had. ad insulam Mindanao, Philippinarum.

Long. 23; lat. 13 poll.

The whorls of this shell exhibit a pleasing gradation of colour ;

commencing at the apex in deep purple, it passes through pale yel-

low to a bright sea-green.

Hexrx Vartroni. Hel. testd ovatd, depressd, anfractibus ventricosi-

usculis, ultimo superne productiore ; rubido-fuscd, radiis longi-

tudinalibus obsolete pictd ; epidermide tenut, peculiariter maculosd,

indutd ; aperturd subquadrato-ovali, marginibus nigerrimis, dis-

junctis ; labro acutissimé reflero. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. i1.

pl. 166. fig. 23.

Hab. ad insulam Ceylon.

Long. 21; lat. 13 poll.

I name this remarkable shell in honour of my friend William

Walton, Esq., a zealous and assiduous collector; it is of a dark

ruddy brown colour, and has a very black polished lip; it is, how-

ever, especially characterized by its curiously speckled epidermis. ~

SIPHONARIA CHARACTERISTICA. Siph. testd orbiculari, conicd,

exttis longitudinaliter costatd, costis irregularibus, interstitus ni-

gricantibus, apicem versus valde decorticatis ; intis nigerrimo-

Suscd, impressione musculari scabrd, profundeé notatd ; impressione

siphonali characteristice imbutd, Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. i.

pl. 138. fig. 3.

Hab. In sinu Panamensi.

Long. 24; lat. 1%; alt. 14 poll.

This shell approaches very closely to the Siphonaria gigas of Sow-

erby ; we venture, however, after a close comparison between speci-

mens of each in different stages of growth, to pronounce it a distinct

species. It is of a more irregular form, and the separate impressions

of the muscle and the siphon are remarkably distinct.

Parmopuorus corrucatus. Parm. testd elongato-quadratd, tenui,

depressd, extis leviter corrugatd ; vertice obtuso, prope ad partem

posticam inclinato. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. i. pl. 189. fig. 1.

Ffab. ad insulam Madagascar.

Long. 13; lat. ? poll.

Zee ee ee ee

Zoological Society. 309

Principally distinguished by the position of the vertex, which is

more posterior than in any other species; the wrinkled sculpturing

upon the outer surface is also a well-defined peculiarity.

PARMOPHORUS INTERMEDIUS. Parm. testd ovatd, elevatiusculd,

antice attenuata ; extiis radits asperrimis, quasi serratis, ornatd ;

vertice prominulo, incurvo ; margine crenulato. Reeve, Conch.

Syst., vol. ii. pl. 139. fig. 5 and 6.

Hab. ad insulam Bohol, Philippinarum.

Long. ?; lat. 3 poll.

This beautiful little shell, which may be considered as intermediate

in its generic characters between the Parmophori and the Hmargi-

nule, is most elegantly radiated on the outer surface, and the only

species of this genus at present known that is serrated at the margin.

EMARGINULA conoipEA. Hmarg. tesid conoided, albicante, extiis

striis numerosis creberrimé radiaid ; vertice centrali, acuto ; mar-

gine valde crenato, sinu marginali profunde inciso. Reeve,

Conch. Syst., vol. i. pl. 140. fig. 7.

Hab. ?

Long. 4; lat. 2; alt. 5 poll.

A very characteristic shell, in the collection of William Walton,

Esq.

CALYPTRHA CINEREA. Cal. testd suborbiculari, extis a vertice ra-

diatd, radiis spinis parvis numerosis irregulariter ornatis ; intis

cinereo nitente, cyatho magno, albo, subpellucido, lateraliter flex-

woso. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 144. fig. 4.

Hab. Cape Horn.

Diam. 13; alt. 1 poll.

An immense number of these shells, just brought to England, were

found attached to a single log of wood floating off Cape Horn. ‘The

interior is lined with a very dark, ashy, highly polished enamel, but

the cup is of a pure transparent white, offering a remarkably rich

contrast of colour. ‘The exterior of the shell is irregularly covered

with numerous small spines, becoming, as in most of the Calyptree,

obsolete with age.

April 26.— William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following “ Description of a new Dorsibranchiate Gasteropod,

discovered at Madeira,” by the Rey. R. ‘T. Lowe, was read.

Class MOLLUSCA.

Ord. GASTEROPODA.

Fam. Nupisprancuia# (Les Tritoniens, Lam.).

Gen. PEPLIDIA.

Char. Gen.— Corpus limaciforme, repens, oblongum; posticé com-

presso-triquetrum, dorso abrupteé (ut in Scyllzd) cristatum s. alato-

carinatum ; apice attenuato, acuto. Caput antice (ut in Thethye, L.)

veliferum ; velo semicirculari, margine fimbriato-lacero, ciliolato :

ore inter labia buccalia subtis, simplici. Tentacula (ut in Doride)

duo. Orificium generationis ad colli dextrum. Branchie diplo-

310 Zoological Society.

morphze: s. in medio dorsi (ut in Doride) circa anum stellatim

ramose, arbusculiformes, ramis pectinato-ciliatis; et per latera

utrinque (ut in Tritonia Thethyeve) longitudinaliter biseriate,

conico-papilliformes ; papillis apice subdivisis, ciliatis.

Obs. Corpus totum glabrum, leve, subpellucidum. Oculi nulli.

Spec. Peplidia Madere, nob.

Hab. in mari Maderensi-atlantico, inter rupes littorales in aquis

zestu relictis ; rariss.

A single example of this beautiful and extremely interesting mol-

lusk was discovered on the 24th of April, 1841, by Dr. Lister, in a

pool left by the tide amongst a reef of rocks called the Gorgulho,

situate a little to the west of Funchal. It presents a combination of

generic characters, by which, if it approximates in each apart by turns

to Doris, Thethys, Tritonia, and Scyllea, it differs notably from all.

The large dorsal star-like tuft of branchiz, and the tentacles, resem-

ble those of Doris ; but it differs totally in other characters : the veil

before the head, though smaller and differently fringed, together

with the rows of branchiferous papillze down the back or sides, bring-

ing it somewhat nearer Thethys, from which it is essentially distin-

guished, as it is also from Tritonia and Scyllea, by its Doridian

character of the ano-dorsal five-branched rose or star of branchie.

And if agreeing with the last of these two genera in the carinate or

crested tail, it is at once distinguished by the presence of the frontal

veil.

The whole upper surface of the animal, which is from one inch

and a half to two inches and a half long, about one-third of an inch

broad and half an inch high, is of a pale dull red, mottled or freckled

with brighter orange-red and yellow, and thickly speckled all over

with dark chestnut-brown spots and dots, which are larger and sub-

confluent in two sublateral darker lines or rows, meeting behind the

branchial star upon the back, and smaller on the sides and veil. The

tentacles above, and the foot alone beneath are immaculate, the latter

being pale pellucid flesh-colour, with the extreme edges yellow.

The edges of the veil, and the tips of the dorsal or sublateral

branchiferous papille are fimbriato-ciliate. Of the latter, there are

two rows on each side: the lower consisting each of six small and

inconspicuous or obsolete papillz ; the upper, each of three much

larger and more elongate or subcylindric bodies, placed at equal di- .

stances from one another, two in advance, and the third a little behind

the ano-dorsal rose. ‘The head or apex of each of this third or last

pair forks into two parts, one of which 1s subdivided or ciliferous,

like the other pairs; the other branch of the fork is simple and cla-

vate, ending abruptly in a dark red sort of knob or button. The

orifice of generation is on the right side of the neck, beneath the

first of the upper row of branchiferous papille. During the animal’s

life it appeared simple, but on contraction after death it was found

to be composed of two apertures close together; the male organ be-

ing exserted from the anterior.

The ano-dorsal branchial tuft or star is very large, and placed at

a ae

Zoological Society. 311

the top of a strong hump or protuberance; the vent being in its

centre, as in Doris. It appears, in general, equally five-rayed ; but

assumes occasionally, as it also does sometimes in Doris, the appear-

ance of being composed of two bifurcated lateral, and a simple ante-

rior branch or ray. Its divisions are regularly and beautifully pec-

tinate. The caudal fin-like crest begins a little behind it; and its

edge is crisped or irregularly notched and plicate, and even obsoletely

ciliate here and there, or fimbriate. In swimming, this crest is stiffly

expanded into a broad fin, ending abruptly behind, as in Cuvier’s

fig. 4. of Scyllea pelagica (Mém. des Moll.), but with the edge even

or entire.

In a glass of sea-water, in which this animal lived more than six

weeks, it had the usual habits of a Doris, but these with more acti-

vity : swimming about violently when disturbed or when provided

with a fresh supply of water, in which operation the hind part of the

body, with the crested fin-like tail, is lashed from side to side with a

strong and regular sculling motion ; the fore-part, with the head or

veil expanded also to its full dimensions, being at the same time beat

with equal force and regularity in a contrary direction, or obliquely

upwards and downwards, stroke for stroke ; these parts (the veil and

crest) performing thus alike the office of true fins. At night, espe-

cially when thus in motion, it appeared most brilliantly phosphores-

cent; the light flashing progressively but very rapidly along the

body, especially from all the branchial tufts and the edges of the

veil and crest. At other times it remained quiescently adhering to

the sides of the glass, or moving slowly up and down as if in search

of food; seeming to use the veil as a feeler, but with the tentacles

reflexed. Sometimes it crawled in the usual inverted posture along

the surface of the water. It is by no means a shy or timid animal.

After five or six days, it deposited in the night-time a pale orange-

coloured long and narrow riband of eggs, resembling a tape-worm,

and loosely coiled up spirally on the side of the glass, to which it

was partially attached by one edge. ‘This egg-band was about three

inches and a half long and two lines broad, narrowing a little to-

wards one end. On two subsequent occasions, at intervals of ten

days or a fortnight, it again deposited two similar but smaller bands ;

after which, though apparently remaining in full vigour, it retained

not more than two-thirds of its former bulk.

Its mode of swimming perfectly resembles that of the larva of the

gnat so common in our English cisterns of rain-water.

The next paper read was from W. J. Broderip, Esq. In this

paper the author proceeds with his descriptions of Shells brought to

this country by H. Cuming, Esq.

In the second volume of the ‘ Zoological Journal’ will be found my

notice of the Voluta aulica of Solander, a shell which formed one of

the principal ornaments of the Portland Museum, of that of M. de

Calonne (in the catalogues of which it is noted as unique), of the

Tankerville collection (in the catalogue of which Mr. Sowerby

speaks of it as ‘‘ an extremely scarce and fine shell; the only speci-

312! Zoological Society.

men we have seen”), and of my own cabinet, which is now in the —

British Museum.

Mr. Cuming has laid before me some Volutes which he brought

from the Philippine Islands, and which, after a careful examination,

I think must be referred to this scarce species. Not one of them,

however, is identical with the variety in the British Museum (var. @.),

which is still, as far as I know, unique.

Voluta aulica.

Var. a. Without nodules or bands, spotted with large red flakes :

Mus. Brit. Figured in the Tankerville catalogue (G. B. Sowerby).

Var. b. Flesh-colour, subnodulous, girt with two broad rich red

bands mottled with white; spire mottled with red and white, apex

coral-red. Length nearly 4 inches, breadth 18.

Var. c. Flesh-colour, nodulous, lineated longitudinally with close-

set, red, somewhat undulated lines, mottled here and there with white,

girt by two interrupted rich red bands; spire mottled with red and

white, apex coral-red. Length 45, breadth 23th inches.

Var. d. Nodulous, whitish, lineated with very close-set, delicate,

paie yellowish undulated lines ; body whorl girt with two broad yel-

lowish red bands mottled finely with the sround-colour. The upper

band is bordered above with a row of rich dark brown spots approach-~

ing closely to black, each spot being placed upon a nodule : the lower

edge of this band is serrated as it were, and each of the teeth is

marked with a spot immediately under the upper spots, but more

dashed and somewhat less intense. The upper edge of the lower

band is marked in a similar manner, but the spots are less defined.

Above the shoulder of the body whorl is a band of similar colour,

with its lower edge dashed with markings of the same colour as those

which ornament the other bands, and at similar intervals. ’wo simi-

larly coloured spots appear below the third and fourth nodule of the

spire just above the suture of the body whorl, which suture almost

hides one below the second of those nodules, counting from the edge

of the lip. Upper part of the spiral whorls coloured after the same

pattern, and brought out by the pale ground-colour of the lower

part. Apex yellowish red. Length 34 inches, breadth 14.

This description will convey a very faint notion of one of the most

beautiful shells I ever saw.

Var. e. Sharply nodulous. Dull red, blotched with flesh-colour ;

a faint band, palest in the middle at intervals, girds the body whorl

below the middle. ‘The tips of the nodules are of the same colour as

the blotches. Length 41 inches, breadth 22.

Var. f. Very sharply nodulons, the muricated nodules becoming

high ridges extending almost half-way down the body whorl. Dull

coral-red, with here and there a dash of whitish between the nodules.

A very faint band may be traced below the middle of the body whorl,

and on its darker upper and lower borders a few white spots ad

at intervals as they approach the lip. Length 42ths, breadth 23th

inches.

Var. g. Bluntly but highly nodulous on the back, the nodules on

Ee a ee

Zooloyical Society. 313

the lower side rather sharper. Whitish, lineated longitudinally with

close-set undulated livid lines blotched with clouds and dashes of

livid red. A broad pale band girds the body whorl below the middle.

Apex reddish white. Length 5}; breadth 3 inches.

All these varieties, with the exception of var. a, are in the museum

of Mr. Cuming.

Conus Vicror. Con. testd subcylindraceo-conicd, fiavd, maculis

albis inspersd, fasciis 2 moniliformibus latis, nigro-brunneis vel

brunneo-castaneis, latis concinne ornatd ; spire mediocris, pyra-

midalis, anfractibus excavatis longitudinaliter striatis, subcancel-

latis, apice subacuto.

Long. 12; lat. 2 poll.

Mus. Cuming, Harford.

Hab. ?

This brilliant Cone strikes the eye at once. The bright star-like

spots with which the dark necklace-bands are interrupted and re-

lieved, and the yellow ground-colour which takes the form of three

alternating bands, render it attractive, and_the more minutely it is

examined the more it gains on the attention. The necklaces form-

ing the moniliform bands, when looked at with a lens, present the

appearance of some of the flattened platted chains executed in gold

and silver, and the shell altogether is a choice piece of workmanship.

The species to which Conus Victor bears most resemblance are

Coni nobilis and Ammiralis ; but it comes much nearer to the last in

shape and general character, differing, however, from it in the deeper

excavation and sculpture of the spire, to say nothing of the discre-

pancy in the arrangement of the colouring, which in the only two

specimens that I have seen is identical. Of these, the richest in

colour is in the fine collection of Mr. Cuming, and the younger, but

very perfect specimen, in the choice cabinet of the Rev. A. Harford.

A paper by Mr. Lovell Reeve, entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of four new

species of Achatina, a genus of Pulmobranchiate mollusks of the

family Colimacea,’ was then read.

Acuatina LactEA. Ach. testd oblongo-ovatd, solidd, intis ex-

tusque quasi fossili, lacted, epidermide levidensi sparsim induta ;

spird regulari, anfractibus longitudinaliter striatis, linetsque mi-

nutis circumdatis ; aperturd suboblongd, labro solidiusculo.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. i. pl. 177. fig. 6.

Long. 4,1, ; lat. 2;'5 poll. Mus. Cuming, Stainforth.

Hab. Zanzibar.

This beautiful shell, which is in a perfectly live state, and covered

with a slight scattered epidermis, is of a rich uniform cream-colour,

without the least indication of any pattern; the whorls are very

fully striated longitudinally, the strie rather irregularly following

the growth of the shell; and they are again characterized by having

a number of fine lines running around the upper half of them in an

opposite direction. ‘The columella, the aperture, indeed the entire

shell, both inside and out, is of rich cream-colour, and by this alone

it cannot fail to be recognised.

314 Entomological Society.

AcHATINA TINcTA. Ach. testd oblongo-ovatd, tenuiculd, albicante,

maculis grandibus longitudinalibus vivide tinctd, epidermide flavidd

indutd ; spird partm elatd, apice obtuso, rosaceo ; aperturd ob-

longd, albd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. 11. pl. 179. fig. 18.

Long. 3,3, ; lat. 1} poll. Mus. Cuming, Stainforth.

Hab. ? probably some part of Africa.

The Achatina tincta has a white shell covered with a yellowish

epidermis, and it is singularly stained in a longitudinal direction

with a deep morone colour. The stains take almost the form of

bands in some places, but exhibit no degree of regularity.

ACHATINA KRANSII. Ach. testd ovatd, vix ventricosd, rufo-

castaned, epidermide durd, nitente, indutd; anfractibus, ultimo

excipiente, longitudinaliter strigatis, strigis albis, nunc rectis,

nunc sinuosis, distantibus, de suturis, longitudine variabili, por-

rectis ; spird breviusculd, apice obtuso ; apertura ovatd, albd.

Reeve, ene Syst. vol. u. pl. 179. fig. 19.

Long. 24; lat. 14 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ba Natal, coast of Africa.

I have named this species, at the request of Mr. Cuming, in

honour of Dr. Krans, who presented it to him on his arrival from

Cape Natal, where he had formed a very interesting collection of

shells. Itis of a dark chestnut colour, and the last and penultimate

whorls are marked with small zigzag stripes running from the sutures

about half-way down them ; they are distant and somewhat irregular.

Acuatina picta. Ach. testd ovato-conicd, levi, luted, maculis, quasi

fasciis, viridibus, conspersim ornatd; anfractibus planiusculis,

suturis maculis castanets, transversis, vivide pictis ; spird subelatd,

apice minuto, rosaceo ; aperturd orbiculari, flavidd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. 11. pl. 178. fig. 10.

Long. 14; lat. % poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. ad insulam Cuba, Indiarum Occidentalium.

This elegantly painted shell is allied to the Achatina fasciata

in form, though it is certainly of lighter texture. The ground-colour

is a bright yellow ; there are a few bright green bands crossing the

whorls at intervals ; and the sutures of the whorls are ornamented

throughout with a banded row of stained chestnut-coloured spots,

for the most part touching each other. I only know of one speci-

men, and it exhibits as distinct an assemblage of characters as can

well be imagined.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

May 2nd, 1842.—_W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the

Chair.

Frederick Parry, Esq., exhibited two cases of splendid Lepidoptera

from Assam and Jamaica, including specimens of Papilio Agestor,

Gray, and P. Cloanthus, Westw.

Mr. A. White exhibited the remarkable cocoon of the North Ame-

rican Bombyz crepuscularis, Abb. and Sm., one end of which is closed

with a valve.

ers Ye, i bail

Entomological Society. 315

__Mr, Ingpen exhibited a specimen of the common white butterfly

which had died in the act of passing from the larva to the chrysalis

.. state.

Mr. Westwood exhibited specimens of the pupze of a small species

of Cicada, from the body of each of which one or several elongated

appendages (clavarie) had been produced. Likewise a numerous

collection of the portable cases formed by various insects, chiefly

Lepidoptera allied to Otketicus, Guild., as well as numerous draw-

ings of other kinds of cases, observing that in all the instances which

had fallen under his notice the larva closes the mouth of the case by

fixing the edges of the aperture where the front of the body has for-

merly protruded to the stems or leaves of trees, whereas in a draw-

ing by Abbott in the British Museum, copied by Mr. Doubleday in

the ‘ Entomologist,’ pl. 1. fig. 15, the case ofa species allied to Otke-

ticus is affixed by a stalk at the open end to the twig. Mr. Edward

Doubleday, who was present, however, affirmed the correctness of

the drawing in this respect.

Mr. Shuckard mentioned that he had found specimens in the in-

digenous collection of the British Museum of Anthocopa Papaveris,

and of the genus Ammobates, Latr., both hitherto unrecorded as na-

tives of this country. He also exhibited some fine hymenopterous

insects from New Holland, including a gigantic species of Megalyra,

Westw.

A paper was read by Mr. Westwood, containing descriptions of

some new exotic Lamellicorn Beetles :—

Silphodes Indica, W. S. castaneo-fusca, lateribus rufescentibus ;

elytris striaio-punctatis, mediocriter setoso-marginatis ; tibiis ane

ticis extiis (et inter dentes) serratis ; tarsis anticis simplicibus.

Long. corp. lin. 54.—Hab. East Ind. Mus. Melly.

Silphodes Madagascariensis, W. 8S. piceo-castanea, lateribus pe-

dibusque magis rufescentibus ; capite antice latiort; elytris minus

ovatis, punctatis punctis majoribus, strusque tribus levibus, punc-

of utringue marginatis ; lateribus longe setosis. Long. corp. lin,

53.—Hab. Madagascar. Mus. Melly.

Silphodes dubia, W. S. nigricans, lateribus vie setosis ; prothorace

levi ; elytris sub lente irregulariter punctatis, lineis tribus levibus

in singulo, punctis utrinque marginatis ; tibiis anticis externe (et

inter dentes) serratis.—Long. corp. lin. 44.—Hab. ? Mus,

Hope.

June 6, 1842.— W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Bond brought for distribution amongst the members, speci-

mens of Blethisa multipunctata and Callidium violaceum, and Mr.

Evans specimens of Cleonis nebulosa and a rare species of Chryso-

mela.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited a box of Coleoptera captured near Chart:

ton, Kent, comprising several rare species.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited some branches of the spindle trees gr owing

in Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields, covered with multitudes of a species of

Coccus.

316 Entomological Society.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited specimens of Schizocerus pallipes & and

Cladius difformis 8, from Stanmore, Middlesex ; also a beautiful va-

riety of Pecilophasia marginata. He also presented a number of

cocoons of the small Honey-Moth.

Mr. Stephens exhibited larvee of Nyssia zonaria bred from eges

received from Mr. Gregson.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a specimen of a species of Typhlopone,

together with a female of a large species of Ant which had lost its

wings, brought from Algiers by M. Lucas, to the former of which

was attached the following note :—‘‘ Fourmie trouvée dans une four-

miliére qui par sa présence fait fuire les vrais habitans de la fourmi-

liére ;” the wingless ant being one of the latter. This fact was of

interest as determining the real nature of the genus Typhlopone,

which Mr. Shuckard has regarded as composed of female Dorylide,

but which Mr. Westwood considered to be true Formicide. He also

exhibited specimens of a new species of Cetoniide from Madagascar,

remarkable for the thick coating of coloured hairs on the hind tarsi

(since figured in the ‘ Arcana Entomologica,’ under the name of Chro-

moptilia diversipes, W.]. He also exhibited the pupa of a species of

Humenia, a genus of butterflies, presented to him by M. Boisduval,

which was attached by the tail as well as girt round the middle of

the body, thus proving this anomalous genus to consist of gigantic

Polyommatide. Also a singular larva of some unknown Coleopterous

insect [Passalus ?] which possesses only four feet, the third or poste-_

rior pair being reduced to a very minute size.

The following memoirs were read :—

Description of a new British Julus. By George Newport, Esq.

Iulus pilosus, Newp. Very like Tulus terrestris, but smaller and

more elegantly formed. Black, shining, segments fifty-six, deeply

striated longitudinally, with the margin of each, more especially of

all the posterior segments, set with fine white hairs ; anal spine

compressed and elongated.

The chief characteristics of this species are the fringe of delicate

hairs at the posterior margin of the segments, and the number of the

latter, which amounts to fifty-six; while in Julus terrestris, with

which this species may readily be confounded, there are never more

than fifty-one, and usually but fifty. It occurs in the neighbourhood

of London at the end of May, but is not common.

Description of Depressaria Gossypiella, a small moth which is

very destructive to the cotton plant inIndia. By W.W. Saunders,

Esq., President.

The insect in question, which was communicated to the author

by Dr. Royle, has committed great ravages in the cotton plantations

at Broach in Western India, whence it was sent by Dr. Barn, super-

intendent of the government cotton plantations. In a commercial

point of view, therefore, the means to be employed for its destruction

are of importance. The eggs are deposited in the germen at the time

of flowering, and the larva feeds on the cotton seed until the pod is

ready to burst, a little previous to which it opens a round hole in the

Entomological Society. StF

side of the pod through which it descends to the ground, into which

- it burrows about an inch, where it assumes the pupa state.

Depressaria Gossypiella. Dark fuscous brown, the head and thorax

somewhat lighter in colour ; fore wings with an undefined round

blackish spot on the disk a little above the centre of a fascia of the

same colour, crossing the wings a little above the apex, which itself

is black; under wings silvery gray, darker towards the hinder

margin. Length ths of an inch.

Descriptions of new Australian Chrysomelide allied to Cryptoce-

phalus. By W. W. Saunders, Esq., President.

_The name Anodonta having been previously employed in zoology,

the author proposes the name of Idiocephala in its stead, and de-

scribes the following new species :—

Sp. 7. Idiocephala similis, S. Black ; head, thorax and elytra deeply

punctured, the latter with the surface undulating, somewhat fuscous

at the apex ; body beneath with the sides of the mesosternal region

and of the abdominal segments silvery pilose ; legs with a purplish

iridescence. Length 544th of an inch. Cabinet Ent. Club.

Inhabits New Holland.

Sp. 8. Idiocephala Tasmanica, 8. Head rufous brown, with three

round yellow facial spots ; antenne brown, darker at the tip, basal

joint yellow ; thorax rich rufous brown, margins yellow, and with

two yellow longitudinal lines on the disk behind; elytra rufous brown,

with the apex and margin round the scutellum yellow, each with

four longitudinal carine ; legs rufous brown. Length +2 th of

an inch. Cabinet Ent. Soc. Lond. Inhabits Van Diemen’s

Land. C. Darwin, Esq.

Sp. 9. Idiocephala Darwinii, S. Head black, with a large trian-

gular patch in front; antenne dusky brown, basal joints rusty

brown beneath ; thorax rufous brown, pitchy in front ; elytra punc-

tate-striate, dark metallic green, the apex luteous ; legs horn-

coloured ; tarsi dusky. Length ;?,thofan inch. Cabinet Ent.

Soc. Lond. Taken near Sydney, N. S. Wales. C. Darwin, Esq.

Sp. 10. Idiocephala semibrunnea, S. Head shining black; face

rufous brown; antenne black, basal joints rufous brown; thorax

rufous brown ; scutellum shining black ; elytra brown, punctate-

striate, margined with black, which ascends half-way along the su-

ture ; legs horny brown ; tarsi pitchy. Length ;9,th of an inch.

Cabinet Ent. Soc. London. ‘Taken near Sydney by Mr. Darwin.

Monograph of the genus Nyctelia. By G. R. Waterhouse, Esq.,

who exhibited the extensive collection of that group belonging to

the Marquis de Breme, who was present at the meeting.

{This memoir has subsequently been published in the Proceedings

of the Zoological Society. ]

Descriptions of new species of insects collected at Adelaide in

South-Western Australia by Mr. Fortnum. By the Rev. F. W. Hope.

Fam. Buprrestip&.

Sp. 1. Stigmodera Fortnumi. Violacea, capite viridi, thorace

318 Entomological Society.

punctulato lateribus flavo-marginatis, medio purpurascentt ; elytris

ternisque latis fasciis flavis insignitis. Long. lin. 18, lat. lin. 8.

Sp. 2. Stigmodera Parryi. Nigra, capite antice argenteo ; thorace

nigro-punctato ; elytris miniatis ad basin maculis ternis atris in-

signitis, binis externé humeralibus et elongatis, tertioque infra scu-

tellum posito. Long. lin. 3}, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 3. Stigmodera Guerin. Violacea, thorace nigro marginibus

auratis ; elytris anticé et postice nigro-violaceis, in medio fascid

latd flava insignitis. Long. lin. 38, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 4. Conognatha Bremei. Nigra, capite eneo, medio fortiter

impresso ; thorace bronzeo, disco punctatissimo lined longitudinali,

in medio viv impressd, foved utringue fortiter insculptd ; elytris

nigris, binis fasciis rubris. Long. lin. 9, lat. lin. 33.

Sp. 5. Conognatha coccinata, Hope. Coccinea, cdpite viridi an-

tennisque concoloribus ; thorace leté miniato maculis ternis viri-

dibus insignito ; elytris coccineis, tribus fasciis lete viridibus or-

natis, primd basalt duobus aliis fere apicalibus. Long. lin. 54,

lat. lin. 2.

Fam. CANTHARIDA.

Tmesidera, Westwood in Guérin, Mag. Zool.

Sp. 6. ['mesidera violacea, Hope. Violacea, capite nigro ; thorace

nigro antice capite latiori, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis fere

rectis ; elytris varioloso-rugosis ; corpore infra rubro. Long, lin.

54, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 7. Tmesidera assimilis. Negra, antennis pedibusque concolo-

ribus et nitidis ; elytris rubro-testaceis lineis partm elevatis. Long.

lin. 44, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 8. T'mesidera rubricollis. Nigra, thorace rubro, elytris atris

subrugosis pedibusque concoloribus ; corpore infra nigro. Long.

lin. 3, lat. lin. 1.

Fam. CaraBip&.

Sp. 9. CalosomaCurtisii. Viride, thorace fere glabro postice fortiter

impresso ; elytris striato-punctatis et rugosis, punctisque impressis,

in triplict serie ordinatis ; infra piceum; pedibus antennisque piceis,

Long. lin. 10, lat. lin. 4.

Sp. 10. Calosoma Australe. Nigro-eneum, thorace subcordato

punctulato, postice utrinque fortiter impresso ; elytris nigro-eneis,

confertim punctato-striatis, punctis subeneis in triplici serie or-

dinatis. Long. lin. 10, lat. lm. 33.

Fam. HeTeRomorPuiIDs&, Hope.

Silphomorpha, Westwood.

Sp. 11. Sil. Orectocheiloides, Hope. Corpore supra nigro-piceo

lateribus thoracis marginibusque elytrorum pallidioribus, infra

brunneo-picea, antennis pedibusque concoloribus. Long. lin. 64,

lat. lin. 23.

Sp. 12. Adelotopus Fortnumi, Hope. Niger, marginibus lateralibus

thoracis piceis, palpis ferrugineis ; corpus infra atro-piceum, seg-

mentis abdominis postice brunneo-piceis, pedibus concoloribus. Long.

lin. 34, lat. lin. 13.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 319

Fam. HarpaLip&.

Acinopus, Ziegler.

Sp. 13. Ac. Australis, Hope. Niger, thorace magno, transverse sub-

rugoso, marginibus externis thoracis postice lete cupreis ; elytris

fere glabris, marginibus subeneis et punctatis. Long. lin. 9, lat.

lin. 24.

Fam. Byrruip2#.

Sp. 14. Anthrenus Australis. Niger, capite atro, thorace medio

concolori marginibus externis albis ; elytris tribus fasctis undatis

albis ; corpore infra nigro. Long. lin. 14, lat. lin. $

Fam. MELyrip&.

Sp. 15. Dasytes nigricans, Hope. After pubescens, thorace longi-

oribus capillis obsito; elytris atro-brunneis marginibus externis

pallidioribus. Long. lin. 1, lat. lin. $.

Sp. 16. Dasytes fuscipennis. After, antennis rubris ; thorace pu-

bescente, nigro ; elytris fusco- seg ai punctatis, pedibus concolori-

bus. Long. lin. 13, lat. lin. %.

Fam. PsELAPHID.

Articerus, Dalman.

Sp. 17. Articerus Fortnumi. Sanguineus, capite elongato-ovato

fronte rotundato ; thorace feré quadrato, angulis anticis rotundatis,

medio impresso ; elytris thorace latioribus marginibus posticis ni-

gricantibus ; abdomine sstice rotundato utrinque maculd nigrd

insignito. Long. lin. §, lat. lin. }.

Mr. Evans communicated a notice log to an exotic species of

caterpillar of large size and black colour with red spots, the hairs of

which are so rigid that they penetrate into the flesh when incau-

tiously handled, causing much pain and inflammation.

Mr. Westwood stated that he had recently acquired the greater

part of Latreille’s original collection of bees from the Abbé Blondeau,

by whom it had been purchased at the sale of the collection of Baron

Déean.

Mr. Edward Doubleday (in allusion to Mr. Saunders’s paper) stated

that in North America he had observed that the cotton plants are not

attacked by any of the Tineide, but that they suffer greatly from the

attacks of several species of Noctuide.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

February 9, 1843.—Professor Graham in the Chair.

Professor Graham then read a highly interesting account of his

botanical excursion in Ross-shire, during August 1842, with a party

of friends :—

The party left Edinburgh on the 21st of August, and met at Ding-

wall—thence they walked by Garve, Auchnalt, &c. for Kinlochewe.

On the low hills near Garve they found a sprinkling of alpine vegeta-

tion, and i io sata alba, beautifully in flower, in a pool near the top of

320 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

one of them, at a higher elevation than had been previously observed.

The season having been remarkably dry, all the lakes were far below

their usual level, and in consequence such plants as Lobelia Dort-

manna, Subularia aquatica, &c. were seen, wondering at each other,

in flower and fruit, on dry ground. ‘Things, however, were now

changed, for the party had scarcely a dry day during the whole of

their excursion, and few such as admitted of the vegetation being

carefully examined. Several days were spent among the mountains

about Loch Maree, which are chiefly composed of red sandstone,

with quartz tops, and by no means prolific in interesting vegetation.

Cornus suecica, Saussurea alpina, Hieracium alpinum, Rubus Cha-

memorus, Arbutus alpina, Azalea procumbens, Cherleria sedoides, Sib-

baldia procumbens, &c. were among the rarest plants observed; and

rather unusually, all the six Lycopodie were picked nearly in one spot.

Tofieldia palustris, Thalictrum alpinum and Malaxis paludosa occurred

at the bottom of the cliffs, and Salix herbacea was found sparingly

on the red sandstone below the summit cliffs of Ben Tarshan. Op-

posite Applecross, in a bog which the tide could seldom reach, were

picked specimens of Blysmus rufus two feet high. Here there is an

extent of limestone country, easily recognised at the distance of se-

veral miles by a marked improvement in the pasturage. On it the

party met with Schenus nigricans, Gentiana amarella, Listera ovata and

Epipactis latifolia, with pale flowers, but searched in vain for Dryas

octopetala, which occurs profusely in similar soils in Sutherland. In

an old deserted garden between Sheildag and Janetown they observed

Althea officinalis, Aconitum Napelius and other introduced plants.

They also saw near Janetown Ulex europeus (a rare plant in the west

of Ross-shire) growing freely, and producing abundance of seed,

and the elder seemed to thrive peculiarly well. The mountains at

the head of Loch Duich seemed to the party the finest they had

seen, more magnificent even than those at the head of Loch Torri-

don, which again were more imposing than the much-extolled, and

certainly very superb, groups bordering Loch Maree ; but differences

in the weather might have had some influence on the effect produced.

Proceeding southward, the party enjoyed one fine day at Clunie,

and examined with considerable attention some very promising

mountains to the south-west of the inn. These are crumbling and

micaceous, but want elevation to produce alpine plants, and the

mildness of the western climate renders that all the more necessary.

The only interesting vegetable feature was an immense profusion of

Saussurea alpina; though in spring, before vegetation gets rank, it is

not unlikely that these cliffs might be found more productive. A

patch of snow observed on the south side of Maamsool, a mountain

about twenty miles north of Clunie, made the party desirous of

visiting it; but here again the weather baffled their intentions. ‘The

party took Ben Nevis on their route, but the same cause rendered

them unable to examine as they wished its magnificent cliffs. ‘They,

however, picked some interesting plants, and among the rest Carex

savatilis, but only in one spot.

In concluding his remarks, Dr. Graham observes :—=‘‘ The scenery

eos

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. H°821

_ we passed in the west of Ross-shire was magnificent; and in fine

weather, if ever such shall occur in that district, it may occasion

less disappointment, botanically, than we experienced. The disap-

_pearance of the forests from this and a great part of the Highlands

of Scotland is a phenomenon which I cannot account for. Certainly

it is not a change of climate, for in many districts the forests have

perpetuated themselves by their own seedlings ; and even where they

have not, solitary seedlings of Scotch fir, birch and poplar occasion-

ally spring up and thrive. It could not have been that the trees were

cut for the purposes of the population, for the population is, and

always must have been, from want of food, very limited. Fir is the

only natural agent | can think of which was capable of effecting such

destruction, but the remains of the trees have no appearance of ha-

ving been burnt; and I doubt whether any of my companions, after

our experience ina season which has parched up all of Scotland ex-

cept the district we were in, will believe they ever could have been

long enough dry to burn.

A letter to Professor Graham from Mr. N. B. Ward, F.L.S., on

the introduction of the Musa Cavendisii into the Navigator Islands,

was read :—

** When Mr. Williams was about to leave England in 1839 for the

Navigators, he was anxious to take with him some useful plants, and

particularly the Musa. He inquired of me whether I thought that it

would travel safely in one of the glazed cases, and having received

an answer in the affirmative, he applied to his Grace the Duke of

Devonshire, who kindly gave him a healthy young plant. Mr. Wil-

liams left England on the 11th of April 1839, and arrived at Upolu,

one of the Navigator Islands, at the end of the following November.

The Musa bore this long voyage well, and was transplanted into a

favourable situation soon after its arrival. In May 1840 it bore a

fine cluster of fruit, exceeding 300 in number, and weighing nearly

a hundred-weight. The parent plant then died, leaving behind more

than thirty young ones. ‘These were distributed to various parts of

the island, and in the following May (1841) when Mrs. Williams left

the island, all of these were in a fructiferous state, and producing

numerous off-sets. Supposing the plants to continue to increase in the

same ratio, there will be in the ensuing May (of 1843) more than

800,000 of them, and as the son of Mr. Williams is established as a

merchant at Upolu, is owner of two vessels constantly employed in

trading between the various islands in the South Pacific, and is more-

over actuated by the same benevolent disposition which was a striking

characteristic of his late father, there cannot be a doubt, but that, in a

very short time, they will be common in all the islands. To estimate

the importance of the introduction of this plant, we must bear in

mind the great quantity of nutritious food furnished by the Banana.

Humboldt has told us that he was never wearied with astonishment

at the smallness of the portion of soil, which, in Mexico and the ad-

joiming provinces, would yield sustenance to a family for a year, and

that the same extent of ground, which in wheat would maintain only

two persons, would yield sustenance under the Banana to fifty, al-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Y

322 Geological Society.

though in that favoured region the return of wheat is never under

seventy, and sometimes as much as a hundred-fold. The return, on

an average, in Great Britain, is not more than nine for one.”

Mr. Ralf’s paper on the Diatomacee, No. 3, was then read, con-

taining descriptions of the genera Striatella Tessella and Tetra cyclas.

‘“On the Development of Leaves ;” by Dr. Dickie, Lecturer on

Botany, King’s College, Aberdeen. The author concluded by stating,

“that it cannot be said that the forms of leaves in flowering plants

have any dependence whatever on their venation, since young leaves

are lobed, &c. previous to the appearance of the veins. The truth

appears to be, that the quantity of cellular tissue in a leaf determines

the development and positions of the veins, and not the opposite.”

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 29, 1842.—A paper “ On the Fossil Foot-prints of Birds and

Impressions of Rain-drops ‘in the Valley of the Connecticut.” By

Charles Lyell, Esq., V-P.G.S.

The deposit in which these impressions, long known on account

of the researches of Prof. Hitchcock, occur, is situated in a trough of

hypogene rocks, about five miles broad, the strata, which consist of

sandstone, shale and conglomerate, dipping uniformly to the east at

angles that vary from 5° to 30°. Mr. Lyell first examined the red

sandstone at Rocky Hill, three miles south of Hartford, in Connec-

ticut, where it is associated with red shale and capped by twenty

feet of greenstone. Many of the beds are rippled, and cracksin the

shale are filled by the materials of the superincumbent sandy layer,

showing, the author observes, a drying and shrinking of the mud

while the accumulation of the strata was in progress. The next

quarries he examined were at Newark in New Jersey, about ten

miles west trom New York city. The excavations are extensive,

and the strata dip, as is usual in New Jersey, to the north-west, or

in an opposite direction to the inclination in the valley of Con-

necticut, a ridge of hypogene rocks intervening. The angle is about

35° near Newark. ‘The beds exhibited ripple-marks and casts of

cracks, also impressions of rain-drops on the upper surface of the fine

red shales. Mr. Lyell states, that he felt some hesitation respecting

the impressions first assigned to the action of rain by Mr. Cunning-

ham of Liverpool, but he is now convinced of the justness of the

inference, having observed similar markings produced on very soft

mud by rain at Brooklyn in Long Island (New York). On the

same-mud were the foot-prints of fowls, some of which had been made

before the rain and some after it.

Mr. Lyell next visited the red and green shales of Cabotville, north

of Springfield in Massachusetts, where some of the best Ornithich-

nites have been procured, chiefly in the green shale. The dip of the

beds is 20° to the east, a higher inclination, the author says, than

could have belonged to a sea-beach. He observed in the same quar-

ries ripple-marks as well as casts of cracks, and he was informed

that the impressions of rain-drops have likewise been found.

In company with Prof. Hitchcock, Mr. Lyell afterwards examined

a natural section near Smith’s Ferry, on the right bank of the Con-

Geological Society. 323

necticut, about eleven miles north of Springfield. The rock con-

sists of thin-bedded sandstone with red-coloured shale. Some of the

flags are distinctly ripple-marked, and the dip of the layers on which

the Ornithichnites are imprinted, in great abundance, varies from

eleven to fifteen degrees. Many superimposed beds must have been

successively trodden upon, as different sets of tracks are traced

through a thickness of sandstone exceeding ten feet; and Prof.

Hitchcock pointed out to the author that some of the beds exposed

several yards farther down the river, and containing Ornithichnites,

would, if prolonged, pass under those of the principal locality, and

make the entire thickness throughout which the impressions prevail,

at intervals, perhaps twenty or thirty feet. Mr. Lyell, therefore, con-

ceives that a continued subsidence of the ground took place during

the deposition of the layers on which the birds walked.

It has been suggested, but the opinion has not been adopted by

Prof. Hitchcock, that the eastward slope of the beds represents that

of the original beach. With a view to this question, Mr. Lyell exa-

mined the direction of the ripple-marks, and found that it agreed with

the dip, or was at right angles to the supposed line of beach; but he

adds, though this agreement presents a formidable objection to the

suggestion above alluded to, if the ripples were produced by waves,

yet it does not disprove the opinion, as the ripples do not exceed in

dimensions those which are produced by sand blown over a muddy

beach, and often distributed at right angles to the coast-line. In-

stances of this effect of the wind Mr. Lyell has remarked along the

shores of Massachusetts. Nevertheless he is of opinion that the

rippled layer of sandstone in question contains too much clay to have

resulted from blown sand, and he is disposed to think that in most

of these localities the strata have been tilted, instances of such dis-

turbance having been pointed out to him by Prof. Hitchcock in the

state of Massachusetts, and by Mr. Percival near Newhaven in Con-

necticut. In reference to this subject, he says, that a few miles from

Smith’s Ferry a conglomerate, several hundred feet thick, containing

angular and rounded fragments of trap and red sandstone, the base

being sometimes a vesicular trap and trap tuff, passes upwards into

the very flags on which Ornithichnites occur; and from this he infers,

that there were eruptions of trap, accompanied by upheaval and par-

tial denudation, during the deposition of the red sandstone.

With respect to the impressions having been made by birds, Mr.

Lyell states, that until he examined the whole of the evidence he

entertained some scepticism, notwithstanding the luminous account

given by Prof. Hitchcock. In proof of their being the foot-prints of

some creature walking on mud or sand, he mentions, Ist, the fact of

Prof. Hitchcock’s having seen 2000 impressions, all, like those he had

himself examined, indented in the upper surface of the layer, the

casts in relicf being always on the lower surface ; and 2ndly, that

where there is a single line of impressions the marks are uniform in

size, and nearly uniform in distance from each other, the toes in the

successive steps turning alternately right and left. Such single lines,

Mr. Lyell says, indicate that the animal was a biped, and the trifid

marks resemble those which a bird leaves, there being generally a

‘2

324 Geological Society.

deviation from a straight line in any three successive prints ; and his

attention having been called to indications of joints in the different

toes, he afterwards clearly recognised similar markings in the recent

steps of coots and other birds on the sands of the shores of Massa-

chusetts. Prof. Hitchcock has shown, that the same impression ex-

tends through several lamin, decreasing in distinctuess in propor-

tion as the layer recedes from that in which it is most strongly marked,

or in proportion as the sediment filled up the hollows and restored

the surface to a levei; and Mr. Lyell states, that he has observed a

great number of instances of this fact.

He also says, that he can scarcely doubt that some of the impres-

sions on the red sandstone of Connecticut are not referable to birds,

but he believes that the gigantic ones described by Prof. Hitchcock

are Ornithichnites. At Smith’s Ferry they are sc numerous that

a bed of shale many yards square is trodden into a most irregular

and jagged surface, so that there is not a trace of a distinct footstep ;

but on withdrawing from this area to spots where the same tracts are

fewer, the observer, Mr. Lyell says, is forced to admit that the effect

in each case has been produced by this cause.

On examining the shores on some small islands about fifteen miles

south-east from Savannah, the author was struck with the number as

well as the clearness of the tracks of raccoons and opossums imprinted

in the mud during the four preceding hours, or after the tide had be-

gun toebb. At one spot, where the raccoons had been attracted by

the ovsters, the impressions were as confused as when a flock of

sheep has passed over a muddy road ; and in consequence of a gentle

breeze blowing parallel to the line of cliffs composed of quartzose

sand, the tracks had in many places already become half-filled with

blown sand, and in others were entirely obliterated ; so that if the

coast should subside, the consolidation of this sand would afford

casts analogous to those of Storeton Hill in Cheshire, yet the im-

pressions had been made and filled in a few hours.

When considering the broad question whether the fossil foot-prints

were made by creatures walking on mud or sand after the ebbing of

the tide, Mr. Lyell reminds his readers of the fact that in the United

States, as in Saxony and Cheshire, the tracks in sandstone and shale

are accompanied by littoral appearances, as ripple-marks, the casts

of cracks in the clay, and often by the marks of rain.

In regard to the age of the red sandstone of the valley of the

Connecticut and New Jersey, the author states he has nothing

to add to what had been previously advanced, by which its position

had been shown to be between the carboniferous and cretaceous

series. In the neighbourhood of Durham, Connecticut, he had col-

lected in the sandstone, fishes of the genera Paleoniscus and Cato-

pterus, but no other organic remains, except fossil wood.

In conclusion, Mr. Lyell remarks, Ist, that the Ornithichnites of

Connecticut should teach extreme caution in inferring the non-

existence of land animals from the absence of their remains in con-

temporaneous marine strata; 2ndly, that when this red sandstone of

Connecticut was deposited, there was land in the immediate vici-

nity of the places where the Ornithichnites occur; and that but for

Miscellaneous. 325

them it might naturally be inferred that the nearest land was several

miles distant, namely, that of the hypogene rocks which bound the

basin of the Connecticut. Now, the land that caused the sea-beach,

Mr. Lyell says, must have been formed of the same sandstone which

was then in the act of accumulating, in the same manner as where

deltas are advancing upon the sea. |

In a postscript, Mr. Lyell states, that subsequently to writing the

paper he had read the luminous report of Mr. Vanuxem on the Or-

nithichnites described by Prof. Hitchcock, and though it agrees in

substance with his own account in some particulars, yet that he has

left his notice as it stood.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON THE PEARL OYSTER OF CEYLON.

‘« Iv may interest some of your conchological acquaintances to know

that Avicula radiata of Leach is the far-famed Pearl Oyster of Cey-

lon. I have got plenty of all ages destined for the Belfast Museum.

I send youasketch* of the fry which roves about near the surface of

the sea; it in scarcely any respect resembles the full-grown shell.”

Vide Nat. Misc., vol. i. pl. 43.—KH tract from R. Templeton’s, Esq.,

R.A., letter from Colombo in Ceylon, May 19, 1842.

FOSSIL REMAINS IN ESSEX.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Fossil remains of Mammalia have been met with

so often in the county of Essex that their occurrence now almost

ceases to excite surprise, but a large portion of a fossil tusk of the

elephant has very recently been found at Grays Thurrock, of di-

mensions so large as to favour the impression, that the animal to

which it formerly belonged must have arrived at the maximum size

of those giants of the animal kingdom.

This fine fossil in its present state is two feet eleven inches in

length; it is broken off at both ends, and appears to have formed

the middle third part of the tusk in length. At its larger extremity

it is 195 inches in circumference, and when it is considered that no

part of the cavity forming the alveolus can be seen, that portion

being broken off and with it more of the larger end of the tusk pro-

bably ;—bearing this in mind, we may fairly infer that the tusk was

quite as long as our conclusions warrant in drawing from the facts

before us.

At its smaller end it is broken off at that part which gives us fifteen

inches circumference, and as to its length, by following the two outer

curvatures of this fragment to a point, these lines meet at a distance

of about three feet from the smaller circumference ; and if we allow

little more than two feet from its larger end for the alveolus and other

missing portions, we then have a length of between eight and nine

feet when this tusk was whole.

* The figure will be given in one of the Plates of our present volume.—Ep.

326 Miscellaneous.

This fossil was discovered about a month ago in a bed of detritus,

thirty feet from the surface, in a brick-field, at the locality before

mentioned in this county; a locality rich in mammalian and other

fossil remains, vide pages 262 and 263, vol. ix. of this work; and it

is now in the collection of Mrs. Mills of Lexden Park, near Colches-

ter, to whose kindness I am indebted for the measurements of this

relic of days long gone by; another fact illustrating the alteration

in the fauna of our planet.

I am, Gentlemen, yours very truly,

Stanway, Feb. 4, 1843. Joun Brown.

NOTICE OF THE DISCOVERY OF AN ELECTRICAL FISH ON THE AMERICAN

COAST. BY D. HUMPHREYS STORER, M.D.

A species of Ray possessing electrical powers has been known to

the fishermen of Cape Cod and New York for many years, and called

by them the cramp-fish or numb-fish. Mitchell, in his paper on the

“ Fishes of New York,” contained in the first volume of the Transac-

tions of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York, refers

to this species; he had never seen it, but, from the facts he was

enabled to collect respecting it, he supposed it to be identical with

the European species ‘‘ Raia torpedo,” and as such introduces it into

his memoir. In my Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts, I merely

observed that a Torpedo was found on the coast of Cape Cod, but

being unable to procure a specimen, I could not identify it. I have

had the good fortune to procure a fine specimen within the last

month, which was captured at Wellfleet; it was 4 feet 2 inches in

length, and proves to be a Torpedo nobiliana, Bonaparte. It agrees

perfectly with Mr. Thompson’s description, in the fifth volume of the

‘Annals of Natural History,’ of a specimen taken on the Irish coast

in 1838.

As some time may elapse before I can publish a contemplated

paper on our fishes, I would avail myself of your valuable Journal to

make the above-mentioned fact known to ichthyologists.—Silliman’s

Journal, Jan. 1848.

ON A PECULIAR SENSATION CAUSED BY SOME MOLLUSCA. BY FRANCIS

M. JENNINGS.

On the 2nd of May, 1842, I brought before the Cork Cuvierian

Society a short notice of a curious fact I had observed in some fresh-

water mollusca, viz. a power of causing a peculiar sensation when

placed on the tongue ; this may be experienced by putting the Lim-

neus periger, a small univalve shell which abounds in most ponds and

lakes in this country, into the mouth, and allowing the foot of the

animal to remain for a few minutes on the tongue, when the sensa-

tion will be felt, varying in intensity according to the size of the ani-

mal and the length of time it is allowed to remain.

The sensation, though not decidedly painful, is yet rather dis-

agreeable whilst it continues, frequently lasting from one to two

hours, being exerted with greater energy during warm than cold

weather, I tried a few experiments to ascertaini whether the power

Meteorological Observations. 327

arose from an acid secretion, capable of being emitted at pleasure by

the animal, but so far without success.

I hope these few observations will be the means of directing the

attention of naturalists to this subject, which has hitherto, I believe,

escaped their notice.

Brown Street, Cork, March 4, 1848. Francis M. Jennines.

Mr. Jennings having sent the foregoing to me to forward for pub-

lication, I beg to add, that I repeated his experiment with a similar

result to that he describes. I understand that Mr. Armstrong of

this city, having, in collecting Ancyli, put some of them into his

mouth, experienced the same painful action from the contact of

these animals with his tongue.- As I am not aware that the subject

is rightly understood, I think it worth bringing under notice.

Dublin, March 13, 1843. Ropert Batu.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1843.

Chiswick.—Feb. 1. Very fine: cloudy. 2. Heavy rain: overcast. 3%. Stormy

showers: boisterous. 4. Stormy: very boisterous, 5, Clear and frosty. 6.

Cloudy. 7. Hazy: sleet. 8. Dense fog: hazy and cold. 9. Cold easterly

haze. 10. Densely clouded. 11. Uniformly overcast. 12. Slight drizzle.

13. Frosty: hazy: sharp frost at night. 14. Frosty: cloudy: severe frost.

15. Sharp frost: snow flakes: frosty. 16. Dry air and frosty: overcast. 17.

Clear and frosty: very fine: stormy at night. 18. Stormy, with drifting snow.

19. Overcast: heavy rain. 20. Rain: foggy. 21. Foggy: fine: foggy. 22,

Slight rain: cloudy. 23. Very fine. 24. Foggy: cold easterly haze. 25. Slight

drizzle: stormy. 26. Sleet: drizzly. 27. Stormy and wet: barometer very low.

28. Cloudy.— Mean temperature of the month 3°:8 below the average.

Boston.—Feb. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: stormy, withraine.m. 3. Fine: stormy,

with snow p.m.: stormy night. 4. Stormy: hailand snowr.m. 5. Fine. 6.

Fine: rain and snow r.m. 7. Cloudy: raine.m. 8. Cloudy. 9. Fine. 10. Fine:

rain p.M. 11. Rain: rainearly a.m.:raine.mM. 12. Cloudy. 13. Fine. 14—

16. Cloudy. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy: snow a.m. 19. Cloudy: rainr.m. 20,

Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raine.m. 21. Cloudy. 22. Rain: rain early a.m.:

rain a.M. 23. Fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Cloudy: rain and snow r.m. 26—28,

Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—¥Feb. 1. Showers. 2, At 14 p.m. wind N.W.:

stormy, with drift, 3. Snow-drift: at 12 at night a storm began. 4. Cloudy:

thaw: frost. 5. Cloudy: frost. 6. Bright: frost: thaw: aurora, 7. Clear:

frost:thay. 8. Bright: thaw: damp. 9,10. Cloudy: frost. 11. Drizzly

showers: clear hoar-frost. 12. Clear frost: clear hoar-frost. 15. Showers:

snow-showers. 14. Snow-drift. 15. Clear: snowing. 16, 17. Snow-showers :

clear. 18. Clear: cloudy. 19. Bright: cloudy. 20. Bright: thaw. 21. Cloudy :

thaw. 22. Snow-showers: cloudy: frost. 23, Clear and frosty. 24. Bright:

cloudy: thaw. 25. Cloudy: frost. 26. Cloudy: snow-showers, 27. Snow-

showers: clear and frosty. 28. Clear and frosty : snow-shewers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Feb. 1. Heavy showers p.m. 2. Snow-

showers. 3. Snow: frost p.m. 4. Frost and snow. 5. Fine, but frosty. 6.

Frost a.M.:rainr.mM. 7. Thaw: high winde.m. 8. Mild and fair. 9. Fair,

but chilly. 10. Sprinkling of snow: frost. 11,12. Fair: no frost. 13. Frost :

fine. 14. Frost. 15. Frost: shower of snow. 16—18. Frost. 19. Slight

frost. . 20. Snow and sleet. 21. Slight rain. 22%. Fair. 23, 24. Showery.

25. Fine and fair. 26. Fair, but cloudy. 27. Fair. 28. Frost a.m.: slight

snow.

I a ee a a a a ea

68-2 |6Z.F 8.06'8.88 ¢.7¢| F-1¢| $.1F] 6.46 | 9.1F | 9.98 |F62-62 |S9Z.6% 689.62] 98S-62] 1¢.6z | Za¢.62 | FF9.62 | 209.62 | ‘uvayy

eg 181.3

“Uva aatsbeae Q1.G} SE.) UInNg

—— | | | ee | ef | | | ee | | | | | ar

| Ree | ce Saeeanieeneniesr CET. | “ou ‘a |wyeo| ‘au |*muu| og | #8 | ze $I | 6e] Te | IF | &-ZE| F.0F | 8.96 | 02.62 | 99-62 | 8F-62 | 61.66 | €8.8z | 600.62 | FEF-6% | ZZ0.66 | *8z

ce | 80-\o¢.0|'""*"| 61. | 980. | ‘au | “ou | wyeo| ‘au | ‘au [ere | ce | e€ | oF} ge] Ze | OF | 8.FE | 9.88 | 8.98 | £P.6z | F9.66 | 90.66 | 01.62 | 88.82 | 8F8.86 | 686-86 | 086.86 | *Zz

Gee cctes*2 90: ‘a | wed | ‘a ‘u | te | og | ge Ze | os! FE | OF | 8-88 | 0.68 | F-FE | 99.62 | $2.6 | 18.64 | 69.62 | 26.62 | 9ZE-6% | 109-6 | 909.62 | “9a

Ge teesee senses [eran ‘aua | wyeo| ‘ou | -u |pe | oe [tre | or | ge| ze | se | 2.98 | 9.EF | 0.28 | 08.62 | £8.62 | 09-62 | £9.62 | $8.62 | 969.62 | 619-62 | 819.66 | *¢z

Le pease ‘aua | wyeo| ‘a | ‘au |¥oe | foe | se for | sel Fe | SP | 0-88 | 0.6r | Z.8€ | 06.6 | 16-62 | 19.66 | $9.62 | €€.6z | Z19.66 | OF9.66 | 869.66 | “to

Pee oo yes**/ ST ‘oua | “mM ‘a ‘as | 62 | Fe [$te | 16 |G-0F| Ze | Eo | 9-€F | 0.0 | 8.FF | 28.62 | $8.66 | OF.63 | $8.62) E1.6 | GFF.66 | 613-66 | 82F-60 | “ez

6 | £0. |*°""*"| OT- ‘a ‘a "s | cass | eg |$o¢ | ce | iF | s8e| IF | Bo |0-1F | &.6F | €.€F | 08.62 | 42.62 | 0€-66 | 8.66 | 00.66 | 9FZ.6 | 198.6 | 082.62 | *zz

gs | SS. '1¢.0| SI- ‘3 ‘a ‘as ‘a | og | Ze ee | 68! sel Ze | tg | &-Ze| 9. | Z-1F | 62.62 | 62.66 | 9€.6% | £2.63 | 01.62 | 928.6 | 128-62 | 96.62 | “1a C

Rea: Sem he ees 2 ‘9 2) ‘a | -aue |goe | ce | eg | Ze |S.0e] ce | 6. | 2-48 | 6.88 | b-ZE | 62.6% | 94-62 | 82.66 | 08.60 | F0.62 | 19Z.66 | FSE-66 | G2Z.06 | *0Z

SUB | reersjrasees|eostes ‘aud Z) ‘a | aua |$/e | oe |€Zz | 6€ | Os | te | Ze | 9-18 | CE | Z.FE | 62.62 | 18-66 | OF.66-| 19.66) 18.62 | 118.6% | $98-66 | FIF.66 | “61

| 8% ethno ‘oud | ‘a ‘a | ‘au | 6% |€ce | az \¥se | Se} Te | FE | 9-86 | 9.98 | Z.0E | £8.62 | 98.62 | 09.66 | 09.62 | 92.66 | 00F.62 | SGF-66 | OLF.6% | *8T

PF. [tebe secacee|="92== “U ‘au |‘muu| 62 | ce | 61 | og | Fal OF | ZS | FOB | 8.ZE | F-8z | 62.62 | 99.62 | £¢.6% | SF.66 | $2.66 | OZF.66 | GNG-66 | OZF.6% | “ZT

| GZ [teetee eeeeee|eeeeee “Ul ‘au | cu | zo | ze | Zt | te | £6] 06 | ZE | 8-Sz | 9.62 | Z.9z | SF-6z | 61-62% | 82.6% | SI.6G | 00.62 | 61.66 | F&Z-66 | 321.62] “OT

OS, | eae beable Coe pas ‘u ae tu |9Zz | og [Zt | e¢ | Sa} Go | 6% | 8.8% | 0.6€ | F.9% | 82-64 | 16-68 | 61.66 | OF.62 | 12-62 | 166.68 | OZF.62 | FFF.6S| “ST |

| 0g aise ‘a “MM ‘a | po |Ste ($0 re |¢-ee| ot | 6& | Z8e | 9.68 | 8.62 | 29-62 | €2.6z | 89.62 | 99.62 | S¢.6z | $19.62 | IZZ.6z | 812.62 | “Ft O|

eG jee o Rosnsy ‘9 | wea} ‘a ‘a oz |etr | oz} Ze | ze} St | Bb | 0-FE| 3.aF | G.98 | 98.6z | 8-62 | 92.66 | 6.62 | 02.66 | £28.66 | 010.08 | FI0.08 | “ET

| ¥E Il. | 10. |""""| ‘as | ‘aua | wyeo| ‘au | ou -| og |gte | te \g1r | Se} Zo | IF | LE] FBP | 2-ZE | ST-0E | €E-0E | G0.0E | 80.08 | £2.62 | 0€0.0€ | OF0.0E | 090.0€ | “SI

i “Se Soell pomciemens| 6a || SOUS ‘a ‘ou ‘U os |¢ir | te | oF |¢.Ze| og | IF | &-G8 | F-0F | &.ZE | ZE-0E | GZ-0E | 80.0E | 20.08 | 6¢.6z | 658.66 | 946.62 | 088.62 | *T1

| GE [reeres|eceree[ereeeslerrres| QOT. | cu | cou | uyeo| ‘ou | ‘u |¢ce | ce \¢1e | GE | Se] LE | BF | SSE | Z.OF | €.9¢ | 6a.0E | EE-0E | Z0.0E | 90-0€ | €9.6z | TE8.66 | 188.62 | 788.66 | “OT

re laesecsfeceece 610.| *U ‘ou | wyeo| ‘ou Ul re |$ee | Ze | 1b |o-8e| 8 | 66 | 8.96 | F.6€ | o.Ze | 98.08 | 0€-08 | 90.0€ | 00.08 | 02.62 | 68.66 | 996.62 | 946.62 | “6

&& EI. | ZO. | 0SZ. | “MS | ‘au | [va | *ou ‘a | 1p | Ze | se Ser jo-oe| se | se |zZ-Fe| 9-Ze | Z.g¢ | ZT.0€ | FZ-0E | 60.08 | £0.08 | 22.66 | FZ0.0E | 8E0.0E | ZS0.0E | *8

Tg |reereeiseere*!Q9. | OG. | 8G0. | “aS |*‘auU | Wie | ‘aU | *U os | te fee Str | Fe] ce | Le | 9-86 | Z.8E | &.FE | SE.0€ | OF-0€ | G0.0E | $0.0E | 2.6 | 068.66 | £66.62 | 986.62 | *Z »)

Ig "16.0 [*""""| 60. | or ‘muu | wyeo| cu | ‘mu | gg |¥og | oz | Ze | ce!| Ie | SE | 0.zE| g.ZE | G.GE | 02.08 | O1-0E | 96.66 | F6.6z | 09.6 | 962.62 | 898.66 | 288.62 | °9

6g |rrttireresteeee*] go. | oco.| ‘a |'muu} wyeo| cu | ‘mu | Fe | Fe ¥8z | se |c.0e| 62 | Ge | 9.28 | 0.68 | Z.zE | F0.0€ | 06.62 | 98.6% | 08.62 | 99.6% | 862.66 | £98.62 | 8€8.6z | *¢

6 | QB. jee} OT. | OOT. | “UU |*Muu| “A ‘u -m | te | se lgoz| Ze | Fe! O€ | GE | 0-SE | 9.0F | O-E | £6.62 | 08.62 | 08.62 | 09.62 | 68.82 | BFE.66 | £92.68 | BFE.68 | ‘F

Tp [hastetirssenel-reee*| Oz. $e | 1g | se | Ze | Le| to |. Gr | %6E) FTE | 8.0F | 22.62 | 98.82 | 02.68 | 98-8 | 00.66 | O£T.62 | 219.62 | Z0S.62 | *E

SF sesetligte te" See | te | trl] pp | Se} Le | Sb | 0.8F| 0.€¢ | $.0¢ | 66.82 | Z8.8z | 12.62 | 82-62 | EI-62 | 19.66 | GFZ.66 | Z19.62 | *%

pets se | for \fZp | oF | SF] Sb | EG | 8-SF] 9-19 | 8.ZF | 86.82 | FI-6z | 88.62 | 09.62 | EF.62 | SE8.6% | G06.62 | P96.66 | *T

to — : ° SO met | aye eyrre oerre *rrre

mE) L = Q)|F4/ & o Q| Pel w| Bo = S = Kad wy | xt p | ‘urd | sure | ‘urd | ‘wre =“ é mie! aa;

Sonemes S| 2 [22 | cei se) F [oe 2h BEIPEL? LF SE) 2 LE [rswes |e] te | | o | 6 OR] NI PN Seal cre

: 4 Seay Sea oS = > ae : eine Per id

—Hea/ort) Sis |PS| 2 )/o2}] § | Bs | © |yormpueg| omys | 3 8 |. Peas ‘yotupueg | — ‘arlys BS]. aes

2. a>} l ° &

3 3 “ule y *puLM *1OJIMOW IIT, *19JIULOAV one |

"KANUNGO ‘asunpy younpung yo SuoysNo]D *C ‘Ady 947 4g pu {AUIHS-saluaWaAC

‘gsunyyr yqunsajddy yo ‘aequng * Ad *A0q 242 49 SNoLsog 7p “Wea A ‘aN 49 SuopuorT «nau ‘MOIMSIHD J hyavog jounynaysoy] ayy fo UapLvgy ayy yD

wuosdwon 7 ‘aq 49 { uoqwaqoy ‘ay ‘AunzaL0a9 quojsssp ay) hg ‘NOaNO] ‘hja120g jvhoy ay] fo siuampivdp ay2 Jo app suorwasasgg, 7020j0.L09]9 Vy

LL WN qo"’ “IN 5 ssp ay] hq Pergo On [R07 2%, | ad | } 90 VW

ADVERTISEMENTS.

WORKS on ORNITHOLOGY, BOTANY, &c.

NOW ON SALE AT VERY REDUCED PRICES,

BY T. & W, BOONE,

99 NEW BOND STREET.

AUDUBON’S BIRDS OF AMERICA, 447 plates beautifully coloured

and bound in four volumes, elephant folio, with descriptions in five volumes, im-

perial 8vo, elegantly whole bound, Russia gilt leaves, by Clarke. 1101.

A remarkably fine and complete copy, and cost the Subscriber 315/. The bind-

ing only, cost 53.

GOULD’S BIRDS OF EUROPE, 449 beautifully coloured plates.

5 vols. imperial folio. Half-bound, Russia gilt top. 60/. A very fine and com-

plete copy, and cost the Subscriber 86/,

GOULD’S CENTURY OF BIRDS from the Himalaya Mountains,

80 plates, comprising 100 figures beautifully coloured. Imperial folio, half-bound,

Russia gilt top. 10/. 10s. Published at 16/. 16s.

GOULD’S TOUCANS. 3 Parts, Sie ca containing 34 plates,

coloured. 51, J5s. 6d.

EDWARDS’S NATURAL HISTORY OF BIRDS, &c. 362 plates,

eoloured. Elegantly bound red morocco, gilt leaves, with English text, uniformly

half-bound, in all 8 vols. Royaldto. 12/.12s. A very fine orginal coloured copy.

LATHAM’S GENERAL HISTORY OF BIRDS, with numerous

coloured plates and Index complete. 11 vols. 4to, Russia,.marbled leaves. 164.

Lond. 1781—1828.—A very fine original copy.

DESMAREST’S Histoire naturelle des Tangaras, des Manikins et des

Todiers, 72 plates, coloured. Royal folio. Boards. 41. 10s. Published at 360 franes.

Paris, 1805.

AUDEBERT et VIEILLOT, Histoire naturelle des Colibris, Oiseaux-

mouches, Jacamars, Promerops, Grimpereaux et Oiseaux de Paradis, 189 plates.

2 vols. royal folio. Boards. 4/. Paris, 1802.

’ YVIEILLOT, Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux de Amérique Septentri-

onale, 124 plates, two vols. in one. Royal folio. Boards, 3. Paris, 1807.

BRISSON, Omnithologie, 250 fine plates. Six vols. 4to, neat. 2/. 2s.

Paris, 1760.

CUVIER, Aves. ‘Translated by Griffiths. Plates coloured, three vols.

Royal octavo. 6/. 6s. Published at 10/.10s. London, 1829.

This part of the Work cannot now be obtained separately from the Publishers.

ALBIN, Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux, 306 coloured plates. 3 vols.

quarto, neat. 2/. 8s. Haye, 1750.

JARDINE and SELBY’S Tilustrations of Ornithology, 151 coloured

plates. Complete in Parts. 6/. 5s. . Published at 15/. 15s. Edinb. 1829. An

original Subscription and finely-coloured copy.

FAUNA BOREALI-AMERICANA:. the Birds by Swainson and

Richardson. 73 coloured plates. Quarto. Boards. 1/. 15s. Published at 4/. 4s.

London, 1831.

BROWN’S (P.). Illustrations of Zoology, 53 coloured plates. Royal

4to. Calfextra. 1/.16s. London, 1776. Fime original copy, containing tiiree

extra plates.

Illustrations of the FAMILY OF PSITTACID, OR PARROTS ;

the greater part of these Species hitherto unfigured ; drawn from life, and on stone,

by Enwarp Lear, A.L.S. Only 100 copies printed. T. and W. Boone have

purchased the few remaining copies of this elegant Work, containing forty-two

plates, beautifully coloured, in folio, uniform with Gould’s Birds of Europe, and

now offer them at 6/. 6s. each in boards, As the stones are cleaned, no more

copies can be printed.

DONOVAN’S Natural History of British Insects. Numerous coloured

plates. Sixteen vols. in eight. Half-bound Russia. 81. 8s. Yondon, 1792—1813.

CURTIS'S BOTANICAL MAGAZINE, with continuation by Sir W.

J. Hooker. Plates coloured. Complete. 4to. Dec. 1840. Sixty-three volumes,

bound in thirty, calf extra, and four vols, in numbers, 427.

Also on Sale, various other Works in the different branches of Natural History.

a ih or Th e200 7 me,

A LIST OF A PEW BOOKS,

Including some recent purchases in France and Germany,

TO BE HAD OF

WILLIAM PAMPLIN,

45 FRITH STREET, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON.

(Lately removed from 9 Queen Street.)

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Several odd volumes of, for 1839,

1840, &c., at 7s. per volume. Paris.

Artedi. Historia Piscium naturalis et literaria &c. cum tabulis,

auctore J. G. Schneider. 4to. 5s. Lipsiz, 1789.

Aristoteles De Natura Animalium, &c. Theophrastus De Hi-

storia Plantarum, &c. Theod. Gaza interp. 4 matchless copy. Folio. 2/. 2s.

Venetiis, 1513,

Boase. Treatise on Primary Geology, &c. Morocco extra. 7s. 6d.

1854.

Boate. Natural History of Ireland, &c. Plates. 4to. 15s. Dublin,

1726.

Brez. Flore des Insectophiles, &c. Very neat and interleaved. 5s. 6d.

Autrecht, 1791.

Deleuze. Histoire du Muséum royal d’Histoire naturelle. Plates.

12s. 6d. Paris, 1823.

Drury’s Exotic Insects. 2 vols. 4to. Fine coloured plates. 2/. 2s.

1770.

E:llis. Natural History of curious and uncommon Zoophytes. 63

plates. 4 fine copy. 4to. 1l.17s. 6d. 1786.

Esllis. Essay towards a Natural History of Corallines, &c. 39 Plates.

4to. 2/.2s. 1755.

Esilis. Essai sur ]’Histoire naturelle des Corallines, &c. 39 coloured

plates. 4to. 1/. 1ls. 6d. A la Haye, 1756.

F’orskal. Descriptiones Animalium, Avium, Amphibiorum, &c. que

in itinere orientali, &. Map. 4to. Various copies from 9s. Havniz, 1775.

Goppert. Systema Filicum Fossilium, &c. cum tab. 44. 4to, Va-

rious copies, from 1/. 11s. 6d. Breslau, 1836.

Eiaworth. Lepidoptera Britannica. Several copies of the earlier

parts. 1803, &c.

Haworth. Miscellanea naturalia ad Historiam naturalem spec-

tantes. 7s. 6d. 1803,

Hfubner. Larve of European Lepidoptera. A coloured copy very

nearly complete, that is to say, 412 plates and four sheets of text. Uncut and

unbound. 10/. 10s. Augsburg.

Hanley. Conchologist’s Book of Species. Plates, some coloured.

os.6d. 1842.

Langius. Historia Lapidum figuratorum Helvetie, &c. Numerous

plates. 4to. 12s. Venetiis, 1708.

Latreille. Sur les Crustacées, &c. 6s. Paris, 1810.

Linnei Fauna Succica, &c. curante Retzius. Coloured plate. 4s. 6d.

Lips. 1800.

Lainnzi Ameenitates academice. Best edition. 10 volumes com-

plete. 1/7. 11s. 6d. And several other copies with only the nine vols. Erlang, 1787.

Muller, Wiirmen des siissen und salzigen Wassers mit Kupfern.

Numerous plates, Several copies. 4to. 14s. Kopenhagen, 1771.

MWiuller. Another edition of same work. 4to. 14s. 1800.

Miuller. Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilium seu animalium infu-

sorium, &c. The three parts in one volume. 4to. 12s. 6d. Havniz, 1773.

*,* W. P. has a large quantity of separate volumes of various Memoirs, Trans-

actions and Proceedings of different Societies, both English and Foreign.

London, May Ist, 1843,

™

Sie,

> IKI

R ex e'le

V CARO

erent

Treerr bi |

MEE HS

errr rrr

\epteneen maaan

{re

}

S ~y

srnereg Tatu eUeiy

/ Dialomacee. D.C Sowerby fo

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 71. MAY 1843.

XLVI.—Additional Evidence proving the Australian Pachy-

derm described in a former Number of the ‘ Annals’ to be

a DinoTHERIUM, with remarks on the Nature and Affinities

of that genus. By Prof. Owrn, F.R.S.

In the January Number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History ’

(p. 7) I described some fossils transmitted from Australia by

Sir Thos. L. Mitchell, and referred them to the Proboscidian

family of Pachyderms, pointing out the close resemblance of

the broken tooth (figs. 2 and 3, p. 9) to the molars of the Di-

notherium and Mastodon, but more especially to those of the

Dinotherium, on account of the size and shape of the trans-

verse ridges ; although, as their number in the entire tooth

Fic. 1.

ia ie VE a ips L

07 1 I \ SRA let —— -

hy Wt A teal t | yi i

CMA A Pill 1 | Sigs

{ WP fee aN: uu AWN.

; I if MY Ni \ WY i eS 3 SM ag ¥ Fn a a) 7,

Sa! Wee EF NN D

= Za Zi

ome, a 4 4

RS - i test

SS seat i Lge

wy le ———— PN Zz y

" : a i), ee

Dinotherium Australe: one-third nat. size.

could not be ascertained from the fossil, it could not with cer-

tainty be referred to that genus.

I have this morning been favoured by Sir Thos. Mitchell

with a letter containing two figures of the portion of the jaw-

bone referred to in his former letter, but which he has not been

able to procure for transmission, and these figures prove the

Australian Pachyderm to be a Dinotherium, not a Mastodon.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Z,

330 Prof. Owen on a new species of Dinotherium,

In the genus Mastodon the antero-posterior diameter of the

molars and the number of the transverse eminences or pall's

of tubercles on their grinding surface increase, as the teeth

are placed further back in the jaw: thus, in the M. giganteus,

whose teeth bear most resemblance to the Dinotherian type,

the first and second molars have two transverse ridges, the

third and fourth have three ridges, and the last molar has

four or five ridges. In the portion of jaw from the Darling

Downs, figured by Sir Thomas Mitchell, which contains the

third and fourth molars, the former (fig. 1, 6) hasthree transverse

ridges, and is of greater antero-posterior extent than the fourth

molar, which has only two transverse ridges. In the shape

as well as proportions of the teeth, the Australian fossil agrees

with the different species of Dinotherium that have been dis-

covered in the Miocene of Europe. The Australian species

is somewhat less than the Dinotherium medium of Kaup. The

Fig. 2.

—

il i

SS ———-

SS ; ki

eo )

| ’

f W y

yy)

i) | ‘

Ha ; i y

i Hil iin lyst \

4 aS

i iN \ a S\N

i (| ha

8 4 J) Br tna

y 4 q Be "

iar D th Z ty, ay

; st } Dy

Grinding surface of third and fourth molars.

Dinotherium Australe: one-third nat. size.

degree of correspondence, in both size and shape, of the teeth

in the jaw figured by Sir Thos. Mitchell with the portion of

the molar represented at p. 9, figs. 2 and 3, would indicate the

latter to be part of an anterior molar of the same species of

Dinotkerium, if not of the same individual. The traces in the

femur of the unobliterated junction of the condyloid epiphysis

with the shaft of the bone indicated it to have belonged to a

young though nearly full-grown animal, and it would seem

that the last molar of the lower jaw had not come into place,

for in the figure of the portion of the jaw, the cavity which

contained it appears to be indicated at a, fig. 1. The sum-

mits of the ridges of the fourth molar are represented sharp

and unworn, like those of a tooth that had been recently ac-

quired.

We may thus assume, with a high degree of probability,

that the portions of jaw, femur and teeth associated together,

with remarks on the Nature and Affinities of that genus. 331

on the Darling Downs, belonged to the same animal; and on

this assumption proceed to apply the anatomical facts so at-

tained to a resolution of the mooted question of the nature and

affinities of the genus Dinotherium.

The only bone of the extremities referable to any of the

European species of Dinothere which has hitherto been dis-

covered is a scapula, described by Prof. Kaup in his ‘ Osse-

mens Fossiles de Darmstadt,’ 4to, 1832, p. 13. If the pha-

- lanx of the gigantic Pangolin, figured in the same work, pl. 2.

ad. figs. 4—7, had belonged, as the discoverer of the Dino-

therium supposed, to his most extraordinary genus, it would

have indicated an affinity to the Edentata, which would have

rendered the Dinothere with its huge incisive tusks a still

stranger and more anomalous creature than its cranial and

dental organization prove it to be.

The opinions of Prof. Kaup have been opposed by MM. de

Blainville and Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire upon the evidence

afforded by the entire cranium and dental system, which was

exhibited in Paris in 1837*. This evidence was deemed con-

clusive in proof that the Dinotherium belonged to the family

of the Herbivorous Cetaceat, or, to use the words of M..de

Blainville, that it was a gigantic Dugong with inferior incisors

developed into tusks{. The Professor then adverts to the

question, whether the Dinothere had four or two locomotive

members, and, in reply, states it to be more probable that it

had but two anterior pinniform extremities or ‘ en nageoires.’

M. Isid. Geoffroy St. Hilaire recognises, with M. de Blain-

ville, in the Dinotherium numerous analogies with the Du-

gong, and especially with the Manatee, “et c’est dans le

groupe si remarquable, et jusqu’a présent si peu nombreux,

auquel appartiennent ces deux genres, que le Dinotherium

lui parait devoir trouver sa place naturelle.”—ZJbid. p. 429.

The anatomy of the Dugong and Manatee—their membrana

nictitans, their vesicule seminales and double corpus caverno-

sum, their renal system, larynx and dentition, their pectoral

mamme, &c.§, all combine to prove the close affinities of the

* “ Quoique nous soyons bien éloignés de penser qu’un seul os, une seule

facette d’un os, soient suffisants pour reconstruire la charpente osseuse ou le

squelette d’un mammifére, ici nous croyons que la téte entiére et le sy-

stéme dentaire complet, sont tout-a-fait suffisants pour mettre notre thése

hors de doute.”—M. de Blainville, Compte Rendu de I Acad. des Sciences,

March 20, 1837 (p. 422). ‘

+ “ Le Dinotherium a constitué un genre de mammiféres‘de la famille

des Dugongs et des Lamantins.”—Ibid. p. 422.

t “ En un mot, c’était, suivant nous, un Dugong avec les incisives en dé-

fense inférieures.’’—Jbid.

§ See Proceedings of the Zoological Society, March 27, 1838.

Z 2

332 Prof. Owen on a new species of Dinotherium.

Herbivorous Cetacea of Cuvier with the Pachyderms, and

especially with the group containing the Dinotherium. But

the close relation manifested by this extinct genus to the Mas-

todon, in its molar teeth and inferior tusks, strongly argued

it to belong to the proboscidian rather than to the aquatic or

cetaceous family of Pachyderms. The femur associated with

the jaw and teeth of the Dinotherium from Darling Downs

gives the required evidence of its having been, like the Mas-

todon and Elephant, a heavy terrestrial quadruped, and the

differences which I have pointed out (ante p. 8) between the

femur of the Australian Pachyderm and that of the Mastodon

guganteus may be regarded as indicating the distinctive cha-

racters of the femur in the genus Dinotherium.

Although this much-desired evidence has thus unexpect-

edly reached us from Australia, it cannot be doubted that it

will be ultimately corroborated by the discovery, in the rich

depositaries at Kpplesheim and at Anch, of bones of the ex-

tremities associated with the characteristic teeth of the Dino-

theres.

It is well known that the double transverse-ridged grinding

surface, which characterizes the teeth of the Tapir, and is ex-

hibited on a gigantic scale in those of the Dinothere (Cuvier’s

Gigantic Tapir), and by the Mastodon giyanteus in its anterior

molars, is likewise present in the molars of the Manatee and

Kangaroo: and the similarity is sufficiently close to have

warranted perhaps the supposition, if we had had only the re-

mains of the jaw and teeth to reason from, that some still

more gigantic form of Macropus than the Gigas and Titan of

the Wellington bone-caves had formerly existed in Australia:

but it might, on the other hand, have been contended that a

gigantic form of Herbivorous Cetacean had formerly browsed

on the shores of Australia; and, indeed, without other evi-

dence, the advocates of M. de Blainville’s hypothesis might

have held this conclusion to be quite compatible with the ad-

mission of the generic relationship of the fossil of the Darling

Downs with the Dinotherium of Europe. The happy disco-

very of the femur, while it shows that the mammal in question

was neither Kangaroo nor Manatee, proves that the genus to

which it truly appertains was a quadrupedal and terrestrial

Pachyderm with thick and stout extremities adapted to the

support and progression of the massive frame which charac-

terizes the known Proboscidian Pachyderms.

I propose to designate the Australian Pachyderm by the

name of Dinotherium Australe.

London, March 138, 18438.

Remarks on a Collection of Australian Drawings. 333-

XLVII.—Remarks on a Collection of Australian Drawings of

Birds, the Property of the Earlof Derby. By H. EK. Srricx-

LAND, Esq., M.A.

In the March Number of the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ Mr. G. R.

Gray has given a list of certain Australian birds long since

described by Latham, but which, from the brevity and incom-

pleteness of that author’s descriptions, have remained till now

in much obscurity. By the aid of the original drawings, from

which alone Latham compiled his descriptions, Mr. Gray has

been enabled to refer the greater part of these hitherto doubtful

species to their true place in the modern system, and by ap-

plying the “ law of priority” to their specific names has done

an act of justice to the father of British ornithologists.

Having had the pleasure of co-operating with Mr. Gray

in comparing these drawings with specimens in the British

Museum, and having then acquiesced in most of the conclu-

sions to which he arrived, I should not have now referred to

them, were it not that the Earl of Derby has kindly permitted

me to take these drawings to my own residence, and by a

careful comparison of them with specimens in my collection,

I have obtained a tew additional results.

Mr. Gould has also examined these drawings with much

attention, and has communicated his remarks upon them,

which, with his permission, I have inserted in the present no-

tice, distinguishing them by the initials J. G.

These water-colour drawings, comprised in three folio vo-

lumes, are 225 in number, the first being a landscape in Nor-

folk Island, the next ten are mammalia, and the rest birds.

There is no title-page, date or artist’s name, but the backs are

lettered “ New South Wales Drawings,” and there is every

reason to believe that the whole of them were made in the

Australian regions. It has been supposed that the artist was

John White, author of the ‘ Voyage to New South Wales,’ 4to,

London, 1790, soon after which date they came into posses-

sion of Mr. A. B. Lambert. Mr. Gould however remarks,

“this is probably a mistake; they were perhaps made by

some convict. Mr. Lambert told Mr. Prince, upon showing

him the drawings some time before his death, that they were

made by an artist in the colony for one of the governors, by

whom they were presented to Mr. Lambert. I am strengthened

in this opinion by observing among them many of the deni-

zens of the penal settlement of Norfolk Island, a part never I

believe visited by White.”

‘In 1800 they were borrowed by Dr. Latham, as appears

from an autograph letter from him to Mr. Lambert, inserted

334 Mr. H. E. Strickland on the Earl of Derby’s

into the first volume. It was this circumstance which con-

ferred on these drawings a far greater value than they would

intrinsically have possessed. Dr. Latham not only wrote on

each drawing with his own hand the name which he intended

the species to retain, but drew up from these designs a great

number of original specific descriptions, which he published

for the first time in the second Supplement of his ‘ Synopsis,’

4to, London, 1802, and which are repeated in his ‘General

History of Birds,’ and in the works of Shaw, Vieillot and other

compilers. But inasmuch as many of the drawings are but

rude and unscientific copies of nature, and the descriptions

are often very vague copies of the drawings, these nominal

species have hitherto lain in great obscurity, which will now

be in great measure removed by the fortunate discovery, at

Mr. Lambert’s death, of the original designs.

The plates 121, 122, 126, 127, 129, 131, 134, 136 and 139

of Latham’s second Supplement are copies, more or less exact,

of some of these drawings; and it further appears that a M.

Francillon, a French artist, copied others of them early in the

present century, as some of the plates in Vieillot’s ‘Oiseaux

Dorées,’ said to be from M. Francillon’s designs, are manifest

copies from this collection. From that time till very recently

the “ New South Wales Drawings” remained in oblivion, to

the no small inconvenience of the science, for had Messrs. V1-

gors and Horsfield and other writers on Australian ornitho-

logy had an opportunity of consulting them, it would have

saved us many superfluous synonyms and cleared up many

difficulties.

These remarks, it is hoped, will prove the great value of

original drawings when they have been used as the basis of

specific descriptions. How much useless lumber was removed

from zoology by the valuable memoir of Lichtenstein on the

original designs for Marcgrave’s ‘ History of Brazil,” now pre-

served at Berlin! (See Oken’s ‘Isis,’ 1820.) And Mr. Gray

would confer an equal boon if he would give us a catalogue

raisonnée of the yet unpublished drawings made by Forster

during Capt. Cook’s voyage, and preserved in the British

Museum. There are also numerous unascertained species

described by Latham from drawings once belonging to Lady

Impey, Gen. Davies, and other persons, which, if they could

be now discovered, would prove of the utmost value to modern

science. Let me hope that these observations may aid in

bringing some of these lost documents to light, and in sub-

mitting them to the criticisms of zoologists.

I now proceed to make some specific remarks by way of a

commentary and supplement to Mr. Gray’s paper, premising

fe, ee

Collection of Austrahan Drawings. 335

that the determination of many of these species is rendered

difficult by the rudeness of the designs, and by the changes

which some of the colours have undergone, especially the

whites, which being metallic colours have become oxydized,

and are now changed to black. Another difficulty arises from

some of the birds being drawn of the natural size and others

reduced, without any indication when this is the case, so that

the dimensions given by Latham from the drawings are often

faulty. Hence, after all the pains bestowed by Mr. G. R. Gray,

Mr. Gould, and myself, some few of the drawings still fail to

be identified with any known species. These may either re-

present true species unknown to modern science, or they may

possibly be, as Mr. Gould conjectures, mere inventions of the

artist.

Page 189 of the present vol. After ‘‘ Faxco nisus, Lath.,” insert

var. 6. (This bird is the Accipiter torquatus, not Astur approximans,

J.G.) Also note that the larger species, Astur approximans of Vi-

gors and Gould, is unquestionably a true Accipiter and not an Astur.

(The true Falco radiatus of Latham is also not an Astur but an Ac-

cipiter, J. G.).

(Faxco lunulatus, Lath., is perhaps a young Ieracidea, J. G.*)

(Lanivs robustus, Lath., represents one of the numerous varieties

of plumage of Graucalus mentalis. It must now I suppose be called

Graucalus robustus, J. G.)

Lantus erectus, Lath., judging from the figure, is more like a Ma-

lurus than a Falcunculus, but I am unacquainted with any species

like it.

P. 190. Corvus versicolor, Lath., is a true species of Strepera, of

a gray colour, allied in form and size to Strepera graculina. I pos-

sess a specimen, and Mr. Gould has shot it in New South Wales.

The name versicolor being decidedly erroneous, Mr. Gould proposes

to call it Strepera cinerea.

Corvus cyanoleucus, Lath. As this bird was also very accurately

described by Latham in his second Supplement under the name of

Gracula picata, and as the name picata is more correctly descriptive

than cyanoleuca, I should prefer making the permanent designation

of the bird Grallina picata (Lath.) rather than Grallina cyanoleuca

(Lath.).

For Cucuuus phasianus, Lath., read Cucutus phasianinus, Lath.,

and it should therefore now stand as Centropus phasianinus.

P.191. (Czrruia melanops, Lath. Syn. Sup. ii. p. 165. descrip-

tion 1, is perhaps the same as Glycyphila fulvifrons, J. G.)

(Certura melanops, var. Lath. l. c. description 2, is certainly Gly-

cyphila fulvifrons, J. G.)

* Mr. Gould and I have compared the drawing of Falco lunulatus, Lath.,

with specimens of Jeracidea berigora and Falco frontatus, Gould, Though

differing from both, it most resembles the Jeracidea. The name Falco fron-

tatus may therefore be allowed to stand.

336 Mr. H. E. Strickland on the Earl of Derby’s

(Certuia leucophea, Lath., is not Glycyphila subocularis as Mr.

Gray makes it, but is the Climacteris picumnus, Tem., J. G.) This

is sufficiently evident on comparing the drawing of C. leucophea with

Mr. Gould’s figure of the female Climacteris picumnus. ‘This bird

should therefore be designated as Climacteris leucophea (Lath.).

The Certhia atricapilla of Lath. is figured and described with a

white chin, which distinguishes it from the Meliphaga atricapilla of

Sir W. Jardine’s ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology,’ ser. 1. pl. 134. f. 1.

Mr. Gray unites it to Melithreptus lunulatus (Shaw), but that differs

in having a white band at the back of the head. ‘The Certhia atri-

capilla, Lath., is therefore either a distinct species from both the

above, or it may possibly be the young of Jardine’s M. atricapilla.

Certhia sanguinolenta is probably the female of Myzomela dibapha.

To the synonyms of Crerruia dibapha, Lath., add Melphaga car-

dinalis, V. and H. (nec Certhia cardinalis, Lath.) and Certhia austra-

lasie, Leach.

(CERTHIA canescens, Lath., is perhaps the Colluriocincla cinerea, V.

and H., J. G.)

Crrtuia cerulescens, Lath., is the Zosterops dorsalis, Vig., not the

Z. tenuirostris, Gould. It is also the Sylvia lateralis of Latham, and

the latter specific name seems preferable to cerulescens. Add Certhia

diluta, Shaw, and Philedon ceruleus, Cuv., to the synonyms of Zos-

terops lateralis.

Add Certhia xanthotis, Shaw, to the synonyms of Certhia chry-

sotis, Lath.

P. 192. Mr. Gray makes the Meliphaga auricomis of Vigors,

Swainson and Gould, to be distinct from Muscicapa auricomis, Lath.,

but I do not see on what grounds. This bird is figured no less than

four times over in the “New 8S. Wales Drawings”’—once as Tur-

dus melanops, and again under Latham’s MS. names of Muscicapa

australis, Sylvia mystacea, and Muscicapa nove hollandia. These three

last references Latham seems to have afterwards incorporated into

one species, described in his second Supplement under the name of

Muscicapa auricomis. 'The species should therefore retain the ap-

propriate name of Ptilotis auricomis.

Turvvs harmonicus, Lath., is, I have no doubt, a synonym of Col-

luriocincla cinerea, Vig., which should therefore stand as Colluriocincla

harmonica.

Turpuvs prasinus, Lath., seems to be the young of Pachycephala

rufiventris (Lath.).

(Turpvs tenebrosus, Lath., is perhaps the young of Artamus sor-

didus, J. G.)

To the synonyms of ‘Turpus lunulatus, Lath., add Turdus varius,

V. and H., and perhaps also 7’. varius of Horsfield’s ‘ Java.’

(Turpvus fuliginosus, Lath., is Merula nestor, Gould, J. G.), and

will now stand as Merula fuliginosa.

(Turvvus mazillaris, Lath., is perhaps the Sphecotheres australis,

Sw., J. G.)

(Turpus mellinus, Lath., is the young male of Sericulus chrysoce-

phalus, J. G.)

Collection of Australian Drawings. 337

Loxta bella, Lath., and Lozia nitida, Lath., constitute a well-

known species of Hstri/da, which may stand as Hstrilda bella, Lath.

(Loxia fascinans, Lath., is my Micrea macroptera, Myiagra ma-

croptera, Vig. I presume it must now be termed Micreca fascinans,

pats.

P.193. To the synonyms of Muscicapa pectoralis, Lath., add Tur-

dus lunularis, Steph., and Lanius albicollis, Vieill.

I feel quite satisfied that Muscicapa cucullata, Lath., is the same

as Petroica bicolor, Swains., which should therefore stand as Petroica

cucullata (Lath.). Grallina bicolor, V. and H., is another synonym

of it.

Muscicapa rhodogastra, Lath., is synonymous with Sazicola rho-

dinogasira, Drap., and Muscicapa lathami, Vig. It therefore stands

as Petroica rhodogastra (Lath.).

Moracitta atricapilla, Lath., is possibly the young male of Seri-

culus chrysocephalus, as it bears some resemblance to the drawing of

Turdus mellinus, Lath.

(Mr. Gould considers that the Syivia sagittata, Lath. (which is

certainly the Anthus minimus, Vig.) will probably rank as the type

of a new.genus; but for the present we may follow Mr. Gray in

calling it Acanthiza sagittata.)

(Syxv1a leucophea, Lath., is Micreca fascinans (Lath.), J. G.)

(Syzvia versicolor, Lath., is Chrysococcyx lucidus, J. G.) This

seems to be the Chrysococcyx plagosus of Mr. Gray, who I believe

regards the true C. lucidus of New Zealand as a distinct species.

The toes, having been erroneously drawn, induced Latham to make

it a Sylvia.

P.194. The following synonyms refer ‘to Hirunpo caudacuta,

Lath. : Chetura australis, Steph. ; Hirundo fusca, Steph., and Chetura

macroptera, Sw.

(Hirunvo pacifica, Lath., is Cypselus australis, Gould, J. G.) It

should therefore be designated Cypselus pacificus.

To the synonyms of Carrimuxeus vittatus, Lath., add Caprimul-

gus cristatus, White, and Agotheles australis, Sw.

CaprimuLeus megacephalus, Lath., appears to be the same as Po-

dargus stanleyanus, V. and H., and perhaps also Caprimulgus gracilis,

Lath.

CotumsBa melanoleuca, Lath., is the same as Columba picata, Lath.,

Columba armillaris, Tem., and Columba jamiesoni, Quoy. It will

stand as Phaps picata (Lath.), Selby.

A comparison of the original drawing of Charadrius magnirostris,

Lath., with a specimen in my collection has convinced me that this

bird is no other than Gdicnemus grallarius (Lath.). We have here

an instructive example of the mode in which errors arise and are

propagated in natural history. ‘The artist who drew the bird which

Latham named Charadrius magnirostris has represented with consi-

derable exactness the plumage of Cdicnemus grallarius, but by

throwing too strong a shade into the nasal groove, he led Latham

to describe the beak as ‘‘ very broad, resembling the Tody genus.”

Next came Illiger, who in his ‘ Prodromus Systematis Mammalium

338 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

et Avium,’ published in 1811, had the rashness to found a genus,

Burhinus, on Latham’s imperfect description of a rude drawing, and

the consequence has been that for the last thirty years our systems

of ornithology have been haunted by a ‘‘ Burhinus magnirostris > —

a vox et preterea nihil, unknown both to nature and to science. The

original drawing which led to all this confusion has now assisted in

dispelling it.

Cuaraprivs griseus, Lath., is I conceive the Charadrius virginia-

cus, Borkh. (C. marmoratus, Wagl., C. pectoralis, Less., C. affinis,

Boié).

The following remarks refer to some additional species of Latham

not in Mr. Gray’s list :—

Fatco ponticerianus, var. Lath., is the Haliastur leucosternus

(Gould).

Corvus melanops, Lath., is the Graucalus melanops.

Gatunvuta porphyrio, var. B. Lath., is Porphyrio melanonotus,

Tem.

Faxico melanops, Lath., is the Accipiter torquatus, 'Tem. (Nisus

australis, Less.) As the black round the eye which suggested the

specific name of melanops seems to be an invention of the artist, I

would reject that name on the ground of its serious incorrectness,

and retain the later one of torquatus.

Fatco albicilla, var. Lath., is the [chthyaétus leucogaster (Lath.),

young (Haliaétus sphenurus, Gould).

Fauco clarus, Lath., is perhaps the young of Astur nove hollandie

(Lath.). ;

Fatco pacificus, Lath., is perhaps a peculiar state of Milvus isurus,

Gould, with the head pure white.

Muscicapa erythrogastra, var. 2. Lath. Syn. Sup. i. p. 216, is

perhaps a new species of Petroica, differing from P. multicolor by

having a white eyebrow.

(Cucuuus flabelliformis, Lath., may perhaps be the Cuculus cine-

raceus, Vig., J. G.) |

ARDEA antigone, var. Lath., is Grus antigone (Lin.) (Grus orien-

talis, Frankl.).

Lantus curvirostris, Lath., is Cracticus torquatus (Lath.) (Vanga

destructor, 'Tem.).

ArpeEa maculata, Lath., is Nycticorax caledonica, young.

Besides the above there are several other species which Latham

originally described from these drawings, but which, having been

long since identified and made known to naturalists, it is unnecessary

to enumerate.

XLVIII.—Notes on the Botany of Sicily. By Joun Batt,

B.A., M.R.LA.

Havine observed in a recent number of this Magazine a

paper upon the Botany of Sicily, containing a list of spe-

cies observed or recorded as belonging to that island, I have

been induced to refer to some notes made during a very hasty

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. $39

tour, which I did not at the time conceive to be worthy of

publication. On looking over the catalogue of species given

by Mr. Hogg I was struck with the extreme meagreness of its

contents, extending to scarce half the number of species already

known as natives of Sicily, though probably a far more complete

one would come far short of adequately representing the exube-

rant richness of its gorgeous flora. It is indeed extraordinary

that an island so easily accessible to travellers, which presents

to them probably less of difficulties and inconveniences than

any part of the South of Europe, and which offers so many ob-

jects of surpassing interest, both those already known, the theme

of the historian and the poet, and those yet in store to reward

the investigations of the antiquarian or the naturalist, should

be so little visited and so imperfectly known. To be told that

the temple of Segesta stands in solitary grandeur amongst

mountains rarely tracked by the foot of a traveller, that the

guide can scarcely determine the uncertain course amidst the

pathless sands where arise the colossal ruins of Selinuntium,

that there are yet unexplored tracts where hundreds of new and

beautiful species would doubtless reward the botanist, whilst

the geology offers many most interesting problems to the future

historian of the earth, seems a sort of reproach on the activity

and energy of the numerous travellers who yearly quit En-

gland, seeking throughout Kurope for new objects of inquiry.

I find that even amongst the limited number of species which

it was possible for me to collect during a hurried ride round

the island under an almost vertical sun, there is a great por-

tion not contained in the catalogue furnished by Mr. Hogg ;

and I think it may tend to show what the real extent of the

Sicilian flora must be, and at the same time be interesting to

botanists who may visit the South of Europe, to give a list of

the known species of the single family of Grasses, to which I

have paid some attention, with some remarks, attracting their

notice to various points which may be studied on the spot by

any one having sufficient time to spare for the purpose. I

have added a few notes of my tour, pointing out localities for

some of the more remarkable plants, those interesting either

for their rarity, beauty, or scientific importance. The autho-

rities for most of the species in the following list, not seen by

myself, are extracted from the first volume of Bertoloni’s

‘ Flora Italica,’ a work well known to many of your readers

as indispensable to the student of Italian, indeed of European

botany; as unsurpassed, and scarcely equalled, for the accu-

racy of its descriptions, the soundness of its criticism, or the

extent of research which has been bestowed upon it.

The traveller landing in Sicily from Naples is at once sur-

340 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

prised by the almost total change in the vegetation. The least

curious’ eye must be struck by the strange forms of the dis-

torted Opuntia, the dark glossy foliage of the Carubia, or the

stiff motionless aloe (Agave americana), which within a short

period has become universally diffused ; but to the botanist

few of the new objects which meet him in every direction will

be more attractive than the beautiful and varied species of —

Graminee.

The neighbourhood of Messina, particularly the sandy tract

extending to the now undreaded Charybdis and the Pelorian

promontory, is peculiarly rich in plants of this class ; here will

be found the beautiful Panicum teneriffe*, R. Br. (Saccharum

teneriffe, F\. Gr.), the Lamarckia aurea, Meench., Stipa tor-

tilis, Dsf.; many species of Festuca of the Vulpia group, in-

cluding F. alopecurus, Pers., and F. ligustica, Bert. (whether

the latter be distinct from F. geniculata, W., is I should think

doubtful) ; the Avena condensata, Link, which occurs here and

elsewhere on the east coast (it may be doubted whether this

should not be united with A. neglecta, W.), and Atgilops tri-

aristata, W. The genus Agilops requires further study and

illustration ; though favoured by specimens from the Botanic

Garden at Pisa, I can find no permanent character by which

to distinguish 41. neglecta, Savi, from 4. ovata, nor do the

remarks of Bertoloni enable me to separate 4. triaristata,W.,

from 4. triuncialis, L. Amongst the species of other orders,

the botanist will notice several maritime Umbellifere, inclu-

ding Thapsia Garganica, Fl. Gr., and Cachrys Sicula, L., and

among the less conspicuous plants the Gnaphalium tenuifo-

lium, Psl.+, which seems to have some claims to the rank of a

distinct species.

The rocks near St. Alessio are covered with beautiful spe-

cies, including Scadbiosa cretica, L., Matthiola rupestris, R. Br.

(which seems too near to M. sinuata), Dianthus velutinus,Guss.,

Silene fruticosa, L., Euphorbia ceratocarpa, and E. biglandu-

losa, Dsf., Lythrum Grefferi, Ten., Artemisia arborescens, L.,

Centaurea sicula, L., and C. cineraria, L.; also Cineraria bico-

lor, W. (it is to be wished that some botanist would clear up the

confusion that exists as to several species of this group). The

neighbouring sands abound in rare plants ; the Matthiola tri-

cuspidata, R. Br., is conspicuous ; amongst the Graminee, the

scarce Bromus fasciculatus, Presl, Festuca (Vulpia) ciliata,

DeC., a beautiful and distinct species, Ff. maritima, Kunth

* J have not observed the reddish tint given to the figure in the ‘ Flora

Greca.’

+ Filago Gallica, 8. DC. Prod.

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 341

(Triticum maritimum, L., Bertol. Fl. It.); it seems quite im-

possible to separate this from the group forming the genus

Sclerochloa of Link. I here found a variety of Bromus ste-

rilis, L., with the panicle dense and pendulous, and the mem-

branous margin of the calycine valves broader and whiter than

usual, giving the plant a beautiful silvery appearance ; it is

very possibly a distinct species. A few miles to the southward

of St. Alessio is Taormina (the ancient Taurominium): as the

traveller stands above the vast area of its theatre, his eye is

distracted from the glorious prospect which extends from the

southern point of Calabria on the one hand, across the Ionian

Sea, to the rocks of the Cyclops and up to the snowy peak of

Kitna, by the gorgeous vegetation which mantles over this

mighty monument of ancient art. The Acanthus mollis, Phlo-

mis fruticosa, and Solanum sodomeum are conspicuous, and

here the botanist first notices the beautiful little Sedum ceru-

leum abundant on the walls and rocks. I should think that

no spot in Sicily would better reward the naturalist or anti-

quary for a halt of some days: the small town of Taormina

contains many beautiful remnants of Norman architecture, and

the numerous half-ruined towns and villages that are perched

on the summit of lofty and seemingly scarce accessible rocks

must abound in objects of interest; while the little inn at

Giardini, though not very inviting, is one of the most tole-

rable in the country. No one visiting the supposed site of the

scenes described in the Odyssey—the island of Polyphemus,

will fail to remark the singular geological phenomena there

presented ; where beds of a very recent tertiary limestone are

interposed between the more ancient columnar lava and an

upper stream, which is not to be distinguished from that which

advances into the sea from the neighbouring shore ; inducing

the suspicion that the whole may have undergone material

changes even since the date of the Homeric record. Indeed it

is still to be determined whether the shells contained in a large

portion of the Sicilian tertiary strata be not identical with ex-

isting species*, thus referring the period of elevation to a more

recent epoch than has hitherto been suspected. The marshy

ground south of Catania contains many interesting plants,

such as Ginanthe globulosa, Bupleurum Odontites, L. (nec Sm.),

&c.; one group of the genus Phalaris may be well studied

here, as within a confined range may be found P. paradoa, L.,

P. nodosa, Spr., P. aquatica, L. (P. cerulescens, Auct.), and

P. minor, W.; it may be worth inquiry whether the characters

* [ have been informed that several supposed extinct species have been

dredged up by Mr. Forbes in the Levant.

342 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

of the last species be not subject to variation. Of the vege-

tation of Etna much has been written, yet I am satisfied that

a more lengthened examination than has yet been given, espe-

cially to its western slopes, would amply reward the botanist

who would undertake it. Upon the Monte Rosso, the lowest

of the long line of craters which have been opened by the suc-

cessive eruptions, many of the species of the lower region

will be found, amongst them Sedum amplexicaule, DeC. (Sem-

pervivum tenuifolium, Fl. Gr.). The extent of snow at the

period of my ascent prevented my examination of the upper

region ; the last plants which I saw in flower were Viola Ait-

nensis, Psl. (which is doubtless, as DeCandolle has placed it,

a variety of V. calcarata), and Hrophila precox, DeC., scarcely

an inch in height; this most of the foreign botanists consider

distinct: I presume that the EZ. verna, 8. of Hooker’s ‘ British

Flora’ is this species. The limestone tract round Lentini is

covered with beautiful plants, such as Ononis ramosissima,

Dsf., Phlomis Herba-venti, L., Lonicera implexa, Bert., Eryn-

gium triquetrum, Vahl., and £. pusillum, L.

In wandering over the barren rocks where once stood Sy-

racuse, the mind is so prepossessed by the thousand confused

memories of former days as to forget its accustomed occupa-

tions, and at first even the most hardened botanist will hesi-

tate lest in pursuing his vocation he sacrilegiously disturb the

ashes of some of that illustrious race who once made this spot

celebrated ; he will however speedily overcome his scruples

on noticing several scarce species, such as Origanum heracleo-

ticum, Marrubium hispanicum and Pteris cretica; these grow

in different parts of the Latomie, the enormous quarries which

alone attest the extent of the ancient city ; in the same place

I found the Melica minuta of Bertoloni, ‘ Fl. It.? Kunth seems

not to have well understood this group, as the M. ramosa, Vill.

of Bertoloni seems certainly distinct from its allies; it is a

scarce plant; I have seen it only in the Roman stations men-

tioned in the ‘FL. It.2 The Melia Azedarach, a quite tropical

tree, has become naturalized about Syracuse. As the guides

conduct all travellers up the stream of the Anapus, where the

Papyrus grows in great luxuriance to a height of eight or ten

feet, no one can avoid remarking this, the king of the Cype-

raceous tribe ; as it grows in several other similar situations, I

see no reason to doubt Gussone’s correctness in supposing it

a native of Sicily. At or near the mouth of the Anapus I

noticed Rottboéllia cylindrica and fasciculata? ; a large Glyce-

ria near to G. fluitans in character, but approaching G. aqua-

tica in habit, probably a new species of the genus; two spe-

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 343

cies of Frankenia, (F. levis and another doubtful one,) together

with several litoral species.

The limestone hills which lie to the westward of Syracuse

contain many interesting species, but have been scarcely at

all examined ; I noticed Salvia triloba, L., Convolvulus tricolor,

L., a doubtful Pyrus, Ophrys tenthredinifera, W., and Orchis

lactea, Poir. It is only on arriving on the southern shores of

Sicily that the traveller discovers the semi-tropical character

of its vegetation; here the ground is covered with the dwarf

palm, Chamerops humilis, L., and many species of Helianthe-

mum, and waving in the breeze will be seen those singular

shrubs Ephedra distachya, and E. fragilis, Dsf.* On the sea-

banks grow Momordica Elaterium, and Mesembryanthemum

crystallinum, and here and there tufts of the beautiful and

anomalous grass Lygeum spartum. Amongst many scarce

Umbellifere 1 gathered on the sands near Terranova Orlaya

maritima, Koch, Krubera leptophylia, Hoffm., Kundmannia

(Sium) sicula, DeC., &c.; also Bromus lanceolatus, B. scoparius,

B. maximus, several varieties, Ammophila arundinacea, &c. It

would be impossible within the limits of a brief sketch to give

any notion of the great variety of the vegetation of this coast,

I have no doubt but that many interesting species would re-

ward any examination that may be given to it: Girgenti, from

the surpassing interest attaching to its architectural remains,

would naturally be chosen as head quarters ; in the same neigh-

bourhood a large number of fossils of the tertiary strata might

be collected with little trouble: amongst the rare plants al-

ready known in the neighbourhood, I may mention Ornitho-

galum arabicum, L., O. narbonense, L., Scabiosa dichotoma,

Lavatera Agrigentina, and L. cretica ; the first four I observed

near to the so-called temple of Juno. I suspect that the nu-

merous species of the tribe of Cynaree have not yet been suffi-

ciently examined ; I found a species of Carduncellus, probably

undescribed ; the Cirsium Italicum, DeC. Pr., though scarce in

Italy, is here frequent: there are also many Sicilian species of

Euphorbia omitted in Mr. Hogg’s list; besides those already

noticed there are, EL. trinervis, Bert., H. melapetala, Gaspar.,

E. cuneifolia, Guss., E. orientalis, L., E. spinosa, L., E. ptero-

cocca, Spr., E. Cupani, Guss., and probably many more.

In the beautiful district lying between Trapani and Palermo,

the naturalist who will explore the pathless mountain ranges,

such as that which runs to the westward from Alcamo, will

* Any botanist carrying a microscope or a powerful lens should carefully

examine the structure of the inflorescence and fructification of these plants,

as in the dried state this becomes impossible ; at present very little seems to

be known on the subject.

344 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

be sure of being amply rewarded for his labour ; it would pro-

bably be easy to obtain such letters as would ensure resting-

places within a reasonable distance from the scene of his ope-

rations; but the less adventurous or more hurried traveller

may well content himself with the vicinity of Palermo, which

does not disappoint the expectations excited by the magni-

ficence of the first view which he obtains from the heights

above Monreale. Within the amphitheatre which he overlooks,

there are three different regions for the botanist to examine,

the sea-coast, the plain, and the hills around: in the first,

amongst other rarities, will be found Medicago oliveformis,

M. tribuloides, M. Helix, &c. ; two tropical grasses, Pennisetum

distylum and Dactyloctenium egyptiacum, &c. In the plain

round the town grow Narcissus serotinus, Crocus longiflorus,

Zizyphus Lotus, Saccharum egyptiacum, and the beautiful

Lobelia tenella, Biv., which is frequent upon damp walls. On

the hills near San Martino I gathered Matthiola tristis,

Lychnis Celi-Rosa and L. Coronaria, Andropogon pubescens,

Vis., and a new species of Dactylis, to which I propose to give

the name disticha, from its peculiar habit; amongst other

species from the hilly district, Professor Parlatore, a young

Sicilian botanist of great promise, has discovered Lepidium

bonannianum, Chamepeuce stellata, DeC., and a new Agro-

pyrum, which he has named A. panormitanum. That this,

which is considered the well-known district of Sicily, should

present some new object to every inquirer, may give some idea

of how much remains to be done by naturalists in this country ;

it is not too much to suppose that the following list of Grasses,

which contains about 240 species*, may be nearly a hundred

short of the real number hereafter to be ascertained; I can

only hope that the foregoing brief sketch may have the effect

of stimulating the zeal of future travellers, more especially of

those who may be able to devote a longer period to their visit

than 1 was myself able to do. In the following list I have

given localities for most of the rarer species, and where the

plant rests on my own authority; and have affixed a note of

interrogation where I do not actually possess specimens from

the locality mentioned, even where I do not feel any doubt on

the subject.

Note.—I may remark, in respect to Mr. Hoge’s observa-

tions on the temperature of Palermo, that in July 1841 the

thermometer rose on three successive days to37° R. or 115° 2 F.

in the shade; and I have understood that this is not much

above the usual heat during the prevalence of the sirocco.

* Mr. Hogg’s two lists have somewhat less than one hundred.

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 345

CATALOGUE OF SICILIAN GRASSES.

_ Anthoxanthum odoratum, L.

gracile, R. and S.

Saccharum Ravenne, Spr.

Aigyptiacum, W. banks of the Oreto, Palermo, Gussone.

cylindricum, Lam. Sea-coast.

Phalaris Canariensis, L. Certainly indigenous on the sandy coast,

north of Messina, &c., J. B. sp.

nitida, Psl. Palermo, Gussone.

——- nodosa, Spr. Vizzini, Noto, Gussone.

— aquatica, L. Near Catania, &c., J. B. sp.

——— minor, W. Near Catania, J. B. sp.; Terranova, Gussone.

paradoxa, L. Not unfrequent, J. B.

arundinacea, L.

Phleum pratense, L.

, 2. nodosum, J.B. sp. This can scarcely be separated

even as a variety.

echinatum, R.andS, Madonie, Gussone. P. felinum, Fl. Gr.,

is this plant.

asperum, Pers.

Behmeri, W., J. B.

Micheli, All. Madonie, Gussone; lower region of Etna,

J.B?

arenarium, L., J. B.?

tenue, Schr. Near Messina, J. B.

Crypsis aculeata, Ait.

— schenoides, Lam. Near Palermo, Gussone. *

alopecuroides, Schr.

nigricans, Guss. Several places along the south coast. I

suspect it will prove to be only a stunted variety of the last species.

Alopecurus pratensis, L.

agrestis, L.

bulbosus, L., J. B.? This is perhaps a var. of the last.

» geniculatus, L. I do not know whether A. fulvus, Sm., has

been observed in Sicily ; I cannot agree with Bertoloni in consi-

dering it a form of the last; the rounded anthers and different

character of the herbage seem to me constant characters.

utriculatus, Pers. Catania, J. B.?

Polypogon monspeliensis, R. and 8S. ‘This beautiful grass is common

in salt marshes, growing sometimes, as at the mouth of the Anapus,

to a height of three feet. Gussone has described a remarkable

variety with the arista only equalling the calycine valves, not

three times as long.

maritimus, R. and S. Sea-coast, Gussone. ‘This species,

though like the last, is quite distinct.

Milium effusum, L. Madonie, Gussone.

scabrum, R. and S. Madonie, Gussone. This, the M. vernale,

M. B., is I think certainly a good sp. It always has a much sim-

pler panicle and the stem scabrous.

— cerulescens, Pers. Near Syracuse, Gussone.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2A

346 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

Gastridium lendigerum, R. and §., J. B. sp. I cannot agree in the

reunion of this genus with Milium. In an extensive natural order

it is surely necessary to allow great weight to habit in establish-

ing generic distinctions.

muticum, Spr. In severai places. Observation may per-

haps show that the differences are not permanent which separate

this from the preceding very variable species.

Agrostis pallida, DeC. Castelvetrano, &c.

canina, lu.

nitens, Guss. ‘Trapani, from the salt-marshes, Gussone.

Sicula, Kunth (A. glaucescens, Spr.). Jam not acquainted

with this species, nor does it appear that Bertoloni is so either.

alba, L. Very common and variable: amongst other forms

there are A. vulgaris, E. B.; A. stolonifera, L.; A. pumila, L.; and

I should say the following :—

verticillata, Vill. Syracuse, J. B. I cannot find satisfactory

characters, though assisted by Bertoloni’s observations.

pungens, Schreb. Palermo.

Cynodon Dactylon, Pers. Very common.

Digitaria Sanguinalis, W. A very variable species.

Panicum verticillatum, L. Fields about Palermo, Gussone.

viride, L. Common.

glaucum, L. Common. Bertoloni has well distinguished

these plants.

Crus-Galli, L. Common.

zonale, Guss. Fields near Palermo and Boccadifaleo, Guss.

——— Teneriffe, R. Br. Not unfrequent, J. B.

repens, L.

compressum, Biv. Neighbourhood of Palermo, J. B. sp.

Aira cristata, L.

grandiflora, Bert. This is I think frequent on rocky ground.

aquatica, L.

agrostidea, Spr. Madonie, Herb. nost.; meadows at Bucheri,

Gussone.

cespitosa, LL. Nebrodes, Gussone.

pubescens, Vahl. Frequent on the sea-coast, J. B. sp.

flecuosa, L. Mountainous parts, J. B.

articulata, Pers. South coast, Gussone; lower region of Etna,

J.B. sp. The Etna plant has a slightly different appearance, but

is scarcely distinguishable asa variety : itis the Aira Ainensis, Psl.

caryophyllea, Madonie, Herb. nost.; Terranova, Jan.

Tenorii, Guss., A. pulchella,W. Sicily, Gussone. This should

be placed next to the last species, to which it is nearly allied,

though certainly distinct.

capillaris, Spr. Palermo, Gussone.

——_——, y. Bert., 4. intermedia, Guss. Palermo, Gussone ;

Madonie, Herb. nost.

Pollinia distachya, Spr. Palermo, Taormina, and elsewhere on the

east coast, J. B. sp.

Andropogon hirtum, L. Frequent, J. B. sp.

angustifolium, Fl. Gr. Frequent, J. B. Should Bertoloni

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 347

be correct in distinguishing this from the 4. Ischemum, L., the

common French species, it will be necessary to rename the A. an-

gustifolium, H. and K.,a Mexican species, which ought then to

recover the name JA. stenophyllus, R. and §. Syst. Nat.

Andropogon pubescens, Vis. I found this species, which is nearly allied

to A. hirtum, L., on dry rocky ground near the monastery of San

Martino, seven miles from Palermo. It is widely spread along the

coast of Barbary, and has been found in Abyssinia and Nubia by

Schimper and Kotschy.

Sorghum halepense, Pers. Palermo, Biv.

Holcus lanatus, L., J. B.?

— mollis; li., J. B.

Arrhenatherum avenaceum, P. de B.

Melica ciliata, L. South coast, J. B. sp.

Cupani,Guss. Madonie, Gussone.

Bauhini, W., J. B.? ‘These three species are very nearly al-

lied ; with the assistance of Bertoloni’s remarks, both groups may

be well studied in Sicily. If great difference of habit suffices to

constitute a genus, these might well be separated.

uniflora, W. Etna, J. B.

—— pyramidalis, Bert. Not rare, J. B.

minuta, L. Latomie, Syracuse, J. B. sp.

Molinia cerulea, Meench. Etna? J. B.

serotina, M. and K.

Sesleria cerulea, Scop.

, 0. tenuifolia, Schrad.

, ¥. cylindrica, R. and 8.

———., e. nitida, R. and 8. I fully concur in the propriety

of uniting all these supposed species, as well as the S. elongata, W.,

into one. The above forms, with many intermediate ones, will be

found in Sicily. The var. «. has been found in the mountains of

Madonie and Cammarata by Gussone.

fichinaria capitata, Dsf. Frequent in the south of Sicily,

J. B. sp.

Poa aquatica, L.

—-— fluitans, L.

—— annua, L.

—- bulbosa, Sm. Frequent, J. B.

, 2. vivipara. Lower crater of Etna (Monte Rosso),

J. B. sp.

—-— trivialis, L.

—- fertilis, Kunth, J. B.

—-— pratensis, L.

—— nemoralis, LL. Etna? J.B.

—- compressa, L. Madonie, Herb. nost.

—- pilosa, L. Sicily, J. B.

—— Hragrostis, L. Frequent, J. B.

—-— tritica, Psl. A doubtful species.

Briza minor, L., J. B.?

media, L. Not common.

mazima, L. Very common.

2 A.2

348 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

Dactylis glomerata, L.

— ———,, 3. glaucescens, W.

————,, y. hispanica, W. These supposed species are cer~

tainly mere forms of a common type; they are all found in Sicily.

disticha, nobis*. Near Palermo, J. B.

——— litoralis, W. Marshes near Catania, Gussone.

— repens, Dsf. Salt marshes at Spaccaforno and Cape Passaro,

Gussone.

Dactyloctenium Aigyptiacum, W. Near Palermo, sp. in Herb. nost.

Cynosus cristatus, L.

— echinatus, L. Very common.

— elegans, Dsf. Madonie, Castrogiovanni, Gussone.

Lamarckia aurea, Meench. This beautiful species is not uncommon.

Pennisetum distylum, Gussone. Lower part of the Monte Pellegrino,

Palermo, Gussone.

Festuca expansa, Kunth (Poa divaricata, W., Bert.). Salt marshes

of Trapani. .

divaricata, Dsf. (Triticum divaricatum, Bert.). Sea-coast in

various places, J, 8. sp.

maritima, DeC. Gall. (Triticum maritimum, L., Bert.). St.

Alessio, J. B. sp. ; coast at Capaci, Gussone.

rigida, Kunth. Common, J. B.

distans, Kunth (Poa distans, L., Bert.). Palagonia, Gusta

~, B. (F. thalassica and F’. Hostii, Kunth, Poa maritima,

Huds.). The above species form a very natural group which can

scarcely be well separated into different genera. I agree with Ber-

toloni in believing that there are intermediate forms connecting

Poa distans, L., and P. maritima, Huds., though the opposite opi-

nion is held by high authority.

unioloides, Kunth (Triticum unioloides, Vahl, Bert.). Near

Palermo and Termini, Gussone.

Poa, Kunth (Triticum tenellum, L., Bert.). Sicily, J. B.?

rottboéllioides, Kunth (Triticum loliaceum, Sm., Bert.). Near

Messina, J. B. sp.

tenuicula, Link (Triticum festucoides, Bert. i. 808). On vol-

canic sand in the lower region of Etna, J. B. sp. This is I sup-

pose the 7. hispanicum of Mr. Hogg. The whole group still re-

quires some careful study and the examination of living specimens,

as both the natural limits of the species and the synonymy are in

great confusion.

Sicula, Psl. Hills of Floresta and Val di Mazzara, Gussone.

Michelii, Kunth (Keleria macilenta, DeC., sec. Bertoloni).

Sands of Vittoria, Gussone.

ligustica, Bert. Frequent, J. B. sp.

geniculata, W. Sea-coast, Jan.

——_ uniglumis, Sol. Messina, &c., J. B. sp.

—— myurus, L.

——_ , B. (F. bromoides, L.). Both are common.

ciliata, DeC. St. Alessio, J. B. sp.

* It may turn out that this is the Wangenheimia disticha of Moench (Cy-

nosurus Lima, L.). I have not seen specimens of a good description.

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 349

Festuca alopecurus, Pers. I have specimens from near Messina agree-

ing with the plant so named by Tenore.

incrassata, Salz. Sea-shore at Girgenti and Alicata, Gussone.

poeformis, Spr. Sands of Etna, Gussone ; Madonie, Jan.

ovina, L. I am quite of the opinion of Bertoloni, ‘ Flora Ita-

lica,’ i. 601, in uniting this with F. duriuscula, L., and the various

supposed species there mentioned, but am inclined to consider the

following as distinct. ’

rubra, L. I am quite sure that I observed the large sea-side

form of this plant on the east coast of Sicily, J. B.

heterophylla, L. Woody region of Etna, Gussone. The cha-

racters of this species remain very constant in cultivation.

exaltata, Psl.

calamaria, Sm. Woods of Etna, J.B.?

pratensis, Huds. Sicily, Gussone.

, B. (F. elatior, L.). Coast near Syracuse, J. B. sp.

I am unable to find any permanent characters by which to separate

these extreme forms, which are connected by many intermediate

varieties.

serotina, L.

cerulescens, Dsf. Mountains near Palermo, Val Damone,

Gussone.

cristata, L. (Keleria phleoides, Pers.). Frequent,’ J.B. sp.

hispida, Savi. Castelvetrano, Bronte, Gussone.

Aitnensis, Psl. Lower region of Etna. This plant should be

sought for, as it seems little known; Bertoloni believes it to be

nearly allied to or identical with Poa cenisia, All.

gracilis, Meench. (Brachypodium sylvaticum, R. and S.). On

Etna, J. B.?

pinnata, Huds. (Brachypodium pinnatum, R. and §8.)._ Fre-

quent, J. B. sp.

phenicoides, L., Mant. Frequent, J.B.sp. Extremely near

the last species.

Bromus secalinus, L.

, B. (B. velutinus, Schr.). Polizzi, Gussone.

squarrosus, L.

mollis, L. It occurs both in the pubescent and glabrous

form.

racemosus, L. (B. arvensis, Sm.). Bertoloni is probably cor-

rect in referring the B. arvensis, E. B., to B. racemosus, L.; but I

believe that the plant named B. racemosus by Smith and most

English botanists is the glabrous form of B. mollis before men-

tioned. B. commutatus, Schrad., should probably be referred to

the present species. The B. arvensis of the Italian botanists, and

perhaps of Linnzeus, is certainly different from the English species.

intermedius, Guss. Boccadifalco, &c., Gussone. This is not

unlikely to prove a variety of B. mollis.

lanceolatus, Roth. Not unfrequent, J.B. sp., and certainly

distinct.

scoparius, L. Terranova, J. B. sp.; Palermo, Val di Maz-

zara, Gussone. This species has been much confused ; it is nearly

allied to the last.

—~—— =gpe- -> sed

350 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

Bromus giganteus, L. Woody region of Etna, J. B.?

— asper, L. I suspect that this and the preceding species, and

possibly the following one also, will ultimately be placed in the

same group with Triticum ciliatum, DeC.

erectus, Huds. The extreme forms of this species are at least

as distinct as Festuca pinnata, Huds., and I’. phenicoides, L.

— sterilis, L.

, 2. argentea. Coast near St. Alessio, J. B. sp. I

know not on what authority Bertoloni has united the B. jubatus,

Ten., with this species.

— scaberrimus, ‘Ven.

——— maximus, Psl.

, B. (B. madritensis, Guss.). This latter is considered

distinct by Professor Parlatore, who has well illustrated the Sici-

lian species of this genus. A great variety of forms exist in the

island, but I can only separate my specimens into two specific

groups, and even of these the limits are not very well defined.

The synonymy is in inextricable confusion.

tectorum, L. Frequent.

rubens, L. Val di Mazzara and hills about Palermo, Guals:

fasciculatus, Psl. Near St. Alessio and Selinonte, J.B. sp. ;

Val di Mazzara, Gussone: a very distinct species. Had I not been

desirous of avoiding unnecessary change in a mere catalogue, I

should have followed Prof. Parlatore in separating the Bromi seca-

lint as a distinct genus, to which he has given the name Serra-

falcus, in the small monograph already referred to.

Stipa pennata, L. Hills of Termini and Altavilla, Gussone.

capillata, L. ‘Terranova, Castelvetrano, Gussone.

tortilis, Dsf. Frequent, J. B. sp.

Aristella bromoides, Bertoloni (Stipa Aristella, L.). Not unfrequent,

J. B.

Avena sterilis, L.

Fatua, L.

fallax, Ten. Hills about Palermo and Caltavoturo, Gussone.

pubescens, L. Sicily, J. B.?

pratensis, L. Frequent, J. B.

condensata, Link. In many places on the coast, J. B. sp.

neglecta,{Savi. Terranova, Gussone. It is admitted that most of

the characters which separate this and the preceding are variable.

parviflora, Dsf.

flavescens, L. (To this Bertoloni refers Trisetum splendens, Psl.)

Sragilis, L. (Gaudinia fragilis, R and S.). Common, J. B.

Danthonia provincialis, DeC. Lower region of Etna, J. B. ?

Lagurus ovatus, L. Very common.

Arundo Donax, L.

plintana, Turr. Chiefly about Palermo. This is the A. mau-

ritanica, Dsf., of Mr. Hogg.

Ampelodesmos, Cyr. Common.

——— Phragmites, L.

———— epigejos, Li.

———. moniana, R, and S. Etna, J. B.?

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 351

Ammophila arundinacea, Host. Sea-shore at Terranova, J. B. sp.

Lolium beige L.

8B. (L. strictum, Psl.). Sands near Messina, J. B. sp.

- 28a aise L.

— temulenium, 2. (L. speciosum, Guss.). Frequent, J. B.

Rottboéllia incurvata, L. fil. In many places, J. B. sp.

——_ filiformis, Roth. Less frequent than the es J.B.

Nothing but a careful study of the living plants will settle the still

doubtful question as to the identity of these two species.

cylindrica,W. Mouth of the Anapus near Syracuse, J. B.

sp.; Mondello, Gussone.

fasciculata, Dsf. South coast, J. B.

Psilurus nardoides, Trin. Frequent in the lower region of Etna,

J.B. sp.

Elymus europeus, lu. In woods. I believe I have seen Sicilian spe-

cimens of E. crinitus, Schreb.

Hordeum bulbosum, L. Mistretta, Gussone.

murinum, L. Not common: near Syracuse, J. B. sp.

pratense, Huds. Mountainous parts.

maritimum, With. Frequent, J. B. sp.

Aigilops ovata, L. Common.

neglecta, Req., Savi. J.B. sp.?

triaristata, Req.? J.B. sp.

triuncialis, L. J.B.sp.? As I before remarked, I am unable

to distinguish the species of this genus; I believe that I have

found the above four forms, and probably the . triticoides, Req.,

and 4. cylindrica, Host, are also to be found; the genus calls for

careful examination.

Secale Montanum, Guss. Frequent, J. B.

Triticum estivum, sylvestre. Frequent in various situations, and to

all appearance spontaneous, J. B. See Bert. Fl. It. i. 796.

villosum, Psl. Frequent, J. B. sp.

junceum, li. Sandy sea-shores, J. B.

— scirpeum, Guss. Salt marshes at Sferracavallo, Serra di

Falco and Termini, Gussone.

repens, L,

. W.

-, y- Bert. (T. litorale, Host). Coast near S* Agata,

Gussone.

— panormitanum (Agropyrum panormitanum of Parlatore). I

have not yet seen specimens of this plant. It is to be feared that

many of the described species of this section are merely variable

forms of two or three types. Bertoloni unites T. glaucum of Host

with T. repens, L.

—— caninum, Huds. May not even this be an extreme form of

T. repens?

Lappago racemosa, W. This is scarce in Sicily.

Nardus stricta, L.

Lygeum spartum, L. This singular and beautiful plant is almost con-

fined to the south coast between Terranova and Sciacca.

352 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

XLIX.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By

JoHn Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R. S.5 &c., Inspector of

Hospitals, Haslar.

[Continued from p. 182.]

BaTRACHUS DIEMENSIS (Le Sueur?), Tasmanian Frog-fish.

No. 34. Mr, Gilbert’s list.

Mr. GiuBert says that “ this fish is an inhabitant of the mud

at the head of the harbour of Port Essington, where it may be

frequently seen creeping over the surface when the tide has

left. It is very difficult to capture, for on the shghtest ap-

pearance of danger it plunges down instantaneously.”

Not having at hand the journal of the Academy of Science

of Philadelphia, in which M. Le Sueur describes the Batrachus

diemensis, 1 am unable to affirm the correctness of the desig-

nation which I have given to Mr. Gilbert’s specimen. The

diemensis is quoted in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ as a syno-

nym of the qguadrispinis of that work, and with this the Port

iKissington fish agrees in having two spines on the suboper-

culum similar to the opercular ones; but quadrispinis has

three spines in the first dorsal, its markings are described as

merely crowded dots on a pale ground, and nothing is said of

the finely streaked and reticulated arrangement of the pale

tint on the upper surface of the body, and in the axilla of the

pectoral, which exists in Mr. Gilbert’s fish. The figure of

Lophius dubius in White’s ‘ Voyage to Botany Bay,’ which 1s

referred by Cuvier to Batrachus dussumieri, is so bad, that the

only mode of discovering what it was intended for is a careful

comparison of all the species which frequent Port Jackson.

Teeth all very short, appearig conical and acute under the mi-

croscope, but to the naked eye forming villiform bands. ‘The band is

broadest at the symphysis of the lower jaw, but laterally and on the

intermaxillaries it is reduced to a single, or at most a double row of

teeth. On the vomer and palatine bones the dental stripe is three

or four rows deep, and it widens posteriorly. The lower lip is fringed

with short, thick filaments; there are a few on the maxillary; one

small one projects from the membrane on each side of the snout over

the limb of the intermaxillary, and about five somewhat larger ones

mark out the edge of the preoperculum. ‘The upper edge of the orbit

is furnished with a short palmated filament, and there is a smaller

simple one further back. One row of pores with tumid lips runs

above the orbit, and another below it: they meet behind, pass |

on in a single line to the nape, and thence with a slight arching to

the end of the soft dorsal. A second row commencing before the

ventrals, runs under the pectoral to the end of the anal; a third

one, not so crowded and less complete, may be detected on the mid-

dle of the side; and a few pores are scattered over the body. When

the Ichthyology of Australia. 353

the skin is moistened it wrinkles, particularly behind the pectorals

and on the upper part of the sides, forming many soft, forking and

anastomosing ridges which enclose innumerable little pits, each of

which is marked by a black spot, while the ridges have a pale yel-

lowish brown colour. In drying the skin becomes quite even, and

the site of the wrinkles on the top and sides of the body and head is

occupied by a fine meshwork of yellowish lines. Towards the belly

there appear merely dark specks scattered over the yellowish ground.

There are also five or six large irregular dark blotches on the sides

and back. The skin is scaleless.

Rays :—B. 6; D. 2—18; A. 16; P. 20; C.13; V.1]2.

-The pectorals are oval. The first dorsal is represented by two

warty points scarcely projecting above the skin: there is no vestige

of a third spine. The soft dorsal, commencing a short way behind

these points, has the free compressed tips of its rays covered with

thick skin ; its last ray is short, and may be merely a division of the

one which precedes it. ‘The same may be said of the last ray of the

anal. ‘The opercular spines are rather flat and obtuse, and, as in

quadrispinis, the upper one is twice the length of the under one.

The suboperculum is armed with two similar spines, and also by a

third shorter one or rather angular point beneath them.

DimeENsIoNs. :

inches, lines,

Length from upper lip to end of caudal fin .............cseeeeee 5

Fe eee Gl CEO TS: Widens. tude leades added 6 0

a GNM cera suphn gpavaw shan Sn deden onldsadvpm 4 7

——————— gill-opening .........ccccesceceseeeeees 2 3

NS 5s anaes ceninn Ve ais inscp roe negiercadsscanesersacens u 8

50S sing saath dn a's nc seo yaidas cesses essen ecens nar’ 1 8

MOT IS Docc, . cicee ca sUaceasececesnseecsccceoressacssovsess 1 1

SPE ST pc ths crineneacacspesdaedsceucelevatkiversvocactes 1 5

Lasrus Gouupit (Nob.), Gould’s Wrasse.

Sp. British Museum, No. 40, 12, 9, 62.

The ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ contains descriptions of only

four Labri of the Southern seas, viz. L. pecilopleura of New

Zealand, L. ephippium and macrodontus of Java, and L. gayi

of Juan Fernandez. The British Museum possesses a fish

brought from Western Australia by Mr. Gould, which appears

to be nearly allied to L. macrodontus, but to differ in the num-

ber of the fin-rays as well as in some other particulars. The

specimen consists of the dried skin of one side of the fish, and

the bones of the head have been much cut away, so that the

proper form of the profile cannot be exactly ascertained. No

traces of the original colour remain, but Mr. Gould reports

that it was an unform olive in the recent fish. In the denti-

tion this species approaches to the genus Cossyphus, but the

fins are not so extensively scaly, there are no crenatures on the

preoperculum, and the general aspect is dissimilar. It differs

354 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

in various characters from any of the Cossyphi described in the

‘ Histoire des Poissons.’

Head short and obtuse. Two long obtuse nearly cylindrical teeth

stand near the symphysis of each jaw (in all four above and four

below), followed by a series of nine short conical ones. The edges

of the jaws are naked and crenated, with some small granular teeth

bursting through. [Part of the upper jaw is concealed by the dried

incurved lip. The vomer and palate bone are cut away.] There is no

canine tooth at the angle of the mouth. The snout, under-jaw, sub-

orbitar and top of the head to the occiput, are naked. The cheek is

covered by small, vertical-oval, remote, impressed scales, which form

seven rows before the curve of the preoperculum, but diminish to

two towards the temples, the scales at the same time increasing

in size. The hinder edge of the preoperculum is free and quite

smooth. The anterior border of the operculum is also smooth and

is vertically striated; the rest of the bone is entirely scaly, so as to

conceal its junction with the suboperculum: the scales form five,

rows, and increase in size towards the gill-opening. <A row of still

larger scales protects the suboperculum, and five rows of smaller

ones, though not so small as those on the cheek, cover the interoper-

culum, the lower edge of this bone being smooth. The free edge of

the gill-cover is rounded, its tip being formed by the rounded, scale-

less, membranous lobe. The situation of the suprascapular bone is

denoted by the peculiar form of the scales, and there is a patch of

smaller scales on the temple, which does not reach to the top of the

head. ‘The scales of the body are large, there being forty in a lon-

gitudinal row, including two rows of smaller ones on the base of the

caudal*. ‘The lateral line is very slightly arched, and becomes quite

straight under the end of the dorsal. It is formed by a raised tube

on each scale, ending in a bushy cluster, the branches of which are

not very distinct.

Rays :—D. 1110; A. 3|10; C.14%; P.17; V.1]5.

The spinous part of the dorsal is slightly arched and is lower than

the articulated portion, which ends in a point formed by the penul- .

timate and two preceding rays, the eighth soft ray being the longest.

The spines are much compressed with thin edges and a round tip,

except the three last, which are more cylindrical and acute. The

membrane is notched behind each spine. The soft part of the anal

resembles the corresponding portion of the dorsal: the spines are

much wider and more thin and rounded at the ends than the dorsal

ones ; the membrane forms a broad edging to each spine. The caudal

is moderately rounded. The pectoral is also rounded off. The ventral

is pointed ; its greatly compressed spine is shorter than the fifth soft

ray, and has only half the length of the second and third rays, which —

are the longest.

* There are twenty or twenty-one scales in a vertical row, of which seven

are above the lateral line. A fewsmall scales exist on the base of the articu-

lated portions of the dorsal and anal, but none on the spinous parts. The

edges of the scales are rounded, thin and membranous.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 355

DIMENSIONS. inches, lines,

Length from end of snout to end of caudal .......s.+ plat sieves» 38 6

—_—__—_—— base of caudal .......cceccesseeseee 35 6

$$ —_— ——_— anal fin wecrsessccccccenceeccceeeee 22 0

_ GUUS, “ ecancsvesareveceeesusedvasense 20 6

—_——_——_ VEMITAL ncccscccncedercesswedsiarcns 13 0

——_— MONG) Joc ice tha dandgenes eaenesains 12 6

—————--—— ——-—_— _ pectoral ...rrscrcccscccceeceecerons 10 3

pa edge of gill-cover ......ssseeeees 10 3

centre of eye .sescs..s eeeveeseners 5 6

Height of first dorsal spine..,.......00 UE RS one pan ph) | at 6

REE BERGE 6 cs gh donne tin sta code dpesndnape ah etb ens nee 2 Z

PMTEEE oc cannsvatsssets acess ee ere eA SP Aaa ere 1 6

EEE ctcactiteckes tasers de ebsevaaescicederne 1 9

aribest Bolt ray Of dorsal .........021.6+eccesecsseccens 5 6

— MINE TA Soret ee cn saicae sitet wccscanbeccedees 2 0

_- MMAEEIMEO? Bis). WSS «3 skiddibnn cases elf da Wedseed cwei cut’ 2 3

————-— third ditto ..........cccccaceoeesesoes POS ABLE . ddnwkieigeaiale 2 6

longest Soft ray, of anal ...ss.s00+s..pssvedsneee sv oenae 5 6

a BOGY about......0.s50e VR gek es necaeon as shastebinve a 12 or 13 0

Lasrus cranopus (Nod.), Azure-toothed Wrasse.

No. 16. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This wrasse bears the name of “ ngurmin” among the Ab-

origines of Port Essington, and is very abundant in that har-

bour, where it inhabits deep water with arocky bottom. The

specimen was captured at Black Point. It seems to have the

closest affinity with the Labrus macrodontus of Lacepéde and

japonicus of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ differing from them

only in the arrangement of the shades of colour, in the want

of a canine tooth at the angle of the mouth, and in the minor

development of the bony edges of the upper and lower jaws.

The profile rises in a straight line from the upper lip, at an angle of

45° with the axis of the fish, and then curves abruptly to join the

very slightly arched dorsal line. The curve of the belly is similar to

that of the back, and the body, which is highest in the pectoral

region, tapers from thence to the trunk of the tail, whose height is

about one-third of that of the body. The length of the head mea-

sured to the tip of the gill-flap equals the height at the breast, and

somewhat exceeds one-third of the length of the fish, excluding the

caudal fin. The canine teeth, strong, curved, and of an azure blue

colour, stand in a pair on each side of the symphysis of each jaw.

In the upper jaw the outer or posterior tooth of each pair is compa-

ratively short and small; in the lower jaw the corresponding tooth

is as tall and strong as the one next the symphysis, from which it

diverges by a lateral curve. The naked bony edges of the upper and

lower jaws are thin, of a blue colour, and are armed with minute

granular teeth; the upper ones, with the exception of one within the

base of the canines, scarcely perceptible to the naked eye; the lower

ones resembling crenatures of the bone, and amounting to about

sixteen in number, the four next the angle of the mouth being

356 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

slightly larger than the rest. The eye is small, placed high up, and

equidistant from the edge of the upper lip and tip of the gill-flap, but

more remote from the under edge of the interoperculum. The ante-

rior nasal orifice is incapable of admitting more than the point of a

fine needle ; the posterior one is larger and of an oval shape. ‘There

are seven rows of small roundish depressed scales on the cheek, not

touching each other; they increase a little in size as they approach

the temple, and the rows there are reduced to two. Five irregularly

tiled vertical rows of larger scales cover the bony operculum and

suboperculum, increasing in size as they recede from the preoper-

culum. ‘The gill-cover ends in a projecting rounded thin mem-

branous lobe, beneath which there is a conspicuous curved notch,

formed by a narrowing of the suboperculum and the expansion of

the very thin edge of the wide interoperculum. A single row of

six small scales runs along the upper part of this bone, immediately

beneath the edge of the preoperculum. ‘The angle of the suboper-

culum is widely rounded, its edge slightly detached and very entire,

and its surface somewhat uneven and porous. The suprascapular

region is marked out by a patch of scales of smaller size than those

of the body. ‘The lateral line is traced on the fourth row of scales,

taking into the reckoning the row of smaller scales which forms the

wall of the groove in which the dorsal stands. It runs parallel to

the curve of the back until near the end of the dorsal, when it gra-

dually assumes a straight course through the tail. Thirty scales

enter into its composition, and the arbuscle on the disc of each

consists anteriorly of six branches, mostly inclining upwards and

seldom divided: posteriorly the branches are fewer, and near the

caudal fin the line is formed by a straight tube almost continuous

from scale to scale, and having a few very short and slender branch-

lets diverging from it upwards and downwards at right angles. This

composition of the lateral line is much like that of Cossyphus schen-

leinit of Agassiz (C. and V. xii. p. 143), which further nearly agrees

with our fish as well as with Labrus macrodontus and L. japonicus in

the numbers of the fin-rays. Short crowded streaks are faintly

visible with a lens on the edges of the scales, and similar striz are

more plainly seen towards the bases of the uncovered discs of the

paler scales on the lower parts of the body.

Rays :—B. 6; D. 13|7 A. S10; °C. 122: Pologeee 1|5.

‘Though the normal number of gill-rays of the Labri be only five,

the specimen here described, which consists of the right side of the

fish, has six that can be reckoned without risk of mistake. In

the recent fish the gill-membrane must be greatly concealed by the

dilated interoperculum. The spinous rays of the dorsal, anal and

ventral fins are all moderately strong and pungent. The dorsal ones

are overtopped by small membranous processes; the height of the

fin augments gradually up to the penultimate branched ray, which is

the tallest, and forms an acute though not slender point, the last ray

being deeply divided and rounding it off behind: the first spine has

one-third of the length of the tallest jointed ray. The form of the

anal resembles that of the dorsal: its third spine is the strongest of

the Ichthyology of Australia. 357

the three, and is twice the height of its first one. The ventral spine

is more slender, and is one-third shorter than the soft acute point of

the fin, which reaches nearly to the vent. The caudal fin forms one-

sixth of the total length of the fish, and is moderately and somewhat

irregularly rounded ; its upper corner being acute and rather longer

than the under one. |

The original colours of the specimen have disappeared, but the

distribution of some of the darker tints may still be made out. The

top and sides of the head have a dark brownish hue, which is sepa-

rated from the inferior orange or reddish yellow parts by an even

line running from the corner of the mouth beneath the angle of the

preoperculum and pectoral fin. ‘There is a purplish brown patch on

the chin. ‘The light tints of the under surface rise in the axilla of

the pectoral to the middle of the side, and are continued at that

height to the caudal. The upper parts have in the dried fish a not

very uniform leaden hue. Three broad dark bars descend from the

spinous part of the dorsal to the lateral line; there is a fourth be-

fore the fin, and a fifth more obscurely seen at the end of the soft

part. The intermediate paler spaces are narrower than the bars. All

the fins have a yellowish tint, except the three upper pectoral rays,

which have the dark hue of the dorsal bands. There are no mark-

ings on the dorsal, though the colour of the spinous part is somewhat

deeper than that of the soft part. Two diaphanous lines traverse the

middle of the anal, and five similar ones cross the caudal, followed

by dots on the end of the fin.

Dimensions, inches, lines,

Length from front teeth to tip of the caudal fin ....... vesseess 10 0

(a ee Wate, OPMUMEO TT satadscehissde avec ade. 8 8

VEN cc ades Gb Fo vaiedospneséea det eum» eh is) ee

WOM cs sducschessdastaveccesbactseus 3 3

U1 WEI STE So SAE yh cos er me 3 24

—-- PCUMPAN We sedy ct sas oss ibiwacepeboe tes 3 0

——_—__-——_— — ~ tip of gill-cover ...........ceeeee eae 2): seek

CHEMO, OLDIE ci Wiese teas edtapsieceds 1 5

NET oe usin cn i alwaiiciessnchivessexscsieseqseecdsndossnce 0 63

DRIER EAS rec crcndacssesussdeecacessessetsess opesesererseess 2 4

MemttAls .osenteress. Boeimecattals pie Sonica pnisinoe Ne sets aie daca 1 6

Ecce cede ctlvetentcersteascccecnasdcesroctsssceseesss oes 3 0

MIMO EAD Covewsevigedevavecossas Seu pennen eek sant Bessa 1 0

Laprus ? ris (Solander), Rainbow Labroid.

Labrus? iris *, Solander, Pisce. Nov. Holl.

This fish was obtained on Cook’s first voyage to the coast

of New Holland, off Bustard Bay, in the 24th parallel of south

latitude and 2083° meridian. Solander has not furnished us

with the means ofascertaining its proper genus, and we quote

his description chiefly to excite the attention of collectors who

* Labrus iris of Lacepéde is a Centrarchus, and is identical with his La-

brus macropterus,

358 Dr. Richardson on the Ichthyology of Australia.

may visit that part of Australia. Judging from the splendour

of its dress, we may suspect it to be a Julis. It will be readily

recognised by the extreme length of its upper caudal ray.

*« Labrus iris, Maij 24, 1770. Dorsum pallide olivaceum, infra

medium e cerulescenti albidum. Vitta in medio quadruplex, a. su-

perne lutescens, (3. pallide cyanea, y. lutescens, 0. griseo-czerulescens.

Supra os fasciz tres splendidz, a. intense czerulea, (3. flava, y.

Capitis latera pallide czrulescentia ad pinnas pectorales ducta. Vittz

cerulez per iridem continuantur. Obs. Vitta lateralis postice cyanea,

ad basin pinne caudalis arcuata et inferne reflexa. Pinna caudalis

rubescens, subpellucida; dorsalis lutescens ; pinnz pectorales e cor-

neo albidz, pellucidz ; ventrales et pinna ani albido-pellucidz. Obs.

Radius supremus pinne caudalis elongatus, ut cauda triplo longior.”

(Solander.)

TAUTOGA MELAPTERUS (Cuww. e¢ Val.), The Ardilga.

Tautoga melapterus, Cuv. et Val. xiii. p. 311.

Labrus melampterus, Bl. 285. Schn. 247.

No. 19. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

The ‘ Ardilga’ of the natives of Port Essington inhabits

deep water among sunken rocks, and readily takes a baited

hook. Mr. Gilbert’s specimen was captured at the Tamar

rock. It agrees so closely with the account of the large-

lipped Tautoga from the sea of Java, in the ‘ Histoire des

Poissons,’ that I have no hesitation in considering it to be

the same species. A few particulars which are more readily

observed in the dried skin than in a specimen preserved in

spirits are mentioned in the following notice.

The plaits of the large upper lips and the lobes of the lower one

preserve their form when dried. ‘The cranium above the posterior

angle of the orbit and the suborbitars show many undulating and

anastomosing lines, producing an irregular rustic-work; the upper

limb of the preoperculum is more faintly marked in the same way ;

and the operculum is sculptured in fine straight lines, radiating from

its upper corner. There are two rows of scales on the cheek deeply

imbedded in the skin, and a single vertical row containing five on

the temple. The lateral line is composed of twenty-seven scales,

each having on its disc a tapering tube with the point inclined up-

wards. ‘The exposed discs of all the scales on the body are im-

pressed by upwards of twenty faint fan-like streaks, which are con-

tinued over the thin membranous edges.

Rays :-—B.5; D.9j10; A. 2|10; C.133; P.13; V. 1|5.

The pectorals are rounded; the dorsal and anal fins end in acute

points. The dorsal contains an articulated ray fewer than the spe-

cimen belonging to the Leyden Museum, which is the one described

in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons.’ The posterior rays of the fin are one-

fifth longer than the first soft ray, and twice as high as the first

spine. The other spines increase gradually in height, the ninth

being just perceptibly shorter than the jointed ray which succeeds

Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve. 359

it. The anal contains only two spines, unless the anterior short one

has been removed in preparing the specimen. ‘The pointed ventral

reaches to the anus. The margin of the caudal is slightly concave,

the angles rather acute, and the upper one projecting a very little.

The colours of the specimen are tolerably well preserved, and

agree generally with the tints mentioned in the ‘ Histoire des Pois-

sons.’

The scales of the back and sides are dark and show greenish tints,

and each is sharply bordered by a dark purplish margin producing a

regular meshwork : there are faint traces of a paler crescent on each

scale within the marginal one. The under surface of the body,

bounded by a line running from the axilla of the pectoral to the

anal, is pale, each scale having also a pale margin, though of a dif-

ferent tint from the disc. There is a large circular violet-purple

blotch behind the eye, a dark patch on the preorbitar, and some

spots of campanula-purple on the preoperculum, suboperculum and

interoperculum. ‘The cheeks and operculum have a dull yellowish

hue. The colours of the pectorals and ventrals are effaced, except

that a dark mark remains on the base of the former. The dorsal and

anal fins are imperial purple, which is bounded by a line of deep

pansy-purple, the extreme border being pale. Many dots of pansy-

purple are spread over both fins, being roundish on the anal and ob-

long on the soft dorsal; a few larger drops extend to the pale bor-

der of the anal, and the scales on the base of the fins are edged with

emerald-green. The caudal is purplish without spots, its edge being

pale.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from upper teeth to end of caudal ...............seeees 13 6

rs base.of Caudal wicctecsse vine dvetdons 11 3

ANUS ssssveccnsedcceccsooesscccescanes 6 9

_ RMI eae souk anes vce oda4 wat ieoewes 4 94

~ WEMMUEIS Fadeces sess dssevsn«veedess ts 4. 6

Se POCUGTANB 532, FEE LSE bs oes warts 4 2

—_—_—_—__———_~——- end of lobe of gill-cover ......... 4 3

- UE dv odeths na 2 Sae sags. h se awl aelnite rma’ 2 3

aac tn sion c sion ch'c 0) <nceenees vs osecieaspaedsscsesete 0 7

iyo re sg saites. srcvccoasssepcoccevsucesceesssavees? 3 6

[To be continued. ]

L.— Observations on the Growth, Reproduction, and Species

of the Branched Freshwater Conferve. By Arnruur H1uu

Hassauu, Esq.

In a paper read before the Natural History Society of Dublin,

a portion of which was inserted in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. ix. p.431.

allusion was made to the principal mode of growth of the

freshwater Confervze, viz. by the continued growth and bi-

section of all the cells entering into the formation of the fila-

ments. I come now to notice a second mode of development,

360 Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve.

scarcely less interesting and important as regards the classi-

fication of Conferve than the former.

In many species of Conferve, more especially amongst the

branched kinds, there is not only a longitudinal development

of the cells, but there is likewise a lateral growth of them, so

that if we examine any species in which this law is known to

exist, we shall observe, first, that the filaments differ consider-

ably in diameter in the same specimen; secondly, that the

largest filaments are near the centre of the specimen ; and

thirdly, that the diameter of all the filaments, whether these

be near the centre or circumference, gradually decreases from

base to apex; the observation of these three things proving

the existence of the law of lateral development of the cells, and

also showing it to be in proportion to their age. The propor-

tions of a specimen of branched Conferva are therefore, in

miniature, those of a tree or shrub.

I have observed this law of growth to exist in the following

Confervee: in the Vesiculasperms, many Diatomacee, and in

Conferva zonata, the filaments of all of which are simple; in

the Batrachiosperms, the genera Draparnaldia and Cheto-

phora, in Conferva glomeraia, C. crispata, C. flavescens, and

in C. egagropila, in all of which the filaments are branched.

It has no existence in the Conjugating Conferve, in many

Oscillatorie, in some of the species of the genus Desmidium,

and in the genus Bulbochete, all of which, save the last, have

simple filaments, whose diameter does not vary with age, but is

the same in the immature and mature condition of the species.

These laws of the lateral development of cells prevail

doubtless likewise amongst the majority of the marine ramose

Confervee, and it is important that it should be kept in view

in the framing of genera. :

The reproduction of the branched Conferve, whether ma-

rine or freshwater (for I believe it to be the same in both) is

still shrouded in much obscurity, but certainly differs essen-

tially, if we except the genus Bulbochete, from that of the Con-

fervee with simple unbranched filaments, the Synspores of

M. Decaisne, and the Vesiculasperms ; for in them there is no

intermingling or union of the contents of the adjacent cells,

either in the same or different filaments, and no formation of

a true spore; but there is, as in the Vesiculasperms, an infla-

tion of the reproductive cells, which inflation is produced by

an increase in the size of the small sporular granules, some

twenty, thirty or more of which are contained within each cell.

The determining cause whereby this increase of the granules

is produced is at present a mystery, the solution of which is

much to be desired. The inflation of the reproductive cells of

Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve. 361

the branched Confervz does not appear to have been noticed,

so far as I am aware, by any other observer save Vaucher, and

by him only in the Batrachiosperms, and yet it is of frequent

occurrence, and affords a character whereby often species may

be distinguished from each other, although at the same time

it changes the ordinary appearance of species so much as to

lead sometimes to the description of specimens so altered as

distinct species ; and this has doubtless been the case with

Conferva fracta of the ‘Flora Danica,’ which I take to be

nothing more than C. crispata in a state of reproduction.

It is then by means of the small granules to which refer-

ence has been made, which, although they have undergone a

considerable increase in size, are not one-twentieth part so

large as the true spores of the Conjugate and of the Vesicula-

sperms, that the branched Conferve are perpetuated; and

hence we see the necessity and wisdom of the law of lateral

growth to these Conferva, which otherwise would be placed

amongst the most minute objects of creation.

And it is, therefore, amongst the branched freshwater Con-

fervee that we are principally to look for members of the once

apparently important class of Zoospores. If there be such

things, and it can scarcely be doubted but there are, it is here

that they will chiefly be found. I have myself tried to detect

motion of the reproductive granules, (which motion, by the

way, is no conclusive proof of animality,) and once only in Con-

Serva glomerata did I observe any motion of bodies within the

cells; and these might possibly have been small animalculz

which had effected an entrance through the aperture said to

be provided for the escape of the zoospores, which aperture

I have observed only in Conferva glomerata, in which it in-

variably occupies a determinate situation at one side of the

upper extremity of each cell; a fact in itself so strong, as in my

opinion at once to throw discredit upon the explanation of

Agardh as to the manner of the formation of the aperture,

viz. by the reiterated pulsations or knocking of the confined

zoospores against the sides of the walls of the cells.

The freshwater species of the branched Conferve appear to

me to resolve themselves into the following genera, the whole

of which, including the genus Bulbochete, appear to form an

exceedingly natural group, which I propose to designate Mi-

crosperms. First, into the genus Bulbochete, which may be

thus defined :—

Genus BULBOCHATE.

Filaments attached, of equal diameter, branched; cells trun-

cate, setigerous, the setz being rigid, elongated and bulbous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2B

362 Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve.

at their bases ; reproductive bodies situated either in in-

flated cells, when they are formed by the union of the con-

tents of true contiguous cells, or in the bulbous portion of

ae setae, which becomes much enlarged for their accommo-

ation.

The reproduction of this remarkable genus has until very

recently been wholly unknown. M. Decaisne, in his memoir

on the Classification of the Algze, contained in the numbers of

the ‘ Ann. des Sciences Nat.,’ for May and June 1842, alludes

to the mode of formation of the repreductive bodies by the

union of the matter of true cells in the same filament, but does

not appear to have noticed the second way in which they are

formed, viz. within the bulbous portion of the tube. The ob-

servations of M. Decaisne and my own remarks appear to

have been made nearly at the same period.

In the above account of the reproduction of the genus Bul-

bochete I have avoided using the term spore to designate the

condensed endochrome in the inflated cells which presents so

much the appearance of a true spore, for I conceive that it is

most probable that this separates, as in the other branched

species of Confervee, into numerous small reproductive gra-

nules.

The genus Bulbochete may be regarded as forming the con-

necting link between the simple and branched freshwater Con-

fervee; it agreeing with the Conjugate in the equality of its

filaments, with the Vesiculasperms in the union of the con-

tents of two distinct cells, and probably with the branched

species in the separation of the condensed endochrome in

the inflated cells into numerous reproductive vesicles.

But one species of this genus is described by British authors.

There are however, I suspect, not less than three or four di-

stinct species, which I would characterize as follows, refrain-

ing for the present from naming them, in the hope of having

further opportunities of examining them.

lst sp. Bulbochete setigera. Cells usually five times as long

as broad.

This I regard as the most common species of the genus,

and I have met with it in very great abundance in ponds on

Hertford Heath, High Beach, Cheshunt Common, as well as

other places.

2nd sp. Cells usually three or three and a half times as long

as broad; reproductive bodies formed by the union of the

contents of two adjacent cells, in one of which they are

contained.

Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve. 363

3rd sp. Cells usually once and a half as long as broad; re-

productive bodies placed within the bulbs of the setz, which

become much enlarged for their accommodation.

Ath sp. Filaments very minute; cells usually four or five times

as long as broad. 3

The filaments in this are not one-third so large as those of

the preceding species.

Secondly, into the three well-known and intimately allied

genera Batrachiospermum, Draparnaldia and Chetophora,

which resemble in their mode of growth as well as in their

reproduction the branched Confervze of the following genus.

Thirdly, into the genus Microspora.

Nov. gen. Microspora.

Cuar. Frond attached, branched, filaments tapering and of

various diameter according to their age ; reproduction con-

sisting of minute vesicles, several of which are placed in

each inflated cell.

This important genus contains the following species, Con-

Serva glomerata, C. crispata, C. flavescens, C. agegropila, C.

Brownii, and most probably the majority of the marine

branched Conferve usually associated with the genus Con-

Serva, as well as many of the unbranched marine species.

I have omitted enumerating Conferva fracta and C. nigri-

cans as belonging to this genus, for I regard the first, as al-

ready stated, to be Conferva crispata in a state of reproduc-

tion; and the latter I strongly suspect to be some aquatic

production, probably a Chara in a state of decay, of which I

found a considerable quantity on a recent visit to Wimbledon

Common, the locality from which Mr. Dixon [Dickson ?]

obtained his specimens, presenting much the appearance of a

Conferva.

Fourthly and fifthly, into two genera characterized as be-

low, but which I shall leave for the present unnamed.

Ist genus. Filaments very sparingly branched, slightly con-

tracted at the joints ; endochrome rarely filling the cells.

There is but one species which I am at present able to refer

to this genus, the Conferva ericetorum of Roth, a plant which,

in common with some other observers, I was long inclined to

regard as a Conjugata and a member of the genus Mougeotia ;

however, the occasional presence of short branchlets seems

inconsistent with this opinion.

2nd gen. Filaments nearly equal, dichotomously branched ;

endochrome contained in a small tube which passes through

the cells in a waved manner.

SB2

364 Rev. F. W. Hope on new Inseets from Western Africa.

Species. Filaments slender, attached, tufted, about three-fourths

of an inch in height ; cells usually about seven times as long

as broad, slightly contracted at the joints; endochrome

black, contained in a small tube which passes through the

cells in a waved manner.

It is not at all easy to make out the structure of this pro-

duction, unless it be immersed in a solution of iodine, owing

to the extreme transparency of the filaments, the dark colour-

ing matter being situated only in the narrow thread which

passes up the filaments. To the unassisted sight the filaments

are of a blackish-gray colour.

Acton Green, Middlesex: several specimens.

LI.—On some new Insects from Western Africa. By the

Rev. F. W. Hops, F.R.S., F.L.S.

{Continued from vol. x. p..95. |

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

From illness I have not until now been able to continue the

description of the new insects received from Western Africa.

Those described at present are remarkable for beauty and

richness of colouring, and exhibit all the splendour so peculiar

to tropical regions. From the Rev. Mr. Savage I have lately

received some additional observations respecting the Goliath

Beetles, which it is my intention to transmit to you on a future

occasion. In haste,

I remain, yours very sincerely,

February 22, 1848. F. W. Hops.

Sp. 35. Hydaticus discoidalis, Hope. Long. lin. 53; lat. lin. 3.

Affinis Hydat. dorsigero, Dupont, at minor. Oblongo-ovalis, thorace

obscure testaceo, suturali parte elytrorum nigra lateribus testaceis,

punctis minutisque per discum aspersis, corpore infra ferrugineo,

pedibus concoloribus.

Sp. 36. Hydrous rufofemoratus. Long. lin. 11; lat. lin. 5. Niger,

palpis rufo-testaceis, thorace glabro, elytrisque quibusdam lineis

punctato-striatis, punctis parum distinctis. Corpus infra atrum,

femoribus rubris, tibiis nigricantibus nitidis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 37. Hydrous distinctus. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin.4. Niger, forma

ovali elongata, palpis rufo-testaceis. Elytra glabra punctis haud sub

lente distinguendis, Corpus infra obscure atrum et subtomentosum,

femoribus tibiisque nigris et nitidis.

Hab. in Sierra Leona.

There are two other species undescribed in the same collection

Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa. 365

from Africa, but they are omitted, being in too bad a state to de-

scribe.

Sp. 38. Ampedus Savagei, Hope. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin. 21. Cyaneus,

capite thorace pectore femoribusque miniatis, elytris lete cyaneis

et striato-punctatis, abdomine nigro et nitido.

fab. circa Sierram Leonam.

This magnificent insect is named in honour of the Rev. Mr. Sa-

vage. The tibiz and tarsi are unfortunately wanting.

Sp. 39. Ampedus cyanocephalus. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin. 14. Cyaneus,

capite concolori antennisque atris. Thorax miniatus et punctatus.

Elytra lete cyanea et subtilissime striato-punctata. Corpus infra

subcyaneum, abdomine parum rubescente, lateribus thoracis mi-

Niatis pedibusque testaceis.

Hab. Cape Palmas.

Sp. 40. Ampedus auripennis, Hope. Long. lin. 9 ; lat. lin. 3. Viridis,

antennis atris, thorace convexo, virescenti-punctulato, elytris au-

ratis nitidis, sub lente minutissime punctatis. Corpus infra viride

punctulatum, pedibus concoloribus, tarsis spongiosis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 41. Ampedus Iris, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 2. Viridis,

antennis atris, thorace punctulato versicolori flavoque tomentoso.

Elytra concoloria, striato-punctata. Corpus infra rubrum, pedibus

pallidioribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 42. Ampedus cyanicollis. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin. 13. Violaceus,

antennis nigris, thorace cyaneo, elytris ad basem auratis nitidis,

posticeque cyaneis. Corpus infra pectore viridi, annulis abdominis

rufescentibus, pedibus flavis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 43. Ampedus auricollis, Hope. Long. lin. 7; lat. lin. 13. Atneus,

antennis atris, thorace lete aureo, elytris striato-punctatis et viridi-

eneis. Corpus infra concolor flavoque tomento obsitum, pedibus

flavis.

Sp. 44. Alaus ? interruptus, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 22. Affinis

Al. Reicheo, at minor. Fusco-brunneus, antennis atris, thorace

maculis minutis flavis asperso, elytrisque postice abrupte truncatis

flavoque irroratis cruceque flava interrupta notatis. Corpus infra

pectore flavo-ochraceo colore insignitum, abdomine griseo, pedi-

busque concoloribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The genus Alaus requires subdividing, those from Africa differing

considerably from the Asiatic species. The type of the genus belongs

to the New World.

Sp. 45. Agrypnus Tropicus, Hope. Long. lin. 13; lat. lin. 34. Affinis

tomentoso Fab., at minor. Brunneus, thorace nigricanti, elytris

striato-punctatis tomentoque ferrugineo vestitis. Corpus infra

brunneum.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

366 Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa.

Sp. 46. Agrypnus laticollis, Hope. Long. lin. 16; lat. lin. 6. Niger,

antennis pedibusque fusco-ferrugineis, thorace lato punctulato

elytrisque fortissime sulcatis, interstitiis crebre punctatis. Corpus

subtus atrum, femoribus tibiisque piceis tarsisque auricomatis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The above species in Africa seems to represent what Al. fuscipes,

Fab. does in Asia, and is the largest species yet described.

LoNGICORNES.

Sp. 47. Mallodon Downesii, Hope. Long. lin. 24; lat. lin. 9. Piceus,

mandibulis porrectis intusque hirsutis, apicibus 3-dentatis. Thorax

fere transverso-quadratus lateribus depressis et serratis, disco in

medio elevato, punctisque varlis sparsim dispositis. Elytra picea

ad suturam mucronata. Corpus infra piceum, annulis abdominis

postice rufescentibus, pectore aurato tomento obsito.

The above insect was taken at Fernando Po by my gallant friend

Captain Downes; I have also received it from Cape Palmas. Mal-

lodon picipennis and Raddoni are also taken at Sierra Leone.

Sp. 48. Acanthophorus Palinii, Hope. Long. lin. 17; lat. lin. 6.

Piceo-brunneus, antennis piceis, thorace marginato 3-dentato, an-

ticis spinis majoribus et recurvis, posticis minutis. Thorax flavo-

tomentosus, elytris piceis, maculis plurimis villosis obsitis. Corpus

infra flavo-tomentosum, tarsis infra rubro-spongiosis.

The above insect was sent to me by Mr. Palin, who fell a victim

to the unhealthy climate of Sierra Leone.

Sp. 49. Acanthophorus longipennis. Long. lin. 33; lat. lin. 11.

Piceus, thorace marginato 3-dentato, dentibus fere zequalibus, disco

in medio tuberculato. Elytra valde elongata, picea, ad humeros

parum scabra, maculisque irrorata, lineis longitudinalibus vix di-

stinctis. Corpus infra rubro-piceum, pedibus concoloribus.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Phyllarthrius*, novum genus.

Anienne articulo 1™° crasso, 24° minore, 34° minimo, 6 sequentibus

gradatim increscentibus et foliaceo-ramosis, externo articulo fere

ovali, apice subacuto.

Thorax fere orbicularis lateribus haud spinosis.

Elytra ad apicem gradatim increscentia, rotundata.

Pedes femoribus quatuor anticis incrassatis, posticis longioribus et

parum dilatatis.

The above characters will at once sufficiently distinguish it from

Amphidesmus, Esch., to which it approaches in form : its true locality

in the system is doubtful.

Sp. 50. Phyllarthrius Africanus. Long. lin. 63; lat. lin. 13. Flavus,

antennis atris, sex ultimis articulis foliaceis, thorace fere rotun-

dato, elytris postice sensim increscentibus flavis, apicibus autem

nigris, totum corpus infra nigrum tarsis solummodo auricomatis.

* From Qvanov and xedeoy, leafjointed Cerambyx.

Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa. 367

The above insect was received from Sierra Leone and was collected

by Mr. Palin.

Sp. 51. Phyllarthrius unicolor. Wong. lin. 5; lat. lin. 14. Rubro-

piceus, thorace orbiculari, antennis binis primis articulis nigrican-

tibus, reliquis flavo-piceis. Elytra concoloria. Corpus infra testaceo-

rubrum, femoribus incrassatis. .

The above insect was received from Ashantee.

Sp. 52. Hamaticherus signaticollis, Hope. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 23.

Niger, antennis corpore longioribus, thorace 4-maculato, maculis

flavo-sericeis. Elytra ad apicem abrupte truncata linea aurato-

sericea longitudinali conspicua, reliqua parte disci atra. Corpus

infra nigrum, segmentis abdominis argenteo-sericeis, pedibus nigri-

cantibus, tarsis infra flavo-spongiosis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The above species will at some future time be regarded as the type

of a subgenus allied to Hamaticherus.

Sp. 53. Hamaticherus viridipennis. Long. lin. 12; lat. lin. 4. Vi-

ridi-nitens, thorace nigro rugisque transversis obsito, elytris viridi-

bus, ad apicem abrupte truncatis et sub lente subtilissime punctu-

latis. Corpus infra atro-piceum, antennis pedibusque rubris.

Hab, Circa Sierram Leonam.

Sp. 54. Hamaticherus pilosicollis. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 3. Viridis,

capite thoraceque flavis capillis obsitis, disco supra linea longi-

tudinali, maculaque utrinque nigra nitida insignito. Elytra viridia

nitida ad apicem rotundata, sub lente vix punctulata. Corpus infra

nigrum flavisque capillis obsitum, pedibus concoloribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 55. Hamaticherus glabricollis. Long. lin. 84; lat. lin. 24. Vi-

ridis, antennis rubro-piceis, thorace nigro lateribus rugosis. Elytra

ad apicem truncata subbispinosa viridia nitida sub lente vix punc-

tata. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus segmentisque abdominis pos-

tice rubro-piceis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The above three species are all metallic, and appear to belong to

a peculiar section. I amalso acquainted with others from the same

locality.

Sp. 56. lonthodes amabilis. Long. lin. 11; lat. lin. 3. Affinis for-

mose@, Serville, at major. Caput atrum, antennis pedibusque rubris.

Thorax niger, maculis argenteis insignitus, binis flavis in medio disci

positis, binisque aliis albidis utrinque ad lateraconspicuis. Elytra

leete purpurascentia in quibusdam locis obscura. Corpus infra ni-

gro-sericeum.

This lovely insect inhabits Sierra Leone.

Sp. 57. Callichroma assimile. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 24. Affine

. Call. Afro, Fab. et Cer. nitenti, Olivier. Viridi-nitens, antennis

pedibusque ferrugineo-flavis, thorace rotundato subspinoso, trans-

verse rugoso viridique aurato. Scutellum lete aureum, elytris vi-

368 Rey. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa.

ridibus suturaque interne aureo-vittata. Corpus infra aureum et

punctatum.

Hab. Circa Sierram Leonam.

Sp. 58. Callichroma letum, Hope. Long. lin. 15 ; lat. lin. 4. Cy-

aneum aut lete viride, antennis nigris, thorace utrinque fortiter

spinoso, dorso subtuberculato. Scutellum rugis transversis im-

pressum et auratum. Elytra lete purpurea aut viridia punctulata,

corpore infra concolori. Tarsi supra argentei infraque flavo-spon-

giosi.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

This splendid insect varies considerably in its colouring, being

sometimes purple, blue and green; it is closely allied to the C. albo-

tarsis of Fabricius.

Sp. 59. Callichroma atripenne, Hope. Long. lin. 124; lat. lin. 4.

Atrum, antennis pedibusque rubris, thorace utringue subspinoso,

rugisque transversis impresso. Corpore infra aurato tomentoso.

The above insect I have received from Cape Palmas and also from

Sierra Leone.

Sp. 60. Callichroma igneicolle. Long. lin. 123; lat. lm. 23. Viola-

ceum, antennis nigricantibus. Caput lete auratum. Thorax utrin-

que spinosus, igne auroque zstuans. Elytra elongata interne viri-

dia lateribus violaceis. Corpus infra auratum, pedibus violaceis.

The above insect seems to unite in itself the Asiatic and African

Callichromide ; it was received lately from Ashantee, and is one of

the most beautiful insects found in Africa.

Sp. 61. Promeces carbonarius. Long. lin. 93; lat. lin. 2. Niger,

antennis atro-violaceis, thorace fere rotundato utrinque subtuber-

culato, corpore infra concolori, pedibus rubris, femoribus quatuor

anticis incrassatis, reliquis elongatis.

It inhabits the vicinity of Sierra Leone.

Sp. 62. Euporus amabilis. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin. 3. Cyaneus, an-

tennis purpurascentibus, capite lete viridi, thorace cyaneo, dorso

varioloso-punctato. Scutellum aureum, elytra ad humeros violacea,

interne viridia et ad latera atro-cyanea. Corpus infra a femo-

ribus cyaneis, tibiis posticis binis in medio rubris.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 63. Euporus chrysocollis. Long. lin. 7; lat. lin. 1. Viridis, ca-

pite antice concolori posticeque cyaneo. Antenne violacez. ‘Thorax

aureus, fortissime punctatus. Elytra in medio obscure viridia, su-

tura aureo-virescente lateribus externe violaceis. Corpus infra

auratum nitidum et punctatum, pedibus cyaneis.

This species was given me by Captain Downes, and taken by him

at Fernando Po; it is closely allied to the insect above described

under the name of amabilis.

Sp. 64. Sternodonta Palinii. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin. 23. Viridis, an-

tennis atris, articulo 1™° ceruleo. Capite fronte viridi posticeque

atro. Thorax ater, antice et postice linea transversa virescenti

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Sofi-billed Duck of Latham. 369

notatus, aliaque media aurantia. Elytra nigra fascia humerali

aurantia, secunda fere media, duabus maculis concoloribus fere ad

apicem positis. Intra humeralem fasciam et apicem totum discum

maculis minutis viridibus aspersum. Corpus infra viride, pectore

utrinque aurantio colore imbuto.

The above elegant insect is named after Mr. Palin, an assiduous

collector of insects at Sierra Leone.

Sp. 65. Sternodonta Princeps. Long. lin. 13; lat. lm. 6. Atro-

viridis, antennis pallidioribus, thorace 4 lineis transversis albidis

notato, elytris disco nigro binis fasciis obliquis variisque maculis

albido beryllinis insignitis. Corpus infra nigrum, segmentis abdo-

minis beryllino-viridibus.

Received from Ashantee in 1833.

Sp. 66. Sternodonta amabilis. Long. lin. 12; lat. lin. 5. Affinis Stern.

Imperiali, at major. Viridis, corpore pulvere fulvo aurato, fere om-

nino tecto. Thorax medio aurantius, antice posticeque viridis.

Elytra leete beryllino-viridia, ad basem nigra fascia notata, maculis-

que variis aurantiis conspicua. Corpus infra lete viride, pedibus

concoloribus.

The above insect is one of the most beautiful received from Africa.

It was obtained from the country of the Ashantees.

LII.—Some remarks on the Soft-billed Duck of Latham.

By Georce Rosert Gray, Esq.

Among the ducks described by Latham in his ‘ Synopsis’ is

one that he denominated the Soft-billed Duck. It was first

noticed however by Cook and Forster in their Voyages, and

to them Dr. Latham was indebted for the information which

supplied the material for his description. A representation of

this curious and rare species of duck is given by G. Forster

among his drawings, tab. 74. Gmelin was the first to give a

scientific name, which he did by translating Latham’s, as Anas

malacorhynchus. 'The specimens which have again brought it

into notice have recently been presented to the National Col-

lection by the New Zealand Company ; they are two in number,

and were brought from New Zealand by Dr. Dieffenbach ; it

is thus that the writer has had it in his power to examine it

and to compare it with the Australian soft-billed duck. He

soon discovered that Wagler was in error in considering it as

belonging to the same division. From the form of the hind

toe, the Australian species is a true duck near the Shovellers ;

while the present bird is more properly placed with the lobed

hind-toed ducks, such as the Pochards, and partaking in some

measure of the form of the Goosanders. It should therefore

be placed in the subfamily Fuliguline between Camptolaimus

370 Mr.G. R. Gray on the Soft-billed Duck of Latham.

and Branta; the former of which is the only one of that sub-

family that has the apical margins of the bill soft and some-

what flexible. The Australian soft-billed duck is the type of

the genus Malacorhynchus as established by Mr. Swainson in

1831. In 1832 Wagler used the same generic name, being

unacquainted with the fact that it had been previously em-

ployed: he seems to consider the New Zealand bird as the

type, but mentioned the Australian one as the second species.

This leaves us to conclude that Mr. Swainson’s genus Ma-

lacorhynchus must, by the law of priority, be retained for the

Australian Anas membranacea, while a new generic name

should be proposed for the New Zealand Anas malacorhynchus.

Capt.Cook in his ‘ Voyage’ mentions this bird as a “ blue-gray

duck, or whistling-duck as some called them, from the whist-

ling noise they make;” and Forster in his ‘ Voyage’ states, that

‘its bill had a remarkable membranaceous substance at the

extremity on both sides, probably because the bird is intended

to live by sucking the worms, &c. in the mud, when the tide

retires from the beach.” On the drawing is written (as if

called so by the natives) the word heweego; where is also re-

presented (and of which he speaks in his ‘ Voyage’) a narrow

white band across each wing that is not found in the specimen

before me.

Hymenouaimus. Bill as long as the head, equally com-

pressed, elevated at the base, with the culmen for three-fourths

of its length straight, and then slightly curved to the tip; the

sides from the culmen shelving to the lateral margins, of which

the basal half is firm and furnished with lengthened slender

laminz; the apical half of the margin composed of a soft flexible

skin that hangs over the lower mandible, widening towards

the tip, where it is somewhat truncate and the nail not very

prominent; nostrils situated near the middle of the bill and

oval. Wings short, slender, with the first, second and third

quills equal and longest, and the shoulder armed with a short

blunt spur. ‘Tail lengthened and composed of broad feathers

with the ends rather rounded. ‘'Tarsi nearly as long as the

middle toe exclusive of claw, fore-toes strong and fully webbed,

and the hind toe moderate and strongly lobed.

H. malacorhynchus (Gm.), n. Brownish blue ; the feathers

more or less margined with glossy green, especially on the

head and back; the breast varied with large spots of light

chestnut ; the secondaries (some tipped with white) with their

outer edges margined narrowly with velvety black. Bill white,

with the nail and the soft part black. Legs brown and web

black.

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Soft-billed Duck of Latham. 371

Length 20 inches; bill 24 inches; wings 8% inches ; tail 53

inches ; tarsi 13 inch.

Anas malacorhynchus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. 526; Lath. Ind.

Orn. ii. 862.

Malacorhynchus Forsterorum, Wagl. Isis, 1832.

As an appendix, I subjoin the descriptions of five species of

birds which are considered to be new to science.

Falco subniger. Deep brown, margins of feathers lighter ;

abdomen, greater wing-coverts, quills and tail blackish brown ;

bill and legs plumbeous.

Length 23 inches ; bill 1 inch and 1 line; wings 164 inches ;

tarsi 24 inches.

This bird has the form of the peregrine falcon, but is larger

in all its proportions ; judging from the plumage, it appears to

be an immature specimen of a species not hitherto described.

Its locality is unknown, but is supposed to be an Australian

species.

Falco guttatus. Black, the feathers of the back margined

with blue, and the mner webs of the quills and tail-feathers

spotted with rufous; throat and a semicollar on the neck

white, slightly tinged with rufous ; breast and beneath deep

rufous, spotted with black. Bull black, cere and legs yellow.

Length 123 inches; bill 3 of an inch; wings 92 inches;

tail 53 inches ; tarsi 13 inch.

Approaches mostly to the Falco frontatus of Gould in size

and colour, but the lower parts are deep rufous and distinctly

spotted with black. Itis from the Philippine Islands.

Astur cristatus. Glossy brown, top and back of the head,

where the feathers form a crest, black ; ear-coverts plumbeous;

throat white, with a very narrow streak of black down the

centre; breast rufous, varying with white; abdomen broadly

banded with white and rufous ; thigh white, with narrow bands

of rufous brown; tail ashy, with four dark brown bands. Bill

black and legs yellow.

Length 164 inches; bill 1 inch; wings 81 inches; tail 71

inches ; tarsi 2? inches. ;

This bird might at first sight be taken for a species of Baza,

as far as regards the position of its colours, but the festooned

bill and lengthened tarsi at once distinguish it from that

genus. It is an inhabitant of the Philippine Islands.

Tchitrea rufa. Rufous, with the base of the feathers paler,

the inner webs of the quills dusky.

Length 83 inches; bill 1 inch; wings 3 inches 8 lines; tail

43 inches ; tarsi 9 lines.

This fine species 1s from the Philippine Islands.

372 Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium.

Caccabis Bonhami. Grayish isabella-colour, numerously

banded and vermiculated with dusky ; lower part of the back

and tail-coverts slightly speckled with black; front and line

above the eyes black, another line through the eyes white ;

the throat and sides of the neck pale blue, with some of the

feathers of the latter variegated with white ; breast plain isa-

bella-colour ; feathers of the sides varied with blotches of ru-

fous isabella and white margined with black ; abdomen nearly

white ; tail pale cinnamon, with the ends paler and vermicu-

lated with black. Bill and legs yellow.

Length 82 inches.

Female paler, entirely banded and vermiculated with dusky ;

sides and abdomen varied with white, which colour predomi-

nates on the throat. It is from the mountains of Persia, and

has much the appearance of the P. Heyii, Temm., to which it

also approaches in size.

LII.—Remarks on the species of Desmidium. By Joun Ratrs,

Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance.

[ With a Plate. ]

Desmipium, dg.

FitamMents fragile, jointed, angular, with the angles of each jot

bicrenate, or cylindrical with a circular groove which produces

a crenate appearance, finally separating into single joints or

frustules.

This natural genus is not well defined either in Agardh’s ‘ Con-

spectus criticus Diatomacearum’ or in any of our British works.

Its best distinctive character appears to consist in the crenated

appearance of the filaments, which is least evident in D.mucosum*.

The filaments are of a pale green colour, simple, fragile, short,

* Since this paper was written I have had an opportunity of seeing Kiit-

zing’s ‘Synopsis Diatomearum,’ and as his character is the best’ have met

with I subjoin it :—

‘‘Desmidium. Corpuscula geminata in longam seriem conjuncta, itaque

filum articulatum constituentia, tubulo communi filiformi mucoso inclusa.”’

—In Linnea, 1833, p. 613.

Ehrenberg’s Desmidium differs widely from that of botanists. D. Swartzii

is the only species common to both, in consequence of his having made tri-

angular frustules one of the characters of his genus. His Desmidium, be-

sides D. Swartzi, contains five species, orbiculare, hexaceros, bifidum, acu-

deatum and apiculosum, all found in England. But these, not being united

into a filament, are distinguished from the genus as above described, just as

Frustulia, Ag., is from Fragilaria.

Ehrenberg defines his genus in the following terms :—

‘“* Desmidium animal liberum, lorica simplici, univalvi, triquetra inclusum,

szpe cateniforme,’—Die Infus. p. 140.

Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium. 373

straight, and are scattered in loose bundles in the water, or form

a thin gelatinous fleece at the bottom of the pool. They are ge-

nerally twisted in a regular manner ; this is shown by the waved

darker line in D. Swartzvi, and in D. cylindricum and D. Bor-

rert by the apparent variableness in the diameter of the filament,

and by the different position of the angles, which causes the cre-

natures either to become less distinct or entirely to disappear at

certain intervals.

Whether D. mucosum is also twisted, I am unable to determine,

the crenated appearance of the jomts bemg caused by a shallow

groove running all round the jomt: all the joints seem to be si-

mular, and if twisted would not present any perceptible difference.

As the angles of the joints in all the species are, in a greater or

less degree, really or apparently bicrenate, this character is rather

a generic than.a specific one.

Most commonly each joint in the species of this genus has its

endochrome divided into two portions separated by a paler line,

which runs across between the crenatures, and in D. mucosum

corresponds with the groove passing round ‘the joint. A trans-

verse view shows the endochrome disposed in a stellate manner.

The species are found during great part of the year in clear

shallow pools or in old peat-pits ; those at present known are few

in number, and possess well-marked characters.

* Filaments with a mucous sheath.

1. D. cylindricum, Grev. Filaments slightly compressed, with two

angles; crenatures strongly marked; joints rather broader than

long*. Plate VIII. fig. 1. Grev. Scot. Crypt. Fl.t.293; Desmaz.

n. 1110.

In old peat-pits about Dolgelley, N. Wales ; sparingly near Pen-

zance.

D. cylindricum, Swartzi, Borrert and mucosum, growing together

in a watercourse on Chiltington common near Pulborough, Sussex :

Mr. Jenner; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall.

The filaments are as thick as those of D. Swartziw, which spe-

cies it much resembles in the water. The jomts, inclusive of the

angles, which are colourless, are rather broader than long, and of

an oval form, with a small sharp notch m each angle. Those

joints in which the angles are not visible are about as long as

broad. The jomts seem to be connected by a thickened border.

The mucous sheath is not noticed by Dr. Greville or Agardh,

whose description in the ‘ Conspectus criticus Diatomacearum’ is

taken from Greville. The description in the ‘Scot. Crypt. Flora’

was probably drawn up from dried specimens, in which the sheath

is less evident.

* Length and breadth have here their usual meaning when applied to the

joints of the filament of a Conferva.

374 Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium.

The mucous sheath is narrower than that of D. mucosum, and

in both a portion of it seems to belong to each joint ; in both also

it is elastic, which may be the cause why the joints separate so

easily. The elasticity is shown by its becoming longer than the

joints after their separation.

I learn from Mr. Berkeley, who kindly sent me a portion from

Desmaziéres’ specimen, that Desmaziéres figures the joints as

slightly compressed, with a rounded angle both of the filament

and sheath on each side, and thus agrees exactly with my own

observations.

Desmaziéres, however, representsthe endochrome in two parcels,

each consisting of five granules. In the specimens I have ex-

amined the endochrome has sometimes four and sometimes five

rays.

The filaments are twisted, and consequently at about every

tenth jomt the angles are very perceptible, whilst in the two

central joints they are almost invisible ; on altermg slightly the

position of the filament the angles im the latter become visible,

and in the former disappear.

On account of the oval form of the joints the angles of each are

separated, and thus the filament acquires a pinnatifid appearance ;

the notch is sharply defined, as if a triangular bit had been

snipped out.

2. D. mucosum, Breb. Filaments cylindrical, appearing very slightly

crenate ; joints generally half as long as broad. PI. VIII. fig. 2.

Conf. dissiliens, Eng.Bot. t.2464. (crenature in the figure too deep).

Cwm Bychan, W. Borrer, Esq.; Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner ;

near Bedgelert and about Dolgelley, N. Wales; Swansea, S. Wales;

plentiful near Penzance, Cornwall; High Beach, Essex; Hertford

Heath and Wormley West end, Herts, Mr. Hassall.

Filaments slenderer than those either of D. Swartzw or D. cy-

lindricum, mucous, adhering firmly to paper, with a broad mucous

sheath, cylindrical, without any angles, in which respect it differs

from the other three species. Hach jomt has a shallow groove

passing round it (thus resembling a small pulley-wheel) which

gives the crenate appearance to the filaments ; the crenatures are

generally very shallow, sometimes nearly obsolete, but I have oc-

casionally seen them deeper, and thus more like the figure in

‘Eng. Bot.’ There is scarcely any depression between the joints ;

in this circumstance it differs greatly from D. cylindricum.

If kept in water for a few days it separates into single joints,

each joint having a perfect mucous covering ; both the filament

and sheath are cylindrical.

The endochrome generally is disposed im a stellate manner

(when seen transversely), having a small central ring and six or

seven rays.

Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium. 375

Foreign specimens given me by Mr. Berkeley exactly agree

with the above description.

**K Filaments without a mucous sheath.

3. D. Swartzii, Ag. Filaments triangular ; joints shorter than broad.

Pl. VIII. fig. 3. Grev. Crypt. Fl.t.292; Ehren. Die Infus. p. 140.

t. 10. fig. 8; Pritch. Infus. p. 183.

Tunbridge Wells, M7. Borrer ; Swansea, S. Wales ; Caernarvon

and Dolgelley, N. Wales; Penzance.

Agardh seems not to have understood this species. In the

‘ Conspectus criticus Diatomacearum’ he says, “ fils planis tri-

angulisve,” and afterwards, ‘ Fila mihi plana visa, secundum Car-

michael revera triangula sunt ; secundum Lyngbye articuli soluti

cito figuram triangulam induunt. Iterum itaque hoc respectu

observanda.”

Dr. Greville’s description is very correct: the filaments are

no doubt triangular, as a little care in using the microscope may

easily determine. Under the lens two angles always appear at

the two margins of the filament. The third angle is marked by

the dark line caused by the greater thickness m that part. As

the filaments are twisted, the dark line regularly passes, as seen in

the sketch, from one margin to the other. By examining the fila-

ment where the angle (shown by the dark line) touches the mar-

gin and bringing the lens a little nearer, and then withdrawing

it again, both angles may be distinctly seen.

Transverse view triangular, the angles blunt, the sides slightly

concave ; endochrome in three portions placed in the angles, and

connected in the centre by three processes resembling stalks. But

this is only seen when the joints separate spontaneously.

When a joint is separated under the microscope, a cloud of

extremely minute granules is poured out, which for an instant

obscures the view.

It adheres but slightly to paper, is very fragile, but separates

spontaneously into single joints with less readiness than D. mu-

cosum and D. cylindricum.

Mr. Borrer has kindly presented me with a portion of a spe-

cimen given him by Mr. D. Turner as the Conferva dissiliens of

Dillwyn, but which is undoubtedly the plant now described.

4. D. Borreri. Filaments cylindrical, inflated, with two angles ;

joints about twice as long as broad. PI. VIII. fig. 4.

I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Borrer,

who directed my attention to it m a boggy ditch at Cwm Bychan

in July last, when I accompanied him in a very agreeable excur-

sion among the Welsh mountains.

We afterwards found it above Twll Da in a small pool near

376 Mr. Westwood on the Habits of a Saw-Fly.

Llyn y Cwn; I have also gathered it in old peat-pits near the

outlet of the Lianberris Lakes, and near Dolgelley, N. Wales.

It is a very distinct species, and in the great length of its

joints remarkably differs from the other species of this genus.

Filaments pale green, very slender, and without a mucous

sheath. The joimts are cylindrical when viewed transversely, and

have two minute angles. The endochrome, stellate, as in the

other species, has five or six rays.

That the crenatures are situated in the angles and not ina

groove as in D. mucosum, 1s shown by their prominence and dis-

appearance at regular distances as in D. cylindricum, which re-

sults from the twisting of the filament.

The notch seems less like an interruption of the outline than

in the other species, but rather as if the angles were attached to

the sides of the joint.

The jomts are somewhat inflated. When the angles are not

visible they resemble small barrels placed end to end. Where

the angles are fully displayed, the appearance may be compared

to the juxtaposition of two flower-pots by their mouths, the rims

and interval between which will represent the crenated angles.

On account of the great length of the joints, the division of the

endochrome into two portions is very strongly marked.

LIV.—Note on the Saw-Fly (Lyda inanita) the subject of M. Hu-

ber’s paper in the preceding Number. By J. O. Westwoop,

Esq., F.L.S. E.S., &e.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

DEaR Sir,

Your readers will be interested to learn that the curious insect

whose proceedings are detailed in the last number of the ‘ Annals ”

is a native of this country. For ten years past I have observed

it on the rose-trees in my garden at Hammersmith, where I have

watched its proceedings i detail, and had prepared a history of

it with a view to publication. A short abstract of my observations

on it was published in my ‘ Introduction to the Modern Classi-

fication of Insects,’ vol. 1. p. 107, accompanied by a figure of the

case as well as of the perfect imsect (with which M. Huber was

unacquainted), and which is the Lyda inanita, which appears in

the imago state in the last week of May, flying about the bushes

in the garden with great velocity and settling on the leaves in the

sunshine, its splendidly golden-coloured wings rendering it a very

beautiful object.

I am, dear Sir, yours very truly,

Joun O. Westwoop.

Dr. Griffith on the Blood and Fibre. StF

LV.—On the Blood and Fibre. By Joun Wiuui14M Grirriry,

M.D., F.LS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, .

As Dr. Barry has noticed in the last Number of your valuable

Journal some observations I made in a former Number* on the

Blood and Fibre, I shall feel obliged by your inserting the fol-

lowing remarks, extracted from my paper in the Medical Gazette

in reply to Dr. Barry :—

“T leave the reader to judge whether the description of the fibre

in the blood-corpuscles, given by me, is sufficient to authorize any

one to give an opinion as to whether I have seen it or not. I be-

lieve that the consideration of the abstract appearances presented

by objects under the microscope, serves very often rather to call

forth the powers of the imagination as to what might cause such

appearances, than as the means of making out the real structure

of bodies; and, in examining different structures, we ought to

avail ourselves of the assistance of all the means of investigation

m our power—as dissection, chemical agents, heat, maceration,

&e. Were these made use of in all cases, I feel convinced we

should arrive at more satisfactory and less discrepant results.

Now the effect of maceration in the case of muscular fibre con-

vinces me that no such arrangement as that of a double spiral can

exist ; otherwise why do we have the separation into discs ? This

has been accurately figured and described by Mr. Bowman, and

every microscopist must have seen it. As regards the formation

of the tissues of the body from the blood-corpuscles, there seem

to me insuperable difficulties in these views. In addition to the

majority of the appearances which have been observed in the

blood having occurred after the blood has left its vessels, in many

cases they have been seen taking place, under the microscope, in

the blood removed from the body. Can these appearances be

called vital? Have we any right to believe that they take place

in the living body? Moreover, where do these forming or per-

fected fibres, &c. pass through the capillaries ? And how is it we

do not find in certain cases fibres, epithelium-cells, &c. existing

in the arteries, veins, or capillaries ?

“T must say, however, that no views have been yet advanced

which will explain some of the appearances presented by muscular

fibre. Some of those which have been figured by Dr. Barry cer-

tainly cannot be explained on the views advanced by Mr. Bow-

man; although I believe the appearance figured by him in the

‘ New Cyclopzedia of Physiology’ to be the real structure of the

muscle in its ordinary form.

* Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. No. 68. Feb. 1848.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2C

378 Royal Society.

“ Dr. Barry cannot, I feel convinced, imagine that I am ex-

ceeding the bounds of propriety in publicly noticing what he was

kind enough to show me in private. Feeling assured that his

object is no other than the advancement of science, I can only

say that I have no other motive ; but advance these objections to

his views with the idea that it is the duty of every one who has

the opportunity to throw his mite into the common heap; and

that the opposition of any theory will either bring forward evi-

dence explaining the difficulties, and thus fixmg truth on an

immoveable basis; or bring up some new views, by means of

which the old difficulty will be solved, and the same truth irre-

sistibly founded.”

9 St. John’s Square, April 1843.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

December 8, 1842.—The following papers were read, viz. :—

* Observations on the Blood-corpuscles, particularly with refer-

ence to opinions expressed and conclusions drawn in papers ‘ On

the Corpuscles of the Blood,’ and ‘On Fibre,’ recently published

in the Philosophical Transactions.” By T. Wharton Jones, Esq.,

F.R:S.

The author points out what he considers to be important errors in

the series of papers by Dr. Martin Barry, which have lately appeared

in the Philosopliical Transactions, and are entitled, “ On the Corpus-

cles of the Blood,” and “ On Fibre.” He alleges that Dr. Barry has

generally confounded the colourless corpuscles contained in the blood

with the red corpuscles of the same fluid; each of which latter kind

consists of a vesicle or cell, with thick walls, but in a collapsed and

flattened state, and having therefore a biconcave form, and in con-

sequence of its thick wall being doubled on itself, presenting under

the microscope a broad circumferential ring, which is illuminated

or shaded differently from the depressed central portion, according

to the focal adjustment of the instrument: while the colourless

corpuscles, on the other hand, are of a globular shape, strongly

refractive of light, and granulated on their surface, and are of less

specific gravity and of somewhat larger size than the red corpuscles.

The author quotes various passages from Dr. Barry’s papers in proof

of his assertions, and refers particularly to fig. 23 of his second

paper on the corpuscles of the blood. He farther states, that Dr.

Barry’s description of the appearances of what he terms the red

corpuscles, in paragraphs 53, 68, and 76 of his second paper, can,

in fact, apply only to the colourless corpuscles: and he observes,

that even when Dr. Barry does, at last, in his “ Additional Observa-

tions,” advert to the distinction between the red and the colourless

globules, he considers the latter as being merely “the discs” con-

tained in the red globules appearing under an altered state.

Royal Society. 379

The author regards as wholly erroneous the notion which Dr.

Barry entertains that a fibre exists in the interior of the blood-cor-

puscle; and that these fibres, after their escape from thence, consti-

tute the fibres which are formed by the consolidation of the fibrin

of the liquor sanguinis. The beaded aspect presented by the double

contour of the thick wall of the red corpuscle when it has been acted

upon either by mechanical causes or by chemical reagents, of which

the effect is to corrugate the edge, and to bend it alternately in op-

posite directions, has, in the opinion of the author, given rise to the

illusive appearance of an internal, annular fibre. ‘The appearance

of flask-like vesicles presented by some of the red corpuscles, with

the alleged fibre protruding from their neck, the author ascribes

altogether to the effects of decomposition, which has altered the

mechanical properties of the corpuscle, and allowed it to be drawn

out, like any other viscid matter, into a thread.

In conclusion, he remarks, that if these statements of Dr. Barry

should be recognised as fundamental errors in his premises, the

whole of the reasonings built upon them must fall to the ground.

“ Spermatozoa observed within the Mammiferous Ovum.” By

Martin Barry, M.D., F.R.S. L. and Ed.

In examining some ova of a rabbit, of twenty-four hours, the

author observed a number of spermatozoa in their interior.

Dec. 15.—A paper was read, entitled “ Experimental Inquiry into

the cause of the Ascent and Continued Motion of the Sap; with a

new method of preparing plants for physiological investigations.”

By George Rainey, Esq., M.R.C.S. Communicated by P. M. Roget,

M_D., FS.

The ascent of the sap in vegetables has been generally ascribed

to a vital contraction either of the vessels or of the cells of the plant :

the circumstances of that ascent taking place chiefly at certain sea-

sons of the year, and of the quantity of fluid, and the velocity of its

motion being proportional to the development of those parts whose

functions are obviously vital, as the leaves and flowers, have been

regarded as conclusive against the truth of all theories which pro-

fessed to explain the phenomenon on purely mechanical principles.

The aim of the author, in the present paper, is to show that these

objections are not valid, and to prove, by a series of experiments,

that the motion of the sap is totally independent of any vital con-

tractions of the passages which transmit it ; that it is wholly a mecha-

nical process, resulting entirely from the operation of endosmose ;

and that it takes place even through those parts of a plant which

have been totally deprived of their vitality.

The lower extremity of a branch of Valertana rubra was placed,

soon after being gathered, into a solution of bichloride of mercury.

In a few hours a considerable quantity of this solution was absorbed,

and the whole plant, which had been previously somewhat shrunk

from the evaporation of its moisture, recovered its healthy appear-

ance. On the next day, although the lower portion of the branch had

lost its vitality, the leaves and all the parts of the plant into which

no bichloride had entered, but only the water of the solution, were

2CzZ

380 Royal Society.

perfectly healthy and filled with sap. On each of the following days

additional portions of the stem became affected in succession; but

the unaffected parts still preserved their healthy appearance, and

the flowers and leaves developed themselves as if the plant had ve-

getated in pure water and the whole stem had been in its natural

healthy state. On a minute examination it was found that calomel,

in the form of a white substance, had been deposited on the internal

surface of the cuticle; but no bichloride of mereury could be de-

tected in those parts which had retained their vitality ; thus showing

that the solution of the bichloride had been decomposed into chlo-

rine, calomel, and water, and had destroyed the vitality of the parts

where this action had taken place; after which, fresh portions of the

solution had passed through the substance of the poisoned parts, as

if they had been inorganic canals. Various experiments of a similar

kind were made on other plants, and the same conclusions were de-

duced from them.

As the addition of a solution of iodide of potassium converts the

bichloride of mercury into an insoluble biniodide, the author was

enabled, by the application of this test to thin sections of the stems

of plants into which the bichloride had been received by absorption,

to ascertain, with the aid of the microscope, the particular portion

of the structure into which the latter had penetrated. The result

of his observations was, that the biniodide is found only in the in-

tercellular and intervascular spaces, none appearing to be contained

within the cavities of either cells or vessels.

As the fluids contained in the vessels and in the cells hold in so-

lution various vegetable compounds, their density is greater than

the ascending sap, which is external to them, and from which they

are separated by an intervening organized membrane. Such being

the conditions requisite for the operation of the principle of endos-

mose, the author infers that such a principle is constantly in action

in living plants; and that it is the cause of the continual trans-

mission of fluids from the intervascular and intercellular spaces

into the interior of the vessels and cells, and also of the ascent of

the sap.

Jan. 19, 1843.—*“ On the minute structure of the Skeletons or hard

parts of Invertebrata,” by W. B. Carpenter, M.D.

The present memoir is the first of a series which the author

intends to communicate to the Society, and relates only to the Mol-

lusca; and he proposes, hereafter, to extend his inquiries to the

skeletons of the Echinodermata, and the various classes of articu-

lated animals. After adverting to the classifications of shells pro-

posed by Mr. Hatchett and Mr. Gray, from the propriety of which

he finds reason to dissent, he proceeds to state the results of his

microscopic examination of the texture of shells under the several

following heads. First, shells having a prismatic cellular structure,

as the Pinna, and which are composed of a multitude of flattened

hexagonal calcareous prisms, originally deposited in continuous

layers of hexagonal cells, and thus constituting a calcified epithe-

lium, analogous with the enamel of the teeth. Secondly, those con-

Royal Society. 381

sisting of membranous shell-substance, the basis of which, after the

removal of its calcareous portion, presents nothing but a membra-

nous film, of greater or less consistence, composed of several layers,

but without the appearance of any cellular tissue: this membrane

the author regards as being derived from the mantle, of which it

was originally a constituent part, by the development of nucleolated

cells; and the various corrugations and foldings of which it is sus-

ceptible in different species, introducing many diversities into the

structure of the shells of this class. Thirdly, shells having a nacreous

structure, and exhibiting the phenomena of iridescence ; a property

which the author ascribes to the plicated form of the membrane of

the shell, combined with a secondary series of transverse corruga-

tions. Fourthly, shells exhibiting a tubular structure, formed by

cylindrical perforations oceurring among the several layers, and

varying in diameter from about the 20,000th to the 3500th part of

an inch ; but measuring on an average about the 6000th part of an

inch, and. presenting a striking analogy with the dentine or ivory

of the teeth. The last sections of the paper relate to the epidermis

and the colouring matter of shells.

References are made, in many parts of the paper, to illustrative

drawings ; which, however, the author has not yet supplied.

Feb. 9.—“ On the Structure and Mode of Action of the Ivis :” by

C. R. Hall, Esq. Communicated by P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S.

After reciting the various discordant opinions entertained at dif-

ferent periods by anatomists and physiologists, relative to the struc-

ture and actions of the iris, the author proceeds to give an account

of his microscopical examination of the texture of this part of the

eye, in different animals. He considers the radiated plice, which

are seen on the uvea in Mammalia, as not being muscular; but he

agrees with Dr. Jacob in regarding them as being analogous in

structure to the ciliary processes. The white lines and elevations

apparent on the anterior surface of the human iris, he supposes to

be formed by the ciliary nerves which interlace with one another in

the form of a plexus. The iris, he states, is composed of two portions ;

the first, consisting of a highly vascular tissue, connected by vessels

with the choroid, ciliary processes, sclerotica and cornea, and abun-

dantly supplied with nerves, which, in the human iris, appear, in a

front view, as thread-like strie ; and which are invested, on both

surfaces, by the membrane of the aqueous humour. They are more

or less thickly covered with pigment, which, by its varying colour,

imparts to the iris on the anterior surface its characteristic hue ; and,

by its darkness on the posterior surface, renders an otherwise semi-

transparent structure perfectly opake. The second component por-

tion of the iris consists of a layer of concentric muscular fibres, which

fibres, in Man and Mammalia generally, are situated on the posterior

surface of the pupillary portion of the iris; but which in Birds ex-

tend much nearer to the ciliary margin, and consequently form a

much broader layer. In Fishes and in some Reptiles they do not

exist at all.

The author then proceeds to inquire into the bearings which

382 Royal Society.

these conclusions may have on the physiology of the iris. He thinks

that the phenomena of its motions can receive no satisfactory expla-

nation on the hypothesis of erectility alone, or on that of the anta-

gonism of two sets of muscular fibres; the one for dilating, the

other for contracting the pupil. He is convinced that the contrac-

tion of the pupil is the effect of muscular action; but does not con-

sider the knowledge we at present possess is sufficient to enable us

to determine the nature of the agent by which its dilatation is effected.

He, however, throws it out as a conjecture, that this latter action

may be the result of an unusual degree of vital contractility, residing

either in the cellular tissue, or in the minute blood-vessels of the

iris. It is from elasticity, he believes, that the iris derives its power

of accommodation to changes of size, and its tendency to return to

its natural state from extremes, either of dilatation or of contraction ;

but beyond this, elasticity is not concerned in its movements.

Feb. 16.—‘“ On Fissiparous Generation :” by Martin Barry, M.D.,

F.R.S. L. and Ed.

The author observes that the blood-corpuscle and the germinal

vesicle resemble one another* in the circumstance of an orifice ex-

isting in the centre of the parietal nucleus of both. He pursues the

analogy still farther, conceiving that as a substance of some sort is

introduced into the ovum through its orifice, which the author

terms the point of fecundation, so the corpuscles of the blood may

undergo a sort of fecundation through their corresponding orifice ;

and also that the blood-corpuscle, like the germinal vesicle, is pro-

pagated by self-division of its nucleus; a mode of propagation

which he believes to be common to cells in general. The nucleus

of the germinal vesicle, or original parent cell of the ovum, gives

origin, by self-division, to two young persistent cells, endowed with

qualities resulting from the fecundation of the parent cell; these

two cells being formed by assimilation, out of a great number of

minuter cells which had been previously formed. This account of

the process, which takes place in the reproduction of the entire or-

ganism, explains, according to Dr. Barry, the mysterious reappear-

ance of the qualities of both parents in the offspring.

Certain nuclei, which the author has delineated in former papers

as being contained within and among the fibres of the tissues, he

conceives to be, in like manner, centres of assimilation, from obser-

ving that they present the same sort of orifice, that they are repro-

duced by self-division, and that they are derived from the original

cells of development ; that is, from the nuclei of the corpuscles of

the blood. He considers that assimilation of the substance intro-

duced into the parietal nucleus of the cell is part of the process

which propagates the cell; that the mode of reproduction of cells

is essentially fissiparous, and that the process of assimilation pre-

pares them for being cleft.

A pellucid point is described by the author as being “ contained

in a certain part of the cell-wall, and as representing the situation

* Dr. Barry requests us to add, that the words “in certain states’? are

wanted here.—Epir.

Royal Society. 383

of a highly pellucid substance, originally having little if any colour.”

This substance, which he considers as being primogenital and form-

ative, he denominates hyaline, and ascribes to it the following pro-

perties. It appropriates to itself new matter, thus becoming enlarged ;

then divides and subdivides into globules, each of which passes

through changes of the same kind. Under certain circumstances,

it exhibits a contractile power, and performs the motions called

molecular. It is the seat of fecundation, and it is by its successive

divisions that properties descend from cell to cell, new properties

being continually acquired as new influences are applied; but the

original constitution of the hyaline not being lost. The main pur-

pose for which cells are formed is to reproduce the hyaline; and

this they do by effecting the assimilation which prepares it to

divide; such division being thus the essential part of fissiparous

generation.

The remaining part of the paper is occupied with a detailed ac-

count of these processes as they occur in the development of the

ovum, and also in the changes exhibited by the corpuscles of the

blood, in which fissiparous reproduction also takes place, and the

red blood-disecs are converted into fibrin, and thus give origin to

the various tissues of the organs. The same theory of fissiparous

reproduction he also applies to the formation of the muscular fibre,

in connexion with his belief that it is composed of a double spiral

filament. Contractile cilia, he supposes, are also formed by the

elongation of nuclei, the filaments proceeding from them in opposite

directions. The author considers, lastly, the subject of the fissipa-

rous reproduction of the Infusoria, and particularly of the Volvox

globator, the Chlamido-monas, Baccillaria, Gonium, and the Mona-

dina in general; and applies the same theory to gemmiparous repro-

duction, and to the so-called spontaneous generation of infusoria and

parasitic entozoa.

March 16.—“ Further Observations on the descending fluids of

Plants, and more especially the Cambium.” By George Rainey, Esq.

Communicated by P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S.

The author relates an experiment in ‘proof of the sap descending

from the upper to the lower part of an exogenous tree, through vessels

which are continuous from the leaves to the roots ; the course of

these vessels being shown by the addition of a solution of iodide of

potassium after they had taken up by absorption a quantity of a

solution of acetate of lead. The fluids in these vessels are, he con-

ceives, separated from the sap, which is ascending from the roots,

only by the membrane of which they are composed. When the

leaf-buds of a tree are vegetating, large separations are observable

between the cells of the bark, and also between the bark and the

wood; while no such separations are apparent when the leaf-buds

are entirely inactive. ‘These separations are various in size, and

irregular in form; their parietes consist of rows of cells, piled up

one above another, like the bricks of a wall: and their cavities all

communicate with one another. From these and other anatomical

facts, which are given in detail by the author, he concludes that the

384 Royal Society of Edinburgh.

propulsion of the sap along the vessels, resulting from the opera-

tion of endosmose, will explain the descent of the cambium, which,

being the nutritious portion of the vegetable fluids, corresponds in

its nature to the chyle in animals.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. :

March 27, 1843.—“ On the Growth and Migration of the Sea

Trout of the Solway (Salmo trutta).” By Mr. John Shaw, Drum-

lanrig. Communicated by James Wilson, Esq., F.R.S.E.

The author has here pursued the same course of experimental in-

quiry regarding the Sea Trout as that formerly followed in relation

to the salmon. Having obtained impregnated ova from a pair of

spawning fish, he conveyed these ova to his experimental ponds.

This was on the lst of Nov. 1839, and the young were excluded from

the egg in seventy-five days. They resembled salmon of the same

age, but were somewhat smaller and paler. They took two years to

grow about 7 inches, and the majority were then converted inte

smolts, but about one-fourth did not assume the silvery lustre, and

this peculiarity, Mr. Shaw thinks, distinguishes a like proportion even

in the rivers. He then experimented on the smolts in the natural

streams, and found that after descending to the sea they returned as

herlings (Salmo albus of Dr. Fleming) in July and August, with an

addition to their weight of 7 or 8 ounces. ‘These herlings spawn

towards the end of the season of their first ascent, and after revisiting

the sea they ascend the rivers again in the ensuing months of May

and June, with an average weight of 25 lbs. This increase takes

place almost entirely in the sea. After spawning for the second time,

they descend for the third time to the sea, and make their appearance

again in fresh water in the course of the ensuing summer, weighing

4lbs. They are now in their fifth year, including the two seasons

they had passed as fry, anterior to the assumption of the migratory

dress and instinct. Descending seawards for the fourth time, they

weigh about 6 lbs. when next seen in the rivers in the course of their

sixth summer. These at least were the progressive changes and rates

of increase observed by Mr. Shaw in specimens distinctly marked,

and carefully noted when retaken successively from year to year.

The peculiar marks imposed each season are detailed in his paper,

and the whole subject is illustrated by an extensive series of speci-

mens from the day of hatching to the middle of the sixth year. These

specimens are now in the Society’s museum.

April 17.—Professor Connell read a paper on the Presence of

Organic Matter in the purest Water from Terrestrial Sources.

Sir John MacNeill then read a Biographical Sketch of the late Sir

Charles Bell, K.H.

Dr. Douglass Maclagan read a notice regarding the Bebeeru Tree

of British Guiana. Of this last paper we present a brief sketch.

The plant bearing the above Indian name, and also called Sipeeri by

the Dutch colonists, furnishes the hard and heavy timber known by

the name of Greenheart. ‘The object of the present paper was to

Zoological Society. 385

state the result of experiments made by the author on the bark and

seeds of the tree, which had been found by Mr. Rodie, late surgeon

R.N., to contain a vegetable alkali possessed of the power of check-

ing intermittent fevers. Dr. Maclagan stated that the tree was un-

known to botanists. Sir William Hooker and Dr. Lindley had seen

the fruit and declared it to be lauraceous, but the author had been

unable to find in Nees v. Esenbeck’s ‘Systema Laurinarum’ any genus

or even suborder of lauraceous plants to which he could refer it.

With regard to its chemical qualities, Dr. Maclagan stated that he

had obtained both from the bark and seeds two distinct alkalies, both

uncrystallizable ; to one of which he applied Mr. Rodie’s name Be-

beerine ; to the other he gave the name of Sipeerine. They could

be separated by anhydrous ether, the bebeerine being soluble in that

menstruum, whilst the sipeerine was not. Dr. Maclagan had likewise

obtained, especially from the seeds, a peculiar crystallizable and de-

liquescent acid, which he called bebeeric acid, and which seemed to

be distinct from every vegetable acid hitherto described.

The author stated that he had instituted experiments with a view

to ascertain if a soluble salt of the alkalies could be procured which

might be used as a substitute for sulphate of quinine when dear. He

stated as the results of his trials that the produce did not amount to

more than one and a half of sulphate per cent. from the bark ; but he

still calculated that if the bark could be got at a moderate price, the

salt of the alkalies might be prepared at a cost inferior to that of

sulphate of quinine. Dr. Maclagan stated that the bark appeared to

be better suited for the purposes of manufacture than the seeds. The

author mentioned that sulphate prepared under his directions had been

sent out to Demerara, and had been tried there with marked success

in intermittent fever by Dr. Watt. He had likewise used it with suc-

cess in a few cases of ague in Edinburgh, and also in periodic head-

ache, so that he had no doubt of its possessing considerable power as

an antiperiodic remedy. Lastly, he mentioned that a secret prepa-

ration, sold under the name of Warburg’s Fever Drops, reputed a

good antiperiodic, appeared to him to be a tincture of bebeeru seeds.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 10, 1842.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited and pointed out the characters of two new

species of Kangaroo. The first of these belongs to the section to

which Mr. Gray gave the name Petrogale, as was described under

the name

PETROGALE concinNA. Pet. corpore supra rufescente fusco alboque

irrorato, ad latera flavescente, subtis albo; cauddé dimidio apicalt

pilis longis vestitd, his flavescenti-albis ad apicem nigris ; pedibus

pallide fuscis, pilis sordidé albis crebre interspersis ; auribus me-

diocribus ad apicem paulo attenuatis.

unc. lin,

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 14 0

caude ;

386 Zoological Society.

une. lin

Longitudo tarsi digitorumque.........+600. 3.9

Sa te Pre 1 4

———— ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 2 11

Hab. North-west coast of Australia.

This species of Petrogale is remarkable for its small size, the gene-

ral pale colouring and the bright rusty tint of the upper parts of the

body ; these parts are freely pencilled with whitish and with brown ;

the sides of the neck and body are of a delicate yellowish hue, or

might be described as very pale rust, and this is the prevailing hue

of the head, which is nearly of a uniform tint; but is white, or

nearly so, on the sides of the muzzle at the tip, and there is a trace

of the usual white mark on the cheeks; above the eye is a spot of a

pale rust-colour, and an indistinct brownish mark running towards

the nostrils from the front of the eye; the ears are clothed within

with white hair; externally they are of the same palish rusty yellow-

ish hue as the upper surface of the head ; the chin, throat and whole

under parts are white, with a faint yellowish rusty tint ; the outer side

of the hinder legs is of a brighter tint than the sides of the body, but

less red than the back; the feet are of a very pale brownish colour,

freely pencilled with dirty white; a small space at the base of

the tail is covered with fur of the same texture and colour as that

of the body; beyond this the hairs of the tail are harsh, at first

about half an inch or rather more in length, but becoming gradually

longer towards the apex, where they are more than an inch long;

these hairs are of a yellowish white colour, but the apical third of

each hair is black. This species was brought to England by Lieut.

Emery, of H.M.S. Beagle, and is now in the British Museum.

The second species belongs to the section or genus Halmaturus,

and received from Mr. Gould the specific name Binoé, in honour of

Benjamin Bynoe, Esq., to whom science is indebted for the discovery

of many new and interesting objects in zoology. It is nearly allied

to Halm. agilis, but in size is about equal to Halm. Thetis. ‘The fur

is harsh and adpressed, and for the most part of a very pale brownish

yellow tint; the back, however, is freely pencilled with black, the

longer hairs having the exposed portion of this colour; a slight

brownish grey hue is observable next the skin in the hairs of the back,

but they are nearly uniform throughout their length, if we except a

small black point to the shorter hairs, and the exposed black portion

of the longer hairs ; the sides of the body and the limbs are of a paler

hue, and are not pencilled with black; the abdomen may be de-

scribed as of a dirty yellowish white colour; the tail is very nearly

uniform in tint with the body, but a small portion at the apex is

covered with brownish black hairs; the upper surface of the head

is slightly tinted with brownish, and a mark of this colour runs from

the eye to the tip of the snout on either side; adjoining this mark

below is a pale mark; the ears have yellowish white hairs on the

inner side, and rusty yellow hairs on the outer side; but along the

anterior margin, and at the tip externally, the ears are black. The

principal characters may be thus expressed :—

Zoological Society. 387

Hatmaturvs Bino#. Halm. corpore pallidé fuscescenti-flavo, supra

nigro penicillato, subtis dilutiore ; caudd ad apicem fuscescenti-

nigra ; auribus extern ad apicem, margineque antice, nigris.

> unc, lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 21 0

ad basin auris .... 4 6

—- ROMMER IRas) ek Binet ales Pets Sbate> orgies cad 20 O

bars digitorumaque ono. ob ss ene 7.9

PS. AS Ss Be aaa la ppd wea we 2 3

Hab. Port Essington.

The following paper, by Mr. Lovell Reeve, entitled ‘‘ Monograph

of the genus Tornatella, a small group of Pectinibranchiate Mollusks

of the family Plicacea, including descriptions of seven new species,

from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,”’ was then read.

TorNATELLA, Lamarck.

Testa ovalis, cylindracea, plerumque transversim striata, rar0 leevis-

sima, spira brevi, apice acuto; apertura longitudinali, superné

angustata, inferné integra, rotundata; columella incrassata, valde

plicata ; labro simplici, solido, acuto. Molluscum marinum, pecti-

nibranchiatum, operculo corneo, minuto, instructum.

The very wide range of characters which were selected by Linneus

for the determination of genera induced many inaccuracies in his

method of classification which might certainly have been avoided, if,

instead of generalizing upon the external variations of the shell, he

had pursued a more searching inquiry, like his contemporaries

Adanson and Forskael, into the nature of its animal inhabitant.

His genus Voluta, for example, founded upon the character of the

columella being obliquely plaited, included both phytophagous and

zoophagous mollusks, animals both with and without proboscis, and

respiratory siphon. ‘The presence or absence of these organs, distin-

guishing the plant-eating from the flesh-eating mollusks, is however

still indicated to a certain extent in the shell, by the basal forma-

tion of the aperture ; and Bruguiére, the conchologist of the ‘ Ency-

clopédie Méthodique,’ appears to have sagaciously detected the

difference between the shells of the true Volute and those which

were subsequently selected by Lamarck for the formation of this

genus ; the base of the aperture being sinuated or canaliculated in

the one, and entire in the other. But the alteration proposed by

Bruguiére was little or no improvement upon the arrangement of

Linneus ; for in removing the Tornatelle to his genus Bulimus, they

became associated with a miscellaneous assemblage of mollusks, dif-

fering most essentially both in their organization and habits. They

were then distinguished by Lamarck by the above generic title;

whilst De Blainville included them, together with some air-breathing

mollusks, in a new genus under the name of Pedipes. The arrange-

ment followed by the learned author of the ‘ Manuel de Malacologie’

was thus scarcely better than that of his predecessor Bruguiére ; he,

however, cautiously abandoned it, when the propriety of Lamarck’s

distribution of the Tornatelle was subsequently confirmed by Gray

in the discovery of their being operculated.

388 Zoological Society.

Of the following thirteen species referred to this genus, seven are

entirely new ; five were collected by H. Cuming, Esq. in the Philip-

pine Islands, one by Dr. Riippell on the shores of the Red Sea, and

one by Dr. Siebald on the coast of Japan.

1. TornaTELLA FLAMMEA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.

part 2. p. 219; Lister, Synop. Conch., pl. 814. f. 24; Sowerby,

Genera of Shells, No. 24. f. 1; Kiener, Iconographie des Coquilles,

pi.1. 4,51. _ Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. 1. pl’ 206. £.°%

Auricula flammis lateritits, Martini.

Voluta flammea, Gmelin.

Bulimus variegatus, Bruguiere.

Hab. ad insulam Java.

This shell, which is distinctly figured both by Lister and Martini,

is marked with a number of flesh-coloured stripes, running in a lon-

gitudinal direction from the spire.

Var. a. Strigis rubris in maculis semilunaribus aperté divisis.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 6.

Hab, ad insulam Ticao, Philippinarum.

A beautiful variety, in which the longitudinal flesh-coloured stripes

are divided into distinct patches, of the form of a crescent. Found

by Mr. Cuming at the island of Ticao, in sandy mud at seven

fathoms’ depth.

Var. 8. Testdé minore, maculis semilunaribus frequentioribus, indi-

stinctis.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 1.

fZab. ad insulam Corrigidor, Philippinarum.

This variety is constantly smaller and of deeper colour; the cres-

cent-shaped spots are thicker, and run so indistinctly the one into

the other as often to be completely clouded over.

2. ToRNATELLA SOLIDULA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.

part 2. p. 220; Chemnitz, Conch., vol. x. pl. 149. f. 1405; Kiener,

Iconographie des Coquilles, pl. 1. f.2. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii.

pl. 206. 1. 7.

Voluta solidula, Linneeus.

Bulimus solidulus, Bruguiére.

Hab. ad insulas Philippinarum, &c.

Several varieties of this shell, varying in colour from a bluish grey

to a reddish brown, were found by Mr. Cuming amongst the Philip-

pine Islands, in sandy mud at different depths, from 7 to 25 fathoms ;

they are, however, by no means confined to this locality.

8. TorRNATELLA coccinaTA. Torn. testd cylindraceo-ovatd, trans-

versim striata, alba, maculis coccineis minutis profuse ornatd ;

epidermide luted, leviter indutd; spird depresso-conicd, suturis

profundis, apice precipue exserto, acutissimo ; columella biplicata,

plicd maxima bilobd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. 11. pl. 206. f. 10.

Hab. ad insulam Mindanao, Philippinarum.

This beautiful shell is very distinct from any variety of the pre-

ceding ; the spire, which is remarkably sharp-pointed at the apex, is

somewhat depressed and rounded ; and the shell altogether is covered

Zoological Society. 389

with a number of small bright scarlet spots. It was found by Mr.

Cuming at the island of Mindanao in sandy mud at the depth of

twenty-five fathoms.

4. TorNATELLA GLABRA. Torn. testa ovatd, transversim striata,

albd, nitidiusculd, maculis leucopheis varie denigratd ; spird sube-

latd, apice acuto ; columella biplicatd, plicd maxima vir biloba.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 12.

Hab. ad insulam Negros, Philippinarum.

Mr. Cuming collected several of this species at the island of Ne-

gros. The shell is by no means a new one, but it has been hitherto

confounded with the Tornatella solidula, probably in consequence of

its resemblance in colour. It differs in form, and besides being more

highly polished, is stamped with a certain peculiarity of character by

which it cannot fail to be recognised.

5. ToRNATELLA TESSELLATA. Torn. testd oblongo-ovatd, albd,

transversim striatd, striis plus minusve approximatis, interstitiis

maculis helvinis tessellatis ; spird elatd, apice precipue acuto ; co-

lumella biplicatd, plicéd maxima parim bilobd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 3.

Hab. In sinum Persicum.

This elegant little shell was found by Dr. Riippell at the Red Sea,

on the sands at low water. It is finely striated in a transverse di-

rection, and the interstices are neatly tessellated with numerous pale

flesh-coloured square spots.

6. TorNATELLA FascraTA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.

part 2. p. 220; Martini, Conch., vol. ii. pl. 43. f.442 and 443; En-

cyclopédie Méthodique, pl. 452. f. 3. a, 6; Kiener, Iconographie des

Coquilles, pl. 1. f. 3; Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 11.

Voluta tornatilis, Linnzeus.

Auricula bifasciata, Martini.

Bulimus tornatilis, Bruguiére.

Hab. ad oras Devoniz, Insule Britannice.

Several of this well-known species have been recently dredged up

from sandy mud at the depth of five fathoms, off the coast of Devon-

shire.

7. ToRNATELLA SIEBALDII. Torn. testd ovato-conicd, transversim

striata, rubicunduld, irregulariter dibaphd, spird elatdé, suturis al-

bis, apice acuto ; columelld uniplicatd, aperturd ovatd, labro tenui,

acuto.

Hab. ad oras Japoniez.

This shell, which was brought by Dr. Siebald from Japan, is ir-

regularly stained with a ruddy brown, exhibiting the appearance of

having been dyed in two distinct colours; the sutures of the spire

are perfectly white, and so is also the columella.

8. TorNATELLA BuLLATA. Kiener, Iconographie des Coquilles,

pl. 1. f. 4; Lister, Synops. Conch., pl. 714.

Hab. Indian Seas.

A small cylindrical bulla-shaped shell, which we have not included

in this monograph without considerable hesitation.

390 Zoological Society.

9. TorNATELLA niTIDULA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.

part 2. p. 221; Encyclopédie Méthodique, pl. 452. f. 2. a, 6; Sow-

erby, Genera of Shells, No. 24. f. 2; Kiener, Iconographie des Co-

quilles, pl. 1. f. 5; Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 5.

Hab, ad insulam Bohol, Philippinarum, &c.

Some specimens of this shell, found by Mr. Cuming at the island

of Bohol, in sandy mud at eleven fathoms’ depth, are smaller and

more cylindrical than those hitherto known.

10. TornareLia vircata. Torn. testd rotundato-ovatd, subcylin-

draced, alba, transversim belle striatd, longitudinaliter strigis la-

tis, nigerrimis, sinuosis, subdistantibus, vivide ornatd ; spird brevi,

suturis distinctis, apice subobtuso ; columella uniplicatd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 8 and 9.

Hab. ad insulam Masbate, Philippinarum.

This is a beautiful shell, and very distinct from any other species ;

it is of a pure transparent white, ornamented with a regular series

of broad dark black stripes running down from the spire. Found

by Mr. Cuming at the island of Masbate, in sandy mud at the depth

of seven fathoms.

11. TornatELia venusta. D’Orbigny, Voyage dans l’Amérique

Méridionale, Mollusques, p. 399. pl. 56. f. 4 to 6.

Hab. ad Peruviam, propé ad Paytam.

A small fusiform shell, highly deserving of the title by which

D’Orbigny has distinguished it.

12. TornaTELLA inscuLPTA. Torn. testd parvd, ovatd, sulcis

parallelis numerosis transverse insculptd ; spird indistinctd, apice

acuto; maculis subaquilis ubique pictd ; columelld biplicatd, plica

maxima precipue bilobd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 2.

Hab. ad insulam Masbate, Philippinarum.

It is to be regretted that Mr. Cuming did not succeed in obtain-

ing live specimens of this very characteristic shell, of which he found

two only, lying dead upon the sands at the island of Masbate. ‘The

spire is rather prominent, but still so indistinct as scarcely to exhibit

the volution of the whorls; the shell is then neatly sculptured from

the apex to the base with transverse lines running exactly parallel

with each other, and the whole surface is painted with light brown

spots.

13. TornaTELLa oryzA. Torn. testd minutd, oblongo-ovatd, ebur-

ned, nitidd, transversim sulcatd, sulcis plus minusve approaimatis ;

spird regulari, apice subacuto ; columelld uniplicatd ; aperturd

ovatd, superneé attenuatd ; labro simplici, solido, acuto.

Hab. ad insulam Cabbalonga, Philippinarum.

A small species, unlike any hitherto described; it is perfectly

white (a fine ivory white), and deeply sulcated from top to bottom.

In concluding this monograph, it may be as well to state that the

Tornatelle auricula and pedipes of Lamarck should be referred to the

genus Auricula. The Tornatelle are strictly marine, dwelling in

several fathoms’ water ; whilst the species just alluded to are inland,

and amphibious, inhabiting swamps and marshy places.

Zoological Society. 391

June 14.—Richard Owen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper, by George Gulliver, Esq., F.R.S., entitled

“« Observations on the Muscular Fibres of the Gfsophagus and Heart

in some of the Vertebrate Animals,” was read.

The present communication is a continuation of the observations

on the muscular fibres of the cesophagus and heart published in the

‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’ vol. v. p. 349.

The author applies the term voluntary to the striated muscular

fascicles—extending along the entire length of the gullet, and even

on the commencement of the cardiac extremity of the stomach in

several animals, along more or less only of the tube in man and

some other mammals, and wholly absent from it in many of the

lower Vertebrata—because this fibre has all the anatomical charac-

ters of the muscular fibre of animal life, which no completely in-

voluntary muscle has hitherto been found to possess. ‘‘ If we are

to judge of the office of the fibre in question from its structure, it

must be concluded that in many Vertebrata the whole length of the

gullet is capable of voluntary motion, in some the lower or poste-

rior portion is not obedient to the will, while in others the motions

of the entire gullet must be quite involuntary.

«That the muscular coat of the gullet should differ in animals of

different orders will not appear surprising ; but it was hardly to be

supposed that a difference in the cesophageal sheath would be found

in some genera of the same order. Yet such is the fact in the Fere ;

and it is probable that further research into the anatomy of this

order will disclose more differences in their minute structure, espe-

cially as my observations on the blood have shown that there is a

remarkable diversity in the size of the blood-corpuscles or red par-

ticles of some of the subdivisions of the Carnivora*.

“‘ Perhaps the extent of the muscular coat of the gullet may vary

in the same subject at different periods of life. In young and middle-

aged mares and geldings some of the muscular fibre of animal life

may be generally traced on the gullet four or five inches from the

stomach; but in a gelding twenty-five years old this fibre could not

be found on the last ten inches of the gullet; and in an/aged rabbit

I found the striated muscular fascicles but sparingly on the last inch

of the gullet, although in this animal generally they are most abun-

dant in this situation.

“A summary of my inquiry concerning the extent of the voluntary

muscular fibre on the gullet is subjoined. Some of the results

may be modified by more facts, which are yet required to furnish

a satisfactory view of the subject. I have had no opportunity of

becoming acquainted with the researches of M. Ficinus and M. Va-

lentin, referred to by Dr. Baly in his translation of Professor Miil-

ler’s ‘ Physiology,’ vol. ii. p. 851.

QUADRUMANA.

In this order, as in the human subject, the muscular fibre of

animal life does not invest the lowest portion of the gullet.

* See Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 577 ; vol. viii. p.533; and Appendix to

Gerber’s General Anatomy, p. 6-7.

392 Zoological Society.

CHEIROPTERA.

In the pipistrelle, the sheath of the gullet, excepting 1-16th of

an inch at the stoumachic end, was formed of the muscular fibre of

animal life.

FER.

Insectivora.—In the three British genera the muscular fibre of

animal life covers the whole length of the gullet.

Canide.—The muscular fibre of animal life extends to the sto-

machic end of the gullet. In the silvery fox none of this fibre could

indeed be detected on the terminal third of an inch of the gullet,

which should be examined again in another individual.

Viverride.—In the African civet cat the striated muscular fasci-

cles do not cover the last portion of the gullet.

Felide.—The stomachic end of the gullet is not clothed with the

muscular fibre of animal life; but in the caracal a few irregular

fibres were observed on the cardiac end of the gullet, perhaps be-

longing to the muscular fibre of animal life, although they were quite

destitute either of transverse or longitudinal streaks.

Mustelide.—In the otter the muscular fibre of animal Re covers

the gullet, excepting about half an inch of its stomachic extremity ;

in three species of Mustela this fibre invests the whole gullet.

Phocide.—In the seal no muscular fibre of animal life was found

on the gullet within an inch of the stomach.

Urside.—In the genus Nasua, and in the sloth-bear and Ame-

rican bear, the gullet is throughout clothed with the muscular fibre

of animal life, which in the latter animals is very thick and red on

the last portion of the gullet, and extends on the cardiac extremity

of the stomach.

CETACEA.

In a porpoise no muscular fibre of animal life could be found on

four inches of the stomachic end of the gullet, although this fibre was

abundant on the rest of the thoracic portion of the gullet.

RUMINANTIA.

The voluntary muscular fibre runs along the entire length of the

gullet, and sometimes to a short distance on the cardiac extremity

of the stomach. The striated muscular fibre on the last portion

of the gullet is often mixed with a much greater proportion of the

muscular fibre of organic life.

RopeEnTIA.

The whole length of the gullet is clothed with the muscular

fibre of animal life.

MaRsvPIALIA.

In the kangaroo and the squirrel-flying opossum no muscular

fibre of animal life was found on the stomachic end of the gullet.

Birps, REepriLes, AND FIsHEs.

I have carefully searched for the striated muscular fascicles in

the gullet of the birds and reptiles mentioned in the table, but in

vain. In Birds the fibre of the superficial coat of the gullet is often

Zoological Society. 393

disposed transversely, in which respect it may be seen with the

naked eye to differ from the cesophageal muscular sheath of mam-

mals. Ina few fishes the striated muscular fascicles invested the

entire length of the gullet, and extended some distance on the sto-

mach in others, as in the pike and bull-head. In the barbel some of

these fascicles were found on the gullet or termination of the pha-

rynx opposite to the posterior border of the gill-cover. In Fishes

the striated muscular fasciculi of the gullet appear, from the mea-

surements now given, to be much smaller than the fasciculi of the

muscles of the body; and a like difference, though to a much smaller

degree, often exists in mammals.

‘In the heart of the smaller species of the lower Vertebrata di-

stinct muscular fibres are often not to be found, the structure being

less distinct than in the heart of many mammals ; generally composed

of bands or fillets not easily separable from each other, and com-

monly about ,)5th of an inch broad. These fillets are seldom

clearly streaked transversely ; they are irregularly and most minutely

granulated, without the longitudinal arrangement of the granules

so plainly visible in the beaded primitive fibrils of the heart of

Mammalia. In short, the known points of resemblance between

the muscular fibre of the heart of mammals and that of voluntary

muscle are generally wanting in the structure of the heart of the

smaller species of the lower Vertebrata, for the latter is more nearly

allied to the muscular tissue of organic life as it exists in other

parts.

“In some of the voluntary muscles of many of the smaller Mam-

malia and Birds, as the common mouse and Fringillide, the existence

of a sheath around the fibres appears to be questionable ; and in the

heart of such animals the fibres are remarkably indistinct. In the

common water-vole i noticed a very clear appearance of primitive

fibrils, yet these seemed to be nowhere collected into fascicles. In

the great pectoral muscle of various small birds, as the common swift,

the transverse streaks are very indistinct, and often difficult to be

seen, although they are very plain in the muscles of the leg; yet in

this bird the former muscle is highly developed, and almost con-

stantly in action, while the latter are but small and little used. It

will be recollected that the above remarks apply only to particular

muscles, and are not to be considered as at all invalidating the ad-

mirable demonstration of the sarcolemma in many muscles by Prof.

Schwann and Mr. Bowman, and the parallel observations of Dr. Jones

Quain and Mr. W. J. E. Wilson*. As before observed, the fibres

of the heart of Mammalia seem to have no intervening cellular (fila-

mentous) tissue; this tissue, however, is easily observed in the heart

of many lower vertebrate animals; and I have very recently seen

minute wavy filaments, having all the characters of cellular tissue,

in the heart of the bear, and of some other mammals which had died

in confinement.”

The term fibre, as used in this paper, corresponds to the primitive

fasciculus of Fontana, Miller, and Bowmant. As in the heart there

* See Phil. Trans. part ii. 1840, p. 475. t+ Loc. cit. p. 458.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2D

394 Zoological Society.

is often a tolerably clear appearance of fascicles, and as frequently

only of the fillet-like bands, both are set down in the table annexed

to the author’s paper as fibres: the larger size of the fascicles at

once distinguishes them from the bands, the primitive fibrils of the

muscular tissue being out of the question. In the snake and newt

the bands composed the tissue of the auricles, while a collection of

these bands into fascicles appeared and was measured in the ven-

tricles ; the measurements show many parallel instances, and one in

which the fascicles appeared in the auricle and the bands in the ven-

tricle.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting an extensive collection of |

Australian Halcyonide, and characterized two new species belonging

to this family as follows :—

Haucyon riatyrostris. alc. capite, dorsoque ex erugine viridi-

bus ; alis cauddque virescenti-ceruleis ; guld pallidé luteola, héc

colore gradatim apud nucham et partes corporis inferiores in cer- -

vinum, vel arenaceo-luteolum transeunte.

Spot before the eye buff; head and back verditer green ; wings

and tail greenish blue; throat very pale buff, gradually passing into

the rich sandy buff of the hack of the neck and the whole of the

under surface ; bill black; the base of the under surface of the lower

mandible flesh-white.

Total length, 73 inches ; bill, 12; wing, 32; tail, 25; tarsi, 4

Hab. Navigators’ Islands.

For the knowledge of this new species Mr. Gould is indebted to

the kindness of Mr. Cunningham, who collected it, and to Mr. Ben-

nett, at Sydney, at whose suggestion Mr. Cunningham presented it,

with some other interesting birds, to Mr. Gould, for the advancement

of zoological science.

Hautcyon sorpipus. Halc. capite, dorso, plumis scapularibus tec-

tricibusque alarum fuscescenti-virescentibus, alis virescenti-ceruleis,

tertiariis ad apicem viridi-tinctis ; caudd virescenti-ceruled ; tor-

que collari, corporeque inferiore pallidé luteolis.

Hab. North coast of Australia.

Head, back, scapularies and wing-coverts brownish oil-green;

wings greenish blue, gradually changing into green on the tips of

the tertiaries; collar surrounding the back of the neck and all the

under surface buffy white; tail greenish blue; upper mandible and

tip of the lower one black; base of the latter flesh-white.

Total length, 9 inches ; bill, 21; wing, 44; tail, 3; tarsi, 3.

From the collection of Benjamin Bynoe, Esq.

June 28.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

A Monograph on the Coleopterous family Phyllophoride, by the

Rev. F. W. Hope, was read. Following are the characters of the

new species and genera contained in this paper.

Family Poytiopnorip#, Hope.

Genus Phyllophorus, Hope.

Foemina antennis filiformibus 11-articulatis, articulo 1™° magno, ex-

Zoological Society. 395

_ terné crassiore, duobus proximis brevibus, 7 sequentibus gradatim

increscentibus et feré trigonis, ultimo autem ovale, apice parum

_minori. Palpi haud securiformes. Caput impressum, maxillis

obtusis unidentatis. Thoraz lateribus carinatis, angulis posticis

subspinosis, anticis subrotundatis. /ytra thorace quintuplo lon-

giora, sulcata et rugosa, lateribus elevatis.

Phyllophorus gigas. later gigas, Fab., Syst. Eleut.

Genus Tetralobus, Serville.

Tetralobus flabellicornis. later flabellicornis, Fab.

Tetralobus cinereus, Gory, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, tom. i.

p. 220. pl. 4. fig. 1.

Tretrratosus Gory. Tetr. Mas, fusco-cinereus, capite feré qua-

drato, antic? subexcavato, angulis anterioribus rotundatis. Thorax

marginatus, valdé converus, ad scutellum elevatus, utrinque de-

pressus, angulis posticis obliqué acutis. Elytra thorace triple

longiora, postice rotundata, lineis elevatis parum distinctis, tomen-

tosa. Corpus infra piceo-cinereum, pectore pubescenti. Pedes

tomentosi, femoribus compressis, tibiis subarcuatis, tarsisque flavo-

membranaceis. Annuli abdominis utringue foveolati. Long. corp.

184 lin. ; lat. 54 lin.

Hab. forsitan in Africa.

Foemina differt, long. 21 lin., lat. 6 lin.; antennis serratis, arti-

culo ultimo tribus antecedentibus quali, subacuto, abdomine

multo convexiore.

A small variety of the above species exists in the rich cabinet of

M. Dupont at Paris, and has been named by him 7. Sennarius. It

measures twenty lines in length, and differs also in the colour of its

pubescence.

TerraLosus Duronti. Tetr. nigro-cinereus, capite fere quadrato,

antice excavato, tomentoso, angulis anticis rotundatis. Thorax

converus, subtilissime punctulatus haud foveis binis in medio im-

pressus. Elytra thorace triplo longiora, ad suturam subacuminata,

lineis viz distinctis. Corpus infra piceum, tomentosum, binis ulii-

mis annulis foveis, utrinque fortiter impressis. Pedes, femoribus,

tibiisque compressis. Long. corp. 28 lin. ; lat. 9 lin.

In Museo Dom. Dupont.

It is probable that the above species is from Africa. It was re-

ceived by M. Dupont (in whose honour it is named) from a foreign

traveller, who is lately dead. No locality is mentioned. ‘The an-

tenn are imperfect.

TerrraLopus Savacer. Tetr. totum corpus supra fusco-brunneum,

aurantiisque capillis obsitum. Caput fere quadratum angulis anticis

rotundatis, antice excavatum. Thorax convezxus, angulis posticis

acutis. Elytra thorace duplo longiora, auratdque pubescentid tecta.

Corpus infra abdomine piceo, pectore aurantiis capillis lengis ob-

sito, femoribus tibiis piceis tarsisque infra auricomatis. Long.

corp. 13 lin.; lat. 4 lin.

The above species I have much satisfaction in naming after an

American clergyman, the Rev. T.S. Savage. His zeal in the col-

2D2

396 Zoological Society.

lecting of insects in Western Africa has tended to add greatly to

our stock of information regarding the entomology of those countries.

Respecting the Goliath Beetles, he has in store for us many important

observations, having collected them in the bush: his remarks on

them may shortly be expected to arrive in this country.

Tetralobus Australasie. Gory, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France.

TrTraLosus Fortnumi. Tetr. totum corpus fuscum, auratd pubes-

centid tectum, antennisque pedibus ferrugineis, elytrisque suturd acu-

minatis. Caput vir emarginatum punctatum, fronte foved antice im-

pressd. Antenne ferruginee. Fasciculus antennarum e lamellis

novem rubro-ferruginets. Thorax angulis anticis lateralibus,

porrectis rotundatis ; posticis acutis, disco varioloso-punctato, lined -

que longitudinali parum impressd. Scutellum postice rotundatum.

Elytra striato-punctata, striis punctis fortiter impressis, interne

acuminata, externeque rotundata. Corpus infra atro-piceum aureo

tomentosum, capillis pectoris longioribus. Pedes ferruginei, tarsis

subtis pallidioribus et excavatis. Long. corp. 12 lin.; lat. 3 lin.

The above insect was lately sent to this country by Mr. Fortnum,

from the new settlement of Adelaide, and although closely allied to

T. Australasie of Gory, is yet distinct; it is the smallest species that

has fallen under my notice, and has been named in honour of the

above assiduous collector.

TETRALOBUS Parryr. Tetr. niger, capite fere quadrato, antrorsum

foveolato, angulis anticis parum rotundatis. Oculis flavis. Tho-

raz latus punctulatus. Elytra thorace triplo longiora, depressa,

striata, striis valdé distinctis. Corpus infra nigrum, segmentis

abdominis utringue foveolatis, pedibus piceis, antennis ferrugineis.

Long. corp. 18 lin. ; lat. 64 lin.

Hab. in Nubia. In Museo Dom. Parry.

Captain Frederick Parry lately received this species in a box with

other Nubian insects. It is of a remarkably depressed form, approach-

ing somewhat in this respect to Tetralobus Goryi, which latter msect,

however, is certainly much more convex, and differs from it also in

various other minor points.

_ TaTRALobus Manevesit. Fam. fusco-picea, antennis articulo

primo concolore, reliquis ferrugineis. Caput feré quadratum, punc-

tatum, oculis rubris et nitidis. Thorax valde convexus, angulis

anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis, lined longitudinal media, foved

utringue compressdé insignitus. Elytra viv acuminata, striato-

punctata. Corpus infra rubro-piceum, antennis tarsisque ferru-

gineis. Long. corp. 17 lin.; lat. 44 lin.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia.

The above insect was sent to me by Capt. Mangles, the Egyptian

traveller, in whose honour it is named. He received it from the

vicinity of the Swan River.

Since the above was written, I have discovered the male in the

collection of the Linnean Society, and the following is a concise de-

scription of it :—

Fusco-piceus, articulo primo nigricanti, reliquis ferrugineo flabellatis.

Zoological Society. 397

Caput feré quadratum, vix emarginatum. Thorax convexus, mar-

ginibus lateralibus subcarinatus. Scutellum valdé depressum.

E£lytra acuminata, substriato-punctata et sparsim punctulata. Cor-

pus infra fusco-piceum, pectore aurata pubescentia tecto, pedibus

ferrugineis et auricomatis.

Trrratosus auricomus. Tetr. aureo-tomentosus, antennis flabella-

tis nigris, thorace posticé producto, elytris thorace triplo longioribus,

auricomatis, apicibus rotundatis. Corpus infra aureo-tomento-

sum, pedibus concoloribus. Caput anticé rotundatum, fronte sub-

foveolata. Antenne articulo 1” inequali elongato subsecuriformi, .

24 et 3% minutis, reliquis trigono-ramosis, ultimo sublongo

compresso, apice emarginato. Thorax antice rotundatus, con-

vexus, in medio disci foved utrinque impressd, angulisque posticis

acutis. Elytra auricomata vir sublineata. Corpus infra tomen-

tosum, annulis abdominis utrinque subimpressis. Long. corp. 12

lin. ; lat. 3% lin.

In Muszo Dom. Guerin.

Hab. in Africa.

Since the above description was written a more exact locality has

been given me.

Hab. “‘Le fort de Sedou, au bord de la riviére Casamance, dé-

couvert par M. le Capitaine Mion.”

TETRALOBUS ROBUSTUS. Fem. flavo-fusca, antennis valdé com-

pressis. Caput antice excavatum, flavisque capillis obsitum.

Thorax convexus, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis. Ely-

tra striata, ad apicem dehiscentia, subacuta. Corpus infra flavo-

Suscum, pectore aurato tomento obsito pedibusque concoloribus.

From the remarkable compressed antenne I am inclined to con-

sider this insect, which was received from the island of Madagascar,

as the type of a distinct genus. The following characters may be

deemed sufficient to mark its peculiarities, which are chiefly taken

from the antenne, and hence it has been named

Piezophyllus*.

Caput rotundatum, antennis valdé compressis, undecim articulatis, ar-

ticulo 1™° crasso, 24° brevi, octo sequentibus gradatim decres-

centibus, ultimo apice acuto. Thorar angulis anticis rotundatis,

posticis acutis. H/ytra subacuminata e sutura dehiscentia late-

ribus medio subsinuatis. Pedes robusti, tibiis subincurvis.

Other peculiarities might be mentioned; but as it is well-figured,

however, its other characters may easily be distinguished.

PIEZOPHYLLUS SuHuckuarDI. Tetr.atro-piceus, capite fere quadrato,

antice parum excavato, angulis anticis suboblique truncatis anten-

nisque ferrugineis. Antenne articulo 1” fere trigono, crasso,

240 3% brevibus, 7 sequentibus lamelligeris; antennis capite

thoraceque equalibus. Thorax valdé conveeus, lateribus carinuld

insignitis, angulisque posticis subacutis. Elytra sulcata. Corpus

infra atro-piceum, pectore hirsuto, flavisque capillis longis obsito.

* Piezophyllus, from #éfa premo, and Quaaoy folium.

vee

398 Zoological Society.

Pedes picei, auricomi, femoribus tibtisque subcompressis. Long.

corp. 24 lin.; lat. 7 lin. 9 Long. corp. 21 lin.; lat. 7 lin.

I am indebted to Mr. Shuckhard for the above insect, and the

species is most probably the Fetralobus Dumolinii of Dupont’s cabinet.

The antenne and tarsi of this specimen were in too imperfect a

state to describe.

PrezopHyLuus Spencer. Tetr. niger, antennis fusco-picets, articulo

primo nigricante. Caput fere quadratum, anticé excavatum. Tho-

rax robustus, valdé convexus, lined longitudinalt impressa fovedque

utringue insignitus et crebrissime punctulatus, angulis posticis feré

rectis et acutis, carinuld abrupte interruptd. Hlytra ad apicem

dehiscentia, subacuta. Corpus infra atrum, pectore auricomato

pedibusque concoloribus. Long. corp. 16 lin.

ffab. in agro Senegalensi.

This singular insect is described from the rich cabinet of Monsieur

Dupont in Paris, and it appears to belong to the same subgenus as

Tetr. Shuckhardi. ‘The same insect I have seen before, and as it was ~

named after Mr. Spence, the celebrated entomologist, I have retained

that name.

Ozynopterus* mucronatus. later mucronatus, Olivier.

Olivier suspects that this insect is the female figured by Voet

(vid. Coleop. tab. 45. fig. 34.) ; it was originally described from the

cabinet of the Prince of Orange, and certainly differs from the Fla-

bellicornis of Drury, which Olivier seems to doubt. The following

short Latin characters separate it at once from Tetralobus.

Genus Oxynopterus, Hope.

Caput antic€é subemarginatum, antennis ¢ apicibus flabellatis ely-

trisque in utroque sexu acuminatis. Thorar angulis anticis feré

rotundatis, posticis acutis. Hlytra striata et mucronata, pedibus

veluti in Tetralobo.

Each joint of all the tarsi is clothed beneath with a row of short

golden-coloured plush, as in other species belonging to this genus.

Oxynorrerus Aupovuini. Ovzyn., Mas, brunneo-cinereus, capite

fortiter excavato, parum tomentoso. Thorax emarginatus, postice

subsinuatus, anticé aurantiis capillis obsitus, depressus. Scutellum

rotundatum. Klytra brunneo-cinerea, parum tomentosa. Corpus

infra nigro-cinereum. Pedes concolores, femoribus tibiisque com-

pressis, tarsisque piceis. Long. corp. 62 lin. ; lat. 23 lin.

The above species was described by me, during my late residence

in Paris, from the collection at the Jardin des Plantes. It is named

in remembrance of the late Professor Audouin, who succeeded to the

entomological chair held by the celebrated Latreille. The locality

was not stated; I believe it, however, to be from the East Indies,

although I cannot actually specify its real locality. It seems to

differ considerably from mucronatus of Olivier.

Oxynoprerus Cuminett. Ovyn. fusco-flavus, antennis ferrugineis.

* From égvva acuo, and xtegou penna.

Zoological Society. 399

Caput clypeo rotundato atro, medio disci subsulcato. Thorax

Suscus, marginibus elevatis, angulis anticis parum productis, pos-

ticis acutis et extits divergentibus. Scutellum posticé rotundatuim

atrum. Elytra acuminata fusco-flava, tribus lineis pariim elevatis

insignita. Corpus infra atro-piceum, femoribus concoloribus. Me-

sosternum fortiter excavatum, cornu aprosterni ad medios pedes

porrecto. Long. corp. 36 lin.; lat. 11 lin.

Foemina magnitudine differt, thorace etiam paullo latiore antennis-

que compressis.

The light castaneous appearance of the elytra of the above insect

must in a great measure be attributed to abrasion : when recently

captured it was remarkable no doubt for a golden pubescence above

and beneath, which is a characteristic of other allied species. The

above magnificent species is named in honour of Mr. Cuming the

conchologist, whose important discoveries at Manilla in various

branches of zoology entitle him to the thanks of the naturalists of

England. [t may be mentioned with regard to the above insects,

that the joints of all the tarsi are clothed with a row of short golden- .

coloured plush; the head and thorax are covered also with very short

gray pile, and in the male the elytra are fulvous red, whilst in the

female they are saturated on the disc with brown; the latter sex

is also a quarter of an inch larger than the male. It is also worthy

of notice that the joints of the antennz to which the leaflets are at-

tached gradually increase after the third joint, the extreme being the

most marked.

OXYNOPTERUS LATIPENNIS. Nigro-fuscus, antennis concoloribus,

elytris acuminatis et piceis. Caput fere quadratum, anticé excava-

tum rugoso-punctatum. Thoraz latus, angulis anticis vix productis,

posticis acutis, lateribus marginibus elevatis. Hlytra atro-picea

tomentosa, apicibus acutis. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus ferru-

gineis. Long. corp. 24 lin.; lat. 8 lin.

Hab. in Africa. |

The above species was received by me in a box of insects from

the Cape of Good Hope: for some time I was induced to regard it as

an Asiatic species, but since I have lately received a species nearly

similar in form from Sierra Leone, it may be an African insect. It.is

remarkably broad for a male; the disc of the thorax also is slightly

convex. A label attached to it has ‘ Gold Coast’ written on it.

In Muszo Dom. Hope.

Foemina adhuc latet.

Oxynoprerus Javanus. Oxyn. fusco-flavus et aureo-tomentosus, an-

tennis ferrugineis. Caput atrum, antennis thorace fere duplo lon-

gioribus. Thorax anticé emarginatus, angulis utrinque productis,

posticis acutis et divergentibus. LElytra acuminata fusco-picea

aurato-tomentosa. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus nigricantibus to-

mento supra aspersis, tarsisque auricomatis. Long. corp. 28 lin. ;

lat. 7 lin. ? Long. corp. 28 lin. ; lat. 8 lin.

Foemina differt antennis compresso-serratis et fuscis.

Hab. in insula Jave.

400 Zoological Society.

The above insects, male and female, were brought to-this country

by Dr. Horsfield from the island of Java; at first I was inclined to

consider the species as the mucronatus of Olivier, but the figure in

Voet is quite different. I have no hesitation in recording it as another

species, and it may be remarked here that the above insects are ina

good state of preservation, and that all the species of flabellate Elaters

with pubescence should be described immediately they are captured,

as when dead they change considerably in colouring, often turning

black and greasy, so that it is impossible accurately to describe them

as in their original state.

LEPTOPHYLLUS StTRACHANI. Lept. (Mas) piceus, capite anticé ex-

cavato antennis, capite cum thorace feré duplo longioribus, ely-

trisque acuminatis. Caput fere quadratum, anticé excavatum ru-

gosum, antenne thorace duplo longiores, lamellis elongatis et ferru-

gineis. Thorax undique marginibus elevatis conspicuis, angulis an-

ticis parim productis, obtusis, posticis acutis et extus divergentibus.

Elytra valdé acuminata marginata picea et aurato-tomentosa.

Corpus infra concolor, femoribus tibiisque compressis. Femina ad-

huc latet. Long. corp. 26 lin. ; lat. 7 lin.

The above species was brought to this country by Mr. Strachan,

long time a resident at Sierra Leone. His zeal in urging his friends

to collect insects in that climate has been the means of considerably

enriching our metropolitan collections, and to him chiefly we are

indebted for our acquaintance with the Goliath beetles. I have named

the insect above described in honour of this gentleman, who has

exhibited such a remarkable zeal in favour of zoology. When his

health declined in consequence of the bad climate, he yet made ar-

rangements with his friends for enriching our collections at home.

He returned to England, after resigning his laborious situation,

broken in health but unsubdued in spirits, and hence we may hope

that his health will shortly be re-established. The following cha-

racters appear to me sufficient to form into a subgenus, allied to

Oxynopterus, the above insect which I have denominated Lepto-

phyllus, from the long leaflets which compose the antenne.

Leptophyllus*, Hope.

Caput feré quadratum, anticé emarginatum. Antenne 11-articulate,

1™° magno, 2% subtrigono, octo sequentibus feré equalibus et la-

mellatis, undecimo triplo majori. Thorax angulis anticis rotun-

datis, posticis acutis, lateribus marginatis et carinatis. Hlytra

posticé acuminata, pedibus unguibus feré zequalibus.

The anatomical sections of this genus are so fully figured by Mr.

Westwood that there is no necessity for more ample details, as they

may be detected on reference to the plate.

Pectocerat+, Hope.

Caput fortiter emarginatum. Antenne valdé pectinate, novem ulti-

* From Aerros tenuis, and Qvaroy folium.

+ wexros or wnxtos combed, and*xéeas horn, in short, comb-horned an-

tenne.

Zoological Society. 401

mis articulis, dentibus gradatim increscentibus, ultimis longissimis.

Thorax anticé rotundatus, angulis posticis acutis. Hlytra acu

minata, pedibus simplicibus.

The remaining characters may easily be seen in the accompanying

plate. It appears to me that the above genus is mediate between

Tetralobus and Ludius and Ctenicera.

Pecrocera Cantori. Pect. fusco-castanea, antennis valde pecti-

_ natis brunneis. Thorax niger tomentoque aureo aspersus. Elytra

FSusco-castanea, apicibus acuminatis. Corpus infra pilosum, cinereis

flavisque capillis obsitum. Segmenta abdominis utrinque brunneo-

maculata, maculis glabris. Long. corp. 10 lin.; lat. 24 lin.

Hab. in agro Assamensi.

The above insect I received from Dr. Cantor before he quitted

England, and I have since received it from the Khasyah Hills: it is

named in honour of the above zealous naturalist.

Pecrocera Mexuiuu. JFlavo-fusca griseoque variegata, antennis

pectinatis. Thorax angulis posticis acutis, subtomentosus. Llytra

postice valde acuminata, pedibusque fusco-flavis et pubescentibus.

Long. corp. 12% lin. ; lat. 3 lin.

Hab. circa Semlaa in agris Thibetianis. E Muszo Dom. Melly

descriptus.

Mr. Gould exhibited a new species of Hawk, belonging to the

genus Hanus, which he thus characterizes :—

Exanus scrirtus. Lian. Sronte et lined superoculari albis ; capite

et corpore subtus saturate cinereis, rufescenti-fusco lavatis ; tectri-

cibus alarum fulgidé nigerrimis ; parte ale interiore notd latd

mgrd, per humerum et antibrachium eductd, instar litere V (aut

potius VV, utriusque ale pagind interiore in conspectu,) im-

pressd.

Forehead and line over the eye white; head and all the upper

surface dark grey, washed with reddish brown ; wing-coverts deep

glossy black ; primaries greyish brown, becoming nearly white on

their webs, all but the first two or three margined with white at the

tip ; secondaries brownish grey on the outer web, white on the inner

and at the extremity; tertiaries brownish grey; two centre tail-

feathers grey ; the remaining tail-feathers pale brown on their outer

webs and white on the inner; lores black; all the under surface and

edge of the shoulder white ; on the under surface of the wing fol-

lowing the line of the bones a broad mark of black assuming the

form of the letter V, or if both wings are seen at once, of a W ; bill

black ; cere and legs yellow; claws black ; irides orange.

Total length, 154 inches; bill, 14; wing, 124; tail, 71; tarsi, 1,

Hab. South Australia.

Mr. Gould next called attention to a collection of Birds from

India, recently presented to the Society by Walter Ewer, Esq.

402 Botanical Societies uf London and Edinburgh.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Dec. 16, 1842.—Dr. William Hughes Willshire in the Chair.

Dr. John Lhotsky read a paper ‘‘ On the Limits of Vegetation.”

Jan. 6, 1843.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., President, in the Chair.

The Rev. W.H. Coleman presented a specimen of Carex Boenn-

hausiana (Weihe) found by him in Herts.

Dr. John Lhotsky read a paper ‘‘ On the Sugar of Hucalyptus.”

Jan. 20.—Adam Gerard, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Robert Embleton presented a specimen of Matanthemum bifo-

lium (DeC.), Convallaria bifolia (Linn.), found by him at Howick in

Northumberland.

A paper was read from Mr. William Gardiner, jun., being ‘‘ Loca-

lities for the rarer Alpine Hypna.”’ The paper was accompanied by

specimens.

Feb. 17.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., President, in the Chair.

Mr. T. Clarke, jun. presented specimens of a large variety of

Lastrea Filix mas, found by him at King’s Cliff Valley near Bridge-

water.

Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites read a paper, being a notice of the dis-

covery of Grimmia orbicularis, a moss new to Britain, which was

found by him upon St. Vincent’s Rocks, Bristol. The foliage is not

distinguishable from that of Grimmia pulvinata ; the capsule however

is abundantly distinct, being globose instead of ovate, and having a

conical instead of a rostrate operculum. Both species grow upon St.

Vincent’s Rocks, and are sometimes intermingled, but each retains

its peculiar characteristics, so that Grimmia ordicularis cannot be con-

sidered a variety of G. pulvinata. Specimens of the former species

accompanied the paper.

Read also a paper from Mr. T. Beesley, being ‘‘ Additions to the

List of Plants found in the neighbourhood of Banbury, Oxfordshire,

in 1842.”

March 17.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., President, in the Chair.

Mr. David Moore of the Royal Botanic Garden, Dublin, presented

a specimen of Carer paradora (Willd.) found by him in Ladiston

Woods, Mullingar, Westmeath, Ireland, in July last.

Mr. Arthur Henfrey (Curator) read a paper ‘ On the British ay

cies of Statice.”

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

This Society met on the 9th of March (Dr. Neill in the Chair)

se the following papers were read :—

. Remarks on the Mode of Growth of the British Fruticose

sae &c.”” By Mr. Edwin Lees, F.L.S.

2. “‘ Continuation of Remarks on the Diatomacee.” By Mr. John

Ralfs, M.R.C.8.L., Penzance.

Miscellaneous. | 403

3. “ On Fumaria micrantha and F. calycina.” By My. C. C.

Babington, M.A., F.L.58. &c.*

ie On two new species of Jungermannie, and another new to

Britain.” By ‘Thomas Taylor, M.D.: communicated by Mr. Wil-

pie Gourlie, jun., Glasgow.

5. * Notice of the new fossil plant, Lyginodendron Landsburgii,

Gourlie.” By Mr. William Gourlie, jun.

Mr. James Macnab exhibited a magnificent cluster of the male

catkins of a palm from one of the South Sea Islands, which Lady

Harvey had obtained from the captain of a vessel, and kindly allowed

to be shown to the Society. Its dimensions, when expanded, were

about three feet by three and a half, and it somewhat resembled an

ornamental grate-screen formed of shavings.

April 13th.—Professor Graham in the Chair.

_ The attention of the Society was chiefly directed to a donation by

Wilham Brown, Esq., R.N., consisting of a miscellaneous collection

of plants and fruits from Canton river and Chusan, and from the

Cape and Prince’s Island, including a collection of forty species of

Ericee from Simond’s Bay and Table Mountain.

The following papers were read :—

1. ‘‘ Two Botanical Visits to the Reeky Linn and Den of Airly,

in April and June 1842.” By Mr. William Gardiner, Dundee.

2. ‘On the Diatomacee.” No. VI. By Mr. Ralfs, Penzance.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on a Verminiferous kind of Blood of a Dog, caused by a great

number of Hematozoa of the genus Filaria. Communicated by

MM. Gruby and Delafond to the French Academy of Sciences.

PuysrioLogists and anatomists have long since detected the presence

of certain entozoa in the nutritive fluid of cold-blooded animals, as,

for instance, frogs and fish. In the mammiferee, worms have some-

times been found in the blood; but these worms had probably only

come there after having perforated the organs in which they had

developed themselves. It is of very great importance to physiology,

pathology, and natural history, to demonstrate, not merely the exist-

ence of entozoary worms in the blood, but moreover to prove their

constant circulation in that fluid, in animals which come near to man.

Now, since science is not as yet in possession of any example de-

monstrating conclusively the circulation of worms in the blood of

mammiferous animals, we are most anxious to communicate to the

Academy the discovery which we have made of Entozoa circulating

in the blood of a dog of a vigorous constitution, and in a state of

apparent good health.t

These worms are from 3 to 5 milliémes of a millimetre in dia-

meter, and about 25 in length. The body is transparent and colour-

less. The anterior extremity is obtuse, and the posterior or caudal

* See last Number of Annals.—Ep.

+ Observations, however, of this kind will be found described at pp. 48

and 49 of the 10th vol. of this Journal.—Eb,

404 Miscellaneous.

extremity ends in a very fine thread. At the fore part a small short

furrow 5 milliémes of a millimetre in length is observed, which may

be considered as the mouth.

By all its characters, this species of hamatozoa must rank 1 in the

genus Pilaria.

The motion of these animals is very lively. Their life continues

even ten days after the blood has been drawn from the vessels and

deposited in a vessel placed in a temperature of 59° Fahr.

By examining a drop of blood under the lens of the microscope,

we see these hematozoa swim with an undulatory movement between

the globules of blcod; they curl, uncurl, and twist about with great

vivacity.

In order to be certain whether these worms existed in the whole

circulatory current, we examined the blood of the coccygeal arteries,

those of the externa] jugular veins, of the capillary, of the conjunctiva,

and of the mucous membrane of the mouth, of the skin and of the

muscles, and we were always able to detect entozoa.

For the last twenty ane we have daily opened the capillaries of

the different parts of the skin and of the mucous membrane of the

mouth, and always find these animals present.

The urine and excremental matters do not contain them.

The diameter of the globules of the blood of the dog is from

7 to 8 milliémes of a millimetre ; that of the /idaria is from 3 to 5.

There is therefore not the least doubt but that this worm can circu-

late wherever the blood has to pass. We reckon, according to se-

veral investigations made in order to ascertain the quantity of blood

existing in the vessels of dogs of moderate size, that the dog in ques-

tion has 1*"-500 of blood in circulation. Now a drop of this blood

weighs O*!:067, and in this drop we are able to detect from four to

five Filaria. ‘This dog would therefore contain more than 100,000

of these worms in the whole of its blood.

The prodigious number of the animals is the more astonishing, as

the dog seems to be in good health. We should however remark,

that the entozoa of the digestive canal of dogs, the Tenia, even in

very great numbers, very seldom disorder the vital functions.

During a year we have examined the blood of from seventy to

eighty dogs without meeting with the Filaria, and dating from its

discovery, we have sought for it, but in vain, in the blood of fifteen

dogs.

We have now the honour of presenting to the Academy—

1. A drawing of the Filaria of the blood of the dog.

2. Some blood containing some of these worms alive.

3. The dog whose blood is verminiferous; and we can, if the

Academy desire it, make an incision in the lip of the animal and

show, with the microscope, the Filaria which circulate with the

blood.—Annales de Chimie et de Physique for March.

On the Cotton called “ Nurma,” in Guzerat. By A. Burn, Esq.

The plant yielding what is called Nurma cotton in this part of

the country, is the same as is described by Dr. J. F. Royle as Gossy-

Miscellaneous. 405

ptum arboreum. It is to be found growing wild, I believe, in dif-

ferent parts of India; and from some experiments I made when at

Kaira, I have very little doubt that it will be found to be the original

stock from whence the Barbadoes, Bourbon, Egyptian, and Sea

Island varieties have originally sprung.

It grows in every kind of soil that is met with in Guzerat. But

it obtains the greatest perfection in light sandy soils, to which a

little old cow-dung manure has been added, and where it can have

a proper drainage, in the black clayey soil known as “the cotton

soil” of the indigenous G’. herbaceum ; it grows, but with diminished

vigour, in proportion to the purity of that soil. In a state of nature,

and when fully developed, the seeds are nearly as large as a grain

of wheat, and are closely covered all round by a strongly-adhering

bright pea-green coloured fur, and enveloped in a fine silky wool of

considerable strength, and fully an inch in length.

Hedge-rows, gardens, groves of trees about the abodes of devotees

and temples, are the places where this plant is found. I do not

know of its being cultivated in any other way. In these places it

is a perennial, lasting for four or five years or more, and being cut

down to within 2 feet of the ground in the end of June, or a little

before the setting in of the annual rains; this also is the best time

for sowing the seed. :

The natives appreciate this cotton, from its fine staple enabling

them to spin finer thread than from any other kind with which they

are acquainted. Muslins and long pugries for the head are made

from it; but since the introduction to this country of European

products of the loom, its use and its culture have been so reduced,

as hardly at this day to afford sufficient evidence to save their being

classified along with the fabulous stories of Hindoo history.

Of the quantity produced per acre | can give no estimate, but in

the first year it could not be over 100 lbs. uf clean cotton. In the

second year, as the plant then comes into full bearing, it might be

from 300 to 400 lbs. The great extra labour and expense over the

common crops, of protecting the fields during the whole year, which

the cultivation of this plant would entail, is, I believe, the main ob-

stacle to any attempts being made to cultivate it. Here we have

no hedge-rows, and nothing that is well calculated for such a pur-

pose; all the agricultural produce being from annuals, the ryot pro-

tects them from cattle, thieves, &c., by living in his fields during the

few months they are ripening, and which he could not do for a

longer period. The price of this cotton in the bazaar is always

double that of the common country article. However, there is

never more than a few pounds procurable.

I have for several years back entertained great hopes in regard

to this cotton, particularly that it may be improved, so as to become

of value, by attending to modes of culture. That from it new varie-

ties, suited to different soils and situations as regards climate, may

be obtained, is more probable than from any of the cultivated kinds,

and I have hoped that circumstances might some day admit of my

O06 Miscellaneous.

being able to attempt its culture as a perennial, in the same way as

cotton is grown in Peru.

ON DIPHYA SAGITTAIRIA.

M. Hollard read before the Society some facts relative to Diphya

sagittairia, a singular animal, and as yet but little known, which,

living in the open sea, is blown upon the coast by stormy winds

which mutilate it, as its structure is very fragile. He also presented

some details on the anatomy of the Velellide, radiated animals, the

order of which is not yet determined. M. Hollard submitted to the

Society several curious anatomical objects, and particularly a Tor-

pedo from the Mediterranean, in which the electric apparatus was

laid bare.—Bulletin des Sciences de la Société Vaudoise, as inserted in

the Bibliotheque Universelle, Nov. 1842.

EXPERIMENTS ON THE TORPEDO.

M. Matteucci communicated to the French Academy of Sciences, on

the 20th of Feb. last, the results of some experiments on the torpedo,

illustrative of the theory entertained by himself and M. de Biainville

on the analogy between muscular contraction and electricity. He

introduced a small quantity of the aqueous solution of opium into the

stomach of the living torpedo; the tincture of nux vomica was like-

wise introduced into the stomach of another live torpedo. ‘The two

fishes, apparently dead, were soon afterwards removed from the water,

and on their backs were placed two frogs (prepared in the way al-

ready described by the author) and the galvanometer. When the

animal, or any part of it, was slightly touched, it contracted, and the

torpedo furnished an electrical discharge, although before the expe-

riment it required strong irritation to produce any effect.

The brain of a torpedo, much reduced in strength, was exposed,

and an alkaline solution of potash applied on the fourth lobe. ‘The

torpedo died, giving forth very strong discharges.

The electrical organ was rapidly removed from a living torpedo,

and prepared frogs were placed on the organ. On passing a knife

into the organ, and dividing the smallest nervous filaments, the frogs

leaped up, sometimes one, sometimes the other, according to the

point of the electrical organ which was cut. I had never before

(says the author) seen in so perfect a manner the localised action of

nervous filaments, nor had I ever witnessed so clearly the curious

action of the electrical lobe of the brain. I received six torpedos,

which were brought to me in a state of apparent inanition ; the most

active irritants failed to produce a discharge, for the animals seemed

to have been destroyed by the cold. I exposed the brain, and on

irritating the fourth lobe I obtained very powerful discharges. I cut

up the electrical organ of a live torpedo in all directions, and applied

the galvanometer to different points; the direction of the electrical

current was invariably from the points nearest the back, towards the

lower part of the belly. It is impossible to admit any analogy be-

tween the organ, and piles, batteries, &c.

Meteorological Observations. 407

BretioGRAPHicaL Norvice.

To be published by subscription, the Genera of Birds ; comprising their

: Generic Characters, a notice of the Habits of each Genus, and an

extensive List of Species, referred to their several Genera. By

George Robert Gray, Senior Assistant of the Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum, and author of the ‘ List of the Genera of

Birds,’ &c. Illustrated with Figures by David William Mitchell.

The Illustrations of this work, amounting to about 200 plates, will

be from the pencil of the author’s colleague, Mr. Mitchell; whose

knowledge of the science, and zealous wish to facilitate its acquire-

ment by others, will guarantee the faithful and spirited performance

of his department of the work.

It is proposed to commence the publication as soon as 100 sub-

seribers are obtained, in Monthly Parts, each Part to consist of

Four imperial-quarto coloured plates, and accompanying letter-

press; giving the generic characters, short remarks on the habits,

and a list of species of each genus as complete as possible. Each

plate will contain, as far as practicable, the characters of all the

groups of an entire subfamily, illustrated by a complete figure of

a species not hitherto figured; or, in the few cases where this is

not to be obtained, of one that has only been given in some ex-

pensive work, accompanied with numerous details of heads, bills,

wings and feet of the other genera, as the case may require, for

pointing out their distinguishing characters.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1843.

Chiswick.— March 1. Clear: some snow-flakes: frosty. 2, 3. Clear and frosty :

fine. 4. Cloudy and fine: frosty at right. 5. Sharp frost: cloudy. 6. Cloudy:

clear and frosty at night. 7. Frosty and foggy: cold with easterly haze. 8.

' Light clouds: fine: frosty. 9. Dry haze. 10. Hazy: overcast. 11. Slight

haze. 12. Uniformly overcast. 13. Clear: cloudy and fine. 14. Fine. 15.

Hazy : cloudy and fine. 16. Hazy and mild: clear and fine. 17, 18. Mornings

foggy, clear and fine. 19. Foggy: fine. 20. Foggy: very fine: rain. 21, 22.

Very fine. 23. Cloudy and mild. 44. Hazy: fine. 25. Dry and windy.

26. Coldanddry. 27, 28. Cloudy and cold. 29. Dry cold haze. 30, 31.

Overcast and fine.

Boston.—March 1. Fine: snow early a.m.: rain p.m. 2,3. Fine. 4. Cloudy.

5. Fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Fine, 8—10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 12. Cloudy.

13. Fine. 14, Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 15, Fine: rain early a.m. 16. Cloudy.

17,18. Fine. 19, Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21. Fine: rain early a.m. 22. Rain:

rainearly a.m. 23, 24. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 25. Windy. 26. Stormy.

27, 28. Windy. 29, 30. Fine. 31. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Snow-showers: frost. 2—5. Cloudy:

thaw. 6. Clear: aurora. 7, 8. Clear: hoar-frost: aurora. 9. Clear: cloudy.

10. Cloudy: damp. 11. Damp. 12. Showers. 13. Snow: showers. 14.

Snowing: clear. 15. Snow: showers: clear. 16. Cloudy: snow: rain. 17.

Rain : drizzle. 18. Showers: clear: aurora. 19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy : damp.

21,22. Damp. 23. Damp: showers: damp. 24. Damp. 25—29. Bright:

clear. 30. Cloudy: rain. 31. Drizzle: rain.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire— March 1—4. Frost: fair. 5. Slight frost :

thawr.M. 6. Thaw and drizzle. 7. Fair and fine: spring day. 8. Frost.

9. Frost: dulle.m. 10. Rain. 11. Verydamp. 12. Wet a.m.: cleared up.

13. Fair and fine: drizzle. 14. Frost: threatening. 15. Frost: fine. 16.

Drizzle. 17. Moist, but not rain. 18—20. Fair and fine. 21. Fair and fine:

shower p.m. 22. Wet a.m.: cleared. 23,24. Weta.m. 25, 26. Fair. 27—

29, Fair: slight frost. SO. Heavy rain: thunder. 31. Rain a.m.

ae 7

: 6 | 186. |

= “uvafl| OF-Z 86.0 | 29-0} ZF.0)"uNs

sr | GF. |""{""""""| 80. | QE0. | “Ul *s ‘as | *s ‘s |%66 | er | FH | Zo | ZS! OF | 8S | 9.8F| Sg | 8.49

68 s09809/90.0 wecccelsecces| conces ‘ou "980 "OS *s *s GF OF 83 ¢Eg cr GF FS G.8E | 0-69 8.8F

ge [reereeefecteefeeeestees| ca | casa | ca ) ‘u | € | se | Ze |€1g | ¢.cr| 6% | OF | 9.E¢ | 0.6F | €.4F

se pebarcieesnss eeevee eee! weccee “3 i) 9 a) ‘ouo ZE OF boned OF GP 86 1g €.6€ Q.fF c.EP

ce Reesealsceges)/ scence | 0m 3 = ‘a | ‘aua| Ze |¥se | 6 | Ze | Ze} 8 | oF | €.Ze| 8.19 | 0.0F

Zg aca gees seeseelseeces| coesee "oS UF) "9 3 "ou O€& GP €s& | O¢ FP 0€ I¢ 2.88 FES | o.GP

; {pp [tneteejcecceeleccresivoatec| scenes | cag | *aua | “a ‘a | ‘au | Ze | a | ob] IS | SP] 98 | Go | 0.cF| 9.09 | Z.2r

IG 70. ‘s | ‘a | Im | fer |¥68| 19 | Ze] I | 49 | 8.9%] 9.29 | L€¢

Ig [eet eee OT. *s ‘ass | Sb | sp | Zr \$9G |¢.59| ZF | 09 | 0.19 | £.6¢ | &.FS

zo | ZO. OT.0| 10 “§ ‘a | Sb | pr | OF | 6S | OF| OF | T9 | ¥.09 | 0.69 | 8.19

Bie |eaec | sk Oe *s a) or | IF |gor | Zo | 2c] Ze | 6S | 0.84] 289 | 8-€¢

Gp [tees ceeeealteeres ‘a | ‘au | OF | OF | OF | GF | Sh] SF | €O | Z.Zh | 8.0G | &.8F

GP gues etasas eeecee eeccce "Os =) wyeo = "OU lP lip GV os G.IP Tf ¢g¢ €.1F 0-19 €.8F

ae | OR. ee seer] sas | casa | urea | “ms | *s | Zé | OF |_ Zh | +9 | FH] OF | LO | FEF | 0.69 | F-9F

a sareejseesee|coerre| omg | cass | ‘Mm | "ms | “Ss | Sh | ¥en [Ip for | Zr] 18 | F9 | 9.Eh| S49 | 8.0F

Porgy [fateseieseses|s*srse[ron00"| GTQ, | cass | ‘asa | U[eo | °s ‘ms |¢/e |¢ee | Se gsr | ef, 66 | ZG | 3.OF | 8.1 | 9.09

Fr | ST. 92.0) 20- | 90- |**"""| cam | ‘wm | wea] ‘mu | ‘a | $63 |$pe | 18 | Sb] FH] Sh | ZG | €.OF | G.99 | &.OF

FP | OG. |v" GT. |°°""""| 690. “Mm | upeo| “m | *m# #6 | se | 0g] or | Lr| Sh | 9G | ZGr| 8-19 | 9.0

6& | GF. | sever! Qo. forrres |smum | *mMsm | cm | ms | mm | e/e [$e | Ze | Zp | FF] Sh | BS | 0.68 / 0.18 | 2.2r

| 6¢ | 60. ponensippaeeeyiaweene) Ane | SNe | REED |) SaA8 *s Ip | $ep \Sor $09 |¢.er | ZE | OF | 0.04 | 9.9 | Z.EF

| $E | 80. per ‘u | ‘Mss | wyeo| “ms | “s | IF | fer | Ze for | se) OF | Zh | 9.ZE | 0.bF | 80h

| GE [reese ceeree|tenes|estnee| eeseee | og “385 “mM *s ‘ass | pp | ep Spe] Op | FE] 8S | FF | 8.FE | F.0F | £6

| TG [tttttetesseelerteee|seeeee| eeeree | og ‘asa | wea | ‘as ‘a «| Sre | fap \$00 |$ar cé| #6 | 88 | &.8E | 8.EPF | 8.FE

FE Pvnasi sewer! cag | ‘ass | ue | au | ‘u |¢ce |¥ee | Go| sh | Ze} 8% | Sh | 0-86 | 8.2F | 2.Zé

of Soaaxs aesven| og ‘asa | yea | *a ‘s | 8¢ | ap lgse for | Ze| ¥ | OF | 0.28 | 0.FF | Z.G8

ze tesselesenesl error lemom | gs | upea | *s *g Ze | te | Ze | oF |G.0E| 0% | FF | 0.tE | 0.EF | 3.68

og eeeweeleccese| veces “MS “9 wes *MS ‘u iGz fF Ig tPF ¢c.EE Ig OF ¢.0€E 8.I1F GFE

Ze seenes srrel ems | sais [urea | cu | *mu | ge | Ze foe For | se} 8I | IP | &ZE | 0.0F | Z.c€

LG |tretecicccccelsccsee scene) seeeee | emu | *oua | Wed "Ul “U e/s Ze | ZZ £0F L6\ 0§ GP | §.1S | GOF | €.ZE

Te [rreeseeererlog. frees) seers | souu | coud | cu ‘au | ‘mu | Ge | Zte | of | 88 |G.1E| FZ | ZF | GIE| F-6E | 2.68

| te eareey sere] ur |sauapU| WZD | ‘au |*MUuU] ZE | ZE | FG \¥8E | FE] EB] OF | BFE| GCP | 8.98

Ort! wm a | Pal 2 e} 6 tele) So eS 2 | = |uml-xm |s 2

ge osleSlee|S |e [22/22/85 | £ [se | 28 |Bel2*| FF SEF |e | serves lee

4 = . e n e e . .

Pe issboe | a ee ae eats | ea [ee |: ay

ee RS|" 3) P| F go| g |: ®| 85 | tauyig |-yuing | * > | OMS] ‘sa uopuoT

, ees. ; pe

oes e 2 eee 7 pur A, ‘JaJOWOWIIYT, Ps

a yb

66-Z¢ |60.0F |8-F6 | 9-Z¥| F-IF ISI-FE 96-1S| 9.68 | 0.09 | 9.eh |688.6%|228.6z | Z-2.62/0S2.62 | 08.6% Z18.6% 616.6% 106.62 |"uvoyr

Y ded

;

’

et i yuunSaddy yo ‘equa * AA ‘Ae 277 49

’

LZ.6@ | 00.62 | 02-62 | 61.62 | 26.82 | 88.62 | SSF.6z | 08.62

#&.6Z | 92.62 | 02.62 | £0.62 | 09.62 | 209.62 | 8F8-6% | 998.64

¥6.6z | 20.08 | $8.62 |-26.62 | $9.62 | 286.6% | 096.62 | 996.62

90-08 | I1.0€ | $8.62 | 82.6% | S#.6% | 62.6% | 228-66 | 092.66

LU-0€ | 92.06 | 18.62 | G8.6z | 8F.6% | 002.62 | 612-62 | 988.64

ZE-0E | 0&.0€ | $8.6z | 86.6z | £9.62 | 012.62 | 9¢2.6z | 862.62

GE-0E | 02.0 | 06.62 | 06.62 | 88.6% | 269.62 | F826 | £82.64

80.08 | 86.62 | 02.62 | 1¢.6z | 61.62 | 889.62 | 669.6 | £09.62

#9.6z | &9.66 | 8F.6Z | $2.62 | $6.86 | OTF-6G | SE¢.6G | S8F.6z

€F.6Z | LF-62 | 0€.62 | SI.6Z | 66-82 | LF8-6% | 60F.6% | OFF.6

09.62 | 09.6G | $2.62 | 2Z.6@ | $0.62 | 628.6% | ZOF.66 | 219.66

69.6z | #8-62 | Z¥.6% | 99.62 | §8.66 |, $ZF-62 | 299.62 | 889.62

66.6% | 26.62 | 08.62 | Z8.6z | F¢.6% | 122.6 | 298.62 | 026.62

£0.08 | 26-62 | 08.62 | €2.6Z | 68.62 | FF8.6@ | 198.66 | 868.6

69-64 | 9F-6Z | £9.62 | 09.62 | 68.62 | 988.66 | 168.66 | 026.66

09.6% | 10-08 | 02.62 | £8.62 | 29.6Z | 0F6.62 | 986.62 | 0F0.0E

86.62 | $2.62 | 62.62 | $9.6 | $8.62 | $12.62 | $26.62 | 062.62

6¢.6Z | 1€.62 | $8.6 | 08.62 | 86-82 | 92F-6Z | 909-62 | 88F.6z

$6.62 | 03-62 | 82.66 | OF.62 | Z1-6% | 989-66 | SaZ.62 | FFL.6

&-6Z | 99.62 | ZF.6z | 69.62 | 9-62 | 002-62 | SF6.6¢ | 26.62

8Z.6Z | F0.0€ | 06.62 | 00.08 | 82.6% | 980-08 | S1-08 | Z61.0S

06-62 | 88.62 | 06.62 | 88.62 | Z8.62 | 090-06 | 921-08 | 981.08

O1-NE | 0Z.0E | ZI-0E | GZ-0E | ZO.0E | 8IS-0E | O8E-0E | 968.0

6Z-0E | 18-0 | $Z.0E | 02.08 | 26.62 | F9Z-0E | 8ZE.0E | 26.0

81-0€ | F1-.0E | 60.0 | F0.0E | 98.6z | Z8I-0 | S6z-0E | 812-0

60-0€ | Z0.0¢ | 10.0 | 66.62 | 06.62 | 182-0 | 69Z-0E | 982.05

00-08 | 00-0¢ | 20.08 | ZT-0€ | 20.08 | 1£8.06 | 0Z8.0E | OLF-0E

F1.08 | $Z.0€ | 02.0 | GZ.0E | ¥6.6Z | 86Z-0E | 846-08 | OES.0E

GZ.08 | ZZ-0E | 91-0 | F0-0E | 06.62 | 020-0E | 6ST.0E | Z60.0E

1Z-06 | F1.0E | 00.0E | $6.62 | £0.62 | 196.62 | 620.08 | 926.6z

00-08 | £8.62 | 98.62 | $9.62 | 98.62 | 929.62 | 168.62 | 869.62

said: |saneel “ned |<or

fe | 6 | 6 | 6) | Se | tw [oxen [io BS

—_—_—_—__ Pa a. a

*yormpues “aa1ys 3s : 3 es)

aod sited ‘i ATES es

2 "19JOULOIV

"hANNUQ) ‘asuDpy yoUNpunY 7D “u0sNOTD *_— “Adz 2Y7 9 pup { dUlHS-salyaWacy

‘NOLSOG 7” ‘JV A “AJA 29 fuopuo'T uvau ‘MOIMSIHD 7D Ajarzog jounyNIyLOFT 347 JO UaPLDE) 2Y} JD

~ Suosdwoyy, ya 49 { uojsaqoy “ay ‘Aunjauoag qungsissp ayy hg ‘NoaNnory ‘hya100g yohoy ay3 fo suampzuvdp ay7 yo apow suoynasasg” J2NTOJ0L0aII TT

VALUABLE LIBRARY,

Rey. J. Dalton, M.A., F.L.S., Rector of Croft,

‘WHICH WILL BE

SOLD BY AUCTION ;

By Mr. WALKER.

PUBLIC SALE AND EXHIBITION ROOMS,

DURHAM,

On Monday, the 15th May, 1843,

And following Days.

This LIBRARY is rich in every department of Literature, e.

NATURAL HISTORY: and no si

f ‘ specially in

0 similar Collection has probably ever fccu

offered for Sale in a provincial town.

eee

THE SALE WILL. COMMENCE EACH DAY AT ELEVEN O’CLOCK

PRECISELY.

. DURHAM:

PRINTED BY GEORGE WALKER, JUN., SADLER-STREET,

And may be had of —

WHITTAKER AND CO., 13, AVE maRIA LANE, AND BELL AND

WOOD, FLEET-STREET, LONDON,

Price Twopence.

1843,

é re

3 CONDITIONS OF SALE.

wh Sec oP

I. Tue highest Bidder to be the Purchaser ; and if any dis- —

pute arise between -two or more Bidders, the Lot in dispute shall -

be immediately put up again and re-sold. él

II. No Person to advance less than 3d. under 10846di ‘under

One Pound,—above One Pound, 1s.—above: Five. Pounds,

Qs. 6d.—and so on in proportion. .

Abode, and to pay down 5s. in the Pound, or more, in part of Pay- j

ment of the Purchase-Money, required ; in default of which,

the ee or Lots so purchased to be immediately put up again and

re-sold. :

IV. ‘he Books are presumed to be perfect, unless otherwise |

expressed, but if upon collating them aT THE PLACE OF SALE, |

within three days of the Sale, any should prove defective, the Pur-

chasers will be at liberty to take or reject them.

V. he Sale of any Book or Books, is not to be set aside on

account of any stained, or short leaves, or want of list of Plates.

VI. To prevent inaccuracy in delivery, and inconvenience in

the settlement of the Purchases, no Lot can, on any account, be

removed during the time of Sale; and the Money must be abso-

lutely paid on the delivery. y pay

VII. The Purchaser to pay the Duty.

VIII. Upon failure of complying with the above Conditions,

the Money deposited in part of Payment shall be forfeited ; all

Lots uncleared within the time aforesaid shall be re-sold either by

public or private Sale, and the Deficiency (if any) attending such

Re-sale, shall be made good by the Defaulter at this Sale. -

CATALOGUE,

"a Sc.

NON Snr

_ FIRST DAY’S SALE.

MONDAY, 15th MAY, 1843.

DUODECIMO.

i Byron’s English Bards and Scotch Reviewers, calf

_ 2 Humpbhrey’s Peruvian Tales, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1734

3 Adventurer, 4 vols, calf 1/62

' 4 Marriage, a Novel, 3 vols, half calf Edin. 1819

5 Horace, par M. Dacier, Latin & French, 10 vols,

CalPOs 4: Paris 1691

6 Shadwell’s Dramatic Works, 4 vols, calf Lon. 1720

7 Horace, translated by Francis, Latin & English,

4 vols, calf —— 1807

8 Evans’ Old Ballads, 4 vols, calf —— 1784

9 Scottish Songs, 2 vols, with the Music, calf —— 1714

10 Select Scottish Ballads, 2 vols, calf —— 1783

11 Genlis, (Mde. de) Tales of the Castle, 5 vols —-— 1803

12 The Old Woman’s Magazine, 2 vols, calf

13 Mackenzie’s Works, 5 vols, calf —— 1775

14 Arabian Nights Entertainments, 4 vols Hdin. 1783

15 Adventures of a Guinea, 4 vols, calf Lon.-1760

16 Chevallier’s Sermons at Cambridge, bds. —— 1835

17 Luttrell’s Letters to J ulia, bds. -—— 18292

18 Body and Soul, 2 vols, half calf —— 1823

19 Knox, (V.) Christian Philosophy, sheep ~~ 1798

20 Letters from the Mountains, 3 vols, calf —— 1809

21 Marmontel’s Tales, 3 vols, calf a-== 1800

22 Rassellas, calf ~-— 1798

23. Dinarbas, calf ——— 1793

24 Smollet’s Humphrey Clinker, 3 vols, half calf ——~ 1792

‘9 Wilkinson, (Tate) Memoirs of his own Life, 4 vols,

York, 1790; Wandering Patentee, a History

_of the Yorkshire Theatres from 1700, 4 vols,

York, 1795, in all 8 vols, uniformly bound in

half calf :

'6 Cruikshank’s Mornings at Bow Street, both

Series, Morocco, 2 vols —— 1825-27

-47

DUODECIMO. — ras

Gleig’s Sermons, bds. Lon. 1830

Ainger’s Sermons, bds. —— 1832

Edgeworth on Irish Bulls, half calf 1808

Harrington and Ormond, 3 yols, half -

calf —— 1817

_ Castle Rackrent, half calf — 1810

Otway’s Works, 3 vols, calf —— 1768

Memoirs of the Baron du Tan, calf —— 1744

Colman’s Broad Grins, calf ee 1815

Anacreon, Greek & English, half calf York 1796

Microcosm, 2 vols. calf Windsor 1809

Strangford’s Poems, from Camoens, calf Lon. 1804

Jones’ Greek Grammar, calf — 1815

Ramsay’s Evergreen, 2 vols, calf — ‘Edin. 1761

Spectator, Tatler, Guardian, Addison’s Miscel- |

laneous Works, Remarks on Italy, Wreeholder,

in all 20 vols, calf, uniform, Tonson’s Edit. Lon. v. y.

Rambler, 4 vols, calf 4 —— 1801

Looker-On, 4 vols, calf —— 1797

World, 4 vols, calf —— 1782

Mirror, 3 vols, calf —— 1787

Lounger, 3 vols, calf aay 1788

Observer, 3 vols, calf —— 1317 |

Spectator, 9 vols, calf, Tonson sea772. 4

Fielding’s Works, 12 vols, calf —-- 1783

Richmond, County of York, History of, calf Richm. 1814

Harrod’s History of Stamford, 2 vols, plates, half

calf Stamf. 1785

OCTAVO.

Drysdale’s Sermons, 2 vols, calf Edin. 1793

Jervis’ Sermons, calf Lon. 1811

Wilson, (Bp. of Man) Sermons, 4 vols, bds. Bath 1822

Bentley, (Dr.) Sermons on Atheism (printed by the

Author, without a title, see MS. note) calf

Busfield, Sermons on Religious Duties, 3 vols,

bds. Lon. 1826

Rogers’ Sermons, 3 vols, calf pee ri ly

Kelly, (Dr.) Sermons, cloth - eR hy)

calf weed 1789

Glasse, (G.) Sermons at Hanwell, calf Se nT

Gilpin, (W.) Life of Hugh Latimer and Bernard

Gilpin, calf —— 1780

OCTAVO. a)

61 Aspinal’s Sermons, 4. vols, bds. , Roch. v, y-

62 O'Brian, (Bishop of Meath,) Sermons and

_. _ Charges, half calf Lon. 1799

63 Marriott, Family Sermons, 1, 2, and 3 Courses,

- 8 vols, bds. —— 1825-27

64. Third Course, bds, —— 1824

65 Sermons, Miscellaneous, by Bell, Prebendary of

York, 1722; Bethell, at Richmond, Co, York ;

Paley at Carlisle, 1787, and various others, half

calf

66 Melville, ( H.) Sermons, 2 vols, bds. —— 1834.7

67 Pitman’s Second Course of Sermons for the Year,

= 2 vols, bds. : ——. 1898

63 Haworth, (A. H.) Synopsis Plantarum Succulen-

tarum; half calf rata (Pf

69 Linnzus, Tour in Lapland, first published by

Smith, 2 vols, half calf Mees 18 1]

70 Tingry, Treatise on Varnishes, plates, half calf —_ 1804.

71 Robertson, View of the Agriculture of Midlothian,

plates, half calf Lidin. 1795

72. Cambridge, Wilson’s Memorabilia Cantabrigiz, or

Account of the different Colleges in Cambridge,

-._. plates, half calf Lon. 1303

#3 Grammont’s Memoirs, with a Key, calf — 1719

74 Maundrell, Journey to Jerusalem in 1697, plates,

calf —— 1810

75 Lewis, (Monk) Tales of Wonder, calf —— 180]

76 Tillotson’s Twenty Discourses, abridged, calf —_ 1763

77 Graduati Cantabrigienses, 1659-1823, bds,

Camb. 1823

78 Marshall on the Rural Economy of N orfolk, 2 vols,

. half calf Bboed

79 Butterworth’s Concordance of the Bible, calf, Covent, I

80 Byron, Childe Harold, with Hobhouse’s Historical

Illustrations, Lon. 1818 ; Manfred, Tasso, and

- _ Beppo, 3 vols, half calf, uniform .

81 Gray, Key tothe O. T. and the Apocrypha, half

calf ; Lon. 1797

82 Clater, Cattle Doctor, half calf —— 18] |

83 Gent, History of Hull, plates, calf York 1735

84 Coxe,Tench, View of the United States of America,

calf Lond. 1795

85 Roth, (A. G.) Tentamen Forze Germanice, yo] Ig?

in 2 parts, 3, part 1, in all 4 vols., dried Speci-

mens inserted, half Morocco Lips, Vep.1e8n

aca. aes.

6 OCTAVO. ;

86 Laplace, System of the World, by Pond, half calf re

Lon. 1809

87 Knox, (John) Tour in the Highlands, calf — - 1787

88 Tormenting, The Art of, calf } 1723

89 Thistlewaite, Sermons at Bolton, half calf re 1816

90. Gisborne, ( i Enquiry into the Duties of Man, 2

vols, calf 5: Lon, 1800

91 Burke on the Sublime and Beautiful, half calf’ e 1761

92 Kirby, Monographia Apum Anglie, 2 vols, plates

~ Ipsw. 1802

93 Harris, Life of King Charles II., 2 vols, calf Lon. 1766

94 Fox, Martyrology, abridged by Milner, plates, half ,

ey cal Ose 1814,

95 Fleetwood, (Bp.) Sermons on Relative Duties, calf :

| “1716

96 Hales, Vegetable Statistics, 2 vols, plates, calf’

97 Sharpe, (G.) Introduction to Universal, Fb"

calf Se — 1755

98 Bowden’s Poems, 2 vols in ], calf She

99 Collin’s Peerage of England, 5 vols, in 6, calf, Plates

of Arms

100 Lodge, Peerage of Ireland, T vols, calf, plates of

fae — 1754

101 Burton, (R.) Anatomy of Malanlehidiy: 2 vols, calf

1806

2 P7568:

102 Juan and Ulloa, Voyage to South America, 2 vols,

Maps, calf 1772

103 Hoare; (Ric. C.) Tour in Ireland, half calf~ 1807

104 How el, (L.) History of the Bible, 3 vols, plates,

calf 1729

105 Shakespeare, Essay on his Writings and Genius,

calf 1769

106 Johnson on Cancer, 1810; Faithorn: on Liver

Complaints, 1815; Wadd on Corpuleney, 1816,

in one vol, half calf

107 Sullivan, (R. J.) Philosophical Rhapsodies, 3 vols, ;

1784

calf

108 Westminster Abbey, History and Antiquities of,

2 vols, plates, calf — 1722

109 Lewis’s Antiquities of the Hebrew Republick,

4 vols, calf ‘oe 1724

110 Roscoe, Life of Lorenzo de Medici, B vols; CME? 1 i}!

gogeG pe! |

111 Barruel, History of Jagobinishn 4 vols, half calf ,

a 1797

PEP 5 OCTAVO. ¥

112. Burke on the French Reyolution, half calf Lon. 1790

113 Moor, (J.) View of Society in France, 2 vols —— 1789

114 — in Italy, 2 vols —— 1787

115 —-—-—— Zeluco, 2 vols —— 1790

116 Bewick, Fables of sop, fine cuts, half calf, Newc. 1818

117 Peter Pindar, Works, 5 vols, calf Lon. 1812

118 Corneille, son Theatre, 12 vols, plates, calf 1765

119 Darwin, Poetical Works, col, plates, half calf, Lon. 1805

120 Milton, Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, Poems,

&c., Baskerville’s Edit., 2 vols., calf, neat + Birm. 1760

121 Bowdler, (Miss) Poems and Essays, calf Bath 1809

122 Gilpin on Picturesque Beauty, chiefly in the

Highlands, 2 vols, plates, half Morocco Lon. 1789

123 Butler, (Bp.) The Analogy of Religion, calf —-- 1736

124 Priestly, (J.) Discourses on the Evidences of Re-

vealed Religion, 2 vols, half calf —— 1796

125 Reece, (Rs) Medical Guide, calf —— 1803

126 Reece, (R.) Medical Guide, half calf 1817

127 Home, (H.) Elements of Criticism, 3 vols, calf

Edin. 1762

128. Montesquieu, ses CHuvres, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1772

129 Donovan, Natural History of British Birds, 7 vols,

coloured plates, half calf —— 1794

130 Darwin, (E.) on the Laws of Organic Life, 4 vols,

calf —— 1801

131 Bewick, History of British Birds, cuts, 2 vols,

calf . Newc. 1797

132 Nelson, Companion to the Fasts and Festivals,

. calf Lon. 1748

133 Nicol, Gardeners’ Kalendar, calf Edin. 1812

134 Kett, History the Interpreter of Prophecy, 2

vols, calf Lon. 1805

135 Watson, (Bp. of Landaff;) Apology for Chris-

tianity, calf — 1806

136 Charlevoix, Voyage to Canada, calf 1763

137 Grayes, (R.) Sermons and Letters, half calf Bath 1799

138 Jones, (Sir W.) Poetical Translations from the

Asiatic Languages, calf Oxf. Clar. Press 1772

139 Forsyth on the Culture of Fruit Trees, hf. cf. Lon. 1810

140 Brockett, Glossary of North Country Words,

cloth | Newc. 1829

141 Pennant, Synopsis of Quadrupeds, calf = Chester 1771

142 Depon’s Travels in South America, 2 vols, map,

half calf Lon. 1807

143 Homilies of the Church of England, calf MJanch, 1811

165

166

167

OCTAVO. reek

Sharp, (Sir C.) History of Hartlepool, presenta

tion Copy from the Author, plates, calf Durham 1816

Buccaneers of America, History of, plates, calf on. 1704

Cervantes, Don Quixote, (Spanish) 6 vols, calf ,

| Madr, 1787

Wharton, Duke of, his works, 2 vols, portrait by

Vertue, calf Lon. 1732

Anecdotes of Distinguished Persons, 5 vols, plates,

calf ) Don. 1796

Shaftesbury (Lord) Characteristics, 3 vols, calf — i,

— 173

Gay’s Fables, second edition, plates by Vander ..

Guicht, calf ""Tonson 1728

White, (G.) Natural History of Selborne, plates,

2 vols, half Russia al, pee TSkS

Nicholls, (W.) on the Common Prayer, calf

1707

Grant, of Laggan, Poems, half calf = _ “Edin. 1803

Bailey, English Etymological. Dictionary, rough

calf Leon. 1728

Lagrange, (B.) Manual of Chemistry, 2 vols,

plates, half calf —

Mason, (W.) Works, 4 vols, half calf, (with the

addition of a MS. Poem by Mason) —— 1811

Young, History of Whitby, 2 vols, cf, plates Whitby 1817

Pugilism, Annals of, 4 vols, plates, half calf Lon. 1812

Martialis Opera, ad usum Delphini, vellum Ams. 1701

Claudiani Opera, ed. Gesneri, half calf Lips. 1759

Catulli Carmina, ed. Doering, 2 vols in 1, calf —— 1788

Horace (Pinz’s Epirion) engraved wholly on

copper plates, Vignettes, 2 vols, Harleian Bind-

ing, fine copy : Lon. 1733

Sowerby (J.) British Botany, 20 vols, coloured

plates, calf, fine copy —— 1790-1805 —

Curtis and Hooker, Botanical Magazine, or Flower -

Garden Displayed, both series, 62 vols, coloured

plates, half calf, uniform, neat, Lon. 1793-1835,

and Index, cloth bds, Lon.*1828, in all 63 vols.

Annual Register, from the commencement in

1758 to 1828, half calf, not quite uniform, 74

vols, inclusive of 3 vols of Indices, and 1831],

bds, in all 75 vols ai

Rosenmuller, Scholia in N. T., 5 vols, bds,

uncut Niremb. 1815, &c.

Fries, (E.) Systema Mycologicum, sistens Fun-

gorum ordines, 2 vols, bds. uncut Gryp. 1821-22

— OCTAVO. 9

168 Beauvois, (J.) Palisot de Essai d’une nouvelle

Agrostographie, half calf Paris 1812

169 Wahlenberg, (G.) Flora Lapponica, half calf Berl. 1812

170 Senece, Ann. Opera, half calf Bipont. 1783

171 Adam’s Latin Dictionary, calf Edin, 1814

- 172 Nugent, New Method for Learning Greek, calf

Lon. 1808

173 Diogenes Laertius de Vitis &c., ed. Caranbron,

“Gr. Lat., calf Paris, Steph. 1593

174 Esenbech, “Hornschuck und Sturm, Byrologia

mire Germanica, vol 1, and 1 Ret of vol 2, coloured

~~” plates, half calf 1823-27

175. Been (W.) M. P., on the Currency, 1810;

Wyvile on Intolerance, 1808; the School for

Scandal, 1779; Criticism on Gray’s Elegy,

1783 ; Frankland’s Cautions to Young Sports-

nen, 1801; Woods on Dilapidations and Villas,

plates, in one vol, half calf

176 Newton,’ (Isaac) "Mathematical Principles of

Natural Philosophy, by Motte, 2 vols, plates,

Bas CAM Lon. 1729

177 Holmes, (R., Dean of Winchester,) Treatises on

Religious Subjects, calf Oxf. Univ. Press 1806

178 Yorkshire, Gazeteer of, by Clarke, bds. Lon. 1828

179 Haworth, Lepidoptera Britannica, Lon. 1803;

Miscellanea Naturalia, 2 vols 1803

180 Aristeenatus, Love Epistles in English Verse,

bds., Heck

181 Travis, (N. A.) Dissertatio de Apoplexia, gilt

leaves Edin. 1825

182 Turner, (Dawson,) Specimen of a Lichenographia

Britannica, privately printed, presentation copy

from the Author, with Inscription, bds., uncut

Yarm 1839

183 Taylor, (Jeremy,) Holy Dying and Golden Grove,

calf Lon. 1808

184 Derhibgs Physico Theology, calf 1720

185 Dampier’s Voyage round the World, Maps, 2

vols, calf 1699

186 Thicknesse, Journey through France, 2 vols in

one, calf 177%.

187 Young, Tour through the North of England, 4

vols, calf 1770

188 Tour through the East of England, 4 vols,

calf . —- 1771

10 “QUARTO |

189 Mant, Bathitt, Lectures, calf Eonitisia-

190 Coxe, (Archdeacon,) Travels in Poland, ‘tio 7

&c.,'5 vols, Maps, &c., calf > —— 1802:

191 Ariosto? s Orlando Furioso, by Bight; Ttalian with |

English Notes, 4 vols, neat, calf Camb. 1789

192 Homer, Iliad and Odyssy, translated by Cowper;

4: vols, calf Ton. 1809

193 Fyfe, (A.) Compendium of Anatomy, Lamy 4

vols, half calf 0) Bdin. 1812

194 Blomefield (F.) Topographical History of Norfolk,

11 vols, plates, Russia, fine copy Lon. 1805

195 Chalmer’s History of the University of Oxford,

2 vols, many plates, red Morocco, gilt leaves Oxf, 1810

196 Dyer’s History of the University of Cambridge,

many plates, 2 vols, red Morocco, gilt leaves : Lon. 1814

“*,* Uniform with ‘the last number. Oy

197 Bar thelemy, Travels of Anacharsis, witha eer

of 4to. plates, uniform, 7 vols, half calf) —— 1806

198 Harmer’s Observations on the Scripture, ed. by «

a, oe

Dr. Clarke, 4 vols, calf ee 1808

199 Greville (R. K.)Scottish Cryptoganic Flora, 6 vols;

coloured plates, half calf Edin. 1823.

200 Johnson, (Ben.) Works, by Whalley, plates; —

7 vols, calf _ Lon. 1756

201 Spenser” s Works, by Todd, 8 vols, calf —— 1805

QUARTO.

203 Danet, Dictionary of Greek and Roman Anti-

quities, plates, Camb. calf

204 Scheuthzer, (J.) Graminum et Juncorum Historia,

plates, half calf " Tig. 1719

205 Victoris Aurelii, Historia Romana, cum notis,

variorum, edit. Arntzenii, prize vellum, neat Ams. 1733

206 Dillwyn (L. W.) British Confervee, many coloured

plates, calf —— 1809

207 Jacquin (N. J.) Miscellanea Austriaca, ad Botani-

cum, Chemiam et Historiam Naturalem Spec-

tantia, many coloured plates, 2 vols in ‘1, half

calf - . Vindo. 1778

208 Petronii Opera, cum notis variorum, edit. Bur-

1700

manni, vellum Traj. 1709

209 Schkuhr, (C.) XXIV. klasse des Linneischen

Pflanensy stems, 2 vols in 1, and 1 vol coloured

plates, calf, neat f Wittemb. i809

202 Moyle (W.) Works, 3 vols, ealf —— i726

Seas QUARTO.

210 Maximi, Valerii, Opera, cum notis variorum, edit,

Torrenii, prize vellum A Leid.

211 Hedwig, (J.) Species Muscorum Frondosorum,

with Supplements, 3 vols, many coloured plates,

GET caléeo. Lips.

212 Salustii Opera, edit Cortii, vell., neat

213: Miller, (E.) History of Doncaster, plates, half

. calf: 224: Done.

214 Propertii Opera, edit Burmanni, half Russia T'raj.

215 Ellis, (J.) Natural History of British Corralines,

plates, calf Don.

216 Castillio, the Courtier, translated by Hobby,

| black letter, Lon. 1577; a Treatise on the

Grounds: of the Old and the New Religion,

Romanist, 1608; belonging to Thomas Baker,

217 Hesiodi Opera, Gr. Lat. and Ital. Frienz.

218 Graves, History of Cleveland, plates, half cf. Card.

219 Appuleii Opera, ed. Oudendorpii and Ruhnkenii,

half-ealf, uncut Ams.

220 Campbell, Gertrude of Wyoming, calf Lon.

221 Scott’s Bible, 6 vols, Maps, &c., cloth

po Clarke, (E. D.) Travels through various parts of

‘Europe, Asia, and Africa, 3 parts in 6 vols,

plates and maps, calf

223 Pennant, (T.) Tour to the Isle of Wight, 2 vols

in one, plates, calf.

224 — — Arctic Zoology, 3 vols, plates, cf. ——

225 ——_-—— Tour in Wales, 2 vols, plates ——

226 — Chester, plates --—

227 —-——-- Hebrides, plates Chester

228 —— — Journey from Chester to London,

plates Lon.

229 ——-—-— Tour in Scotland, 2 vols, plates Warr.

*,% All in calf, nearly uniform.

FOLIO.

230 Clarendon’s History of the Rebellion, 3 vols,

newly bound in calf, neat Lon.

231 Speed’s History of Great Britain, cuts, portrait

newly bound in calf, neat, 1627, and Theatre of

3 Great Britain, maps, newly bound in calf,

32 Surtees, History of Durham, 3 vols, half gledh <4ex

33 Postlethwayt’s Dictionary of Trade and Com-

1726 ,

1801 ©

1724

1780

1775

1808

1786.

1809

1841

1801

1792

1778

1791

177

i782

1774

1702

1676

merce, 2 vols, rough calf Lon, 1751

12 _ FOLIO.

234 Calmet, Dictionary of the Bible, by D’Oyley and jes Pe:

Colsdn, ealf, gilt backs, 3 vols, plates § Lon, 17 732.

235 Supplement to,(in French) from M to Z,

calf ies Paris i728

236 Bowen’s English Atlas, half calf —— 1749

237 Thomson’s General Atlas, coloured plates, half

calf Edin; 1817

238 Merian, (M. 8.) De Generatione et Metamor-; —

phosibus Insectorum Surinamensium, many.

Jine plates, calf, gilt back, fine copy > —- Amst. 1719

239 Suide Lexicon, Gr. Lat. ed., sistas 3 vols, |

Cambridge we Cant. 1705

240 Diodori Siculi Opera, Gr. Lat. ed., Wesseling,

2 vols, plates, calf, neat 1 Amst. 1746

241 Raii Historia Plantarum, 3 vols, calf, eta a i hs

|. .dLon: 1686

242 Stackhouse, History of the Bible, 2 vols, plates,

calf, neat —-- 1733

243 Oldmixon’s History of the House of Stuart, calf,

neat coy ——= 1730

244 Rapin and Tindale’s History of England; t vols, ran

Portraits by Virtue, 1, vol. jine. impressions,

rough calf one 17 732

245 Miller's Garedner’s Dictionary, by Martyn, 2

vols. in 4, calf —_—— 1807 1

246 Hedwig, Descriptio et adumbratio muscorum

frondosorum, 4 vols in one, many. coloured

plates, half valf Lips. 1787-97 2

247 Historia Auguste Scriptores, ed. Salmacii, calf

Paris 1620

Oem"

SECOND DAY’S SALE.

TUESDAY, \6th MAY, 1843.

~ DUODECIMO.

248 Smith’s Elegiac Sonnets, half calf Lon. 1789 |

1833

249 Gisborne’s Reflections, a Poem, boards

250

251 Hargrove’s History of Knaresborough » plates,

half calf York 1798.

252 Shadwell’s Plays, half calf ) Lon. 1720

— Poems, boards — 1813°

DUODECIMO. 13

253 Brookes’ Art of Angling, calf = Lon. 1781

254 Byron’s English Bards and Scotch Reviewers,

. 1 -ealf° — 1810

255 Plays, Steele’s Funeral, 1710; Rowe’s Lady Jane

Grey; Lee’s Sophonisba, 1718; Griffin’s Hu-

mours of Purgatory, 1716, calf

256 Reece’s Chemical Guide, half calf a 1814

257 History of Peter the Great, calf —— 1740

258 Coxe’s Practical Sermons, bds. — 1834

259 Pope’s Works, 9 vols, calf - ——— 1753

260 Lettres de M. de Maintenon, 6 vols, half cf. Paris 1806

261 Henry’s Epitome of Chemistry, half calf Lon. 1803

262 Catullus, Tibullus et Properties, Lat., Fr., 3 vols

calf ° ~ ) Amst. 1771

263 Silius Italicus, ed. Cellarii, calf Lips. 1695

264 Visions, in Verse, calf Lon. 1767

265 Philips’s Poems, calf 1720

266 The Union, or Select Scotch and English Poems,

19 eaves of MS. Songs inserted, in a neat hand,

a s calf <** | Edin. 1753

‘267 La Paysanne Parvenue, 3 vols, stained, calf Paris 1736

268 Bloxham’s Gothic Architecture, plates Oxf. 1841

269 Evans’ Sketch of Religious Denominations, with

- Sequel, calf, 2 vols in one Lon. 1806-7

270 Thomson’s Seasons, 4 vols, calf 1762

271 Haywood’s Conversations, 2 vols, calf —— 1734

272 Locke’s Thoughts on Education, calf ——- 1732

273 Bibliotheque de Campagne, 12 vols, calf Haye 1738

274 Lettres de la Marquise de Sévigné, calf Paris 1773

275 Hudibras, with Grey’s Notes, 2 vols, calf — Lon. 1810

276 Homer’s Iliad, by Dacier and Oczell, 5 vols, plates,

calf —— 1712

277 Edgeworth’s Fashionable Tales, containing

Ennui and Vivian, 6 vols, half calf —— 1809

278 — Popular Tales, 3 vols, 1807; Moral

Tales, 3 vols,_1806, half calf, uniform

279 Hamilton’s Poems, calf Edin. 1760

- 280 Waller’s Works, calf Lon. 1744

282 Pomfret’s Poems, calf Lon. 1724

283 Glover’s Leonidas, 2 vols, calf —— 1770

284. Montgomery’s World before the Flood, hf, cf. —— 1813

285 Hoge’s Mountain Bard, half calf Edin. 1821

286 Memoirs of Sam. Foote, by Cooke, 3 vols, cf. Lon. 1805

287 Hoge’s Forest Minstrel, calf Edin. 1810

’

ool eg es Pe

\ “a

14: DUODECIMO.

268 Cnteadr hand! (John) Poems, calf . Moet 177.

289 Dodds’ Prison Thoughts, half calf _ Lon. 1809

290 Cottin, (Mde.) Mathilde, 6 vols in 3, half calf —— 1805

291 Persoon, Synopsis Methodica Fungorum, half

calf, plates Gitt, i801

292. Goldsmith’s History of Greece, abridged, sheep

- Lon. 1816

293 Goodman’s Winter Evening Conference, calf —-— 1692

294 Academic Errors, half calf —— 1807

295 Psalms, by Brady and Tate, calf Oxf. 1807

296 Bonnycastle’s Algebra, calf Lon. 1815

297 Guide Books to Oxford, n. d.; Westminster Abbey,

1778; Melrose, 1759; Trial of Eugene Aram,

1792, half calf . ;

298 Knox’s Essays, 3 vols, calf —— 1803_

299 Parkinson’s Chemical Pocket Book, half calf —— 1803

300 Camilla de Florian, a Poem, half calf —— 1809

301 Anacreon, by Moore, calf, neat, 2Q2vols | —— 1815

302 Cowper’s Posthumous Pepa, half calf —— 1815

303 Enfield’s Family Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1778

304 Massillon’s Sermons by Dickson, 3 vols, calf --— 1802

305 Noehden’s German Grammar, calf ———— 1807

806 History of England, no Title, sheep

307 Farmer on Christ’s Temptation, calf » —— 1805

308 on the Demoniacs, calf --— 1805

309 Burnet’s Life of Rochester, calf —— 1805

310 Weston’s' Family Discourses, calf Camb. 1776

OCTAVO.

311 Kennett’s Antiquities of Rome, plates, calf Lon, 1713

312 Police Report of the Metropolis, by Clement, half

calf —— 1816 —

313 Sutherland’s Line from Gibraitar to Constantinople

calf —— 1790

315 Churchill, Works, 4 vols, calf --— 1774

316 Irving, History of New York, 2 vols, half ef. 182]

317 Pamphlets, Account of a Wild Girl, 1768; Sterne’s

Political Romance, 1769; Akenside’s Pleasures

of Imagination ; Letter on Bread, 1772, &c., calf

318 Pamphlets; Royal African,; Dissert. Medici-

nalis de Vaccina, 1801; Anticipation of the

King’s Speech, 1778; Arcadia, 1761; the Mo-

dern Wife, 1744; Oroonoko, 1759; Polly, by

Gay, 1/29; Beggars’ Opera, 1740, half calf

ile =) 1 ae, eae

rs .

OCTAVO. 15

a Woodfall’s Landlord and Tenant, law calf Lon, 1814

320 Terence, translated by G. Coleman, calf -—— 1802

S27, Foote, (S.) Plays, Farces, and other Works,

vols, calf —

322 Chaptal, Elements of Chemistry, 3 vols, half calf

—-— 1800

323 Doddin ton, (G.) Bubb, Diary, calf, neat Salish, 1784

324 Wraxall’s Tour to Copenhagen, Stockholm, and

Petersburg, calf Lon. 1775

325, Plays, German Hotel, Road to Ruin, Fugitive, Day

One has his Fault, half calf

326 Pleader’s Guide, a poem, with the Arguments of

Counsellors Bother’ um and Bore’um, calf 1808

327, Yorkshire, Langdale’s Topographical Dictionary

~~ Map, half calf —— 1822

‘328 Pursuits of Literature, a Satirical Poem, with

“notes, calf _— —— 1822

329 Wilberforce on the Slave Trade, halfcalf --— 1807

330 De Lolme on the Constitution of England, calf

—— 1775

331 Cowley’s Works, 3 vols, plates, calf —— 1707

‘332 Hartley,(D.) Observations on Man, 3 vols, cf —— i801

333 Harris, Life of Cromwell, calf —— 1762

334 Bowdler, (T.) Letters from Holland, calf = —— 1788

335 Fellowes, (R.} Body of Theology, 2 vols, calf —— 1807

336 Faber, (G. S.) on the Prophecies, 2 vols, calf —— 1808

337 Robb’s Poems, Russia, gilt leaves Edin. 1809

338 Emerson’s Principles of Mechanics, plates, half

calf Don, 1754

339 Clarkson, Portraiture of Quakerism, 3 vols, cf, —— 1807

340 Porson’s "Letters to Travis on 1 John vy, 7, half

calf —— 1790

341 Speechiey on the Culture of the Vine, hf. cf. —— 1821

342 Latimer, (Bp.) Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1788

343 Stebbing, (H.) Sermons, 3 vols, calf —— 1790

344 Rose, (J.) Sermons, half calf York 1766

345 Sermons, the Scottish Pulpit, 5 vols, cloth Glasg. 1834

346 Balguy, (Vicar of Northallerton,) Sermons, 2 vols,

half ealf Ran. 1790

347 Holder’s Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1791

348 Middleton’s Life of Cicero, 3 vols, calf —— 1741

349 Johnson, History of Highwaymen, calf Edin. 1814

350 Ockley, History of the Saracens, 2 vols, cf. Camdb. 1757

351 Pennant’s British: Zoology, 4 vols, plates, cf. Warr. 1776

352

353

354

355

356

357

358

359

360

361

362

363

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

372

373

374

375

376

377

378

379

380

381

382

383

384:

385

OCTAVO.

Harris, Life of Charles I., calf =~ ~——- Lon. i758

Knox A(T. ) Sermons on Faith, Hope,and Charity,

_— L792

calf

Matthew’s Sermons, 2 vols, bds. —— 1834

Beachcroft’s Sermons, 2 vols, bds. =. 1816

Sermons, cloth t- eeti1s40'%

Martyn, (Henry) Sermons, half cloth = 1822

1753.

Hill, (Aaron) Works, 4 vols, calf

Shenstone’s Works, plates, 3 vols, calf Dodsley 1764 —

Porteus, (Bp.) Sermons, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1806

Voltaire ses CEuvres, complete, 70 vols, calf, neat

ee By

Gotha 1785-9 —

Cushing’s Exotic Gardener, calf, MS- Notes Lon. 1814

Farmer, (H.) on the Worship of Human Spirits,

calf (amor 1788

Franklin, (Benj.) Works, 3 vols, calf...) - —=— 1806

Wrangham, (F.) Practical Sermons, calf —— 1800

Pamphlets, The Critic and Pizarro, by Sheridan,

1811; On Reform in Parliament, 1812; Wyvill

on Religious Toleration, 1812, half calf

Smith, (Sydney) Three Letters. to Archdeacon

Sineleton, on the Ecclesiastical Commission,

1839; On the Ballot, 1839, half calf

Baines, The Flora of Yorkshir e, plates, cloth —-~ 1840

Stanhope, (Dean) on Salvation, parts, calf —— ] 742

Dibdin, (T. F.) Introduction to the Classics, 2

vols, cloth, plates Lon. 1827

Literary Reminiscences, 2 vols, cloth,

plates 5° ee—t/1836

Churchman, (The) 1838-41, 5 vols - » Painter |

‘Franklin, (T.) Sermons, half calf Lon. 1787

Paul’s Letters to his Kinsfolk, half calf Edin, 1816

Celebs in search of a Wife, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1809

Smith, (Adam) on the Wealth of Nations, 3 vols :

Edin. 1806

Richardson’s Pamela, 4 vols, calf Lon. 1742

Ogden, (Professor) Sermons, calf Dub. 1788. —

Sheridan, (R. B.) Works, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1821- —

Hogg, The Queen’s Wake, calf _ Edin. 1819 —

Valpy’s Sermons, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1811

Horsley, (Bp.) Sermons, 4 vols in 3, calf Dundee 1811

Speeches, calf 1813

Smith, (Sydney) Sermons, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1509

Mason’s 52 Sermons, with Supplement, 5 vols,

calf —— (1752-3

~ - -OCTAVO. 17

386 Carr, (S.) Sermons, 4 vols, half calf Lon. 1801

387 Horsley, (Bp.) Tracts against Priestly, &c., calf

SONI: 3 | Dundee 1812

388 Diodorus Siculus, translated by Booth, half calf

ea Lon. 1814

589 Hone, Every Day Book, 2 vols, 1826; Table

Book, 1827; Year Book, 1832, many cuts, calf,

uniform, 4 vols

390 Mackay, (J. T.) Flora Hibernica, 2 parts in one

vol, cloth : Dub. 1836

391 Lindley, (J.) Introduction to Botany, cloth Lon. 1830

392 Sweet, (R.) Hothouse Manual, bds. —— 1826

393 Sumner, (J. B., Bishop of Chester) Sermons, hf.

calfiiiqa a —— 1821

394 Sherlock, (Bp.) Trial of the Witnesses of our

- Lord’s Resurrection, half calf —— 1765

395 Watson and Thompson, History of Philip III,

of Spain, 2 vols, half calf -~— 1808

396 Herbert, (W.) on Bulbous Plants, plates, cloth,

—— 1837

397 Montesquieu, on the Rise and Fall of the Roman

Empire, calf 1759

398 More, (Hannah) Lord Percy, 1788; Fatal Fals-

»-— hood, 1739; Search after Happiness, 1796, &c.,

Sh. calf

399 Taylor, (John) Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1800

400 Calthrop’s Sermons, 2 vols, bds. tae 1 8399

401 Alison, (A.) Sermons, 2 vols, calf Edin. 1815

402 Muston, Sermons at Rotherham, cloth Lon. 1837

403 Nicol, the Scotch Forcing Gardener, hf. cf. 1797

404 Vilette, Essay on the Happiness of the Life to

come, halfcalf =~ Bath 1800

405 Marcellinus, Amm. Opera, 2 vols, half calf Bipont 1786

406 Turton, Conchological Dictionary, coloured

plates, ZS. Notes, calf Lon. 1819

407 Forster’s Index of Sermons, cloth past] S40

408 Law’s Serious Call to a Holy Life, calf sees 1810

409 Buchanan’s Travels in the W. Hebrides, hf. cf. —-— 1793

410 D’Urfey’s Plays and Poems, calf Eel 72d

411 Oufle, (Mons.) History of His Ridiculous Extra-

vagencies, calf

412 Law, (Bp. of Carlisle) on the Theory of Religion,

: calf, neat. Camb. 1774

413 Stewart, (Dugald) Philosophy of the Human

. Mind, calf - Lon. 1808

1711

L-st J oi be

18 OCTAVO.

414 Tomline, (Bp. of Lincoln) Elements of Theotogy me sea

2 vols, calf OO 1812

415 Refutation of Calvinism, calf ——~- 18f]. i

416 Watson, (Bp.) Anecdotes of his Life, 2 vols. calf

Lon. 1818

417 Sheridan, (R. B.) Life by Moor, 2 vols., half calf

eg iy

418 Tate, Horatius Restitutus, cloth —_ Camb. 1832"

419 Mackenzie, (M. J.) Lectures on the Miracles, _

boards Lon. 1834

420 Commentary on the Old and New Testaments,

from Scott and Henry, by Religious Tract So-

ciety, 6 vols., cloth

421 Michaelis, Introduction to the New Testament ang

Marsh, 6 vols., cloth —— 400

422 Wellington, Selections from the Paine of,

by Gurwood, cloth ' —— 1841

423 Labaurne, Campaign i in Russia, half calf = --— 1815

424. Nicholson’s Popular Course of Mathematics, eae

—— 1822

425 Library of Useful Knowledge, Treatise on the

Horse, cloth —— 1831

426 Stewart, (A. ) Discourses, boards Edin. 1829

427 Sharpe, (w.) Sermons, cloth ~~ Lon. 1836

428 Harness, (W.) Parochial Sermons, cloth - 1837

429 Williams, Sermons, cloth

430 Jortin, (Archdeacon) Sermons, 4 vols, calf Dub. 1778

431 Seed’s Posthumous Works, 2 ‘vols, calf’ 2 ean. 1752

Sermons, 2 vols, calf (uniform with the last)

— 1751

433 Watson, (Bp.) Theological Tracts, 6 vols, calf —— 1791

806

434 Van Mildert, (Bp.) Sermons on Infidelity, 2 vols,

calf

435 Robertson, Histosiéal Disquisition on India, calf :

— 1817

436 Abercrombie’s Gardener’s Calendar, calf. ~ _—— 1809

437 Blair’s Sermons, 5 vols, calf —— 1802

438 Franklin’s Sermons, 3 vols, calf —— 1787

439 Walker’s Pronouncing Dictionary, calf |. —=<= 1813

44i Elements of Natural History, 2 vols, plates, half

Morocco — 1801

442 Hogarth, Illustrated by paige 3 pea. plates,

Reissie bales F7 932 |

443 Young, Annals of acne " wo calf —— 1784

1839

‘

}

‘

~ OCTAVO, 19

444 Bee The Giaour; The Bride of Abydos; The

Lon. 1814

445, Diese of Idleness —— 1820

446. Mazeppa; The Island; Vampire, &c. —— 1819

447 Lara; Waterloo; Siege of Corinth ;

Hugo. and Parasina, &c. 1814

448 Sardanapalus; Two Foscari; Cain —— 182!

449 Marino Faliero; Dante --— 1821

450. Don Juan, 3 vols —— v. y:

451 Conversations of, by Medwin —— 1824

** Uniformly half bound in calf.

: : ' QUARTO.

452 Carr’s Travels round the Baltic, plates, calf —— 1805

453 Stewart, (Dug.) Philosophical Essays, calf Edin. 1810

454. Ellis and Solander, Natural History of British

Zoophytes, plates, calf Lon. 1776

455 Hederici Lexicon, Gr. Lat. Edit., Morell, calf —— 1810

456 Horatii Opera, Edit. Bentleii, calf Cant. 1711

457 Homer Travestie, vellum Lon. 1772

458 SB: Podtt, &c., The Country Justice, 3 parts, 1777 ;

the Seventeenth Epistle of Horace Imitated,

ac 1756; Woty’s Particular Providences, 1774;

-. Hutchinson on the Frog Fish of Surinam,

=». plates, n. y.; Merrick’s Sacred Poems, 1763;

: Medea, 1762; Sayer on the Police of West-

minster, 1784 ; Randolph on the Prophecies

in the New Testament ; and various others, hf.

calf

459 Mickle’s Lusiad, half calf Oxf. 1776

460 Lamy’s Introduction to the Scriptures, plates, calf

Lon. 1733

461 Baxter, (T.) Illustration of Egyptian, Grecian, and

Roman Costume, 40 outline plates, half calf —— 1810

462 Cordiner’s Antiquities of the North of Scotland,

plates, calf —— 1780

463 Scilla,(A.) De Corporibus Marinis Lapidiscenti-

__ bus quze Defossa Reperiuntur, plates, cf. Roma 1747

464 Charlton, (L.) History of W hitby Abbey, plates,

calf York 1779

465 Adams, (G.) Essays on the Microscope, together

with a vol. of plates, calf, uniform Lon. 1787

466 Valerii Flacci Argonautica, cum notis variorum,

edit. Burmanni, vell. gilt Leid. 1724

20 °QUARTo.

467 Tunstall, (J.) Lectures on’ ‘Natural and Revealed

Religion, half calf => (Od 0 “Lon. 1748 ;

468 Young, (A.) Tour through. Trakdinds eal ——— 1780 |

469 Percival,(Rob.) Account of Ceylon, tthe, cf. aa 1805

470 Funeral Sermons, 13, &c., on Lord Dorset, $y

Archbishop Abbot, 1608 ; on Prince Henty;'by

Dan. Price, 1613; Dr. ‘Donne? s Funeral Ser-

mon, by himself, (curious plates) &c., calf, neat,

for erly belonging to Baker, of St. Solin? 8 ‘Cole

lege, Cambridge

471 Bion and Moschus, by Wakefield, half calf he an

(Bensley) — 1795

ph Statii Opera, notis Cracei, old calf Par. 1618

473 Tode, (H. J.) Fungi Mecklenburgenses, orpanei in

one vol., plates, half calf > uned. 17 90

474 Fuessly, (J. G. ) Archives de l’Histoire des Insec--

tes trad. en Francois, coloured plates; French

calf “20 nit. 1794

475 Schkuhr, (C.) Histoire des Carex ou’ Laiches, aa

trad. par G. de la Vigne, colour ed plates; calf

Lips. 1802

476 Lucani, (M. A.) Pharsaliay edit’ Barnianiis red.

“Morocco, gilt leaves, elegant fic Leid. 1740

477 J uvenalis et Persii ‘Satyree, cum comment. ‘”

Lubini, calf Hanov. 1603

FOLIO. .

478 Willoughby’s Ornithology, by Ray, plates, calf Lon. 1678

479 Gerarde’s Herbal, numerous cuts, thick’ vol,

newly bound in ‘calf 1633

480 Selden’s Titles of Honor, Portrait by White, (with .

481 Sehmidel, (C. C.) Icones Plantarum, many co- B

loured plates, calf Lrlang. 1793 4

482 Vaillant, (S.) Botanicon Parisiense, plates, half |

calf Leid. 1727 |

483 Hunter’s Hallamshire, plates, calf Lon. 1819 @

484 Stephani Thesaurus Linguze Greece, edit., by 7

11 vols, calf — 1816 |

485. Raine’s North Durham, part 1, (all published) 7

plates — 1830

486 Whittaker’s History of Richmondshire and Part

of Lonsdale, 10 parts, plates; &c. —— Vy.

487 Brooke’s Catalogue of English. “Nobility, “the =

Author's guift,’ MS. note on title, calf «~ —— 1622

-QUARTO. 21

488 Harington’ s Poetical translation of Orlando: Furi-

-oe! »..08o, Lon. 1634, Elegant and Witty Epigrams, By

o>) the same, Lon. 1633, in 1 vol, calf, imperfs »

“489 Petiveri Opera Historiam Naturalem Spectantia,

2 vols, many plates, calf Lion. 1767

490 Olddmixon’ s History of the Reformation in Ene-

land and Scotland, calf —— 1739

49] Thoresby’ s Ducatus Leodiensts, plates, calfros-— 1715

492 Michelius,(P. A.) Nova Plantarum Genera juxta

methodum Tournefortii disposita, plates, calf

Flor. 1729:

C489 Plot's Natural History| of Staffordshire, plates,

ealf Oxf. 1686

“494 Rushworth’s. Historical.Collections during the

90°) 5. Reigns of James I. & Charles I., 8 vols, calf, Lon. 1721

495 ‘Thoroton’ s Antiquities of N ottinghamshire, plates

(some of the. arms coloured ) calf at 1677

496 Chaucer’s Works, by Speght, black letter, calf —— 1598

497 Cabala:sive Scrinia Sacra, calf =i 1673

ee Burnet’s History of the English Reformation, 2

vols, calf, plates —— 1781

499 Broughton’ s Dictionary. of all Religions, calf, 2

j vols. in one —— 1756

“500 Boyer, History. of Queen ‘Arthas plates, &c., calf

208 —— 1735

501 Hoffinann, Descriptio et.Adumbratio Plantarum

que Lichenes dicuntur,;2 vols in one, halt

; Morocco, coloured plates | | Lips. 1790

“502 Wilson’s History of James L., portrait, calf . Lon. 1653 -

503 Fairfax’s Translation of Godfrey of Bulloigne,

calf | —=— 1600

504 Manuscript, Glover’s Visitation of Yorkshire, in

1584 and 1585, with occasional continuations

and some additional notes respecting the

family of Wray, a transcript made during the

last Century, trickings of Arms, calf

moon

_—e_eoOorr™n

“THIRD DAY’S SALE,

| WEDNESDAY, lth MAY, 1848.

DUODECIMO. .

505 Scott’ s Bridal of Triermain, calf neat Edinb. 1817

506 Herodiani Opetas Gr. & bom Edit. Boecleri

vellum Arg. '¢44

a DUOQDECIMO,

507 Roamiien Lots of School Books, &e.,viz 2

Delectus, 2 copies, 1813 ; Rules on oe Se

junctive Mood, 1821; Exercises on ‘Latin Apes

Prosody, 1815; Valpy’ s Elegantie Latine, __

1811; Latin Delectus, 1811; Thos an s Vir- ‘se Abi

gil, 1812; Jones’s Latin Grammar, Ii 6; Greek :

Epierams, 1791; Valpy’s Latin oc 3

1819; Ellis’s Exercises, 1816; Carey’ sScan-.. his

ning Exercises, 1807; Underwood? Ss Exercises, a

1824; Goldsmith’s History of England, 1821

521 Lettres d’une Peruvienne, 2 vols, calf . Paris. 1761

522 Grotius de Veritate Religionis Christians, a

J reyepchn AaOme 1272

523 Ruggle’s Ignoramus, calf ee 1737 |

524 Lettres de ‘Sophie, 2 vols, calf oy a 1765

525 Panzer, Kritische Revision der eas i :

Deutschlands, coloured plates, half cale . Nurn. 1806

526 Opie’s Simple Tales, 4 vols, calf '“ “Lon, 1806

527 History of Ripon, plates, calf ss ” Ripon 1806

528 Boileau, ses Ciuvres, 4 vols, calf Amst. 1729

529 Bishop Gibson’s Pastoral Letters, calf «Lon. 1732.9

530° Ovidii Metamorph. calf -1789 |

531 Poetez Minores Greeci, Gr. & Lat., calf Cine: 1677

532 Hesiodi Opera, Gr. & Lat. _ Lug. 1653

533 Herodotus, Gr. & Lat., Walsenne: 7 vols, calf. |.”

Edin. 1806

534 Scott’s Tales of My Landlord, 3 series, 12 vols a

535 Rob Roy, 3 vols pe:

536 Ivanhoe, 3 vols sae

537 Monastery, 3 vols

538 : Abbot, 3 vols

539 Kenilworth, 3 vols

540 Pirate, 3 vols

541 - Fortunes of Nigel, 3 vols

542 Peveril, 4 vols arian

543 Quentin Durward, 3 vols ring

544 - Redgauntlet, 3 vols :

545 ———— St. Roman’s Well, 3 vols

046 Guy Mannering, 3 vols

547 Waverley, 3 vols

548 - Antiquary, 3 vols

549 ~ Chronicles of the Canongate, 2 series, 5 vols.

550 Woodstock, 3 vols

551 Tales of the Crusaders, 4 vols

The above 67 vols. are nearly uniform, in half calf...

DUODECIMO. 23

552 Cottin, de.) Elizabeth, Telit oe ‘Lon. 1308

553 Cais omer’ s Iliad, 6 vols, calf, maps and

plates | | Dub. 1736

554 — Odyssey, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1763

555 Additions to Pope’s Works, 2 vols, calf 1776

“556 Scottist ‘oems, from the Maitland MS., 2 vols,

calf —— 1776

557 Gay’s Works, 4 vols, ealf —— 1775

558 Steele’s Dramatic Works, calf —— 1723

559, Genlis, Adelaide and Theodore, 3 vols, calf —— 1796

560 Swift’s Works, by Hawkesworth, 24 vols, calf,

5 neat —— 1760

561 Rochefoucault’ s Maxims, calf —— 1750

562 Simpson’s Visit to Flanders in 1815 Ed. 1715

563 Mitchell’s Natural Philosophy, half calf Lon. 1819

564 Bibliosophia, or Bookwisdom, half calf —— 1810

565 Watts’ Hymns, calf —— 1785

566 Fries, Observationes Mycologicze, 2 parts in one

vol., coloured plates, half calf Hafre. 1815-18

567 Schrader, Spicilegium Flore Germanice, part 1,

plates, sewed Hehe! 1794

568 Hooker’s Compendium of English Flora, cloth, Lon. 1826

569 Parry’s Sermons, cloth —— 1839

570 Blomfield, (G. B. :) Sermons, cloth ~ —— 1841

671 Girdlestone’ s Sermons for the Year, cloth, 2 vols

—-- 1836

572 Parochial Sermons, 2 vols, bds. —— 1833

573 Health, Sure Methods of Improving, by Diet and

Regimen, bds. Lon. 1828

574 Slade’s Parochial Sermons, 4 vols, bds. --— 1831-40

575 Berens’ Village Sermons, bds. —— 1824

576 Cecil’s Three Discourses, cloth — 1832

OCTAVO.

577 Quarterly Review, from July, 1836 to Bee, 1842,

wanting April, Sept. and Dec., 1837, 27 numbers

578 Gentleman’s Magazine, 35 vols, bound and half

bound, and 102 numbers 1733-1822

579 Reports of Society for Propagating the Gospel ;

Missionary Intelligence; Gospel in Foreign

Parts, 7 numbers

580 Buddicoms Sermons, 2 vols, bds.

581 Agardh, Synopsis Algarum Scandinavie, 2 vols,

sewed —— 1817-28

582 Dodwell’s Sermons, calf —— 1748

1922

24 OCTAVO. ~

583 henialitit, Winch, on. the Plants of Durham} ego

Lindley’s Principles of Botany, &c. G numbers ng phat ain

— Wright’s Illustrations of Indian Botany, — aia

coloured plates; History of the Cow Tree,

coloured plates’; Turner’s History of Fuci,neat,

21 coloured plates, and other Botanical Tre itises 3

by Henslow, &c., 7 numbers tei wen

585 = Extracts from Professor Feist a le

Letters (privately printed ; )Professor Hooker's _

Journal'in- Norway (privately printed,) 8&e. ~~ }

585*Smith’s Flora, (Mosses) 3rd vol. interleaved MS. . ,.. —

084

notes, drawings and specimens inserted, Line

thick vol. ° Lon! 1804:

586 Chambers’s Illustrations of the Author of Waser.” |

ley, bds. “ Badin. 1825,_

587 Cielo de Republica, ed. Maiti ; - Paris 1823

588 Werner, by Lord Byron, bds. > ° Lon. 1823.

589 Don Juan, 3 vols, half-calf, neat; vol. clue —'D. Yn

591 Sir C. Sharp’s Chronicon arabs? scarey: 7: a -

sentation copy, no date —°* 2 ei aie

592 Rights of Laymen, cloth “9°” 5, 1841”

593 Jones’ Classical Atlas, fine plates, half eal? — 1832 .

594 Danby, (of Swinton Park, Yorkshire) Thought gdp ia

on Serious Subjects, bds. : 4. Ex. 1821.

595 Sowerby’s British Miscellan of ‘Natural History,

Ist vol, coloured plates, it Lon. 1806...

596 Bailey’s Enelish Dictionary, 2nd vol; rough calf - .

Dicniacanll 31.

597 Marsham, Entomologia Britannica, Torn 1, con-— re

‘

~ Pe jj

did

taining Coleoptera, half calf Feae ie5 1802.

598 Savage’s Librarian, vol 1, calf ~~ eth eT aoe

599 Smith’s English Flora, by Hooker, vol 5 in2 parts, .

forming vol. 2 of Hooker’s British Flora. - 1833 6

600 Hooker’s Botanical Miscellany, Ist vol, “plates, ey ee

half calf /—-- 1830

601 Wyvil’s Political Correspondence, 6th vol. iQ,

parts, bds. ‘York

602 Memoirs of the Wernerian Society, Ist. vol.

many coloured plates, half calf Edin. isi

603 Stonehouse’s Prayers for Nottingham Infirmary,

calf

604 Todd,(Arckdeacon,) on the Versions of the Bible, 5 ie

3 i nih copy, cloth 1s oot 7 1994.

ShS eaeh J

OCTAVO.., 25

605 Simplicity of Health, bds. 4) 45 rf «1829

606 Lindle eee. of "British Flora, oe ayer’? 1829

607 Raii, , Synopsis. Stirpium , Britannicarum,.

plates, Russia, gilt , Lon. 1724

608 nie Opera, cum variorum notis, edit. Crippin-

gii, 3 vols, ealf Ants. 1683

609 Curt (Q) Historia Alexandri . Magni, cum

notis yarlorum, prize, vellum Lug. B.1658

610 Atheneum, Animadversionesin,Post Casaubonum

Scripsit Schweighaeuser, . 9 vols, Russia, neat

Argan 1801

611 Eschyli Trageedia, edit. Porsoni, Gr. & Lat.,

vols, calf Ronis 1796

612 Apoll i Rhodii Argonantica, cum notis variorum,

avar Gk a at. edit. Shaw, 2 vols, half calf Oxon 1779

613. — Sophiste Lexicon Gracum Iliadis et

On lyssex, edit. Tollii, calf, gilt Lug. B. 1788

614 Grac us ad. Parnassum, calf Lon. 1811

615 Si taped Comeediz, Gr. & Lat., edit. Brunck,

~~ 4yols.calt ci: Oxon 1810

616 Ciceronis: Opera, edit. ae 8 vols, calf .—— 1810

oY, Candolle, (A. P. de) Regni Vegetabilis Systema

Naturale, half calf. Paris 1818

618 Oratores Greci, edit. Reiske, 12 vols,vell. neat Lips..1770

619. Classical Journal, 37 vols, half calf Lon. 1810-28

620 Aristotelis Organon, Gr. & Lat. edit. J. P..a

Beriga, stamped hogskin.. Hanov. 1617

———— de Animalibus, Gr.. & Lat. edit.

Schneiders, 4 vols, half Russia Lips. 1811

622 ————— Opera Omnia, Gr. & Lat. edit., Buhle,

5 vols, half calf Bipont 1791

623 Plinii Historia Naturalis, edit. Harduini, 5 vols.

half calf 1783

624 Wilson‘s Wanderer in America Northal. 1820

625 Mant’s Visitation of the Sick, calf Lon. 1816

626 Thorold’s View of Popery, calf —— 1821

627 Porsoni, (R.) Adversaria, half Russia Camb. 1812

628 Ovidii Tristia et de Ponto, cum notis variorum,

edit., Schrevelii, calf Lug. B. 1666

629 Phaedri Fabulz, edit. Laurentii, calf Amst. 1667

630 Roth, (A.-G.) Catalecta Botanica, 3 vols, calf,

coloured plates Lips. 1797

631 Curtii Quinti Opera, 2 vols, half calf Bipont. 1801

632 Pindari Carmina, edit. Heyne, 2 vols, calf. Oxon. 1807

633 Hudsoni Flora Anglica, half calf Lon. 1798

26 OOTAVO,

634 Isocratis Opera, edit. Battie; 2 vols, calf. entad: 1729 |

635 Dibdin’s Introduction to the Editions of the

Greek and ‘Latin: Classics, 2 vols, plates; half >

iS scealf ‘Lion. 1808 _

636 Rosenmuller Scholia in -V. T., edit. 2, 16 vols;

l- 1795-1816

637 Poetz Minores Greci, edit. Gaisford,. 2 ‘volsy) | Ri

Russia, neat hg 1814 —

638 Manilii Astronomiea, edit. Pingré,. Lat. Fey (2 2

vols, French calf > Par. 1786

639 Homeri Odyssea, Gr. Lat. edit., S. Clark, 2 vols,

calf .1 & «Lon. 1810

640 Senecee Trageedi~, edit. Gronovii, (title pice

in MS.) calf osill “admst. 1682

641 Bos, Elipses Greece, calf Clarend. 1813

642 Lowth, de Sacra Poesi Hebraeorum, edit. Rosen-

muller, calf, neat — A); 1821

643. Plinii, (Secundi) Epistolz, edit. Gistiees calf, Lips. 1770

644 Longini Opera, edit. Toup & Rubnken, calf:

‘hetien th 1805

>) Cant: 1785

646 Phoedri Fabule, cum notis variorum, edit. Bur-

manni, calf Lug. B. 1745

647 Oxford, Carmina Quadragesirnalia ab /Kidis Chiisti \

-alumnis composita, 2 vols in-one, calf, edit.

Este — Qxon 1723-48

648 Lempriere’s Classical Dictianaty; calf): Lon, 1809

649 Propertius, edit. Barthii, calf Lips. 1777 |

650 Callimachi Opera, edit. Blomfield, calf afav¥Son. 1715

651 Parkhurst, Gr., Eng. Lexicon of ‘the Mert Testa-

ment, calf —— 1809 —

652 Mela, de Situ Orbis, half calf Bipont 1809 |

653 Oppianus de Venatione et Pisedtionit edit., 1

Schneider, Gr. & Lat. half calf Arg. 1776 @

654 Leer’s, (J. D.) Flora Herbornensis, with a few. |

MS. notes, plates, calf 'so 2ferb, 1775

655 Anacreontis Carmina, Edit. Fischer, calf Lips. 1793

656 Hooker, Flora Scotica, or a Description of Scottish

Plants, (dried Specimens inserted) calf Lon, 1821

657 Suetonii Opera, edit. Ernesti, calf » Lips. 1775

658 Matthiz Animadversiones in ‘Hymnos éientbeal £0

Lips. 1800 ; and Homeri Hymni, ed. Matthize,—

Lips. 1805, 2 vols, calf, uniform

669 Gyllenhal, Insecta Suecica, half calf Scarris 1808

‘OCTAVO, 27

“660 Linné Systema ‘Nature, edt. in 9. vols, halfcalf

+ Yo Lips. 1788

Bele Stati Opera, cum notis sexsbPa in edit. Veenhusen,

vealf Amst. 1671

662 Carey, Latin Prosody made Easy, calf Lon. 1808

- 663 Gelli, (A.) Noctes Attica, 2 vols, half calf, Bipont 1784

664 Cellarii ‘Geographica Antiqua; maps, calf Lon. 1731

665 Westmonasteriensis Lusus, seve Epigrammatum -

Delectus; calf West. 1730

666 Opuscula Mythologica, Physica et Ethica,

(Palzphatus, Heraclitus, Theophrastus, &c.,)

fel .oGr. & Lat. half calf - Amst. 1688

667 Persii Satyre,; ed. Koenig, calf Gott. 1803

“668 Homeri Ilias, Gr. & Lat. edit, S. Clarke, calf, Lon. 1733

669 New: Pestament, N. i Greecum, edit. Hardy, Gr.

ical. ibe

670 Relhan, (R,) Flora Pie Gibrision diay edit. secunda,

ae seal: ) en Cant. 1802

671 Acharits; (B.): Methodus Lichenum, with Sup-

t} plement, coloured plates Stock. 1803

672 Taciti Opera, edit: Brotier, 5 vols., calf Valpy 1812

673 parr ae (Lady,) ag on Several Subjects,

1768

) Lon. 1710

674 eam s Sermons, cloth —— 1839

675 Cresthwaite, (J. CG.) Practical Sermons, bds.. —— 1840

676 Jowett's Village Sermons, half cloth — 1831

677 Clater’s Farriery, calf, interleaved —— 1810

678 Newton, (Bp.).on the Pr ophecies, 2 vols, calf ——- 1803

679 Paley, Principles of Moral and Political Philsophy, |

2'vols} Lon. 1806

680 Evidences of Chri istianity, 2. vols —— 1805

‘681 - Natural Theolog —— 1805

682 Hore Pauline 1805

** The above are uniformly bound in calf.

683 Sermons, calf —— 1808

634 Josephus, Translated by Whiston, Maps, &c.,

+ vols, calf —— 1755

685 Simeon, (C.) Discourses on every Book of the Old

and New Testament, 21 vols, cloth bds. —— 1832

686 Kirwan, Dean of Killala, Sermons, half calf —— 1814

687 Walker's Key to Classical Pronunciation, calf —— 1807

688 Martyn, Botanical Dictionary, half calf —— 1796

689 Smith, (J. E.) Introduction to Botany, by Hooker,

presentation copy, with 7 inser Ege by the wn Th

bds., plates 1833

28 OCTAYVO,, <"

690 Smith, (J. E.) Introduction to Botany » Wlatesnciy Ary

half calf . ic om 1807 -

691 English Flora, 4 vols, calf, specimens — :

~ inserted —— 1824

692, Hull, Elements of Botany, 2 vols, plates, half

Morocco o . Manch., 1800.

693..Konig and Sims, Annals of Botany, 2 vols, plates,...

half calf ——— 1805

694 Witherington’s Arrangement of British. Plants,

4 vols, plates, half Morocco _. aoe 1796

695 Rousseau, Letters on Botany, translated by. Pro=

fessor Martyn, with vol. of plates, 2 ols. uni-,

form, half Morocco errr OG: 5

696 Greville, (R. K. ) Flora Edinensis, plates, cle ‘Edin... 1824.-

697 Minucius Felix, edit. Davis, oat, “ae Cantab.. 1712

698 Maximus Tyrius, Gr. & Lat. edit. , Davis, ca f= 1703

699 Menandri et Philemonis Reliquiz, edit, Clerici,..

Gr. & Lat., calf Amst..1709

700 Persoon, Observationes Mycologicee, coloured:

plates, half Morocco » Lips. 1796

701 Ausonii Opera, cum notis variorum, edit. Tollius, ... a

red Morocco, gilt leaves, neat SS ra olbnste 1671.

702 Origenis Opera, edit. Obretheur, Gr. & Lat, 2). Qf

vols., half calf Wire. 1780 G

703 Agardh, Species Algarum, half calf - Gryph. 1821o> —

704 Persii Poemata, edit. Casaubon, calf Lond. 1647

705 Fries, (E.) Elenchus. Fungorum, 2. yols,in one,.. ; .@

half calf ., Gryph. 1828 .

706 Kirwan on Mineral Waters, half calf . <d 1799

707 Billicard on the Antiquities of Herculaneum, plete

calf (tel) omen 1753.

708 Dibdin, (T. F.) Bibliomania, plates... —— 1811

709 Bibliographical Tour, 3 vols, plates Hf

—— |8

710 Bibliotheca Spenceriana, 4. vols,.

plates. — 1814

711 —————_——— Bibliographical Decameron, 3 vols,

plates —— 1817 °

*# The above 11 volumes are uniformly bound in passia,

extra, gilt leaves

712 ——- Ades Althorpianz, 2 vols. green Morocco, 5 |».

gilt leaves, plates Lon. 1322 :

713 ——- Northern Tour, 2 vols, bds, plates —-— 1833

714 Priapeia, Sealigeri, calf —— 1781

715 Peignot, Dictionaire Bibliographique, uncut Paris, 1806.

) acme 29°

716 Frontini, (J.) Opera, half calf’ °°". Bipont 1788

717 Aiton; Epitome of the Hortus Kewensis, half _ ae

= 4 % FINDING a : BIOLS Lalss y — On. .

ee AS

\ ft

POR on eee QUARTO.

718 Ainsworth’s Dictionary, by Morell, 2 vols, rough |

aT Sek | Lon, 1772

719 Acerbi, (Jos.) Travels in Sweden, Finland, and

__ Lapland, 2 vols, calf, plates

720° Alcedo, Geographical and Historical Dictionary

of America, and the West Indies, by Thomp-

son, 4 vols, half calf —— 1812

- tiene re

RBH . ct

{802

721 Armstrong, (M. J.) Scotch Atlas, half calf 1787

722 Archeologia, Transactions of the Society of Anti-

~* quariés of London, 20 vols, and Index, newly

723. Anstey, (Christopher) Poetical Works, plates,

ebbe: , aceilt —— 1808

724 Hume; (David) History of England, from the Inva-

-~ + sion-of Julius Ceesar to James II., 6 vols, cf. —— 1762

725 Hutchinson, (Wm.) History and Antiquities of

‘”- Durham, 3 vols, half calf New. 1787

726 Hoffman, (G. F.) Enumeratio Lichenum, many

“° plates, half calf | Erlang. 1784

727 Hobhouse, (J. C.) Journey through Albania, 2

~~ vols, half calf, plates = Lon. 1813

728 Harleian Miscellany, by Park, (with Supplement)

~~ 10 vols, calf . . 808

729 Howard, (John) State of the Prisons of England

__ and Wales, plates, calf Warr. 1777

730 Howard (John) Account of the Principal Laza- - |

rettos in Europe, plates, half calf —— 1791

731 Hooker, (W. J.) British Jungermanniz, with

coloured figures of each species of the genus,

many fine plates, calf, fine copy —— 1816

732 Halfpenny, Gothic Ornaments in York Cathedral,

many plates, calf 1795

733 Hunter, (John) Journal of Discoveries in New

~~ South Wales and the Southern Ocean, maps,

plates, calf —— 1795

734 Hindostan, History of the Military Transactions

_-. of the British there, from 1745, maps, calf 1763

735 Watt, (Rob.) Bibliotheca Britannica, 4 vols,

Russia, neat Rogen see _ Edin, 1824:

736 Leland, (Thos.) History of Alexander, 2 vols, Lon. 1778

30 QUARTO,

737 Whittaker, (T. D.) History and Antiquities. on a

Craven, plates, calf Lon. as

738 Willis, (Browne) Survey of the Cathedrals of

York, Durham, Carlisle, Chester, Man, Lich-__

field, Hereford, Worcester, Gloucester, and

4 Bristol, MS. notes, plates, calf ——— 1727

739 —- Survey of the Cathedrals of

Lincoln, Ely, Oxford, and Peterborough, calf,

plates —— 1730

740 Wyndham, (Henry P.) Tour through Monmouth-

shire and Wales, plates, calf Salis. 1781

741 Watson, (John) History and Antiquities of the

Parish of Halifax, County York, calf, plates, Lon, 1776

742 Lathom, (John) Synopsis of Birds, with Supple- —

ment, many coloured plates, half calf, 10 vols.

743 Linnean Society, Transactions of the, 17 vols, hf.

bound, the 18th vol. in four parts, many plates

1791 to 1841

744 La Cepede, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, -

plates, 5 vols, bound in six, halfcalf __ Paris 1798

745 Luciani Samosat, Opera, edit. Hemsterhusii et

1781

Reitzii, Gr. Lat., 4 vols, Russia Ams. a

746 Lyson’s, (Sam,) Environs of London, 2 edit.,4 —

vols, calf Lon. 1810

747 Malcolm, (J. P.) Londinium Redivivum, or the —

Ancient and Modern History of London, 4 vols,

_ calf, plates —— 1807

748 Anecdotes of the Manners and

‘Customs of London to 1700, plates, calf —— 1811

749 a London, during the

Eighteenth Century, coloured plates, calf ——- 1808 ~

750 Middleton, (Conyers) Works, 4 vols, calf ——1/52 7

751 Moore, (Sir John) Narrative of his Campaign in |

Spain, plates, half calf —— 1809

752 Sermons, volume of, by Turner, Bishop of Ely ;

Smith, Prebendary of Durham, 1709; Tracts

on Convocation, &c., formerly belonging to

Baker, of St. John’s College, Cambridge

by Louth, Prebendary of

Durham, 1764 ; Zouch , Prebendary of Durham ;

Temple, of Richmond, at the Consecration _

of Clare Hall Chapel, Cambridge, 1769, with |

many others, chiefly preached at York, bds.

(Twelve,) preached chiefly in mire County

of York

793

754

QUARTO, 3k

755 Macknight (J. Harmony of, the. Gospel, cf... Lon. 1763

756 M Mo ig eG. ny lan History of British Shells,

citi "2 als, with Supplement, coloured plates, half

calf — 1805

797 aa nineteen, by Zouch, and others, many

-_. preached at York, half calf

758° Sept (Sir. Walter) Border Antiquities of En-

gland : and Scotland, plates, calf, gilt leaves,

2 vols, -—— 1814

159 Ras (Wm :) Life of Poggio Bracciolini, calf

e Liverp. 1802

Tay.

ZO\A of

FOLIO.

760. Hof palais Salicum, vol. 1 in 3 parts,

vol. 2, part 1, coloured plates, half Russia

seat ot gay Lips. 1787-91

761 Soi rcblonitd Figures of English Fungi, 3

coloured plates, half calf Lon. 1797

762 Sides y, Ae -) Discourses on Government, portrait,

fine impression, calf, neat —— 1704

763 Hpdacrint Selden’s "Table Talk, (transcribed in

the beginning of the 18th century, ) calf, neat

764 Grew, Anatomy of Plants, plates, calf

1682

765 Gray, Bentley’s Designs for Gray’s Poems, plates,

met Spier —— 1753

766 Chillingworth’s Religion of Protestants, Sermons

Ss", in RRA other Treatises, calf, gilt 1704

767 Cassandra, a Romance, calf 1676

768 Gower, De Confessione Amantis, black letter,

"= original calf Berth. 1554

769 Wither’s Emblems, fine impressions of the plates

by Marshall, slightly damaged -in the letter

press, half calf Lon. 1635

770 Whittaker, Loidis et Elmete; Ducatus Leodiensis,

rough calf, 2 vols, plates Lon. 1816

771 Catesby’s Natural History of Carolina, 2 vols,

_ coloured plates, calf, fine copy

772 Moreri, Dictionarie Historique, 2 vols, with

Supplement, 2 vols, uniform, calf neat 1717

773 Hollingshead’s Chronicles, 2 vols, LARGE PAPER,

(excepting title and names of Authors, and two

leaves of Index in vol. 2 supplied in small

paper, and a small portion of the last leaf of

vol 1 torn me 2 vols, newly bound in calf, neat

"Lon, 1586- 7

1771

FOLIO.

774 Josephus, by Whiston, 2 vols, calf, gilt. backs, Lion. 1727

775

776

777

779

789

790

AS |

792

793

794:

795

796

197

798

799

800

801

802

Lettres d’Aza, calf

Burton, Monasticon Eboracense, calf. York 1758

Bayle, Dictionaire Historique, . e vols, newly bd.

in calf Ams. 1740

Dictionary, 4 vols, pis gilt backs, neat

Sing Lon 1710

Camden’s Britannia, by Gibson, 2nd. edition,, 22

vols, calf, neat ooo my.

Gale, Registrum Honoris de Riche, a few of

the plates coloured, calf f oh oats 1722

~——e aad

FOURTH DAY’S SALE. |

THURSDAY, 18th MAY, 1843.)

DUODECIMO.

Pontici Virunnii Historia Britannica, Itinerarium

Cambria, per Giraldum Ps 2 ae calf, » Of with

Baker's MS. Memoranda) 54 inglvam 1485 4

Montier, (M.) ses Lettres, calf Paris 1762

1751

3 Fontenelle sur la Pluralité des Mendes, La Haye 1733

4, Lucan’s Pharsalia, by Rowe, 2 vols, calf Low. 1807

(Euvres de St.. Evremond, 7 vols, calf _ Ams. 1739

Antonini se ea Gr. & Lat., calf Foulis 1744

L’ Hermite de la Chaussée ‘d Autin, 5 vols, half.

~ calf | Paris 1815

Fragmenta Poetarum Latinorum cura, H. Ste-

phani, calf 1564

Aristenzeti Epistole, cura Abresch, vell. Zev. 1749

Clenia et Adrastus, a Romance, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1740

White’s Compendium of Veterinary Art, 2 vols, calf, n. d.

Vertot, Revolutions de Portugal, calf. .. Paris 1773

Turner, (Dawson) British Fuci, 2 vols, half calf .

Lon. 1802

The Correspondents, a Novel, calf 1775

Huber, on Bees, half calf Edin. 1808

Watson’s Chemical Essays, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1782

The Recess, a Tale, 3 vols, calf 1787

Cotton’s Virgil Travestie, calf Whith. 1776

Opie’s Poems, calf —— 1804

Advice to the Officers of the Army, half calf —— 1787

French Bible, (no title) calf, wood cuts, &c.

—-- -

- FOLIO. 33

803 Biblia Sacra Tremelli et Junii, calf "Lon. 1680

“804 Patrick’s Devout Christian, calf | 1697

805 Lamentation of a Sinner, by Catherine: Duchess of

/ Suffolk, 1547; Devout Psalms and Collects,

1547, in 1 vol. , calf is

“806 La Paysanne Parvenue, 4 vols, calf Paris 1756

807 Sallustii Opera, calf, ( Didot ) 1801

808 Bcc de PHistoire d’Espagne et Portugal, calf

Paris 1652

809 Fables de Fontaine, 2 vols in one, calf Lon, 1736

810 Sturm’s Crypogamea, (imperfect) coloured plates,

Morocco

811 Senecze Tragasdize, ed. Farnabii, prize vellum Ams. 1676

812 Germany's Flora, er Botanical Pocket Book, for

~ 1791 (English) by Hoffmann, bds. Erl. n. d.

813 Swartz, (O.) Dispositio Muscorum Frondosorum

Sueciz, coloured plates, half calf 1799

814 Le nie ‘Fabliaux du 12 & 13 sicele, 5 vols,

‘calf ; Paris 1781

S15 Lucani Pharsalia, notis Farnabii, calf Lon. 1618

“816 Suckling’s Works, half calf ( Tonson ) 1719

‘817 Grammont, Memoires du Conte du, 6 vols, calf 1749

‘818 Ramsay, (Allan) Poems, 2 vols, calf Glasg. 1797

‘819 Regnard, ses Guvres, 2 vols, calf Bruz, 71

‘820 Grotius de Veritate Religionis Christiane, calf, H7z. 1669

$21 Butler’s Geography, half calf 1840

822 Family Prayers, calf —— 1825

823 Bannatyne’s Key to the Almanack, calf n.d.

824 Hoffinann’s Deutschland’s Flora, (Cryptogamia,)

coloured plates Erl. 1795

825 Spiritual Quixote, 2 vols, half calf Lon. 1810

826 Le Mesurier’s Prayers for Visiting the Sick, bds.

Oxf. 1820

827 Fuller’s Art of Thinking, calf Lon. 1731

828 Cambridge University Calendar from 1822 to

1842 inclusive, wanting, 1823

829 Aristophanis Comeediz, ed. Scaliger, Gr. & Lat.,

calf Lug. B. 1625

830 Gregory, Comparison of the Faculties of Man and

Animals, calf Lon. 1765

3 -831 Scott,, Tales of a Grandfather, 3 vols, half calf

Edin. 1828

' 832 Ailfric’s Paschal Homily, Sax. & Engl. 1567;

‘Refutatio Libelli de Regimine Ecclesiz Scoti-

cane, 1620, in one vol. calf, Baker’s Notes

34 . FOLIO,

833 Ablivio’s Paschal Homily, 15675 Animadversionsy; |»

‘on the Reflections on Dr. B [urnet’s] Travels, -

1688; Colet’s Sermon, on, Comfirming,.. 61:

0») mone vol., calf, Baker’s, Notes: ot ots

634. Coortesse’s Exposition: of Certain Words f ink’ Sax

Paul, Lon. 1577,.black letier.,, View eee

_ Christians, Pe title) in one vole spats ‘

Notes : usiwory cae

835 Virgil’s Works, ye into Engl Verse.

by Lord Lauderdale, 2yols; Calf. zocifigO bhi a ny de

§36 Ovid's Tristia, in English verse, calf... dail) ex!

837 British Peerage, 2 vols, plates. of. Arms). pingh jlol VBL

838 Scottish Peerage, Arms, 1729, calf, 3 vols a

839 Joyce’s Scientific Dialogues, with, ‘Companion, 4, X one

vols, half bound M vd ase” 2%ael8ab

840 Herbert’s Temple, 1667; The, Synagogue, 16bsnH ite

7 in 1 vol, calf ae

841 Memoires d’un Homme de Qualité, 8 vols, calf, Amsel 7 756

842 Memoires de Brantome, 6 vols, calf yod2ifl) , i. 1699 |

843 Goldsmith’s Miscellaneous Works 6. vals, ees

. calf vinU - 1809

844 Drunken Barnaby’s Journal fe title) calf... amonT &

845 Bannatyne’s New Joe Miller, 3 vols, half calf —— 18 S04

846 Smart’s Horace, Lat..& Eng. 2 vols, calf | Edin 1306

847 Cobbett’s Legacy to Parsons, calf... ~ Lon. 1835 —

848 Whittaker’s Florilegium Poeticum, alll ae ight

849 Botanical Year Book, for 1807, (hypo mist

-gewachse, coloured ‘plates, sod A 1807

850 Virgilii Opera (no title) vell. 5 el. ana

851 Homeri Ilias, Gr. & Lat., calf "Gur. 1641 }

852 Odyssea, Gr. & Lat., calf. - ous 164b

853 Pindari Carmina, Gr. & Lat., ed. Stephani, calf

rend Ebr: T1633 —

854 /Elianus de Animalibus, Gr. & Lat., vell., “ing 1611 4

855 Fontaine, Contes de (diamond edit. ) 2, oo, Paris 1801

856 - Amours de Psyche, do, - +—— 1801

OCTAVOs 2 ena

857 Juvenal and Persius, translated by Gifford, 2: a .

+858 Herbert, (W.) Helga, a Poem, half calf. -——_-d 815

859 Gell, Pompeiana, half Morocco, uncut, ming

plates —— 1817

860 Housman, Guide to ‘the Lakes of. Giannini

‘&e., plates, half Morocca ». 3\) on Carl. 1802 |

OCTAVO 35

«861 Hinder, (T.) History of ‘Scarborough, plates,

York 1811

862 Mackenzié; (H.) Report on the Authenticity of

: the Poems ot Ossian, calf Edin. 1805

863 Hogg, (J.) Pilgrims of the Sun, calf ~ Loa. 1815

“864 Hearne’s Collection of Curious Discourses, 2

vols, calf, plates —— 1771

865 Pitt, Resteatharel Survey of Staffordshire, plates,

half calf. - —— 1796

866 Kidd, Outlines of Mineralogy, 2 vols, calf Oxf. 1809

867 Porteus, (Bishop) Miscellaneous Tracts, calf, Lox. 1807

868 Holt, Agricpleere. Survey of Lancashire, map, hf.

calf _aiov —— 1795

869 Fulhaiiné: Essay on Combustion, half calf 1794

870 Gray’s Poems, by Mason, 4 vols, calf York 1778

871 Hawker’s “liistractions to Sportsmen, plates, cf.

Lon. 1825

872. ‘Salter, ‘Angler’s Guide, plates, half calf

1815

873 Horne, (Bishop) Letters on Infidelity, calf Oxf, 1806

874 Tottie, (Archdeacon) Sermons preached before

0c! .thé University of Oxford, calf. —— 1775

875 ‘Tienes: (T.) Systeny of Chemistry, 4 vols, half

BMOl —outf 3 Edin. 1804

876 Take, (J.) Agricultural Survey of N. Yorkshire,

plates, half calf Lon. 1800

877 Reece's Medical Dictionary, half calf. 1808

878 ————————. Guide, bds. —— 1828 -

879 Bingley, Animal Biogr aphy, 3 vols, calf 1805

880 Wilberforce, Practical View of Christianity, half

calf 1797

881 Spurzheim, Physiognomical System of Gall and

Spurzheim, plates, half calf = - 1815

882. Elsley, Annotations on the Gospels and Acts, 3

vols, plates, half calf 1812

883 Burnet on the XX XIX Articles, calf 1746

884 Beloe’s Anecdotes of Literature and scarce books,

6 vols, half calf, uniform Lon. v. y.

885 Sexagenarian, or Recollections ofa Lite-

rary Life, 2 vols, half calf sciine 1 Qileh

*,* Uniform with the last.

886 Faber’s Dissertation on the Prophecies, 2 vols,

calf —-— 1807

887 Hooker, (Sir w. ) Journal ofa Tour in Iceland,

half calf, plates, &c.; privately printed, presen-

~ tation copy from the Auihor Yarm. 1811

36 OCTAVO. |

888 M sai on the Epistles, (with the Greek Dext)

6 vols, calf Lon. joa

889 Douce, Illustrations of Shakspeare, and of Ancient =|

Manners, 2 vols, half Russia aoe 1807

890 Congreve, (W.) Plays and Poems, 3 vols, calf,

plates ( Baskerville, ) 1761

891 Chatterton, (T.) Works by Gregory, 3 vols, calf

Lon. 1803

892 Johnson, (Sam.) Works, by Murphy, 12 vols, calf

893 Sowerby, (J.) British Mineralogy, 5 vols, oblowred

plates, half calf

894 Potter’s Antiquities of Greece, 2 vols, plates, calf

Edin. 1808

895 Mosheim, Ecclesiastical History, 6 vols; calf, Lon. 1803

896 Farmer, Dissertation upon Miracles, calf \ din. 1798

897 Oxford, The Student, or the Oxford» Monthly

Miscellany, 2 vols, half calf ths «Of ae 7

898 Life in London, by Egan, coloured plates, calf, Lon. 1821 —

899 Secker’s Sermons during the Rebellion of 1745,

calf oo 1771

900 Johnson, (C.) History of the Pirates, plates, calf

—— 1726

901 Beaumont and Fletcher, Plays, by Theobald, 10

902 Nichol’s, (J.) Literary Anecdotes of the 18th

Century, &c. ; Illustrations of Literary History

of the 18th Century, with Index, i4 vols,

uniform, calf, neat, vols 5 and 6 of the latter

in bds., in all 16 vols Lon. 1812-31

903 Milton, Poetical Works, by Archdeacon Todd,

7 vols, calf —<-= 1809

904 Prose Works, by Symmons, 7 vols, calf

—— 1806

*,* Uniform with the previous number. |

905 Dr yn: Works, by Sir W. Scott, 18 vols, calf

—— 1808

906 Anderson’s British Poets, 13 vols, calf, neat,

lettered contents sHes 1795

907 Donovan, History of British Fishes, 5 vols in 3,

calf, neat, coloured plates, —+— 1808

908 ———-—--——— Shells, 5 vols in 3,

calf, neat, coloured plates wemeix’ 1799

*,%* Uniform with the previous number.

909 Mitford’s History of Greece, 10-vols, calf. —— 1820.

Lon. 1810 -

OCTAVO. 37

910 Cobbett’s State Trials, from A. D. 1163 to 1820,

90°) . 83’ vols, half Russia, neat — 1809-26

911 Ancient Universal History, from the earliest ac-

' -eounts to the present time, charts and maps,

_ JSovol, half calf 1779

912. Modern Universal History, 42 vols, hf. ef. 1780-4

*,* These two numbers are uniformly bound.

913 Froissart, Chronicles of England, &c., by Johnes,

many plates, 12 vols, calf 1808

914 La Marck et Decandolle, M. M. Flore Francaise,

4 vols in 5, maps and plates, calf Paris 1805

915. ge (G.) General Zoology, 16 vols, half. calf,

Ly plates Lon: 1800

916 Phatal s Lives, translated by Langhorn, edited

“= by Wrangham, calf, 6 vols. 1809

917 Chalihers, (As) General Biographical Dictionary,

32 vols, calf; neat 1812217

918 Lloyd’s edit. of Ecton’s Thesaurus Ecclesiasticus,

. 2 partsind vol, calf 1788

919 Annual Biography and Obituary, from the com-

mencement in 1817 to 1830, calf, 12 vols,

wanting vol. for 1823.

920 Shakspeare’s Plays, with the notes of Johnson

and Stevens, ed. by Reed, 21 vols, calf Lon. 1803

921 Gibben, Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,

12 vols, calf 1802

922 Campbell’s Lives of the British Admirals, with

continuation, by Berkenhout & Yorke, 8 vols,

calf 1812

923 Newgate Calendar, 4: vols, portraits, half calf n. d.

924 Hooke’s Roman History, maps and plates, 11 vols,

calf 1766

925 Paterculi Opera, cum notis variorum, ed. Bur-

manni, vell. Lug. B. 1744

926 Boethius, de Consolatione Philosophia, cym notis

variorum, vell. —— 1671

927 Nepotis, (C.) Vite, cum notis variorum, vell. Ams. 1707

928 Juvenaliand Persius, translated by Madan, 2 vols,

calf Oxf. 1807

929 Plauti. _Comeediz,- cum notis variorum, ed. Gro-

novii, 2 vols in one, vell. Lug. B. 1684

930 Turner, (D.) Muscologia Hibernica, coloured

| _ drawings on each page, plates, Morocco, gilt

leaves and sides, elegant Yarm. 1804

931 Terentii Comedie, 2 vols in one, calf _Bipont 1779

38 OCTAVO)

§32° Schonherr, eee wr 2 parts, half” eae

calf asul) 208 soe Stocks 180628

933 PUwBtRitee, Ramus fe, Lususi in Venerem, half

ca = saeu! mgott 9s » Paris 1792

934 Pixon, Alexis, Posen, calf Yss dion. 1787

935 Fabricii, (J. C.) Systema Hieinbbndeaiibestaeehett wal

Kil. 1801

936 ~ Rhyngotoruni .»s Bruns. 1808

937 —— -- os ealf, imnim | 2

orm. sees! shee 1804

938 Macrobii Opera, cum notis: variorum, ed. Zeuniis, X sae

half calf \leo dips. 1774

939 Achillis Tatii po erg = ‘com notis varioryin, cede. { aae

Boden, calf ‘Lemoiey@ jor | ‘1776

940 Musei Carmina, cum notis Schraederi Gr. & Lats,

calf uC sd: no saDbdeti) 1742

941 Latreille sur les Crilatiény Jes Atachbies, etl’ |

les Insectes, half calf = = 4200 Algo .2lo owWar. 1810 .

942 Thucydidis Opera, edit. Wuaadde off Biker; Gn ¢

& Lat., 6 vols, half-calf' .coendol bas Biponts 1788

943 Livii Opera, edit. Drakenborchii and Crevieri

- ~~@-vols, calf 2) Qatoni ¥814

944 Virgilii Opera, edit. Heyne; 4 vols, calf. esata 1788

945 == in usum Delph, (no ttle) calf sre

946 Ceesaris, (C. J.) Opera, in-usum Delph., mapajl are

947 Lucretii Opera, edit. Wakefield, 4 vols; calf, Gdasés: 1813 |

948 Sophoclis Trageediz, edit. Bronck, 1% volspcalf

» Oxon. 1812

949 Quinctiliani Opera, edit. Gesneri, 2 vols calf

—— 1806

950 Juvenalis Satir ze, edit. Ruperti, 2 vols, eaif) Sipe. 1801.

951 Plinii Secundi Epistole, &c., 2 vols, half. calf

» Bipont 1789

952 Appiani Opera, edit., Tollii, 2 vols, vell;\ -Amst. 1670

953 Greek Testament, Valpy’ s “edit., 3 vols, eal Lon. 1816

954 Justini Historiz Philippice, cum notis = ig

edit., Gronovii, vell. Lug. B. 1760

955 Schleusner, Lexicon, in New Testament, 2 vols,

Russia, neat, marble leaves | Edin. 1814

956 Horatii Opera, edit., Doering, Russia, neat.

( Priestly) Hees 1826.

957 Horatii Opera, edit., Zeunius, calf), odin. ne

958 Cicero de Natura Deorum, dita Davis, calf

1oj99uG Clarend. 1907

959 Senecz An. Opera, 5 vols; half half. Bipont 1809

960° Cicero Pusculance Questiones, edit. te Ser ree calf

tisd .mngt Clarend. 1805

961 Cambridge Prize Poems (Browne’ s) Muse Can-

~ .stabrigienses, calf Valpy, 1810

962 Dottevill, Vie de Agricola, 7 vols, calf, gilt leaves

Paris 1799

963. (Prmaaitias, Greece, edit. Facius, 4 vols, calf, Lips, 1794

964 Polybii Historiz Grace et Lat., edit. Casaub, eae

»O8) -vels, Russia, neat “Ams. 1670

965 Xenophontis Opera, Gr. et) Lat. (ed. Wells) 5)...

YY! vols, calf (Sheld.) Oxon 1703

966. ‘Lucani. Opera, ed. Schrevelii, vell. 1669

967 Linnei, Systema Plantarum Europe, edit. Gilbert,

968 Gisborne on the Baties of Women, calf Lon. 1798

969 Warton, (T.)) History of English Poetry, by Price,

4 vols, calf, neat 1824

970 Mooie; Lalla Rookh, calf 1817

971. Kimber and Johnson, Baronetage of England,

3 vols, calf, plates of arms —- 1781

972 Robertson, History of America, 4 vols, calf. —— 1803

973 Taylor, (Jer.) Holy Living, calf —— 1807

974 ——_—_—_—— Life of Christ, 2 vols, calf — 1811

975 Horsley, (Bp.) Translation of the Psalms, with

Bi Notes, 2 vols, half calf 1815

‘976 Turner, (Dawson) Botanist’s Guide through

England and Wales, 2 vols, interleaved, (pre-

sentation copy from the Author, ) MS. Notes

in Yorkshire, calf 1805

977 Newman, (J. H.) Parochial Sermons, 6 vols, V. Ye

978 Scott, (J.) Sermons, cloth oom 1835

979 Marriott’s Sermons, cloth —— 1838

980 Lavoisier, Elements of Chemistry, by Kerr, 2

t vols, half calf Edin. 1802

981 Saint Fond; Travels in England and Scotland, 2 |

vols, plates, half calf . Lon. 1799

982 Trotter’s Walks through Ireland, half calf 1819

983 Shaw, (Professor) Observations on Barbary and

the Levant, 2 vols, calf, maps and plates Edin. 1808

984 Boswell, (J.) Account of Corsica, calf, map Lon. 1769

985 Borullé, (Marquis) Memoirs of the French Reyo-

lution, half Morocco 1797

986 Horne, (Bp.) on the Psalms, 2 vols, calf —— 1802

987 London Street Directory, for 1818, half calf

40 OCTAVO.

988 Zitaiverraan on Solitude, half Morocco — ; Deeg 1797

989 Robinson’s Theological Dictionary, maps and

plates, half calf ~~ —— 1815

990 Racing, General Stud Book to 1807; calf —— 1808

991; ————$ —$ — —- 1826, 3 vols, nen)

—— 1827 —

992 Bewick’s History of Quadrupeds, wood euts, calf

“Newc. 1807 _

993 Patterson’s Roads, bds. “Lon 1803

994 Pamphlets, 15, Killing no Murder, a Col. Titus,

1689; Henniker on Encaustic Tiles, plates ;”

Travels of Veteranus, by the Copper Farthing

Dean (Swift) &c., half calf V. Ys

995 Lavington on the Enthusiasm of Methodists and! wthe

Papists, half calf 1820

996 Burgh on the Dignity of Human Nature, calf —— 1794

997 Buchannan, (C.) Discourses and Christian Re-

searches in Asia, calf ~—— 1812

‘998 Sullivan, Tour through England and Scotland, .

2 vols, calf — 1775

999 Middleton's Agricultural Survey of Middlesex, __.

half calf Lo 1798

1000 Locke, Essay on the Mapvsin typ: 2 vols, calf :

—— 172]

QUARTO.

1001 Johnson, (Sam.) Dictionary of the English ine, }

guage, by Todd, 5 vols, calf, neat quoS 1818 4

1002 Jackson, (J. G.) ‘Account of the Empire of Mo-

rocco, plates, half calf — 1809

1003 Johnstone, (J.) Account of Draining Land, by

Elkington’ s System, plates, half calf ‘Edin. 1797

1004 Gillies, (John) History of the World, from Alex-

ander to Augustus, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1807

1005 Gibbon, (Edw. ) Miscellaneous Works, by Lord

Sheffield, 2 vols, calf 1794

1006 Fyfe, (Andr. ) Anatomy of the Human Body, 200

plates, 3 vols, half calf Edin. 1806

1007 Fox, (C. J.) History of the Reign of James Il. .

calf Lon. 1808

1008 Fosbrooke, (T. D.) British Monachism, or the

Manners and Customs ofthe Monks and Nuns

_ of England, plates, calf

1009 Doddridge, (P.) Family Expositor of the New

Testament, many plates, 6 vols, calf — 1760

18 17

QUARTO. 41

1010 Dibdin, (T hye Ames’s Typographical Antiqui-

ties, or the istory of Ponting in England, 4

+». _vols, numerous plates, calf, gilt Lon. 1810

loll Dillenii, (J. J.) Prof. Botan. in Uniy. Oxon, His-

toria Muscorum, calf, fine copy, only 250 printed

. Oxon 1741

1012 Clarkson, (Chris.) History of Richmond, in

Yorkshire, plates, calf Richm. 1821

1013 Carr, (Sir John) Tour through Holland, maps,

half calf Lon. 1807

1014 Ciceronis, (M. T.) Opera Omnia, cum delectu

Commentariorum, in usum Delphini, 9 vols,

iece. «= Baldment...“. Paris 1'740

1015 Cook, (Captain,) First, Second, and Third Voy-

», ages Round the World, 8 vols, numerous maps

_ and, plates,. grained calf, gilt, elegant, folio

volume: of plates, half bound in Russia Lon. 1784

1016 Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, with Glossary,

§¢., by. Tyrwhitt, 2 vols, Gales Oxf. Clar. Press 1798

1017 Cumberland, (Richard,) Memoirs by Himself,

portrait, calf Lor. 1806

1018 Fhe (J.) History of Fungusses growing

about Halifax, many coloured plates, 4 vols, hf.

calf Lon. 1788

1019 Barrow, (J.) Travels in China, plates, calf —— 1804

1020 Boyer, Dictionary, Fr. & Eng. and Eng. & Fr.,

calf, —— 1783

1021 Bougainville’s Voyage round the World, trans-

lated by Forster, maps, calf —— 1772

1022 Ovidii Opera, edit. Burmanni, 4 vols, calf, neat

Ams. 1727

1023 Bruce, (James) Travels to Discover the Source

of the Nile, 5 vol, calf Edin. 1790

1024 Blackstone, (Sir Wm.) Commentaries on the

Laws of England, 4 vols, 2nd edit., calf | Oxf. 1766

1025 Bryant, (Jacob) AncientM ythology, 3 vol, marae

plates, calf, gilt leaves, fine copy Lon. 1774

1026 Bible, (Old and New Testaments,) by Patrick,

Louth, Arnald, and Whitby, 7 vols, hf. cf. —— 1809

1027 Bible, (Old Testament,) Septuagint, cura, L.

Bos. calf, fine copy Frang. 1709

1028 Ossian, ( Fingal) translated by Macpherson, calf

Lon. 1762

Temora and other Poems, by Macpherson

1029

1763

42 QUARTO. .

the Foundation of the See of Rome to the :

1031 Luxmore’s Concio ad Clerum, sith MS. Latin

Poem inserted... 4! oa 1807

GE FOLIO. AL

1032 Pocock, Description of the East, 3 a newly

, bound i in 2, plates, calf, neat, vol ] hays title,

pee W745

1033 Turner, (Dawson) Fuci, 4 vols,. warp: Doldaeadl

| plates, calf, neat elec 108

1034 Sammes, (A.) Antiquities of Ancient’ Britain, 0)

plates, calf, » fine copy son) ethos 1676

1035 Drake’s E boracum; or the Antiquities of iY brkjl PCO!

plates, calf, gilt back — 1736

1036 Pontoppidan’ s Natural iene cof Norway,” |

plates, calf ooh pos 1755

1037 Brsue, in black letter, with contemporaneous’

memoranda of the births, &e., of the:family of!

John Hamby, of St. Giles; Cepia 3G) Zor

newly bound in calf — 1541

1038 old calf:im oaker bénrdap| EO

last leaf containing the Suppaheay of ‘Yeats,

slightly damaged Oa 1583

1039 Hackluyt’s Voyages, black letter, v vol. a no syitved

half calf L {edi

1040 Scapulze Lexicon, calf sie 1665.

1041 Raleigh, (Sir W.) History of the World; calf Lion. 1687 —

1042 Salmon’s English Herbal, many cuts, ealf.. oe 1710

1043 Wood, Athenz Oxonienses, large panes 2 ele

in one, calf, neat. —— 169%

1044: Marsilli, ( Le Comte de) Histoire Physique de la.

; Mer, coloured plates, calf Ams, 1725

1045 Dugdale” s History of Embanking, by Cole, maps; ig

calf ooLon, 1772

1046 —-—— Origines Juridicales, plates of arms;some

coloured, ealf 1671.

1047 — Monasticon Anglicanum, 3 vols, plates, vaorg

calf, gilt backs 1655-72-73

1048 ———— Baronage, 2 vols in 1, (2nd vol: wants

title page,) calf —— 1676

1049 ———-— Antiquities of Warwickshire, part by.

Holler, plates of arms; some coloured, rough

ealf, gilt back 1656

\FOLION) 43

1050 ) Faller, History of the Worthies. of Pe

part by Loggan, ( Autographs of Nic. Freville,

ire ere, and Freville Lambton) éalf simiit 20 abnw. 1662

ip mk ‘eG, Bee Sh HISAR L. DEA OREN

nt FIFTH DAY’S SALE.

~via 19th aay, 1843.

uwort B10 —— (

alii aiasw t | \DUODECIMO..

105k eaiseourt’s Practical Discourse concerning

Death, (no title,) calf

1052 Quarle’s Emblems, plates, calf ——— 1634

1053 Lupset?s! Works, calf, MS, title and table of

Ovo) -eentents, black letter Lon. 1551

1054 The Union, er Select Scotch and English Poems,

Bev I -ealf —— 1759

1055 Kirwamon Manures; half calf —-= 1802

1056 Rulhiere, pecenaics of the Poesgn Revolution, _

half-calfoq: meinos 4: —=-- 1797

1057 The Rule: of Life, half calf Edin. 1766

1058 Serious:Call: to Careless Christians, from Dodd-

lho! ridge, calf Ripon 1812

1059 Fas et ofa Soldier of the 7 4 Ist Regiment, half «

calf. Edin. 1819

F060. Lyttelton on the Conversion of St. Paul, calf

Don. 1799

1061 Jones’s Greek Stn. half calf —— 1808

1062 Debrett’s Peerage of Great Britain and Ireland,

2 vols, platesiof arms, calf.

1063 Monier, (dandy) her Works; 5 vols, half calf

1820.

1805

1064 Platt, Works of, Rieisiged by Dacier, 2 vols,

calf. —— 1720

1065 Smollet’s Peregrine here 4. vols, calf —— 1769

(1066 Poetry, Epistle to Sir W. Chambers, 1805 ;

Twopenny Post-bag, 1813, calf

1068 Moore, Little’s Poems, calf —— 1814

1069 Scottish Atlas, maps, half calf —— 1749

1070 Stewart, Missions in Canada, maps, cloth —— 1838

1071 Aceum’s Chemical Amusements, half calf —— 1817

1072 Dodd’s Sermons to Young Men, 2 vols, half

calf Dundee 1803

1073 a Internal Evidence ef Christianity, calf

Lon. 1776

44, DUODECIMO.

1074 Week’s Preparation for the Lord’s Supper ¢ md.

1075° Grotius on the Truth of Ceaitiang by: Clarke, ;

calf 1@) lben. 1719

1076 Heber’s Poems and Beandldvieiaal tay Jo —— 1812

1077 Voltaire, Candidus, calf Edin. 1761

1078 Glover’s Leonidas, calf niniled Lon. 1738

1079 Colman’s Poetical Vagaries, calf --— 1814

1080 Mémoires pour servir a I Histoire, de» Kurope

depuis, 1740, jusqu’ a 1748, 4 vols, calf Ams. 1752

1081 Gay’s Poems, 2 vols, calf (Tonson) 1753

1082 Handbook of Turning, plates, cloth Lon. 1842

1083 Hoyle’s Games, sheep = 1826

1084 Leslie’s Short Method with Deists, and Truth

of Christianity Demonstrated, calf....¢ — + 1805

1839

1085 Wilberforce on the Parochial System, cloth.

1086 The Prudential Balance of Relivion, (Romaniets)

1609; Dillingham’s Dissuasive from) Popery,

1599, in i vol, half calf, (formerly iio oe to.

Baker » of St. John’ 5, Cambridge )

1088 Turkish ‘Spy in Paris, 8 vols, calf ite 1734 |

1089 Baron Trenck, his Life, &c., by Holeroft, 4 vols;) oc); —

1090 Percy’s Reliques of Early English Poetry , Russia

(Dodsle: ») 1765

1091 Godwin’s Caleb Williams, 3 vols, half calf 1816

1092 — St. Leon, 4 vols, half calf —— 1816

1093 De Stael’s Corinna, 3 vols, half calf —— 1807

1094 Gifford’s Baviad and Meviad, calf “4

1095 Smollet’s Sir Lancelot Greaves, 2 vols, half calf

181i

1793

1096 -———— Roderick Random, 2 vols, calf .—— 1779

1097 Memoires du Baron de Tott, 2 vols, calf . Ams. 1785

1098 Burgoyne’s Dramatic Works, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1808

1099 Ramsay’s Poems, calf Glasg. 1770 |

1100 Conversations on Chemistry, 2 vols, calf. Lon. 1807

110] The Lively Oracles given to us, calf - Oxf. 1678

1102 Sturm’s Reflections on the Works of God, 4

vols, calf Lon. 1805

1103 Sherlock on Future Judgment, calf on 1692

1104 Churchman, (The) 1835, 36, 37, 3-vols, cloth () |

1105 Gresley’s Portrait of a Churchman, cloth —=-- 1839

1106 Tim Bobbin’s Works, on the Lancashire Dialect, : rf

—— 1806

1107 Don Quixote, by Jarvis, 4 vols, calf’ =. —— 1783

DUODECIMO. 45.

1108 Inchbald’s Collection of Farces, '7 vols; British

f Theatre, 25 vols, 1808; Modern Theatre, 10°

vols, 1811, half calf, uniform

1109 Collection of Poems, by several hands, 6 ala)

calf. ( Dodsley ) 1766

1 i 10 The Old Religion Demonstrated in its Principles,

~calf Lon. 1686

1111 Pious Parishioner Instructed, sheep —— 1796

1112 Popery, Tracts against, by Horne, Faber, White, &c.

1113 Gauden’s Funeral Sermon on Bp. Brownrig,

‘both parts, 1660; Hickmann’s Answer to Hey-

OS”) —-dyn’s Historia Quinquarticularis, 1673, auto-

graph of Baker, calf .Y-

1114 Jowett s Sunday Afternoon Lectures, cloth Lon. 1838

1115 ne Letters to. a Dissenting Minister,

cloth n. d.

1116 Causes of Deday of Christian Piety, calf —— 1677

1117 Farquhar’s Works, and other Plays, hf. cf. (Lintott ) n.d.

1118 Mavor's Lives from Plutarch, sheep Lon.

1119 Johnston, Flora of Berwick-upon-Tweed, vol. 1,

Boy! —eloth Edin. 1829

1120 Friend’s Evening Amusements in Astronomy

BC from 1804 to 1822 inclusive, half bound in 10.

if vols

1121 Friend’s Arithmetic made Easy, calf Lon. 1806

1122 Stonehouse’s Sick Man’s Friend, calf Oxf. 1815

1123 Prior’s Poems, 2 vols, calf ( Tonson,) 1721

1124 Fellowe’s Brief Treatise on Death, calf Lon. 1805

1125 Bowrrit’s Journey to the Glaciers of Savoy,

plates, calf --— 1776

1126 Tongue, On the Government of the, calf Oxf. 1674

1127 Savage’s Works, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1777

1128 Secker on the Catechism, calf 1810

1129 Whole Duty of Man, (New) calf n. d.

1130 Criminal Trials, Illustrating the Heart of Mid-

Lothian, half calf Edin. 1818

1131 Bellamy’s History of all Religions, calf Lon. n. d.

1132 Martyn’s Botanical Dictionary, vell. | —— 1793

1133 Florus, ed. Greevii et Fisheri, calf Lips. 1760

1134 Channing’s,(W. E.) Works, 2 vols, cloth Glasg. 1735

1135 Motteville, Mémoires d’Anna d’Autriche, 6

vols, calf Ams. 1782

1136 Vertot, Histoire des Chevaliers de Malta, 5 vols,

calf Paris 1726

1137 Chapone’s Works, 4 vols, calf Lon. 1807

46 DUODECIMO.

1138 Sancho, (Ienatius) his Letters, 2’ vols, cf. weeny om

1139 Ludlow’s Memoirs, 3 vols, calf irs maa .

1140 ARsop’s Select Fables; plates, calf ( mines i761

1141 Pamphlets, Beauties of Fox,’ North and Burke;

3 plates, 1784; On the pet Nonce of British .

Birds > ~ Salis. 1780 :

¥142 Deserted Village ; Memsalie ae Sir Sibi Sup-.

ple, 1785; Cheltenham Guide, 791, — rc ae

1143 Letters of Junius, 2 vols, calf | Boh, 1783

1144 Scott, Harold'the Dauntless, ealfoo! Edin, 1817

1145 Knox, (John) Defence of Pr edestinatioal ‘Lon.

1591, Amesii Puritanismus Anglicanusy ‘half

calf, with Baker's Autograph 9° moana, 1 i616

1146 A Lot of Maps, &c. Heo

ay 2 eat Ts

ds woth waiveHw dgiadaibét CTF

ocTavo,=@! -¥ lf of .S08l

1147 Disney, (S.) Discourses, half calf 9% * oo a 1788

1148 Buffon, Histoire Naturelle, 64: volsp plates” Paris an. 10 |

1149 des Reptiles, par Daudin;' 8

vols, plates 0 TSG 13

1150 ———————__—. Poissons Pers Sonini,, . ar

vols, plates blows 25 11

1151 ——————-—— —Cr ustaves et des Foséeid? ONAL

par Latreille, 14° vols, plates’ °° ————— 12

1152 ——-— des Mollusques, a Montfort, 6 ‘vols, |!

, plates KH 13

1153 ————-- Planites; par Mirbel, 18 rn plates

1154 —+-— des Cétacés, par. Sonnini, “ —12

1155 ———-— Tables des M atiéres, 3 vated oo 1808

*& The above are uniformly bound in half calf.

1156 Gilpin, (W.) Sermons, 4 vols, calf’ +=. 1804

1157 Sharp, (Archbp. of York) Works, ? ve calf ‘a

173

1158 Sherlock, Sermons, 4 vols, calf Fe 1755

1159 Mant, (Bp.) Sermons on the most Important

Articles of Faith and Practice, 2 vols, bds. —-— 1832

1160 Tibulli Carmina, ed. Heyne, calf Lips. 1798

1161 Smith, (E.) Flora Britannica, 3 vols, half calf;

(dr ried specimens inserted ) 3 . Lon. 1800

1162 Ovid, Fasti, edit. Delph, calf . Oe 1720

1163 Epicteti Enchiridium, cum notis variorum, ‘ed.

Schroeder, Gr. & Lat. calf °° 5" ‘Delph. 1723

1164 Symeonis Dunelmensis, de exordio atque pro-

gressa Ecclesiee Dunelmensis, ed: Rud, 7 ‘Lon. 1732

/OCTANO:) 47

12v) vols, calf Berlin V797

1166 Acharius, (E.) lichesogmabias ‘Sueciet - Prot

~ dromus, coloured plates, a Sew MS. Notes and

Specimens, half calf. “)\ ZLineop. 1798

1167 ——— another copy, uncut, plates, @

AMS. Notes —— 1798

1168 Aristotelis Questiones Modhavieni, ed. Capell,

| Gr. & Lat., half Russia Ams. 1812

L689 Paykull, Monographia Staphylinorum: Suecie,

half calf... Ups. 1789

1170 Jefferson,. History. of Thirsk, cuts, half ms, Thirsk 1821

bhtZl Alciphron, or the Minute Philosopher, 2 vols,

calf ( Tonsin, ) 1732

1172 Edinburgh Review, from the commencement in

1802, to May, 1828, half bound, uniform, with

; volume of Indices, 48 vols.

1173. Fergusson. jon. the Art of Perspective, plates;

bdssibusG waq .2 —— 1810

1174 Hooper, Recreations in Numbers and Natural

Philesophy, 4: vols, coloured plates, calf 1783

1175 Buckland’s Bridgewater Treatise, 2 vols, cl. —— 1837

117 6 Whiter, Dissertation on the Disorder.of Death, —.

_half calf, ( Autograph of the Author inserted ) 1819

1177 China, Voyage to,. by Osbeck, translated by

_ Forster, 2 vols, plates, calf —— 1771

nz Waele History of Stratford on Avon, plates,

ce. Stratf. n. d.

179 Rythinus, English, Essay on, (no title) half calf

1180 Maturin’s Bertram, a Tragedy ; ; Manuel,..a

_ Tragedy, half calf Lon: 1816-17

118! Pamphlets, Love of Fame, Seven Satires, Lon.

1727; Stephen Duck’s Poems, Lon, 1730:

Provoked Husband, 1728, half calf

1182 Feinagle, New Art of Memory, half ealf Lon. 1813

1183 Hooker’s British Flora, comprising the Flower-

ing Plants and Ferns, cloth, (presentation copy

with Inscription by the Author ), 3 vols Lon. 1831

1184 Greville, Alge Britannice, coloured plates, cloth

Edin. 1830

1185 Edinburgh, Letters from, in 1774, calf Lon. 1776

1186 Plautus, translated by Thornton, 5 vols, calf —— 1767

1187 Holy Breathings, or Prayers for every Day in

the Month, calf, —— 1826

4188 Neilson’ Greek. Exercises, bds, Dubl. 1810

48 ; OCTAVO.

1189 Cunningham, The Velvet Cushion, half calf, ——— 1815

1190 Scott, (Sir W.) Poetical va 15 vols, calf

(0 Edin 1806-15

1191 Mendicity and Vagrancy, Putliommenitanss Report

on, half calf we 1816

1192 Burder’s Religious Ceremonies, cloth 90 ).-+++ 1841

1193 Tooke’s Diversions of Purley, by T aylor, 2 vols;

cloth - 1829

1194 Shrewsbury, (Earl of ) Letter on the Estatica:

of Caldaro, bds. —— 1842

1195 Forster, Natural History of Swallow half calf . |

—— 1817 —

1196 Charities, Public, Account of, half calf ‘ie 1828 4

1197 Gent, (T.) History of Rippon, cuts, gilt leaves,.

calf York 1733

1198 Hutton’s Course of Mathematics, 3: vols, bds.

Lon. 1824

1199 Townsend, Arrangement of the Oldand New

Testament, with Notes, 4 vols, cloth .. ».=—-— 1836

1200 Taylor, (Jeremy) Course of Sermons for: the —

Year, 2 vols, cloth —— 1822

1201 Neal’s History of the Puritans, 2 vols, cloth —-— 181]

1202 Hind’s Veterinary Surgery, bds. —— 1827)

1203 Dietivnar ry, Eng. Ger. and Ger. Eng. by Ludwig,

2 partsin 1 vol., half calf Lips. 1813

1204 Coates, General Short-horned Herd Book,

plates, bds. Otley ihe?

1205 Chester, History of the City of, with fine Etchings :

by Cuitt, half calf neOhes 1815 (4

1206 Political Disquisitions, 3 vols, wall Lon. 1774

1207 Glanville’s History of Witches, with Appendix,

plates, 2 parts in one vol., calf

1208 Atterbury, (Bp.) Sermons, 9 vols, calf

1209 Nicholson’s Mathematics, Key to, calf —— 1822

1210 Horace, Davidson’s Satires, &c. of, Lat. & Eng.,

(1748

calf

1211 another copy, calf —— 1760

1212 Athensi Opera, ed. Schweighaeuser, 5 vols, Gr.

et Lat. Russia, fine copy Argent 1801

1213 Mackenzie, (M. J.) estan on the Parables, f

both series, 2 vols, bds. Lon. 1833-5

1214 Purton, (T.) Midland Flora, 2 vols, coloured

plates, Stratf. 1817; Appendix, 2 vols, Lon.

1821, 4 vols, bds.

1215 South, Sermons, 6 vols, old cf., gilt,.jine copy —— 1692

681

OCTAVO., - 49

1216 oe (M.) ‘History of Bridlington. Priory,

Camb. 1831

1217. Woon’ Ss ety 2 vols, half alath Lon. 1827

1218 Nelson, Account of his Death, by Beatty, half

ealf —-—— 1808

1219 Haliburton, Letter Bag of the Great Western

Steamer; cloth 1840

1220 Surtees Society, Yorkshire Wills, part 1 (all pub-

lished)

1221 Bolton, (Dean of Carlisle) On the Employment

of Time, calf 1751

1222 Dibdin, ef. F.) Library Companion, 2 vols, half

calf 1824:

1293 Smith, (J. E.) Grammar of Botany, plates, cloth

—— 1826

1224 Shattleworth; (Bp.) Translation of the Epistles,

half cloth —-- 1840

1225 ro a Spence, Introduction to Entomology,

4 vols, coloured plates, half calf 1815

1226 Tracts for the Times, Sermons by the Authors

‘ ef,-3 vols, cloth —— 1839

1227 Dealtry, (W.). Sermons, bds. —— 1828

1228 Robinson, Scripture Characters, 4 vols, calf 1811

1229 Montagu, Ornithological Dictionary, 2 vols,

coloured plates, Lon. 1802; Supplement, 1813,

plates, presentation copy from the Author, half

Morocco, uniform

1230 Campbell on the Gospels, 2 vols, half calf din. 1807

1231 Morehead’s Discourses, 2 vols, half calf —— 1811

1232 Tachard, Voyage au Royaume de Siam, vols. 2

and 3, calf, plates ~ Ams. 1689

QUARTO

1233 Phipps, (C. dats) Voyage to the North Abate in

1773, calf, plates and maps Lon. 1775

1234 Porter, (R. Kerr) Campaign in Russia, map, calf

—— 1812

1235 Philip, (Arthur). Voyage to Botany Bay, maps

and plates, calf 1794

1236 Park, (Mungo) Travels in the Interior of Africa

in 1795, 1796, 1797, with Appendix by Ren-

nell; portrait, maps and plates, calf —— 1797

1237 Sana EREE

with Life, map, calf —— 1815

1238 Tickell, (J.) History of Hull, plates half calf Lon, 1798

50 a QUARTO.

1339 Pennant, (Thos.) Tour from Downing to Alston —

Moor, Lon. 1801, and from Alston Moor to

| Harrowgate, 1804, in ] vol., calf, plates

1240 Argensola, discovery of the Spice Islands, (no"

title) plates, half calf

1241 Roscoe, Life and Pontificate of Leo the Tenth

4 vols, calf Liverp. 1805

1242 Terentii Comeediz (Duke of Gloucester’s edit.)

calf, neat Camb. 1701

1243 Vancouver, (Geo.) Voyage Round the World,

plates, calf, 3 vols, with maps, charts and

headlands in large folio, boards Lon. 1798

- 1244 Valentia, (George Lord) Voyages in India and |

Ceylon, &c., 3 vols, plates, calf 1809

1245 Vide, ( M. H. ) Poemata Omnia, 2 vols, vallind

) Batav. 1731

1246 Sale, (Geo.) the Koran, with a Preliminary Dis-

course, green vell., fine copy —— 1734

1247 Schaefferi, (J. C.) Fungorum qui in Bavaria et

Palatinatu nascuntur Icones, 3rd. edit., 4 vols,

many coloured plates, half calf - Ratisb. 1780

1248 Sully, Memoirs of the Duke De, translated from

the French, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1756

1249 Sealby and Lyons Geographical Dictionary, 2

vols, calf, maps

. 1250 Taciti Opera, cum notis variorum, edit Gro- -

novii, 2 vols, calf Traj. 1721

1251 Rees, (A) Cyclopedia, a Universal Dictionary

of Arts, Sciences, and Literature, 39 vols,

bound in 32, including 6 vols. of plates, half

calf, neat Don. 1819

- 1252 Sanazarii Poemata, calf Patav. 1719

1253 Merrick, (J.) The Psalms, translated into English

Verse, calf Reading 1765 |

1254 Sowerby, (J.) Elucidation of Colours, coloured

plates, half calf ' + Lon. 1809

1255 Heber, (Reg.) Journey through the Upper Pro-

vinces of India, 2 vols, cloth, plates —— 1828

1256 Bowen, (E.) Maps and Roads of the Counties

of England on Copper Plates, calf

1257 Barrow, (Js.) Treatise on the Pope’s Suppre-

macy, and on the Unity of the Church, portrait,

calf, neat

1258 W; alker, (A.) System of Familiar Pe ei 2

plates, 2 vols, calf —— 1802

1753

680

QUARTO, ook: ae

1259 Reynard, the Fox History. of, black de er, Lon, 1671

1260 Pig a (J.) Flora Scotica, 2 vols, ates! a

inserted, half Morocco —— 1792

1261 sar, on (Ey Enclishe Entomologist, ‘exhibiting

‘the Deopterous Insects we in England”

manycoloured plates, calf, gilt. 1792

1262 Bridel, (S. =e Miuscolsere ecentiorum, 3 parts”

1263 Heleie Theoria sue sane Piaitatam Cryp-

togamicarum .Linnzxi, coloured plates, calf, Petrop. 1784

va Schreber, (J. C.) Observationes de Phaseo, plates,

; »half Russia Lips. 1770

1265 Roemer, ..(J..J.) Genera Tnsectorum’ Linnei’ et

on _Fabricit conibus Illustrata, many coloured plates,

half calf. Vit. Helv. 1789

1266 Terentii_ ae es Pheedri Fabule, &c., ex

Ree pee at ntlei,-calf Cant. 1726

1267 Achar (E ichenographia Universalis, colour-

orale ti . Gotting. 1810

1268 Vickoor, 3.) Fasciculus Plantarum Cryptoga-

ee! nigarum Britanni Aarts. Lon. 1785

1269 Persoon; (C. H,).. cones ;ét Descriptiones Fun-

ety gorum, 2 parts, coloured plates, half bound, Lips. n. d.

1270 Panzer, Fauna Insectorum Germanie, Cleoptera,

5 sect. in 7 vols, half ee. not quite uniform,

many hundred plates Mt» do

127. 1 Horatii at ad usum Delphini, 2 vols, calf

‘Paris 1691

} 272 Commelin, (G,) Horti Medici Amstelaedamensis

‘Plante rariores, calf, plates | Lug. B. 1718

1273 Lucretius de Rerum Natura, calf, gilt, presented

by John Keat, head Master of Eton ( Taylor) 1813

1274 Newton, (Isaac) Philisophize Naturalis Principia

At . Mathematica, 2nd edit., calf Cantab. 1713

1275 Hooker, (W.. J.) Figures and. Descriptions of

ee Mosses, many coloured plates, 2 vols,

calf, gilt. > Lon. 1818

1276 Batach, O. G. C,) Elenchus Fungorum, with two

Supplements many coloured plates, half -calf

. Hale. 1783

1277 Hedwigii,: (a. ) Historia Naturalis Muscorum

Frondosorum, 2.vols in one, many coloured

Seo plates Lips. 1782

1278 Evelyn, (J.) .Silva,; or, Discourses on Forest. .

k Trees, by Hunter, Calf omic ...5. York 1776

52 - QUARTO,.

1279 Durham, Collection of Prints from Hutchinson’s,

History of Durham, including the rare Prints)

of Miss Allan, of Grange, Allan and, Hatchin-»

son, Emerson ; the Mathematician, by Sikes, \~

and the Monument of Noble, in Bolton Churiiii

uncut .,....

1280 Edwards, (Brian,) History of the British Colo-)

nies in the West Indies, 2 vols, calf," on: 1793

1281 Eustace, (John) Classical Tour through Italy,

2 vols, calf ov— 18h

1282 Euripidis Opera, ex edit. Barnes, cum yariorum

annotationibus, 3 vols, calf, neat»: | Lips. 1778:

1283 Darlington Tracts, Pudsey’s Charter ; pain

Hospital, &c., plate; Foundation and) Endow- 0.

ment of Durham Cathedral ;. Certifieate sof) <\

Commissioners, on the Coins ‘tinted at Dur

ham; Orders of the County Court of Durham, |

(MS. additions); Life of Bishop ‘Trevory:pors

trait; Collections relating to Sherburn Hospi- |

tal; Collections relating to Gretham Hospitals) 0).

Hegge’ s Legend of St. Cuthbert; &c., halfiealf v. y.

1284 Henry VIII., Assertio Septem Sacramentorum |

adversus Lutherum, Argent.1522; Propositiones

Lae Damnatz, Krasmi Epistolaiad W. War-

ham, Archiepiscopum Cantuarie, &c.; Vergerii

Oratio in Obitum. Hadriani. Pape VL, 1523;

Legatio Pontificii oratoris in conventu Norem::

bergensi, 1522; Centum gravamina Germanicz

Nationis, &c. 1524 ; and other treatisesin Ger- ® -

man and Spanish, of the same date, black letter,

with MS. notes by Baker, of St. John’s,Camb., calf, v. y.

1285 Carew, Survey of Cornwall, calf, fine copy Lon. 1602

1286 Bell’s. Observations on italy, (presented by

Slingsby Duncombe, Esq.) bds. plates Edin. 1825

1287 Cullen’s History of Mexico, 2 vols, plates: calf’

« Lon. 1787

1288 Latium, Description of, tinted etchings, calf Lon. 1805

1289 Poetry, &c., Pleasures of Memory, 1792, da-

maged ; Ode to Pitt, 1760; Earl of Carlisle’s

Poems, 1773; Election Ball, 1776, plates; |

Pindar’s Bozzy and Piozzi, 1786, plate ; Chats-

worth, 1783; the Upper Gallery, 1733; De- |

serted Village, 1770; Marsh on, the Authenti-

city of the Pentateuch, Camb, 1792; Baretti,

Guide to the Royal Academy, half calf

| QUARTO. 53

1290 Poetry; pidtinndls Elegies, 1763; Brown’s Cure ~

of Saul, 1763; Graham’s Telemachus, 1763;

Hey’s: Redemption, 1763, calf

1291 Dillenius, General History of Mosses, ati?

MS. notes — Lon. n. d.

1292 Wheatley’s Essay on the T ears of Money, vol.

l, calf

1807

1293 Florio, a Povas for Fine Gentleman and Fine

Ladies, &c., calf —— 1787

1294 ig hao (Archd.) History of the Parish’ of

Scampton, County of Lincoln, plates, calf —— 1810

1295 Lewin on the Papilios of Great Britain, coloured

plates, half calf —— 1795

1296 Sole; Menthe Britannice, plates, half calf Bath 1798

1297 = gg sano Atlas, coloured plates and roads,

ealf'T 3s D9: Lon. n. d.

1298 Hooker's: Etehings, (20) in Iceland, Scotland,

Devonshire, &c., India paper, unpublished

1299 Payne’s Rustic’ Figures, 4 parts, &c.

1300 Original Designs» for Grottos, by T. Wright, of

. ae; oblong gato, plates, and various others

FOLIO.

1301 Bulliard, Histoire des Champignons de la France,

plates, half calf, text im 1 vol, and 4 vols of

coloured plates, half Morocco Paris 179\

1302 Hooker’s Ecclesiastical Polity, 5 books, Sermons,

&e., calf, neat : Lon. 1622

1303 Pearson onthe Creed, portrait, calf 1741

-1304 Sandy’s Travels, plates, calf --— 1673

1305 Plot’s Natural History of Oxfordshire, plates,

calf —— 1705.

1306 Whitlock’s Memorials of English Affairs, portrait,

calf —— 1713

1307 Memorials of English Affairs, calf —— 1682

1308 Buchanan, (Geo.) History of Scotland, portrait:

by White, calf —— 1690

1309 Baker’s Chronicle of England, calf —— 1674

1310 Rycaut, Present State of the Ottoman Empire,

calf —— 1668

1311 Wollaston’s Portraiture of the Heavens, plates,

(and others inserted) bds. —— 18il

{312 Volume containing Exercises in Military Draw-

ing, &c., by the late Mr. Dalton

1313 Laurie’s Maps of England and Wales, coloured 1806

1314

1315

1316

1317

1318

1319

FOLIO.

Tuke’s Large Map of Yorkshire, 1 in 4 nee

with Index, coloured

Yorkshire, nine Elaborate Maps of various

portions of

Hocartn’s Works by Heath and Nichols,

complete in 24 parts, fine impressions, uncut

Maps, (by Greenwood) of York, Durham, Nor-

thumberland, Cumberland, &c., 11 sheets

OCTAVO PAMPHLETS, &c.

Pamphlets, Reports of the Yorkshire Philoso-

phical Society, 13 numbers: Report on the

Restoration of York Minster, &c.

— Church Accommodation in the Dio-

cese of Ripon; Reports of Christian Know-

ledge Society, Bible Society, &c.

Church of England Magazine, various odd num-

bers in 1838, 1839, and 1840; 184i, and 1842

complete

The Churchman, new series, Jan. 1842 to Jan.

1843 inclusive, 13 parts

Sermons at Pontefract in 1745, &c., ditto at

opening of Sheffield Infirmary, &e.

Pamphlets, Warren on Lay Baptism, Charges

of the Bishops of Chester, &e.

Sermons, by Tate of Richmond, Letter by Sum-_

ner, Charge by Archdeacon Todd, &c.

— Hook’s Novelties of Romanism,

Bishop of London’s Charge, 1842, Sermons

on the Church, by the same, &c. -

—— by Mangey, Prebendary of Durham ;

Paley, at Durham Assizes, &c.

(Two) Preached at York, by Head-

lam, in 1 vol., 4to

British Critic, 1812, &c., 11 numbers

Pamphlets, Memoir of Barclay, of Buryhill ;

Geological Society, Geology; Winch on the

Plants of Durham, &c.

— Enumeratio Filicum, by Greville, &c.

Smith, on Cucumbers, &c.; Travis on a Tumu-

lus at Scarbro’ ; Report on the Railway, from

Stockton to Darlington, 1818, &c.

1816

1828

1820

1828

PAMPHLETS, &C. ; 55

1332 Smith, Hooker and Sowerby’s Supplement to

| English Botany, coloured plates, numbers 1-41,

- &c., few odd numbers, 1829, 1835

1333 Hooker, Memoirs of Jack the Botanist ; Sedge-

wick’s Address to the Geological Society, in

1831; Report on the American Sea Serpent,

1818, "bc.

1334 Prize Poems, by Waddington, Hall, &c.

1335 History of Northallerton, do. of Carlisle, do. of

Ripon ; Neilson’s Greek Exercises and Key, 2

vols.; Brasse’s Euclid, with a set of Cards;

Bridge’s Trigonometry, 2 vols.

1336 Scarron, Whole Comical Works, translated by

Brown, Savage, &c., half calf 1700

Gentlemen who cannot attend the Sale, may have their Com-

missions faithfully executed by the AUcTIONEER, by G. WALKER,

Jun., PRinTER, or Mr. ANDREWS, BooksELLer, DuruHam.

Catalogues will be forwarded to any part of the United Kingdom,

upon receiving a pre-paid Letter enclosing a Twopenny Postage

Stamp. Address as above.

G, WALKER JUN. PRINTER, SADLER-STREET, DURHAM.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 72. JUNE 1843.

LVi.—WNotes on the Salmon. By Joun Brackwatt, F.L.S.

To Mr. Shaw of Drumlanrig belongs the merit of having suc-

cessfully developed the natural history of the small fish denomi-

nated Parr, whose ceconomy, prior to the enunciation of his dis-

coveries, was involved in obscurity, and was the occasion of much

perplexity and hypothetical reasonmg among British ichthyolo-

gists. By a series of well-conceived and skilfully conducted

experiments he has not only proved that the parr is neither a

hybrid nor a species swt generis, but has clearly established the

interesting and important truth that it is the young of the

salmon.

Residing im the immediate vicinity of the river Conway, for

some years past my attention as a naturalist and a fly-fisher has

been directed to the finny inhabitants of its waters, and to the

salmon in particular. In the course of my researches several

remarkable facts relative to the latter species in its earlier stages

of growth have come under my observation; Ist, that young

males, exhibiting all the characters of the parr, frequently have

the lobes of milt fully matured, while females of the same size

have the lobes of roe in so backward a state that it is necessary

to employ a magnifier im order to distinguish the ova ; 2nd, that

these males shed their milt in the ensuing winter months; 3rd,

that the males of salmon-smolts are found to have shed their milt

before they descend to the sea, though the lobes of roe in the

females are then of very small dimensions ; and 4th, that smolts

may be made to assume the barred appearance of parrs by care-

fully removing their silvery scales.

Perceiving that Mr. Shaw, in his “ Experimental Obser gato

on the Development and Growth of Salmon-fry,” published in the

fourteenth volume of the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society of

Edinburgh,’ had noticed the pheenomena enumerated above, which

serve, however, in some measure, to corroborate the accuracy of

his views, I put aside my notes in which they are recorded, and

probably never might have recurred to them again had not an

abstract of a paper “ On the Growth of the Salmon,” by Mr. John

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2h

410 Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon.

Young, given in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’

vol. xi. p. 157, induced me once more to turn to them, under the

impression that they comprised evidence in favour of a conclusion

opposed to that arrived at by the latter observer.

Concurring with Mr. Shaw as regards the history of the sal-

mon from its rupturing the external capsule of the egg to the pe-

riod when it acquires the migratory dress and descends to the sea,

Mr. Young has endeavoured to determine, by observations made

upon marked individuals, the growth of this species after its first

arrival in the salt water. 3

In the months of April and May 1837, he marked a consider-

able number of descending smolts by making a peculiar perfora-

tion in the caudal fin by means of small nipping-irons; in the

course of the ensuing months of June and July many of them

were recaptured ascending the river as grilse, and weighing se-

veral pounds each, more or less, according to the difference m the

length of their sojourn in the sea. Again, he marked a number

of descending smolts in April and May 1842, by clipping off the

adipose fin, and in June and July he caught some of them return-

ing up the river, the adipose fin being absent. One of these spe-

cimens, marked in April and recaptured on the 25th of July,

weighed seven pounds, and another, marked in May and recap-

tured on the 30th of July, weighed three pounds and a half.

Many small grilse, marked after they had spawned im winter

and were about to redescend into the sea, in the course of the en-

suing summer were recaptured as finely formed salmon, ranging

from nine to fourteen pounds in weight, the difference still de-

pending upon the length of their sojourn in the sea. A specimen

marked as a grilse of four pounds in January 1842, was recaptured

as a salmon of nine pounds in July.

A salmon which had spawned, weighing twelve pounds, was

marked on the 4th of March, and was recaptured on its return

from the sea on the 10th of July, weighing eighteen pounds.

Such are the experiments detailed in the report of Mr. Young’s

paper, and the inference deduced from them and others of a si-

milar kind is that the growth of the salmon in its transition from

a smolt to a grilse, from a grilse to the perfect state as to form

and aspect, and also in the perfect state, is extraordinarily rapid

during those portions of its existence which are passed in the sea,

but Mr. Young entertains the opinion that salmon rather dimi-

nish than imerease while they remain in fresh water.

Now, though it is an undoubted fact that great deterioration

in the condition and, consequently, in the weight of salmon uni-

formly takes place while they are engaged in perpetuating their

species, yet that the growth of young individuals which do not

accompany their congeners to the sea is steadily progressive, ob-

Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon. 411

servation and experiment plainly show. Salmon-fry from seven

to eight inches long, having all the characters of the parr, may be

taken in the Conway and its tributary streams in small numbers

in the month of June, after the smolts of the season have entirely

quitted those rivers, and, occasionally, I have obtained specimens

of still larger dimensions, weighing four ounces. The physical

cause, whatever it may be,which prevents these fish from acquiring

the migratory dress and instinct of their species, evidently does not

prevent them from increasing in growth and improving in condi-

tion, even the males which have shed their milt presenting every

appearance of renovated health and vigour.

Mr. Yarrell, in his ‘ History of British Fishes,’ vol. u. p. 21,

states that a large landed proprietor in Scotland, in April 1831,

put a dozen or two of small salmon-fry, three or four inches long,

into a newly-formed pond between three and four acres im extent.

No fishing was allowed in this pond till the summer of 1838,

when several of these salmon were taken, weighing from two to

three pounds, perfectly well-shaped, well-coloured, and well-fla-

voured. As these fish must have been in their second year when

put into the pond, it follows that they attained to the weight of

two or three pounds in rather more than three years.

In the Supplement to the second volume of Mr. Yarrell’s work

other examples of the growth of young salmon in fresh water are

given (pp. 5,6), from which it appears that in one instance there

was an increase in weight of eleven or twelve ounces in sixteen

months, and in another instance an increase of fourteen or fifteen

ounces in twenty-seven months.

I shall now proceed to inquire into the growth of the salmon

during its sojourn in the sea. |

Early in the month of June, salmon in high condition, ranging

from three to five pounds in weight, ascend the Conway m con-

siderable numbers if the state of the water be favourable ; but that

they cannot be identical with the smolts of the same year 1s ma-

nifest, because the inversion of established physiological principles

is Involved in the opposite supposition ; for as great numbers of

grilse weighing from half a pound to a pound come up the same

river in August, full two months later than the former, there is

no escaping from the unphilosophical conclusion to which sucha

hypothesis leads; namely, that young salmon decrease in size as

they increase in age. To avoid the awkwardness of this dilemma,

it is only necessary to admit the identity of the small grilse which

ascend the Conway in August with the smolts of the preceding

spring ; and this view of the subject, which, if correct, completely

‘subverts the theory of the all but preternatural growth of the sal-

mon in salt water, derives support from the gradual increase of

) 2h 2

412 Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon.

this species in size when restricted to fresh water, and from some

circumstances attending the loss of its teeth from the vomer.

Adult salmon of average dimensions are known to have one or

two teeth only at the anterior extremity of the vomer, though

smolts have the same part amply provided with teeth extending

along a great portion of its length. In the summer of 1840 I

examined numerous specimens of salmon in various stages of

erowth, for the purpose of ascertaming the period at which the

teeth begin to disappear from the vomer and the order in which

they are shed. Specimens weighing from two to five pounds,

taken im the months of June and July, had from three to seven

teeth on the anterior part of the vomer, the number, allowing for

the difference in condition, bemg almost always inversely as the

weight ; and individuals of a larger size, captured at the same time,

usually retained one or two teeth only, situated quite at its ante-

rior extremity. Other specimens weighing from half a pound to

a pound, taken in the month of August, were found to have the

vomer well supplied with teeth except at its posterior part, from

which some had been lost invariably. The situation which the

lost teeth have occupied is distinctly marked by dark spots m

small grilse, but as they increase in size these spots become more

obscure and, ultimately, are obliterated.

As the teeth disappear from the vomer gradually and nearly in

regular succession, those at the posterior part bemg shed first, it

follows that the youngest fish, generally speaking, will have lost

the fewest ; consequently, the small grilse which ascend the Con-

way in August may be safely regarded as identical with the smolts

which descended the same river in the preceding spring.

Having attempted to show that the growth of the salmon du-

ring its first visit to the sea is not so rapid as has been supposed,

I may state that I see no reason for believing that it is accelerated

in an extraordinary degree at any subsequent period of its life.

The salmon which come up the Conway annually exhibit every

gradation in weight from half a pound, or under, to twenty-five

and thirty pounds; this would hardly be the case were the belief

im their extremely rapid growth well-founded, neither would in-

dividuals of large dimensions bear so very small a numerical pro-

portion as they are known to do to those of a medium size.

In pursuing researches of this description it is desirable that

measurement should be attended to as well as weight, for salmon

of the same weight precisely often differ remarkably in their di-

mensions according to the condition they are in; and the neglect

of this circumstance, I am inclined to think, has contributed

greatly to encumber the question with difficulties.

I feel unwilling to offer any comments upon Mr. Young’s ex-

Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon. 413

periments, not being in possession of all the particulars given by

the author in connexion with them; but I may be permitted to

remark, that condition, considered with reference to weight, must

have exercised no small share of influence in the case of the grilse

marked by him after they had spawned in winter, and recaptured

in the ensuing summer as finely-formed salmon weighing from

nine to fourteen pounds ; in the instance of the specimen marked

as a grilse of four pounds in January 1842, and retaken as a sal-

mon of nine pounds in July; and also in that of the salmon weigh-

ing twelve pounds, marked on the 4th of March, after it had

spawned, and recaptured on the 10th of July, weighing eighteen

pounds.

For the following table of-the dimensions and weight of salmon

differing in condition I am indebted to my brother, Mr. Thomas

Blackwall.

Length in inches. Girth in inches. Weight in pounds,

BEE} wisnesiesee vs LY: Uae Sa 5

I Serseiis chu Geel 1M alenesmeeind 5

EIA dedeetsccens Rao Wiwasseeete fi

BPO PE weablecas ce. BI isda Pease 7

BR esi. 7 Pe ee ae 82

EUS oon LF ede aeedddses 9

Ee Der WS N80 devia cline, 114

oo) We Fs ikteeveucee 114

BE Pies sis UE Bros Mao sides 152

BH Nia scceve. SS, Fe scissile 16

Bae: Ms Habhbiveses.’ | Sa 183

Sot Vy scartereyess HE es iho ae ehed 183

BOs. cudevarsinines ls a soma uw erie 20

42 s~sienaniia eee NS jo caves ganna 21

| BO. Voce als 23

Bes tah ieagdenaien <a Lp DES prere —

The salmon which ascend the Conway are frequently infested

externally by the Caligus curtus of Muller, and mternally by En-

tozoa, three perfectly distmect species bemg sometimes found in

the intestines of the same imdividual. These internal parasites

abound in salmon newly arrived in the fresh water ; but in various

specimens which I have examined in March, when they had

spawned and were about to return to the sea, scarcely any were

tobe seen. My observations, however, are too limited to warrant

the deduction of any general conclusions in relation to this curious

subject, which certainly merits further mvestigation.

P.S. I have ascertained by repeated dissections of the young

of the Salmon Trout, Salmo trutta, that the males of that species

shed their milt before they descend to the sea, but that the fe-

414 Dr. Bellingham on the Bottle-nose Whale.

males do not spawn till they return from their first visit to the

salt water, though some inequality in the development of the ova

may frequently be perceived towards the end of April and the

beginning of May in specimens measuring from six to seven

iches in length which have assumed the migratory dress. Young

salmon trouts weighing from half a pound to a pound are ob-

served to ascend the Conway in considerable numbers every year

in August, and adults of large dimensions are, at all times, very

much scarcer than those of a medium size. From these facts I am

led to infer that the salmon trout, in its ceconomy and rate of

srowth, bears a close resemblance to the salmon.

Oakland, May 8th, 1843.

LVII.—Short description of a Bottle-nose Whale stranded upon

the coast of the co. Louth in the autumn of 1840. Communicated

to the Nat. Hist. Society of Dublin, by O. B. Betiineuam,

A specIMEN of Hyperoodon Butzkopf became entangled on the

evening of Oct. 6, 1840, upon a bed of rocks, which run some

distance mto the sea, and are partially uncovered at low water, off

Salterstown near Dunany Point, co. Louth, and next morning

was found nearly dead by some fishermen, by whom it was towed

to Johnstown Beach.

It was a male, and measured 23 feet 7 inches in length ; the

greatest circumference behind the pectoral fins 18 feet 8 inches ;

snout measured 2 feet 7 mches, and the tail 6 feet across.

The skin was smooth, polished, and of an olive-black colour.

Eyes small, dark, and somewhat larger than those of the ox ;

immediately behind each eye was an opening about 5 inches in

length and 2 broad.

There were 2 small teeth im the extremity of the lower jaw,

buried at least 2 mches in the gum.

No remains of food were found on examination in the stomach

or intestines. ,

The blubber yielded upwards of 120 gallons of oil.

Observations.—The Hyperoodon Butkzopf of Lacépéde, Hy-

peroodon bidens of Fleming, Ceto-diodon Hunteri of Jacob, Bottle-

head of Dale, and Bottle-nose Whale with two teeth of Hunter, is

so little known to British naturalists that the most trifling parti-

culars respecting it possess interest. This is the third specimen of

this species which with the last four years has been stranded

upon the same part of the coast of the co. Louth; two of these

* A drawing of the animal, made by Licut. Raye, R.N., was exhibited to

the meeting.

M. Miiller on Substances inelosed in Mochastones. 415

have been noticed by my friend Mr. Thompson, President of the

Belfast Natural History Society, im a communication to the 4th

volume of the ‘ Annals of Natural History ’ the head of one is

im the museum of the Royal Dublin Society, that of the other is

in the museum of the Natural History Society of Dublin; the

skeleton of the third and largest (prepared by Lieut. Raye) has

been presented by Sir Alan Bellingham to the Natural History

Society. The drawing of a recent animal by Lieut. Raye adds

considerably to the value of his communication.

Lieut. Raye’s figure of this specimen resembles much more

closely Dale’s than Hunter’s, particularly in the shape of the body

and its proportional thickness, as well as im the manner in which

the forehead rises from the snout : it differs from Dale’s figure in

the snout bemg much longer in proportion, in the lower jaw being

longer and larger than the upper, and in the dorsal fin being

placed nearer the posterior extremity of the body.

The teeth are conical, pointed, and evidently only rudimentary ;

and I could not learn that the palate was studded with any of

those little horny eminences of tubercles which have been de-

scribed, and are considered by Cuvier as rudimentary vestiges of

whalebone. |

LVIII.—On Substances inclosed in Mochastones*. By Karu

Mvetier, Physician at Detmold. Translated and commu-

nicated by the Rev. M. J. Berxeieyf.

[With a Plate. ]

§ 1. General Observations.

Since in the present day the naturalist is busied with constantly

increasing zeal in bringing to light the relics of an Antediluvian

Flora, even the slightest contribution is welcome which adds a

lnk to the great chain of those plants which are denominated

fossil.

Moreover, although in many of these remains it is scarcely

possible from fragments to determine in what part of the fossil

flora they should take their place, such notices are at least a con-

tribution to the history of those minerals in which they are found,

and so far a mite towards the history of the original condition of

the world.

On these grounds I venture to make some remarks on a sub-

ject which has at present, alas! received little attention.

* This word is evidently used with considerable latitude, and by no means .

confined to the bodies so named in this country.

¢ From the Regensburg Flora, May 21, 1842.

416 M. Miiller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones.

§ 2. History.

- As far as I know, this matter was first noticed by Blumenbach

in his ‘ Specimen archeologiz telluris terrarumque impr. Han-

noy. ser. Goetting. 1813,’ in which he pointed out the organic

nature of the so-called Dendrites, and even recognised amongst

them genera which exist at the present day.

At a later period the subject was considered worthy of especial

notice by Macculloch, who however laboured only to prove again

their organic nature (Transact. of the Geolog. Soc. of London,

u. 510; Leonh. Taschenb. f. Mineral. xin. 595*).

In this state the matter rested, and we merely find it men-

tioned occasionally in introductions to geology under the head

Chalcedony.

§ 3. On their Organic Nature.

This question springs in part from the scarcity of the substance

which gives rise to it, which is found only here and there in col-

lections of minerals, and then preserved merely as a curiosity ; in

part, from the prevailing doubt as to their vegetable origin.

People are easily induced to consider them as dendritic growths

of metallic substances, as indeed has been done by many mine-

ralogists and botanists ; but I have never heard of an explanation

how such growths take place.

I must indeed add, that amongst these inclosed bodies others

are found whose organic origin cannot be denied, though I have

never found the former with such a form or texture under the

microscope, without whose help no judgement can be formed.

While some allow their organic nature, we hear others too fre-

quently speak of them as belonging to the category of sports of

nature. But, it may be asked, what is a sport of nature? The

dendritic formations in marly slate are brought forward as proofs

of the existence of fortuitous forms in nature. How far they are

related to the bodies m question I cannot say, not having paid

especial attention to them.

Even they however depend on fixed laws, under whose activity

they are produced, since thei forms so constantly recur.

But how is it possible m the remotest degree to speak here of

sports of nature, when so many forms so frequently recur in these

inclosed bodies ?

To prove their vegetable nature without the help of the micro-

scope, Macculloch advised treating them with sulphuric acid, which

turned them black. This method should seem however to be less

practical than it appears at first, for many morganic inclosed sub-

* It is to be regretted that M. Miiller had no opportunity of seeing Mr.

Bowerbank’s admirable memoir, who however appears to have observed no-

thing which he considered as referable to the vegetable kingdom.—M. J. B.

M. Miller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones. 417

stances may also become black under its influence. One circum-

stance indeed goes far to prove their vegetable nature, namely, that

those portions of the mineral, whether it be chalcedony or quartz,

where the bodies are exposed, do not admit of being polished, but

being stained by the polishing-oil always remain tarnished.

§ 4. On the Inclosed Bodies themselves.

The number will probably be found considerable, when they

shall have been rescued from the curiosity-drawer and have been

observed and described. Something complete can be expected

only from the labours of many. It is to be wished, for mstance,

that the botanists about Oberstemm would turn their attention to

this subject, where of a certamty many a treasure is thrown away

as useless amongst the chips which are made by the agate-

grinders.

I was permitted to examine a large quantity of inclosed sub-

stances, and what I discovered amongst them will for the most

part appear from what follows.

1. Intricate deposits of different colours, mostly black or red-

brown. They are very frequent, and resemble, under the micro-

scope, mould; that is, they are compressed, transparent, without

distinct cellular structure adhering after the manner of vegetables,

and plainly converted into coal.

Since other vegetable substances frequently accompany these,

it is clear that they are really mould which was formed before the

mineral had received its present physical form. Found at Ober-

stein.

2. A moss in fructification. It was surrounded by such a mass

of mould that it was impossible to discover anything accurately

as to its structure, or to come to the least decision as to its genus.

The capsule had the form of that of a Hypnum. The peristome

was not present.

The fact however is of importance as aweighty argument against

the devotees of sports of nature. Found at Oberstein.

3. In a bright, clouded chaleedony, im which traces of water

were still visible, fragments of a Chara occurred. They consisted of

fine, much-branched, glaucous green stems entangled with one

another, and among which some branches occurred which were

incrusted as if with lime. I could not discover any whirled frag-

ments. The occurrence of water in chalcedony was interesting,

which was confirmed by the late Prof. Zenker. Found at Oberstein.

In another reddish chalcedony I found a great mass of erect

stems disposed with exceeding regularity. They were almost all

in the same position, quite simple, and strongly incrusted with

lime (?). The upper surface of the stone, where they were ex-

posed to view, was sprinkled with black dots, which is very na-

418 M. Miiller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones.

tural, as such places, as said above, become black from the oil

used in polishing. Found at Oberstein.

4. Plate X. fig. 1.—A Conferva in a green jasper [Prase].

Threads simple, short, curved, containing spiral threads (7). 6—d.

I am obliged to place a note of doubt here, since I am not quite

sure whether what I saw was a spiral as in Zygnema: I have

figured what I did see at 0.

It is a very difficult task to examine objects like this. We can

examine only that portion which hes close to the surface, and it

is then always matter of chance whether one falls in with anything

of interest. I was unable to prepare thin sections, as the speci-

mens were not my own property.

I was besides obliged to make my observations mostly by means

of concentrated lamp-lght, in order to transmit more hght through

the whole stone, and may therefore have been subject to some

optical deception.

I could not ascertain the exact place in the system of Algee to

which the Conferva belonged, bemg unable to ascertain its mner

structure. The thickness of the threads, which are distinct though

congregated, seems to place them im the series of true Confervacee,

as Conferva, Zygnema, &ce.

In conformity with the intention of these notes, I am content

to draw attention to the fact, in the hope that later inquiries, should

I be so fortunate as to meet again with similar objects, may throw

more light upon the matter. Found in Scotland.

5. Plate X. fig. 2, a—Mass lobed, glaucous green, compressed.

A remarkable formation, resembling altogether a compressed

dried Nostoc, which it resembles alsoim colour. Indeed I know

not with what else to compare it.

The vegetable has certainly once been a frons plicata, since we

find the single folds lying one over the other. They are not of

equal thickness ; their colour is also here and there darker, where

the layers of folds are darker. The outline is very delicate and

distinct.

Under the microscope the whole appears lke a compressed ma-

cerated mass. I could not perceive the moniliform sporidia which

are peculiar to the genus Nostoc, probably in consequence of their

having been separated from one another by enormous pressure.

The great distinctness of the frond seems to bespeak its affinity

to Nostoc, as the lower Algze, Palmella, Coccochloris, Microloa,

&e., under such pressure would scarcely have preserved their out-

line, their mass being too gelatinous, while m most species of

Nostoc it is of a firmer consistence. From want of globules it is

impossible to name it.

Fig.2,b—g.—In certain portions of the frond under small mag-

nifying powers appear some darker specks, If these are followed

M. Miiller on Substances inelosed in Mochastones. 419

up gradually with higher powers they appear as represented at

b—g; they are of the same colour as the frond and he scattered

upon it, as if pressed to it. They are tender, scale-like mem-

branes (?) jagged at the border. |

It is surprising to find structures like these, which are the last

one should expect to find upon what, judging from habit, I have

considered as a Nostoc.

Many no longer retain their original orbicular form ; and more

are frequently torn into many divisions as at (e).

If we inquire what this formation probably is, it is very pleasing

to be able to give a certain answer : they are forms which belong

to the great family Desmidiacee amongst Algze, and indeed to the

genus Micrasterias.

It has the greatest affinity with Micrasterias lacerata, Kiitzing,

and I leave it for a while to the judgement of algologists.

Since hitherto Micrasteria are known only as hydrophytes, the

Nostoc must also be a water Alga. Found at Idar in the princi-

pality of Birkenfeldt.

6. Fig. 4—9.—More or less round, pinnate, moss-like fronds,

with a yellow-brown substratum, in the middle of which is gene-

rally a circle with a dot in its centre. Under the microscope the

texture appears as in the foregoing, macerated, and we can there-

fore judge only from habit what the production may be.

If we examine first the circle in its centre, with its own central

dot, it appears that this is the pomt to which the object was fast-

ened, and from whence as a centre the other branches proceeded. .

It must have been gelatinous, more or less globose, as appears

from the gradually fading colour and the very thin compressed

membrane ; it must have been conglobated, so as to receive its

present orbicular form. ‘The feather-like lmes were branches,

whose branchlets were also gelatinous and conglobated.

This again then belongs to the family of Alge, being most

nearly allied to Chetophora amongst the Nostochinee, whose frond,

as in Chet. endiviefolia, exhibits a similar branched structure.

Found in a clear chalcedony from Oberstein.

7. Fig. 10.—Red organic masses, appearing to the naked eye as

small, more or less isolated dots, occurring in a clear chalcedony.

The circumjacent parts are yellow. This yellow field is bordered

by similar red: dots, only larger and more distinct and tolerably

isolated.

Under a weak magnifying power they appear like more or less

oval balls, generally very regular, sometimes much torn and

crushed, the one dark red, the other reddish yellow.

As in fig. 2, a higher magnifying power surprises the inqui-

ring eye, when these dots, which still appear superficial and

isolated, are found to exhibit the forms represented in the

figures c—s.

420 M. Miller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones.

c, d, f, g, h, 2, k, U, n le mostly at the side of the yellow field

at (a); the remaining figures in the midst of the chalcedony, which

they completely fill.

The first appear as large, globular and spiral, the latter as more

or less oval; these again as reddish yellow, those as almost tile-red

bodies. Both have the same peculiarity, that they assume the

form of a mushroom: e, f, m, 0, p. There occur also frequently

thin, skinny, banded remains, as at g. Their size is very variable.

At the first glance all these bodies have so much resemblance to

the fruit of Characea, that one might feel satisfied in considering

them as such in reality. The banded spiral divisions bespeak as

much ; yet it does not appear probable, as the bodies, so fre-

- quently confined to a small space, lie collected together m heaps.

No single organic remain is found amongst them, and it is be-

sides inconceivable that, supposing them to be the fruit of Chare,

not a single vestige of the stem should remain.

That amongst them clearly younger individuals and of a similar

formation are perceptible, may afford an argument that they could

be assigned to the animal kingdom. I have not observed extre-

mities, feet, &c. ;

I cannot venture to say more on this matter, but perhaps the

same bodies may be found by some other observer under other

peculiar circumstances, whence we may fortunately be able to

draw some conclusion. Found in Siberia.

8. Migs.3 & 11.—Fig. 11. [have given in fig. a—k the magni-

fied representations of the very isolated red dots at (a) in a chal-

cedony likewise from Siberia. They may be thought very con-

fused, but they are true copies of what I saw. The single dots

are of such a size that their outline can be distinguished by the

naked eye. I have figured almost every dot which lying near

the surface could be distinctly observed, and almost every one bore

the marks of powerful destruction.

In spite of this inroad on these so remarkable and beautiful red

bodies, it is not difficult to form a clear notion of the original

form from the individual fragments.

The body was circular, as appears easily, and the figures f, d, g

seem to give perfect assurance of the fact, since only a round body

could be pressed so flat, as is the case in both these instances.

Some other dots which I found showed the same form and struc-

ture, so that I considered it superfluous to figure them here for

further confirmation. I give exactly what I found.

The circular body was moreover furnished with an epidermis,

as is clear from d, g, h. This seems to have been dark red. It

was filled with a loose marrow (6—A) inclining from orange to

purple-red. Where this was extremely compressed the colour is

of course lighter, m consequence of the mass being thinner. This

is illustrated by b—e.

M. Miller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones. 421

In the centre of the globular body was a conformable dark red

nucleus e—h, k.

Finally the whole mass was gelatinous ; as is indicated by the

thick indistinct outlines of all the figures and by the body marked

(2), from whose central opening the nucleus appears pressed,

which betokens clearly a gelatinous nature.

The nucleus is found of various sizes, probably merely from dif-

ference of age. At (k) one is seen almost isolated.

Fig. 3.—These figures also belong here, and are remarkable

and interesting enough. This chalcedony came from Oberstein,

whereas the other came from Siberia. The globules marked in

outline are here more aggregated than in fig. 11, but they ex-

hibit the same structure and colour.

What these bodies are I dare scarcely conjecture. Here also

there are no organic remains; and would we compare them with

some vegetable organ, the most appropriate should seem to be

some kind of berry. I must however repeat what was said under

fig. 10: the collection of the bodies into a small space, and the

absence of other organic remains, are against such a supposition.

Have we however before us some pristine mhabitant of the

water belonging to the animal kingdom? If so, the black nucleus

must represent some organ ; possibly the stomach.

We must here also wait patiently for further researches, and

content ourselves with the little which I am able with my feeble

powers to offer. May they only lead to further inquiries ; if so,

I shall be satisfied.

§ 5. In what state are the Inclosed Substances found ?

If the worthy Goeppert, in the introduction to his work on fossil

plants, assumes three conditions (vid. Flor. 1840, p. 482), this

section may be regarded as indicating a fourth. For here clearly

the plants have undergone no chemical change. They were in-

closed in the original soft mass of the chalcedony, and so, when

this hardened, became impervious to atmospheric air and other

chemical agents. As also amber and copal present their insects

well-preserved, so here the mineral offers us its plants.

The whole alteration consists merely in the highly compressed

state im which most of the objects are found. The substance of

the plants is still precisely what it was at first.

In conclusion I have only to state, that all the objects examined

are in the admirable mineralogical collection of M. Siegismund of

Jever, a most excellent and obliging naturalist.

422 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

LIX.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By

Joun Ricnarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of

Hospitals, Haslar. |

{Continued from p. 359.]

JULIS AURICULARIS (Cuv. ef Vai.), Har-marked Julis.

No. 18. Lieut. Emery’s drawings.

I am inclined to consider the beautiful drawing here quoted

as a representation of the Julis auricularis (Hist. des Poiss.

xiii. p. 489) discovered in King George’s Sound by MM. Quoy

and Gaimard, the naturalists of the expedition commanded

by Captain D’Urville. Lieutenant KEmery’s specimen was pro-

cured at Abrolhos on the same coast.

It measured fourteen inches in length, the head forming two-

ninths of this measurement, and slightly exceeding the height of the

body. The ventrals are acute, but not longer than the rounded pec-

torals, which equal the sixth part of the whole length. The dorsal

and anal rise equably as they run backwards to the height of one-

third of the body. The caudal is much rounded. Lips flesh-coloured ;

from thence on the upper part of the head to the dorsal fin, and down

to the middle of the eye, duck-green. Cheeks and operculum scar-

let, terminating by a horizontal line even with the angle of the

mouth, beneath which the colour is pale reddish lilac. Tip of the

eill-flap smalt-blue, with a red spot and a black posterior edging.

The pectoral region from the gill-opening to the anus and up to the

level of the point of the gill-cover is white, which ends squarely be-

hind. The ground-colour of the remainder of the body is vermilion-

red, which takes a lakish tint on the flanks. ‘lhe whole side is re-

gularly streaked by sixteen stripes, a little narrower than the inter-

vening spaces, and of a pistachio-green colour, except the two upper

ones, which are smalt-blue. A rectangular black mark crosses the

middle of the first two dorsal rays; the border of the fin is marked

longitudinally by six waving gallstone-yellow lines, and the part be-

neath is crossed obliquely by crowded lines of the same colour. The

anal wants the black spot, but is otherwise coloured exactly like the

dorsal, Four coarser undulating gallstone-yellow lines cross the ex-

tremity of the caudal, and there are five round spots of the same hue

on the proximal half of the fin; its ground tint being pale blue; each

of its rounded corners is occupied by a narrow pale lilac crescent.

The bright gamboge-yellow pectoral has three black streaks along

its upper edge, and the ventrals are striped with deep lilac and yel-

low. The iris is painted with blue and scarlet concentric rings.

The specimen described by M. Valenciennes had lost its original

colours, though some tracings of the markings remained, which do

not correspond well with the drawing here described.

Figure 13 of Lieutenant Kmery’s drawings represents a fish

which was also taken at Abrolhos. It resembles the above so

closely in its form and in the general arrangement of its

the Ichthyology of Australia. 423

markings, that [cannot venture, on the authority of the figures

alone, to consider it as more than a variety or perhaps a

sexual dress.

Its dorsal and anal fins are however lower, and scarcely increase

in height posteriorly. The ground-colour of the whole body beneath

the lateral line is sulphur-yellow, and the longitudinal lines are buff-

coloured, much fainter on the breast than elsewhere. A broad stripe

of scarlet covers the snout, includes the eye, and, narrowing as it

goes, runs backwards to the caudal fin. The back above it is brown-

ish red, with two lines of a paler tint, occupying the place of the

smalt-blue ones of the preceding variety. A bright king’s-yellow

tints the cheek and gill-cover, and fades to white on the throat. The

gill-cover is tipped with black. The dorsal and anal are coloured

like those of the preceding fish, except that there are only four lon-

gitudinal lines on their borders, and that the black mark on the dor-

sal is triangular. The pectoral is buff-coloured and unspotted, the

ventral edged with buff, and the caudal crimson, crossed in the mid-

dle by three waving buff- ciate stripes, and haying its angles pale

lilac as in No. 18.

JULIS? RUBECULA.

Sparus rubecula, Solander, Pisc. Austr. p.6; Parkinson, Bib. Banks.

fig. 2. 36. no. 20.

Parkinson’s drawing, quoted above, represents a fish which

was taken on Cook’s first voyage, in Toteranue or Ship Cove,

one of the harbours of Queen Charlotte’s Sound. The species

is not noticed by the authors of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’

but I think that its general aspect points it out to be a Julis,

though thefigure indicates a greater number (eleven) of spinous

dorsal rays than any member of that genus is knownto possess.

Solander describes the colours of the recent fish, but does not

mention the number of the rays, or the form of the pharyn-

geal teeth, so as to clear up the doubts occasioned by the

unfinished state of the drawing.

The length of the sketch is eleven inches, and the height of the

body or length of the head is exactly equal to a fifth part thereof.

The caudal has a slightly concave margin, or rather its acute, falcate

angles project a fifth part beyond the straight intermediate mem-

brane. ‘The dorsal rises slightly in its course backwards and ends

acutely, but not in a slender point. The anal has a similar form,

and the points of both fins reach the base of the caudal. Eleven

spinous rays are indicated, occupying a third part less space than the

soft part of the fin, and having the membrane behind their tips

notched. The rounded pectoral just exceeds a sixth of the length

of the fish. The ventrals are shorter, and terminate nearly their own

length before the anus. The lateral line, traced continuously on the

third row of the large scales which cover the body, follows the curve

of the back till it passes beyond the dorsal, when it descends sud-

denly in a short oblique line, and then runs straight to the base of

424 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

the caudal. The profile of the head blends gradually with the curve

of the back, the gill-cover appears to be much rounded off poste-

riorly, and the conical teeth are slightly curved and diminish rapidly

in size as they recede from the symphysis. There is no canine tooth

at the angle of the mouth, and no scales are depicted on the head.

“ Sparus rubecula. (‘Kurakura’ aboriginorum.) Habitat prope ‘Cape

Kidnappers.’ Corpus vivide rubrum, subtus pallidum. Pinna dor-

salis saturate rubra, superne punctis fusco-sanguineis adspersa.

Pinnze pectorales rubicundz, immaculate. Pinnz ventrales pallide

incarnate, apice rubescentes. Pinna analis ex aurantiaco-rubra.

Pinna caudalis saturissime aurantiaca, fascia lata, nigra ad basin.”

‘“* Varietas pallidior. Totus piscis pallidior, pinna dorsali incarnata,

punctis lineisque sanguineis adspersa, pinna caudali flavicante, alias

simillimus.” (Solander, Pisc. Austr. p. 5.) In the figure the tint

of the head is dark lake-red, that of the body lighter, and of the

caudal yellow, with a lilac edging and a well-defined even black bar

across its base.

Several other members of the genus described in the ‘ Hi-

stoire des Poissons’ have one or more black bars on the tail

or caudal fin, but they differ materially from rudecula in other

characters. Among these are Julis cingulum and J. caudima-

cula. Mr. Gilbert’s collection contains a species obtained at

the island of Timor, which approaches very near to caudima-

cula (C. & V. xiii. p. 465), and it may be only a variety of

that fish, but it offers a different distribution of colours, though

it has the same black bar across the tail. As it has not ac-

tually been detected on the Australian coasts, a description

of it is foreign to the precise object of this paper. The Cre-

nilabrus chabrolit of Lesson, which is the Cossyphus maldat

of the * Histoire des Poissons,’ has also a black bar on the

trunk of the tail, but farther removed from the caudal fin than

in rubecula. The fish also differs from the latter in the pre-

sence of conspicuous scaly fillets at the base of the dorsal and

caudal, in the elongation of the ventrals, in the rounded cau-

dal, in the brilliant streaks on the head, the rows of spots on

the body, and in its very different general aspect, which is

peculiar to the genus Cossyphus, while the rubecula has more

the character of a Julis. The Labrus ephippium is another of

the family which has its tail encircled by a black or deep blue

ring. It has nine spinous rays in the dorsal, is well cha-

racterized by a saddle-shaped black patch on the back, and is

supposed to be a native of the Javan sea. As the distance

between Timor and the islands leading to Java is not great

from the north-west coast of Australia, and their parallels

of latitude differ little, we may expect to find much similarity

in their ichthyology.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 425

JULIS 2? RUBIGINOSUS.

Sparus rubiginosus, Parkinson, Banks. Bib. fig, 2. 38. no. 4; Solander,

Pise. Austr. p. 7.

This fish was discovered on the coast of New Zealand on

Cook’s first voyage. Parkinson’s figure was done after a spe-

cimen taken at Mattaruhow, and Solander has given the fol-

lowing account of the colours of one obtained off Kidnapper’s

Cape :— )

“ Sparus rubiginosus. Corpus pallide rubiginosum, macula oblonga

transversali in singula squama. Caput rubrum subtus pallidum.

Iris rubro-argentea ; pupilla nigra. Pinna dorsalis livido-rubicunda,

maculis sub-ocellaribus e viridi lutescentibus. Pinnz ventrales et

pectorales rubicunde, immaculate. Pinna analis similis pinne dor-

sali, sed prope basin serie jam unica ocellorum rubicundorum. Pinna

caudalis basi et lateribus e nigricanti-violacea, in medio olivacea.

Habitat oceano prope Kidnappers.”—(Pisc. Austr. p. 7.)

Sclander mentions, without describing, a variety taken at the same

place. Parkinson’s figure exhibits a fish having the same profile

ot the head and body with the Julis decussatus (Cuv. et Val. xiii.

p- 433) figured in Bennett’s ‘ Fishes of Ceylon’ (No. 14), except that

the height of the body is a trifle less, being contained thrice and

one-half in the total length, caudal included. The mouth is small

with thickish lips, which are represented shut, so that the teeth are

not seen. The caudal is lunate on the margin, with the points acute

and projecting about a fifth part of the length of the fin beyond the

central rays. The spinous part of the dorsal is nearly even, or

rather higher anteriorly, and contains nine or ten rays, which occupy

somewhat less space than the jointed rays, of which about eleven or

twelve are indistinctly indicated. ‘The membrane is notched between

the spines, the dorsal and anal terminate rather acutely, and their

tips reach the base of the caudal. ‘The pectorals are rounded and

longer than the ventrals, which do not reach to the anus. The

scales are large, and their uncovered discs have the form of vertical

rhombs. There are several rows of small ones on the base of the

tail. The lateral line is continuous, and has a sudden descending

flexure opposite to the end of the dorsal. Four rows of spots are

shown on the fore half of the anal, and three on the spinous portion

of the dorsal.

The colours of the New Zealand Ladrus pecilopleura, as

described in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ are not very dissi-

milar to those ascribed by Solander to the rudiginosus; but

the pecilopleura is not so high a fish, its caudal fin is square,

its dorsal low, and its pectorals rather large.

7 JULIS? NOTATUS.

Sparus notatus, Parkinson, Bibl. Banks. fig.37 ; Solander, Pisc. Austr.

This is also a New Zealand fish, taken on the same voyage.

Parkinson’s drawing in outline is from an example captured

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

426 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

in Toteranue, a cove of Queen Charlotte’s Sound. Solander’s

description of one taken off Tolaga, in lat. 384° S. long. 1813",

is as follows. ;

*« Sparus notatus. Habitat Tolaga. Piscis interdum pedalis, vi-

rescens, inferne albus. Squamze dorsi et laterum postice fusces-

centes. Macula magna nigricans utrinque paulo pone medium. Iris

flavo-argentea: pupilla nigra. Pinna dorsalis sordide e cinereo-

virescens, maculis fuscis et rubentibus. Obs. pone maculam lateralem

fascie duee obsoletissime, fuscescentes, seu nebulosee. Pinne pecto-

rales pellucentes cum pauxillo flavedinis et rubedinis. Pinne ventrales

luteze, marginibus albis. Pinna analis lutea, basi albido-nebulosa,

maculis duabus nigris. Pinna caudalis lutescens vel rubescens. Obs.

in capite infra oculos interdum linez vel macule oblonge czruleo-

virides. Juniores pinnam dorsalem habent altius coloratam.” (Pisc.

Austr. p. 16.)

Parkinson’s figure shows that this species resembles the Julis

decussatus still more exactly in the form of the body than the pre-

ceding one, but the snout is a little more obtuse. The oval black

spot on the flank gives it some resemblance to a Cossyphus, but the

position of the spot below the lateral line distinguishes it from the

described species of that genus. ‘The caudal ends squarely, or with

a very slightly concave line, the angles neither projecting nor yet

rounded off. The dorsal rises very gently from the first spine to the end

of the soft part, which is moderately rounded, and does not quite reach

the base of the caudai: it contains nine spinous rays. The anal is

lower. The pectoral is obliquely rounded, its upper angle being

acute. ‘The ventrals do not reach the anus. The scales are rather

large, and their exposed discs have a vertical acutely oval or hexa-

gonal outline. The lateral line is continuous, and bends suddenly

under the end of the dorsal as in the preceding species.

A Sparus stellatus and Labroides asellinus are mentioned

in the ‘ Pisces Australiz,’ but as their colours only are noted,

and nothing is said of their forms, we cannot say whether

they ought to be ranked in the Wrasse family or not.

Opax virtTatus, Solander’s Odax.

Coregonoides vitiatus, Solander, Pisce. Austr. p. 1 and 89.

Callyodon coregonoides, Parkinson, pl. 44. no. 2.

This fish was discovered on Cook’s first voyage at Matta-

ruhow, on the coast of New Zealand. Solander has the fol-

lowing notices of it in his ‘ Pisces Australiz.’

“ Coregonus vitiatus. Totus piscis castaneo-umbratus, subtus

multo pallidior, et uti alibique argentum mixtum esset. Vitta ex

incarnata argentea, utrinque per medium piscem, sub basi mandibulee

inferioris incipiens, sub oculos ducta per basin pinnarum pectoralium

in media latera, ad basin pinnz analis extensa. Seepe maculz paryze

violaceze in seriebus longitudinalibus per dorsum et latera disposite.

Iris e viride argentea, Pupilla majuscula, violacea, nigra. Caput

the Ichthyology of Australia. 427

lve, subconicum. Dentes quatuor, duo in utraque maxilla, granu-

losi seu denticulis obtusis arcte imbricati. Pinnz abdominales in

antica parte abdominis, pone thoracem ut potius piscis abdominalis

quam thoracicus, etsi dentibus convenit Callyodontibus. Pinnze

omnes e fusco-castanee : pectorales et caudalis extus sordide rubi-

cunde.”’ (p. 1.)'

Pisces adulti sesquipedales, a junioribus valde variant et pro-

portione et colore. Adulti crassi sicut cum capite parvo subtus (h. e.

gula) gibbosiusculo, abdomine late rotundato. Color adultorum

fusco-cinereus, Vitta lateralie maculis magnis sordide carneis in-

terrupta, non continuata. Br.5; D.34; A.14; C.14; P. 14; V.5.

Pinna dorsalis postice altior; radius postremus subduplex. Pinna

analis itidem postice altior: radiis primis minutis. Pinnz pectorales

oblongo-rotundatz. Pinnz ventrales in thorace sed pone pinnas

pectorales site. Obs. Figura nostra exhibet piscem crassiorem,

precipue gulam.” (p. 39.)

The figure here referred to is eleven inches and a half long, and

represents a fish with a fuller head and more obtuse snout than

Odaz semifasciatus or pullus of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons.’ The eye

is farther from the profile than in either of these, and the body is

less slender, its height being just equal to the length of the head and

to one-fifth of the total length, caudal included. The dorsal undu-

lates in its height: its first four rays are equal to each other, after

which the fin gradually lowers to the thirteenth or fourteenth spine

and then rises again, so that the posterior quarter of the fin is higher

than the four anterior rays. The caudal is slightly concave, with its

angles scarcely rounded. Parkinson has added the following note

respecting the colours:—‘‘ The stripe on the side silvery, the spots

on the P. D. and P. A. transparent. The membranes of the tail trans-

parent, the spots on the side purple-gray.”’ The back is tinted dark

liver-brown, fading on the belly, with roundish spots below the lateral

line ranging from the pectoral to the caudal.

George Forster’s sketch of Odax pullus (202. Banks. Libr.),

discovered in Queen Charlotte’s Sound, New Zealand, seems,

from a query appended to it, “an Callyodon coregonoides?”

to have been considered by some annotator to be a represen-

tation of Solander’s fish. The general proportions of the fish

and the numbers of the fin-rays correspond, but the figure

does not indicate the characteristic lateral stripe of vittatus,

nor does the dorsal exactly correspond in shape, being even

for two-thirds of its length, and then rising agreeably with

the phrase in J. R. Forster’s notes as quoted by Schneider

(Scarus pullus, p. 288), “pinna dorsi longitudinalis, primum

@qualis dein adscendens.” No spots are expressed in Forster’s

pencil sketch, nor are any mentioned by Schneider. The cau-

dal is described by the latter as sublunate, and also by M.

Valenciennes, who adopts the species; but his plate (No. 408)

in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ exhibits an even dorsal, a

2F2

428 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

ereatly rounded caudal, and a much more slender head than

that of vittatus. This plate is probably a representation of

a fish procured by MM. Quoy and Gaimard at Port Western

in New Holland, and unless the artist has erred in the form of

the dorsal and caudal, it can scarcely be the same with Forster’s

pullus, and is still more evidently distinct from Solander’s

vittatus.

[To be continued. ]

LX.—Descriptions of British Freshwater Conferve, mostly

new, with observations on some of the Genera. By ARTHUR

Hitt Hassauz, Esq.

Genus DRAPARNALDIA.

Draparnaldia repetita. Filaments branched, consisting of a

repeated series of cells, each of which is composed of five or

six cells or utricles which gradually decrease in size from the

first or lower cell, which is rounded below, to the last or

upper one; a tuft of minutely divided filaments, similar to

those of other Draparnaldie, arises from the superior cell of

the series usually only on one side, but sometimes on both ;

the different series are not placed in a straight line imme-

diately above each other, but are arranged somewhat in a

zigzag or waved manner.

I have only once met with the above species, and then but

in small quantity ; it is therefore no less rare than it is curious.

Each series of cells is an epitome of the entire plant, which

consists but of an aggregation of these series. A sketch of it

was forwarded to Dr. Greville, who did not hesitate to agree

with myself in the opinion of its distinctness.

Draparnaldia elongata. Filaments very slender, ciliated ; cells

fasciated, usually three times as long as broad.

I once met with a considerable quantity of the above spe-

cies in a horse-trough near Cheshunt: it is however by no

means common.

Draparnaldia sparsa. Filaments highly mucous, very slender,

sparingly branched; branches acuminate, not usually ci-

liated ; cells rather broader than long.

This is by no means an uncommon species during the spring

and early part of the summer, being attached frequently to

dead leaves and sticks. In the fineness of the filaments, in the

shortness of the cells, as well as in the excessive mucosity of

its filaments, it seems to evince some relation to the genus

Chetophora (a bad name, as the species of the genera Batra-

chiospermum and Draparnaldia are likewise chetophorous).

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 429

Draparnaldia condensata. Filaments of considerable dia-

meter, sparingly branched ; branches furnished with cilia ;

cells two or three times broader than long, and usually en-

tirely filled with endochrome, which renders the demarca-

tion of the cells but little apparent.

This is one of the finest and most distinct species of the

genus. The only locality at present known for it is in a large

fish-pond, opposite Mr. Bosanquet’s school for girls, in the

parish of Wormley, Hertfordshire.

Genus VAUCHERIA.

Vaucheria aversa. Vesicles sessile, germinate, sometimes ter-

nate, in form resembling a bird’s head, the beak or summit

of each vesicle being turned in opposite directions, so that a

distinct horn or anther is required for each; anther de-

pressed ; spores circular, not filling the entire cavity of the

capsule.

I have only once met with the above species, but then in

considerable quantity and in great perfection. It differs from

Vaucheria sessilis in the form of the vesicles, and the beaks

are turned from and not towards each other as they are in all

other species.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vaucheria polysperma. Filaments minute; vesicles subsessile,

varying in number from one to five, but usually there are

three ; in form the vesicles resemble an old-fashioned bill-

hook, their beaks are long and point in the same direction ;

spores circular, not filling the entire cavity of the vesicles.

This species, which is by no means uncommon, may be di-

stinguished from all others known to me by the fineness of its

filaments, which are not half so large as those of our other

British species. I at first thought that it might be identical

with the Vaucheria ornithocephala of Agardh, but in that spe-

cies the vesicles are represented to be pedunculated, and are

either two or four in number.

It is remarkable to cbserve that in this Vaucheria there are

no distinct horns or anthera, the base of each vesicle before

its complete formation appearing to discharge the office of an

anther.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vaucheria hamata (syn. Ectosperma hamata, Vaucher, Hist.

des Conf. d’eau douce, p. 26. pl. 11. fig. 2.). Vesicles soli-

tary, pedunculated, the peduncle being divided at its sum-

mit into two short pedicels, one of which bears the spore

and its capsule, the other the curved horn.

430 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

“Tt differs from all the other Vaucherie by the manner in

which it carries its grains. The peduncles which sustain them

are very much elongated; they bear at their extremities two

little threads, the one curved, into which is inserted the anther ;

the other, shorter and straighter, carries the gram. ‘This

Conferva expands its grains at the commencement of spring.

I have seen it germinate in such a manner as that I doubt not

that these grains are really the seed.”,— Vaucher.

This is an abundant British species: I have met with it re-

peatedly in the vicinity of Cheshunt and other places during

the springs of the past and present years.

Vaucheria repens. Filaments terrestrial ; capsules sessile, so-

litary and avicular, or in the form of a bird’s head ; anthers

curved and placed in close approximation with the capsules.

I have as yet been able only to find but one specimen of

this species, which is to be distinguished from Vaucheria Dill-

wynti, the only species near to which it approaches, by the

form of the capsules, which in the latter species are spherical,

In a foot-path near Roydon, Essex, February 21st, 1843,

Genus ZYGNEMA.

Obs. Having recently had the opportunity of re-examining

two of the three species of non-conjugating Zygnemata de-

scribed in a previous paper, viz. Zygnema angulatum and Z.

intermedium, as well as many other species not yet described,

I have been able not merely to confirm the general accuracy

of the statement formerly made of the production in certain

species of spores without conjugation of the filaments, but

also have ascertained two other particulars in reference to

these most interesting productions.

The first of these relates to the fact, that union of the fila-

ments does in some rare cases occur even in those species, in

which the rule is, that the spores should be formed without

conjunction ; and this is nothing more than from analogy

might clearly have been expected, nor does it in any way affect

the importance or truth of the fact of the formation of spores

in separate filaments.

The second particular is one of much interest, and has re-

ference to the circumstance, that in some few instances more

than two apparently perfectly formed spores—three, four, or

even five—are placed in adjacent cells, and consequently that

no empty cells intervene between them, as we should expect to

find in all cases, were it an essential, that every true spore should

consist of the mingled contents of two cells. But this is only

an apparent exception to the law of the formation of spores by

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 431

the intermingling of the matter of two cells, which is appli-

cable not merely to the Zygnemata but also to true Confervee

(Vesiculasperme) and the genus Bulbochete; for although the

mixing of the endochrome of two cells be necessary, it does

not follow that the whole of this should go to constitute a single

spore IN ALL CASES, so that, consistently with the above law,

we may atrive at a satisfactory explanation of the juxtaposition

of more than two spores, by supposing, that in these compa-

ratively rare instances, each spore does not consist of the full

amount of the contents of two cells; that where three seeds

are adjacent that these are made up of the matter of five cells,

that on either side of the terminal spore being empty; that

where there are four, of the matter of six cells ; and where five,

the greatest number I have ever noticed, that these are con-

stituted by the mingling of seven cells.

The above explanation will apply not only to the non-con-

jugating Zygnemata, but also to the group of Vesiculasperms,

where there are more than two adjacent spores, an occurrence

not of greater frequency than amongst the non-conjugating

Zygnemata.

In one species of Zygnema which I have recently met with,

and which is described in this paper, yoked and unyoked fila-

ments occur plentifully, the conjugated being however by far

the most abundant: the two forms of species would appear

to be especially related through this species.

* Spores produced both with and without union of the filaments,

but most frequently in the latter way.

Zygnema varians. Filaments of less diameter than those of

Zygnema inflatum, Vaucher ; cells usually four, five or six

times as long as broad; spores elongated, formed either

with or without union of the filaments, but generally in the

former way, and lodged in cells, which become considerably

inflated for their reception ; extremities of cells inverted.

This species comes very close to Vaucher’s Conjugata in-

flata, a species recently found by Mr. Jenner, but differs from

it in the size of its filaments, number of spires, form of the

inflated cells, as well as in the greater frequency with which

union of the filaments takes place.

This species was first noticed by me in the vicinity of Ches-

hunt, since which time I have seen it amongst Conferve sent

by Mr. Ralfs, and within the last few days avery perfect spe-

cimen was forwarded to me by Mr. Jenner.

** Spores produced by conjugation.

Zygnema maximum, Annals Nat. Hist. for 1842.

This plant appears to be subject to considerable variety.

432 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

In most species of Conjugata, at the period of reproduction, a

number of contiguous cells of one filament unite with the op-

posed cells of another filament, but the arrangement is differ-

ent in specimens of this species in its ordinary state; in these

it is usually only every second or third pair of cells which

conjugate, and as soon as this conjugation is about to take

place a very curious phenomenon occurs: the spherical gra-

nules contained within the spiral coil of the pair of cells which

have united increase in size and deepen in colour, while at the

same time those contained in the intermediate cells which

have not conjugated become much smaller than they were

previous tothe union. The filaments with the cells thus united

appear to the unassisted eye to be striated or banded. ‘The

above account, as well as the description given in the § Annals’

for September, apply to the species in its ordinary condition.

Two varieties of it however occur: 1m the first the filaments do

not differ in any material respect from the ordinary ones, but

all the cells of each filament unite to form spores, as in other

Zygnemata; this they do also in the second variety, but in it

there are fewer spiral coils, usually six or seven, and these are

filled with much larger granules than those of either of the

previously mentioned conditions. The filaments of this va-

riety, which may possibly be a distinct species, from the small

number of the spires and large size of the granules, resemble

in all save diameter those of Zygnema nitidum. In all the

varieties, the spores are slightly oval, and are less than the

calibre of the cell which contains them, the cavity of which

they therefore do not fill.

Zygnema interruptum. Filaments of considerable length, and

intermediate in diameter between those of Z. maximum and

Z. nitidum ; cells at the period of conjugation rather longer

than broad, previous to this however they are frequently

not half so long as broad; spiral coils numerous; spore

oval, equalling in breadth the diameter of the cell, but not

producing any inflation of it.

This fine species comes next to Z. maximum in size. It is

estranged from Z. nitidum by the larger diameter of the fila-

ments and the greater number of its spiral coils, these being

not less than eight or ten; while from Z. delle, to which it

bears considerable resemblance, it may be distinguished by

a comparison of the filaments, which are considerably the

largest in Z. interruptum; the number of spiral tubes is also

somewhat greater in this. As in Z. maximum, in its ordinary

condition, it is only every second or third pair of cells which

unite, the granules, as in it, become likewise largest in the cells

which have conjugated.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 433

Zygnema rivulare. A variety of this species, described in the

‘Annals’ for September 1842, is sometimes met with during

the autumn in water-courses, which differs from the ordinary

condition of the species in having cells varying in length from

twice to four times their diameter, and in being of a deep green

colour. The species in its ordinary state is generally found

attached to stones, and in streams near the margin where the

current is slow. In specimens procured from such places the

filaments are of a yellowish green colour, and the cells much

longer. There is no question of the specific identity of the

variety with the species proper.

Zygnema estivum. Filaments of less diameter than those of

Z. quininum ; cells usually about four times as long as broad,

but sometimes much longer and occasionally shorter. A

single spiral tube occupies the cells, passing from side to side

in right lines.

This species is by no means uncommon, and was for a Jong

time confounded by me with the Z. quininum of Ag., from

which it differs in its smaller filaments, longer cells, and pe-

culiar zigzag disposition of the single spiral tube.

Cheshunt.

Genus MovuGeorta.

Mougeotia brevior. Filaments about equal in diameter to

those of Mougeotia genuflexa ; cells usually twice as long as

broad, but sometimes nearly four times as long. Conju-

gation angular, without the intervention of tubes.

I do not think that there can be any question of this being

specifically distinct from M. genuflexa, to which species its

filaments however bear considerable resemblance, owing to

the endochrome being of the same yellowish green colour.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Mougeotia dubia. Filaments about equal to those of M. genu-

flexa in diameter ; cells usually either four or eight times as

long as broad, but mostly only four times. Conjugation

angular and without the intervention of transverse tubes.

This species may possibly be merely a variety of M. genu-

flexa, a doubt which [ have indicated in the provisional name.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Mougeotia flava. Filaments about equal to those of M. major ;

cellsvarying in length from rather better than twice to nearly

_ five times their diameter, but being generally three or

three and a half times as long as broad. Conjugation an-

gular, without the intervention of tubes.

434 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

The above appears to be one of several species which have

all been confounded under the name of M. genuflexa,

Vicinity of Cheshunt,

Mougeotia quadrangulata. Filaments of less diameter than

those of M. cerulescens; cells usually six times as long as

broad ; sporangium quadrangular.

This very interesting species I for a long time confounded

with the M. cerulescens of Capt. Carmichael, an error which

I was enabled to correct through the kindness of Mr. Ralfs,

from whom I have received more than one fine specimen of

that production.

The present species differs from M. cerulescens in having

finer filaments as well as in the form of the sporangium. In

M. cerulescens the sporangium is somewhat cruciform, while

in M. quadrangulata it is quadrangular.

Found in the early part of the spring of the past year (1842),

at High Beech, Epping Forest.

Mougeotia parvula. Filaments as slender as those of V, dom-

bycina; cells usually six times as long as broad; endo-

chrome imperfectly divided into two roundish masses ;

spores circular, lodged in the transverse tubes,

I at first regarded the above species as the Zygnema ordi-

narium of the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, but that gentleman informs

me that the filaments of his species exceed in diameter those

of Z. elongatum, a much more robust Conferva than mine.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera vernalis. Y¥ilaments more robust than those of

V. Mulleri; cells usually six times as long as broad; spores

circular, contained in inflated cells, which are somewhat

narrower at one extremity than the other.

This species, which I have twice found since the commence-

ment of the present year (March 4th, 1843), once at High

Beech and again near Waltham Abbey, approaches very closely

to V. Mulleri, from which it may be known, however, by its

stouter filaments as well as the less regularly spherical form

of the seed-bearing cells.

Genus SPHZROPLEA.

Since the publication of my papers on the Vesiculasperms,

in which some remarks occurred relative to the reproduction

of the genus Spheroplea, | have received some very interest-

ing observations respecting one of the species of that genus

from Mr. Ralfs of Penzance, which I cannot do better than

transcribe in the writer’s own words.

“I believe you to be quite correct about the Vesiculasperme,

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 435

and the specimens I sent from Ilfracombe, V. princeps, were

an example of its truth. Subsequently to calling your atten-

tion to the vegetating spores, I found these to elongate and

divide into two joints, the rudiments of the filaments, but I

cannot agree when you consider the Spheroplee to have spores

similar to those of the Vesiculasperme. In the Conjugate and

Vesiculasperme, the mass as it approaches to maturity becomes

denser and appears of a more homogeneous texture. In Sphe-

roplea, on the contrary, the granules are larger and more di-

stinct in its advanced state, and my experience distinctly

proves these granules to separate and move about with a very

rapid motion resembling that of animals. This motion I first

had an opportunity of seeing in Draparnaldia tenuis, and

found it to agree with Agardh’s description in all respects,

excepting that I did not see them rupture the cells to escape.

** At Ilfracombe in June last, for the first time, I gathered

Spheroplea crispa, and examining the specimens within a few

minutes after they were gathered, I perceived to my surprise

some of the round masses, after escaping from the top of the

filaments, separate into several largish granules, of which each

of these masses was composed, and these then to dart about

with rapid motion ; and in order to have witnesses, I called u

the people of the house were I was lodging and told them to

look imto the microscope and tell me what they saw, and they

said that numerous minute insects were darting about amongst

the filaments of the plant. On my mentioning the circum-

stance to Mr. Borrer, he informed me that many years ago he

had observed the same thing to take place in the Conferva

bicolor, and that Mr. Dillwyn, on his relating it to him, said

that he supposed ‘the plant had taken physic for worms ;’ and

this tended to confirm me in the opinion of the identity of

Spheroplea crispa with the Conferva bicolor of ‘English Bo-

tany’.

*‘ Subsequently on gathering the plant at Dolgelly, I ob-

served the granules, which are slightly angular, move, but only

slowly, and a few days after, when I gathered some in order to

show the motion of the granules to my friend the Rey. T. Sal-

wey, I was unable to detect any motion at all.”

In a second communication Mr. Ralfs further observes, “ I

omitted in my last to give Mr. Berkeley as another observer

of the motion, &c. of the granules in Spheroplea crispa. When

I found it at Ilfracombe I immediately sent off a specimen to

Mr. Berkeley, and it was not until the next day that I disco-

vered the activity of the granules, of which I the same day

informed Mr. Borrer on sending him a specimen. Some time

afterwards I received an answer from Mr. Berkeley with

436 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

sketches of his and my plants, and against his sketch is written

“ the granules separate into most active Zoosperms.” ‘Thus

(supposing the Conferva bicolor to be the same) we have three

different observers noticing the motion in this plant, neither

of us being aware at the time of its having been noticed by

the others.”

If there be no fallacy connected with the above highly in-

teresting remarks, and it can scarcely be supposed that there

is any, since the singular motion of the granules into which

each of the larger masses found in SpA. crispa is said to se-

parate, is not only attested by so many able observers in our

own country, but was likewise especially witnessed in this

same species by Agardh himself, for the Conferva zonata, one

of the three species more particularly submitted by him to ex-

amination is assuredly none other than the Conferva bicolor of

‘English Botany,’ and this again, it is equally certain, is the

Sph. crispa of the Rev. M. J. Berkeley as well as Conferva

lucens of Mr. Dillwyn. It would appear that I have erred in

regarding the large condensed masses of endochrome found in

the cells of C. zonata as true spores, an opinion which I at no

time entertained without a degree of misgiving. Nevertheless I

still think that I am correct in ascribing the formation of these

masses to the intermingling of the contents of adjacent cells

in the same filament, whereby fecundation may be supposed

to be effected, and which intermingling I have shown to occur

so invariably in the Vesiculasperme*.

The only undoubted species which can at present be referred

to the genus Spheroplea is the Conferva zonata of Weber, and

this would appear to present a threefold relation with other

freshwater Confervee ; first, with the Conjugate in the excessive

mucosity of its filaments; secondly, with Vesiculasperms in its

attenuated filaments and in the intermingling of the contents

of two cells; and lastly, with the branched Conferve in the

other particulars of its reproduction, amongst the species of

which group it should find its station.

The following species, if not to be regarded as a Spheroplea,

should be referred to the genus Lyngbya, and which differs

but slightly, and perhaps not in any material respect, from

Spheroplea.

Spheroplea? vermicularis. Filaments very mucous, floating, of

a light green colour, in diameter but little exceeding those

of Vesiculifera bombycina; cells usually not quite so long

* T am now able to add my own testimony to the correctness of the above

remarks. In my specimens, however, the synspores did not escape at the

top of the filament, but by apertures in the cells occasioned by their bursting.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 437

as broad, but sometimes much longer and slightly inflated ;

endochrome at the peried of reproduction becoming mould-

ed into spherical masses similar to those of Spheroplea

zonata.

This species may generally be met with throughout the

year in boggy pools at High Beech, Epping Forest.

Genus MELOSEIRA.

The reproduction of this genus does not hitherto appear to

have been at all understood; I believe, however, from the oc-

currence of vesicles on the filaments similar to those of the

Vesiculasperme, that it will find its true position with these.

In the tapering of the filaments, in the absence of gloss on

them, and in the possession of strongly marked points, the

Meloseire likewise resemble the Vesiculasperme, from which

they differ principally in the excessive fragility of their fila-

ments, by which they evince an affinity with diatomaceous

productions.

The only species in which I have noticed these vesicles is

in the Meloseira varians of Agardh; a production which I was

led, from the presence of the vesicles, to describe as new in the

paper upon the Vesiculasperms under the name of V. com-

posita. Kutzing however figures them with his Meloseira

orichalcea, a species which I was so fortunate as to find in

considerable quantity in the vicinity of Cheshunt in the au-

tumn of the last year.

Since these descriptions were written I have had the plea-

sure of receiving some of the plants described from Mr. Ralfs

and Mr. Jenner, the habitats for which I subjoin :—Drapar-

naldia sparsa, Penzance, Mr. Ralfs: Mougeotia quadrangulata,

Penzance, Mr. Ralfs; Fisher’s Castle, Tunbridge Wells, and

Broadwater Forest, Mr. Jenner: M. parvula, Penzance, Mr.

Ralfs ; near Cross-in-hand, Waldron, Mr. Jenner: Vesiculi-

Sera vernalis, near Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner; Penzance,

Mr. Ralfs: Sp. vermicularis, Penzance, Mr. Ralfs.

The following species described in this paper were re-

corded on the wrapper of the ‘ Annals’ for August 1842 :—

Draparnaldia sparsa, D. elongata, D. repetita, and Sp. ver-

micularis.

438 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

LXI.—On the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. By Joun WILLIAM

Grirritu, M.D., F.LS. &e.

To the Editors of the pial of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Ir you will find a place in your valuable Journal for these obser-

vations on the Polygastric Animalcules, I shall feel obliged by

your inserting them.

Your obedient servant,

. Jonn Wintiiam Grirrita, M.D.

9 St. John’s Square, May 8th, 1843.

The real nature of the sacculi, vesicles, or stomachs which are

seen in the bodies of the Polygastric division of Infusorial Ani-

malcules is a point which has occupied considerable attention, and

is at the present time by no means satisfactorily determined. ‘The

extreme minuteness of these bodies renders their examination a

matter of very considerable difficulty, and what has hitherto been

discovered concerning their digestive cavities has been principally,

if not entirely, recognized by the mtroduction of foreign colour-

ing matters into the sacs ; which colourmg and other matters bemg

moulded by the compressing force or elasticity of the contaimng —

sac or substance forming the walls of the cell in which they are

contained, assume its shape, and are readily distinguished from

the transparent parts of the animalcules by their opacity or altered

refractive properties of ight. Great difficulty 1s also experienced

im conducting the manipulations which are required for examining

such minute atoms, and an unusual share of patience and care.

The rapidity of their movements is also, without extreme caution,

liable to mislead the microscopic observer.

It is well known that when the animalcules denomimated Poly-

gastrica are examined under the microscope, certain sac-like bodies

are observed in different parts of their bodies; these are some-

times filled with various coloured particles, similar to those float-

ing in the water in which they live, sometimes merely with fluid

or semifluid matters. These bodies, called by Prof. Ehrenberg

stomachs, are variable in number and situation, and im some cases

entirely absent.

An opinion that these sacculi were ova was formerly entertaimed

by Gleichen, but this has long since fallen into disrepute; and

justly so, inasmuch as the different: matters which constitute the

food of these minute animals has been, and can readily be, traced.

into the vesicles, which is sufficient tou mdicate their connexion

with the digestive and not the reproductive system. The Vorti-

celle, among many others, are particularly well adapted for the

examination of these sacculi, on account of their large size, fixed

position, or nearly so, and their great abundance. |

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 439

Prof. Ehrenberg’s view, that these vesicles are real stomachs or

blind pouches leading out of an alimentary tube, is well known,

and has been received for some time. It was founded upon the

fact, that colouring and other matters upon which they feed, after

having been drawn into the oral orifice of the canal, are next con-

ducted to these cavities, where they remain a certain time; they

are then propelled onwards, sometimes into other similar cavities,

sometimes through the tract of the canal to the opposite extre-

_ mity of the tube, whence either they or their undigested remains

are expelled, or they are ejected by the same orifice at which they

entered. Lately doubts have been thrown over these views, and

many accurate observers are opposed to the doctrines of Khren-

berg. Having had considerable opportunities of observing these

interesting objects under a great variety of conditions, I am

convinced that the views of the different authors which I shall

presently mention are each generally correct, and that with shght

modifications they are readily reconcilable to one another. Pro-

fessor Rymer Jones* says, “‘ The positions of the mouth and anal

aperture we are well assured by frequent examination to be such

as are indicated by the illustrious Professor at Berlin ; but with

regard to the tube named by him intestine and the stomachs ap-

pended thereto, our utmost patient and long-continued efforts

have failed to detect the arrangement depicted in his drawings.

In the first place, as regards the function of the sacculi, which he

looked upon as organs in which digestion is accomplished : in car-

nivorous animalcules which devour other species, we might expect,

were these the stomachs, that the prey would be at once conveyed

mto one or other of these cavities ; yet, setting aside the difficulty

which must manifestly occur in lodging large animalcules in these

microscopic sacs, and having recourse to the result of actual ex-

perience, we have never in a single instance seen an animalcule

when swallowed placed im such a position, but have repeatedly

traced the prey into what seemed a cavity excavated in the general

parenchyma of the body. In the second place, the parenchyma

has no appearance of being pedunculated, and consequently, in a

certain degree fixed in definite positions: during the last two

hours we have been carefully examining some beautiful specimens

of Paramecium aurelia, an animalcule, which from its size is pe-

culiarly adapted to the investigation of these vesicles ; and so far

from their having any appearance of connexion with a central

canal, as represented in the figure copied from Ehrenberg, they

are in continual circulation, moving slowly upwards along one

side of the body, and in the opposite direction down the other,

have been previously extracted into this Journal (vol. iii. p: 105.), as Pro-

fessor Owen’s observations obviously apply to some part of them, the subject

would be incomplete without them.

440 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

and resembling in every respect the coloured granules which have

been described as visible in the gelatinous parenchyma of the

Hydra. With respect to the central canal, we have not m any in-

stance been able to detect it, or even any portion of the tube seen

in the figures, much less the branches leading from it to the ve-

sicles or stomachs, as they are called. Even the circumstances

attending the prehension of food would lead us to imagine a dif-

ferent structure ; witness, for example, the changes of form which

Enchelys pupa undergoes when it devours an animalcule almost

equal to itself in bulk, and is seen to assume a perfectly different

shape as it dilates its mouth to receive the victim, with which its

whole body becomes gradually distended. Such a capability of

taking in and digesting a prey so disproportionate would in itself

go far to prove that the mimute sacculi were not stomachs, as it

evidently cannot be in one of these that digestion is accomplished.”

Professor Jones then says he considers that there is an analogy

between the organization of the so-named Polygastrica and of the

Hydra viridis. Te also says, “that the vesicles becoming co-

loured by the coloured food given to the animalcules cannot be

considered as a proof of their bemg stomachs, as in the experi-

ments of Trembley, the granules circulating im the body of. the

Hydra became dyed with the juices of the animals with which at

was fed precisely in a similar manner.’

M. Meyen says* he never admitted the observations of M. Eh-

renberg, because im the first place “ I never could see the intes-

tines which form the communication between the stomachs, and

likewise because I have observed, many years since, that the sup-

posed stomachs were moving in the interior of the body of many

species with great rapidity, im the same manner as the granules

which circulate in the joints of the Chara. I have often seen

Vorticelle with nine or ten large globules of digo in the belly,

which always moved round a centre, and thus showed in the most

evident manner that they could not have a communicating canal be-

tween the stomachs provided with an oral orifice and an extremity

directed to the mouth.” M. Meyen considers that the inner sur-

face of the first part of the canal is provided with cilia, which roll

up alimentary and colourmg matters ito the form of a ball.

When the ball has acquired the size of the stomach, it is expelled

by its other extremity and pushed into the cavity of the animal.

If solid substances do not exist in the surrounding liquid, then

the balls are less solid, and appear m the forms which they pre-

sent in the Infusoria existing in colourless liquids. “ In this case ’

the balls are composed of a small number of particles, and prin-

cipally of a considerable mucous mass which unites them.”

* Annals. of Nat. Hist. vol. iii. p. 100; also inserted in Pritchard’s ‘ Gen.

Hist. of Animalcules.’

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 441

The observations of Mons. Dujardin on this subject will be

found in vol. i. p. 170. of this Journal.

The objection (which M. Dujardin considers well-founded) ad-

vanced by M. Bory de St. Vincent, again presented by Dr. Foeke

and Prof. Rymer Jones, the latter of whose words we have just

quoted, rests on the inner motion of the globules or sacculi, which

“can in no way be reconciled with the hypothesis of an intestine

connecting all these globules together, and which, on the con-

trary, proves their entire independence.” The reader will be able

to estimate the validity of this objection when he has perused the

remainder of this paper.

The following are the observations of Mr. Addison on this sub-

ject* :—“ A singular fact + is stated with regard to the animalcules;

it may be witnessed in all of them by the liquor potasse. It pe-

netrates the transparent tunic composing the body of the animal-

cule by imbibition, and soon causes it to burst open or explode,

and the so-called stomachs of the creatures are forcibly discharged

or thrown out one after another, thus becoming objects for minute

microscopical scrutiny. The stomachs (?) swell and burst in like

manner, precisely as the granules discharged from the lymph cor-

puscles of the frog. These stomachs he believes to be granulated

vesicles performing their functions by imbibition, and not by as-

similating or digesting food voluntarily taken. The vital powers

of the animalcules are totally efficient in opposing the imbibi-

tion of the poison, and their stomachs may be seen enlarging in

the interior of the body prior to the rupture of the mtegument.”

Dr. Carpenter sayst, Khrenberg’s account of the numerous glo-

bular particles has been objected to by other observers, on the

ground that these particles are seen to undergo a regular move-

ment, as if they were floating in the midst of a fluid filling the

general interior cavity of the body, and that they are sometimes

discharged through the anal orifice. Of the validity of this ob-

jection his own observations have satisfied him. I cannot (says

he) “doubt that these particles are cells which float in the fluid of

the body, and elaborate the materials of its nutrition im the same

manner as do those of the chyle and blood of higher animals.”

Professor Owen’s observations§ answer some of the objections

which have been raised to Ehrenberg’s views. He says (speak-

ing of the Enchelys pupa swallowmg another animalcule nearly

equal to itself in bulk, and thereby undergoing a total change in

the form of its body), “but this may only imply great dilata-

* Prov. Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug. 20, 1842.

+ These are not Mr. Addison’s words, but an extract from his paper read

before the British Association made by the editor of the journal.

t Brit. and For. Med. Review, Jan. 1843.

§ Hunterian Lectures, 1843.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2G

442 Dr. Griffith on the Saccult of the Polygastrica.

bility of the cesophagus or common canal, such as we observe in

the boa constrictor, which becomes in like manner deformed after

eorging a goat or other animal much thicker than itself; doubtless

the little sacculi suecessively receive and digest, like the stomach

of the boa, the dissolved parts of the swallowed prey. Then again

it is objected that the sacculi are not fixed in definite positions,

but are seen constantly, though slowly moving, and apparently

rotating through the general cavity of the animal. But the pe-

ristaltic wave-like undulations of a common connecting canal, by

drawing them successively in and out of focus of the observer, is

quite sufficient, and very likely to occasion the deceptive appear-

ance of their circulatory movements. If these stomachs were ac-

tually separate and closed sacs imbedded in the transparent gela-

tinous plasma of the animalcule and endowed with a circulatory

movement, it is inconceivable that they should commonly present

the characteristic arrangement which Hhrenberg has described

and figured in particular species ; as for example in the Vorticedla,

a circular arrangement, or the wavy disposition in Leucophrys ;

yet such a constancy im the arrangement of the assimilative sacs

in these genera is the result of my experience. Add to this, if they

have not orifices of communication with the alimentary tract, the

difficulty of accounting for the rapid and ready transmission of

the coloured aliment into their interior without the surrounding

parenchyme being stained.”

In support of the views of Prof. Ehrenberg I refer the reader to

vol. u. p. 121. of the ‘ Annals,’ wherein is contained an account of

a discussion between this indefatigable observer and Prof. Jones.

It will there be found that Ehrenberg considers the objection of

Prof. Jones’s not having been able to detect the stomachs in one

or two instances as not sufficient to bring into doubt “ the mass

of relations which have been gradually established after many

years of observation.” Moreover, Prof. Ehrenberg says that

Paramecium Aurelia is unfavourable to such observation, and. that

he himself has not been able to recognise the alimentary canal in

all the species of the various genera. The Berlin Prof. says he

had seen the circular motion of Prof. Jones, and states that “the

great contractility of the body of the animalcules was, to less

practised observers, not seldom a cause of enigmatical pheeno-

mena, of which continued patient observation of the object would

gradually bring the explanation. Thus at times the intestinal

canal of the animalcule extends at the expense of the ventral sacs

so far, that it occupies the whole space of the body, and then the

devoured substances, very similar to the ventral sacs, circulate in

the whole body.” He then gives three sketches of Loxodes Bur-

saria, wherein the first represents the animalcule in its ordinary

state, with the alimentary canal and sacculi; the second, where

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 443

the direction of particles in the alimentary canal is depicted ; and

the third, where the currents or motions of particles are indicated

in the distended intestinal canal.

In addition to this, I refer to the Proceedings of the Royal

Prussian Academy of Sciences at Berlin for Feb, 1841*, wherein

is related an account of the observations of Dr. Werneck, which

agree in support of those of Prof. Ehrenberg ; nay, go further, for

Dr. Werneck renders more probable than heretofore, that the ali-

mentary canal exists in all the Polygastrica.

I extract the following observations from the report of Prof.

Ehrenberg on Dr. Werneck’s discoveries as made to the Academy :

“ Indeed what I, from caution, mentioned as only a supposition,

viz. that probably even in the monads (Bodo socialis) a distinct

anus, consequently an intestine, existed, whereby then the division

of the Anentera would be destroyed, is shown by Dr. Werneck to

be decided. He also has discovered the anus in Bodo grandis,

Prorocentrum micans, Cyclidium Glaucoma, whereby the family of

Pseudopoda only would remain without an alimentary canal. But

he has also seen in a Navicula (undulata) among the Bacillaria

group, a convoluted canal, which he considers as the alimentary

tube, filled with infusoria. Most interesting are the represen-

tations (Dr. Werneck’s) of many varieties of intestinal canal with

their saeculi or globular pouches or recesses, which present ex-

actly the same appearances as those laid before the Academy in

1830, but lately denied by Prof. Rymer Jones and Meyen after

imperfect examinations.”

I shall now make some observations on the various state-

ments I have enumerated, and pomt out m what particulars

they disagree with my own experiments. In the first place, as

regards our not being able to see the alimentary tube, this I

cannot imagine to be any impediment or ground for our disbe-

lieving its existence. Doubtless the whole substance of the ge-

latinous bodies of these minute beings is very elastic, and the

walls of the tubes in which the alimentary matters are conveyed

are always in apposition except when alimentary matters separate

them. ‘The outline of the intestine in many of the Infusoria de-

picted by Ehrenberg has been, without doubt, drawn from the

course which that illustrious observer has noticed the granules of

colourmg matter and food to take. In fact, he says, “In many

this direct observation is impossible, although the result, viz. the

colouring of the filled stomachs, is evident.” The solid particles

cannot arrive at the sacs im which they are contained and accu-

* Bericht iiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der

Kénigl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, im Monat Februar

1841.

+ Die Infusionsthierchen als vollkommene Organismen, page 2,

2G2

444 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

mulated without passing through some communicating canal ;

this canal is part of the intestinal tube. The minute alimentary

particles which arrive in the sacs entire could not be conveyed in

that state by solution and imbibition. Moreover we cannot, I

think, wonder at our not being able to detect the walls of the

tube; first, because, as I have previously mentioned, the elasticity

of the substance of the animalcule would keep the walls in con-

tact except where actually distended; and secondly, the minute

size of such a canal, and our being obliged to view it through the

substance of the animalcule which intervenes between the sacculi

and the upper surface of their bodies as lying under the field of

the microscope, is well calculated to prevent this. Could we make

a delicate transverse section of their bodies, we might then perhaps

be able to perceive the tube. M. Dujardin’s objection to the ex-

istence of an intestine in Infusoria, “that no fibres remain when

the animal is decomposed by diffluence,” is undoubtedly futile ;

it must indeed require a subtle imagimation to expect we can see

or even contemplate the size of the fibres of the mtestine of the

Polygastrica, whose diameter, did they exist, must be almost be-

yond the power of calculation, much more of vision. That the

masses of colourmg matter which have been received into the sac-

culi revolve or circulate, as it has been called, is a truth which is

very readily proved. Currents are established by the oral cilia ;

particles floating or suspended in these currents are drawn imto

the mouth of the minute creature, these then enter the body one

at a time, and apparently accumulate im one of the sacs (2. e. really

accumulate in the upper portion of the alimentary tube); this then

moves down one side of the animalcule; others are filled in the

same manner. The circulation, as it has been called, of these

alimentary boluses may then, after having been distinctly followed

down one side, be seen returning in an ascending direction. In

some cases when these masses have arrived near the oral extre-

mity they can be detected approximating the depression by which

they entered, until at last their contents are gradually ejected ;

when the masses are solid, this ejection often takes place par-

ticle by particle; when in the liquid or semifluid state, m,a

fine stream; the sac can be seen emptying itself of its con-

tents; it then disappears. In some of the animalcules this

movement of particles may be very readily detected; it is very

tardy in others, and seldom visible at all times. The addition of

reagents to the liquid in which they live produces effects some-

what similar to vomiting or purging ; the motion of the alimentary

boluses is mcreased, and their ejection is easily viewed ; weak so-

lutions of potash or ether produce this effect. Now in all these

cases of movement I am convinced that it is not the sacculi or

stomachs which move: we must recollect the sacs are made visible

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 445

to us by their contents, and in many cases there are no stomachs

visible when they are empty, and it is their contents which we see

circulating or moving in their proper canal or alimentary tube,

and not the sacculi themselves. ‘The motions of these masses

may not inaptly be compared, but merely for the sake of illus-

tration, to those of the alimentary masses in our own intestines ;

the revolution of these (if viewed under similar circumstances)

would produce the appearance of circulation; when the masses

have arrived at the termination of the canal they are ejected, but

here the portion of tube or stomach is not ejected. This compa-

rison exemplifies to my mind the true nature of the sacs in the

Infusorial Polygastrica.

We certainly cannot admit, as in the explanation of Prof.

Ehrenberg, that the rotation of the globules or balls of aliment-

ary matter takes place in a cavity formed from a distended por-

tion of the alimentary tube. We see this rotation when the

intestinal tube is very slightly distended and when the balls of

food are very small; but I believe it to be capable of expla-

nation in the manner I have stated; the appearance of one of

the sacculi when really distended is so readily recognised that it

could hardly be mistaken ; but the stomachs (i. e. their contents)

have been seen to rotate, by observers, when neither the animal-

cule nor its stomachs are at all distended ; and undoubtedly this

is a real rotation, not an optical illusion from any peristaltic

action. Moreover the rotation of these bodies is so constant as

to be considered as their ordinary state; whereas, did it arise only

in distended states of a stomach or the alimentary tube, it would

be rare, or at least only to be seen when the animalcule takes in

a large portion of aliment; and I think that any one who has

distinctly seen (as I often have) various floating alimentary

particles taken in at the oral orifice separately, then accumu-

lating into a small ball, and this ball descending im the body of

the anmmalcule, and “ circulating” as I have described, will be

convinced that this explanation is correct.

I cannot believe they are recesses from acommon tube; I have

never been able to detect a horizontal or retrograde course

which would be pursued by the boluses, were such the case.

The alimentary canal is most commonly in a convoluted form, or

coiled; and there is doubtless a difference in the extent and

arrangement of the tube in those which feed upon other animal-

cules and those on vegetable matter. The fact of the portions

of food contained in their sacculi bemg gradually approximated

to the surface of the depression, and there being separately

emptied, is, I think, a clear conviction that there can be no single

stomachal cavity, and also, that the rotation of particles does not

take place in a single dilated tube. Moreover it must be recol-

446 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

lected that the different portions of the intestinal tube or sacculi

are not stained, they are coloured from their cavitary contents,

their walls are colourless. M. Meyen’s opinion concerning the

cilia I have not been able to verify; but the rolling up of the

alimentary matters, whereby these masses rotate on them axes,

is never to be seen. The account given by Mr. Addison con-

cerning the action of liq. potasse is, as has been observed, very

remarkable. The best mode for the observer to perceive the

true effects of potassa on the Polygastrica is to use it slightly

diluted, for when used of the strength of the ordmary liquor .

potassz, the effect takes place so suddenly as to lead to the in-

accurate interpretation of the appearances that gentleman has

given. The effect of the addition of this reagent, is solution of

the external covering of the animalcule, whereby the imternal

elastic parts of the body, being liberated from the compression of

the external tunic, at first rush out, but are soon dissolved in the

same manner, when the alimentary matters remaim. This phe-

nomenon is the result of the chemical action of the potash on the

substance of the highly elastic animalcule, most certamly not

of any imbibition or endosmosis. What are the conditions of

the fluids requisite for the production of this physical phzeno-

menon? Difference in their density; the liquid in the cavity

towards which the fluid flows must be the most dense. The

cavity of the body, supposing such to exist, must contain a fluid

of greater density than that m which it floats or is suspended ;

in most of these Infusoria it is so at all times, and their medium *

being of extremely low specific gravity, almost equal to that of

distilled water, the most favourable conditions for the action of

imbibition are combined ; yet no endosmosis and consequent

bursting takes place. But we are told that when solution of

potash, a liquid of much greater density than that of the medium

in which these minute atoms are immersed, is added to their

ocean, imbibition does take place, their bodies burst; whereas we

have added the conditions requisite for the opposite effect, viz.

that of exosmose, and that this does not occur, the “bursting”

of the body of the animalcules proves. I believe the greater part

of the confusion which has existed on this subject has arisen

from considering the alimentary matters in different portions of

the intestinal canal as the dilated portions of that canal them-

selves. That these particles (stomachs) are cells which float im

the fluid of the body and elaborate the materials for its nutri-

tion, in the same manner as do those of the chyle and blood of

higher animals, may certainly be correct, but we have not the

slightest evidence of any analogy between them. The globules

of the blood and lymph are contained in those fluids, from whose

* T allude to the water in which they ordinarily exist.

My. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 447

liquid parts doubtless the whole fabric of the body is renewed

_ or nourished.

Now if the sacculi of the Polygastrica perform the same func-

tions, as regards the fluid in which they are suspended, as do the

suspended particles in the chyle and blood, where is the fluid in

which these sacculi are suspended? It has certainly never been

demonstrated ; and the only experiment upon which such a view

can have been based, is that of the action of imbibition, and

which is undoubtedly an error. Moreover, were this view cor-

rect, the cavity of the animalcule would be that in which the

blood, so to speak, of the animalcules is contained ; and what a re-

markable anomaly would be the introduction of a large animalcule

into the cavity in which the blood is contained, as would undoubt-

edly be the case. in the carnivorous Infusoria, were such a view

correct! Again, foreign alimentary solids have been traced into

and detected in the sacculi; but solid alimentary matters have

never been traced into, or detected within, the blood or chyle

globules.

In conclusion we must remark, that all the phenomena relating

to the digestion and circulation of the Polygastrica may be ex-

plained—1. By the existence of an internal convoluted aliment-

ary canal, whose existence is made known to us by its con-

tents and the course they take. 2. These contents, sometimes

solid, sometimes fluid, or semifluid, distending different parts of

the canal, in which they are detained, produce the appearance of

vesicles or sacs, which have been denominated, and probably

perform the real office of stomachs. 38. That the portions in

which the contents are delayed are not blind pouches leading

from a common tube seems positive, from the circular direction

assumed by these contents, which indicate its direction. 4. There

is, without doubt, a difference m the length and direction of the

alimentary tube in the Polygastrica as well as m other animal

bemgs, depending upon variations in the nature of their food.

5. When solution of potash is added to the liquid in which these

atoms exist, it dissolves the external tunic, and liberates for a

short time its contents; these are next partly dissolved, when

nothing is left but the alimentary matter.

LXII.—On the Diatomacee, By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S.,

Penzance*,

{ With Plates. ]

Own commencing the study of the Diatomacee I experienced con-

siderable difficulty in determining several of my plants from the

descriptions in our British works, and soon found that in this

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh,

448 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez.

division of the Algz (except in the Schizonemata, to which genus

Mrs. Griffiths and Mr. Harvey have more particularly directed

their attention,) we had latterly made much less progress than in

the others, and indeed that we were now far behind the conti-

nental observers.

Having during the last two years paid much attention to the

subject, and examined specimens from as many habitats as pos-

sible, I conceive that I have acquired some useful information

respecting this interesting tribe, and intend from time to time to

draw up my observations on such genera and species as have fallen

under my notice. But I must preface what I have to say re-

specting them, by mentioning the names of those friends who

have in various ways assisted me in this pursuit.

I wish to take this and every opportunity of acknowledging the

invaluable assistance I have at all times received from Mr. Borrer,

and without which I should not have been able to have studied

these microscopic plants with any success.

To the Rev. M. J. Berkeley I have been indebted for his obser-

vations on many species, and also for portions of specimens taken

from the collections of dried Algze published by Jurgens and Des-

mazieres.

Not having access to Ehrenberg’s work on the Infusoria, my

thanks are due to Mr. Dalrymple for numerous extracts and co-

pies of many of the figures, as well as his assistance in identifying

several of his species.

The Diatomacee (Bacillaria, Khrenb.) form one of the four great

series into which the Algze are divided, and comprise plants be-

longing to two very distinct families, Desmidiee (Desmidiacea,

Ehrenb.) and Cymbellee (Naviculacea, Khrenb.) *.

The Desmidiee have a membranous covering destitute of silica,

and their form is consequently altered in drymg. When in per-

fection they are generally of an herbaceous green colour, and most

frequently have the frustules divided into two portions, resem-

bling each other in form but sometimes differmg much im size.

This division is marked in Desmidium mucosum merely by a shal-

low groove passing round the joint, and in Desmidium Swartzu

by notches in the angles, by which it is rendered still more appa-

rent ; whilst m Huastrum (Eutomia, Harv.) the two portions are

connected only by a central chord.

To this family belong the following genera, so far as regards

our British flora: Desmidium, Staurastrum, Pentasterias, Tessar-

thra, Xanthidium, Scenedesmus, Micrasterias and Euastrumt.

* See Pritchard’s History of the Infusoria, p. 173.

t If Clostertum be considered to belong to the vegetable kingdom it may

find a place in this family ; for my own part, I think the view taken by Meyen

is the correct one. For some interesting observations by him on this subject,

see Pritchard’s ‘ History of the Infusoria,’ p. 179.

My. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 449

The Cymbellee have a siliceous covering, their form therefore

is not altered in drying, nor are they destroyed by fire. When

in perfection they are generally brownish, and not unfrequently

become greenish when dry. They are usually either of a qua-

drilateral or a prismatic form, and often marked with striz and

puncta.

The striz are useful in forming the generic and specific cha-

racters, and are best examined by subjecting a portion of the spe-

cimen to a red heat, which, by destroying the internal colouring

matter in all, as well as the mucous connecting portion in Diatoma

and its allies, and the covermg in Schizonema, renders the figure

and markings of the frustule more evident.

The method of examination here described has been advan-

tageously employed by Ehrenberg and other naturalists in the

comparison of fossil with recent species, since it deprives the latter

of all but the siliceous covering ; but I am not aware that it has

been used by any British algologists in the investigation of recent

specimens*,

As the presence of silica is an invariable characteristic of the

Cymbellee, its absence in Hydrurus justifies Mr. Harvey’s removal

of it from the Diatomacee, but we must on the same account ex-

clude some plants placed among them in his ‘ Manual of British

Algee.’

‘Al the genera placed by Mr. Harvey in his ‘Manual’ under Dia-

tomacee will be included in Cymbellee, with the exception only

of Desmidium.

Diatoma, Ag. (BacituaRia, Ehrenb.)

Filaments flat or compressed, free; frustules quadrangular, par-

tially separating and cohering by the angles, generally by the

alternate ones.

This genus is distinguished from Kzzaria, Striatella, Achnan-

thes and Isthmia by its unattached filaments, from Biddulphia by

the angles not being produced, and from Fragilaria by the con-

nexion of the frustules at their angles im a zigzag chain.

The second section (T'abellaria) appears to be distinguished from

Ehrenberg’s genus Tessella by a transverse canal interrupting the

strize.

The corrections in the nomenclature are made on the authority

of Mr. Shuttleworth.

In this as well as other genera of the Diatomacee sufficient at-

tention has not been paid by British botanists to the lateral view,

which not only assists in ascertaining the shape of the frustule,

but often affords good specific distinctions.

* Tn this, as well as in other instances, my residence at a distance from the

sources of information must excuse my omission of references,

450 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez.

The different use of the terms length and breadth by botanists

serves to perplex the student ; for when they are applied to Dia-

toma and to Fragilaria they have exactly opposite meanings, al-

though the only difference between the genera is, that mm Fragi-

laria the separation of the frustules 1s complete, whilst in Diatoma

they still adhere at their angles.

Those naturalists who regard the Diatomacee as belonging to

the animal kingdom have been more consistent ; they consider

each frustule as an individual, and apply the same terms to the

same parts in Fragilaria as in Diatoma.

In the following remarks I shall employ the terms length and

breadth in the sense in which they are used in our British works

and in Agardh. Thus the length of the frustule will be the breadth

of the filament, and its breadth a portion of the length of the latter.

The ends of the frustule will form part of the margin of the fila-

ment, and its sides will be those surfaces which were in contact

before any separation: thus in Plate VIII. fig. 5, where a repre-

sents the ends, 6 the sides, and c the front.

The British species of this genus form two very distinct groups,

considered by Mr. Shuttleworth, and I believe rightly, to belong to

distinct genera, which are called by him Diatoma and Tabellaria.

1st, Diatoma.—In this group no striz are seen on the front

surface, and there is no transverse canal*, whilst the lateral sur-

faces have transverse strize, the ends of which appear along the

margins of the frustules when these are in their usual position.

Pl. VIII. fig. 6.

2nd, Tabellaria.—In this group two or more longitudinal striz,

interrupted in the centre by a canal, are seen on the front surface,

but there are no striz on the lateral surfaces. . Pl. VIII. fig. 7.

The figures in Dillwyn’s ‘ Conf.’ t. 28. fig. B. and D, and m

Berkeley’s ‘ Alg” t. 6, which have been supposed to represent

changes of form, seem to be rather oblique views of the sides of

the frustules united in chains.

I am happy to find that Mr. Borrer and Mr. Shuttleworth have

arrived at the same conclusion, and still more that in a letter re-

ceived from Mr. Berkeley in April last, he expresses his own belief

that these changes are merely various views of the thread.

* Inner or lateral surface striated, without a transverse canal, and

destitute of strie on its front surface. (Diatoma.)

1. D.vulgare, Bory. Frustules convex, three or four times as long as

broad. D. vulgare, Kutz. in Linnzea 1833, p. 582. f. 66. D. tenue,

Grev. Crypt. Fl. t. 354; Berk. Brit. Alg. t. 6!; Hook. Br. FI.

v.li.p.406 ; Harv. Man. of Br. Alg. p.202. D. tenue, a.moniliforme

* T here gladly adopt Mr. Shuttleworth’s term canal in preference to 17),

by which I had previously designated it in my correspondence,

Mr, J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 451

(young), Kutz. in Linnea 18338, p. 580. f. 60? D. tenue, B. in-

termedium, Kutz. p.580. f.61? D. flocculosum, Ag. Consp. Crit.

Diatom. p. 53. exc. syn. Dillw. Sacillaria vulgaris, Eh. p. 197.

pl. 15. f.2; Pritchard’s Hist. of Infusoria, p. 217. f. 168.

Puare VIII. fig. 8. a, front view; 4, side view.

Pools and streams. King’s Cliff, Northamptonshire, Rev. M. J.

Berkeley; Henfield, Sussex, Mr. Borrer; Shoreham, Kent, and several

stations about Lewes and Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner; Shrews-

bury, Mr. Leighton; Oswestry, Shropshire, Rev. T. Salwey ; Ches-

hunt, Herts, Mr. A. H. Hassall; Ireland, Mr. D. Moore.

This species is distinguished from D. tenue by the greater

breadth of the frustules, by their convexity, and by the lateral strize

bemg more apparent along the margin. The frustules have two

puncta at each end, and the margin between them is slightly

rounded. These puncta are wanting, or much less distinct im the

other species.

As the frustules are thicker than in the other species, it is more

easy to obtaim a view of the lateral surfaces. These are also con-

vex, so that the strize, even before the separation of the frustules,

appear to occupy part of the front surface.

It is brownish when recent and turns green in drying.

2. D.tenue, Ag. Frustules plane, four times or more longer than

broad ; sides mostly parallel. D. tenue, Ag. Consp. Diatom. p.52.

D., tenue, 6. normale, Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 580. t. 17. f. 68. D.

elongatum, Berk. Brit. Alg.t. 6; Hook. Br. Fl. p. 406; Harv. Brit.

Alg. p. 202. D.sulphurascens, Ag. Consp. Diatom. p.53? Conf.

flocculosa, Dillw. Br. Conf. t.28.f.C? Bacillaria pectinalis, Eh.

Infusoria, p. 198. pl. 15. f.4; Pritchard’s Infusoria, p. 218.

Puate IX. fig. 1. a, front view ; 6, side view.

Pools andstreams. Near Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner; Shrews-

bury, Mr. Leighton; Cheshunt, Mr. A. H. Hassall; Bangor and

Dolgelley, N. Wales; Penzance: Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie; Steven-

ston, Ayrshire, Rev. D. Landsborough.

This is a very protean species. Sometimes the frustules are

thrown quite back until the ends touch, so as apparently to form

a filament, the width of which is much less than the length of the

frustules. In this state it forms the D. elongatum of Berkeley’s

‘ Brit. Algze,’ and the D. tenue of Agardh’s ‘ Consp. Crit. Diatom.’

Indeed Agardh in his ‘ Conspectus’ forms a section of Diatoma

upon this very circumstance of the frustules being longer than the

breadth of the filament.

Sometimes the frustules are thrown back in pairs, and then ap-

pear like filaments united longitudinally ; but with a little atten-

tion the observer will understand this arrangement, and he will

derive assistance in tracing it from the connected angles haying

452 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacee.

a kind of mucous hinge which is easily seen in this state of the

lant.

‘ Having submitted my observations to Mr. Berkeley, I had the

pleasure of finding that he concurred in my views, and that he

has long considered the longitudinally connected species as very

doubtful.

The frustules are sometimes, on the contrary, broader and not

thrown back. This state I believe is the Diatoma sulphurascens

of Agardh’s ‘ Conspectus.’ It differs from Diatoma elongatum in

having the sides straight, and thus before the frustules separate

they are in contact along their entire length. Different however

as D. clongatum appears to be, I am doubtful whether it may not

be a form of this species.

3. D. elongatum, Ag. Frustules plane, several times longer than

broad; front surface with the ends dilated. D. elongatum, Ag.

Syst.p.4; Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 582. t.17.f.65. Bacillaria

elongata, Eh. Infusoria, p. 198. pl. 15. f.5; Pritchard’s Infusoria,

p. 218. f. 169.

I notice this very doubtful British species chiefly in order to

call attention to it, and because it has been confounded with the

last, of which I am by no means certain that it is not a variety.

I have seen no authentic specimens, and am only acquainted

with it from the descriptions and figures in Kutzing and Pritchard.

Mr. Borrer informs me that he believes he saw a few scattered

frustules of it among other Alge gathered at Henfield, Sussex ;

and in a mass of Diatomaceous plants sent me from Shropshire

by Mr. Leighton, I observed what I supposed might be fragments

of this species.

As the frustules are narrowest in the centre and dilated at the

ends, and before separation are in contact only at the angles, this

would seem to be a sufficient distinction, but I have received some

specimens of D. tenue which lead me to doubt whether the frus-

tules do not become dilated at the ends in the same way as often

occurs in Frustulia Uina. Ina specimen of D. tenue gathered near

Tunbridge Wells by Mr. Jenner, I found mixed up with the com-

mon state a few threads with somewhat longer frustules, some of

which had the sides parallel, and others in the same chain exactly

resembled the figures of D. elongatum, Pl. IX. fig. 2.

IT observed the same appearances in a less degree in a plant found

by myself near Bangor, N. Wales, and considered by Mr. Shuttle-

worth to be the D. tenue of Agardh.

A specimen sent me by Mr. Hassall, gathered in Scotland by

the Rev. D. Landsborough, presented still more curious forms.

Although most of it seemed to be the true D. tenue, a few frus-

tules not only presented the form described above, but some of

them were dilated at one end only ; and the next frustule was either

Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 453

of the normal form or dilated at the opposite end. In one chain

I perceived in union four frustules thus formed, which answers to

the description of Bacillaria cuneata, Kh., but the frustules were

longer than in Pritchard, f. 170, or in Kutzing.

I subjom Ehrenberg’s specific character of Bacillaria cuneata:—

*‘ Bacillaria striata, testula pyramidali cuneata, truncata subqua-

drata, alternis apicibus dilatatis, intus lete flavo-viridis, p.198. pl.15.

f. 6. Diatoma tenue, y. cuneatum, Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 580.

£. 14.4. 62."

I am also informed by Mr. Dalrymple that Ehrenberg states

that “this characteristic little form is apt to be overlooked, and

not unfrequently taken for Bacillaria pectinalis (Diatoma tenue).”’

** The front surface with two or more strie, interrupted in the centre

by a canal; lateral surfaces without strie. (Tabellaria.)

4. D. flocculosum, Ag. Frustules varying from square to twice as

long as broad ; striz three to seven ; canal inflated. Diatoma floc-

culosum, Ag. Syst. p.4; Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 584. t. 17.

f.67; Hook. Br. Fl. v. ii. p. 406; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 202. Conf.

flocculosa, Dillw. Conf. t. 28.; Eng. Bot.t.1761. Bacillaria tabel-

laris, Ehrenb. Infusoria, p. 199. pl. 15. f. 7; Pritch. Infusoria,

p- 218.

Prare IX. fig, 3. a, common form; 6, side view ; ¢, end view.

Common in pools, rivulets, &c.

Frustules generally a little longer than broad, often nearly equal

in length and breadth, sometimes twice as long as broad. The

striee are generally five or six, nm the narrower specimens only

three. The inflated canal is much broader than the incrassated

ends. It is brown when recent, whitish when dry.

Mr. Borrer considers the plant figured in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ as di-

stinct from that figured by Dillwyn. The chief difference appears

to be, that in the front view the inflated canal and incrassated ends

are more strongly marked in the latter. I have gathered near

Swansea specimens exactly resembling Mr. Dillwyn’s fig., but I

am unable to find any good specific difference between them and

the ‘ Eng. Bot.’ plant, and after they were dried I could perceive

no distinction.

5. D. fenestratum, Lyngb. Frustules four times or more longer than

broad; canal inflated; strie two. D. fenestratum, Lyngb. Hydr.

Dan. t. 61. E.3; Ag. Consp. Diatom. p.53; Hook. Br. FI. v. ii.

p.406; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 202.

Purate IX. fig. 4. a, front view; 6, side view.

Pools and rivulets. Sussex, Mr. Jenner; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall;

Barmouth, N. Wales, Rev. T. Salwey ; Dolgelley and near Pont-Aber-

glas-lyn, N. Wales, and Penzance, Cornwall.

This species varies much in the length of its frustules. The

454 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez.

longer specimens, when the strize are obscured by the endochrome,

somewhat resemble D. tenue; but in this species the frustules are

generally broader in proportion to thei length, and the lateral

strize which give a punctated appearance to the margins of D. tenue

are wanting. .

The shorter frustules are very sumilar to D. flocculosum; there

are however not more than two striz on each side, and the canal,

which is much less inflated, is but little broader than the incras-

sated ends.

This species, like D. ¢enue, is often found with the frustules

thrown quite back. In this state it is figured by Lyngbye and

by Agardh placed in the same section as D. tenue. It is brown

when recent, and becomes paler when dried.

6. D. marinum, Lyngb. Frustules varying from nearly square to six

times as long as broad; canal not inflated; striz two. D. mari-

num, Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 584; Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 53;

Hook. Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 405 ; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 201. D. tenieforme,

Ag. Consp.p. 54. D. brachygonum, Hook. Br, Fl. p. 406. Con-

Serva tenieformis, Eng. Bot.t. 1883! Tessella interrupta, Ehrenb.

Infusoria, p. 202? Pritch. Infusoria, p. 220?

Prats IX. fig. 5. a, front view; 0, side view.

Common on marine alge. Dark brown when recent, greenish

when dry, gradually becoming paler.

This species is very variable mm the length and breadth of its

frustules ; they are generally two or three times longer than broad ;

but most specimens contam some frustules nearly square, and

others from four to six times longer than broad.

The lateral view shows the frustules nearly plane, sometimes

shghtly convex, and the canal not inflated. The colourmg matter

is darker, and the granules are larger than in the other British

species, so that the strize can scarcely be seen when the plant is

recent.

The mucous substance which forms the connecting medium he-

tween the angles of the frustules is more developed im this than

in the other species ; it is consequently more difficult to obtain

them in a state of separation so as to observe them laterally.

The best method of separating them is to submit a portion to

a red heat, which destroys both the connecting hinge and also the

internal colourmg matter, and thus has the further advantage of

rendering the strie more perceptible.

On a front view the longer frustules resemble those of D. fene-

stratum ; but D. marinum, besides its much deeper colour, is more

rigid; its frustules are broader; its strize also are nearer the margin,

and most frequently have a bend towards it near the end of the

frustule.

Tam indebted to Mr. Borrer for a specimen of Conf. tenieformis,

Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacex. 455

and can find in it nothing different from the common form. I

have seen no specimen of D. brachygonum, Carm., but there is

nothing in the description to distinguish it from D. marinum.

Analysis.

Frustules with two or more striz on their front surfaces,

1 interrupted in the centre by a canal .........ece00e seovee &

Frustules without striz on their front surfaces............ 2

2 Frustules convex, thickest in the centre ...........se0e00. vulgare.

* | Frustules plane, the ends the thickest ...... sscccessseeee 3

Frustules linear eeeeeeneee e@eeteeeeaeeeeeer Pees oeneseeesenescesave tenwue.

3.4 Frustules before separation in contact only at the angles

BES MNAVEK SHAS “i sisspscrcccsayenrercassccnonacnctecaueess elongatum.

4 Marine ; canal not inflated........... caEe sare dedianinny seovee MATINUM.

IS CAMA) INTGLCT »..pe0-roe.sacrnssssonvegeyevecbenecess 5

Frustules not-more than twice as long as broad; striz

Several on each side . .......soeccecscsoecseeseccessoencscsss flocculosum.

Frustules four times (or more) longer than broad ; striz

EWO OM CACH SIME ....,c0ccescccvccncovscssevccsecsccsessccrecs fenestratum.

I shall place for the present in an appendix a recently disco-

- yered plant, the characters of which, on account of its mmuteness,

I have not yet been able to determine with any certainty.

7. D. minimum. Frustules very minute, about twice as long as broad,

nearly colourless. Tetraspila minima, Shuttleworth in lit.

On Conferva uncialis, Penzance.

This species is certainly distinct from any of those described

above. I can find no strie on either surface ; but, if these exist,

its pale colour and small size well distinguish it from Diatoma ma-

rinum, the only other marine species I am acquainted with.

STRIATELLA, Ag. (Khrenb.)

Filaments attached bya stipes; frustules cohering by the angles,

longitudinally striated.

This genus differs from Achnanthes. by its frustules cohering

at their angles and having longitudinal striz. Its character ap-

proaches closely to that of Tessedla, Eh., from which it differs only

in the stipitate filaments.

Filaments attached by a stipes at one of the lower angles of the

basal frustule.

1. S. arcuata, Ag. Stipes shorter than the frustules ; filaments elon-

gated ; frustules with seven or more longitudinal series of short

transverse strie. Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 61; Harv. Br. Alg. p.199;

Eh. Die Infus. p. 229. t. 20. f.6; Pritch. Infus. p. 223. f. 203.

Diatoma striatulum, Grev. in Br. Fl.i1. p.405. Achnanthes arcuata,

Kutz. Syn. Diatom. p.574. Ach. unipunctata, Berk. Br. Alg. p. 39.

t.15.f.1. Conf. striatula, Eng. Bot. t. 1928. Fragilaria striatula,

Ag. Syst. p. 7.

Puate IX. fig. 6. a, front view; 8 and ¢, lateral views.

456 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacee.

On marine alge: not uncommon. Ardrossan, Ayrshire, Rev. D.

Landsborough. Ireland, Mr. D. Moore and Mr. W. Thompson. Devon-

shire, Mrs. Griffiths ; Sussex, Mr. Jenner ; Aberystwith, Penzance.

Filaments, when recent of a dark olive-brown, become greener

in drying ; they are rigid, thick, elongated, very fragile, and do

not adhere to paper ; the frustules irregularly separate, and.co-

here by their angles. Stipes very short and thick.

Frustules vary from nearly equal in length and. breadth to twice

as broad as long, with numerous longitudinal series of short

transverse strize, which are fainter towards the ends of the frus-

tules. : |

The lateral surfaces are lmnear-elliptic with close transverse

striz, and are divided by a line passing down the centre, a small

* space at each end being destitute of strize. The endochrome some-

times forms a central spot.

2. S. unipunctata, Ag. Stipes slender, much longer than the frustule, —

which has several longitudinal strie. Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 61;

Harv. Br. Alg. p. 199. Achnanthes unipunctata, Grev. Cryp. Fl. —

t. 287; Kutz. Syn. Diatom. in Linnea 1833, p. 573. Diatoma

unipunctatum, Ag. Syst. Alg. p.6; Grey. in Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 405.

On marine alge: autumn. Ireland, Mr. D. Moore. ‘Torquay,

Mrs. Griffiths ; Little Hampton, Mr. Borrer; Penzance. jit

Filaments minute, pale yellowish brown, consisting of but few

frustules, which cohere at the alternate angles. Stipes slender,

long ; frustules generally rather longer than broad; the angles’

shghtly truncated, with two series of longitudinal striz, one’

series occupying the middle and the other the ends; the latter is

more strongly marked and its strize are of different lengths,

longer in the centre and shorter towards the lateral margins of the

frustule, and all are terminated by puncta, which in consequence

of the different lengths of the strize are arranged in a curve. Hn-

dochrome pale, generally collected into a central spot of a deeper

colour. Lateral surfaces lanceolate, without strie.

P.S. Since my description of Diatoma marinum was written, I

have received from Mrs. Griffiths some imteresting varieties of.

that plant. In some specimens longitudinal series of transverse

striz were more or less evident on the central portion of the frus-

tules. Mixed with this variety I found another, in which the lon-

pitudinal strie, extending from the ends towards the middle, are

serpentine.

I find this species generally attached at the angle of the basal

frustule by a short stipes. As therefore it differs in no respect —

from Striatella, it should be removed to that genus ; and as all the

species of Striatella are marine, its old specific name tenieformis,

which has a prior claim, might be conveniently restored.

Bibliographical Notices. 457

The different states of this species may be characterized as fol-

lows :—

Striatella tenieformis.

a. Frustules without transverse striz.

£. striata. Frustules with longitudinal series of transverse striz ; the

two longitudinal striz on each side have a single curve near the

base. Pl. IX. fig. 5. /.

Y. serpentina. Frustules with longitudinal series of transverse strie,

the longitudinal striz on each side undulated. Pl. IX. fig. 5. y.

a. Common. #3. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. y. Torquay, Mrs.

Griffiths ; Hastings, Mr. Jenner.

In the variety y. there is also in general a narrow longitudinal

space without any markings, and appearing like a white band oc-

cupying the centre.

In the remarks on Striatella unipunctata I observed that there

were two series of striz. I have since examined this subject more

minutely, and find the same structure in Tabellaria, Striatella,

Tessella and Tetracyclus. 'The appearance of longitudinal striz

is in fact produced by siliceous plates arising internally from

the margins of the filament, and extending towards but not reach-

ing the centre. The interior is thus divided into chambers open-

ing into a central space. When viewed laterally, this central space

has the appearance of a canal, especially as the mner edge of each

plate has a concave outline. This appearance is more striking in

Tabellaria, Striatella teneformis and Tetracyclus lacustris, where

all the plates are nearly equal; but in Sériatella arcuata, S. uni-

punctata and Tessella catena they are shortest near the angles, and

gradually longer as they approach the middle. In the latter the

outlines of two plates are frequently seen at one time when viewed

laterally, in consequence of the unequal size of the plates. Plate

IX. fig. 6. ¢.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the Command of

Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, R.N. &c., during the years 1836-42.

Published under the authority &c. Edited and superintended by

Richard Brinsley Hinds, Esq., Surgeon R.N. attached to the

Expedition.—Mammalia, by John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S.

No. I. London, Smith, Elder and Co., 4to. 1843.

By the attention of the author or publishers, we have now before us

the first part of the “‘ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur.”

This is one of the series of zoological works arising from our Voyages

of Discovery, published under the patronage of ‘‘ the Lords Commis-

sioners of the Admiralty :’’ as such we wish it success, and as public

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2H

458 Bibliographical Notices.

property we feel ourselves at liberty to speak freely of it. Long

before the British Government gave assistance to works of this kind;

we were of opinion that it ought to have been granted: we had the- ~

example before us of many continental works sumptuously published

at an expense which few private individuals could have defrayed,

while in this country our splendid examples were all completed

at the risk either of wealthy gentlemen, or by the enterprise of

publishers to whom a limited patronage had been secured, but

frequently resulting in inconvenience to both parties. ‘The beautiful

volumes of the Northern Zoology were, we believe, the first to which

a Government grant was given in this country, and the work was

singularly fortunate in having men employed on it who were not

only naturalists of the highest standing, but were also artists, or

capable of judging of art. ‘The more recent grants have been given

to the publications of Smith, Elder and Co., the publishers employed

to bring out the results of one or two of the later voyages, and they

are now continued with that for the work before us. The plan in

all these later works has been, we believe, to delegate the different

departments to men who have made them their particular study;

the publishers having the control of the expense and risk, and we

presume the benefit of the Government grant, and for this the public

receive the work at a price said to be cheaper than that at which it

otherwise could have been published. We have always considered

that the Government should maintain a greater control over these

works, or should give a portion at least of their grant in a sub-

scription for a certain number of copies; the public are comparatively

little benefited by the small reduction of the price of the Numbers,

for we do not consider ten shillings for nine plates (one of them

uncoloured) and a very limited letter-press so great a bargain. The

present work will, when completed, cost at least six pounds sterling

unbound, and can only be expected to be found in the possession of

a few interested in the subjects, or in one or two of our principal

libraries ; while by the Government giving their grant in the furm of

a subscription, and sending their copies to provincial libraries whose

funds would not allow them to devote so much to one work in a single

branch of science, the extension of a taste for natural history would

be spread, the knowledge of it diffused, and the public would at the

same time receive some value for their grant. There are many pub-

lishers both in England and in Scotland who would at once take the

risk, and bring out these works in the first style of art, were the sale

of one hundred or one hundred and fifty copies guaranteed to them

by Government *.

The voyage of the Sulphur embraced a range so extensive, that

many interesting objects might be expected to have been dis-

covered ; accordingly in the first Number, devoted to Mammalia, and

under the direction of J. E. Gray, Esq., we have figures of Brachy-

* We do not know the amount of the grant for the present work, but to

the former publications of Smith, Elder and Co., we believe the liberal sum

of 3000/. was given. A subscription for 150 copies of the present work

would not exceed the amount of a proportional grant.

Bibliographical Notices. 459

teles frontatus, from the shores of the harbour of Culebra; Pithecia

leucocephala and pogonias contrasted on the same plate, the latter

considered as new; and P. irrorata, allied to the P. hirsuta of Spix ;

Lemur coronatus from Madagascar, differing from ZL. rufifrons,

Benn., in having the black streak on the head expanded between

the eyes and continued to the end of the nose, the under part of

the base of the tail being also black; Phyllophora megalotis and

nigra, previously not figured, from tropical America; Phyllostoma

elongatum, from tropical America, also not before figured; Carollia

verrucata, from tropical America—all these are described. But we

have also figures of Sturnira Spectrum, Neosia nigrescens, Centurio

Senex from Amboina ; and Diclidurus Freyreissii, of which we pre-

sume the descriptions will appear in the following numbers.

The plates in this number are well executed, superior to some of

the modern works in drawing, at the same time inferior to others as

artistical pictures’; the colouring is also careful, but wants harmony:

where trees or foliage are introduced, the slightest wash or tint,

without an attempt to finish, would harmonize with the colouring of

the animals and take off the rawness incident to the severe contrast

of the white paper, in the same way that the tint of the sky has

assisted to do in several of the plates. In plate 2 we see no reason

why the head looking round the tree should have the sole benefit of

the blue ; a tint upon the branch and other parts would have improved

the picture. Let Mr. Hawkins, in the next number, insist that

justice be done to his careful lithographs. ‘The same remarks apply

to the other plates except 7 and 8, where nothing pictorial is at-

tempted, and where the figures should stand as exact representations

without other assistance.

A History of the Molluscous Animals of the counties of Aberdeen, Kin-

cardine and Banff ; to which is appended an account of the Cirripedal

Animals of the same District. By William Macgillivray, A.M.,

Professor of Natural History in the University of Marischal Col-

lege, Aberdeen, &c. Lond. 1843. Duod. pp. 372.

We are not going to review this volume, but we are anxious to in-

troduce it to the notice of our readers. The name and reputation of

the author led us to expect a work of interest and originality—not

fashioned on a mould that others had cast and approved—but bear-

ing the impress of a mind that could track a course of its own, and

much more willing to follow it than walk at greater ease in a beaten

path. And we have not been disappointed, for indeed we have rarely

spent a pleasanter hour than the one which we last night devoted

to the perusal of this little manual. It is the work of a good work-

man—the best local fauna in our language—a sure and pleasant

guide to the naturalists of the counties illustrated—with many a fact

that concerns all those who are interested in the study of the British

Mollusca. It boots little to us that it contains descriptions of some

thirty new species—two or three of them really fine additions to our

native list, and which we greet heartily—but we admire these new

descriptions of many an old friend and acquaintance, and these ad-

2H 2

460 Bibliographical Notices.

ditional traits of their habits and structural peculiarities. Mr. Macgil-

livray has observed much, and what he has observed he has told well.

There is, perhaps, a claim made to a greater degree of originality in

these than a critical survey would altogether allow in equity; but

what is not new has been elaborated and kneaded together by one

whom personal experience had taught to know the genuineness of

the materials he was handling. Let any one examine the family and

generic characters of the book with care, and we think the justice of

our remark will be allowed: they are excellently well done. We

are, however, inclined to blame some unnecessary innovations in

nomenclature ; to differ from our talented author in the application

of some few names ; to wish that the sources whence the characters

of the genera were taken had been more often and precisely quoted ;

and to smile good-naturedly (are we not fathers ?) on the paternal

storgé which pullulates forth with rather a too frequent and rash

growth in the mention of all and every the leetle Macgillivrays—

God bless them—Miss and Marion, Isabella and Anne, ‘‘ my son”

John, and not forgetting Paul-Howard and the rest of the family.

We end as we began—by our hearty recommendation of the book

to our readers. ‘To all who concern themselves in making a ‘ popu-

lation return’ of the molluscan natives the work is indispensable; and

for the value of six shillings they have here matter which some ped-

dling dilettanti might have been excused had he published as much

for a guinea sterling.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles:—Zoologie, M. Milne Edwards.

Botanique, MM. Ad. Brongniart et Guillemin. Paris: Fortin,

Masson and Co.

Jan. 1843.—Zoology.—Some Observations on the Onguline, by

M. Deshayes. M. Duvernoy, in his account of the animal of Ongulina,

proposed the removal of that genus from the neighbourhood of the

Lucine to that of the Mytilacee. M. Deshayes, in this paper, ap-

proves such a change, pointing out that M. Duvernoy’s animal is a true

Lucina, and that the structure of its branchie, separated at their an-

terior margin and united elsewhere, is after all rather a specific than

a generic anatomical distinction. M. Deshayes’ arguments are sound

throughout this paper.—On the Ravages of Scolytus pygmeus among

Ash and Oak Trees, and on the proposed Remedies, by M. Robert.

The author proposes two antidotes to the destruction caused by this

pestiferous insect: Ist, to varnish the bark of trees affected; and

2nd, to make longitudinal and oblique incisions at regular distances

in the bark.—M. Poiseulle on the Flux of Liquids in the Living Capil-

laries.—On the habits, development and metamorphoses of Caridina

Desmarestii, with reflections on the metamorphoses of Decapodous

Crustacea generally, by M. Joly (commencement).

Botany.—On the Temperature of Plants, by Professor Rameaux.

A summary of what has been done on this subject, with an account

of the author’s own observations, and elaborate tables.—M. Decaisne

on Drymispermum, Pseudais, and Gyrinopsis.—Count Jaubert and

Ed. Spach on the Argyrolobie of the Northern Hemisphere,—The

Linnean Society. 461

Ninth and Tenth Decades of the Third Century of New Exotic

Cellular Plants, by Dr. Montagne. The portion of these valuable

papers in this Number is occupied by descriptions of the Lichens of

Guiana.

Works just PusLisHep.

Arcana Entomologica; or, Illustrations of New, Rare, and Interesting

Insects. By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S., Sec. Ent. Soc. London, &c.

The first volume, containing 48 coloured plates, of this work, which

was established with the view of describing and figuring some of the

many interesting and splendid novelties with which our entomolo-

gical collections have, within the last few years, been so greatly en-

riched, is now completed.

The plates comprise 176 coloured figures, of which nearly 160 are

representatives of insects now for the first time given to the scientific

world, or of which no previous figures existed. ‘The work is to be

continued in each alternate month.

Manual of British Botany. By Charles C. Babington, M.A., F.L.8.,

F.G.S. &c.

Containing generic and specific characters of British plants, in one

volume, 12mo, as a travelling companion.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNAAN SOCIETY.

December 20, 1842.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A. H. Hassall, Esq., exhibited an Apple in which decay had been

artificially induced by inoculating it with decayed matter from another

apple containing filaments of Entophytal Fungi.

* Some further Observations on the Nature of the Ergot of

Grasses.” By Edwin John Quekett, Esq., F.L.S.

This paper contains the results of experiments made by the author

with the view of determining the mode in which the sporidia of the

fungus which he regards as the cause of Ergot are introduced into

the infected grass.

In March 1840 twelve healthy grains of rye, of wheat and of bar-

ley were placed in a shallow glass vessel containing a sufficient

quantity of distilled water to moisten them, and covered with a glass

shade. When germination commenced an ergot of wheat of the pre-

ceding year was immersed in the water, the sporidia on its surface

were detached, and the ergot itself was then removed. The same

experiment was performed with sporidia obtained from an ergot

of Elymus sabulosus. Several days afterwards, when the leaves had

attained a length of three or four inches, the young plants were

conveyed into the country and planted side by side in a garden. At

the period of harvest there remained alive only four plants of the rye

(one of which had been infected from the ergot of Elymus, and the

462 Linnean Society.

remaining three from that of wheat), three of the barley and four of

the wheat. Of the rye scarcely a single ear produced healthy grains,

the paleze being generally quite empty ; but nine of the ears contained

ergots, some furnishing only a single specimen, and others as many

as six. The ears of the barley were filled with healthy grains, and

only one apparently diseased grain was detected; while in the wheat

the ears were full and without disease.

As in these experiments no grains from the same sample were

sown which had not been subjected to the influence of the sporidia

of the fungus, Mr. Quekett made in the following autumn another »

experiment with the view of supplying this deficiency. ‘Twelve

grains of rye, of wheat and of barley were again made to germinate

under similar circumstances to the last, and the sporidia obtained

from the surface of one of the ergots of rye produced in the first ex-

periment were diffused in the water in which they grew. These were

planted in October on the same estate, but not within half a mile of

the former spot; and twelve healthy grains of each kind which had

been carefully kept apart from the others were planted in the same

locality. Very few of the plants arrived at maturity, and in August

last there remained of the infected plants only two of rye, two of

wheat, and one of barley ; and of the uninfected plants one of each

kind. On each of the plants of rye which had been subjected to the

influence of the sporidia an ergot was discovered, and the ears as be-

fore were almost entirely devoid of healthy grains ; while the plants

of wheat and barley subjected to the same influence produced perfect

ears and healthy grains. The three plants of rye, wheat and barley

planted at the same time without exposure to the sporidia of the

fungus presented no unhealthy appearance.

Mr. Quekett argues that all the grains of rye subjected during

germination to the influence of the sporidia of the fungus in both

sets of experiments having produced plants infected with ergot,

while the plants derived from grains not so subjected escaped disease,

a convincing proof is afforded that their infection could not have been

the effect of chance, but must have resulted from the artificial intro-

duction of the sporidia; and that the infection of the rye only, while

the wheat and barley escaped, is to be attributed to the greater sus-

ceptibility of the rye to infection, as proved by the much greater fre-

quency of the production of ergots in that species of grain.

January 17, 1843.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair,

William Taylor, Esq., F.L.S., presented specimens of the seeds,

oil, and oil-cake of Camelina sativa, Crantz, accompanied by some

observations strongly recommending its cultivation in preference to

that of flax for the production of oil.

February 7.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The Rev. William Hincks, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen believed

to belong to Neottia gemmipara, Smith. ‘The specimen, which was

from the collection of Dr. Wood of Cork, was obtained by him from

Linnean Society. 463

very near the original locality named by Mr. Drummond. Mr. Hincks

stated that he had taken some pains in comparing the specimen, not

only with the description, but also with the original sketch made by

Mr. James Drummond on a blank leaf of the pocket-book in which

he noted down the occurrences of the tour upon which he made the

discovery of this curious plant. The specimen now exhibited was

marked by Dr. Wood when fresh, and he had no doubt of its identity ;

and the result of Mr. Hincks’s examination was a confirmation of

this opinion.

Read an ‘‘ Essay on the Distribution, Vitality, Structure, Modes

of Growth and Reproduction, and Uses of the Freshwater Conferve.”

By Arthur Hill Hassall.

The principal part of Mr. Hassall’s observations on the growth of

Conferve have been already published in various Numbers of the

‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

At the period of their publication he was not aware of the ob-

servations of M. Morren, M. Dumortier and M. Mohl on the growth

of Conferve by the subdivision of their cells; but he states that his

views of the mode in which this subdivision is effected differ consi-

derably from those of M. Morren. He does not believe that when

the endochrome of a cell has become separated into two masses,

leaving a transparent space between them, this space is occupied by

a formative intercellular matter such as M. Morren describes. On

the contrary, he states that the first indication of the partitions which

are to divide the parent cell into two consists of a solution of the

continuity of a portion of the periphery of the cell, the divided edges

of which become inflected and gradually approach the centre, where

they coalesce.

March 7.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., presented specimens of the aérial

processes of the roots of Sonneratia acida, L., sent by Mr. Templeton

from Ceylon, and described by him as affording a wood of an ex-

tremely light and close texture, admirably adapted for lining insect-

boxes, on account of the facility with which it admits, and the tena-

city with which it retains, the finest pins.

March 21.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

J. Janson, Esq., F.L.S., exhibited living flowering plants of the

‘‘hungry rice” of Sierra Leone, Paspalum evile,; Kipp., described at

p. 235, raised from seeds brought from Sierra Leone by Robert

Clarke, Esq.

Read a memoir “ On Pectinura, a new genus of Ophiuride,‘and

on the species of Ophiura inhabiting the Eastern Mediterranean.”

By Edward Forbes, Esq., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in King’s Col-

lege, London.

Professor Forbes states that in his late researches in the Agean

Sea he found ten species of Starfishes of the order Ophiuride, several

of which are undescribed. In the present memoir he confines him-

464 Linnean Society.

self to those belonging to the genus Ophiura, and to an allied genus,

hitherto uncharacterized, to which he gives the name of Pectinura.

This genus is founded on a small starfish brought up by the dredge

from the depth of 100 fathoms on the coast of Lycia, and is charac-

terized as follows :—

PECTINURA. |

Corpus orbiculare, squamosum, granulosum, ad peripheriam radiatum ;

radiis simplicibus, squamosis, in corporis discum subprolongatis; squamis

radiorum lateralibus adpressis, in marginibus superioribus spiniferis ;

ossiculis ovarialibus binis in corporis lobos non productis.

P. vest1TA, disco orbiculari, radiis convexiusculis; squamis superioribus

rotundatis ; lateralibus 8 spiniferis.—Lat. disci 4 unc.

Professor Forbes states that he should scarcely have ventured to

establish a genus on the single specimen of this species which he

possesses, and which is somewhat imperfect in the rays, had he not

had an opportunity of examining a large foreign species, which shows

it to be a well-marked genus, having a rather closer affinity with

Ophiura than with Ophiocoma. It differs from the former in having

the disc clothed with granules, in the absence of the pectinated

scales embracing the origins of the rays, and in the ovarian plates

(not soldered into one as in Ophiura) not encroaching on the body ;

and from Ophiocoma by the lateral ray-plates overlapping each other

and the posterior ray-plates as in Ophiura, and instead of having the

spines on a transverse ridge or keel having them articulated to their

superior margins, so that when the animal is dead they lie close to

the rays and do not bristle out as in Ophiocoma.

Of Ophiura Professor Forbes found three species, O. terturata, O.

albida, and a new species to which he gives the name of O. abyssicola,

on account of its being found in deeper water than any recorded

starfish, at the depth namely of from 150 to 200 fathoms. A com-

parison of the characters of this new species with those of its de-

scribed allies, has enabled him to revise the characters of the genus

Ophiura as follows :—

Opnriura, Lam., Agass.

Corpus orbiculare, squamosum, leve, ad peripheriam radiatum; radiis

simplicibus, squamosis, in corporis discum prolongatis, ad origines

squamis pectinatis adpressis; squamis radiorum lateralibus adpressis,

in marginibus superioribus spiniferis; ossiculis marginis ovarialibus

simplicibus, in corporis lobos productis.

The following are the specific characters of the AXgean species :—

O. texturata, Lam. Squamis pectinatis ad radiorum origines plus quam

20-dentatis, ossiculis ovarialibus lyratis, radiis carinatis ; squamis supe-

rioribus transversé oblongis: lateralibus 7 spiniferis.

O. albida, Forbes. Squamis pectinatis ad radiorum origines 16-dentatis,

ossiculis ovarialibus scutatis, radiis convexis ; squamis superioribus tri-

angularibus: lateralibus 4 vel 5 spiniferis.

O. ABYSSICOLA, squamis pectinatis ad radiorum origines binis 5—9-den-

tatis, ossiculis ovarialibus pentagonis, radiis carinatis; squamis supe-

rioribus quadratis: lateralibus 3 yel 4 spiniferis.—Lat. disci -2, une.

Entomological Society. 465

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ful 4, 1842.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. F. Smith exhibited a number of British Vespide, Crabronide

and Apide, accompanied by specimens of their nests, &c.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a specimen of a new Goliath Beetle from

the East Indies (Cyphonocephalus smaragdulus, W., Arc. Ent.), and

some rare Papilionideous and Cimicideous insects from the collection

of the Bristol Institution, communicated by G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq.

Likewise a new and singular genus of Coleoptera, but of doubtful

family, from the collection of M. Dupont. Likewise Orchestes

Quercus and its parasites reared from mined leaves of oak from Wey-

bridge.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a box of British moths taken in June in

the Hammersmith marshes, including the following rare species : Leu-

cania obsoleta and Vectis, Nudaria senex, Mela sericea, Chilo gigan-

tellus and phragmatellus, &c.

The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a number of new and rare Co-

leoptera from Cape Palmas.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited numerous gall-like nidi of an

insect upon a twig of Leptospermum from New Holland. Likewise

specimens of Triphena pronuba stuck upon thorns by the butcher-

bird, remarking that this species of moth was the only one selected

by the bird at the time they were observed. Mr. Hope however

stated that he had occasionally observed Libellule and Geotrupides

also similarly affixed.

Mr. J. F. Stephens exhibited a specimen of Calosoma sycophanta

recently captured at Herne Bay, Kent.

Mrs. North of East Acton exhibited a minute wasp’s nest found in

the interior of a hive of bees, which had in consequence been de-

serted by the inhabitants.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited a fossil wing of a large species of Limnobia

obtained by the Rev. P. B. Brodie from the lias near Gloucester,

and similar to some found in the Wealden strata of Wiltshire.

Mr. Raddon exhibited a specimen of Goliathus Drurii, Westw.,

taken at Frisa, on the west coast of Africa, 5° 20" lat. N. and 6° west

long.: its food was stated by the natives to be the common bamboo

canes, in which it lodges for aconsiderable time, entering at the but

and ascending nearly eight feet, when it is generally found in the

state of a grub.

Mr. Hope read several extracts from a letter received from Mr.

Savage at Cape Palmas, by whom a considerable number of Goliath

Beetles (G. Drurti, Cacicus, princeps and torquatus) and other rare

insects had been transmitted to Mr. Hope.

A paper by S. S. Saunders, Esq., Consul of Albania, containing

further observations on Mygale Jonica, was read (since published in

the Transactions of the Society).

August 1.—The President in the Chair.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited various interesting Lepidoptera

from Van Diemen’s Land.

466 Zoological Society.

Mr. Westwood noticed the peculiar construction of the scutellum

of the large species of Goliath Beetles, which does not allow the elytra

to be elevated beyond a very little distance above the back.

Mr. F. Smith exhibited a specimen of Macropis labiata 8, taken

by Mr. 8S. Stevens during the excursion to Weybridge in June; also

specimens of the male, female and two kinds of neuters of Formica

sanguinea.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited some Egyptian beans greatly eaten by

Anobium paniceum, and Mr. Saunders stated that a cargo of the Pady

or Divi Divi, a South American legume, had been very greatly in-

jured by a species of Bruchus.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited some radishes from Battersea fields, the

stems of which were greatly swollen in parts, probably resulting from

the punctures of some insect. |

Mr. Westwood exhibited some Dipterous larve which feed on the

heads of lettuce seed. He also read a memoir entitled ‘‘ Descriptions

of some new Exotic Reduviide of large size :”’—

Ectrichodia imperialis, W. E. purpurascens, hemelytris atris, abdo-

minis marginibus detectis fulvo purpureoque alternatim maculatis ;

antennis 6-articulatis, radiculd basalt haud computatd.—Long.

corp. unc. 13.—Hab. Cape Palmas, Mr. Savage. Mus. Hope.

Platymeris ducalis, W. Negra nitida, hemelytris maculd laterali,

femoribus fascid latd subapicali, abdominis maculis lateralibus

rufis, pronoto scutelloque spinigeris.—Long. corp. unc. 13.~—Hab.

Cape Palmas, Mr. Savage. Mus. Hope.

Ectinoderus,W. Subg. nov. Pronotum maximum anticé supra basin

pedum anticorum dilatatum in medio transverse impressum, posti-

cegue in lobos duos supra basin hemelytrorum protensum. Pedes

antici valde elongati, femoribus crassis tibiisque rectis. Antenne

4-articulate, articulo 1™° longo, tribus ultimis sensim brevioribus

et tenuioribus (inter art. 1 et 2 et 2 et 3 articult minimi apparent),

Abdomen subrotundum depressum lateribus detectis.

Ectinoderus longimanus, W. Obscure luteus, capite antennis et

hemelytrorum membrand nigris, femoribus fascid medid apiceque

tibiisque anticis (nisi ad basin) nigricantibus hemelytrorum corio

et abdominis lateribus luteo nigroque vartis.—Long. corp, une. 14.

—Hab. Singapore? Mus. Westwood.

Obs. Mr. Cuming has brought another species of this subgenus

from the Philippine Islands.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

June 28, 1842.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair,

A paper by G. B. Sowerby, Esq., containing descriptions of new

species of Shells belonging to the genus Cyclostoma, was read.

The species described in this paper were collected in the Philip-

pine Islands by H. Cuming, Esq., by whom they were exhibited.

CyCLOSTOMA ACUTIMARGINATUM.

Cycl. testd suborbiculari, conicd, tenui, levi, subpellucidd, badid,

albido-marmoratd, spird subacuminatd, submammillari, anfracti-

Zoological Society. 467

- bus quatuor, raptim crescentibus, supra infraque rotundatis, mar-

gine carinato, acuto, prope suturam marginemque coloribus articu-

latis ; aperturd magnd, orbiculari, peritremate reflexo, albo, in-

crassato, prope ultimum anfractum subinterrupto, superneé produc-

tiore, minime reflexo ; umbilico mediocri, profundo. Long. 0°9 ;

lat. 1:1 poll. Operculo corneo, multispiral..

Hab. supra foliis Palmarum apud Catbalongan Insule Laman

Philippinarum.

An elegant species, remarkable for the sharpness of its edge (in

which it resembles a Carocolla), as well as for the beautiful arrange-

ment of the colouring.

Cyctostoma Luzonicum.

Icon, Sowerby, Species Conchyliorum, Pars 24, Cyclostoma, f. 133.

Cycl.testd suborbiculari, albidd, castaneo-variegatd, spird depressius-

culd, obtusd ; anfractibus quatuor ad quinque, rotundatis, concinneé

spiraliter striatis, fascid albidd infra suturam fusco-articulaté ;

suturd profundd ; aperturd circulari, peritremate crasso, reflexo ;

umbilico maximo. Long. 0°7; lat.1°3 poll. Operculum cor-

neum, tenue, anfractuum marginibus lamellosis.

The first specimens of ,this species were brought from Luc¢on by

J. K. Smith, Esq. Mr. Cuming has collected the following varie-

ties, Viz :—

a. Shell variegated, with a brown and white articulated band close

to the front of the suture, median band variously mottled. Found

under decayed leaves on Mount Isarog in the province of South

Camarinas, island of Lucon.

6. Shell variegated, upper or posterior part of the two last volu-

tions with four or five rather prominent elevated striz. Found under

decayed leaves in the island of Masbate.

e. Upper part of the volutions of a pale colour, with a brown and

white articulated band next to the suture; median line articulated

with brown and white, in front of which the shell is dark brown,

becoming paler toward the umbilicus. Found under decayed leaves

at St. Jaun in the province of Cagayan, island of Lucon.

d. Shell dark chestnut-brown, articulated with white in front of

the suture; median line brown and white mottled; umbilicus and

peritreme white. Found under decayed wood at Calauang in the

province of Laguna, island of Lucon.

e. Shell brownish, with an articulated band next to the suture,

and two median bands, the posterior of which is white and the an-

terior dark brown; spire more elevated than in the former varieties.

Found in earth under decayed leaves at Sinait in the province of

South Ilocos, island of Lucon.

f. Shell rather smaller and with a more elevated spire than in

varieties a. to d, variously mottled. Found under decayed leaves in

the woods at Dolores in the province of Pampanga, island of

Lucon.

g. Shell rather paler coloured than most of the varieties, but ha-

468 Zoological Society.

ving the inside of the aperture of an orange-brown. Found under

decayed leaves on Mount Isarog, with var. a.

h. Similar to var. e, but altogether paler, and from the same

locality.

CycLOsTOMA CANALIFERUM.

Icon. Sowerby, Species Conchyliorum, Pars 24, CPS ReENE f. 195,

196.

Cycl. testd orbiculari, subdepressd, crassiusculd, albicante, brunneo-

marmoratd, spird depressd, obtusd; anfractibus guatuor, rotun-

datis, spiraliter striatis et superné cariniferis, prope suturam

brunneo albidoque articulatis et cingulo centrali brunneo ornatis ;

suturd canaliculatd, margine canalis elevato ; aperturd circulari,

peritremate incrassato, reflexo, umbilicum patulum versus lamelloso-

patente. Long. 0°8; lat. 1-4 poll. Operculum corneum, anfrac-

tuum margine lamellari, levatiusculo.

This species bears a general resemblance to the last; it may be

distinguished by the flexuose lamella proceeding from the peritreme

and overlying the umbilicus, so as nearly to cover it when adult ; and

also by the narrow channel at the suture. I received the first spe-

cimens of this shell from J. K. Smith, Esq. Mr. Cuming has col-

lected two different varieties.

a. Shell depressed, pale in colour, J. K. Smith, Esq. :

b. Shell with a more prominent spire and much darker colours.

Found under decayed leaves on the island of Burias, H. Cuming, Esq.

c. Shell with the spire prominent as the last; of a rich dark.

brown, with a white median line and angular flashes of white on

the upper side. Found under decayed leaves in the province of

Tayabas, island of Lucon, H. Cuming, Esq.

CyYcLOSTOMA VALIDUM.

Cycl. testd orbiculart, crassiusculd, pallidd, brunneo-variegatd, spird

elevatiusculd, anfractibus quinque rotundatis, spiralter striatis,

et nonnunquam obtuse quatuor- ad quinque-carinatis ; suturd

distinctd ; aperturd circulari, peritremate incrassato, reflexo,

umbilicum versus patente; umbilico mediocri. Long. 1°5; lat.

1‘8 poll. Operculum corneum, tenuiculum, margine anfractuum

lamellari.

The young shell of this species appears to have been of compara-

tively large size at its first development from the egg, the edge of

its aperture being usually distinguished by a broad and dark brown

oblique band at about the middle of the third volution from the apex.

Mr. Cuming has brought several varieties, as follows :—

a. This is the largest and coarsest variety, and its colours are the

least brilliant; the lower part, near to the aperture, appears to be

constantly worn away, probably from age; the peritreme also is ex-

tended far beyond its first formed edge. It is found on the leaves

of trees at Tanauan, in the island of Leyte.

6. Shell of a dark brown, with sometimes angular flashes of nearly

white over the upper part of the shell; the median edge is obtusely

Zoological Society. 469

keeled. It is found under decayed leaves in the province of Taya-

bas, island of Lucon.

ce. Shell of a light brown colour, variously mottled with very

dark brown. Found under decayed leaves in dense woods at Cat-

balonga, and at Basay, in the island of Samar.

d. Smaller than the last, and generally paler in colour, with less

of the dark brown. Found under decayed leaves at Cagayan in

the province of Misamis, Island of Mindanao.

CycLosTtoMA STAINFORTHII.

Cycl. testa tenui, albicante, pyramidali, carinatd; spird acuminati-

usculd, anfractibus quinque ad sex, lateribus subventricosis, ultimo

longé maximo, margine mediano carinato, lineis spiralibus fuscis

quatuor ad sex ornato ; suturd subobsoletd ; apertura magna, sub-

orbiculari, latere columellari rectiusculo ; peritremate albo, subin-

crassato, reflexo, supra anfractum penultimum subinterrupto, um-

bilico mediocri. Long. 0°7; lat. 0°8 poll. Operculum corneum,

tenue, marginibus anfractuum lamellosis, levatiusculs.

A very elegant species, which I have the pleasure of dedicating to

my kind and liberal friend, the Rev. F, J. Stainforth. Mr, Cuming

has brought the following varieties :—

a. Shell nearly white, variegated with brown mottlings and from

four to six dark brown spiral lines. Found upon the leaves of trees

on the island of Ticao.

6. Shell smaller, and altogether paler. Found on leaves of trees

on the island of Masbate.

c. Shell of a pale rosy brown colour. On leaves of bushes on the

island of Siquijor.

d. Shell of a pale colour, mottled with dark brown. On leaves of

bushes in the island of Siquijor.

e. Shell nearly white. From the same locality as c. and d.

f. Shell larger than var. e. and nearly white. On leaves of trees

in the island of Panay.

Cyctostoma Tusa.

Cycl. testa suborbiculari, depressiusculd, tenui, levi, albicante ru-

Sescente-fusco-variegata et nubeculata; spird brevi, subdepressd,

acuminata, anfractibus quinque, planiusculis, primis carinatis, ul-

timo maximo, rotundato; aperturd maximd, circulari, expansd,

albicante ; peritremate albicante, tenui, lato, revoluto, supra an-

Sractum penultimum interrupto ; umbilico magno. Alt. 1°5; lat.

2°3 poll.

Hab. sub foliis putridis prope Montem Ophir, Malacce.

This species is remarkable for the extent of the reflected lip of the

aperture. Mr. Cuming has brought two varieties, differing only in

size,

CycLosToMA PHILIPPINARUM.

Sowerby, Species Conchyliorum, Pars 2°, fig. 180 to 183.

i Cycl. testa globoso-conicd, pallida, fusco-marmoratda, spird subacumi-

natd, anfractibus quinque subrotundatis, superne longitudinaliter

470 Zoological Society.

sulcatis, ultimo infra levigato ; aperturd subrotundé, peritremate

obtuso, reflexo, supern? producto, latere umbilici “subsinuato ; um-

bilico parvo. Alt. 0°6; lat.0°5 poll. Operculum tenue, corneum,

leve.

Of this species, which is very variable in size and colouring, the

first specimens I met with were brought from Manilla by J. K. Smith,

Esq. Mr. Cuming has collected the following varieties, viz.

a. Shell small, light brown, elegantly marbled with dark chestnut-

brown. Found in the earth at the roots of plants at Puerto-galero,

in the island of Mindoro. |

6. Shell rather larger than a, of a pale colour, with very slight

dark brown mottlings; apex rosy. From Bai, in the isle of Negros.

c. Nearly similar to 6, but the apex scarcely rosy, Found under

decayed leaves at Piddig, in the province of North Ilocos, island of

Lucon.

d. Shell larger, with a pale band round the circumference, and a

dark one beneath. Found under decayed leaves at Sinait, and in

earth at Bolinao.

e. Shell very darkly coloured, size of d. On leaves of bushes at

Calauang, and on leaves of trees at St. Christoval, in the province of

Batangas.

jf. Shell smoother and paler than the other varieties ; apex black-

ish. Found on leaves of bushes at Daleguete, island of Zebu.

g. Shell larger than the other varieties, dark brown, with a white

and brown articulated band close to the suture, and a nearly white

circumferential band. Found on leaves of bushes at the island of

Luban.

CYCLOSTOMA ALTUM.

Cycl. testé acuminato-turrita, crassiusculd, fuscd, levi, tenuissime

striatd, apice obtusiusculo, anfractibus 7 ad 8 rotundatis ; suturd

distinctd, tenut; aperturd circulari, labio subincrassato, reflexo-

patente, duplici, margine externo magis, interno minus expanso,

intis canali parvd ad basin columellarem munito ; umbilico medi-

ocri extis carind obtusd marginato ; operculo corneo, tenui, multi-

spirali. Long. 1*; lat. 0°3 poll.

Hab. supra truncos arborum in montibus insule Negros, Philip-

pimarum.

This species is remarkable for having a double lip, the inner or

newer portion of which is not quite so much expanded as the outer.

It may be regarded as the first link of affinity, connecting Cyclosto-

ma with Pupina by the intervention of the next species, C. Pupini-

forme.

CycLosTtomMa PuPINIFORME.

Cycl. testa subcylindrico-turritd, crassiusculd, obscurd, fuscd, levi,

tenuissime striatd, apice subabrupté acuminato, anfractibus senis,

rotundatis, suturd validd ; aperturd circulart, peritremate discon-

tinuo ; labio externo subincrassato, revoluto, flavido, ad basin colu-

mellarem canali angustissimd spirali interrupto ; deindé superne

latiors, demim supra ultimum anfractum leviter expanso, canali

Zoological Society. 471

angustd tenuique inter anfractum ultimum et partem posticam labii

_positd ; umbilico parvo, carind obtusd marginato, hdcece carind

externam partem canalis angustissime basis columellaris effor-

mante.’ Long. 0°7 ; lat. 0°25.

Hab. supra truncos arborum apud §S. Juan provincize Cagayan in-

sulz Lucon, Philippinarum.

This species, which is related to the last and to Cycl. tortuosum of

Gray, approaches very nearly to the genus Pupina, appearing to

differ only in having a dull unpolished external surface, while that

of Pupina is extremely brilliant. It proves the genera Cyclostoma

and Pupina to belong to the same family.

The next communication is from Dr. L. Pfeiffer, and contains the

following descriptions of shells belonging to the genera Helix and

Bulimus, also collected by H. Cuming, Esq. in the Philippine Islands.

Hexix zonirera, Sow. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tenui,

JSulvd, zonis variis opacis lutescenti-albidis ornatd, obsoleté angu-

latd ; anfractibus 4 convevis, supremis depressis ; columelld pland,

rectd, elongatd ; aperturd lunato-rotundatd, intus nitidd ; peristo-

mate simplici, expanso, albo, cum callo columellari angulatim juncto.

Diam. 1°60; alt. 1:10 poll.

Hab. ins. Leyte.

f. T. tenuissimd, luteo-virente, basi unicolore, ad peripheriam fascid

latd nigricante et angustiore albidd, superné fasciis pluribus albidis

interruptis ornatd.

Hab. ins. Leyte.

y. T. rufo-nigricante, fasciis variis sordide albidis.

Hab. ins. Samar.

6. T. crassiusculd, cinnamomed, fasciis lutescenti-albidis.

Hab. ins. Samar.

Differt ab H. pulcherrimd, cui valdé affinis, spira depressa, anfractu

ultimo minus inflato, et columella neque excavata neque dentata.

Hexix Norrisir, Sow. Hel. T.imperforatd, globoso-depressd, so-

lidd, glabra, fulvo-citrind, zonis opacis candidis et infra suturam

maculis irregularibus albis notata ; spird semiglobosd ; anfractibus

4E convexis, ultimo ad columellam subexcavato ; columella latd,

albo-cullosd, arcuatim prolongatd ; aperiurd fereé orbiculari, intis

lacted ; peristomate crasso, latissimé expanso.

Diam. 1°80; alt. 1°15 poll.

Hab. insula Lucon, ad Montem Triga.

Species intermedia inter H. pulcherrimam et zoniferam, ab illd

spira depressa et columella arcuata, ab altera columella excavata, nec

angulata diversa.

Hewix tuzonica, Sow. Hel. T. imperforatd, conico-globosa, cras-

siusculd, oblique striatd, rufd, apice sanguined, epidermide liberd

Sere omnino tectd, medio fascid latd albidd ornato ; spiré conoided ;

anfractibus 5—55 convewviusculis ; columella obliqud, dilatatd,

tuberculosd ; aperturd lunato-orbiculart, intis lacted ; peristomate

incrassato, late reflexo, albo vel purpureo late limbato.

472 Zoological Society.

Diam. 1°60; lat. 1°15 poll.

Hab. Provincia Cagayan insule Lucon.

Differt ab H. pulcherrimd testé crassa, conoidea, anfractibus plu-

ribus et sensim accrescentibus, columella vix excavata et labro in-

crassato. ' .

Hewix Minpanarnsis, Sow. Hei. T. imperforatd, globoso-conicd,

solidd, oblique rugoso-striata, apice obtuso, pallidd, luteo-fuscd,

opacd, maculis variis rufis pellucidis ornatd ; spird conoided ; a

fractibus 45 convewiusculis, ultimo medio obtuse angulato, infra

angulum fascia lata, hydrophand, albidd signato ; columella lividd,

subrecté descendente, medio subintortd ; apertura tetragono-ovata,

intus plumbed ; peristomate subincrassato, parum reflexo, livido-

Jusco, margine supero arcuatim dilatato.

Diam. 2°20; alt. 1°65 poll.

Hab. insula Mindanao.

Forma et magnitudo sicut H. Pan. Differt anfractu ultimo angu-

lato, colore et forma columellz et aperture. Ab H. Harfordii differt

forma conicé, maculis non hydrophanis, sed in ipsa testa positis, et

margine dextro aperture sinuato.

Hexrx carsonaria, Sow. Hel.T. imperforatd, subtrochiformi, levi,

purpureo-nigricante, epidermide fuscd, hydrophand, oblique strigatd,

apice rubrd vel violaced ; suturd linear: ; anfractibus 5 planiusculis,

ultimo carinato, basi plano; columellé subrectd, dilatatd, fusci-

duld ; aperturd subtetragond, intis lividd ; peristomate simplict,

viz incrassato.

Diam. 1°20; altit. 0°95 poll.

Hab. Insula Zebu. ‘ Daleguete.’

Variat carina obtusiore, basi convexiore.

Hexix (Carocoiza) Panayensis, Brod. Hel. T. imperforatd, de-

pressd, orbiculart, carinatd, crassiusculd, superneé griseo-fuscd, mi-

nutissime granulata, basi radiatim striatd, nitidissimd, olivaced ;

spird depresso-conoided ; anfractibus 6 planulatis, ultimo non de-

flexo ; aperturd angulato-lunari, intis albidd ; peristomate superné

simplici, basi incrassato, ad columellam expansiusculo.

Diam. 1°60; altit. 0°85 poll.

fab. Insula Panay. ‘ Dingle.’

Var. (Cagayan ins. Lucon). Spirdelatiore, anfractibus ultimis tu-

midis, superné saturate rufa, basi nigricans, deorsim pallescens.

Heurx Moricanp1i, Sow. Hel. T. umbilicatd, semiglobosd, basi pla-

niusculd, nitidd, albido-flava, fasciis rufis 2-3-cinetd ; anfractibus

55 convevis, ultimo margine dextro subitd deflexo ; umbilico an-

gusto, pervio; aperturd transverse pyriformi, basi paralleld ; pe-

ristomate connexo, margine superiore expanso, basal late reflexo,

ad basin dente unico crasso instructo.

Diam. 1°35; altit. 0°70 poll.

Hab. Insula Bohol. ‘ Jacna.’

Differt ab H. zonali, Fér., cui persimilis, basi plana, aperture

parte suprema deflexd, indé horizontali, et marginibus peristomatis

junctis.

Zoological Society. 473

HeEtix saGiTTirerA, Pfr.an Nanina? Hel. T. subperforatd, tenut,

pellucidd, oblique striatd et obsolete rugosd, fulvd, maculis servatis

sagittiformibus et ad carinam obsoletam fascia unicd rufa ornata ;

suiurd impressd, ad anfractum ultimum subcanaliculata ; anfrac-

tibus 4 planiusculis, ultimo inflato ; apertura perobliqud, lunato-

ovatd, intis lacted; peristomate simplici, ad columellam sub-

incrassato, vir reflexo, margine superiore deflexo.

Diam. 2; altit. 1°10 poll.

Hab. Sinait insulz Lucon.

Affinis H. Lamarckiane, Lea. Differt forma minus depressa, an-

fractibus spirz lente crescentibus, ultimo vix carinato, et colore.

Varietas: testa distmcté carinata, superné intensé rufa, infra

carinam fascia nigricante diluta circumdata, basi olivaceo-fulva,

maculis sagittiformibus obsoletis.—Bolinao insule Lucon.

Hewix rutvipa, Pfr.an Nanina? Hel. T. subperforata, subglobosa,

tenui, pellucida, pallide fulvescente, superné confertissime et mi-

nutissime granulosa, basi glabrd, nitidd ; spird elata ; anfractibus

53, supremis planis, 14 ultimis rotundatis ; apertura lunari; pe-

ristomate simplici, margine columellari subincrassato, ad perfora-

tionem obsoletam reflezxo.

Diam. 1°25; altit. 0°85 poll.

Hab. Insula Mindanao.

Herix Janus, Chemn. xi. 3016. 17.—Helicella, Fér. pr. 233.—An

Nanina? fel. T. sinistrorsd, perforatd, orbiculari, tenui, dia-

phand, oblique regulariter et confertim striatd, superne fusca, basi

converd, rufa, nitidiusculd ; spird laté depresso-conoided ; anfrac-

tibus 7 planulatis, ultimo carinato ; apertura lunari; peristomate

tenui, acuto, margine columellari reflexiusculo.

Diam. 1-30; altit. 0°80 poll.

Hab: in monte Ophir, peninsulz Malaccane.

H. Mackensiana, Saul in Revue Zool. 1841, p. 347, eadem esse

videtur.

He1ix porpuyria, Pfr. an Nanina? Hel. T. perforatd, depressd,

solidd, oblique rugoso-striatd, rufd, maculis et strigis creberrimis,

flavido-albidis subprominulis marmoratd, carinatd, infra carinam

rufo-fasciatad, basi olivaceo-fulvd, nitidiore ; anfractibus 45 pla-

nulatis, regulariter crescentibus, ultimo circa perforationem aper-

tam excavato ; aperturd subrhombed ; peristomate simplici, tenui,

margine columellari arcuatim reflexo.

Diam. 1°80; altit. 1:00 poll.

Hab. Insula Burias.

HevixSamarensis,Pfr. Hel.T. umbilicatd, depresso-conoided, tenui,

oblique striatuld, fulvido-albd, fasciis rufis ornatd ; basi planulatd ;

suturd lineari ; anfractibus 4% planiusculis, ultimo basi subcari-

nato ; umbilico angusto, pervio ; apertura horizontali, ellipticd ;

peristomate simplici, margine supero expanso, basali laté reflexo,

_ edentulo.

Diam. 0°90; altit. 0°50 poll.

Hab. Insula Samar.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Vol, xi. ZI

474 Zoological Society.

Hexrx Buruert, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, globosd, tenui, levi,

apice obtuso alba; spirdé semiglobosd ; suturd mediocri ; anfrac-

tibus 44 planiusculis, ultimo inflato, pallide lutescente, lineis par-

vis confertis, crispulis vel interruptis ornata ; columella subrectd,

lata, profunde intrante ; apertura rotundato-lunatd ; peristomate

simplici, vie expanso.

Diam. 1°25; altit. 1°00 poll.

Hab. Mountains of the Igorrotes.—Forma affinis H. versicolori

Bornii.

Heurx Becxrana, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, orbiculari, tenui, oblique

striata, fuscd, vie nitiduld ; spird parim elatd ; suturd linear: ;

anfractibus 6 planiusculis, ultimo deflexo, ad peripheriam angu-

lato; angulo ad aperturam obsoleto ; basi planiusculd ; umbilico

mediocri, pervio ; aperturd fere horizontali, subtrapezoidali ; pe-

ristomate simplici, margine columellari brevi, basalt reflexo, quasi

in tuberculum incrassato.

Diam. 0°85 ; altit. 0°40 poll.—Nueva Ecija.

Hexurx Cuminer, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, depressd, obtuse subca-

rinata, apice violaceo, obtusd, oblique striatd, nigricanti-rufd, epi-

dermide rufd, superne maculis irregularibus, basi fasctis multis

stramineo-cinereis ornatd; anfractibus 4, supremis planiusculis,

ultimo subinflato ; columellé recté descendente, laté callosd ; aper-

turd latd, subquadrangulari ; peristomate laté expanso, a had

inferiore incrassato.

Diam. 1°60; altit. 0°90 poll.

Hab. Insula Pai ON ais H.. Zebuensi, Brod.

Heuix scropicuuata, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, lenticulari, tenui, ob-

lique rugosd, fulvido-albidd, fusco-zonatd, carinatd; spird parim

elatd, apice obtuso nitidd, glabrd ; suturd lineari; anfractibus 44

convexiusculis, ultimo deflexo ; carind subacutd ; umbilico angusto,

pervio ; aperturd transverse pyriformi; peristomate simplici,

continuo, superne expanso, basi late reflexo, unidentato ; dente ob-

tuso, extus scrobiculum formante.

Diam. 1°15; altit. 0°45 poll.

Hab. Insula Bohol.

Affinis 7. rote, spird elatiore, carina simplici, subacuta, et costis

deficientibus diversa.

Buimus Brevicutus, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatd, ovatd, apice obtuso,

oblique obsolete striatd, nitidd, albd, epidermide lutescente decidua

obductd ; anfractibus 6 angustis, convexiusculis ; columella sub-

recta, in laminam tenuem expansd; aperturd perodbliqud, trans-

verse semiovali ; peristomate simplici, expanso.

Long. 1°15 ; diam. 0°75 poll.

Hab. Insula Romblon.

Affinis Bulimo stabili, Sow., formA abbreviata, anfractibus con-

vexiusculis et apertura diversis.

Butimus Cumineut, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatd, ovatd, tenuissimd,

oblique striatuld, pellucidd, albido-virente, ad suturam lined rufd

Zoological Society. 475

—circumdatd ; anfractibus 45 convewiusculis, ultimo obsoleté angu-

lato, spiram pauld superante ; columella pland, subexcavatd, fusca ;

aperturd lunato-ovali ; peristomate simplici, margine dextro late

expanso, basalt subreflexo.

Long. 1°35; diam. 0°95 poll.

Hab. Insula Camiguing.

Buuimus tienarivs, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatd, conoideo-globosd, so-

lida, oblique striata, subepidermide lignarid nitideé nigricante, sur~

sim pallescente, apice obtusiusculo, nitide fulvo ; spird conoided ;

anfractibus 5 convexis, ultimo spird pauld breviore ; columella

subrecid, extrorsim laté expansd, fusco-plumbed ; aperiurd lunato-

ovali, intis nitide cerulescente ; peristomate simplici, reflexo,

saturate plumbeo, margine dextro valde arcuato.

Long. 3°05; diam. 2°20 poll.

Hab. Provincia Cagayan insule Lucon.

a. Feré unicolor, epidermide pallidé, saturatius strigatd, fascid

unicd angustd, nigra supra, latiore albidd infra medium anfractus

ultimt.

8. Epidermide albo-strigatd, fasciis pluribus angustis nigricanti-

rufis, unica latiore albidd infra medium anfractus ultimi.

y. Minor, spira subelongata ; color sicut in a.

Buuimus suewans, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatda, elongato-globosd, apice

obtuso, solidiusculd, oblique distinct? striatd, unicolore, rufa ; an-

Fractibus 5 convewis, ultimo spiram equante ; columella latd, albd,

introrsim arcuatim prominente ; apertura. magnd, irregulariter

subovali, ad basin columelle sinuatd, intis pallidé lividd ; peristo-

mate vie reflexo, rufo-marginato.

Long. 2°20; diam. 1°50 poll.

Hab. « Mountains of Igorrotes.’

Butimus Nymrnua, Pfr. (Achatina?) Bul. T. ovato-turritd, solidius-

cula, levi, sulphured, epidermide hydrophand, ligned crebre et late

strigatd, lined suturali rufd et ared columellari nigricante ornata;

apice obtuso, nitide roseo; anfractibus 6 vie convexiusculis, ultimo

% longitudinis equante, obsolete angulato ; columelld recta, pland,

via truncatula ; apertura magna, ovali, intis albd ; peristomate

subsimplici, albo, margine dextro valdé arcuato.

Long. 2°00; diam. 0°95 poll.

Hab. Insula Lucon, ‘San Miguel.’

Var. Testa rufa, surstim pallescente, apice roseo ; epidermide al-

bidd, peristomate rufo. Mt. Triga.

Differt a Bulimo (Achatina) Boholensi forma ventricosiore, anfractu

ultimo brevi, apertura lata, peristomate non expanso.

July 12.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following ‘‘ Descriptions of two new species of Oniscia, a

genus of pectinibranchiate Mollusks,” communicated by Mr. Lovell

Reeve, was read.

Ontscta Dennisont. Onisc. testa trigono-ovatd, decussatim costatd,

costis tuberculo squamdve ad juncturas instructis ; anfractibus su-

212

476 Zoological Society.

perne angulatis, superficie albd, fusco-maculosd, leviter striatd ;

labro columellari rutilo, albo-granuloso, latissimé effuso ; labro ex-

terno valde incrassato, interne denticulis albis irregulariter ornato.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 253. f. 5 and 6.

Hab. ?

Long. 2; lat. 1,4, poll.

In dedicating this very chaste and beautiful shell to its fortunate

possessor, J. Dennison, Esq., we memorize the name of a gentleman

whose collection is perhaps unequalled in excellency and preserva-

tion. The very rare and valuable specimen before us is closely allied

to the Oniscia cancellata (Cassidaria cancellata, Lamarck), so much

so indeed that we at first hesitated to consider it a distinct species ;

the rich and rosy appearance of the columellar lip is, however, re-

markable, and as this part of the shell exhibits its chief generic cha-

racter, may not so decided a variation of it be considered of specific

importance ?.

OnisciA STROMBIFORMIS. Onisc. testd trigono-pyriformi, albd,

transversim irregulariter costatd et nodosa; anfractibus superneé

angulatis, angulis valdé nodosis ; labro columellari albo, granuloso,

leviter effuso ; labro externo denticulato.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 253. f. 1.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

Long. 2; lat. $ poll.

An interesting small species, figured in ‘Conch. Syst.’ together

with the former, and which appears to be very distinct from any

hitherto described.

A series of birds’ skins, being the remaining portion of the collec-

tion presented by Walter Ewer, Esq., part of which was exhibited at

the previous meeting, was laid on the table. ‘These birds were col-

lected in the north-western province of the Bengal presidency, in

north latitude 29° to 31°, and east longitude 77° to 80°, and are

chiefly inhabitants of the plain. Mr. Ewer, however, observes, that

there are perhaps also a few from the Himalaya mountains in the

collection.

The following is a list of the species :—

Neophron percnopterus, Temm. | Merops Philippinus, Linn.

Haliaétus Mace. viridis, Linn.

Ponticerianus. Hirundo filifera, Steph.

Circaétus brachydactylus, Vieill. riparia? Linn.

Aquila Vindhiana, Frankl. Halcyon Smyrnensis, Linn.

Morphnus cristatellus. Alcedo rudis, Linn.

Astur Hyder, Sykes. Bengalensis.

Accipiter nisus. Graucalus Papuensis, Cuv.

Falco Chicquera, Lath. Collurio erythronotus, Vig.

Circus rufus, Briss. Lahtora, Sykes.

pallidus, Sykes. Phenicornis peregrina, Vig.

Elanus melanopterus, Leach. brevirostris, Vig.

Milvus Cheele. rubeculoides, Vig.

Ketupa Leschenaulti, Less. Turdus albicollis.

Zoological Society.

Turdus pecilopterus, Vig.

saularis, Auct.

Oriolus Galbula.

Malacocercus striatus, Sw.

Hypsipetes psaroides, Vig.

Izos cafer.

leucotis, Gould.

Lanthocincla albogularis, Gould.

leucocephala, Gould.

erythrocephala, Gould.

Enicurus maculatus, Vig.

Myophonus Temmincki, Vig.

Megalurus palustris, Sykes?

Anthus Chendoola, Frankl.

Pyrrhulauda cruciger.

Sazicola bicolor, Sykes.

Phenicura ruticilla, Sw.

Motacilla alba.

Prinia inornata, Sykes.’

Timalia hypoleuca, Frankl.

Parus atriceps, Horsf.

Emberiza cristata, Vig.

Pyrgita domestica, Cuv.

Fringilla leuconota, Temm.

Ploceus Philippinus, Cuy.

Sturnus vulgaris, Linn.

Pastor Galla.

Lamprotornis spilopterus, Vig.

Dendrocitta Sinensis, Vig.

vagabunda, Vig.

Garrulus bispecularis, Vig.

lanceolatus, Vig.

striatus, Vig.

Pica erythrorhyncha, Vig.

Nucifraga hemispila, Vig.

Fregilus Graculus, Cuv.

Corvus culminatus, Sykes.

Eudynamys orientalis, V. & H.

Centropus Philippensis, Cuv.

Cirkeer, Gray.

Paleornis torquatus, Vig.

fravicollaris, Frankl.

477

Picus oceipitalis, Vig.

Mahrattensis, Lath.

Bueco caniceps, Frankl.

Philippinensis, Auct.

Yunx Torquilla, Linn.

Sitta castaneoventris, Frankl.

Pomatorhinus erythrogenys, Vig.

Phasianus albocristatus, Vig.

Perdiz Chukar, Vig.

Francolinus Pondicerianus.

vulgaris.

Coturnix Cambaiensis.

Pterocles exustus.

Cursorius Coromandelicus.

(Edicnemus crepitans, ''emm.

Vanellus Goensis, Auct.

cristatus, Meyer.

Keptuschka, Temm.

Gallinago stenurus.

Tringa pugnaz, Linn.

Temmincki, Leisler.

Totanus glottoides, Vig.

Herodias Gazetta.

Botaurus stellaris, Steph.

Anas pecilorhyncha, Gmel.

Dafila acuta, Leach.

Mareca Penelope, Selby.

Fuligula rufina, Steph.

cristata, Steph.

Nyroca leucophthalma, Flem.

Rhynchaspis clypeata, Steph.

Chauliodes strepera, Sw.

Querquedula Crecca.

Tadorna rutila, Steph.

Anser Indicus, Steph.

Mergus albellus, Linn.

merganser, Linn.

Podiceps minor, Lath.

Sterna aurantia, Gray.

Plotus Levaillanti, Term.

Phalacrocorax Javanica.

Cormoranus, 'Temm.

An abstract of a letter from E. Blyth, Esq., curator to the mu-

seum at Calcutta, was then read.

It contains the following list of

birds, with observations upon them, which are found both in India

and Europe :—

Aquila chrysaétos, Vig.

Falco peregrinus, Gmel.

Inhabits the mountains.

478 Zoological Society.

Falco Tinnunculus, Linn. Common.

Pernis apivorus, Auct. Moderately common,

Circus rufus, Auct. Moderately common.

cyaneus, Auct. Moderately common.

cineraceus, Auct. Moderately common.

Otus brachyotus, Flem. Not rare.

Strix flammea, Linn. Common.

Hirundo rustica, Linn. Found in the Himalayas.

riparia, Linn. Inhabits the Himalayas.

Saxicola Rubetra, Temm. Not uncommon.

rubicola, Temm. Not uncommon,

Sylvia Hippolais, Lath. Not uncommon.

Suecica, Lath. Not uncommon.

Turdus viscivorus, Linn. Inhabits the Himalayas.

Pyrgita domestica, Auct. Very common.

montana, Auct. Inhabits the Himalayas; is found also at

Chusan on the east, and Affghanistan on the west, in both places re-

presenting the house-sparrow.

Corvus pica, Linn. Is found, according to report, in Affghanistan.

I have seen the true British species from Chusan. There is a distinct

but nearly allied species at Bootan, which may also be that of Aff-

ghanistan.

Corvus Corax, Linn. Inhabits the mountains, but not the plains ;

it is there replaced by a smaller species*, often mistaken for the

common raven.

Fregilus Graculus, Selby. Abounds in the Himalayas.

Sturnus vulgaris, Linn. Is seen commonly in the bird-shops at

Calcutta, being brought from the hills.

Cuculus canorus, Linn. Rare; but the nearly allied species, Cuculus

micropterus of Gould, is less so.

Yunxe Torquilla, Linn. Not rare.

Charadrius minor, Meyer. Very common.

Cidicnemus crepitans,'Temm. Inhabits the peninsula of India.

Ardea. All the European species of Heron are to be met with.

Botaurus stellaris, Linn.

Ciconia alba, Ray. Rare.

nigra, Ray. Rare.

Platalea Leucorodia, Linn. Very common,

Ibis Falcinellus, Temm. Very common.

Numenius arquata, Lath. Common; but the Numenius pheopus

(Lath.) is not found here.

Totanus fuscus, Leisl. Common.

calidris, Bechst. Common.

ochropus,'Temm. Not very common.

glareola, Temm. Excessively abundant.

hypoleucos, Temm. Not very common.

Recurvirostra Avocetia, Linn. Not very common.

Himantopus melanopterus, Temm. Very common.

* Mr. Blyth probably alludes to the species to which Col. Sykes gave

the name culminatus.

Geological Society. 479

Limosa melanura, Leisl. Very common; but the Limosa rufa

(Briss.) is not found here.

Scolopax Rusticola, Linn. Abounds in the hills.

Gallinago, Linn, Not rare.

-—— Gallinula, Linn. Not rare.

Tringa pugnax, Linn. Common.

subarquata, Temm. ‘Tolerably common.

Temmincki, Leisl. Very common.

minuta, Leisl. Very common.

Phalaropus platyrhynchus, Temm. Rare.

Tadorna rutila, Steph. Common.

Belloni, Steph. Very rare.

Anas clypeata, Linn. Moderately common.

Chauliodus Strepera, Swains. Moderately common.

Dafila acuta, Linn, Common.

Querquedula circea. Very common.

Creccu. Very common.

Mareca Penelope, Selb. Not common.

Fuligula rufina, Steph. Very common.

Nyroca, Steph. Very common.

— cristata, Steph. Not common,

Ferina, Steph. Not common.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 15,1842.—A communication was made by Dr. Grant, F.G.S.,

North America.”

The chief object of this communication was to point out the

structural differences and zoological distinctions of the Mastodons

and Tetracaulodons of North America; and the inquiries were in-

stituted in consequence of the favourable opportunity afforded by the

temporary exhibition, in this metropolis, of Mr, Koch's large collec-

tion of organic remains from the State of Missouri, consisting prin-

cipally of the relics of these two genera.

After pointing out the important applications of the study of these

remains, and the geological relations of Mastodontoid animals, and

the discordant opinions of zoologists as to their specific distinctions,

Dr. Grant entered into extended details regarding the general struc-

ture and the peculiarities of the skeleton in the three principal

Mastodontoid genera, Mastodon, Tetracaulodon, and Deinotherium,

which are compared with those of the elephant and other allied ge-

nera, The fifth section of the memoir is occupied with the descrip-

tion of the development, forms, structure and changes of the dental

system of Mastodontoid animals ; and each tooth and tusk of the

three principal genera are described and compared, and the principal

modifications they exhibit according to difference of age, sex, and

species. After pointing out the necessity of including the entire se-

ries of successive teeth, in the dental formule of genera, where the

teeth are constantly displacing and succeeding each other through

480 Geological Society.

the whole of life, the author announces the dental formule of the

four Proboscidian genera of Pachyderma to be

Elephas, Inc. ao can, bs mol, — = o4,

Mastodon, Inc. = can. ae mol. —, — 26.

Tetracaulodon, Inc. >, can, =, mol —> = 28.

Deinotherium, Inc. = can. ay mol. sacks a 22

For the determination of the dental formule of Mastodon and Te-

tracaulodon, Dr. Grant relied entirely on the splendid collection of

jaws, crania, and teeth in Mr. Koch’s possession, which afford ample

means for the solution of that problem. For the dental formula of

Deinotherium he has been indebted solely to the casts and fragments

of that yenus in the British Museum. After explaining the uncer-

tainties and fallacies to which naturalists have been exposed in the

identification of species, from not having ascertained the entire dental

series in any Mastodon, the sixth section of the memoir describes the

distinctive characters and the distribution of the Mastodon angusti-

dens, M. latidens, M. Elephantoides, M.minutum, M. Tapiroides, M.

Andium, M. Borsoni, M. Humboldtii, M. Turicense, M. Avernense,

M. giganteum, M. Cuvieri, and M. Jeffersoni. The seventh section

of the memoir is devoted to the examination and description of the

generic Characters of Tetracaulodon, as established by Dr. Godman,

and as founded onthe number and form of the teeth, the peculiarities

of their microscopic structure, the form of the jaws, the tusks, the

alveoli of the tusks, the intermaxillary fossa, the infra-orbitary fora-

mina, and other influential characters. The eighth and last section

of this paper is occupied with an account of the distinctive characters

and the distribution of the known species of this genus ; viz. Tetra-

caulodon Godmani, T. Collinsii, T. Tapiroides, T. Kochii, T. Haysii,

and T. Bucklandi.

June 29.—* Notice on the Discovery of Insects in the Wealden of

the Vale of Aylesbury, Bucks, with some observations on the distri-

bution of these and other Fossils in the Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire.’

By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

In a former notice Mr. Brodie announced the discovery of insects

as well as a new genus of Isopods in the Wealden beds of the Vale

of Wardour, and in this communication he gives an account of ad-

ditional localities in the same Vale, where he has found both the in-

sects and crustaceans, and of the strata belonging to the Wealden se-

ries, in which he has obtained fossil insects, in the Vale of Aylesbury.

Vale of Wardour.—The precise spot noticed in the former paper is

a quarry at Dallards, and the first point to which the author now calls

attention, is situated about two miles to the south-east of it. The fol-

lowing section is given of the beds at the new locality, the dip being

slightly to the south :—

Geological Society. 481

ft. in.

1. Top. Debris of rounded fragments of greensand and

Portland stone, with their usual fossils, a few inches

thick.

2. Chert, full of Cyclas; it also contains occasionally :

ES ER) ene Ss Pere 1 6

3. Hard, brownish white limestone, with Ostree and

casts of other shells, some resembling those of Cy-

clas major. The upper layers muchdisturbed .... 2 0

4. Black earthy clay, a few inches.

5. Purbeck stone, varying in character but containing

he cg stellt iio wade Blas aidal'a 9 6 ag |

6. Fissile, soft stone full of Modiole, palates and other

remains of fishes, also bones of a species of tortoise 1 0

7. White limestone, containing Isopods and elytra of

mn UD A MILE UES TAT PD 2 es 3. 0

Hardstone.

In an escarpment in the banks of the adjoining river are two beds

of limestone, from the upper of which Mr. Brodie obtained small ely-

tra, and from the lower Cypris, and from both carbonized wood, also

a species of Cyclas. Under these strata is a very oolitic limestone,

in which the author found a small Melanopsis and a seed-vessel.

A mile distant Mr. Brodie procured from a bed of limestone, about

five inches thick, Cyclades, Isopods, and a small fish of the species

which occurs at Dallards; and in a bed of clay, bones of a tortoise.

The hard crystalline limestone of the Lady-down beds are noticed

as yielding, but rarely, Cyclades and Cyprides. In the neighbourhood

of Tisbury, in a soft, gritty, slightly oolitic stone, the author found

Isopods of a larger size than elsewhere, likewise an elytron of a cole-

opterous insect. Though the number of beds of limestone vary in

different parts of the Vale of Wardour, yet Isopods and insects cha-

racterise the whole of them; and as respects lithological characters,

notwithstanding the great varieties which occur at different localities,

there is throughout the district that general peculiarity of aspect which

is so remarkable in freshwater formations of very different ages, and

which serves to identify detached quarries with each other.

Vale of Aylesbury.—In Buckinghamshire the Wealden beds possess

a certain similarity with those in Wiltshire, but with clearly marked

local differences. At Quainton Hill Mr. Brodie could not discover

any traces of fishes, insects, or Isopods. In a quarry near the village

of Stone he obtained the following section :—

1, Rubble, several feet.

2. Hard white stone, no fossils................ 2to8 feet,

3. Greenish stone, with Cypris;....20.sane. us 2 feet.

4, Black clay, containing bones of a Tortoise .... 1 foot.

5. White and blue limestone (Pendle), yielding Modiole in abun-

dance ; also a few Cypris and Cyclas; likewise bones and palates

of fishes, coprolites, and, but rarely, remains of insects; fragments

of carbonized wood are common; and Mr. Brodie obtained a speci-

men of Sphenopteris Mantelli, and another minute but beautiful species

482 Geological Society.

of Fern, This limestone bears a close resemblance to one of the

beds at Dallards.

In his general observations on the fossils from these different local-

ities, the author states, that though he has greatly added to the num-

ber and variety of insect-remains since his former communication, yet

he has not found any of the larger kinds, almost every specimen re-

quiring a high magnifying power to be seen distinctly. Next to the

Coleoptera, the most prevalent orders are the Homoptera and Tri-

coptera; and Mr, Brodie observes, that this fact accords with the

habits of the two latter orders, the first living on plants, remains

of which are found abundantly in the Wealden, and the second

hovering over the surface of streams. From the fragmentary state

of these remains, and from the wings never being expanded in the

more nearly perfect specimens, he considers it probable, that they

were carried for some distance down the streams which flowed into

the Wealden estuaries. A few of the insects which have been exa-

mined by an eminent entomologist, have been pronounced to possess,

with one exception, a decidedly European character, to differ from

those at Aix, and to be Jess tropical than those found at Stonesfield.

Since the reading of his prior communication, Mr. Brodie has ob-

tained Isopods an inch and a half in length and an inch broad. These

crustaceans, so interesting from the analogy to Trilobites, presented

by allied genera, are rarely found in single specimens, butin groups,

and therefore present this additional agreement with the habits of re-

cent species. The fossils appear to have been deposited tranquilly

at the bottom of the water which they inhabited, being always found

imbedded with their legs downwards, and they are generally well-pre-

served. Thewhole of the freshwater remains of these Wealden beds,

including the testacea, afford the natural characters of such deposits

by yielding abundance of specimens, but few genera.

Associated with the above-mentioned organic remains of the Vale

‘of Wardour, Mr. Brodie has obtained three species of small fishes

quite distinct, he says, from those found at Lady Down and Chicks-

grove. With a single exception they were all procured at one spot.

None of the localities mentioned in the paper afforded the least

trace of the “ dirt-bed,”’ or of Cycadeoidea.

A letter, addressed to the Secretaries by C. Kaye, Esq., “Ona

Collection of Fossils discovered by the writer in Rocks in Southern

India.”

The localities from which Mr. Kaye procured his suites of speci-

mens are Pondicherry, Trichinopoly, and Verdachellum.

Pondicherry.—From a limestone in the neighbourhood of this city,

Mr. Kaye obtained Nautili in great abundance, belonging to at least

three species; Ammonites in even greater numbers and well-pre-

served, and although assignable to thirteen distinct species, the au-

thor has not been able to identify a single specimen with any Euro-

pean Ammonites of which he has seen a description. Baculites like-

wise occur in such quantities as often to constitute the entire mass

of large blocks ; and Hamites in a great variety of forms, besides

numerous genera of conchifera and moliusca; likewise Echinide,

Miscellaneous. 483

Polyparia, fishes’ teeth, and considerable masses of calcareous wood

bored by Teredines.

All these fossils were discovered by Mr. Kaye and a friend within

the last two years, and are entirely new to European paleontologists.

In the neighbourhood of Pondicherry and bordering on the lime-

stone is a bed of red sand containing an immense quantity of the sili-

cified wood long known to collectors.

Trichinopoly.—The spot in this district from which Mr. Kaye pro-

cured his specimens he was not able to visit. The fossils occur also

in a limestone, preserve their shelly matter with occasionally the

colour, and belong principally to marine genera, but some are con-

sidered to be of freshwater origin. Cephalopods appear to be of very

rare occurrence, Mr. Kaye having obtained from the locality only

one fragment of a large Ammonite. Wood bored by Teredines is

also found in the limestone..

Verdachellum.—F rom a calcareous rock near Verdachellum, forty

miles from Pondicherry, Mr. Kaye procured a variety of marine shells,

including a considerable number of Ammonites, considered by him to

be distinct from those found near Pondicherry ; also a few imperfect

Nautili and a few Echinide, corals, &c.

Among the testacea are several considered to belong to species

found in the Trichinopoly deposit, and a few believed by Mr. Kaye

to be identifiable with Pondicherry shells. This limestone is likewise

bordered by a red sand which contains specimens of silicified wood.

The formation was discovered only a short time before the writer

quitted India, and he consequently considers his collection as defec-

tive ; but he regards the deposit whence it was obtained as of interest,

affording, by its position and organic contents, a link between the

other two localities.

MISCELLANEOUS.

NOTE ON SAXIFRAGA STELLARIS AND S. LEUCANTHEMIFOLIA, LAP.

I nave gathered in the Cftzthal in the Tyrol the plant described

as S. leucanthemifolia (Lap.) by Reichenbach and other German

botanists, and am quite of the opinion of Bertoloni (F1. Ital. iv. 482)

that it is only a state of S. stellaris, L. ‘The plant in question has

the leaves more oblong and dentate nearly to the base, the panicle

somewhat more spreading, the bracts (as in S. s¢ellaris) for the most

part lanceolate, but the lower one sometimes obovate and dentate ;

the petals are slightly unequal, but this occurs (perhaps always) in

S. stellaris ; the capsule is quite the same, as are the seeds. As the

description of the latter in DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus’ may give rise

to mistakes, I may mention that the seeds of S. stellaris are oviform-

semilunulate (not ovato-subglobose), light brown (scarcely fuscous)

with longitudinal strize, which are beautifully fringed with elevated

semitransparent points. In a paper in the ‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.’ ii. 35,

I mentioned a variety of S. stel/aris found on Curslieve in Mayo,

which is much more different from the ordinary form; it is much

484 Miscellaneous.

larger, hairy, and somewhat viscose, the panicle widely spreading,

lower bracts foliaceous, and the seeds appear more elongated, but

this probably depends on their maturity : I found no flowering spe-

cimens. I should think that this may probably be the same as S.

Clusii, var. «. of DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus.’—J. Bat.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SOME AMERICAN BIRDS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Having received a small collection of birds formed

in the summer of 1840 by Murdoch M‘Pherson, Esq., at Fort Simp-

son on the Mackenzie, in lat. 62° 11'N., I send you a list of the

species for insertion in the ‘ Annals,’ as it may interest the cultivators

of American ornithology, by showing that several of the species have

a higher range than has hitherto been recorded.

1. Merula wilsonit, Fauna Boreali-Americana, ii. p. 182. Turdus

wilsontt, Audubon, pl. 144; Ornith. Biography, 1. p. 362, and v.

. 456.

Z 2. Tyrannula pusilla, F. B. A. u. p. 144.

3. Sylvicola petechia, F. B. A. uu. p. 215; Aud. pl. 145. f. 1. pl. 163.

f. 2; Ornith. Biogr. 1. p. 260, and v. p. 458.

4. Sylvicola maculosa, F. B. A. pl. 40; Aud. pl. 50; Orn. Biogr.

i. p. 260, and v. p. 458.

5. Vermivora peregrina, F. B. A. pl. 42. p. 221; Aud. pl. 154;

Orn. Biogy. i. p. 307.

6. Vireo olivaceus, F. B. A. ii. p. 233; Aud. pl. 150; Orn. Biogr.

i. p.-290.

7. Setophaga ruticilla, F. B. A. il. p. 223; Aud. pl. 40; Orn. Biogr.

i. p. 202. :

8. Fringilla iliaca, F. B. A. ii. p. 257 ; Aud. pl. 108; Orn. Biogr.

i. p. 58.

9. Fringilla pennsylvanica, F. B. A. 1. p. 256; Aud. pl. 8; Orn.

Biogr. 1. p. 42.

Mr. M‘Pherson says that this bird sings the first five notes of ‘‘ O

dear, what can the matter be ?”’

10. Fringilla leucophrys, F. B. A. il. p. 255 ; Aud. pl. 114; Orn.

Biogr. il. p. 88.

11. Fringilla hyemalis, F. B. A. ii. p. 259; Aud. pl. 13; Orn, Biogr.

isp. 72.

12. Fringilla socialis, Aud. pl. 104; Orn. Biogr. ii. p. 22.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours &c.,

Haslar Hospital, May 8th, 1843. Joun RicHARDSON,

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHETOPHORA TUBERCULOSA.

The true fruit of Chetophora appears hitherto to have been ob-

served only by Mr. Berkeley, who communicated specimens to Capt,

Carmichael, who made a drawing from them, which, with his other

manuscripts, is in the hands of Sir W. J. Hooker. Mr. Berkeley

also published a figure of it in his ‘ Gleanings of British Algx,’ Dr.

Muller of Detmold has been so fortunate as to meet with similar

fruit in Chetophora tuberculosa, and has given figures of it in the

Miscellaneous. 485

place cited above. He has made moreover a very curious observa-

tion, viz. that the fruit is accompanied by, and at length connate

with, a red globule of a similar form but smaller size, which he con-

siders as the male fructification. As the female capsule advances

to maturity, the male approaches it, becomes elongated, and at

length is united with it, emptying the pollen-globules into the female

fruit. This process being accomplished it falls off.

Whatever may be thought of this, his account of the development

of the spores formed within the capsule, which are about five in

number, and disposed round an aperture occasioned probably by the

pressure of the male capsule, is not less wonderful. From each of

the seeds a hyaline thread is developed, formed of the globules which

press forward from the inside of the seed; this at length becomes

green, and consists of a very tender hyaline tube filled with a moni-

liform row of globules. Finally, the uppermost globule is elongated

into a new tube, which is of a paler green than the rest of the thread.

The capsule is now no longer visible, and the whole resembles a

Rivularia which soon assumes the true form of Chetophora tuber-

culosa,

The above observations are at least curious, and if there has been

no error, are of much importance. We recommend them to the

consideration of some of our practical algologists, hoping that. they

may be able to throw some light upon the matter.—F/ora, 1842,

p- 513.

LECIDEA WAHLENBERGII,

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—lI have pleasure in being able to add to the number

of British Lichens already published, the ‘‘ Lecidea Wahlenbergii,”’

Ach., which I found last July upon the black soil among the loose

rocks on the west side of Ben Nevis, Inverness-shire, above Loch

Nevis. A single specimen is all I could find, but that in fine order.

I should wish you to make this public in the ‘ Annals and Mag. of

Nat. History.’

Yours obediently,

2 Beulah Place, Harrogate, Yorkshire. Frep. BAINBRIDGE.

LETTERS FROM RAY TO SIR HANS SLOANE.

[A volume of original letters, just published by the Camden So-

ciety, with notes and illustrations by Sir Henry Ellis, contains

several from our illustrious countryman John Ray, some of which, as

being interesting to the lovers of natural history, we shall take the

liberty to extract.—Eb.]

[MS. Sloan. Brit. Mus. 4056. fol. 132. Orig.]

S1r,—Not long since one Mr. Pratt, a gardener, a person (as

himself told me) well known to you, who now lives with Sir Thomas

Willughby, son and heir of my worthy friend and benefactor Francis

Willughby, esquire, being heer with me, and hearing that you were

returned from Jamayca, and had brought over with you, among other

naturall rarities, diverse seeds, not common, by yourself discovered

486 Miscellaneous.

in that and the neighbouring Islands, engaged me to write to you,

to entreat you, if you have not already disposed of them, to commu-

nicate some part to S* Thomas, who I know will be very thankfull

to you for them. Mr. Pratt will take care of them, and part of the

product you may command. Being advised by Dr. Robinson that

my first letter in answer to yours miscarried, I wrote a second,

which I hope came to your hands. I should be glad to hear what

progresse you have made in order to the publishing yeur curious

Observations and Discoveries, whereby you will much oblige the

learned Naturalists of this Age, and erect a lasting monument to your

own memory.

Black Notley, I am, Sir, your very humble servant,

Jan. 8, —89. Joun Ray.

For Dr. Hans Sloane, to be left at Mr. Wilkinson’s, at the Black Boy,

over against St. Dunstan’s Church, in Fleet Street, London.

[Ibid. fol. 136, Orig.)

Si1r,—Monday last I received your kind Letter, attended with a

rich Present of Sugar to my wife. They were both very gratefull

and acceptable ; onely the latter was too great and inadequate to

any merit of mine to be received without some shame; as well the

quality as quantity concurring to render it valuable. You have so

highly pleased and obliged my wife, that she is much in commen-

dation of your generosity, and returns you her humble service and

hearty thanks; wishing that you were heer to partake of some of

the effects of your kindnesse.

I have been importunate with you to hasten the publication of

your Discoveries in the History of Nature, as well for the advance-

ment of reall knowledge and gratification of the learned and inqui-

sitive, as for your own deserved honour; that some other man might

not prevent you, and by some means or other intercept what is yours.

I am glad you make such progresse, and cannot but approve your

deliberation and circumspection ; and agree with you that the clear-

ing up of difficulties and reconciling of Authors, and reducing and

settling the severall histories and relations of species, will be a thing

‘of eminent use, and of as much advantage to the Reader as pains to

the Author.

The little plant you sent formerly you now conclude to be the

Callitriche Plinit of Columna, and so it may be, I having never seen

that ; I find it overseen and omitted by me in my History; I suppose

because, being seminiferous, I deferred it when I entred the Lenti-

cule ; thinking to put it in in another place, and afterwards forgate it.

Those instances you would have added to my Discourse con-

cerning the Wisdome of God, I know are so considerable, that I am

sorry my Book wants them, which might have recommended it to the

Reader. If I had thought you would have been willing to spare time

to peruse it, you should have had a sight of the Copy before it had

been committed to the Presse.

Iam this morning sending away my Discourses concerning the

Primitive Chaos and Creation of the World, the General Deluge,

Meteorological Observations. 487

and future Conflagration, with Additions for a second Edition. If

you please to revise and correct it before it be printed, I will order

Mr. Smith to deliver the Copy to you for that purpose. |

Mr. Beaumont is a person that hath been very diligent in search-

ing out and collecting, and curious in observing of petrified Shells

and other bodies, and I suppose well qualified to write concerning

them. I heard that he once threatened to write something in con-

tradiction to Mr. Burnet’s Theory of the Earth; which piece I

could wish to see.

I am now upon a methodical Synopsis of all British Animals ex-

cepting Insects, and it will be a general Synops. of Quadrupeds.

It will take me up more time to finish then I thought when I first set

upon it; indeed so much as, if I had foreseen, I should hardly have

been induced to undertake it. But now I must goe on.

The Remainder is, great thanks for your extraordinary kindnesse,

attested by reall effects; and profession of readinesse to shew my-

self gratefull if any occasion of serving you offers to,

Black Notley, Sir, your affectionate friend and servant,

May 25, —92. Joun Ray.

For Dr. Hans Sloane, at the Dutchesse of Albemarles

in Clerkenwell, London.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1843.

Chiswick.—April 1. Rain. 2. Cloudy: clear and fine. 3. Slight rain: clear.

4, Rain: cloudy and windy. 5. Fine. 6. Overcast: slight rain. 7. Rain:

clear and fine. 8. Clear and fine. 9. Easterly haze. 10. Clear and fine.

11. Frosty: clear and dry: frosty at night. 12. Sharp frost: clear: cloudy:

clear and frosty at night. 13. Cloudy: frosty atnight. 14. Uniformly overcast.

15. Hazy. 16. Hazy: fine. 17,18. Light haze: dry air: clear and fine.

19. Dry easterly haze. 20,21. Very fine. 22. Showery. 23, 24. Cloudy and

fine. 25. Rain: clear. 26. Cold rain: very fine: rain at night. 27. Cloudy

and fine. 28. Slight rain. 29, 30. Cloudy and fine.—Mean temperature of the

month 0°36 above the average. ;

Boston.— April 1. Rain: rain early a.m. 2 Rain: rain early a.M.: rain P.M.

3. Cloudy. 4. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: stormy with rainr.m. 5. Windy.

6. Cloudy: rain a.m. 7. Cloudy. 8. Fine: rainp.m. 9, Cloudy. 10. Fine:

snow A.M.: snowr.m. 11—13. Fine. 14. Windy: rainearly a.m. 15, 16.

Cloudy. 17—21. Fine. 22. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 23. Fine: rain early a.m.

24, Fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine: rainre.m. 27. Fine: raina.m. 28, Windy.

29. Fine: rain a.m. 30, Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.— April 1. Damp: fog. 2. Bright: damp. 3. Bright :

fog. 4. Cloudy. 5. Damp: drizzle. 6. Rain: clear: aurora, 7. Cloudy: rain.

8. Cloudy: snow-showers, 9. Snow-showers: hail-showers. 10. Snow-drift :

showers. 11. Snow-showers. 12. Snowing: drift. 13. Snow-showers : snow-

ing. 14. Bright: clondy. 15. Cloudy. 16. Clear. 17. Clear: cloudy. 18.

Cloudy: damp. 19. Cloudy. 20. Damp: cloudy. 21. Damp: fog. 22. Damp:

rain. 23. Damp. 24. Bright: cloudy, 25,26. Rain. 27. Bright: cloudy.

28. Rain. 29. Fog: cloudy. 30. Fog: bright : fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.-—April 1,2. Heavy rain. 3. Fair and fine.

4. Rain. 5, Fair and fine: aurora. 6,7. Rain. 8. Rain: thunder: hail.

9. Fair: frost. 10,11. Hail: frost. 12. Frost a.m.: snow: rain. 13. Frost. «

14—16. Fair and temperate. 17. Fair and temperate: fine spring day. 18—

20. Fair and temperate. 21. Fair and temperate: showers. 22. Rain nearly

allday. 23. Raina.m. 24, Rainearly: very fineday. 25. Heavy rain: flood,

26. Fair, 27, Fair: hoar-frost. 28. Heavyrain. 29. Fairand fine. 30, Fair,

tP 286.1

“Uva |S0.F |FS.F| 6E-1/29-1 | wNg QS-1F O4-£F | 9.88)2-E9 | 8.0% |ZF-ZE 0E-85| 0-FF | 6.29 | F-6h |FI 2-66 |/89.62 |e9e.6z | 869.62] 18-62 | 962.62 | £98.62 | $68.6 |urayy

6.2

a | ees | | ene

1g pata (1/9) seeescloeeees| sossee *as "ou wyeo 9 ‘ou CP 3p &r Sag es 6F 69 0.8%

0.99 | 8-88 | SF.0€ | ZE.0E | 1-08 | 86.62 | SF.62 | #82.6z | 626.62 | 998.62 | ‘og

OF | TZ. |r**"/Q0. |*°*°"*| S60. | “a ‘9 | wyeo| cau | “mM cp | op i¢4e | 69 | Ze! Sp | 6S | F.cr

9.FS | 8.6F | OL.0€ | 28.62 | 62.62 | 6$.62 | 08.66 | £/9.6e | 622.62 | Z1Z.62 | *6a @

&F | 93. \° meee. | "|| Os. | AS *s *s 3 eh | Sb \¢Ih | OS | Lr} OF | FF | Z.EF| Q.Fg | &.6F | 29-66 | 89.62 | 09.62 | SF-6z | 62.62 | 699.62 | 622.6z | 008.62 | *8z

IP yi sss") O80. | “as “MS | ued | “mM | “MU | Sh | Ze | GE] SS} G.cg] E | 09 | 9.0F | 0.FS | 0.SF | 09-62 | 92.62 | Q.6z | $4.62 | Ze.62 | $29.62 | G68.63 | 9¢8.62 | *Zz

Ir Fe

PR ViGGe ees OG. |<") tos “mM | *MS *s ‘ass | Sb | Gh [f0OF | S| Sh] FE | OF | 0.zF | 0.Z¢ | 4.ZF | 8E.66 | 22.62 | 8g.62 | 62.62 | 82.62 | 8t9.6z | 020.08 | #2Z.6% | °S%

Gy iinctentieesres|anrassiannses| ences} 898), \ AkS8e| UNE t3 ‘a eb | sb | Ze} 8g | 1¢| Ze | 09 | 8.ch | 9.89 | 2.0¢ | 92.62 | 00.08 | 62.62 | 06.62 | 09-62 | $66.62 | 210.0 | 090.08 | “tz

6€ | $3. \61.1 £.€9 | &.09 | 86.62 | 66.62 | ¢8.6% | 82.62 | 9¢.62 | $20.08 | SF0.08 | FOL.O€ | °E%

ZG tetete eeseee 9.99 | €.F9 | £6.62 | 08.62 | 02.62 | 69.62 | 92.62 | ¢18.6z | 686.62 | 928.62 | *2z

to "| GI. [ese $0. )"""") tas | “MS | wea] “MS | “AM | ohh | LF | FP GBS | ¢.89 | Sp | CQ | &.6h | 6.29 | 2.99 | 94.66 | EL-62 | 99.62 | £9.62 | 2a-6 | E€g.6z | 648.6 | 206.62 | “12 )

aes Nl rreees) Sore) te IMS PO Taye! “AS | “°8 Ip | ger | & | 69 | FE) OF | OL | 8-Sh | F.09 | &.2¢ | E2.66 | 8-6 | 19.62 | 09.6% | $Z-66 | 069.62 | 822.62 | 982.62 | *0%

5 ls Gee tenon te Uae! @2OSS Ss /(TEO.|, co ‘2 | &F | OS | Sb \¥69 | ES} IF | EO | 8-IF | Z.2Q | 4.SF | 68.6c | 98-62 | 12.6 | 18.62 | FF-62 | 902.62 | 696.62 | 266.62 | “6T

seereeiseeeee) sags | *s | wyeo| ‘a | ‘au |for |gsr | 86 | SS] 2g] se | Zo |8.SF | 0.49 | 2.29 | 28.62 | 66.62 | 98.6z | 06.62 | 09-62 | 086.62 | OFT.0€ | OST.0F | ‘ST

Osan |hoesieasras estes (stne sss 25624. 2 At *S | uyeo| ‘ou | “A | sp | Gh | GF} 09 | ZS) EE | GO | L.SF | €.09 | 0.Z¢ | 80.0€ | 60-NE | 06.62 | 98.62 | OF 6% | $98.62 | 8F0.08 | $96.6% | *ZT

peal Onis sahete | rene al ae eel MSR 28S = URyeO) | “a ‘a | Sth | 8b | &/ OS | Ig] BF | EO |%.6F | 9-Lo | 0.FE | 16.62 | 08-62 | 18.62 | 08.62 | §9-62 | 818.62 | 366.6 | 896.62 | ‘OT

Sh Zl: Sg.g presser | as AS | mye! “ms | “ak OF | Gr \¥hP | So | IS) Le | 8G |0.FF | €.E9 | 0.TS | 68.6 | 08.62 | $8.62 | 68.62 | 19-62 | 160.0€ | 801.0 | 8E1.0¢ | “ST

C17) a fal Gee OCOCRI NN a el Pata a “MM “Mm | “OU | “AM | SH | OF FEE | So |G.Zh | Sh | FS | O-FE | 0.9F | S.FF | FL.68 | FF.6% | 62.66 | ZS.62 | OF-62 | F16.62 | 900.0€ | F16.6z | “FT O

Poe | Pls seers) QO. | “ALU “ul ‘u ‘u | “MU | €& | EE | 8 LFF | GE! FS | Sh | 0.SE | 0.GF | €.8E | 99.62 | 16.62 | 82.62 | 28.62 | SF-62 | 462.6 | $86.62 | 088.62 | “ST

GE | FG. rovreryrrwr"| FO. |e’ | tou | “MU | TUyeD| “ou | “MU | EE | SE | 9G] OF | SE} 8a | SF | 0.8! Z-oF] &.6E | 28.64 | $2.62 | 19.6z | $8.62 | 69.62 | 628.6 | 646.62 | 026.62 | *2I

GE | OG. en" PT. f°" GSO. | “MU | “MU | “MU | fu |*MUA | TE | $zE [$9 \Shr | G.96 | 33 | Gr | Zo} 0.8F | $.6€ | £6.66 | F6.6% | 88.62 | 88.62 | 69.62 | 126.62 | 86.62 | 010.08 | *II

OF | QI. LC B= SCONE ‘u | wea] “ua | "MU |} CE | OF | 62! SF | OF] OZ | OS | F.98| &.8F | Z.IF | 08.62 | 82.62 | 18.62 | 82.62 | FF.6z | Z68.6z | 16.62 | 886.62 | “OT

pei GOs Passio penieecn = lsesess ee ou) | Ue) |. “od ‘ou | FE | OF | SE! ZF | ESF] ZE | Le |8.FF | 9.89 | 6.FF | 22.62 | $2.62 | 04.62 | 29.63 | $3.66 | 869.62 | £02.62 | 9¢0.6z | °6

Sh | Th jteeeeiterrr"| 10. | OSF. | ‘QUU |*MUU | “AL “M *s {foe | GF | 86) #9 | IS] 68 | 6S | 9-ZF| Z.19 | 0.1S | 89.6 | 98-62 | 0¢.62Z | 60.62 | 06.82 | FFG.6z | $29.6 | Z19.62 | °8

Corts | AGeLs 200 | Snip a | 38 ‘Ms | Wed] ‘ms ‘Ss {fpr | SF | IF | GG 19.29) Fr | ZO |Z-09 | 8.9G | 9.E9 | BI.6% | ST-6% | GI.6z | 3.6 | G6.8z | OSF.6z | £99.62 | 98¢.64| °2 ©

Rah Lie | tesl*=4)-70. | 90. |-- ~*8 s “MA "MS Ss (for |PIF foe] e¢ | Le] Ig | GG | 0.Gr| GLE} €.1¢ | £8.66 | LE-6z | 08.62 | SF.6% | 98.62 | OF9.6z | SF8.62 | 028.62 | °9

Le | G0. | ZO. | 8G.| “as “AA “Mm | ‘MM | “MS 1PTb [PIP Ib | Fo | Bt} Be | OF | Z.EF| €.99 | 8.6F | £2.66 | £9.62 | 02.62 | 08.62 | £1.62 | G0Z.6z | 216.62 | F92.62 | °S

OF esse" OT..| SS. | OG. | *a8 *s = |;mrjeos|. 1S *s sp | Ze | Gb | OS | 6F!] IF | ZG | 0.6F| €.19 | &.TS | ZS.64 | GS-62 | 02.64 | 14-62 | 96-82 | $08.62 | SS¢.6z | O68.6a | *F

"| 160. | ‘asa | ‘ms | uyeo] ‘s ‘s | sr | sp | oF i$os | sr] 82 | 09 | S.aF

£0-| 0S0. | ‘asa | ‘as | ue! ‘ms | ‘mss | ep | oF [Scr [ee 1¢.1¢] of | 6S | 0.19

80. | €1g.| “MU UY) ued | “mM | “Mm (er | Ih | FE} Gh | oh] FE | Lo | L.8E| 0.99 | &.1F | 09-62 | GE.6z | 19.62 | 68.62 | 03-62 | 929.62 | £29.62 | 029.62 | 9%

0G [reste esel aq. 1 zz. | geo. “mM “Mm =| “MS |TRAMS! Eh | Sh | Sh | OS |1G.1¢] OF | 19 | 8.0S| Z-09 | €.99 | 09.62 | 8F-6z | 09.62 | 09.62 | 22.62 | 32¢.62 | 862.62 | 0F8.6% | *S

og | 20. G0. | IFT. ‘s | wed] “Ms *s Sh | 8h | €b | S|] 19] Bb | 6S | €.1¢| 0.6¢ | Z.F9 | GE.6Z | 16.62 | 96.66 | 06.62 | 86.86 | ZSF.6z | 6F9.62 | 019.64 | °%

8h | OL. 8I.| ZOI-} °® | “Ms | wed} “ms ‘s (fer | Gb | 6b | ZG] IS] Of | 69 | 9.6F| 0.89 | &.19 | 9T.6z | £2.62 | 80.62 | Z1.63 | $0.62 | $8.63 | 009.62 | OFS.6z | *T

Orrin i} mw mw lS ele = = |- ‘xp fs P| curd j-ure | ud | -ur :

PEP. w/S lol Fol 2] we | -2| Be lEelfel Bl EF lon| | sul [Fe 196. 6. | 6 | 29 | UW | xen loos) my

SMalerce| 2 |e | 28) er|S8) e fog | ee (BV IP |S |e ito) FIR | “Sermes |B A| 8 io les ps8 |epel

> 1S Slee ae | S| 25 /f2/] 4 | 54] ca |————— eg : ee ee eet ie

: S1oj}-5 f 5 E § yoIMpueg | ‘ays | 35}. ee ae yommpurs arlys B35 : Pos

oo z °

bate 5‘

Es ; “uley “pur *I9JOWLOW IY J, *IoJoULOIV = .

‘AENWUQO ‘asunpy younpungy yo Suoysnoyy *D ‘Ady 247 Ag pup {AUIHS-salusIWaACT

‘asupyy yunsajddy yo ‘requ * AA ‘Ady 9742 Ag {NoLsog 7 “yea A ‘aI 4g fuopuorT umau ‘MOIMSIHD Jo Ajors0g jounynoysopy ay, fo uapsvyy ay} 7D

‘uosdwioyy, ry 49 ‘ uoyaqoy ‘ayy Aunpousag quaysisspy ay} hg ‘NoaNory ‘hja100g yohoy ayz fo sjuaupindpy ay qv apnu suoywasasggQ 109150j;04L09/9 AT

To be Published in August,

PART FIRST,

Containing Twelve Plates and the accompanying Letter-press, 5vo,

Price Five Shillings,

FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS

BRITISH BELEMNITES,

WITH

ESSAYS ON THEIR GEOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION ;

By JOHN PHILLIPS, F.R.S.,

AUTHOR OF ‘‘ ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GEOLOGY OF YORKSHIRE.’’

A serizs of results obtained by continued study of this

remarkable tribe of organic remains was presented to the

British Association for the Advancement of Science, at their

Meeting in Dublin in 1835, and it is at the special request

of that body that the Author has now undertaken to revise

and complete his labours for immediate publication.

The Work will contain from forty to fifty Plates, each

representing one distinct species or remarkable variety of

Belemnite, in several aspects, and with the advantage of

analysed details. The Letter-press will include descriptions

of the form, structure, and natural affinities of all the species

and varieties; exact notices of their geographical and geo-

logical distribution ; and general essays, combining the in-

ferences from the whole investigation with conclusions

adopted in other branches of Paleeontology.

To render the Work as complete an Index as possible of

the Fossils of this remarkable group in the British Isles, the

Author has amassed a considerable series of specimens, and

consulted several fine collections in the possession of his

friends; and he is desirous of increasing the knowledge

derived from these sources by personal inspection of the

rarities contained in other public and private Museums.

To gain time for arranging in the best manner the infor-

mation derived from these sources, the publication will take

place in Four Parts.

Gentlemen desirous of receiving Copies of this Work are

requested to make early application through their Booksellers

to the Publisher, in order that a sufficient number of Copies

may be provided.

By the same Author, nearly ready,

MEMOIRS OF WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D.

Author of the Map of the Strata of England and Wales.

JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, LONDON.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. XI. JULY 1843.

LXIII.— Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By

Joun Ricnarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of

Hospitals, Haslar.

[Concluded from p. 428.]

Levuciscus (PTyYCHOLEPIS) SALMONEUS.

ee oes J. R. Forster, MS. iv. 14. apud Schneid. G. Forster,

0. 237.

Mugil lavaretoides, Solander, Pisce. Austr. p. 15. ?

No. 29. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

Tuts fish is stated to be in general an inhabitant of deep

water, and rarely seen within the harbour of Port Essington,

though the natives occasionally spear it close in shore. Mr.

Gilbert’s specimen was obtained at Point Smith. The exist-

ence of this fish in the collection is important, as it serves to

rectify a mistake in the ‘ Regne Animal,’ ii. p. 324, respecting

a species discovered at the island of ‘Tanna by the Forsters.

Cuvier’s expression is, “ L’Klops de la mer des Indes est

VP Argentina machnata de Forskal, et le Mugil salmoneus de

Forster, Bl. Schn. 121, quoiqu’il ne lui donne que quatre

rayons branchiaux, je m’en suis assuré par sa figure. C’est

aussi le zinagow, Russell, 179, &c.” Forster’s figure measures

a foot and a half, within an inch of the length of our speci-

men, which it exactly represents, with the single exception of

the caudal fin being a trifle smaller. The four gill-rays are

correctly drawn, and show that the fish cannot be ranked in

the Clupeoid family ; and in fact neither the figure nor the

specimen has, even excluding the great dissimilarity of the

number of the gill-rays, more than a distant resemblance to

the Elops jinagow of Russell.

The following brief notice of a New Zealand fish occurs in the

* Pisces Australie’ :—‘‘ Mugil lavaretotdes. Piscis dorso e ceruleo-

virescens (uti in Harengo), inferne argenteus. In occipite supra et

paulo pone oculos area magna ex argenteo sordide virescens, quasi

subpellucida. Iris ex argenteo-flava; pupilla parva nigra. Pinne

ex albido-cinerascentes. Habitat Tolaga.” (p.15.) ‘Though there

is nothing in this extract to point out the genus of the fish it alludes

to, yet, as both the specific appellation of /avaretoides and the tints

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.xi. Suppl. 2K

490 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

of colour spoken of agree well with the Port Essington fish, it is

possible enough that Solander may have had before him an example

of the same or of a nearly allied species. He may have given an

equal latitude to the generic term Mugil, as the Forsters afterwards

did, and indeed as is done vulgarly by the English residents on the

Indian coasts, who apply the term ‘mullet’ to several Leucisci as

well as to the true Mugiles. M. Valenciennes says, ‘‘Il y a dans

les manuscrits de ce méme naturaliste (Solander), un Mugil lavare-

toides qu'il est difficile de caractériser par le peu de mots qu'il en

dit; mais nous avons cependant quelques raisons de soupconner que

c’est de lElops dont il s’agit ici.” (C. & V. xi. p. 118.) Mr. J.

McClelland, who has contributed so largely to our knowledge of the

Indian Cyprinide, writes, ‘‘ Nor is anything whatever known, as far

as I am aware, of the existence of Cyprins in New Holland, or any

of the Polynesian islands.” (Annals of Nat. History for Nov. 1841,

p. 198.) And after carefully examining the South-Sea drawings of

Parkinson and George Forster, and all the collections of New Zea-

land, Australian, and Polynesian fish that have come in my way, the

Leuciscus salmoneus is the only Cyprinoid that I have found among

them*.

Two of Russell’s Cyprini, the tooleloo (No. 208) and the palah-

bontah (No. 207), agree with L. salmoneus in possessing four gill-

rays, as well as in a portion or the whole of the scales being closely

furrowed, producing numerous narrow delicate ridges which termi-

nate on the free edge of the scale in acute projecting points or teeth.

For these, as a subgenus or minor division of Leuciscus, I propose

the designation Piycholepis. In the palah-bontah the scales above

the lateral line only are striated ; the tooleloo agrees with salmoneus

in the striated structure being common to all the scales of the body.

Both of Russell’s species receive the name of ‘‘ mullet”’ from the En-

glish residents on the Coromandel coast, the palah-bontah being di-

stinguished as the ‘‘ milk mullet,” and the ¢ooleloo, which is caught

in the river at Madepollam only when the freshes come down and

never in the sea, as the ‘‘ mountain mullet.”

In shape and general aspect this fish strongly resembles a Cove-

gonus. 'The head is small and forms only a fifth part of the total

length, excluding the lobes of the caudal. The profile is a narrow

ellipse, the back and belly being bounded by equal curves, which rise

regularly from the mouth to midway between the gill-openings and

ventrals, where the body is highest. The posterior curves are flatter

and one-third longer, and the body tapers gradually to the base of

the caudal, where the height is only one-third of that before the

ventrals.

The head is covered with a smooth nacry skin which is continued

* Mr. McClelland, in pointing out the analogical relations which exist

between the Rasorial birds and the Cyprinidae, says, that “‘ while there is no

instance of Rasorial birds possessed of aquatic habits, so no species of Cypri-

nide@ is known to belong to the sea; in India they are exclusively confined

to fresh water, mostly keeping beyond the influence of the tides.” The

Ptycholepis salmoneus is an exception.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 491.

evenly over the cheeks and gill-covers, so that the opercular bones

can scarcely be distinguished from each other even in the dried spe-

cimen. The under border alone of the preoperculum is marked out

by a slight fold of the skin, and the membrane, which is stretched

from the fore-part of the interoperculum to the under lip, is not at-

tached to the integument which covers the limb of the hyoid bone

over which it passes, a kind of pocket opening downwards being

thus formed. The posterior part of the interoperculum and rest of

the opercular pieces form one continuous surface with the gill-mem-

branes. The top of the head is flattish, and narrows gradually from

the nape to the snout. In the dried fish the flat space is bounded

laterally by a slightly elevated line which extends from the nostrils

to the nape. The upper edge of the orbit is prominent and rounded,

and a scarcely raised line is continued from it to the upper angle of

the gill-cover. The eye is large, and is only half the length of the

orbit from the orifice of the mouth, but twice as far from the gill-

opening. The mouth is small, but the true shape of its orifice can-

not be ascertained from the specimen, the under lip having been

injured. The maxillary widens gradually towards its lower end, which

is rounded away: it forms half the upper lip, which is arched, and

is received a short way under the bulging edge of the preorbitar.

The upper lip has no soft parts beyond the thin integument covering

the bone. ‘There are no vestiges whatever of teeth either on the

jaws or roof of the mouth. A mucous canal with short branchlets

traverses the surface of the preorbitar, and closely skirts the orbit

beneath and behind. ‘The gill- nays are strap-shaped, very thin and

flat.

There are no scales on any part of the head. The scales of the

body are of moderate size, there being eighty-five rows and some

small ones between the gill-opening and caudal fin, on which the

scales terminate by an obtusely oval outline, and cover the central

rays more than half-way. ‘The lateral line, with the exception of a

short inclination at its commencement, keeps a perfectly straight

course a little above mid-height from the gill-opening to the end of

the scales. ‘The texture of the scales is thin and their form subor-

bicular. ‘The basal half is divided by a notch into two rounded

lobes, and shows no other impressions than the very fine concentric

lines of structure. The uncovered portion is marked by about twenty-

six slightly divergent furrows, producing an equal number of rounded

ridges which terminate on the edge in acute points.

peeze bt; 153A 11; 0: 1935 P.17; V. 11,

The pectoral is small and situated low down; it is composed of

seventeen rays and ashort incumbent one, and there is a long pointed

scale beneath it. ‘The acute point of the fin reaches nearly half-way

from the gill-opening to the ventrals. ‘The dorsal fin commences

exactly midway between the mouth and base of the central caudal

rays: its margin is lunate with acute points, and the anterior point

is thrice as high as the posterior one. ‘The first three rays are sim-

ple without visible joints, short and closely incumbent; the rest are

2K 2

492 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

more or less divided at their tips. The fourth and fifth are the tall-

est, and form the anterior tip of the fin. The bases of the rays are

covered by a scaly fillet, which runs toa point posteriorly and rises a

little from the back. 'The ventrals stand opposite to the middle of the

dorsal, or midway between the mouth and tips of the central caudal

rays. There are eleven rays, the outer one being strong, flat and

bony, but divided at the tip, the others becoming gradually smaller

as they are more and more interior. There is a long acute scale

above the fin, and a scaly plate between the fins. The anal is small,

with a wide notch in its edge, and is composed of eleven rays, in-

cluding three short, graduated, incumbent ones. A scaly fillet rising

obliquely from the base of the anterior rays nearly covers the poste-

rior half of the fin. The caudal fin is very deeply forked, its acute

and widely separated lobes being five times the length of the central

rays. The divergence of the points exceeds the height of the body,

and nearly equals the distance between the tips of the dorsal and

ventrals ; it consists of nineteen rays, with nine shorter, graduated,

incumbent ones above. and eight below. The exterior simple ray

which reaches to the point of the lobe above and below is broad

and bony, and is crossed at regular distances by oblique lines, which

are nearly obsolete on the bases of the more interior branched rays,

and are less conspicuous on the exterior short incumbent ones.

There are no distinct traces of colour remaining, except some dark

shades along the back. The sides and belly have a bright silvery

lustre, and the sides of the head a somewhat golden hue.

DIMENSIONS. inches. lines.

Length from intermaxillary to tip of upper lobe of caudal.... 19 0

———_—_—_--—________—__—— tips of central rays ......eceee 15 1

———_—_———--—_____—_-_—_— hase of ditto.....sesescececeeseee 14 6

——_———_—____—__—_—______-——— beginning of anal ........00. 11 6

ventral cecrcrrcrcrercrnereen pls 0

a dorsal | i515 seamagelensials wiih ile edie fe 5

—— ————___-_ pectorals ......csccccscesereeeeee Sou @

a — tip of gill-cover .......s000 0 OL es

Length of orbit cc.cccsvssecessnsess ems sas de 8a aunnsihiee severe nena i aime:

Distance between angle of orbit and orifice of mouth ......... 0 7

Height of body..0;.:.cs-scsayeaesecusgacesver¥sas¥ineteyassesamnaee ‘ok | One

———— dorsal fin....c.ccecseeeeees piesa neree caieatiae oo ae ae treed Sh ae

Length’ of ditto Ay.cieatectaee silek deh noch ch hameee aco vnneaseoeneneee 2 2

pectoral rays ...... sien sikiees cou eaWyouab>Sns evieeaneanEeame 2 2

ventral TAYS) “scuddess veda vids pa vieuisddeaw eh ohana eaeeutean 1 8

amal fim, «site sauehvsn vaehiseied spo tngee iaaewer ae dos Soastngen ame iva )

Depth of ditto ..ccaesixassvcssaacases nen sinha aedy iieha meena 0 95

Length of caudal lobes ............ceccsserscecncscevecsces Bere) e 5 6

Divergence of points Of ditto ......cccccecrsccseeescsscssoecesecsees 5 6

Depth of caudal fork ........ccccccccceccscescccvesvessssaccscesosees 3 6

Obs. This subgenus and many of the other species described in

this paper have already been named by me in a Report on the Ich-

thyology of New Zealand, read at the Meeting of the British Asso-

ciation in June 1842, and in the Appendix to Dr. Dieffenbach’s ac-

count of New Zealand.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 493

MEGALOPS SETIPINNIS, Forster’s Megalops.

Clupea setipinna, Forster, fig. 242. Banks. Biblioth. (A reference to Clu-

pea cyprinoides, Brouss., is added to the fig. by Dryander.)

No. 3. Mr. Gilbert’s list. |

Mr. Gilbert informs us that this fish is named the “ fresh-

water herring” by the settlers at Port Essington, and “ or-

roree” by the natives. It inhabits all the freshwater streams,

swamps and lakes of Cobourg Peninsula, and may be taken

readily with a hook and line. In the latter end of the dry

season, when the waters have become shallow, it is caught in

great numbers in clap-nets by the Aborigines ; and when the

swamps have altogether dried up, this fish is found living in

the mud at the depth of several feet, where it remains until

the ponds fill again ; then it reappears in multitudes and of

full size, although the mud may be covered merely by ua few

inches of water. It is an indifferent acquisition to the table,

being not only full of bones like the English herring, but soft

as if putrid, however early it may be cooked after it is caught.

The Banksian library contains a pencil sketch made by

Forster of a fish taken by him in a freshwater pond on the

island of Tanna in August 1774, which is a tolerable represen-

tation of the form of our fish*. Broussonnet confounds For-

ster’s fish with Bloch’s Clupea cyprinoides, a native of the

Caribbean Sea, noticing however the difference of the fin-rays

in Forster’s and Bloch’s specimens. He mentions the habit

the fish has of burying itself in the mud. ‘The Atlantic and

the Pacific species are again confounded in Schneider’s

posthumous edition of Bloch under the name of Clupea

thrissoides (p. 424), and in quoting the numbers of the rays

from Broussonnet, Forster’s name is transposed and placed

against the rays of Bloch’s species. The Megalope filamenteux

(Lacep. v. pl. 13. f. 3, Russell, 203), which is stated in the

‘Reéegne Animal’ to have sixteen rays in the dorsal, has a

smaller eye with a larger space between it and the edge of

the intermaxillaries, and also larger fins, especially pectorals,

than setipinnis. Although the term setipinnis refers more toa

generic character than to a specific distinction, I do not think

myself authorized to change it.

The profile of Mr. Gilbert’s specimen is a pretty regular and ele-

gant ellipse, whose vertical diameter at the ventrals is equal to one-

fourth of the axis from the snout to the extremity of the central

caudal rays. The caudal is deeply forked. The length of the head,

measured to the extreme edge of the gill-cover, is exactly equal to

* The size of the eye and shortness of the snout correspond with Mr. Gil-

bert’s specimen, but the dorsal is placed too far forward, probably from in-

advertence.

494 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

the vertical axis of the body. The belly is rounded, and not serrated

like Chatoéssus. ‘The under jaw exceeds the snout in length, so that

the mouth opens obliquely upwards when the jaw is moderately de-

pressed. ‘The maxillary bone is large and strong, and consists of

three pieces; a long and slightly arched one, which carries the

teeth on its anterior edge, and receives the two shorter pieces into

its posterior arc, so that the form of the whole bone is a long oval,

whose tip reaches backwards beyond the middle of the eye. ‘The

intermaxillaries, maxillaries, and lower jaw are armed on their thin

edges only with very narrow bands of minute teeth, which have more

resemblance to the asperities of a fine file than to the pile of shorn

velvet. The whole surface of the palate-bone is rough, and when

examined with a lens appears like shagreen, or as if, densely pow-

dered with very fine sand.

The eye is large, and is situated the breadth of itself from the scales

on the nape, and half that distance from the end of the snout, and a

diameter and a half from the extreme edge of the gill-cover. It just

touches the profile of the forehead, but is nearly its own height above

the inferior outline of the head. The crest of the preoperculum is

defined in the dried specimen by an arc of irregular pits, from whence

fine furrows radiate over the broad and delicately thin limb of the

bone. Similar streaks are visible on the suborbitars, and are con-

nected with a chain of pores which surround the orbit.

The scales are large, there being only forty in a longitudinal row,

exclusive of one or two small ones on the base of the caudal, and

there are nine in a vertical row between the dorsal and ventrals. The

lateral line runs straight along the middle of the side, and each of its

scales, which are of the same size with the rest, is marked by six or

seven slightly undulating and mostly forked furrows, which radiate

from an irregular eminence at the back of the uncovered surface.

The area of the scales resembles frosted silver with a thin, narrow

margin imitating the polished metal, and yielding silvery, greenish

and purplish reflexions. The top of the head and summit of the back

retain a dark olive tint, which gradually fades away above the lateral

line. The belly appears to have been white. The head is nacry with

metallic lustre, and yields golden reflexions. ‘The vertical fins are

dark gray, thickly powdered with minute dark dots, as was the case

with Forster’s fish. The colours are described from the specimen

after being washed and while still wet.

Rays :—1st spec. B. 21; D.19; A.25; V.10; P.15; C. 204.

2nd do. Oe ee 10; 354 204.

Forster’s spec. 22; 17; 25; 10; 15; 202(6rous.)

The first specimen is the left side of a fish, and the second one the

right. A difference of one ray in the branchiostegous membrane of

the right and left sides of the same individual is common among the

Salmonide, and it is very probable that Forster did not reckon the

two very short incumbent rays at the beginning of the dorsal which

I have included in my enumeration.

The dorsal, standing directly over the ventrals, commences exactly

the Ichthyology of Australia. 495

midway between the tip of the snout and base of the anal; its first

four rays are graduated and closely incumbent on the base of the

fifth, without intervening membrane. ‘The fifth is nearly as long as

the sixth and seventh, the more posterior ones again decrease in

length till the sixteenth, but the seventeenth and eighteenth are a

little longer, and the nineteenth is prolonged and tapers to a point,

which, when turned back, falls but little short of the base of the

caudal. It is about one-fourth longer than the sixth ray, is broader

than the rest, and is grooved behind so as to show very clearly

its binate structure: it has a short anterior branch, which is not

longer than the preceding ray. The anal is placed much further

back than the dorsal and has more rays, but is otherwise very simi-

larly constructed. Its last ray resembles the last one of the dorsal in

form, being forked, with the posterior portion wider, grooved and

tapering, but not much prolonged beyond the preceding rays. There

is a small fold of the skin above the upper ray of the ventral, pro-

ducing an acute ridge about half as long as the fin. No such ridge

can be perceived at the pectoral.

Drenstons. inches. lines,

Length from snout to tip of caudal .........eesessssseeseeeveenss 9 2

Mase Of Caldal ii. ee eA. 7 2

na a i Dek eres Siete eee ee ees 4) 0

eee beginning of dorsal or ventrals ......... 3 74

——— edge of gill-cover ........ceceseeceeeeeee 1 9

$$ APO reerececcccseccccccereneceentenevcevecs 1 6

MEME by ioe slos sn d05 36s ixasariensrbesenserarsobinresenes 0 63

ie icin case isrncsanas nase iiesedureseanectscussacs 1 0

RMI TRU TOV op ccistepeccsienocccienavarcsectacersseegscees ] 5

MTU T Ges ci Se sath Pec obcbecektensasSacbscs dvs 2 2

PNPM COMMENT ITs Gace eTik ticket nsec ty scessevdeeseeesdabessvianees 1 3

Pielene OF 106 Titi And BIXtH PAYS) icc... ck ee cess ecw eee su eceaces 1 3

—— = ast PAY cirsscccsseseccscccccssceecscncsnceeecesseneens 0 6

PP OGAWA ORES si isiiisisisciesswesesvetsrveccsargesessdenesy 2 2

PIAS GNECAA PAYS | guicinssiyesnsewessccesccbsasscuases 0 6

oa NN SiS ile ec aE acon catnni tino seek ca6 84 Napa sodas ncsh yin 1 5

See WETLAND a isscccencsschecdcccsens Rates dog see's ssedvusncegh ace 1 1

RHOMBUS LENTIGINOSUS (Nod.).

Rh. lentiginosus ; cum pinnis verticalibus ellipticus ; pinna caudee

rhomboidali, pinnis ventralibus invicem et a pinna anali discretis ;

oculis approximatis sinistris; squamis apice ciliatis, singulis macula

lunata verticali notatis ; linea laterali super pinnam pectoralem cur-

vata, dein recta.

RAp—=Br.7 3D. 73 ; A. 59; C.152; P.1|11; V..6.

No. 35. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This fish, which as far as I can ascertain is hitherto unde-

scribed, inhabits all parts of the harbour of Port Essington,

and the whole coast of Cobourg Peninsula. The Aborigines

name it “ wooneerung.”

Its profile, excluding the vertical fins and extremely short trunk of

496 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

the tail, is an ellipse, whose axis is twice the length of its vertical

diameter. The ellipse is not however quite regular, being more taper

in its posterior half. This is compensated by the greater, though

graduated length of the dorsal and anal rays bordering that part of

the fish, so that instead of the rhomboidal outline usual in the genus,

these fins produce an ellipse more regular than that of the body, and

having a vertical diameter equal to the entire length from the end of

the snout to the tip of the rhomboidal caudal.

The tolerably large orifice of the mouth is in the anterior apex of

the ellipse, and runs backwards and downwards with a moderate

curve: when it 1s shut, the oblique end of the lower jaw projects a

little beyond the intermaxillaries. ‘The whole edge of the lower jaw

and the upper jaw near the symphysis are armed by short awl-shaped

teeth set rather remotely in a single row. On the lateral parts of

the upper jaw the teeth are minute, short and crowded, but also in

asingle row. The roof of the mouth is toothless. The perfectly

smooth chevron of the vomer projects considerably, while the arti-

cular heads of the maxillaries are but just visible within the mouth.

On the lower dilated and truncated end of the left maxillary there

is a small cluster of scales. The right maxillary is scaleless. Each

limb of the lower jaw is traversed by two furrows divided from each

other by an acute ridge, and the uppermost furrow on the coloured

side is lined by a row of small ciliated scales, which do not exist on

the other side.

The head is flattened on the pale side, and the nostrils of that side

are much nearer the dorsal or mesial line than the left ones are. The

eyes are on the left side close to each other, and not much out of

the same vertical line, the upper one being but a very little poste-

rior to the under one. The orbits are bordered posteriorly at a little

distance by a line of slightly raised tubes with porous mouths, the

line belonging to the under eye being a semicircular one, while the

upper one encloses an acutely triangular area whose apex terminates

in a slight but evident ridge, which runs to the occiput and is covered

with scales like the adjoining parts. The disc of the lower limb of

the preoperculum is roughened by irregular tubular elevations, co-

vered with epidermis and a very few interspersed scales ; the upper

limb is smooth, the rest of the opercular pieces and the whole cheek

is densely scaly. The interoperculum has an oval form, and is longer

and wider than the suboperculum. ‘The edges of all the pieces of

the gill-cover are smooth. A flexible cartilaginous tip extends from

the suboperculum under the operculum to the membranous edge of

the gill-cover, as is usual in most acanthopterygian genera.

Rays :—Br. 7; D. 73; A. 59; P.111; C.152; V. 6—6.

The (left) pectoral is obliquely rounded ; its second articulated

ray is the longest, and but just exceeds the first and third; the under

ones are regularly graduated to the lowest, which is half the length

of the uppermost ones. ‘There is a short, slender spine incumbent

on the base of the upper ray. The membrane is very delicate and

perfectly scaleless. ‘The dorsal commences over the posterior nasal

orifices, and the membranous edge of its first ray turns towards the

the Ichthyology of Australia. 497

right side, and originates at the margin of the nostril. ‘The rays

between the thirty-fifth and fifty-fifth are equal to each other and

longer than the rest, which shorten very gradually each way; the

first being about half the length of these, and the last only about

one-third of their length. The tips of ten or twelve of the most an-

terior rays are more tapering and theirmembrane more notched. A

single row of scales reclines against the fore-side of each ray, on

both sides of the fin. The anal* is formed like the dorsal. The

trunk of the tail, included between the caudal and these fins, is very

short, and consists of little more than the swelling base of the caudal.

The ventrals are not connected with the anal, and are not even in

the same plane with it, but are attached one on each side of the

edge of the belly. ‘The outline of the fin is rounded ; all its rays are

jointed, its outer one is bound down nearly to its tip; the membrane

is scaleless and is notched between the rays. ‘The caudal is rhom-

boidal, its central ray is the longest, and all its rays are scaly.

The scales of the head and body are of moderate size. A longi-

tudinal line between the gill-cover and caudal contains seventy, and

a vertical line at the broadest part of the fish forty-four. Each scale

is bordered on its exterior tip by a small elliptical disc, which appears

under the microscope to be thickly tiled with subulate teeth, the ex-

terior ones being the largest and forming a rough fringe; next the

rough disc there is a semilunate spot, which in the dried specimen

contrasts strongly with the shining greenish epidermis of the rest of

the exposed disc, and was most probably more gaily coloured in the

recent fish. The concealed basal half of the scale shows many of the

usual fan-like furrows with corresponding shallow crenatures on the

margin. ‘The lateral line is boldly curved over the pectoral fin, and

perfectly straight from thence to the tip of the caudal. A curved

line of similar construction proceeds from the posterior end of the

cranial ridge upwards to the base of the tenth dorsal ray. All the

colourless side of the specimen, posterior to the jaws, has been re-

moved in the preparation of it.

Divensions. inches. lines,

Length from tip of upper jaw to extremity of caudal ......... 9 5

ABC OF GIO aude gsScccestse (nehaie 44)

EES sees ae kasengissnens awe 2 0

—_——— POCIONANT freccvawon sss, sbuevets 2 13

2S NOMA Wi ssi sh vicleens teced asecde 1 7

——. anterior angle of lower eye . 0 54

——— upper eye. 0 6

Length from tip of pectorals ........... MOR C PP er! ee ee One ] 5

— —- EHITAISY sashes. oe5 20s oe aes Seen sew cies ba ) 6

$$ —— Caudal .........ccscccrcscececcccseccssceersceecs 2 8

re highest corsal or anal rays ......... vane UL: <E0

Mperereat Gietmieter Of DOdY oo liicsecivcensssevsesccossesccss doadeucts 3 6

Piameter Of eye®....5. 0.2000 Jevcpuana ds Sess Uakearcdunvstersweced sds. 0 3

_* This fin has been injured in Mr. Gilbert’s specimen while the fish was

alive, four or five of the middle rays having been destroyed, though the

membrane remains.

498 Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda.

ECHENEIS NAUCRATES (Linn. Auct.), Ship-master Echeneis.

No. 7. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This species is named “ munnémullergo” by the natives

of Port Essington, who take it occasionally in the harbour.

Schneider’s account of the fish is in many respects erroneous,

the caudal fin being stated to be rounded instead of lunate on

the margin, and the numbers of the rays, probably from ty-

pographical error, are wrongly noted. The Port Essington

specimen agrees in every respect with one from the West

Indies, preserved in the Haslar Museum. The rays are as

follows :—

Br. 9—9; discal plates (1st dors.?) 24; D.37; A. 37;

C. 162; P. 21; Ves

Artedi and Cuvier mention twenty-two as the usual number

of discal plates.

LXIV.—On some new Genera of the Class Myriapoda.

By G. Newrort, HEsq.*

Tux family Geophilide of Leach, composed of those little, gliding,

wormlike Myriapodes so abundant in our gardens, and yet so imper-

fectly known to the scientific naturalist, includes at least two distinct

genera, one of which only has hitherto been characterised. Dr. Leach

himself, to whom we are indebted for the foundation of nearly all

the scientific knowledge we possess of these animals, appears to have

regarded one of the five native species with which he was acquainted

as distinct from the others, and placed it accordingly in a division of

his genus Geophilus, founding his divisions on the comparative leagth

of the joints of the antenne. These divisions, with the same di-

stinguishing characters, have been retained by M. Gervais, who in

1837 published a monograph on the whole class, and added a third

section to the genus Geophilus, composed of two species, one of which,

Geophilus ferrugineus, had been described by Koch; and the other,

Geophilus mavillaris, was then first described by M. Gervais as a

new species. It is this division, added by M. Gervais, the Geophili

mawillares, which I now propose to establish as a separate genus,

under the name of Mecistocephalus, the characters of which, derived

from the peculiarly elongated form of the head, are as distinctly

marked as in any genus of this order.

In a collection of Myriapoda, from the magnificent cabinet of the

Rey. F. W. Hope, which that gentleman many menths ago, in the

most handsome manner, placed entirely at my control for the pur-

pose of describing, I discovered a third species, brought to this

country by the late Rev. Lansdowne Guilding, from the island of

St. Vincent, which I immediately recognized as a new genus; and

on examining the unarranged specimens of Myriapoda in the collec-

tions of the British Museum, which the head of the zoological depart-

* From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for Dec. 13, 1842.

Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda. 499

ment, J. E. Gray, Esq., has kindly permitted me to describe and

arrange, I have since found two other species, both new to science,

one of which was brought from India by — Elliot, Esq., but the lo-

cality of the other is unknown. ‘The genus I am now about to pro-

pose will thus include five species, agreeing most accurately in their

generic characters. They are all of them foreign to this country.

The only native species which at all approaches to Mecistocephalus

is the Geophilus longicornis of Leach, supposed by M. Gervais to be

Scolopendra electrica of Linnzeus, which constitutes Leach’s second

section of Geophilus. This I propose to separate as a distinct sub-

venus, by the name of Necrophleophagus, although its characters are

not so distinctly marked as in the preceding. ‘The name proposed

for it is derived from its being mostly found under rotten wood, or

under the rotten bark of trees.

Before I proceed to characterize these genera, it may be well to

remark, that the construction of the head in these, as compared with

the other Geophili and the Scolopendre, seems to throw much light

on the number of parts which are included in this division of the

body in the higher Articu/ata, and on the manner in which these

parts are united; and although I do not intend on the present occa-

sion to enter on the consideration of these structures, which I pro-

pose to do hereafter, it is necessary to state that I regard the head

of the Chilopoda as formed of two compound moveable portions, the

anterior of which, bearing the antenne, I shall designate the frontal

segment ; and the posterior, which gives attachment to the large forci-

pated foot-jaws, which I regard as the analogues of the mandibles of

insects, I shall call the lasilar segment. Posterior to these there is

a third part, which, although perfectly distinct in all the Geophilide,

is united to the basilar in the Scolopendre and higher genera of this

order, forming a kind of cephalo-thorax or cephalo-prothorax. This

I shall consider the second or sub-basilar segment.

It is on characters derived from these parts that I now propose

to establish the genera.

Class MYRIAPODA.

Order 1. CurLopopa.

Family Groruizipa, Leach.

Section A. Geophili mavzillares, Gervais.

Genus Mecistocephalus*, Newport.

Characters.—Frontal segment very narrow, elongated, four-sided,

more than twice as long as broad, antennz inserted on the frontal

margin, subapproximated, three times as long as the frontal segment ;

joints obconic, rather elongated, slightly hairy ; basilar segment qua-

drate, very short, and much narrower than the frontal, almost atro-

phied on the dorsal surface ; /abiwm and inferior surface of the basilar

segment very large, quadrate, extending backwards beneath the sub-

basilar segment, with its anterior margin slightly excavated ; mandi-

bles enlarged, straightened, and projecting, but curved and pointed

_* From pauses, longest, and xeQarg, head.

500 Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda.

at their apex, with the internal margin acute and denticulated, and

- the basilar joint encroaching on the dorsal surface of the basilar

segment. Sub-basilar segment large, transverse, with the anterior

margin straight, and the posterior and angles rounded. Body gra-

dually tapering ; legs from forty-five to seventy pairs ; posterior pair.

styliform.

Species 1. Mecistocephalus ferrugineus, Koch.

2. Mecistocephalus mazillaris, Gervais.

3. Mecistocephalus punctifrons, Newport.

Frontal segment and mandibles deeply punctured, with the basilar

segment and labium dark chestnut; body testaceous, mandibles each

with two large acute teeth ; legs forty-nine pairs.

Length two inches three-tenths. India: — Elliot, Esq.

In the collection at the British Museum.

Frontal segment polished, with small scattered punctures; man-

dibles very strong, polished, and deeply punctured on the superior

surface, with the internal margin acute, with two large sharp teeth;

labium flattened, polished, with a longitudinal depression, and a few

minute, scattered punctures ; body gradually tapering, but broad and

strong anteriorly ; legs forty-nine pairs, broad, strong.

I am uncertain whether this specimen had arrived at its full

growth, the number of legs being less than in the other species. It

may nevertheless have acquired its proper number since the species

described by M. Gervais has but forty-six pairs, and I have ascertained

most satisfactorily that the whole of the Chilopoda acquire very nearly

their full complement of legs before they have attained to one half of

their adult size.

4. Mecistocephalus Guildingit, Newport.

Frontal segment polished, with a few scattered punctures; sides

and posterior angles rounded, ferruginous ; mandibles quadridentated ;

basilar segment and labium polished, ferruginous, with a broad, lon-

gitudinal sulcus and deep punctures on the latter; body yellowish,

testaceous ; legs forty-nine pairs. Length one inch and a half.

Island of St. Vincent. Rev. Lansdowne Guilding.

In the cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope.

There are five specimens of this species, varying considerably in

size, but agreeing most accurately in the number of their legs.

5. Mecistocephalus punctilabium, Newport.

Head, mandibles, labium and sub-basilar segment ferruginous ;

mandibles tridentated ; body brownish-green, with the two posterior

segments antenne and legs ochraceous. Frontal segment and la-

bium flattened, the latter deeply, and thickly punctured. Legs sixty-

one pairs.

Length two inches. Country?

In the collection of the British Museum.

The frontal segment of this species is flattened and punctured,

with the posterior margin straight, and the anterior somewhat

rounded ; the mandibles are smooth, polished, rather straightened,

and rounded, with the internal margin less acute, with two or three

very small teeth; labium flattened, polished, with large, numerous

Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda. 501

and deeply impressed punctures, and a longitudinal median sulcus,

with a slight emargination; dorsal surface of the body with three

longitudinal sulci; anal styles five-jointed ; second and third joint

short, but the fourth and fifth longer.

The characters of this species are less strongly marked than in

others of this genus, and they seem to form a transition to those of

the next genus. The anal styles are still very distinctly organs of

locomotion, in which respect they resemble those of Scolopendra and

Cryptops.

Subgenus Necrophleophagus*, Newport.

Geophilus**, Leach.

Geophili longicornes, Gervais.

Characters.—Frontal segment quadrate, a little longer than broad,

with the angles obtuse ; antenne inserted on the front, sub-approxi-

mated, more than three times as long as the frontal segment, with

the joints twice as long as broad, conic; basilar segment short, with

the posterior margin much wider than the frontal ; mandibles short,

strong, with the internal margin rounded, toothless; Jabium broad,

almost quadrate, with the border emarginated; body somewhat ta-

pering; legs more than fifty pairs; preanal segment narrow, styles

short.

Species Necrophleophagus longicornis, Leach.

Yellow, with the segments of the head, mandibles and labium

dark ferruginous ; antennz hairy, four times as long as the frontal

segment, with the three or four terminal joints smaller than the

others ; labium smooth, with minute punctures, subconic ; anteriorly

wide and almost straight, posteriorly rounded ; legs yellow, fifty-five

pairs, anal styles small, slightly hairy.

Length two and a half to three inches. Europe: very common.

I have retained Dr. Leach’s original name to this species, which

has been supposed by M. Gervais to be the Scolopendra electrica of

Linneus. But Linneus’s species is described as “‘ pedibus utrinque 70;”

while Leach’s species, of which there are four specimens in the ca-

binet at the British Museum, besides ten collected by other persons,

has at most only fifty-five.

Genus Gonibregmatust+, Newport.

Characters.—Frontal segment short, transverse, anteriorly pointed ;

basilar segment very short, wider than the frontal; antenne monili-

form, approximated at their base, joints very short, with the terminal

one slightly elongated; eyes absent; mandibles very slender, long,

pointed, arcuate, toothless, compressed and twisted near their base ;

labium very short, transverse, with the anterior border slightly pro-

duced and emarginated ; /abium internum projecting, thick, folded, and

formed for sucking ; palpi with the terminal joints slender and acute ;

sub-basilar segment short, but larger than the basilar; body elon-

gated, segments more than 160; legs inserted into little foveole in

* From vexeos, dead; Paoics, bark; and Qava, to eat.

{ From yavia, angle, and Beryua, the fore part of the head.

502 Geological Society.

the lateral ventral plates; the two or three posterior segments of the

body enlarged and tuberose; anal styles small, not used in walking.

1. Gonibregmatus Cumingii, Newport.

Greyish ash-colour ; frontal segment very convex, rounded poste-

riorly ; mandibles blackish; labium smooth; all the segments of the

body very short, convex ; dorsal surface with numerous irregular lon-

gitudinal sulci; antepenultimate segment with the dorsal and ventral

plates atrophied ; anal styles slender, with their basilar internal mar-

gin carinated; anal scale convex, subcordate, posteriorly rounded

with two thin marginal plates; legs 161 pairs, naked, claws black.

Length 42 to 5 inches.

From the Philippine Islands. Mr. Cuming.

In the collection at the British Museum.

I have never seen the Geophilus Walckeneri of Gervais, but from

the description given of that species I strongly suspect that it ought

to be included in this genus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 4, 1842.—Read “ A Postscript to the Memoir on the occur-

rence of the Bristol Bone-Bed in the neighbourhood of Tewkes-

bury,” by Hugh Edwin Strickland, Esqa., F.G.S.

Since the reading of the former communication (vol. x. p. 147),

Mr. Strickland has ascertained that the bone-bed occurs at least

ten miles further north, or at Defford Common, in Worcestershire,

making a total range of 104 miles, At this locality are some old |

salt-works belonging to the Earl of Coventry, and the shaft, which

was sunk about seventy years ago to the depth of 175 feet, was

emptied a few months since of the brine with which it is wont to

overflow. At the bottom of the shaft, which descends through the

lias into the grey marl of the triassic series, but without reaching the

red mar], is a tunnel that follows the dip of the strata for about

160 yards. The shaft, Mr. Strickland says, consequently intersects

the horizon of “the bone-bed,” and among the rubbish thrown out,

he found considerable quantities of the peculiar white sandstone

with bivalves (Posidonomya), shown in his former paper to repre-

sent in Worcestershire the bone-bed of Aust and Axmouth; but he

also found specimens of the sandstone charged with the same

description of teeth, scales and coprolites so abundant at Coomb

Hill and the localities just mentioned.

The occurrence of an abundance of pure salt water within the

area of lias, Mr. Strickland says, is an interesting phenomenon, and

for a solution of it, he refers to Mr. Murchison’s Account of the

Geology of Cheltenham, p. 30.

June 29.—* On the minute Structure of the Tusks of extinct

Mastodontoid Animals,” By Alexander Nasmyth, Esq., F.G.S.

The author, at the commencement of his memoir, acknowledges

his obligations to Dr, Grant for having first called his attention to the

Geological Society. 503

minute anatomical structure of the tusks of Mastodontoid animals;

and for having placed at his dispesal a copy of the Swedish edition

of Retzius’s demonstration of the typical structure of the dental or-

gans of animals.

Availing himself of the able tuition afforded by the Swedish Pro-

fessor, Mr. Nasmyth says, he has prosecuted the subject, and that

these inquiries, besides explaining to him the structure of that portion

not completely investigated by Retzius, have unfolded to him some

observations which are now generally acknowledged to be truths in

the valuable but intricate department of animal development. He

further says, that he has been led to results differing somewhat from

those of Retzius, so far as the physiology of the cellular tissues is

concerned ; yet the general appearances exhibited and the manner

of displaying them will remain, he adds, lasting memorials of the ta-

lents and ingenuity of the Swedish Professor,

The specimens to which Mr. Nasmyth’s attention has been directed

form part of the collection of Mr, Koch, and they were delivered to

him as belonging to Mastodon giganteum, Tetracaulodon Godmani,

T. Kochii, T. Tapiroides, and the Missourium. In the analysis of each

specimen he considers—

Ist, The constituent structures of the tusk.

2nd, The comparative extent of each of the constituent structures,

as far as it can be ascertained.

3rd. Each constituent structure regarded separately in its minute

and individual elements.

4th. The conclusions derived from the premises as to the place

which the animal should occupy in zoological classifications.

' The principle upon which this mode of analysis is based, is that of

the infinite variety which nature affects from limited materials, while

the constancy of each variety throughout the same species is perfect,

This constancy extends, Mr. Nasmyth observes, not only to the con-

stituent structures of each tooth, but to the extent of each constituent,

as well as to the peculiar arrangement of the minute elements of

which each of these structures is composed.

The examination of each tusk evinces so marked and peculiar a

structure, that a cursory inspection will, the author thinks, sufficiently

demonstrate specific distinctions, which he supposes must have been

accompanied by concomitant peculiarities of organization subser-

vient to separate and distinct habits.

In the following descriptions the word corpuscule is used to desig-

nate those appearances constituting the characteristic of bone, but

denominated by Retzius cells, because the author is persuaded that

those appearances are truly of a corpuscular character ; and the word

cell is used to designate the structure of the interfibrous material

which was left almost entirely out of account by Retzius, and de-

scribed by others as structureless, but demonstrated by the author to

be most characteristically organized in the different groups of ani-

mals. The term jibres is used, moreover, to define those appearances

which Retzius considers due to a tabular structure, because the au-

thor has been unable to find anything which confirms this theoretical

504 Geological Society.

appellation founded on the existence of a series of continuous rami-

fying tubes. This question therefore he leaves in abeyance.

Mastodon giganteum.—The constituent structures of the upper

tusks are only two, crusta petrosa and ivory. The crusta petrosa, in

the specimens examined, is comparatively thin, or about half a line ;

but the extent of the investigation being necessarily limited, the au-

thor considers that the observations on this head are incomplete.

The corpuscules of the crusta petrosa are scattered irregularly ; but

they are numerous and give off radiating branched fibres, tending

generally either from the surface or to the surface of the tusk. There

are hardly any independent fibres. The cellular structure of the in-

terspaces is clearly marked.

The junction of the ivory with the crusta petrosa is well defined by

a clear line, succeeded by a plumose appearance arising from a con-

geries of very minute ramifying fibres. This appearance looks, Mr.

Nasmyth says, as if it arose out of, and formed the termination of, the

main fibres which join the layer undivided.

The compartments of which the main fibres are made up are par-

allelograms resembling those of the Elephant, and are most easily

observed in vertical sections, while the cellular structure of the

interfibral spaces is clearest in transverse sections, Minute corpus-

cular appearances are scattered over the substance, and soaggregated

as to form at intervals concentric layers. The characteristic differ-

ences between the structure of the tusks of the Elephant and Masto-

don, Mr. Nasmyth observes, consist principally in the presence of

transverse fibres in the crusta petrosa of the Elephant, and the greater

number and regularity of its corpuscules in the Mastodon, as well as

in the peculiar disposition to a transverse direction of its radiating

fibres. In the ivory the most striking peculiarity consists in the nu-

merous bands of corpuscular-looking bodies in its substance. These

appearances, so frequently observed in ivory, Mr. Nasmyth is of opi-

nion, depend, as pointed out by him, on the thickness of the animal

matter of the interfibral cells.

Tetracaulodon Godmani.—The author says there is a great dissi-

milarity in the constituent structures of tusks of this Pachyderm and

those of the Mastodon, while on a cursory examination of the mi-

nute organization of these structures there is an apparent similarity.

The crown of both the upper and under tusk is coated with enamel

extending below the level of the alveolar process, with crusta pe-

trosa external to it, the body of the tusk being composed of ivory.

The alveolar process of the upper tusks is large and deep, greatly

exceeding that of every other tusk which the author has examined,

and showing, he says, that the actions in which these organs assisted,

must have been very powerful.

The habits essentially necessary to the exigencies of an animal

being, Mr. Nasmyth observes, the same in youth as in adult age, the

organization of the individual tissues is the same at both periods,

though certain modifications of instruments are exacted at successive

stages of existence. Thus, in early youth, when the frame is not

powerful, every efficiency is given to the cutting edges of the dental

Geological Society. 505

apparatus ; and the author states a fact he believes never before re-

marked, though long noticed by himself, that the tusks of the young

Elephant and Walrus are tipped with a very thin layer of enamel.

The head of the Tetracaulodon Godmani examined by Mr. Nas-

myth is shown to have been that of an animal in which two of the

adolescent teeth are well developed. The crusta petrosa of the tusk

was about half a line thick, and extended over the whole of the visible

surface. The corpuscules were irregularly disposed, but closely ag-

gregated, and exhibited in the transverse section an irregularly circu-

lar shape with occasionally angular points. The radiating fibres were

numerous, ranging in all directions ; and the independent transverse

fibres were also numerous, traversing witha curved course the whole

substance. ‘The cells of the interspaces were visible. The enamel

on the upper tusk wasalinethick. The parallel rows of constituent

cells throughout the external half ranged in straight lines, but

throughout the internal half they were curved diagonally. There

was no clear space between the enamel and ivory, but the line of

junction was well defined. A plumose layer of fibres, apparently the

peripheral termination of the main undivided fibres of the ivory, suc-

ceeded to the enamel. The component bulbs of the fibre were round,

but not often visible, and were best seen in the longitudinal section.

The fibres were placed at about the distance of two interfibral spaces,

and curved in the transverse section as well as in the vertical, but in

the latter direction slightly. A minute corpuscular appearance was

scattered over the substance, and the cells of the interfibral material

were visible.

The crusta petrosa, enamel and ivory of the under tusk were similar

to those of the upper, except that the constituents were so transpa-

rent as hardly to betray any characteristic. The parietes of the cells

of the enamel are more defined in the under tusk.

Besides the important characteristic of the thick coating of enamel,

the tusk of the 7.Godmani presents manifest differences from that of

the other species, in the elements of each of the constituents. The

radiating fibres of the corpuscules differ from those of Mastodon gi-

ganteum in being given off equally in all directions : in the M. gigan-

teum the numerous independent fibres of the 7’. Godmani are also

absent, and the zones or belts of minute corpuscules in the ivory of the

M. giganteum are wanting in that of the 7. Godmani.

Tetracaulodon Kochii.—The tusks of this Pachyderm have only two

constituents, crusta petrosa and ivory. ‘The crusta petrosa varies in

thickness, equalling in some parts an inch. In the vertical section

the corpuscules are irregularly oval and irregularly disposed at the di-

stance of three or four corpuscular diameters, and they give off occa-

sionally many fine radiating fibres. Numerous independent trans-

verse fibres pass in a curved direction also throughout the substance,

their beaded or minute corpuscular appearance being very visible,

and they are of an irregularly twisted oval form. The cells of the

interspaces are likewise visible.

The ivory of the upper tusks consists of very slightly undulating,

undivided fibres, with the cells of the interfibrous substance well

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Suppl. 21

506 Geological Society.

marked, but semi-transparent. The fibres of the under tusk slightly

undulate, and present occasionally an appearance of thorny projec-

tions. ‘The compartments of the fibres are easily seen, and are irre-

gular in size, but rounded.

Tetracaulodon Tapiroides—The tusks consist also of only crusta

petrosa and ivory, and the resemblance in the microscopic structure

of this species with that of T. Kochii is great. The thickness of the

crusta petrosa is considerable. The very irregularly-shaped corpus-

cules, placed at intervals of two or three corpuscular diameters, are

semi-transparent, and without radiating fibres in the external half;

but those situated in the internal half are of the usual opacity, and

give off numerous radiating fibres. Transverse, irregularly beaded,

independent fibres traverse the substance, making one distinct curve

in their passage across it. The cells of the interspaces are slightly

visible.

The ivory is so translucent and homogeneous as to exhibit generally

very little character. The fibres undulate but do not divide, forming

an abrupt line of junction with the crusta petrosa. The form of the

beaded compartments of the fibre is oblong, not rounded, as in 7,

Kochii, and they do not exhibit thorny projections. These are the

only marked differences in the two species.

The cells of the semi-transparent interfibral space are generally

visible.

Missourium.—The constituents of the tusks are likewise crusta pe-

trosa and ivory; but their intimate structure, Mr. Nasmyth says, is

more peculiar, so far as his examination has extended, than that of

the tusks of the preceding animals.

The crusta petrosa, in the section which the author was permitted

to make, was more than three-eighths of an inch thick. The corpus-

cules were very numerous, and generally within the distance of one

diameter. The granulated compartments of which the corpuscules

were composed, were very visible, and often without radiating fibres,

but where these occurred they were of a coarse structure. The

transverse independent fibres were beaded in coarse, somewhat tor-

tuous, ovoid compartments, and ranged very close to one another,

with interfibral spaces of about only two fibral diameters, and followed

a straight, perpendicular and parallel course to the surface. The

cells of the semi-transparent interfibral space were generally visible.

The appearances presented by the ivory at its junction with the

crusta petrosa, Mr. Nasmyth was unable to ascertain; but in the

substance of the ivory the fibres undulated, and their beaded com-

partments had a rounded shape: these fibres were frequently in-

vested with an irregular congeries of granules distinct from the inter-

fibral cells. Towards the central portion of the ivory the compart-

ments forming the fibre were frequently so disposed as to give the

fibre a peculiar tortuous appearance.

The peculiarities of the tusk of the Missourium are given by Mr,

Nasmyth as follows ; and, he says, they would certainly indicate a di-

stinct species of Mastodontoid animal :—

1. The great extent of the crusta petrosa. 2. The close aggre-

Geological Society. 507

gation of its corpuscules. 3. The granulated structure of these cor-

puscules. 4. The coarse granulated structure of the compartments

of the radiating fibres. 5. The close parallel perpendicular arrange-

ment of the fibres of the crusta petrosa. 6. The irregular congeries

of granules surrounding the fibres of the ivory. 7. The peculiar tor-

tuous appearance occasionally exhibited by these fibres.

On the whole, Mr. Nasmyth observes, the several species of ani-

mals noticed in his paper seem to be nearly allied, and fitted to

exist under nearly similar conditions; and though the early eras to

which these Pachyderms must be referred, present, he says, consider-

able uniformity of circumstance, yet they must have demanded some

variety of detail in the animal organization.

Finally, the characteristics in the minute structure of the tusks of

all the five animals betray, the author observes, greater varieties than

are found to exist even betwixt some genera possessed of tusks ; and

if it be established that specific differences positively do exist among

all these animals, then the value of this kind of observation is great ;

but if the five animals are all to be grouped in one category, then this

mode of observation is of no value in paleontological researches.

Noy. 16.—‘‘ On some remarkable Concretions in the Tertiary beds

of the Isle of Man.” By H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.G.S.

The north extremity of the Isle of Man consists of an arenaceous

pleistocene deposit, occupying an area of about eight miles by six,

bounded on the west, north and east by the sea, and on the south

by the mountains of Cambrian slate which occupy the greater por-

tion of the island. ‘The arenaceous formation attains in some parts

a height of about 200 feet above the sea, though the undulations of

its surface prove that considerable portions of the deposit have been

removed by denudation. This district, comprising about fifty square

miles, furnishes perhaps the most extensive example in the British

Isles of a marine newer pliocene or pleistocene deposit. In the Isle

of Man the sea-cliffs on each side of this tertiary district afford a

good insight into its structure and composition. On the north of

Ramsey the cliffs average about 100 feet in height, and consist prin-

cipally of irregularly stratified yellowish sand, sometimes clayey, with

interspersed bands of gravel and scattered pebbles. The gravel is

chiefly composed of slate-rock, quartz, old red sandstone, granites,

porphyries and chalk flints, all of which occur im situ in the island

except the two last, which may have been drifted, the former from

Scotland, and the latter from the north of Ireland. About four miles

north of Ramsey the cliffs attain 150 feet. Here the lowest portion,

only visible at intervals, is a brownish clay loam, and the remainder

of the cliff is sand and coarse gravel, less distinctly stratified than is

the case near Ramsey, and containing rudely rounded boulders, some

of which are upwards of a ton in weight. ‘They consist of granite,

and occasionally of carboniferous limestone.

Organic remains are sparingly diffused in this deposit: Mr. Strick-

land enumerates twenty species. Of these five, viz. Crassina mul-

ticostata, Natica clausa, Nassa monensis, Nassa pliocena, and Fusus

Forbesi are not known in the British seas. Crassina multicostata

2L2

508 Geological Society.

and Natica clausa are found living in the Arctic ocean, but the two

species of Nassa and the Musus are unknown in a recent state*.

Between three and four miles north of Ramsey, the beds of this

deposit occasionally exhibit a very remarkable concretionary struc-

ture. The sand has here been cemented into masses, which are ex-

tremely hard, and even sonorous when struck, though the sand in

which they are imbedded is perfectly loose. ‘The cementing ingre-

dient, which the application of acid proves to be carbonate of lime,

seems to have been influenced in its operations partly by the planes

of stratification, and partly by the direction in which the sand has

* Mr. Strickland gives the following characters of three species of shells

found in the newer pliocene beds of the Isle of Man; specimens of which

have been examined by several eminent conchologists in London, who all

concur in believing them to belong to extinct species.

volutions about six, rounded; suture deep; ribs, nine on the first volution,

straight, rather distant, strong, subacute, and slightly oblique. ‘The first

volution has thirteen, and the second six, distinct, regular, thread-like, spiral

striz, crossing alike the ribs and their interstices. Aperture orbicular-ovate,

canal very short and oblique, pillar-lip simple, outer lip with about five

slight marginal denticles on the inside, and an external rib slightly more

developed than the ordinary ribs. Total length, 7 lines; first volution,

32 lines; breadth, 43 lines; angle of spire, 40°.

““ Obs. Resembles the recent NV. macula, but is larger, more ventricose, has

fewer ribs, and the terminal rib is less suddenly developed.

“2. Nassa pliocena, Strickland, 1843. Large; volutions about seven,

rather flat, with a distinct thread-like suture; ribs, twelve on the first volu-

tion, straight, distant, rounded, very slightly oblique; the interstices flat,

exceeding the width of the ribs by one-half. The first volution with thir-

teen, and the second with about nine fine spiral strize, only visible in the in-

terstices, the ribs being smooth; but this may be due to attrition. Aperture

ovate; canal very short and oblique; pillar-lip with about five obscure den-

ticles, and a spiral groove immediately behind the canal, continued into the

interior of the shell. Outer lip with about eight internal marginal denticles ;

no rib at the back. ‘Total length, 1 inch 8 lines; first volution, 8 lines ;

breadth, 9 lines; angle of spire, 40°.

“3. Fusus Forbes, Strickland, 1843. Fusus nov. sp. Forbes, Malacologia

Monensis, pl. 3. f. 1. Middle-sized; volutions about six, slightly rounded,

suture distinct; ribs, eleven on first volution, straight, rounded, smooth

(perhaps from attrition); interstices concave, and hardly wider than the

ribs. First volution with about fifteen, and second with about seven distinct,

rather irregular spiral strize, of which those on the first volution are alter-

nately large and small. They are only visible in the interstices of the ribs.

Aperture ovate, double the length ofthe canal, which is straight, and rather

oblique to the left. Pillar-lip smooth, with one obscure denticle at the pos-

terior end. Outer lip with about ten small linear denticles within, conti-

nued a short way into the mouth, and a well-marked external rib remote

from the margin. ‘Total length, 1 inch 3 lines; first volution, 7 lines;

breadth, 8 lines; angle of spire, 45°.

“‘ Obs. This species belongs to a group of Fusus which seems closely allied

to Nassa. First described by Mr. E. Forbes, from a worn specimen found

on the coast of the Isle of Man, and supposed by him to be an existing spe-

cies, but the discovery of additional specimens in situ proves it to be a

genuine fossil.”’

Geological Society. 509

been originally drifted by currents. In the former case the concre-

tions are in the form of flat tabular masses parallel to the stratifica-

tion, often mammillated on their surfaces, or perforated obliquely by

tubular cavities. In the latter case they assume a subcylindrical

or spear-shaped form, and occur parallel both to the stratification

and to each other. A pebble is frequently attached to the larger

end of the concretion, which springs from it as from a root, to the

length of a foot or more, and gradually terminates in an obtuse flat-

tened point. All these varieties are sometimes combined together

into vast clusters of several tons weight, resembling masses of sta-

lactite, the component portions being nearly parallel to each other.

Mr. Strickland supposes that currents of water (or possibly of wind,

operating during ebb tide), flowing in a certain direction, may have

disposed the sand in ridges parallel to that direction, and the car-

bonate of lime may have afterwards been attracted into these ridges

in preference to the intermediate portions. ‘This view is confirmed

by the fact, that these concretions have frequently a pebble attached

to the larger end, as though it had protected a portion of sand from

the current, and caused it to accumulate in a ridge on the lee side,

a circumstance which may frequently be observed where sand is

drifted by the wind or water.

Noy. 30.—*‘ Notice on the discovery of the Remains of Insects in

the Lias of Gloucestershire, with some remarks on the Lower Mem-

bers of this Formation.” By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

The lower beds of the lias, in which these organic remains occur,

are extensively developed in the neighbourhood of Gloucester and

Cheltenham, and occupy the greater part of the vale. In the upper

part of the lower beds, in a hard blue limestone, was found the ely-

tron of a coleopterous insect of the family Buprestide, apparently a

species of Ancylocheira of Escholtz. ‘This was the only fossil of the

kind met with by Mr. Brodie in this portion of the lias. With this

exception, the numerous fossil insects he has obtained occur in the

bottom parts of the lower beds near the base of the lias, which are

seen at several points in the neighbourhood of Gloucester. At

Wainlode Cliff, the lower beds of lias, resting on red marl, form a

bold escarpment on the south bank of the Severn, and afford the

following section in descending order :—

1. Clay: 3 ft.

2. Blue limestone, with Ostrea, &c. (the ‘‘ bottom bed’’): 4 in.

3. Yellow shale with fucoid plants: 6 in.

4, Gray and blue limestone, termed by Mr. Brodie ‘insect lime-

stone’ from its characteristic fossils, passing into yellow shale

above, where it is nearly white, and has the aspect of a fresh-

water limestone: 3 to 5 in.

. Marly clay: 5 ft. 3 in.

. Hard yellow limestone, with small shells like Cyclas, plants and

Cypris: 6 to 8 in.

- Marly clay: 9 ft. 6 in.

. Bed with fucoid bodies: 1 in.

. Shale: 1 ft. 6 in.

. Pecten bed: 4 in.

Ow Os on

510 Geological Society.

Nine feet below this is the bone-bed, 20 feet above which is the yel-

low Cypris limestone, and 26 feet 2 inches the insect limestone. The

total height of the cliff is about 100 fect.

The insect remains consist chiefly of elytra belonging to the seve-

ral genera of Coleoptera, which are not very rare; and a few wings,

not unlike the genus T%pula, which bear a close resemblance to some

Mr. Brodie had previously found in the Wealden; the latter are

much rarer than the former. The elytra are generally of a light

brown colour and small size ; in some cases both the elytra are at-

tached. With these were found abdomens of some insects and larva

apparently of the gnat tribe. Shells are not common, but Ostrea,

Unio, and a small species of Modiola are the most abundant. The

fossils from the yellow limestone, No. 4, bear a close resemblance to

those from the Wealden. ‘The real genus of the bivalve resembling

Cyclas is undetermined. ‘The plants belong to a species of Fucus,

apparently an inhabitant of fresh water. At Combe-hill Mr. Brodie

also observed both the insect limestone and that containing the small

bivalves. To the south-west of this point the insect limestone is well

seen, and yielded the greatest number and variety of insect remains.

Here the yellow limestone was not traced, and the bone-bed was want-

ing. The fossil insects are, as at Wainlode Cliff, for the most part re-

mains of small Coleoptera, sometimes tolerably preserved, and in one

specimen the eyes were visible. None of the beetles resemble those

of the Wealden, but some wings of insects, allied to Tipula, are very

similar. A few imperfect but large wings of Libellula occur: there

are also numerous singular impressions of a doubtful nature, many

of which may however owe their origin to the partially decomposed

bodies of various insects. With these are numerous small plants,

some resembling mosses, but very different from those in the yellow

Cypris limestone, a few seed-vessels and leaves of fern. A small spe-

cies of Modiola, probably M. minima, is exceedingly abundant. Re-

mains of Crustacea occur, one of which resembles the genus Hryon

from the Solenhofen slate.

Near Gloucester the same strata occur at a much lower level.

At Westbury, eight miles below Gloucester, the following section is

presented :—

1. Bottom bed with Ostrea, equivalent to that at Wainlode and

other places: 3 in.

2. Insect limestone with numerous small shells (here character-

istic): 4 in.

3. Clay: 5 in.

4, Green, yellow and gray sandy stone, in places becoming a

limestone, with the small Cyclas-like bivalve, plants and Cypris,

identical with those at Wainlode, about 1 ft.

5. Shale and clay: 10 ft.

6. Hard grit, bone-bed: 3 or 4 ft.

A little further to the north the beds below this are more developed

and are seen resting upon the red marl.

If the Cypris found in these beds be of freshwater origin, it forms

a new and highly interesting feature in the history of this deposit ;

at any rate the occurrence of the remains of such delicate creatures

Geological Society. 511

as insects, many of which are well-preserved, and could not, there-

fore, have been long subject to the action of the waves, or have been

carried far out into the water, gives a greater probability to the sup-

position that this part of the lias may have been formed in an estuary

which received the streams of some neighbouring lands, perhaps nu-

merous scattered islands, and which brought down the remains of

insects, Cypris, and the plants above referredto. The shells usually

found in the insect limestone are Modiola and Ostrea, both of which

frequently inhabit estuaries, and are capable of living in brackish

water as well as in the open sea. The shells, however, so abundant

at Westbury in the same stratum are exclusively of marine origin ;

the wing of a dragon-fly from Warwickshire is a solitary instance of

its kind. Mr. Brodie observes, that such stray specimens had pro-

bably been carried out to sea, which might also have been the case

with a small wing he discovered in the upper lias at Dumbleton near

Tewkesbury ; which also proves the existence of insects during the

deposition of the upper portions of this formation.

Thus it will be seen that the remains of insects are of very rare

occurrence in the upper beds, and in the higher portions of the

lower ones in the lias, while at the base near its junction with the

red marl they are abundantly distributed. The discovery of small

elytra of coleopterous insects and portions of the wings of Libellula

in the lower division of the lias near Evesham, by Mr. H. E. Strick-

land, shows that these fossils are characteristic of the same beds in

distant parts of the system.

** On certain impressions on the surface of the Lias bone-bed in

Gloucestershire.” By H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.G.S.

The singular markings described, which the author in a former

communication suggested might be caused by the crawling of crus-

tacea, but which further opportunities and observations have induced

him to refer to a different cause, have been noticed only at Wain-

lode Cliff on the Severn. There they occur on the uppermost sur-

face of the band of micaceous sandstone which represents the ‘“ bone-

bed,” and which appears to have consisted of a fine-grained muddy

sand, capable of receiving the most minute impressions, while the

pure black clay which forms the superincumbent stratum has pre-

served this ancient surface in the most unaltered condition. The

ripple-marks produced by currents on the surface of this bed of sand

are very interesting, from their perfect preservation, and from often

exhibiting two sets of undulations oblique to each other, indicating

two successive directions in the currents, such as would result from

a change of tide.

The impressed markings were evidently produced by living beings,

probably by fish or invertebrate animals. To determine their nature

Mr. Strickland observed the progression of two species of Littorina

among Gasteropodous Mollusca, and of Carcinus Menas among Crus-

tacea, but the impressions produced were very different from those

under consideration.

The fossil impressions are of four kinds :—

Ist. Lengthened and nearly straight grooves, about one-tenth of

512 Geological Society.

an inch in width, and several inches long, very shallow, with a

rounded bottom. These, Mr. Strickland considers as caused by

some object striking the surface of the sand with considerable impe-

tus. They may often be seen to cut through the ridge of one ripple-

mark, and after disappearing in the depressed interval, they are again

seen pursuing their former direction across the next ridge. ‘They

may have been caused by fish swimming with velocity in a straight

direction, and occasionally touching the bottom with the under part

of their bodies.

2nd. Small irregular pits averaging one-fourth of an inch wide

and one-eighth of an inch deep. ‘These might have been caused by

some small animal probing the mud and turning up the surface in

quest of food. Mr. Strickland conjectures that some of the numerous

species of fish found in the bone-bed may have produced them, the

heterocene form of tail common to most of which, Dr. Buckland has

suggested, enabled them to assume an inclined position with the

mouth close to the ground.

3rd. Narrow deep grooves, about one-twelfth of an inch in width,

the sides forming an angle at the bottom, irregularly curved and

often making abrupt turns, apparently formed by a body pushed

along by a slow and uncertain movement, such as might arise from

the crawling of Mollusks. Mr. Strickland refers them to the loco-

motion of Acephalous Mollusca, and supposes that the only shell

found in this bed, a small bivalve named by him Pullastra arenicola,

might have produced them*.

4th. A tortuous or meandering track consisting of a slightly raised

ridge about one-tenth of an inch wide, with a fine linear groove on

each side. ‘These tracks are analogous to those formed by the

crawling of small annelidous worms, as may often be seen on the

mud of the sea or fresh water.

About eleven feet above the stratum which presents the impres-

sions above described, a second ossiferous bed occurs at Wainlode

Cliff, which escaped Mr. Strickland’s notice in the section formerly

given (Geol. Proc. vol. ili. p. 586). It is a band of hard, grey,

slightly calcareous stone, about an inch thick, containing a plicated

shell resembling a Cardium, and scales and teeth of Gyrolepis tenui-

striatus, Saurichthys apicalis, Hybodus Delabechet, Acrodus minimus,

and Nemacanthus monilifer, all of which occur in the true ‘ bone-

bed” below. On the upper surface of that bed are numerous im-

pressions, termed by Mr. Strickland fucoid, consisting of lengthened

wrinkled grooves, variously curved, about three quarters of an inch

wide, one-eighth of an inch deep, and of variable length. ‘The

bone-bed seems to be a local deposit, not being met with in the

other localities examined by the author, and being confined toa

* Mr. Strickland describes this species as follows :—“ Its form is nearly

a perfect oval, depressed, nearly smooth, but with faint concentric striations

towards the margin. The apex is about halfway between the middle of the

shell and the anterior end. The general outline closely resembles that of

the recent Pullastra aurea of Britain. Maximum length 7 lines, breadth

4% lines, but the ordinary size is less.”’

Geological Society. 513

portion only of Wainlode Cliff, where it constitutes No. 9. in the

following corrected section :—

FE; din.

Sy ilmeleah liad clay: isis is ee le ee Birt Tie

2. Limestone, with Ostrea and Modiola mini-

ma (the bottom bed). .2).6 56.60... O 4

Oe Prellowiechishiale’. i) i665 bye eg ee ee

4. Limestone, with remains of insects ...... 0 4

Geumeee chele- and Clay... fs ue ee 8s 5 lye:

6. Yellowish limestone nodules, with occasional

pemnemms OL Caprese ik es O54 26

Pe veowish marly clay J... 2... cc ce eee G70

Seelack laminated clay . 0. 3

9, Stone, with scales and bones of fish, and on

the upper surface fucoid impressions.... O 1

me Black Jamiated clay ........ 005. 2.8 6

11. Slaty calcareous stone, with Pectens...... Q 4

Wan Bleek Vamimated clay). 6... 6. ee ghia.

13. Bonz-sep and white sandstone, with casts

BPP MUaSITAOrentCold .\.\6). eee es nS

Pt Black Waminated clay ......../...0.0-2 0 BP, 60)

16. Red marls with greenish zones .......... 42. 0

Soa aay A

Jan. 4, 1843.—*‘ Notice on a Suite of specimens of Ornithoidic-

nites, or foot-prints of Birds on the New Red Sandstone of Connec-

ticut.”’ By Gideon Algernon Mantell, LL.D., F.R.S.

These specimens wereaccompanied bya letter from Dr. James Deane

of Greenfield, Massachusetts, the original discoverer of the Ornithoi-

dicnites, of which more than thirty varieties had been found, bearing

a striking resemblance to the foot-prints of birds. In this letter Dr.

Deane gives an account of his discovery of the impressions eight or

nine years ago, and which he then communicated to Professor Hitch-

cock. He remarks, that ‘‘ the footsteps are invariably those of a

biped, and occur on the upper surface of the stratum, while the cast

or counter-impression is upon the lower. In some instances we may

follow the progress of the animal over as many as ten successive

steps.” He has seen a course of steps twelve inches in length by

eight in breadth, extending several rods. The intervening space

was uniformly four feet. One impression of a foot was fourteen

inches in length. The impressions are accompanied by those of

rain-drops.

Extract of a Letter from W.C. Redfield, Esq., on newly dis-

covered Ichthyolites in the New Red Sandstone of New Jersey.

Communicated by Charles Lyell, Esq., V.P.G.S.

Mr. Redfield has found two distinct fish-beds in the new red

sandstone of New J ersey, both containing ichthyolites of the genus

Paleoniscus. In the sandstone between the fish-beds he discovered an

Ornithoidicnite, and observed numerous slabs exhibiting impressions

514 Zoological Society.

of rain-drops and ripple-marks. The rain-marks appear as if the rain

had been driven by a strong wind, and the direction of the impres-

sions indicated that the wind blew from the west, a quarter from

which violent squalls or thundergusts are still prevalent in these

latitudes.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 26, 1842.—-William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘“‘ Observations on the Semen and Seminal Tubes of Mammalia and

Birds,”’ by George Gulliver, F.R.S.

It has long been known that the testicles of Birds become much

enlarged in the spring, and that the same organs of Mammalia are

more or less increased in size at the rutting-season, and in young

animals generally as they become capable of reproduction. Professor

R. Wagner (‘ Physiology,’ translated by Willis, pp. 23 and 27) has

noticed also the enlargement of the seminal tubes of all these animals

at the periods above named; but as I am not aware that we possess

any observations on this head sufficiently numerous and precise to

be useful for reference and comparison, I am induced to submit to

the Society a contribution towards this object, particularly as it ap-

pears to me that the condition of the semen and testicles at different

periods is an interesting inquiry in relation to the habits and economy

of animals.

During winter the coats of the seminal tubes of Birds are tolerably

strong and thick. The increased size of the tubes at the season »

of procreation arises from the accumulation of semen within them,

by which their coats are so much distended and attenuated that they

are most easily ruptured, and are much thinner than the correspond-

ing parts of Mammalia are at any time.

In the following table the measurements are all expressed in vul-

gar fractions of an English inch*, and where only one fraction is

given it denotes the average size. With the exceptions dated No-

vember and December, the animals were all examined during the

present year, and, unless noted to the contrary, they were adults.

In Birds the left testicle, which is commonly somewhat larger than

the right, was generally the subject of observation.

Table of Measurements of the Seminal Tubes, and of remarks on the

state of the Semen and Testicles at different seasons.

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

Pep, 4.) Mamyeet. 22 Niccasssusenvdcateres 1-142 to 1-77 |Scarcely any fluid in tes-

tes. Died of pulmo-

nary consumption.

Nov.” “OP DittO, Set) SG coc cck casacencectapien 1-150 to 1-73 |Died of chronic pericar-

ditis. No spermatozoa.

* I take this opportunity of remarking, that all my microscopic measure-

ments have been invariably given in vulgar fractions of an English inch,

however they may have been set up in type for the sake of convenience,

Zoological Society. 515

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

1-150 to 1-80] Died of pericarditis, en-

larged heart, and old

pleuro-pneumonia. A

few spermatozoa in

epididymis.

1-183 to 1-86 |Died of phthisis. Some

spermatozoa in epidi-

dymis.

1-133 to 1-73 |Died of phthisis. Tubes

filled with dark,

round, and very mi-

nute particles; these

chiefly aggregated to-

gether in_ irregular

masses, and occasion-

ally in the form of

round or oval corpus-

cles with delicate cysts.

No spermatozoa.

1-146 to 1-82 |Died of phthisis. Semi-

nal tubes in the same

condition as the pre-

ceding.

Dec. 10.|Ditto, et. 86 .cssrseseseseeseeess+/1-160 to 1-100|Died of pneumonia. Had

fatty matter in liver,

lungs, and testes; no

spermatozoa ; tubes in

the same condition as

in the two preceding.

1-422 Died of pulmonary con-

sumption.

1-400 to 1-266|Child puny and emaci-

ated. Died of pneu-

monia.

1-308 Died of tubercles of me-

senteric glands.

1-333 to 1-230)Body much emaciated.

Died of pneumonia.

1-307 Well-nourished fcetus;

born at the full period

of utero-gestation.

Oct. 14.|DittO ...ccceccsee evesseeeceseeeees/1-363 to 1-210/Foetus weighed 7 lbs.

Oct. 235./Ditto <...5...... sreseereesecseeess+(1-300 to 1-222/Foetus weighed 6 lbs.

Nov. S.|Ditto .cssecececeseessseeeseveess+»/L-400 to 1-266|Weight of foetus 54lbs.

June 15.|Vespertilio Pipistrellus, Geoff. ..|1-200 to 1-171|Seminal matter contain-

ing abundance of mo-

lecules, but no sper-

: matozoa.

June 15./Erinaceus Europeus, Linn. ...| 1-109 to 1-75 |No animalcules. Died

of disease.

April 30.|Sorex tetragonurus, Herm. .,,...| 1-109 to 1-85 |Semen and spermatozoa

very abundant. Many

male shrews found

dead, with marks of

injuries, apparently

from fighting ; and in

Oe) WRUINAGM MEL. DS cccccveccccccccccsdes

Dec. iE Ditto, eet. 42 Seeeseeseeereseseeenee

Nov. 14, Ditto, eet. 73 COC eeeeeeeeseeeneeeee

Ut REGO ccccvcoccccccscoodes

Aug. 25. Child, Bs peeeat te csthoteebi coast pas

Dec. 1./Child, et. 18 months ............

July 15.|Child, zt. 4 months ............

Oct. 25.)Child, cet. 6 weeks .....,,.ccene.

Aug. 25.|Child, still-born .....sssesceeeees

516 Zoological Society.

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

all. these the testes

were very turgid.

July 16.|Canis familiaris, Linn. .....+0+.| 1-125 to 1-85 |A mongrel. Spermatozoa

abundant.

Feb. 15./Ditto; a still-born puppy ...... 1-250

Dec. 380./Felis Leo, Linn. (3 years old) ...|1-200 to 1-150|Died of disease of the

brain. Molecules ab-

undant, and a_ few

cells containing sper-

matozoa.

Nov. 6./Felis domestica, Briss. sae 1-141 to 1-85 |Spermatosuasplameitals

months old) ......0+66 seneseee

Oct. 4./Arctonyx collaris, F. Cuv. ......| 1-100 to 1-60 |Tubes large. Sperma-

tozoa rather plentiful.

Some cells and nume-

rous molecules. Died

in confinement.

Oct. 15./Ursus Americanus, Pall. ......)1-200 to 1-125|No spermatozoa. Semi-

nal tubes full of dark-

coloured pulp, in which

were only visible some

altered epithelial cells

and numerous oily glo-

bules. Died in con-

finement.

Jan. 6.|Mustela vulgaris, Linn. ....++...{1-171 to 1-109|Molecules plentiful in se-

men; no spermatozoa.

May 20.|Mustela erminea, Linn. ....... ..| 1-120 to 1-80 |Spermatozoa plentiful ;

scarcely any molecules.

April 30./Cervus Wapiti, Mitch. ...000.. 1-160 to 1-100|Many perfect spermato-

zoa; molecules scanty;

animal 24 months old.

Died of diseased kid-

neys.

Jan, 12.\Cervus Elaphus, Linn. ...ccceee 1-117 to 1-105)Perfect spermatozoa very

abundant; many in

different stages of de-

velopment.

Jan. 12.|Cervus Dama, Linn. «seeeeeee.s.[1-160 to 1-100) Perfect spermatozoa very

numerous; many in

cells,

April 6.|Ditto ...sessecseseeeceseecseesseeee(1-160 to 1-100/Spermatozoa abundant ;

none in cells.

Jan. 26./Ditto, foetus 6 inches long ......|1-666 to 1-363)Tubes full of corpuscles

about 1-2800th of an

inch in diameter; no

molecules.

March 26./Ditto, 14 inches long ...........,{1-333 to 1-285|Ditto.

June 22.|/Antilope picta, Pall. ............| 1-120 to 1-80 |Semen and spermatozoa

abundant.

Dec. 31.|Ditto (died a few hours after ] |1-571 to 1-363|Contents of tubes as in

birth) ):s.000 Ws wn Wap tees xo sis other immature ani-

mals.

May 28.|/Capra Hircus, Linn. (12 weeks | |1-266 to 1-171|Semen containing abun-

dance of molecules,

and rudimentary sper-

matozoa in cells.

old) @eeeeee tt eeteseeeeeeereenes

Zoological Society. 517

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

1-571 Tubes very small.

1-120 to 1-75 |Died of dropsy. Sperma-

tozoa plentiful; some

rudimentary in cells,

with corpuscles; mo-

lecules scanty.

1-120 to 1-60 |A few spermatozoa.

1-150 to 1-92 |But few spermatozoa.

1-46 to 1-42 |Spermatozoa very abun-

dant ; tubes large.

1-120 to 1-109|No spermatozoa.

1-153 to 1-120|Ditto.

-80 to 1-66 |Spermatozoa abundant.

1-120 to 1-86 |A few free spermatozoa ;

a great number imma-

ture in cells; mole-

cules pretty abundant.

Feb. 24.\Ovis Aries, Linn. (just born) ...

Nov. 2./Camelus Dromedarius, Linn. ...

Dec. 10.|Sciurus vulgaris, Linn. .....00..

Nov. 29.)Lepus cuniculus, Linn. .........

Jan. 18.|Mus decumanus, Zinn. ...... be

Jan. 18./Ditto, two-thirds grown .........

Jan. 18./Ditto RENE ttasiataewe ny ot

Nov. 3./Mus musculus, Linn. ........+00.

Nov. 11./Ditto, three-fourths grown ......

Feb. 17.) Ditto (blind sucking young one).|1-400 to 1-222

May _ 5.\Strix flammea, Linn. ........+02.| 1-230 to 1-133}Died in confinement.

Testis one-third of an

inch long and one

tenth broad.

1-75 to 1-46 |Testis one inch long and

three-fourths broad ;

semen andanimalcules

very abundant; no

molecules.

1-250 to 1-166/Testis black, one-fifth of

an inch long and one-

eighth broad; no sper-

matozoa; molecules

very abundant.

1-80 to 1-50 {Testis brownish white,

three-fourths of an

inch long and four-

tenths broad; sperma-

tozoa abundant; no

molecules.

1-75 to 1-60 |Testis one-fourth of an

inch long and one-fifth

broad, containing a

little black pigment ;

spermatozoa abundant.

Spermatozoa abundant;

testis same size as the

Nightingale’s.

1-333 to 1-222|Testis one-twelfth of an

inch in diameter; no

spermatozoa.

1-250 to 1-200/Testis one-twelfth of an

inch in diameter; no

spermatozoa; many

molecules.

1-166 to 1-109/Testis one-seventh of an

inch long and one-

tenth broad; nume-

rous cells, about 1-

March 16.|Corvus frugilegus, Zinn....... eee

Feb. 25./Sturnus vulgaris, Linn. .....00.

March 18. Ditto SEP oeeoesaeeeeeseressonesetenoe

April 27.|/Philomela luscinia, Sw. ......00.

April 6.)Sylvia Phragmitis, Bechst. ......

Jan. 9.|Fringilla domestica, Linn. ......

Feb. 2.|Ditto

Pee ees ease eeseaeesaggoeesas eRe

March 4.|Ditto

SOP eee eee eeeseeesetFetsesesevea

518 Zoological Society.

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

1000th of an inch in

diameter ; great abun-

dance of molecules; no

perfect spermatozoa.

May 3.|Fringilla domestica, Zinn. ......| 1-80 to 1-66 |Testis one-third of an

inch iong and one-

fourth broad ; sperma-

tozoa plentiful ; mole-

cules not abundant.

Feb. 28./Fringilla Coelebs, Linn. .........| 1-90 to 1-71 |Testis one-tenth of an

inch in diameter ; nu-

merous celis contain-

ing rudimentary sper-

matozoa, but none per-

fect; molecules very

numerous.

May 4./Emberiza Citrinella, Zinn. ......| 1-80 to J-60 |Testis one-third of an

inch long and _ one-

fourth broad, contain-

ing a little yellow pig-

ment; spermatozoa

very numerous; mole-

cules not abundant.

May 22.\Cuculus canorus, Linn. .....«..| 1-100 to 1-66 |Testis one-fifth ofan inch

in diameter, of an in-

tense yellow colour ;

numerous staff-like

bodies in semen 1-

2666th of an inch long

and 1-25,000th broad.

Died in confinement.

Nov. 26.|Picus minor, Lina. ...eccseeseree-/1-571 to 1-363/Testis size of a rape-

seed; no spermatozoa

or molecules.

May 31./Cypselus Apus, Flem....... yeeeee{L-130 to 1-100/Testis one-third of an

inch long and one-fifth

broad; spermatozoa

numerous; molecules

scanty.

Dec. 5./Columba Livia, Briss. .........{1-444 to 1-285|Testis about as big as a

hemp-seed ; no sper-

matozoa; a few mole-

cules.

May 12.\Sterna Hirundo, Linn. .........{1-240 to 1-200/Testis one-tenth of an

inch in diameter; no

spermatozoa; mole-

cules plentiful.

Molecules of the Semen.—The molecules mentioned in the prece-

ding table are minute, smooth, circular particles, much resembling,

both in chemical and physical characters, the ‘‘ minute oil-like

spherules” which I have depicted in the juice of the supra-renal

bodies (Appendix to Gerber’s Anatomy, p. 103). The ‘‘ minute shi-

ning globules and smaller molecules,’ described by Professor R.

Zoological Society. — 519

Wagner in the semen of some Mammalia, and the “ apparently

spherical and dense particles” observed by Dr. Davy (Researches,

Physiological and Anatomical, vol. i. p. 332) in the fluid of the hu-

man testicle, and which particles he conjectures may be the ova of

the spermatozoa, are perhaps identical with the molecules of the

semen. ‘They are commonly rather smaller than the particles of the

supra-renal gland. I have made many measurements of the mole-

cules of the semen, and find them generally to be 1-20,000th of an

inch in diameter, but almost always varying from 1-35,000th to

1-8000th, and of course not at all approaching in size and other re-

spects to the well-known corpuscles and cells of the semen. The

molecules, especially those of larger size, refract the light strongly ;

the smaller ones appear dark and opake in the centre when the

focus of the object-glass is elongated, and bright and transparent

when the focus is shortened; while the smallest of all, like those

of the supra-renal gland, often seem quite black or opake, and ex-

hibit very lively vibratory motions, particularly when diluted with

water or acetic acid.

That the molecules are connected with the perfecting of the se-

men, would appear from the fact that they are most abundant in

birds and reptiles when the testicles begin to enlarge, and either

wholly disappear or become scanty as soon as the testicles are per-

fectly ripe and the spermatozoa most completely evolved. But very

minute vibratory particles are often observable in the seminal tubes

of foetal animals.

The figure of the molecules, like that of many other particles

equally small, is apparently spherical, and, as already mentioned,

they may present either a dark or bright central spot. But, as no-

ticed in the Atlas to Gerber’s Anatomy, p. 59, it is difficult to de-

termine the exact shape of particles so exceedingly minute ; and the

elaborate researches of Dr. Barry (Phil. Trans. 1841, part 2) have

rendered it probable that some of the particles which I have formerly

mentioned (Appendix to Gerber’s Anatomy, and London Medical

Gazette for May and November, 1839) as ‘‘ minute spherules”’ and

‘‘ spherical molecules,” are in reality discs.

Pigment.—In the foregoing table the black and yellow colour of

the testicles of certain birds is noticed. I have carefully examined

the black matter of the starling’s testicles, and found it to be com-

posed of very distinct pigmentary ramifications, made up of most

minute particles, many of which, when floating in the field of vision,

exhibit exceedingly active motions. In the winter the testicles are

quite black, and the pigment, perhaps from the small size of the

tubes, seems to be contained within them; but when the testicles

are enlarged in the spring, they present a lighter or brownish white

colour, from the accumulation of semen, and the pigmentary ramifi-

cations are evidently situated in or close to the coats of the tubes,

the boundaries of which may be easily seen with a common hand-

lens to be marked out by the black pigmentary dots.

Spermatozoa of the Cervide and Camelide.—Professor Wagner

Physiology, by Willis, p. 34) regards the spermatozoa as essential

520 Zoological Society.

elements of the seminal fluid ; and that the spermatozoa are essential

to prolific semen seems now to be generally allowed. I merely

mention the subject in connection with the statement of Sir Everard

Home (Lectures on Comp. Anat., vol. v.; well commented on in

Dr. Davy’s Researches, vol. i. p. 339), that the seminal animalcules

have no real existence, and especially that he and Mr. Bauer had

searched for them in vain, and with the best instruments and oppor-

tunities, in the seminal fluid of the fallow deer during the season of

the rut.

I now exhibit to the Society drawings of the spermatozoa of the

fallow deer, wapiti, and red deer, and shall be happy to show my

preparations of the animalcules to any one who may be curious

about them. I have repeatedly had opportunities of examining the

spermatozoa of the fallow deer, and though they are most abundant

at the time of the rut, they may be found commonly enough at other

seasons. After the rut was passed in January and February, I found

the spermatozoa plentiful in the red and fallow deer at Windsor.

The animalcules were even then in various stages of development ;

some coiled up two or three together, in cells, with granular matter ;

others were still more rudimentary; many appeared just ready to

escape from the cells, while a still greater number were free and

lively in the seminal canals. In the body of the spermatozoon of the

red deer there is occasionally an appearance of internal granules or

vesicles, as shown in the drawing.

As the Camelide, like the oviparous Vertebrata, have oval blood-

corpuscles, it was interesting to ascertain the form of the sperma-

tozoa of this ruminant family. In the dromedary I found that the

seminal animalcules were much like those of other Mammalia, and

so nearly resembling the animalcules of the Cervide, that there was

a difference only of size, the spermatozoa of the dromedary being

slightly smaller than those of the deer.

Chemical characters of the spermatozoa.—lIt is remarkable that the

spermatozoa of Mammalia are but little or not at all affected by

many chemical agents which quickly act on various other animal

matters. ‘These spermatozoa preserve their form and appearance

when treated severally with nitric, muriatic, acetic, oxalic, tartaric

and citric acids ; with concentrated solutions of earthy, alkaline, and

metallic salts; and with liquid ammonia.

But the spiral spermatozoa of birds are quickly dissolved, destroyed,

or reduced to the most minute particles, by the acetic and other

vegetable acids, while these animalcules are not much affected by

muriatic acid, nor by caustic ammonia and saline solutions. Yet the

cylindrical or club-shaped spermatozoa of birds are more nearly

allied in chemical characters to the spermatozoa of Mammalia. ‘The

seminal animalcules of the common swift (Cypselus Apus), for exam-

ple, remain perfectly entire and distinct after having been subjected

to the action of citric or acetic acid. It may be incidentally men-

tioned that the spermatozoa of the snake (Natrix torquata) are not

affected by acetic acid.

The matter in the seminal canals of Mammalia and Birds, when it

Zoological Society. 521

contains plenty of corpuscles, of which indeed it is almost entirely

made up in immature animals, from the embryo upwards, is rendered

ropy by alkalies and by saline solutions. This action of these solu-

tions, which is very remarkable on all animal fluids containing a great

quantity of fresh primary or isolated cells, appears to take place from

the effect on them of the reagents, as I have elsewhere described

with respect to the lymph-globules (Gerber’s Anatomy, Appendix,

pp- 91, 96, and 97). In sume recent experiments, however, these

globules were not destroyed, but only a little misshapen or made

rather fainter, after having been kept some days in solutions of mu-

riate of ammonia and other salts.

*‘ Descriptions of new species of Delphinula, a genus of Pectini-

branchiate Mollusks (Family Turbinacea),” by Mr. Lovell Reeve.

DetrHinuta Tyria. Delph. testé subdiscoided, squamed, an-

fractibus argenteo-albis, superné et inferné Tyrio-purpureis, laxé

convolutis, umbilicum levem lacco-purpureum formantibus, an-

gulatis, sguamis minutis, in seriebus parallelis dispositis, tota-

liter tectis ; angulo serie unicdé majore funiculato ; spird depresso-

plana.

Icones Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 211. f. 6.

Long. 24; lat. 13. Mus. Cuming, &c.

Hab. Ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

This is the first discovered large species of Delphinula that is abso-

lutely destitute of spines or nodules. The surface of the shell, which

is entirely covered with small scales ranged in parallel series, is of

clear silvery white; the upper and lower portions of the whorls are

tinged with a rich T'yrian purple, and the umbilicus, which is smooth,

is of a lighter lake purple.

DELPHINULA IMPERIALIS. Delph. testd subdiscoided spiniferd

et squameo-liratd, anfractibus olivaceo-viridibus, ultimo pal-

lidé purpureo, laxé convolutis, umbilicum amplum formantibus,

subangulatis, angulo spinis gracillimis, squameformibus, nigris,

superné inflexis, coronato ; anfractuum parte alierd spinis bre-

vioribus, contrarié inflexis, in seriebus dispositis, interstitirs

squamis nigris, minutis sigillatim impositis, ornatis ; spird

depresso-concava.

Delphinula melanacantha, Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. 1. pl. 211. f. 4.

and pl. 212. f. 10.

Long. 24; lat. 12 in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Mindanao, Philippinarum.

A magnificent specimen of this remarkable shell was dredged up

by Mr. Cuming in fathoms’ water at , one of the Philip-

pine Islands, and we need only refer to our figures of it in the ‘ Con-

chologia Systematica,’ in addition to the above description, to show

how distinct is this species from any other of the genus. ‘The shell

is of a palish-green colour towards the apex, but the last whorl is

purple and elegantly surmounted with a row of tall, black, slender,

scale-like spines, bending over towards the point of the spire. Be-

low these are five other distinct rows of black spines; they are,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.xi. Suppl. 2M

522 Zoological Society.

however, shorter, and bend the contrary way, whilst the entire sur-

face of the shell is ornamented with a number of very fine ridges of

minute scales. We gladly avail ourselves of the opportunity of re-

storing to this shell the name by which it is commonly known

amongst collectors, though not hitherto published.

DeLPHINULA INCISA. Delph. testé globoso-discoided, liris pur-

pureis angustis, subflexuosis, interstitiis albis profunde ineisis,

totaliter tecta ; anfractibus tuberculis grandibus, complicatis, di-

stantibus, in seriebus duabus dispositis, ornatis ; apertura rotun-

dd, margine inferiori lacunatd ; spird depresso-pland.

Icon. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol..i. pl. 212. f. 11.

Long. 1,95; lat. 14 in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Burias, Philippinarum.

This shell, which we believe to be at present unique, in the col-

lection of Hugh Cuming, Esq., is well-characterized, by having a

double row of large, pinched, stunted tubercles; and the tubercles,

as well as the entire surface of the shell, is covered with a number

of purple flexuous ridges, the interstices being white and unusually

deeply cut.

DELPHINULA FoRMOSA. Delph. testé rotundd subdiseoided, le-

vitér nodiferd, aureo-ochraced, cocceo-tinctad, anfractibus peran-

gulatis, angulo squamis grandibus, triangularibus valdé compres-

sis, coronato ; anfractuum parte inferiort syuamarum minorum

seriebus duabus, squamulisque ochraceo-coccineis minutis in se-

riebus parallelis, subflexuosis, dispositis, ornata ; umbilico amplo

purpureo-lacco vivide colorato ; spird plano-convexd.

Icon. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 212. f, 9.

Long. 1,3,;; lat. 1 in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Capul Philippinarum.

A very richly-coloured shell, found by Hugh Cuming, Esq., at

Capul, one of the Philippine Islands, in seven fathoms’ water. The

upper portions of the whorls are clothed with a rich golden yellow

colour, deeply tinged with scarlet or crimson; the lower part of the

whorls are of a peculiarly soft white, and the umbilicus in all the

specimens we have seen is coloured with a deep purple lake, entirely

free from any indication of the yellow that ornaments the obverse

portion of the shell.

DELPHINULA ACULEATA. Delph. testé subdiscoided, aculeatd,

albidd, anfractibus perangulatis, angulo spinis squameformibus

flexuosis, dorsim coccinets, coronato, anfractuum parte inferiort

spinarum seriebus duabus, aculeolisgue squameformibus in

seriebus parallelis dispositis, ornaté ; spird depresso-pland.

Icon. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 212. f. 8.

Long. 154,; lat. <9, in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Ticao Philippinarum.

This shell is not much unlike that of the preceding species ; it dif-

fers, however, in having the angle of the outer whorl crowned with

a row of irregular, thin, flexuous, scale-like spines, the back of each

being ornamented with scarlet, the only portion of colour in the

Zoological Society. 523

shell ; the surface is remarkable in being covered with a number of

_ sharp prickles, particularly within and around the umbilicus.

Mr. Reeve also described a new species of the genus Murez.

Murex Strarinrortui. Mur. testé subsolidd, globoso-ovatd vix

fusiformi, multivaricosd, superficie pallido-aurantid, epidermide

tenui indutd, transversim lirata, liris fusco-lineatis ; spird bre-

viusculd, apice subobtuso ; anfractibus quinque, suturis indistine-

tis; anfractu ultimo varicibus octo ornato, ceteris, varicibus

decorticatis, feré obsoletis ; varicibus per totam longitudinem den-

sissimé frondosis, frondibus acutissimis, recurvis ; canali brevi,

latiusculo ; apertura rotundd, fauce crenulatd, politd, utrinque

vivide auraniid.

Long. 275; lat. 15 in. Mus. Inwood.

Hab. “i

The very beautiful and characteristic shell above described has

been handed to us by its fortunate possessor, Henry Inwood, Esq.,

accompanied with a request that it be named in honour of one of our

most assiduous collectors, the Rev. Mr. Stainforth. And it is with

no little pleasure that we have executed the task; for a shell more

chaste in its colour and development, or more striking in its specific

character, we do not remember to have seen. It is of a solid and

somewhat globose structure, and is profusely ornamented with va-

rices; there are eight distinct varices on the last whorl, and the re-

mains of a similar number are visible on each of the former; but in

the specimen before us, and which we believe to be unique, they are

so decorticated as to have become almost obsolete. Hach varix ap-

pears to have been formed by the sudden development of a number

of coatings laid successively one upon the other. The edge of each

of these coatings is then ornamented with a row of fine prickly

branches, recurved back over the shell, and they only remain perfect

to the last coating in consequence of those of the previous or under

coatings having been necessarily in part removed or absorbed ; unless

indeed the under coatings are too rapidly developed, the one over

the other, to allow of their marginal branches attaining the regularity

and beauty of the last. ‘The varix altogether has thus the appear-

ance of being thickly studded from top to bottom with these delicate

prickles : so delicately indeed are they formed, that it is only on the

last or marginal varix of the shell that they remain in perfect order ;

in tracing them back round the body whorl, they may be observed

to have become gradually more and more eroded. Should a speci-

men of this shell be found with all the varices in the same beautiful

order as the marginal varix in this, it would indeed be “fair to look

upon.” ‘The canal is rather short; the outer lip is strongly crenu-

lated, and the crenule extend within the mouth of the shell, the

whole of them, together with the broad columella, being covered

with a highly polished orange enamel.

A letter from George Robert Gray, Esq., addressed to the Curator,

was next read. This letter refers to the members of J. E. Gray’s genus

Tetraogallus, or Mountain Partridge, a rare species of which is at

2M 2

524 Zoological Society.

present in the Society’s menagerie, having been brought from North-

ern Persia, and presented to the Society by E. W. Bonham, Esq.,

H.B.M. Consul at T'abrez. Mr. G. R. Gray is of opinion that there

exist three species of the genus Tetraogallus, each peculiar to one of

the three following localities, viz. Caucasus, the Himalayan and the

Altai Mountains.

The bird in the Society’s menagerie, Mr.G.R. Gray observes, is well

figured in plate 76 of Jardine and Selby’s ‘Jllustrations,’ and the

specimen figured is, like that belonging to the Zoological Society,

from Persia. It is peculiar in having the head, neck and breast of

a slate colour, passing into pale reddish brown on the upper part of

the back; a dingy white streak extends from the nostril to the an-

terior angle of the eye; the chin and throat, as well as an oblong

patch on the side of the neck, are white; the breast is of a dark slate

colour, and has short wavy black lines, especially just below the

white of the throat. ‘The figure referred to represents the typical

Lophophorus Nigelli, which is most probably identical with the

Tetrao Caucasica of Pallas; and if this supposition be correct, the

earlier specific name given by the author just mentioned should be

retained, as Tetraogallus Caucasicus.

Mr. G. R. Gray also believes the Chourtka alpina of Victor to be

the same species as the bird under consideration.

In plate 141 of Messrs. Jardine and Selby’s ‘ Illustrations,’ a Te-

traogallus is represented, which the authors suppose to be the male

of the bird figured in plate 76 ; this is also delineated under the name

of Tetraogallus Nigelli by Mr. J. EK. Gray in the ‘ Indian Zoology.’

This bird Mr. G. R. Gray, however, considers a distinct species,

which is peculiar to the Himalaya Mountains, whence he has seen

many specimens, all agreeing in colour. For this species the name

Tetraogallus Himalayensis is proposed. It is distinguishable by its

silky white neck and breast; a deep chestnut-brown line runs down,

and partly surrounds the base of the neck, and the breast is variegated

in front with black, each plume having a transverse band on the

middle, which partly appears below the white tips of the other

feathers.

The third species, Perdiz altaica of M. Gebler, the distinctness of

which there can be no doubt of, has the breast-feathers grey-black at

the base; and this colour extends along the shafts, and forms an

arched spot on each side of each feather: the under tail-coverts are

white. It shculd be named Tetraogallus altaicus.

August 9.—Richard Owen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper, ‘‘ On the Blood-Corpuscles of the Ibex,” by

George Gulliver, Esq., F.R.S., was read.

Before my discovery of the singularly minute size of the blood-

corpuscles of the Musk Deer”, those of the Goat were the smallest

known. I have since found that the corpuscles of the Ibex are

slightly smaller than those of the Goat, and therefore termediate

in size to the corpuscles of the Goat and those of the Musk Deer,

* See Annals of Nat. History, Dec. 1839.

Zoological Society. 525

as will be shown by the following measurements, which are given in

vulgar fractions of an English inch; the average size of those of the

Ibex from Candia (Capra Caucasica, Guld.), = 1-7020 inch, and of

the pale globules of the blood, = 1-3200 inch ; of the Common Goat

(Capra Hircus, Linn.), = 1-6366 inch, and of the pale globules of the

blood, = 1-3032 inch; and of the Napu Musk Deer (Moschus Java-

nicus, Pallas), = 1-12325 inch, and of the pale globules of the blood,

= 1-3200 inch.

I may add that Mr. Siddall, who has lately at my request mea-

sured the blood-corpuscles of the Ibex and of the Goat, has obtained

almost exactly the same results as those above specified.

Mr. Gulliver also communicated a paper ‘‘ On the Blood-Corpus-

cles of the British Ophidian Reptiles.” To this communication are

added some observations on the figure of the blood-corpuscles of other

oviparous Vertebrata.

‘<The observations were made on perfectly fresh blood, and the

corpuscles measured as they floated in the serum.

“Though the blood-discs of Birds and Reptiles preserve their

shape very clearly when rapidly dried on a slip of glass, they generally

appear in this state slightly but distinctly smaller than when sus-

pended in the serum of recent blood; whereas, when the blood-discs

of Mammalia are dried in precisely the same way they are commonly

slightly larger than in the wet state, as I have noticed more particu-

larly in the ‘ Philosophical Magazine’ for January and February 1840,

pp. 25 and 103.”

“In Mammalia the envelope of the corpuscle is more delicate, more

susceptible of contraction and of modifications of form, and apparent-

ly softer, than in Birds and Reptiles ; so that the corpuscles of Mam-

mals are more liable to shrink a little soon after removal from the

circulating channels, than the corpuscles of Birds and Reptiles; and

it may be that this softness of the blood-disc of Mammals allows it

to spread out in some degree, even when dried ever so quickly. But

it is more probable that the corpuscles preserve their usual size and

form when dried almost instantaneously, and that the shrinking or

modifications of shape which the corpuscles may undergo in liquid,

coagulating, or slowly-dried blood, may be influenced as much by

changes in the surrounding fibrine as by a contractility inherent in

the corpuscles. The envelope of the blood-dise of Fishes is much

more delicate and evanescent than the same part in Birds and Rep-

tiles ; hence in the blood of Fishes, even soon after death, the nuclei

will be observed in great abundance, while the envelopes have par-

tially or entirely disappeared; and the form of the entire corpuscles

is not so easily preserved by drying as in the other oviparous verte-

brate animals.”

The following average dimensions of the blood-corpuscles of the

Slow Worm, Snake, and Viper, deduced from measurements of the

small, large, and common-sized discs, are all expressed in vulgar

fractions of an English inch. L.D. stands for Long Diameter, and

S.D. for Short Diameter.

March 19, 1842.—Slow Worm (Anguis fragilis, Linn.) : L.D. =

526 Zoological Society.

1-1178 inch, S.D. = 1-2666 inch; and of the pale globules of the

blood (abundant) = 1-2626 inch.

Sept. 9, 1841.—Common Snake (Natriz torquata, Ray): L.D. =

1-1371 inch; S.D. = 1-2157 inch; thickness = 1-8341 inch; nu-

clei, exposed by dilute acetic acid, L.D. = 1-3835 inch; $.D. =

1-6817 inch; and of the pale globules of the blood (tolerably nume-

rous) = 1-2322 inch.

“The pale globules were generally granular and opake, though

some of them were thin and transparent at the edges, as if growing

into discs. In the blood there were many circular discs of a deep

red colour, and generally 1-2666th of an inch in diameter. ‘The

regular discs were rounded at the edges, and almost all flat; but a

very careful search might occasionally detect one or two with slight

gibbosity of the surfaces opposite to the nucleus.

March 24, 1842.—Viper (Coluber Berus, Linn.) : L.D. = 1-1274

inch; S.D. = 1-1800 inch; and nuclei, exposed by acetic acid, L.D.

== 1-3227 inch; 8.D. = 1-4986 inch.

“The discs were clearly gibbous on the surfaces opposite to the

nucleus. ‘The pale globules were very numerous, and their common

diameter was 1-2666th of an inch.

** Figure of the Corpuscles.—From the preceding measurements it

results, that although the blood-discs of the Viper and Snake pre-

sent the form of an ellipse rather less than twice as long as it is

broad, in the Slow Worm the elliptical figure of the discs is more

elongated, since its length is considerably more than twice its

breadth.

« As M. Mandl states, all observers had agreed that the long dia-

meter of the oval blood-corpuscles of vertebrate animals was never

more than one and a half or twice the short diameter, when he de-

scribed the corpuscles of the Crocodilide as forming a singular ex-

ception to this rule; because he found that the long diameter of the

blood-discs of Crocodilus Lucius was between two and three times as

much as the short diameter. I am not aware whether M. Mandl

had examined any other species of this family; but, as described in

the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ Nov. 10, 1840, I found

that in Crocodilus acutus and in Champsa fissipes the corpuscles had

the most common oval form, the length being rather less than twice

the breadth*.

“In the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ June 9, 1840, I

showed that the blood-corpuscles of some birds differ greatly in

figure from the corpuscles of other congenerous species. The cor-

puscles of the Snowy Owl (Syrnia nyctea), for example, are singu-

larly elongated ellipses, while the corpuscles of the Common Brown

Owl have the usual oval form; and a similar peculiarity, though in

a less degree, was observed in comparing the corpuscles of the Pas-

senger Pigeon (Columba migratoria) with those of other allied species.

* Tn an alligator, the species of which was not determined, I found the

blood-corpuscles of the same shape. ‘The animal came from Tampico Bay,

Vera Cruz, and died at the gardens of the Society in the beginning of Oc-

tober 1842,

Zoological Society. 527

«Subsequently I have mentioned, in the ‘ Appendix to Gerber’s

Anatomy,’ that the corpuscles of Birds may present, comparatively,

either the figure of a very broad or of a very narrow ellipse. Of the

latter shape, examples may be found in the corpuscles of the Great

Butcher Bird (Lanius excubitor), Nightingale (Philomela luscinia),

Snow Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis); and of the former shape in

the corpuscles of the Java Sparrow (Lowia Javensis), and several

other granivorous birds.

« The nucleus of the blood-corpuscles of Birds, when exposed by

acetic acid, has almost always a more elongated form than the un-

changed envelope, as mentioned in the book just quoted. But to

this rule I have since found a few remarkable exceptions. In the

Common Fowl (Gallus domesticus), for instance, the nucleus is a

very short ellipse, and even sometimes nearly or quite circular. For

the difference between the shape of the nucleus, when exposed by

acetic acid, or by soaking the corpuscles in water, a figure may be

consulted which I have given to illustrate this subject in my ‘ Con-

tributions to Minute Anatomy,’ Lond. and Edin. Phil. Mag., August

1842, page 109.”

A paper was then read from Mr. Gould, in which he gives the

characters of two new genera of Birds, one belonging to the family

Sylviade and the other to the Psittacide.

“« Having observed,” says Mr. Gould, ‘‘ during my late visit to

Australia, much difference to exist in the habits of the birds usually

placed in the genus Platycercus, I was naturally led to investigate

the matter as fully as circumstances would admit, and on examina-

tion of the two birds known as Pl. erythropterus and Pl. scapulatus,

I found that the difference of their habits from those of the typical

Platycerci was accompanied by a sufficient difference in their ana-

tomy to warrant their separation into a distinct genus. Indepen-

dently of the variations indicated in the generic characters given

below, these birds are remarkable for possessing a tolerably well-

developed os furcatorium, which bone is entirely wanting in the true

Platycerci and Huphemi: in their habits they approach nearer to the

Lories, are of a dull and sullen disposition, and do not readily become

tame and familiar like the Platycerci; they are also essentially arbo-

real, procuring their food among the branches of the trees; while

the Platycerci resort to the ground and feed principally upon grass

seeds.”

These two birds he therefore proposed to erect into a new genus,

under the appellation of

APROSMICTUS.

Gen. Char. ut in Platycerco.—Rostrum attamen debilius, ceromate

plumis tenuibus instar pilorum nares adumbrantibus instructo.

Ale@ longiores et mints concave. Cauda magis quadrata.. Tarsi

_ breviores. Digiti longiores.

Types.—Platycercus scapulatus and erythropterus, which will now

stand as Aprosmictus scapulatus and A. erythropterus.

The other birds which Mr. Gould proposed to form into a new

528 Zoological Society.

genus are the Petroica rhodinogaster of Messrs. Jardine and Selby,

and the Petroica rosea of himself. ‘These birds are much more ar-

boreal in their habits than the true Petroicas, which are expressly

adapted for the ground, while these are equally so to the thick

brushwood, to the deepest gullies among which they usually resort.

For this group he proposed the designation of

ERYTHRODRYAS.

Gen. Char. fere ut in Petroicd.—Rostrum attamen brevius, ad basim

magis depressum, et vibrissis tenuibus anticé ductis naresque ad-

umbrantibus instructum. Ale breviores, magis rotundate ; pri-

mariis primo et secundo brevissimis, quinto longissimo. Tarsi

breviores. Dzgiti longiores ; externi inter se feré equales. Ungues

acutiores et magis incurvati.

Type.—LErythrodryas rhodinogaster (Petroica rhodinogaster, Jard. and

Selb.).

To this genus also belongs the species characterized by him in the

Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1839, p. 142, under the

name of Petroica rosea, which will now stand as Hrythrodryas

rosea.

August 23.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Prince exhibited, on the part of Mr. Gould, two new species

of Australian Birds. These Mr. Gould characterizes as follows :—

AsTUR CRUENTUS. Ast. capite et occipite plumbeis ; torque nuchali

castaneo dorso, alis, cauddque eplumbeo-fuscis ; fusco colore apud

dorsum magis prevalente, plumbeo apud ceteras partes ; remigum

primorum pogoniis internis ad basim albescentibus et plumbeo-

fasciatis ; corpore inferiore ferrugineo, fusciis crebris, angustis et

semicircularibus ornato.

Male.—Crown of the head and occiput dark slate-colour ; sides of

the face grey; at the back of the neck a collar of chestnut-red ; back,

wings and tail slaty brown, the brown hue predominating on the

back and the slate-colour upon the other parts; inner webs of the

primaries fading into white at the base, and crossed by bars of slate-

colour; the interspaces freckled with buff; inner webs of the tail-

feathers marked in a precisely similar manner; chin buffy white; all

the under surface rust-red, crossed by numerous narrow semicircular

bands of white; irides bright yellow; cere dull yellow; bill black at

the tip, blue at the base ; legs and feet pale yellow; claws black.

Total length, 143 inches; bill, 2; wing, 7; tail, 6; tarsi, 22.

Hab. Western Australia.

This species is intermediate in size between Astur approximans

and Accipiter torquatus, but is of a more grey or blue colour on the

back, and has the transverse lines on the breast narrower and more

rufous.

LoBIVANELLUS PERSONATUS. Lob. vertice et occipite nigerrimis ;

faciei lateribus nuchd, uropygio, et corpore inferiore albis ; dorso

et plumis scapularibus pallidé fuscescenti-cinereis ; paleis penden-

Zooloyical Society. 529

tibus flavis ; rostro ad basim flavis ad apicem nigris ; pedibus e

carneo-rubris.

Crown of the head and occiput jet-black; sides of the face, back

of the neck, rump, and all the under surface pure white; back and

scapularies light brownish grey ; wing-coverts grey ; primaries deep

black ; secondaries white at the base on their inner webs, cinnamon-

grey on their outer webs, and largely tipped with black ; the extreme

ends of the feathers being cmnamon-grey, particularly the two cen-

tral ones ; irides primrose-yellow ; wattles lemon-yellow ; bill lemon-

yellow at the base, black at the tip; legs and feet carmine-red; the

scales in front blackish green.

Total length, 12 inches; bill, 13; wing, 82; tail, 4; tarsi, 23.

Hab. North coast of Australia.

This species is of the same size, but more elegantly formed than

the Lob. lobatus, the fleshy wattles more extensively developed, the

crown of the head only black, and not the back and sides of the

neck, as in that species.

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited several species of Mammals, collected

in Borneo by the Society’s Corresponding Member, James Brooke,

Esq., and recently forwarded to England by that gentleman.

Among these specimens was a fine example of the Paradozrurus

Derbianus, Gray, an animal which has also received the names

Paradoxurus Zebra, Hemigalea Zebra, and Viverra Boiet.

Two specimens of Gymnura, a specimen of the Prionodon gracilis,

and two species of Squirrel, also formed part of the collection. :

The Gymnuri differ much in colouring from the G. Rafflesti. In-

stead of having the fur black, and with longer interspersed white

hairs, the Bornean specimens are entirely of a yellowish white colour,

with the exception of the long bristly hairs interspersed with the

ordinary fur, which are some of them black. In other respects the

Sumatran and Bornean specimens of Gymnura agree so closely that

Mr. Waterhouse did not regard the difference in colouring as indi-

cative of specific distinction.

The existence of the Prionodon gracilis in Borneo is noticed by

Muller, who applies to the animal the name Linsang gracilis. Be-

lieving the skull of this animal had never been described or figured,

Mr. Waterhouse called attention to the peculiarities in its structure.

In some of its external characters, especially in the structure of

its feet, with their truly retractile claws, the Prionodon evinces an

affinity to the Cats, which would lead the naturalist to seek for some

corresponding points of resemblance in the skull; this, however,

presents all the characteristics of the Viverride: it is of the same

elongated form ; the lower jaw is long and slender, and the rami are

curved, so that the angular portion and symphysis are raised. Com-

pared with other Viverride, the Prionodon skull is remarkable for

the thinness of the bones and the very slight development of the

muscular ridges. In general form it approximates more nearly to

Paradocurus than to Viverra or Genetta. ‘The zygomatic arch, which

is slender, is thrown more boldly outwards than in the last two

mentioned genera, and the posterior portion of the cranium does not

530 Zoological Society.

exhibit the sudden contraction immediately behind the posterior

root of the zygomatic arch which we observe in the Viverras and

Genets. The post-orbital process of the temporal bone is but little

prominent, being in the form of an obtuse angle ; the skull differing

in this respect from that of Paradoxurus, as well as in having the

palate continued considerably beyond the line of the posterior mo-

lars. ‘The muzzle is much compressed. The temporal ridges are

rather widely separated and but slightly marked, though, judging

from the dentition, the animal was adult. The ant-orbital opening

is larger than in Genetta and less advanced, and hence the branch of

the superior maxillary which forms its upper boundary is narrower,

as in Paradozurus. In the form of the lower jaw there is a close ap-

proxunation to Paradoxurus; the only important difference consists

in the smaller antero-posterior extent of the coronoid process.

The teeth in Prionodon differ much from those of Paradozrurus ;

indeed, were the dentition alone to be considered, these two genera

would be placed at opposite extremes of the Viverrine group, the

last-mentioned genus evincing the nearest approach to an omnivo-

rous diet, whilst the Prionodon possesses teeth the most unfitted for

mastication.

The incisors are arranged closely together, and in a straight line ;

the incisor on each side of both jaws, nearest the canines, is rather

larger than the others, which are slightly notched at the extremity.

The canines are rather long, very slender, and moderately curved.

The false molars, which are cL. are much compressed, high, and

sharply pointed. The foremost false molar, both of upper and lower

jaws, is small, and has a small tubercle on the hinder part of the

principal cusp. ‘The second and third false molars of the upper jaw

have each two small notches, and a corresponding number of small

tubercles on the posterior margin and at the base of the principal

cusp; and there is an indistinct tubercle in front, near the base: the

second, third, and fourth false molars of the lower jaw have also the

double notch behind, but differ in having a distinct, though small,

anterior cusp. The first and second false molars of both jaws are

separated from the other teeth and from each other by interspaces,

of which the broadest is that which separates the second and third

of these teeth in the upper jaw, the space here being nearly a line

in width. The carnassier of the upper jaw very nearly resembles

that of the Cat, but the central cusp is higher, and the inner tubercle

is proportionally smaller. ‘The carnassier of the lower jaw may be

best described by comparing it with the corresponding tooth in the

Genet, from which it differs only in having the cutting edges rather

more produced, in being more compressed; the inner tubercle is

more pointed, and the heel proportionately smaller. As regards

the true molars, the present animal differs from other Viverride in

possessing but one of these teeth on each side of the upper jaw; its

1=1 ; ;

true molars are therefore ;—,, and this certainly does not arise from

immaturity in the animal. ‘The form of this tooth closely resembles

Zoological Society. 531

that of the foremost of the two upper true molars in Genetta, but is

proportionately rather smaller and the tubercles are somewhat more

developed. ‘The true molar of the lower jaw is a mere rudimentary

tooth, and differs from that of Genetta and other Viverride, not only

in its small size, but in being of a compressed form : its cutting edge

is divided by notches into three parts.

In the possession of but one true molar in the upper jaw, Priono-

don would appear to approach the Felide; but the structure of this

tooth, it must be observed, is essentially the same as in the Viver-

ride, and it is combined with a small true molar in the lower jaw,

which is never found in the Cats.

On the whole, Prionodon approaches most nearly to the Genets as

regards its dentition; but in the general structure of the skull, Mr.

Waterhouse observed, it evinced an affinity with the Paradozuri, to

which group it appeared to be linked by the Paradoxurus Derbianus,

or Hemigalea Zebra. Links are nevertheless wanting to prove that

Prionodon should be regarded as an offset from the Paradoxurine

eroup.

; oo of the two Squirrels alluded to is the Sciurus ephippium, de-

scribed in Dr. Miiller’s great work on the Zoology of the Dutch Pos-

sessions in the Indian Archipelago. ‘The other closely resembles the

Sc. Prevostii or Rafflesii, and may be a variety of that species; it

differs in being smaller; the cheeks are freely pencilled with rusty

red, instead of being grey as in Rafflesii, and the sides of the muzzle

are of the same reddish hue, not having the white patch which is

observable in Sir S. Rafles’s Sumatran specimen; the outer side of

the thighs has a grey tint, produced by the admixture of black and

white; the hairs being of the former colour, but white or yellowish

white at the point. In the type of Raffesi the same part is furnished

with uniform white hairs, excepting the hinder part of the thigh,

which is black. The tail is uniform black in that animal, but the

Bornean specimen has the hairs tipped with white in such a way as

to produce rings; these rings, however, do not extend to the apical

portion of the tail, about two inches of which is uniform black. The

hairs covering the ears are partly black, but chiefly of the same rich

rusty red as are all the under parts of the animal. The Sumatran

animal has black ears. Dr. Miiller, in the work before quoted, de-

scribes specimens of a squirrel from Borneo, which he regards as a

variety of Sc. Rafflesii, and which agree closely with the specimen

from Mr. Brooke’s collection; this, however, has the hairs on the

upper parts of the body of an uniform glossy black colour; Dr. Miul-

ler observes they are generally terminated with yellowish points in

the specimens he met with.

Sept 13.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The first paper read was from J. O. Westwood, Esq. It contains

descriptions of some Coleopterous Insects from tropical Africa, be-

longing to the section Heteromera, and is the continuation of a

paper on the same subject, communicated to the Society August 24th,

1841, an abstract of which will be found in the ‘ Proceedings’ of that

date.

532 Zoological Society.

Genus CALosTEGIA.

Corpus magnum oblongum. Caput mediocre, clypeo margine an-

tico recto, angulis anticis valdé porrectis basin labri recipientibus.

Antenne crasse breves, articulis 7-10 przecedentibus majoribus, ulti-

mo majori apice subacuto. Mandibule ad apicem bidentate dente-

que altero majori in vel versus medium marginis interni armatee.

Mazille lobo interno in dentem corneum obtusum hamatum termi-

nato. Palpi mazillares articulo ultimo securiformi. Mentum latum

lateribus rotundatis, basi valde constrictum. Labium quadratum.

Palpi labiales articulo ultimo ovali. Prothorax subquadratus anticé

paulld latior, lateribus versus angulos anticos serratis. Hlytra

oblongo-ovalia levia metalli-colorata. Pedes crassi, femoribus om-

nibus ante apicem bispinosis ; tibiis intus, ante et pone medium

sinuatis.

CALOSTEGIA PURPURIPENNIS. Cal. nigra subopaca laevis, elytris

purpureis sub lente tenuissime striato-punciatis.

Long. corp. lin. 17; lat. elytror. feré lin. 6.

Hab. in Ashantee. Maus. D. Hope.

NycroBATES M@RENS. Nyct. niger subnitidus, capite thoraceque sub

lente tenuissime punctatis, elytrisque tenuissime striato-punctatis,

pedibus longis, tibits subincurvis, thoracis angulis posticis acutis.

Long. corp. lin. 84; lat. elytr. pone medium lin. 33.

Hab. in Guinea. In mus. nost. communic. D. Raddon.

Totus niger parim nitidus. Caput margine antico (clypeo incluso)

subsemicirculari, clypei utrinque incisione parva in linea obliqua im-

press desinente distinguendo; lineaque alteraé impressa longitudi-

nali utrinque ad marginem internum oculorum. Swuperficies capitis

regulariter punctata punctis parvis. Antenne articulo primo crasso

longitudine 44%, 24° minuto, 3%° longo, czeteris longitudine feré zequa-

libus at sensim latioribus, 5 ultimis compressis setosis, ultimo ovali,

basi truncato, apice rotundato. Mandibule subtrigonee apice acute,

intus edentatz sed spatio mediano membranaceo. Mazville lobo in-

terno in uncum corneum terminato. Palpi mazillares articulo ultimo

securiformi. Mentum subquadratum anticé paullo latius, antice carina

curvata instructum: labium breve transversum ciliatum. Palpi labiales

breves articulo ultimo dilatato-ovali apice truncato. Prothorax ca-

pite multo latior, margine antico truncato, lateribus rotundatis, an-

gulis posticis acutis; marginatus, margine antico tamen in medio

interrupto; superficies tota crebre punctata, punctis minutis et

non approximatis. H/lytra basi thorace latiora, humeris rotundatis ;

sensim latiora, apice utrinque partim sinuata; dorso gibboso super-

ficies sub lente quasi coriacea; singulo striis 9 e punctis minutis

formatis oculo nudo vix conspicuis, stria interna prope scutellum

abbreviatéa. Pedes longi, graciles, femoribus anticis crassioribus ;

omnibus apice inermibus; tibiis anticis pone medium partm intus

curvatis, apice externé intus setoso, extus obliqué truncato, tibiis

4 posticis subrectis, medio vix subincurvato, apiceque subinflexis ;

calcaribus omnibus minutissimis.

Nyctrozsates conrusus. Nyct. niger levis subnitidus, elytris lati-

oribus, pronoti lateribus in medio sinuatis et sanguineo-marginatis.

Zoological Society. 533

Long. corp. lin. 1; lat. elytr. pone med. lin. 5.

Hab. in Africd eequinoxiali. Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. D. Banks.

Caput nigrum, sub lente tenuissime punctatum carina longitudinali

utrinque versus marginem internum oculorum. Antenne articulis

apicalibus latioribus. Pronotum transversé quadratum, angulis an-

ticis obliqué truncatis et partm rotundatis, lateribus in medio sinu-

atis tenuissime marginatis, angulis posticis acutis fere rectangulis ;

sub lente tenuissime punctatum ; lateribus laté et obscuré sanguineis,

colore sanguineo ante medium intus acuté producto, dorso nigro ;

margine postico in medio versus scutellum partm producto. Hlytra

nigra nitida leevia, latiora quam in congenericis, preesertim pone me-

dium, apicem versus attenuata; sub lente seriebus 8 longitudinalibus

punctorum minutorum. Pedes longitudine mediocres, graciles, tibiis

simplicibus feré rectis.

Individuum in mus. D. Hope vidi lineas 94 tantum habens, statu-

rdque partum minus robusta ; vix tamen species distincta.

NycrospaTes puncratus. Nyct. niger obscurus, prothoracis angulis

anticis rotundatis, lateribus in medio incisis angulisque posticis

acutis, elytris punctato-striatis, antennis sensim dilatatis.

Long. corp. lin. 93; lat. elytr. pone med. lin. feré 4.

Hab. in Guinea. In mus. D. Hope, comm. D. Westermann.

Syn. Helops punctatus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. i. 161.

Caput obscurum sub lente tenue punctatum; clypeo posticé im-

pressione transversa e vertice separato, carindque utrinque ad mar-

ginem oculorum. Antenne mediocres sensim ad apicem incrassatie

compressee, linea tenui media impressa postica. Prothorar subqua-

dratus angulis anticis rotundatis, lateribus in medio sinuatis, tenue

marginatis, angulis posticis acutis et parum extus productis ; margine

postico versus scutellum posticé producto. Hilytra thorace haud

multo latiora pone medium partum latiora, singulo seriebus 8 longi-

tudinalibus punctorum impressorum magnitudine irregularium, stria-

que altera abbreviata versus scutellum; striis 1 et 2 ad basin con-

nexis; strie 5 et 6 longe ante apicem conjunguntur ; strie 3 et 4

propiores, 2 et 7, et 1 cum 8va connexis. Pedes longitudine me-

diocres, tibiis simplicibus et feré rectis. Mesosternum anticé biden-

tatum, prosterni apicem acutum recipiens.

I give the insect here described as the true H. punctatus, Fab., on

the authority of a specimen received by the Rev. F. W. Hope from

Copenhagen, from M. Westermann, who has such excellent oppor-

tunities of determining those Fabrician species which were described

from the cabinets of Lund and Sehestedt, as was the case with the

present species. This is the more important, as the Fabrician de-

scription is so slight as to be applicable to scores of species of He-

teromerous insects.

Nycrosares Hypocrita. Nyct. niger subobscurus tenuissime punc-

tatus, prothoracis lateribus subrotundatis integris angulis anticis

acutis, antennis longioribus apice parim latioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 83; lat. elytr. pone med. lin. 34.

Hab, in Guinea. In Mus. D. Hope, comm. D. Westermann.

534 Zoological Society.

Syn. Iphthinus Hypocrita, Dej., Cat. sine descr.; Iphthinus Gui-

neensis, Westermann, MSS.

Niger subobscurus. Caput (presertim in clypeo) et prothorax

punctata; clypeus e vertice linea impressa curvata vix separata, ca-

rina utrinque partm elevata ad marginem internum oculorum. <An-

tenne graciles articulis 3 vel 4 ultimis partm latioribus compressis.

Prothorax subquadratus, lateribus subrotundatis marginatis integris

angulis posticis acutis ; margine postico feré recto tenue marginato.

Elytra parim convexiora quam in reliquis; singulo sulcis 8 profun-

dis longitudinalibus et punctatis, inter se connexis ut in specie pre-

cedenti; pone medium paullo latiora et postice acuminata. Pedes

longiores, simplices, tibiis partim curvatis.

NYCTOBATES TRANSVERSALIS. Nyct. niger subobscurus subpunc-

tatus, capite parvo, oculis magnis, antennis apice haud incrassatis,

prothorace transverso angulis anticis rotundatis, lateribus integris,

elytris striato-punctatis.

Long. corp. lin. 94; lat. elytr, lin. 4.

Hab. apud Sierram Leonam. In mus. D. Hope et Waterhouse.

Caput sub lente punctatum, preesertim in clypeo magno transyerso-

ovato, e vertice lined forti impressa semicirculari diviso; oculi

magni, angulis internis intus productis, spatio parvo intermedio tan-

tum relicto ; carinze due interoculares subobsolete. Antenne breves

subdepresse, articulis 7 ultimis subequalibus apicem versus haud

incrassatis. Prothoraz latior quam longus lateribus tenué margina-

tis subrotundatis integris angulis posticis vix acutis ; margine postico

feré recto; dorso tenué punctato. /lyira feré parallela, thorace la-

tiora, angulis humeralibus obliqué truncatis longitudinaliter sulcatis,

sulcis sub lente punctatis, striaque altera abbreviata versus scutellum.

Pedes graciles simplices, tibiis feré rectis.

NycToBATES BREVICORNIS. Nyct. niger, capiie et pronoto tenuis-

sime punctatis, antennis brevibus, prothorace quadrato lateribus

parallelis, elytris punctato-striatis, pedibus brevibus.

Long. corp. lin. 11; lat. elytr. lin. 43.

Hab. in mus. D. Hope.

Caput sub lente tenuissime punctatum, clypeo e vertice vix sepa-

rato, carinisque interocularibus obsoletis, oculi margine interno ro-

tundato. Antenne vix capite longiores articulis 6 apicalibus com-

pressis subeequalibus. Prothorae quadratus lateribus feré rectis et

parallelis angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis vero acutis margine

postico in medio paullo rotundato-producto; disco tenuissime punc-

tato lined tenuissima punctorum mediana. Hlytra subparallela

elongata, prothorace partim latiora, singulis seriebus 8 punctorum

profundé impressorum, stridque basali interrupta punctata versus

scutellum. Pedes breves simplices, tibiis fere rectis.

NycropaTEes RoTUNDICOLLIS. Nyct. niger subopacus, capite pone

oculos utringue sulcato, thorace roiundato varioloso-punctato, ely--

tris profundé punctato-striatis.

Long. corp. lin. 7; lat. elytr, lin, 23.

Hab. in Sierra Leoné. In mus. D. Hope et Waterhouse.

Zoological Society. 535

Caput punctatum, clypeo magno e vertice impressione curvata sepa-

rato. Oculi majores, carinis interocularibus obsoletis, sulco utrinque

ex angulo interno oculorum ad prothoracem ducto. Antenne breves,

articulis 6 ultimis majoribus subqualibus subtriangularibus latis

depressis ultimo majori, Prothorar rotundatus lateribus rotundatis,

angulis posticis subobtusis, disco varioloso punctatissimo ; margine

postico magis marginato quam laterali, et in medio partm versus scu-

tellum rotundato. /ytra lateribus feré parallelis, angulis humera-

libus rotundatis, singulo striis 9 punctorum profundeé impressorum,

striis 4 et 5, 3 et 6, 7 et 8, 2 et 9, ad apicem conjunctis. Pedes

breves simplices, tibiis rectis, femoribus anticis crassioribus.

Genus Negsroricus.

Corpus breve rotundatum valde gibbosum. Caput mediocre, breve

margine antico (clypei) et lateribus (ante oculos) elevatis, vertice

partum concavo. Labrum breve transversum, angulis anticis rotun-

datis, ciliatum. Mandibule trigonze crasse, extus rotundate, intus

sinuate, cavitate parvain medio. Mazille lobo externo majori, sub-

articulato, valdé setoso, interno setoso inermi. Palpi mavillares

crassi, articulo ultimo maximo securiformi. Mentum oblongum, anticé

paulld latius angulis anticis acuté productis. Labrum subquadratum

angulis anticis rotundatis, setosum. Palpt mazillares breves articulo

ultimo ovato, apice subtruncato. Antenne prothorace feré longitudine

equales articulo basali detecto, 3"° 4 duplo longiori, hoc ad 10"™

latitudine partm crescentibus compressis, longitudine zequalibus,

articulo 11™° precedenti partm longiori subrotundato. Prothorar

transyersus, anticé angustior, lateribus subrotundatis, angulis pos-

ticis acutis. Scutellum triangulare. Hlytra valde convexa ovali-

rotundata, thorace feré duplo latiora. Pedes simplices longitudine

feré zequales, tibiis rectis, tarsis subtts setosis, marginibus acutis.

Mesosternum obtusum paullo porrectum. Venter 5-annulatus.

Nesroricus riavopictus. Nes. niger nitidus levis, elytrorum hu-

meris apicibusque signaturis flavo-notatis.

Long. corp. lin. 8; lat. elytr. lin. 44.

Hab. Gold Coast, Africe tropice. In mus. Westw. comm. D.

Raddon.

Niger nitidus levis sub lente haud punctatus capite excepto. La-

brum piceum. Antenne nigre articulo ultime apice brunneo. Vertex

tenuissime punctatus. Thorax lateribus tenuissime marginatis. EHly-

tra valdé convexa nitida, singulo lineis 8 punctorum minutorum im-

presso ; fascia tenui Graeeorsd flava versus basin ad suturam inter-

rupta, et cum striga marginali, alterdaque media longitudinali versus

basin elytrorum extensa connexa; singulo elytro etiam versus apicem

signatura tenui subtriangulari ejusdem coloris notato.

Genus Ogcosoma.

Corpus breve latissimum. Caput mediocre carina utrinque ec

margine antico et interno oculorum feré ad basin mandibularum

ducta. Antenne longitudine capitis et prothoracis, graciles, vix ver-

sus apicem crassiores, articulo 3° longissimo, 4'° et reliquis sub-

536 Zoological Society.

wqualibus setosis. Mandibule crasse, extus rotundate, apice sub-

bifidee, margine interno feré recto. Labrum transversum emarginatum.

Mandibule lobis duobus membranaceis ciliatis. Palpi mazillares

articulo ultimo magno securiformi. Mentum obconicum basi trun-

catum et angustatum angulis anticis acutis, in medio longitudinaliter

carinatum. Labium cordatum. Palpi labiales articulo ultimo ma-

jori ovali, apice acuminato. Prothoraz latior quam longus, convexus,

lateribus in medio rotundato-angulatis, angulis anticis et posticis

acutis. lytra prothorace multo latiora, convexa, rotundata, inter-

rupto-costata. Pedes mediocres graciles setigeri.

OGcosoMA GRANULARE. Ogcos. nigrum sericeum prothorace punc-

tis duobus rotundatis discoidalibus, elytris irregulariter et inter-

rupto-costatis, antennis pedibusque cinereo-setosis.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. elytr. lin. 4.

Hab. in Gambia. In mus. Westwood.

Caput et thorax nigra, sericea, (se.sub lente) tuberculis minutissimis

alterisque majoribus sparsis nitidis obsita; hoc lateribus sub medio

angulato-rotundatis, marginatis. /ytra nigra et magis nitida, mi-

nutissime granulata, tuberculisque numerosis majoribus elongatis et

irregularibus, costas duas in singulo elytro quodammodo formanti-

bus; lateribus marginatis et deflexis latera abdominis cingentibus.

Pedes sat breves graciles, tibiis posticis partum curvatis.

Genus MrEGAcAnTHA,

Corpus robustum, crassum, convexum. Caput breve, punctatum,

lateribus ante oculos elevato-tuberculatis. Oculi reniformes. La-

brum transversum, angulis anticis rotundatis. Mandibule crassz,

apice partm bidentate. Maville lobo interno membranaceo, externo

magno valde setigero. Palpi mavillares articulo ultimo securiformi.

Mentum crateriforme. Labiwm cordatum. Palpi labiales breves,

articulo ultimo crasso ovali, apice subtruncato. Antenne sat longe,

articulo 34° vix 4' longiori, 7™° ceeteris partm crassiori, hoc et reli-

quis preecedentibus paulld latioribus. Prothorar rotundatus anticé

et posticé subtruncatus, capite multo latior. Hlytra_brevia oblongo-

ovalia, thorace latiora, convexa, punctato-striata. Pedes satis elon-

gati, femoribus anticis crassis ante apicem interne dente valido cur-

vato armatis ; tibiee anticee ante medium paulld extus curvatee ; inter-

mediz intus subserratz ; posticee recta.

Foemina differt capite et prothorace paulld minoribus, hoc minus

rotundato, pedibus anticis brevioribus et gracilioribus, dente fe-

morum anticorum multd minori, tibiisque anticis minus curyatis,

tibiisque intermediis haud serrulatis.

Mrcacantua TENEBROSA. Meg. nigra subnitida punctata, elytris

striato-punctatis, angulis humeralibus distinctis.

Long. corp. lin. 95-103; lat. elytr. lin. 43.

Hab. Ashantee. In mus. D. Hope.

Caput nigrum punctatum, clypeus brevis vix e vertice separatus.

Oculi intus subapproximati, lunula tenui levi subnitida et subelevata

interjecta, tuberculi anteoculares magni, basin antennarum tegentes.

Prothorax tenué punctatissimus lateribus rotundatis, angulis anticis

Zoological Society. 537

acutis, posticis subacutis. H/ytra sat profundé 8 striato-punctata ;

striaque altera valdé abbreviata versus scutellum ; striis 4 et 5, 3 et

6, et 2 et 7, posticé conjunctis. Pedes et corpus infra nigra subni-

tida. An Helops dentatus, Fab.? :

Mr. Reeve then communicated to the Meeting “ Descriptions of

four new species of bivalve shells by Mr. Hanley.”

Soten acuminatus. Sol. testd albidd, epidermide tenui griseo-

viridescente indutd, elongata, latitudine longitudinem tripliciter

superante ; posticé rotundatd ; antic acuminatd extremitate rotun-

datd; marginibus arcuatis, ventrali prope in medio incurvatd ;

dentibus in utraque valvd duobus, angustis, uno valdé minore.

Long. 2; lat. 22 poll.

Hab. in flumine Hoogley, Indiarum Orientalium.

This shell, which has been found in great abundance at the mouth

of the river Hoogley, is somewhat allied to the Solen acutidens of

Broderip ; it is well distinguished by its anterior acumination.

Psammosia costatTa. Psam. testd subellipticd, antice angulatd ;

postice breviore angustatd, extremitate rotundatd ; pallida, radiis

angustis roseo-lividis ornaid; transversim irregulariter costatd,

costis rudibus, planulatis, anticé subfurcatis ; intus vel purpured,

vel aured.

Long. 1; lat. 12 poll.

Hab. ad oras Nove Zealandiz.

The coarse and somewhat prominent ribs render this shell easily

distinguishable from the rest of the Psammobie.

CytTuerea errossa. Cyth. testd ovali-subcordiformi, subequilaterali,

crassa, nitidd, conveed, transversim profunde sulcatd ; sulcis sub-

remotis, interstitiis planulatis ; albido-lividd, lineis angularibus,

saturatioribus, venulata ; ano impresso, lanceolato ; vulvd effossd

lateribus candidis, fasciis spadiceis undulatis, transversim picta ;

disco interno purpureo, marginibus crenatis.

Long. #; lat. 14 poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. ——?

The very singular manner in which this and the following species

are excavated on the anterior side forms their prominent and distin-

guishing characteristic.

CyTHEREA ExCAvATA. Cyth. testd rotundato-ovatd, subequilaterali,

postice expansd, antic propter marginis ventralis obliquam curva-

tionem angustata ; crassd, levi, nitidd, depresso-converd, pallidé

Sulvéa, venis lividis angularibus, plus minusve distinctis, marmoraté ;

ano lanceolato ; vulvd valdé excavatd, lateribus planulatis, candidis,

spadiceo leviter venulatis ; disco interno roseo ; marginibus tenuiter

crenulatis.

Long. 1; lat. 14 poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. ?

This shell resembles the preceding by its anterior excavation, but

differs both in shape and in the absence of the transverse grooves.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol:xi. Suppl. 2N

538

INDEX to VOL. XI.

ACANTHOPHORUS, descriptions of

new species of, 366.

Achatina, new species of, 313.

Acroperus, description of some species

of, 91.

Actinocrinidz, new species of, 200.

Agassiz’s Nomenclator Zoologicus, noticed,

57; Poissons d’Eau douce de |’ Europe

centrale, reviewed, 49.

Agrypnus, new species of, 365.

Alaus, new species of, 365.

Alcyonidium glomeratum, remarks on, 112.

Alge, description of a new genus of, 161.

Allman, G.J.,on the occurrence of White’s

thrush in Ireland, 78; on a new genus

of Algz, 161.

Alona, description of the new genus, 92.

Ampedus, new species of, 365.

Amphacanthus, new species of, 172.

Animalcules, A General History of, no-

ticed, 140; on the sacculi of, 438.

Animals, on the blood-discs in, 95, 278.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, review

of the contents of the, 297, 460.

Annelide, on the metamorphosis of an, 43.

Anodonta, a new genus of insects, 66.

Antennulariaarborescens, remarks on, 111.

Apocyrtus, new species of, 247.

Aprosmictus, description of the new genus,

527.

Apteryx australis, monograph on the, 213.

Araneidea, on defective and redundant

organization among, 165.

Asplenium, new species of, 236.

Astacus fluviatilis, on the habits of, 106.

Astracrinidz, new species of, 205.

Astur, new species of, 371, 532.

Atherina, new species of, 178.

Austin, Messrs., on some new genera and

species of Crinoidea, 195.

Australia, discovery of the remains of a

mastodontoid Pachyderm in, 7, 329;

on the ichthyology of, 22, 169, 422,489.

Babington, Ch. C., on a new species of

Carex, 168; on Fumaria micrantha,

Lag., and F. calycina, 258.

Bacillaria, on some species of, 449.

Bainbridge, F., on the occurrence of Leci-

dea Wahlenbergii in Scotland, 485.

Baird, Dr. W., on the natural history of

the British Entomostraca, 81.

Ball, J., on the botany of Sicily, 338; on

Saxifraga stellaris and S. leucanthemi-

folia, 483.

Barry, Dr. M., on the pitted tissue of

plants, and on muscle, 278; on fissipa- —

rous generation, 382.

Batrachus, new species of, 352.

Bats, on some new genera and species of,

117.

Bebeeru tree of British Guiana, account

of the, 384.

Belemnites, observations on the, 299.

Bennett, Dr. J. H., on parasitic vegetable

structures in living animals, 126.

Bertoloni’s, A., Flora Italica, noticed, 211.

Birds, on certain species of Siberian, 113 ;

new species of, 148, 371, 477; Austra-

lian, on the nomenclature of some, 189,

333; of Ireland, 283; on the fossil

foot-prints of, 322; geographical dis-

tribution of some American, 484; on

the semen and seminal tubes of, 514.

Bone-bed, on the occurrence of the Bristol,

502.

Botanical excursion in Ross-shire, account

of a, 319.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-

ings of the, 319, 402.

Botanical Society of London, proceedings

of the, 153, 402.

Botany of Sicily, notes on the, 338.

Bowerbank, J. S., on the structure of the

shells of molluscous animals, 155.

Blackwall, J., on an ichneumon whose

larva is parasitic on spiders, 1; on

defective and redundant organization

among the Araneidea, 165; on the

growth of the salmon, 409.

Blood, notice of the occurrence of hema-

tozoa in the, 403.

Blood and fibre, observations on, 377,378.

Blyth, E., on some Indian birds, 477.

Brandt, Prof. J. F., on Siberian birds de-

scribed by Latham, 113.

British Association for the Advancement

of Science, notice respecting the, 75.

British Entomostraca, natural historyof, 80.

INDEX.

Broderip, W. J., descriptions of new shells,

311.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the discovery of

fossil insects, 480, 509.

Brown, J., on fossil remains in Essex, 325.

Brown, R., on the relative position of the

stigma and parietal placentz in plants,

Bryum, new British species of, 208.

Bulbochete, description of the genus, 361.

Bulimus, new species of, 308, 474.

Buprestide, descriptions of new, 317.

Burn, A., on the cotton called “ Nurma,”

404.

Byrrhidez, characters of new, 319.

Caccabis, new species of, 372.

Callichroma, new species of, 367.

Calostegia, new species of, 536.

Calyptrza, new species of, 309.

Camptocercus, description of some species

of, 91.

Cantharide, new species of, 318.

Capros, new species of, 170.

Carabide, descriptions of new, 318.

Caranx trachurus, description of, 25.

Carex, description of a new British, 168.

Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the minute

structure of the hard parts of Inverte-

brata, 380.

Cassia, new species of, 15.

Cheetophora tuberculosa, on the fructifica-

tion of, 484.

Chalcidites, descriptions of new, 30, 115,

184.

Chameleo, new species of, 46.

Chorinemus, new species of, 24.

Christison, Prof., on the Assam tea- plant,

Chrysomelidze of New Holland, descrip-

tions of the, 59, 66, 317.

Chusan, descriptions ofnew insects from,62.

Chydorus, new species of, 89.

Cladocrinites, new species of, 197.

Clarke, G., on the Lodoicea Sechellarum,

153; onthe African grain called Fundi,

234.

Climate of South Devon, &c., reviewed,

295.

Closterocerus, new species of, 185.

Coleoptera, descriptions of new genera and

species of, 61, 247, 281, 535 ; fossil, 510.

Columbus Palumbus, history and habits

of, 283.

Combretum Guianense, description of, 12,

Conferve, freshwater, descriptions of new

British, 428; on the growth, reproduc-

tion and species of the branched, 359,

463.

Conus, new species of, 256, 313.

Corvus frugilegus, history and habits of

the, 275.

539

Couch, J., on a fish nearly allied to the

genus Hemiramphus, taken in Corn-

wall, 232.

Crassatella, monograph of, 302.

Craw-fish, on the habits of the, 106.

Crinoidea, descriptions of several new

genera and species of, 195; observa-

tions on the, 129.

Crotalaria, new species of, 14.

Cruciferz, on the nature of the stigma

of, 42.

Crustacea of Ireland, 102.

Cryptus bellosus, remarks on, 60.

Curculionides, new species of, 247.

Cyclostoma, new species of, 466.

Cyrtandracez, structure of the stigma and

placentz in the, 38.

Cyrtulus, description of the new genus,

256.

Delafond, M., on the occurrence of Fila-

riz in the blood of a dog, 403.

Delphinula, on some new species of, 521.

Depressaria Gossypiella, description of,

316.

Desmidium, remarks on the species of, 372.

Devonshire, notice respecting the indige-

nous plants of, 296.

Diatomacez, on the, 447.

Dickie, Dr. G., on the presence of iodine

in plants, 74.

Dicyclus, new species of, 115.

Dinotherium australe, observations on, 329.

Diphya sagittaria, notice respecting, 406.

Draparnaldia, new species of, 428.

Drosera obovata, notice respecting, 78.

Duck, remarks on the soft-billed, of La-

tham, 369.

Dujardin, M., on the anatomy of Gordius

and Mermis, 297.

Echeneis, new species of, 498.

Echinocrinus, new species of, 207.

Echinodermata, History of British, re-

viewed, 127.

Ectinoderus, new species of, 466.

Ectrichodia, new species of, 466.

Edmonstone, E. jun., on the botany of

Shetland, 70.

Elanus, new species of, 401.

Electrical fish, discovery of an, on the

American coast, 326.

Eleutheria dichotoma, notice respecting,

299.

Emblema, description of the new genus,

144.

Entedon, new species of, 117, 184.

Enteromorpha intestinalis, on the growth

and reproduction of, 233.

Entomological Society, proceedings of the,

58, 314, 465.

Entomostraca, on the natural history of

the British, 81.

IN<3

540

Epilobium virgatum, occurrence of, 76.

Ergot of rye, observations on the, 236,

461.

Erythrodryas, description of the new ge-

nus, 528,

Euporus, new species of, 368.

Eurycercus, description of the genus, 88.

Falco, new species of, 371.

Farcimia spathulosa, remarks on, 112.

Felidz, descriptions of new species of, 118.

Feroniidz, new genera and species of, 281.

Flora Italica, noticed, 211.

Fibre, observations on, 377, 378, 391.

Filariz, occurrence of, in the blood of a

dog, 403.

Finches, on two new genera of, 144.

Fishes, of Australia, 22, 169,352, 422, 489;

new, 232.

Fissiparous generation, observations on,

382.

Forbes’s, Prof. E., History of British Star-

fishes, reviewed, 127; on the occur-

rence of Maianthemum bifolium, 1568 ;

on a new British starfish, 280; on Pec-

tinura, and on the Mediteranean species

of Ophiura, 463.

Forster, ‘I'., on the permanent varieties

of Papaver orientale, 235.

Fossils collected in Southern India, on

some, 482.

Fossil Mammalia, notice respecting some,

5, 7, 78, 325.

Fruit, on the production of decay in, 155.

Fumaria micrantha, observations on, 258.

Fundungi, on the African grain called, 234,

Galathea, on the Irish species of, 104.

Gasteropod, description of a new, 309.

Gastrancistrus, new species of, 186.

Geological Society, proceedings of the, 147,

322, 479, 502.

Geophaps, characters of the new genus, 146.

Goniaster, description of a new British

species of, 280.

Gonibregmatus, description of the new

genus, 501.

Goodsir, J., on the occurrence of vegetable

organisms in the stomach, 125.

Gordius aquatieus, on the structure of, 297.

Gould’s, J., Birds of Australia, noticed, 58 ;

on some new Australian birds, 148,527;

on a new species of Perameles, 232 ; on

two new species of kangaroo, 385; on

two new species of Halcyonide, 394 ;

on a new species of hawk, 401.

Graham’s, Prof., account of a botanical ex-

cursion in Ross-shire, 319.

Grant, Dr., on the structure and history

of the mastodontoid animals, 479.

Grasses, catalogue of Sicilian, 345; on

the nature of the ergot of, 461.

Grasses of Scotland, reviewed, 47.

INDEX.

Gray, J. E., on two new species of reptiles,

46; Figures of Molluscous Animals,

reviewed, 56; on the habits of Tarsipes

Spensere, 76; on new genera and

species of Mammalia, 117.

Gray, G. R., on the nomenclature of some

Australian birds, 189, 333; on the soft-

billed duck of Latham, 369; on some

new species of birds, 871; on the

mountain-partridge, 523.

Gregson, Mr., on the habits of Nyssia

zonaria, 68,

Griffith, Dr. J. W., on the pitted tissue

of plants, and on the blood-discs in

animals and the starch particles in ve-

getables, 95, 278, 377; on the sacculi

of the Polygastrica, 438.

Grimmia orbicularis, occurrence of, in

Britain, 402.

Gruby, M., on the occurrence of Filariz

in the blood of a dog, 403.

Gulliver, G., on the muscular fibre of

vertebrate animals, 391; on the semen

and seminal tubes of Mammalia and

birds, 514; on the blood-corpuscles of

the ibex, 524; of the British ophidian

reptiles, 525.

Halcyonide, new species of, 394.

Hall, C. R., on the structure and mode of

action of the iris, 381.

Halmaturus, new species of, 387.

Hamaticherus, new species of, 367.

Hanley, Mr., on some new species of

shells, 537.

Haro, Dr. A., on the ergot of rye, and

on a new. species of Asplenium, 236.

Harpalide, descriptions of new, 319.

Hassall, A. H., on some new British fresh-

water Conferve, 428; on some species

of marine zoophytes, 111; on the pro-

duction of decay in fruit, 155; on the

growth of Conferve, 359, 463; on the

growth and reproduction of Enteromor-

pha intestinalis, 233.

Helix aspersa, on the structure of the

shell of, 156.

Helix, new species of, 308, 471.

Helodimorpha, description of the new ge-

nus, 67,

Heterormorphide, descriptions of new, 318.

Hinds, R. B., on new shells, 16, 255.

Holothuriadz, observations on, 134.

Homeeocladia anglica, remarks on, 77.

Hooker’s, Sir W. J., [cones Plantarum, no-

ticed, 211; London Journal of Botany,

noticed, 300.

Hope, Rev. F. W., on coleopterous in-

sects from Chusan and Canton, 62; on

new species of insects, 317, 364; on

new genera and species of Phyllopho-

ridx, 394.

INDEX.

Howell, J. W., on the structure of the

stigma of the Papaveracee, 42.

Huber, P., on the habits of a Tenthredo,

241, 376.

Hydaticus, new species of, 364.

Hydrous, new species of, 364.

Hyleus, notes on the genus, 60.

Hymenolaimus, characters of the genus,

370.

Ibex, on the blood-corpuscles of the, 524.

Ichneumon, description of an, parasitic on

spiders, 1.

‘Ichthyolites, on some specimens of, 513.

Ichthyology of Australia, 22, 169, 422, 489.

Icones Plantarum, noticed, 211.

Idiocephala, new species of, 317.

Iiex Paraguyensis,on the presence of theine .

in, 237. d

Insects, new, 317, 864; fossil, on the dis-

covery of some, 480, 509.

Invertebrata, on the minute structure of

the hard parts of, 380. .

lonthodes, new species of, 367.

Ireland, on the Crustacea of, 102; on the

birds of, 283.

Iris, on the structure and mode of action

of the, 381.

Iulus, new British species of, 68, 316.

Jennings, F. M., on a peculiar sensation

caused by some mollusca, 326.

Jones, T. W., on the corpuscles of the

blood, 378.

Julis, on some new species of, 422.

Juncus diffusus, occurrence of, in Scotland,

78.

Jussieua, new species of, 13.

Kangaroo, description of two new species

of, 385.

Kay, J. E. de, Natural History of New

York, reviewed, 209.

Kaye, C.,on some fossils collected in South-

ern India, 482.

Kerivoula, new species of, 117.

Kippist, Mr., on a new species of Paspa-

lum, 235.

Labrus, new species of, 353.

Lamellicornide, new genera of, 68, 315.

Lamprotatus, new species of, 184, 185.

Landsborough, Rev. D., on the history

. and habits of the rook, 275.

Lapemis, new species of, 46.

Latham, Dr., on Siberian birds described

by, 113, 189.

Lecidea Wahlenbergii, occurrence of, in

Britain, 485.

Lee, J. E., on some saurian dermal plates

from the Weald, 5.

Leefe’s, Rev. J. E., Salictum Britannicum

Exsiccatum, noticed, 301.

Leighton, W. A., on a new specific cha-

racter in the willows, 21.

541

Leptophyllus, new species of, 400.

Leuciscus, new species of, 489.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the, 252,

461.

Lissopterus, description of the new genus,

281.

Lobivanellus, new species of, 532.

Lodoicea Sechellarum, observations on the,

153.

London Journal of Botany, notice of the

contents of the, 800.

Longicornes, descriptions of new, 366.

Loven, S., on the metamorphosis of an

annelide, 43.

Lowe, Rev. R. T., on a new dorsibran-

chiate gasteropod, 309.

Lyda inanita, on the habits of the, 241, 376.

Lyell, C., on the fossil foot-prints of birds,

322.

Lutra, new species of, 118.

Macgillivray’s, Prof. W., History of Mol-

luscous Animals, noticed, 459.

Maclagan, Dr. D., on the Bebeeru tree of

British Guiana, 384.

Macrothrix, description of some species

of, 87.

Maianthemum bifolium, occurrence of, in

Britain, 77, 158.

Mallodon, new species of, 366.

Mammalia, descriptions of new genera

and species of, 117; on the semen and

seminal tubes of, 514.

Mantell, G. A., on some ornithoidicnites,

513.

Marsupialia, new species of, 306.

Martin, W., on the habits of the horned

screamer, 141.

Mastodontoid animals, on the structure

and history of, 479, 502.

Matteucci, M., on some experiments on

the torpedo, 406.

Mecistocephalus, description of the new

genus, 499.

Megacantha, new species of, 540.

Megalops, on some species of, 493.

Meloseira, observations on the genus, 437.

Melyride, characters of new, 319.

Metascelis, new genus of Lamellicorns, 68.

Meteorological observations, 79, 159, 239,

327, 407, 487.

Microscopical Society of London, proceed-

ings of the, 155.

Microspora, a new genus of Conferve, 363.

Miquel, Dr. F. A. G., on some plants from

Surinam, 12.

Missourium, observations on the, 147.

Mitra, new species of, 255.

Mocha-stones, on substances inclosed in,

415.

Mollusca, of Massachusetts, observations

on the, 55; on the structure of the shells

542

of, 155; on a peculiar sensation caused

by some, 326; ofthe counties of Aber-

deen, Kincardine and Banff, noticed,

459.

Mougeotia, new species of, 433.

Mosia, description of the new genus, 117.

Mosquito Shore, Narrative of a Residence

on the, reviewed, 53.

Mosses, on two new species of British, 208;

occurrence of, in agate, 417.

Mueller, Dr. K., on substances inclosed in

mocha-stones, 415; on the fructifica-

tion of Chetophora tuberculosa, 484.

Murcott, J. J., on drying plants for the

herbarium, 33.

Murex, new species of, 523.

Musa Cavendisii, on the introduction of

the, into the Navigator Islands, 321.

Mustela, new species of, 118.

Myriapoda, on some new genera of, 498.

Nasmyth,A.,on the minute structure of the

tusks of the mastodontoid animals, 502.

Nassa, on some new fossil species of, 508.

Natural History of New York, reviewed,

209.

Naturalist’s Library, Mammalia, reviewed,

56;

Nautilus, pearly, history and observations

on the, 119.

Necrophleophagus, on the genus, 501.

Neill; Dr. P., notice respecting, 158.

Nesioticus, new species of, 539.

Newport, G., on a new British [ulus, 68,

316; on the habits of the Nomade, 69 ;

on some new genera of the class Myria-

poda, 498.

Nicolucci, G., on the nervous and circu-

lating systems of the aquatic salaman-

der, 290.

Nomade, on the habits of the, 68.

Nomenclature of zoology, observations on

the, 259.

Nostochinz, on anew genus of, 161.

Nyctobates, new species of, 536.

Nyssia zonaria, on the habits of, 68.

Ochrosopsis, description of the new genus,

59.

Ocyphaps, characters of the new genus,

146.

Odax, on some species of, 426.

Ogcosoma, new species of, 539.

Omaloderus, new species of, 188.

Ongulina, account of the animal of, 460.

Oniscia, on two new species of, 475.

Ophiura, on the species of, inhabiting the

Eastern Mediterranean, 463.

Ophiuridz, observations on the, 129.

Orbigny, M. d’, on the Belemnites, 299.

Ornithoidicnites, on some specimens of,

513.

Owen, Prof., on the claims of Tetracaulo-

INDEX.

don to generic distinction, 147; on the

Apteryx australis, 213 ; on the remains

of a mastodontoid Pachyderm in Austra-

lia, 7, 329.

Oxynopterus, new species of, 398.

Pachyderm, discovery of the remains of a

mastodontoid, in Australia, 7, 329.

Pachylarthrus, new species of, 116.

Pagurus Bernhardus,notice respecting, 102.

Prideauxii, notice respecting, 238.

Palzmon, on the Irish species of, 110.

Palamedea cornuta, on the habits of, 141.

Palinurus, on the Irish species of, 105.

Papaver orientale, on the permanent va-

rieties of, 235.

Papaveracez, on the structure of the cap-

sule of, 42.

Parmophorus, new, 308. ,

Parnell’s, Dr. R., Grasses of Scotland, re- —

viewed, 47.

Paspalum, new species of, 235.

Peach, C. W., on the sea-cup, 28.

Pearl-oyster of Ceylon, notice respecting

the, 325.

Pectinura, a new genus of Ophiuride, 463.

Pectocera, new species of, 401.

Pentacrinidz, new species of, 198.

Peplidia, new species of, 309.

Peracantha, description of species of, 94.

Perameles, new species of, 232, 307.

Periechocrinites, new species of, 203.

Petrogale, new species of, 385.

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new species of

Helix and Bulimus, 471.

Phascogale, new species of, 307.

Phaseolus, new species of, 14.

Pheasant, history and habits of the, 288.

Phos, new species of, 257.

Phyllarthrius, a new genus of longicorn

insects, 366.

Phyllophoride, monograph of the family,

394,

Piezophyllus, new species of, 397.

Plants, descriptions of new, 12; on the

drying of, 335; on the position of the

stigma and placentz in, 35; on the pre-

sence of iodine in, 74; occurrence of

rare British, 76, 77, 78; on the pitted

tissues of, 95, 278; indigenous in De-

vonshire, 296.

Platycrinidz, new species of, 199.

Platygaster, new species of, 188.

Platymeris, new species of, 466.

Platyterma, new species of, 186.

Pleuroxus, a subgenus of Entomostraca,

93.

Poéphila, characters of the new genus, 144.

Poissons d’Eau douce de |’Europe cen-

trale, par M. Agassiz, reviewed, 49.

Pollen granules, on the structure and func-

tions of the, 182.

INDEX.

Polygastrica, on the sacculi of the, 438.

Porcellana, on the Irish species of, 103.

Poteriocrinide, new species of, 195.

Pritchard’s, A., History of Animalcules,

notice of, 140. .

Promeces, new species of, 368.

Pselaphide, descriptions of new, 319.

Psittacide, on a new genus of, 527.

Pteromalus, new species of, 116, 184, 186.

Ptilinopus, descriptions of two new species

of, 145.

Quekett, E. J., on the nature ofthe ergot,

461.

Radiata, notice respecting a new genus of,

299.

Rainey, Mr., on the cause of the ascent

and motion of the sap, 379, 383.

Ralfs, J.,on Homeeocladia anglica, 77 ; on

the species of Desmidium, 372; on the

genus Spheroplea, 434; on the Diato-

macee, 447.

Ranella, new species of, 255.

Ray, J., letters from, to Sir Hans Sloane,

485.

Redfield, W.C., on some ichthyolites, 513.

Reduviide, descriptions of new, 466.

Reeve, L., on the pearly nautilus, 119;

monograph of Crassatella, 302 ; on new

shells, 308, 813; on the genus Torna-

tella, 387 ; on two new species of Onis-

cia, 475; on some new species of Del-

phinula, 521 ; on a new species of Mu-

rex, 523.

Report on the Invertebrata of Massachu-

setts, reviewed, 54.

Reptiles, new species of, 46 ; on the blood-

corpuscles of the, 525.

Rhipicera, new Australian species of, 66.

Rhodocrinites, new species of, 202.

Rhombus, new species of, 495.

Richardson, J., on the distribution of some

American birds, 484; on the ichthyo-

logy of Australia, 22, 169, 352, 422, 489.

Ring-dove, on the history and habits of

the, 283.

Rook, on the history and habits of the,275.

Ross-shire, account of a botanical excur-

sion in, 319.

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 378.

Royal Society of Edinburgh, proceedings

of the, 70, 157, 384.

Ryania, new species of, 15.

Salamander, aquatic, on the nervous and

circulating systems of the, 290.

Salictum Britannicum Exsiccatum,noticed,

301.

Salmon, on the growth of the, 157, 384,

409.

Salmonide, embryology of the, 49, 384.

Sap, on the cause of the ascent and motion

of, 379, 383.

543

Sarcina, description of the new genus,

126.

Saunders, W. W., on the Chrysomelidz of

New Holland, 59, 66; on Depressaria

Gossypiella, 316; on new Australian

Chrysomelide, 317.

Saurian dermal plates, occurrence of, in

the Wealden of the Isle of Wight, 5.

Saw-fiy, observations on the habits of a,

241, 376.

Saxifraga stellaris and S. leucanthemifolia,

notice respecting, 483.

Scomber, new species of, 23.

Sea-Cup, observations on the, 28.

Sea-Urchin, on the structure of the, 129.

Secale cornutum, observations on, 236.

Seriola cultrata, description of, 169.

Shafter’s, Dr., Climate of South Devon, re-

viewed, 295.

Shaw, J., on the growth and migration of

the sea-trout, 384.

Shells, descriptions of new, 16, 255, 308,

311, 313, 466, 537; on the structure of,

155.

Shetland, on the botany of, 70.

Shuckard, Mr., on the parasitic habits of

Nomade, 69.

Sicily, notes on the botany of, 338.

Silphodes, new species of, 315.

Siphonaria, new, 308.

Sipunculidz, observations on, 134.

Sloane, Sir Hans, letters from, to J. Ray,

485.

Smith, F., on new British species of Hy-

leus, 60; on the habits of the Nomade,

68.

Smith’s, Lieut.-Col. C. H., Mammalia, re-

viewed, 56.

Sowerby, G. B., on new species of Cyclo-

stoma, 466.

Sphzroplea, observations on the genus,

434,

Spiders, on an ichneumon parasitic on, 1 ;

on defective and redundant organiza-

tion in, 165.

Squirrels, new species of, 533.

Starfish, on a new British species of, 280.

Starfishes, History of British, reviewed,127.

Stenhouse, J., on the presence of theine

in Ilex Paraguyensis, 237.

Sternodonta, new species of, 368.

Stevenson, Mr., on an apparatus for catch-

ing insects by lamp-light, 66.

Storer, Dr. H., on the discovery ofan elec-

trical fish on the American coast, 326.

Striatella, on the British species of, 455.

Strickland, H. E., on Siberian birds de-

scribed by Latham, 113; on the no-

menclature of some Australian birds,

333; On some concretions in the ter-

tiary bed of the Isle of Man, 507; on

544:

the bone-bed of Bristol, 502; on the

lias bone-bed of Gloucestershire, 511.

Sula melanura, notice respecting, 238.

Surinam, descriptions of plants from, 12.

Sylviadz, on a new genus of, 527.

Tarsipes Spensere, on the habits of the,76.

Tautoga, new species of, 358.

Taylor, Dr. T., on two new species of Bri-

tish mosses, 208.

Tchitrea, new species of, 371.

Tenthredo, on the habits of a, 241, 376.

Tetracaulodon, observations on the, 147.

Tetralobus, new species of, 395.

Tetramerocrinites, new species of, 203.

Tetrao medius, notice respecting, 70.

Tetraogallus, observations on the genus,

523.

Tetrastichus, new species of, 188.

Theine, on the presence of, in Hex Para-

guyensis, 237.

Thompson, W., on the Crustacea of Ire-

land, 102; on Pagurus Prideauxii, 238 ;

on the birds of Ireland, 283.

Thwaites, Mr., on the genus Hyleus and

on Cryptus bellosus, 60.

Tornatella, monograph of the genus, 387.

Torpedo, experiments on the, 406.

Trichormus, description of the new genus,

163.

Trichostomum, new species of, 208.

Triphoris, description of the genus, 16.

Triton aquaticus, on the nervous and cir-

culating systems of the, 290.

Turdus Whitei, notice respecting, 78.

Turtle-dove, history and habits of the, 287.

Vaucheria, new species of, 429.

Vegetable organisms, occurrence of, in the

stomach, 125; parasitic in living ani-

mals, account of some, 126.

Vespertilionide, new genera and species

of, 117.

INDEX.

Voluta, new species of, 312.

Vulpes, description of a new species of,

Le:

Walker, F., descriptions of Chalcidites

collected by Mr. Darwin, 30, 115, 184.

Ward, N. B., on the introduction of the

Musa Cavendisii into the Navigator

Islands, 321.

Waterhouse, G. R., on new species of

coleopterous insects, 247, 281 ; on two

new species of marsupial animals, 306 ;

on some new species of Mammalia, 533.

Wernerian Natural History Society, pro-

ceedings of the, 69.

Westwood, J. O., on a new genus of la-

mellicorn beetles, 68, 3153; on some

exotic genera of the sacred beetles, 61;

on three new species of Rhipicera, 66;

on the habits of Lyda inanita, 376 ; on

some new Coleoptera, 535.

Whales, capture of bottle-nosed, 238.

Willows, on a new specific character of, 20.

Wilson, J., on the occurrence of Tetrao

medius in Scotland, 70.

Wilson, W., on the structure and functions

of the pollen granules, 182.

Xanthidium, on a new species of, 155.

Young’s, T., Narrative of a Residence on

the Mosquito Shore, reviewed, 53.

Young, J., on the growth of the salmon,

157.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,141,

213, 302, 385, 466, 514.

Zoology, propositions for rendering uni-

form and permanent the nomenclature

of, 259. ‘.

Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sul-

phur, reviewed, 457.

Zoophytes, marine, on three speciesof,111.

Zornia, new species of, 14.

Zygnema, observations on the genus, 430.

END OF THE ELEVENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.